PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital

TRUST IN A TEAM THATS HERE
TO HELP YOU ASK US!

Design & Engineering Services
Field Service & Support
Commercial Aquaculture
Aquaponics
Equipment
ORDERS AND ADVICE:

877 347 4788
+1 407 886 3939
SAME DAY SHIPMENT ON MOST ORDERS ENTERED BY: 4PM EST MONDAY-FRIDAY
Phone lines are open 8AM-7PM EST Monday-Thursday 8AM-5PM EST Friday
Volume 39 2017 Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
SHOP ONLINE:
PentairAES.com
39
EDITION
th
DESIGN SERVICE EQUIPMENT

THIRTY-NINTH EDITION MASTER CATALOG
Shop Online:
PentairAES.com
Orders
and Advice:
877.347.4788
Shop Online:
PentairAES.com
Orders
and Advice:
877.347.4788
INTRODUCTION
Table of Contents/How to Order/Symbol Legend

EASY WAYS TO ORDER
1
Introduction/About Us
Online
Email
Mail
Complete Systems
PAES.General@Pentair.com
14
Aquaponics
PentairAES.com
Enjoy the convenience of
online shopping on our
secure website.
Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems, Inc.
2395 Apopka Blvd.
Apopka, FL 32703
26
Aeration
92
Filtration
132
Disinfection
151
Pumps
Phone
For International Orders
407-886-3939 (Local)
877-347-4788 (Toll Free)
407-886-4884 (Fax)
Call from 8:00 AM7:00 PM

Monday to Thursday,
8:00 AM5:00 PM Friday.
ENJOY FREE SHIPPING!
179
Tanks
Free shipping for orders over $50

on all ground shipments*.
193
Water Quality
*See page 427 for more details and restrictions.
230
Controllers/Monitors
244
Heaters/Chillers
261
Conditioners/Additives/Treatments
281
Stock Control and Management
296
Hatchery Supplies
300
Lab Equipment
322
Feeds/Feeders/Live Feed/Live Organisms
348
Plumbing
378
Nets
391
Field Supplies
FIND US ON
SYMBOL LEGEND
DESIGNED HERE
AES
TECH FAV
NEW
FW
Predator Controls
407
Paint and Repair
410
Lighting and Electrical
413
Cleaning
419
Reference
421
Information Resources/Index/Disclaimer
429
Terms and Conditions of Sale
Tech Favorite
These products are highly recommended by
our technicians.
New
Indicates products that are new for the 39th Edition
KOI
Koi
Indicates products that are ideal for Koi Keepers.
Aquaculture Duty
Ultra reliable and tough enough to withstand
constant use.
HAZMAT AG
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
AES Number
AES will help you estimate aerator sizing
(see Tech Talk 84 on page 57).
Fresh Water or Salt Water

Indicates products that are compatible with fresh water or
salt water.
HAZMAT A
CHEMICAL
Designed Here
Our expertise backs these items, so you can
expect better performance and reliability than
from similar products.
SW
AQUACULTURE DUTY
404
Mail your order to the

address above or:
Phone: +1-407-886-3939
Fax: 407-886-4884
Hazmat Air
Hazardous Material: Air Fees Only.
Hazmat AG
Hazardous Material: Air and Ground Fees.
Chemical Waiver Form
Products with this symbol require a Chemical Waiver form
(Find at: PentairAES.com/chemical-waiver-form). These
products are not FDA approved and may not be used with fish
that could be used for human consumption.
Waiver Form Required
Restricted
In certain states, herbicides and algaecides are restricted.
Products with this symbol cannot be sold into the states of
California, Connecticut, Iowa, Maine, Michigan, Nebraska, Montana,
New Hampshire, New York, Vermont or Washington.
INTRODUCTION 1
To our valued customers: The entire team at Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems would
like to take the opportunity to say thank you for supporting us throughout 2016! It
was a successful and progressive year with many new initiatives aimed at making
your customer experience more enjoyable. In particular, we made several key
improvements to our website, including enhanced search by part number and the
ability to view our complete product catalog online. We have also made many
operational changes to streamline operations in our manufacturing plants, which
results in higher-quality products delivered on-time to you, our important
customers.
In last years edition of this letter, we mentioned the successful opening of our
PAES W.A.T.E.R. (World Aquaculture Technology Engineering & Research) Center
in Apopka, FL. The center, which consists of 12,400 square feet of laboratories and
fish culture systems, is used for demonstration, innovation and educational
activities. Now that this flagship facility has been open a year, we are pleased to
report that weve successfully conducted multiple workshops and innovation
sessions in the facility. Thanks to the world-class PAES W.A.T.E.R. facilities, our
workshop attendees were able to experience first-hand interactions with
aquaculture systems and equipment; they could feel what a real day is like in the
life of an aquaculture professional. We hope youll join us for an upcoming
workshop to learn more about aquaculture by working alongside out team of
scientists, biologists and engineers. In 2016 we were also thrilled to have
completed a successful first fish harvest from the PAES W.A.T.E.R. facility. In
February, a team of eight Pentair employees worked carefully to ensure complete
success during the harvest. . In total, over 10,000 pounds of tilapia were
transferred from PAES W.A.T.E.R.s indoor Recirculating Aquaculture System
(RAS). The final (and perhaps most exciting) update about PAES W.A.T.E.R. is the
launch of an interactive tour on PAESWATER.com. This digital tour allows viewers
to walk through the facility, stop and learn about each piece of equipment and so
much more. There is also a live video stream where viewers can tune in to live
events that happen throughout the year. Allowing our customers the chance to see
the facility without actually being there in person is so rewarding and we hope you
all enjoy it!
The past year has also seen some exciting news from our Urban Organics Pentair
Group as well. In late 2015, we announced a new venture, the establishment and
operation of an 87,000-square-foot indoor aquaponics facility in the former
Schmidts brewery building in St. Paul; one of the largest commercial aquaponics
facilities in the world. Through diligent teamwork and collaboration with Pentairs
team of experts involved in this project from system design, to construction and
execution of the meticulous plans, were happy to report that there are fish in the
tanks, the growing racks are in place and planted and we are anxiously awaiting
the grand opening of Urban Organics West in the first part of 2017!
As mentioned previously, our aim in 2016 was to improve our customers

experience when interacting with Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems. With this in mind,
we have added several new subject matter experts to our team. We have also
improved our commercial aquaculture system design capabilities, expanded our
service team and added over 100 new items to our already industry-leading
product offering. 2016 was also a big year for trade shows; we exhibited at over 50
events. At future shows, we hope youll stop by our booth to visit our team of
knowledgeable experts.
This sentiment from last years letter is worthy of repeating, because it is still of
key importance to how we operate our business: Our work and dedication to the
aquaculture industry has helped to ensure a more stable, sustainable food source
for the growing global population. We have and will continue to develop innovative
solutions to complex challenges that our customers are facing; enabling their
operations to increase yields and profits by improving efficiencies in key input
costs such as water, energy and labor.
As always, we hope our customers will Think Pentair First! Whether you need
complete system design for a commercial aquaculture project or are just looking
for a replacement part, we urge you to think of us first. We will strive to keep you
as a valued customer and we do our absolute best to make this catalog as
comprehensive as possible, delivering our wide-range of new products in specific
categories to create a more user-friendly resource.
There is no doubt in our minds that the coming year will be an exceptional one for
growth in the aquaculture industry. With new projects around the globe,
technological advancements and a commitment from Pentair Aquatic EcoSystems to carry out even more improvements this year all with you, our valued
customer, in mind. Thank you for your patronage and support, and we look forward
to continuing to serve you in 2017 and beyond.
Sincerely,
Barney Leddy
Platform Leader - Environmental Systems
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE

Local tech support, customer service, design and consulting with global reach.Pentair is a global company with a local presence. Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.,
has served over 150 countries worldwide. This includes multi-language catalogs and international customer service representatives, which will bring you a
better customer experience.
Corporate offices in Cary, NC
Operations and sales office in Apopka, FL
Operations and sales office in Beverly, MA
Operations and sales office in Vancouver, Canada
Sales office in Nanaimo, Canada
Operations and sales office in Puerto Montt, Chile
Operations and sales office in Suzhou City, China
Operations and sales office in Kpavogur, Iceland
Sales office in Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Sales office in Melbourne, Australia
Sales office in U.P, India
Sales office in Herentals, Belgium
Sales office in Singapore
Sales office in Norway
2 WHATS
SECTIONNEW
Products / Products / Products
New for the 39th Edition

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is continuously adding new and
improved products to ensure our customers have all they need
in one convenient place. Look for the NEW! logo throughout the
catalog. Here is a sampling of some of those new products.
PUMPS FOR A VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS
VERUS MAX HIGH-EFFICIENCY

AQUACULTURE DUTY PUMPS, 40-60 HP
PAGE 163
P2-PLUS 2 SELF-PRIMING POLY TRANSFER PUMPS

PAGE 166
FLEXIBLE & ROBUST SEA PEN OXYGENATION SYSTEM
SEA PEN OXYGENATION

PAGE 91
WHATS
SECTION
NEW 3 08
A FULL COMPLEMENT OF STOCK CONTROL &

MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
VAKI BIOMASS DAILY

PAGE 282
VAKI Macro EXEL Counter

PAGE 285
VAKI SMART FLOW

PAGE 336
VAKI FISH GRADER

PAGE 258
UPDATES TO SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS & SMART UV STERILIZERS
SafeGUARD UV SYSTEMS
PAGE 134-140
SMART UV STERILIZERS
PAGE 141-143
ADVANCED PLC UV CONTROLLER

PAGE 139
PAES W.A.T.E.R.
PRESENTING RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE TO THE WORLD
We previously unveiled PAES W.A.T.E.R. (World Aquaculture
Technology, Engineering and Research) Center a purposebuilt, climate-controlled facility for demonstration and
testing of Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems innovative design
methods, technologies, and equipment, as well as
standardized procedures for Recirculating Aquaculture
Systems (RAS) operation. Energy efficient products are
utilized throughout the facility wherever possible, including
LED lighting and pumps featuring variable frequency drives.
Individual laboratories in the facility are supplied with oxygen,
low pressure air, fresh water, salt water and domestic
chlorinated water.
The all-new PAESWATER.com was also unveiled since our
last update. PAESWATER.com is a fully-interactive website
designed to provide the user with an experience of the 12,400
square-foot facility as if they were there in person, including
an enhanced navigated path tour, featuring 39 product
hotspots has been made available to customers and viewers
around the world! Each hotspot focuses on a specific piece of
equipment integral to the functionality of the five separate
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) in the facility.
Viewers have the ability to learn more about each product,
view photo galleries, watch explanatory videos and contact
the PAES team of technicians if they need more information.
In the past year we also successfully completed our first fish
harvest at PAES W.A.T.E.R.! A team of Pentair employees
worked diligently to ensure complete success on this project.
In total, we harvested 10,564 lbs. of Tilapia!
This sort of activity is exactly what we want people to
experience on PAESWATER.com or in person at one of our
many training courses held throughout the year. Training and
education are important focal points for Pentair AES at PAES
W.A.T.E.R. In the past year we have held multiple workshops,
both English and Spanish-language, at the facility. It is perfect
for live demonstration of equipment and techniques, as well
as providing hands-on experience in RAS operations and
systems management in extended sessions.
For more information and to take the virtual tour, visit
PAESWATER.com. See page 446 for additional information
about live events you can stream on PAESWATER.com!
URBAN ORGANICS PENTAIR GROUP

FARMING REIMAGINED
The past year has been an exciting one as renovations and
construction continued at the next Urban Organics location
the former Schmidts Brewery in St. Paul, MN. In case you
havent heard, Urban Organics, along with the support of
Pentair, is working to fix a broken food system one delicious
meal at a time. The concept is simple. Local equals fresh.
Fresh equals nutritious. Nutritious equals healthy, for
people and community. The process is equally simple. Urban
Organics farms with aquaponics, where fish and plants help
each other grow. Theyre making it happen right now in Saint
Paul at the former Hamms Brewery. Their mission is simple,
and that is to inspire a better food system for the people, by
the people.
In September 2015, Urban Organics and Pentair, a global
company helping its customers produce more food, energy
and efficiencies from each drop of water, announced a
unique collaboration. Urban Organics Pentair Group, LLC
was established to accelerate the development of
commercial scale modern aquaponics. Their first venture
together, at the former Schmidts Brewery building in St.
Paul, MN, has been under construction throughout 2016.
The work may be arduous, but the 87,000 square foot indoor
aquaponics facility is no small feat, and will be well worth it.
When complete, this will be one of the largest commercial
aquaponics facilities in the world and will annually provide
275,000 lbs. of fresh fish and 400,000 lbs. of organically
grown produce.
The first harvest distributed in the St. Paul area, and a grand
opening is planned for spring of 2017.
For more information, visit UrbanOrganics.com.
Brought to life by
ASK US
Pentair is dedicated to excellence in all aspects of
our business. Whatever you needequipment selection,
consultation, technical support, system design, redesign/
retrofitting services, maintenance or service contractsyou
can count on us. Pentair provides whats needed to make
any system operate more efficiently and effectively to help
you extract profit from every facet of your operation. We see
the potential in the Commercial Aquaculture market;
weve made this our main focus and we strive to be the best
in the three key areas of supporting commercial facilities:
Design Service Equipment. Ready to get your aquaculture
project started? ASK US!
COMMERCIAL
AQUACULTURE
With depleting food stocks unable to keep up with rising
demand, the commercial aquaculture industry is ready
to explode. The potential for commercial aquaculture is
enormous, but the industry is also highly complex. The need
for advanced equipment, high-level support and precise
engineering has never been greater, and the many economic
and ecological challenges of fish production must be solved.
Which is why were here. Our mission is to offer symbiotic
biological and engineering solutions to support any
aquaculture need. For you, this means everything from
designing a complete facility to engineering solutions for
existing production systems. Our commercial aquaculture
team can also help you with equipment upgrades,
troubleshooting and technical support. With Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems as your partner, the future has arrived.
DESIGN
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems has a team of experts proficient
in designing sustainable commercial-scale Recirculating
Aquaculture Systems (RAS), which offer economic and
production benefits including, biosecurity, scalable
operations, excellent water quality and containment-free
products. In addition, our Recirculating Aquaculture Systems
are also environmentally sustainable with a small water
requirement and space footprint. Our global reach ensures
that cleaner crops will remain at the forefront of aquatic
research technology for years to come. For design
consultation and services for your RAS project ASK US!
SERVICE
At Pentair AES, our commitment to customer support does
not end at the time of the sale or after a project is completed.
We have a team of knowledgeable field technicians equipped
with the skills to service various types of aquaculture
systems. If you need assistance with an install, maintenance
or troubleshooting, were here to help. Pentairs team boasts
a diverse background in aquaculture and biological and
technological engineering that is grounded in decades of
research and commercial industry application experience.
We are able to provide superior in-house expertise for
complete turn-key projects, simple equipment upgrades to
major integrated recirculating system design ASK US!
EQUIPMENT
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. is the largest source of
aquatic products and systems worldwide. PAES offers
solutions and expertise to improve growing conditions in
any environment from recirculating aquaculture systems
to improving water conditions in pens. Pentair AES can help
you improve results in any part of the growing cycle. We
provide the best possible solutions for aquaculture facilities,
from hatcheries to grow-out and everything in between. And
with over 5,000 products in this catalog and more than 7,000
products on PentairAES.com, Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
has the answers for your farms needs ASK US!
COMPLETE SYSTEMS
PRODUCTS
9 Fish Farm
10 Holding System
11 Mini Fish Farm
12 Aquaponics System
13 Quarantine & Holding
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 9
Fish Farm, Automated
Float Valve
Mount on a
Post or Wall
Post
Not Included
Bioreactor Option
FISH FARM, AUTOMATED

Simple, reliable, low-maintenance
This Fish Farm can automatically remove fish
waste every few hours, day and night, maintaining
excellent water quality. You dont have any fish
waste to handle or waste water to haul. In the basic
system (FF50MA) the filter is washed by opening a
valve for 20 seconds. The Pulse Auto Control Panel
(FF50ACP) can be added at any time to automate
filter cleaning and fish feeding and is recommended
for heavy fish and feed loading. The basic system
supports up to 50 lbs of fed fish; order the
Bioreactor (SL94 air pump included, add a SL56
if ordering as a retrofit) to support up to 125 lbs of
fish. The Precision AutoFeeder (FF50AF) coupled
with the Auto Control Panel make a complete,
self-sustaining life support system (five days at
heavy feeding). A single energy-efficient, ultraquiet air pump recirculates the water, delivers air
to the diffuser and cleans the filter.
The innovative Pulse BioClarifier gently settles out
fish waste, captures suspended particles and acts
as a biofilter. Select the automatic Pulse wash cycle
using two dialsone for time on, one for time off.
Its simple! The 400-gallon tank self-cleans through
a center drain and is equipped with a float valve
that maintains tank water level. Request the UV
sterilizer (FF50AUV) to keep water and filter clear
of algae and to reduce fish pathogens.
Window Included
Air Pump
Filter Waste Flush Line
Manual Controls (Standard)
FF50MA
Pulse BioClarifier
FF50ACP Automation Option

MODEL
BASIC SYSTEM W/MANUAL CONTROLS
FF50AUV
SHIP WT
(LBS)
290
5
FF50AB3 BIOREACTOR
75
FF50AF
10
405.19
15
397.89
FF50AUV UV STERILIZER
FF50AF
EACH
$4,308.00
FF50ACP PULSE AUTO CONTROL PANEL

PRECISION AUTOFEEDER
The Fish Farm comes with a sturdy dome frame for

hanging the Precision AutoFeeder and for supporting
the net cover (included). Secure a tarp to the frame
to exclude light or airborne pollutants. All options
are easy to install as retrofits. Components
assemble in about 1 hour. Note: All plumbing will
be underground w/out stands.Operate several Fish
Farm systems with one Pulse controller and large
air pump.
556.69
1,301.00
Our Auto Fish Farm has been a great learning experience. The Pentair AES technical reps have
been a readily available resource to help us with our Auto Fish Farm installation and operation.
The trout we are raising in our basement are healthy and amazingly fast growing. The Auto Fish
Farm is a balanced, easy-to-maintain system, and we are excited about adding another tank to
our existing system.
Mike and Charlotte Henderson
10 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Fish Farm II / Holding System
FISH FARM II
The ultimate Fish Farm
Our Fish Farm II is a perfect system for producing up to 300 pounds of
fish at one time. Avoid the usual high costs and problems associated
with designing an untested system. It is perfectly suited for schools
and individuals who wish to get their feet wet prior to going into the fish
farming business.
The Fish Farm II features two 500-gallon polyethylene tanks with viewing
windows and support stands, a complete filtration unit using a double-drain
system to separate and remove solids and a moving bed bioreactor. An efficient
compressor provides aeration and circulation. This eliminates electrical
devices in the water for safety. With two tanks, it is possible to culture
two species or two sizes of fish at the same time. Isolation valves allow
separation of one or both of the tanks from the filter for cleaning
or treatment. Maintenance requires as few as 15 minutes a day and
40 gallons of makeup/exchange water.
HOLDING SYSTEM, 1,500-GALLON

Produce up to 700 pounds of fish at one time
You dont have to guess about equipment sizing or worry about losing fish
with this system. Weve designed and tested it to ensure that it is complete,
easy to maintain and flexible; just supply water and a place for drainage! Our
commercial system includes three 500-gal tanks, bead filter, biofilter, air and
water pumps, UV sterilizer, sump, plumbing, feeders and mesh tank covers.
This system is great for quarantine or for holding fish for retail. Each tank has
valves for adjusting its water level to full, half-full or empty. For example, you
may want to lower a tanks level to half-full when treating diseased fish with
medicine, halving the volume of water so that you only need half the medicine
as a full tank. Because the plumbing is already in place underneath the tanks,
you dont need to build it into your flooring.
Other features include a bottom center drain, baffle to help create a circular
water flow inside the tanks and mesh netting to cover each tank. Each tank has
Assembly of the system is easy. Most components come preassembled,

requiring only a screwdriver and less than 4 hours of labor. Flexible pipe joins
the tanks to the filter. This allows some options for tank position to fit a variety
of layouts. Complete instructions and a setup/operation video are included.
Tanks are 70 D x 30 H. Weighs 620 lbs, ships via motor freight.
All accessories packages are available for various species, climate conditions
and special applications. One-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
FF400
FISH FARM II
$6,663.00
ALR15
REPLACEMENT DIFFUSERS
PF2
REPLACEMENT FILTER MEDIA
SL88
REPLACEMENT AIR PUMP
14.19
30.49
534.39
a vibratory feeder (holds 1.75 liters of up to 6-mm food), digital timer, controller
and adapters. Set up to 24 feedings per 24 hours from 159 seconds each.
We use top-quality, reliable components for each commercial system. You get
a Sweetwater air pump (SL190), Bead Filter and Sweetwater Low-Space
Bioreactor (handles 49 lbs feed/day). The bead filter has its own air pump for
backwashing. You can bypass the UV sterilizer (120 W, puts out 30,000 Ws/cm2)
for service. We recommend operating the supplied water pump at 3045 gpm.
System is 115V/60 Hz or 230V/50 Hz (for export) and requires a minimum space
of 25 L x 8 W x 5.3 H. Call us to learn more about our commercial system or
for a quote on a larger package.
MODEL
EACH
FHS
1500 GAL. HOLDING SYSTEM $14,408.00
Note: This system is built to order.

Biofilter (49 lbs of
Feed per Day)
Sweetwater
Air Pump
Filter Return Line
Mechanical Filtration with

Backwash Assist Pump
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 11
The Mini Fish Farm
THE MINI FISH FARM

#1 in the classroom
DESIGNED HERE
The Mini Fish Farm is a complete fish raising system. It includes a quiet,
oilless air pump, a state-of-the-art clarifier, a biological filter employing
moving bed technology, a 54 Dia. x 35 H polyethylene tank that can be ordered
with or without a viewing window, an operational manual and a video that gives
step-by-step set-up instructions and maintenance procedures. The entire
system contains only 400 gallons of water, making heating, water changes and
overall size and weight minimal. All electrical components are UL-approved
and power consumption is a mere 60 watts. Thats under $4 per month!
Maintenance takes less than ten minutes per day and only two 5-gallon pails of
water need to be emptied and replaced. The entire system fits in a 6 x 8 area
and can fit through a 36 door. Extremely safe, there is no electricity in the
water, and the system is virtually leakproof. Ships Motor Freight. One-year
warranty.
OPTIONAL STAND-ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT

Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm to utilize fish effluent as
fertilizer, all while supplementing biofiltration with plant uptake. Eighteen
lettuce, herb or other leafy plants are partially suspended in the recirculated
water, providing optimal nutrient uptake and aeration of roots without the use of
gravel or perlite. This unit is modeled after a commercial aquaponics unit that
produces 45,000 heads of lettuce per day. It requires no additional power. Kit
includes black ABS tray with removable top for root inspection and harvesting
(measures 4 long x 2 wide x 6 deep), aluminum stand, 18 net pots (2) with
growing cubes and all plumbing/fittings for hookup to the Mini Fish Farm,
plus a comprehensive hydroponics manual. Ships Ground. The Aquaponics
Refill Kit (CK50R) includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
OPTIONAL FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
MODEL
THE MINI FISH FARM
FF50-3
MINI FISH FARM (NO WINDOW)
230
$2,911.00
FF50-3W1
MINI FISH FARM W/1 X 2 WINDOW
230
3,076.00
FF50-3W2
230
3,127.00
OPTIONAL AQUAPONICS KITS

FF50HT
STAND ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT
60
698.59
CK50
FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT
30
190.39
CK50R
AQUAPONICS REFILL KIT
0.5
23.49
REPLACEMENT COMPONENTS
SL88
115V 60HZ LINEAR PISTON AIR PUMP
23.5
534.39
FF50W-KIT
1 X 2 WINDOW KIT
2.5
114.49
FW22-KIT
2 X 2 WINDOW KIT
2.5
156.49
ALR15
6 MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSER
ZPF2
FILTER PAD (4 X 18)
14.19
0.35
8.49
DESIGNED HERE
CK50
Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm. It consists of a unique
aquaponics tray that allows the growth of lettuce, herbs, flowers and other
crops in the same tank as the fish. This interaction between animals and plants
provides the opportunity to study and observe a more natural eco-system. The
tray is designed to float within the tank, covering one half of the waters surface.
It is capable of growing up to 24 plants. Special screening protects plant roots
from foraging fish and the design provides proper tray height above the water.
Kit includes two heavy-duty ABS plastic trays, screening, twenty-four 2 net
pots, twenty-four 3 net pots, zip ties, twenty-four Rockwool cubes and
complete instructions. Ships Oversize. The Aquaponics Refill Kit (CK50R)
includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
REPLACEMENT TANK WINDOW KITS

The FF50W-KIT is 1 x 2 polycarbonate window kit with an actual viewing area
of 9 x 21, and the FW22-KIT is 2 x 2 with a viewing area of 21 x 21.
Stand-Alone
Aquaponics Kit
(Optional)
Mini Fish Farm with

Optional Stand-Alone
Aquaponics Kit
Optional Floating Aquaponics Kit
SEE OUR
CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE!
The Mini Fish Farm

FF50-3W1
12 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Aquaponics System
AQUAPONICS SYSTEM 800
DESIGNED HERE
NEW!
The Pentair Aquaponics System 800 utilizes an integrated design to deliver a

controlled and balanced growing environment for both fish and plants. This
system* features a mix of state-of-the-art equipment and a full complement of
Sweetwater filtration and aeration equipment for an efficient, reliable and
user-friendly package.
Sweetwater Low-Space Bioreactor
Two 400 gallon polyethylene tanks can support a maximum of 375 pounds of
fish biomass at one time in the system and provide nutrients to at least 60
plants. This is a robust fish and plant production capacity within a small
footprint of 10 x 17. It is possible due to the use of a newly designed bead
filtration skid system and a Sweetwater Low-Space Bioreactor to maintain
optimal water quality. The bead filtration system features a pump, filter, UV
sterilizer, valves and rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing. All specialty
components and equipment are included, except standard PVC pipe (available
from your local hardware store.) The filtration/pumping system ships
pre-plumbed on its own pallet. To finalize assembly, follow the detailed
instruction manual to connect the filtration system to all other components
including tanks, using your locally-sourced PVC pipe.
Two 36-inch x 36-inch plant trays supported by a powdered coated stainless

steel stand
With an expected feed conversion ratio of 1.5 and greater than 90% survival for
fish and plants the producer could achieve 750 pounds of fish production and
650 units of leafy greens annually. That equates to 1,000 fish fillets each year for
a small household!
Bead Filtration System
Fully automatic, self-adjusting and continuously self-cleaning. Utilizes

moving bed bioreactor technology to control ammonia and nitrite.
Plant Trays
Aeration
Sweetwater Air Diffusers provides supplemental oxygen to the fish tanks,
grow trays and low-space bioreactor
Sweetwater Linear Diaphragm Pump powers the air diffusers and airlifts
Tanks
Circular tanks result in concentrated solids exiting through a center drain to
filtration
External standpipes set tank water level and eliminate unnecessary
plumbing from remaining in fish tank
Visit PentairAES.com to check out the shopping list of items you should
consider to manage and operate the system.
Taurus 110 Energy Efficient Aquaculture-Duty Centrifugal Pump

Sweetwater Bead Filter for removal of solids
SMART UV Sterilizer inactivates potentially-harmful micro-organisms such
as bacteria and algae
Rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing and true union Asahi valves
Bypass lines to facilitate filter or lamp replacement
MODEL
440096
EACH
$ 13,900.00
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 13
Quarantine and Holding Systems
QUARANTINE AND HOLDING SYSTEMS

New, thicker gel coat and stronger than ever
A complete tank and filter system that can be used for a multitude of applications.
Use it for holding sick fish, for retailing koi and goldfish in a pond shop,
etc.the applications are endless. Each system includes an imported
fiberglass tank, a top-mounting filter with multiple filtration chambers and a
UL-listed submersible pump. The top filter chamber includes brushes and
filter pads for removing debris and two biological chambers filled with
ceramic biorings for high surface area. The chambers can also be filled with
carbon or other chemical media. Tanks are nestable and ship via motor
freight. Air pumps sold separately.
MODEL
EACH 4+
HS81A
HOLDING SYSTEM, 81 GAL
HS122A
$670.29
807.69
HS235A
1339.00
HS523A
2153.00
PF2
REPLACEMENT PARTICULATE FILTER
AZ16027
REPLACEMENT BIO-FILTER, 24
30.49
27.44
8.09 7.28
Crating charges not included in price.

HS81A
IN
Overhead view of top filter chamber.
OUT
Top View
Side View
HS81A
48
30
15
21
HS235A
72
36
24
33
HS122A
60
30
18
33
HS523A
96
48
30
36
AQUAPONICS
PRODUCTS
16
17
18
20
22
23
24
Aquaponics System
Mini Fish Farm
Tanks/Troughs
Media
Trays/Shade Cloth
Water Conditioners/Test Kit
Induction Grow Lights
15
AQUAPONICS TECHNOLOGY
& DESIGN WORKSHOPS
Topics that will be covered during these workshops:
UNIVERSITY OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
AQUAPONIC SYSTEM AND UVI BASED
SYSTEM AT PENTAIR AES
System design and management
Aeration
Plumbing
Pump Selection
Components
Construction techniques
Operation
FISH PRODUCTION
HANDS-ON INSTRUCTION
Stocking rates
PVC work
Feeding, growth and survival
Pump setup and plumbing
Harvesting and processing
Plant grow tray construction
Water quality
Fish handling
Brood stock management
Water quality testing
Breeding
Fry sex reversal
MARKETING AND ECONOMICS

PLANT PRODUCTION
Electric Cost
Seedling production
ENGINEERING AQUAPONICS SYSTEMS
Importance of pest identification
Engineering Aquaponics Systems

Blower selection and sizing
Total Dynamic Head (TDH)
Disease and insect control

Nutrient dynamics
Check PentairAES.com/workshops
for all workshop details including
dates, times and locations!
Pipe sizing and flow
For more information about educational

courses offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems,
please email PAES.General@Pentair.com.
Web: PentairAES.com/workshops
Email: PAES.General@Pentair.com
2395 Apopka Blvd., Apopka, FL 32703
16 AQUAPONICS
Aquaponics System
DESIGNED HERE
NEW!
The Pentair Aquaponics System 800 utilizes an integrated design to deliver a

controlled and balanced growing environment for both fish and plants. This
system* features a mix of state-of-the-art equipment and a full complement of
Sweetwater filtration and aeration equipment for an efficient, reliable and
user-friendly package.
Sweetwater Low-Space Bioreactor
Two 400 gallon polyethylene tanks can support a maximum of 375 pounds of
fish biomass at one time in the system and provide nutrients to at least 60
plants. This is a robust fish and plant production capacity within a small
footprint of 10 x 17. It is possible due to the use of a newly designed bead
filtration skid system and a Sweetwater Low-Space Bioreactor to maintain
optimal water quality. The bead filtration system features a pump, filter, UV
sterilizer, valves and rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing. All specialty
components and equipment are included, except standard PVC pipe (available
from your local hardware store.) The filtration/pumping system ships
pre-plumbed on its own pallet. To finalize assembly, follow the detailed
instruction manual to connect the filtration system to all other components
including tanks, using your locally-sourced PVC pipe.
Two 36-inch x 36-inch plant trays supported by a powdered coated stainless

steel stand
With an expected feed conversion ratio of 1.5 and greater than 90% survival for
fish and plants the producer could achieve 750 pounds of fish production and
650 units of leafy greens annually. That equates to 1,000 fish fillets each year for
a small household!
Bead Filtration System
Fully automatic, self-adjusting and continuously self-cleaning. Utilizes

moving bed bioreactor technology to control ammonia and nitrite.
Plant Trays
Aeration
Sweetwater Air Diffusers provides supplemental oxygen to the fish tanks,
grow trays and low-space bioreactor
Sweetwater Linear Diaphragm Pump powers the air diffusers and airlifts
Tanks
Circular tanks result in concentrated solids exiting through a center drain to
filtration
External standpipes set tank water level and eliminate unnecessary
plumbing from remaining in fish tank
Visit PentairAES.com to check out the shopping list of items you should
consider to manage and operate the system.
Taurus 110 Energy Efficient Aquaculture-Duty Centrifugal Pump

Sweetwater Bead Filter for removal of solids
SMART UV Sterilizer inactivates potentially-harmful micro-organisms such
as bacteria and algae
Rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing and true union Asahi valves
Bypass lines to facilitate filter or lamp replacement
MODEL
440096
EACH
$ 13,900.00
AQUAPONICS 17
The Mini Fish Farm
THE MINI FISH FARM

#1 in the classroom
DESIGNED HERE
The Mini Fish Farm is a complete fish raising system. It includes a quiet,
oilless air pump, a state-of-the-art clarifier, a biological filter employing
moving bed technology, a 54 Dia. x 35 H polyethylene tank that can be ordered
with or without a viewing window, an operational manual and a video that gives
step-by-step set-up instructions and maintenance procedures. The entire
system contains only 400 gallons of water, making heating, water changes and
overall size and weight minimal. All electrical components are UL-approved
and power consumption is a mere 60 watts. Thats under $4 per month!
Maintenance takes less than ten minutes per day and only two 5-gallon pails of
water need to be emptied and replaced. The entire system fits in a 6 x 8 area
and can fit through a 36 door. Extremely safe, there is no electricity in the
water, and the system is virtually leakproof. Ships Motor Freight. One-year
warranty.
OPTIONAL STAND-ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT

Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm to utilize fish effluent as
fertilizer, all while supplementing biofiltration with plant uptake. Eighteen
lettuce, herb or other leafy plants are partially suspended in the recirculated
water, providing optimal nutrient uptake and aeration of roots without the use of
gravel or perlite. This unit is modeled after a commercial aquaponics unit that
produces 45,000 heads of lettuce per day. It requires no additional power. Kit
includes black ABS tray with removable top for root inspection and harvesting
(measures 4 long x 2 wide x 6 deep), aluminum stand, 18 net pots (2) with
growing cubes and all plumbing/fittings for hookup to the Mini Fish Farm,
plus a comprehensive hydroponics manual. Ships Ground. The Aquaponics
Refill Kit (CK50R) includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
OPTIONAL FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
MODEL
The Mini Fish Farm
FF50-3
MINI FISH FARM (NO WINDOW)
230 $2,911.00
FF50-3W1
230
3,076.00
FF50-3W2
230
3,127.00
Optional Aquaponics Kits

FF50HT
STAND ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT
60
698.59
CK50
FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT
30
190.39
CK50R
AQUAPONICS REFILL KIT
0.5
23.49
Replacement Components
SL88
115V 60HZ LINEAR PISTON AIR PUMP
23.5
534.39
FF50W-KIT
1 X 2 WINDOW KIT
2.5
114.49
FW22-KIT
2 X 2 WINDOW KIT
2.5
156.49
ALR15
6 MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSER
ZPF2
FILTER PAD (4 X 18)
14.19
0.35
8.49
CK50
DESIGNED HERE
Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm. It consists of a unique
aquaponics tray that allows the growth of lettuce, herbs, flowers and other
crops in the same tank as the fish. This interaction between animals and plants
provides the opportunity to study and observe a more natural eco-system. The
tray is designed to float within the tank, covering one half of the waters surface.
It is capable of growing up to 24 plants. Special screening protects plant roots
from foraging fish and the design provides proper tray height above the water.
Kit includes two heavy-duty ABS plastic trays, screening, twenty-four 2 net
pots, twenty-four 3 net pots, zip ties, twenty-four Rockwool cubes and
complete instructions. Ships Oversize. The Aquaponics Refill Kit (CK50R)
includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
REPLACEMENT TANK WINDOW KITS
Optional Floating Aquaponics Kit
The FF50W-KIT is 1 x 2 polycarbonate window kit with an actual viewing area

of 9 x 21, and the FW22-KIT is 2 x 2 with a viewing area of 21 x 21.
Stand-Alone
Aquaponics Kit
(Optional)
Mini Fish Farm with

Optional Stand-Alone
Aquaponics Kit
SEE OUR
The Mini Fish Farm

FF50-3W1
18 AQUAPONICS
Polyethylene Tanks/Fiberglass Troughs
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
have superior mechanical properties, high stiffness, excellent low

temperature impact strength, and outstanding environmental stress crack
resistance, they stand up well in tough environments. Model BP210 and
models ending in -W2 have a 2'x2' polycarbonate viewing window installed (
actual viewing area is 21 3/4x21 3/4").
These polyethylene, marine blue, open top tanks are economical with long
life expectancy. The smooth surface makes for easy cleaning, and their light
weight allows for quick set-up and relocation. Edge lips provide wall
strength and minimize deformation. Most of these tanks are nestable, which
reduces shipping costs. FDA compliant; safe and non-toxic to aquatic and
animal life. All tanks have ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. Because they
55 TO 250 GALLON TANKS

CAPACITY
(GAL)
SHAPE
INSIDE
DIA.
HEIGHT
WALL
THICKNESS
SHIP WT
TANK ONLY
TANK WITH WINDOW
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
55
ROUND
21
38
3/16
17*
TP55
$145.99
90
ROUND
39
20
3/16
23** TP90
229.99
210
ROUND
48
30
3/16
49** TP210
303.49 BP210 $565.99
250
ROUND
60
22
3/16
68** TP250
418.99
110
RECTANGULAR 55 X 31 X 18
1/8
44** TP110
261.49
130
MORTAR BOX 72 X 36 X 12
1/8
39** TP130
271.99
*Ships ground. **Ships motor freight.
TP110
TP130
TP55
TP90

These tanks have a flat depression molded into the side near the bottom for a bulkhead fitting. Ships motor freight.
CAPACITY
(GAL)
SHAPE
INSIDE
DIA.
HEIGHT
WALL
SHIP WT
TANK ONLY
TANK WITH WINDOW
THICKNESS (LBS) MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
410
ROUND
60
34
3/16
74
TP440A $523.99 TP440A-W2
460
ROUND
70
30
3/16
78
TP400F
555.49 TP400F-W2
712.99
650
ROUND
77
34
1/4
105
TP655
660.49 TP655-W2
831.79
800
ROUND
88
38
1/4
120
TP800
817.99 TP800-W2
975.49
830
ROUND
92
30
1/4
134
TP830
849.49 TP830-W2 1,007.00
1000
ROUND
90
44
1/4
148
TP1000
943.99 TP1000-W2
FIBERGLASS TROUGHS
Rectangular troughs are used for hatching fish eggs, coral propagation,
baitfish, larval rearing (use with McDonald-type hatching jars), invertebrate
holding and many other culture applications. Although not as thick as our
reinforced fiberglass tanks, they are still quite durable. Light blue gel coat
interior. Troughs are stackable and ship via motor freight, Crating charges not
included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
MODEL
(GAL)
L X W X H
EACH
4+
FT120L2
120
96" X 24" X 12"
$296.89
$267.20
FT180L2
180
96" X 36" X 12" 513.79
462.41
FT240L2
240
96" X 48" X 12" 694.59
625.13
FT320L2
320
96" X 48" X 16" 963.59
867.23
$681.49
1,101.00
TP800
AQUAPONICS 19
Seeding and Planting
Seeding and Planting Systems

Seed Germination
Germinating seeds can be extremely easy or extremely difficult depending on the type of plant and method
used. There are several ways to do this and we will describe a few below:
1. Directly into starter cubes: This is where you use a starter cube (Hortifiber Rockwool, coco fiber, composted
pine bark, etc.) with a small hole in the center to start your seeds. You simply wet the media, drop the seeds in
the hole (or widen it a bit with a pencil for larger seeds) and then place them in a tray (with or without a
humidity dome, depending on your local humidity). Make sure to read up on your starter media as some media
should presoak in a mildly acidic solution for better sprouting results. Some seeds will do better when placed
directly out in the sun; some will do better if left in the dark for a few days then moved into the sunlight; and
some will do better with a bottom heat pad placed under the tray of starter cubes. One thing to remember is
that you want to get them in the same intensity of light that you will be growing them to maturity in as soon as
possible. In lower light conditions, plants stretch looking for light and become thinner/weaker and more prone
to breaking. Then when you move them into more intense light, they have a tendency to get leaf burn and
growth slows as the plant adjusts to the stronger light. If youre trying a new variety for the first time, plant a
few test cubes, put them in direct to partial sun for a few days and watch what happens. Most seeds will sprout
just fine this way as long as the temperatures are in the correct range for the plant species being grown (look
on the seed packet as most of the timeall of the zone/planting times are listed on the packaging), but if you
arent having any luck or you see them sprout and start to get a bit burned, try one of the other methods until
you see what works best for that particular seed. Just remember, the quicker you get the plant used to the
final light intensity, the quicker it will grow.
2. Paper towel/plastic wrap method: Another popular way of sprouting seeds is by dampening a paper towel
with water and placing it on a plate. You then place your seeds on the damp paper towel and cover the plate
with plastic wrap. Place this in a dark place such as a cabinet and check it daily while also lifting the plastic
wrap to exchange the air inside. As soon as you see the seed crack open, remove the seed from the plate
and place the seed cracked end down into the starter cube. It will then shoot the tap root down into the
starter cube and the seed will rise out of the cube and fall off of the sprout. This method works extremely
well for all types of larger seeds such as beans, peas, sunflowers, cucumbers, etc. Using smaller seeds is
not advisable, since it would be extremely difficult to pick them up and place them into starter cubes without
hurting the sprouts.
3. Cuttings: Some plants take an extremely long time to grow from seeds, but their cuttings will readily root when cared for properly, eliminating a lot of
valuable time spent by the grower. The procedure is fairly simple. First you want to make sure you sterilize your scissors, knife or whatever tool you
plan to use to take the cuttings and also make sure to wash your hands well (especially if you are a smoker). Once you have sterilized the cutting tool,
take your cuttings and remove all of the fruit from the plant (if there is any) along with the bottom 50% of the leaves/stems. Dip the cut end into either
a rooting hormone powder or gel, then place directly into a presoaked starter cube. Some plants such as tomatoes will start to root within a day or
two, while other plants such as rosemary may take as long as a month to show any signs of roots. You want to keep the cuttings in a humid environment
by using a humidity dome or plastic wrap, and you want to make sure to exchange the air inside several times a day. Some plants will look pretty bad
before looking better, but that is because you are stressing the plant and basically forcing it to either grow roots or die. You want the media moist, but
not wet or waterlogged. You can also mist the plants to let the leaves take up water. Riding that fine line of wet/dry media tells the harder-to-root
plants that they need to sprout roots. Once you have done it a few times you will be able to look at the plants and tell when they have started to root,
then take the dome off until the plants get strong enough to move them to your main system. Where to germinate: Seeds can either be germinated
directly in your system, on sprouting tables, in individual sprouting trays or by many other means. It really comes down to what works best for the
area you have, labor involved and finances available.
Hortifiber Rockwool is a registered trademark of Thermofiber, Inc.
TECH TALK 124

Compost Tea
Compost tea is exactly what it sounds likea liquid extract prepared by steeping compost in water.
Sounds delicious, right? Dont worry, its for your plants. Just spray it on and watch them grow healthier
and less susceptible to disease. Compost tea can be used on trees, shrubs, houseplants, vegetables,
flowers and lawns. It can also help with seed germination and starting new plants.
Compost tea has been shown to be a source of beneficial microorganisms that protect plants and
provide better nutrient availability to the plants while also improving soil condition. Several types of
compost teas can be made, and they vary in the method of preparation and in the ways they are used.
Examples include anaerobic compost teas, aerobic compost tea, compost leachate, manure tea and
Bokashi tea, among others.
One of the most popular of the compost teas is aerobic compost tea (no, it has nothing to do with
jumping jacks). Aerobic compost tea is made by using an air pump or blower to supply your mixture with
oxygen while brewing. The process enhances the production of beneficial bacteria, protozoa, fungi and
other microbes. You can even add food and/or other additives to further encourage the growth of
microorganisms in the tea. For example, add molasses for bacteria growth; kelp and humic acid for
fungi; and peat moss and hay for protozoa.
Brewing aerobic compost tea is easy. Many commercial compost tea brewers are available, but if you
take pride in your DIY ethic you can easily build your own brewer. All you need is a bucket, an air pump or
blower, an air hose with check valve and a diffuser. Simply wrap the compost in cheesecloth or place it
in a mesh bag (avoid fine meshit may keep some beneficial fungi from the tea). Fill a bucket with
clean water and drop the bag in (one part compost to four parts water). Then throw in your choice of
additives. Aerate the liquid for several hours.
While it brews, make sure you provide enough aeration to maintain dissolved oxygen (D.O.) content
around 6 ppm. This will support the growth of aerobic microorganisms that enhance plant growth.
Aerate the extract between 12 and 48 hours, depending on the type of microbes that are desired.
A period of around 12 hours will favor the growth of fungi, while a 24-hour period of aeration will favor the
growth of bacteria. Longer periods (3648 hours) will favor the growth of protozoa and other microorganisms.
After aerating, pour the liquid through a strainer or cheesecloth to filter. Then dilute the concentrated
tea with clean water at a ratio of 1 to 10 before dispensing in sprayers or spray bottles. One gallon of
your diluted mixture will cover 800 ft 2 of planted area. For best results, apply the tea to plants and soil
once every week. The whole plant and surrounding soil may be thoroughly wetted. Tea may be stored up
to two weeks in a closed container before applying
to plants.
To consistently make great compost tea, consider the following:
A erate or chemically treat clean water to remove chlorine or chloramines from water prior to adding
compost.
Keep the brewer between 70 and 75F while brewing tea.
The pH should be near neutral (6.5 to 7.5).
Maintain the D.O. concentration around 6 ppm throughout the
brewing cycle.
Using these methods, you can routinely make tea with high numbers of beneficial bacteria, fungi,
protozoa and nematodes, time after time. The result will ensure healthier plants and better growth.
Sources of additional information on compost tea:
The National Sustainable Agriculture Information Service (ATTRA)
website: http://www.attra.org/attra-pub/compost-tea-notes.html
The Compost Tea Brewing Manual, 5th Ed., 2005. Dr. Elaine Ingham,
Soil Foodweb Inc., Corvallis, Oregon 97333.
20 AQUAPONICS
Media
COCOTEK
This organic growing medium consists of three different types of compressed
coco coir. A high-quality, low-sodium, environmentally friendly alternative to
sphagnum peat moss. When hydrated with water, CocoTek rapidly expands,
saving time and effort. Use by itself or mix with expanded clay pellets, perlite
or topsoil.
MODEL
CB310
EACH
$11.59
COIR BALE, 5 KG
CocoTek is a registered trademark of HGCI, Inc.
COCOGRO COIR FIBER BRICK

This premium coir fiber has a low salt content and no chemical treatment. Its
doublesleeved 3/4 long fibers provide an optimal air to water ratio and reduced
dust, which means stronger root development. Cocogro fiber is aged at least
18 months, so it has longer usability. And it has excellent drainage properties.
100% recyclable. Expands to approximately 1/3 cu. ft. of media.
MODEL
COCOB COCOGRO COIR FIBER BRICK, 650G
EACH
$4.39
Cocogro is a registered trademark of American Agritech, LLC.
PERLITE
Coarse perlite (siliceous rock) is one of the best hydroponic media commonly
used. It has high water-holding capacity and fertilizer retention. It has neutral
pH, is sterile and weed-free. Ideal for tray systems, bag systems and deep
nutrient trough systems. Sold in four cubic foot bags.
MODEL
PR40
EACH
PERLITE, 20 LBS $17.99
GOLD LABEL HYDROCORN

This lightweight clay aggregate is an excellent growing medium for any
hydroponic system. Clay aggregates are heated at high temperatures, creating
an inner pore structure and ceramic shell that holds moisture for roots and
helps minimize the buildup of salts and nutrients. The aggregate wicks the
water/nutrient solution upward, pebble by pebble, releasing it to the plant roots
as needed. The uneven shape is an ideal surface for roots and beneficial
bacteria. Pebbles range from 816 mm.
Clay aggregate is chemically inert, odorless, will not degrade and has a neutral
pH of 7.0. It's easily washed, completely reusable and will last indefinitely.
Excellent in systems with potted plants and in ebb and flow system trays. It
readily accepts transplanted seedlings started in oasis cubes, Hortifiber
Rockwool or other planting media.
MODEL
CA4A
HYDROCORN, 36-LITER BOX
EACH
$40.39
Gold Label Hydrocorn is a registered trademark of Jongkind B.V. Besloten Vennootschap

AQUAPONICS 21
Propagation Cubes/Net Pots

SMALL PROPAGATION CUBES
These Hortifiber Rockwool small cubes are ideal for starting seedlings and
cuttings and fit nicely into 2" net pots, seedling trays or directly into a growing
media. Cubes have a small hole in the center for seed placement.
MODEL L W H
PC112
1 1 1
CUBES/SLAB
98
EACH
$12.59/SLAB
MEDIUM PROPAGATION CUBES

Start seeds and root cuttings right with OASIS Horticubes, 1 Medium
Thin Cut! Because cubes are pH neutral and extremely porous, they are
multi-purpose and work especially well in hydroponics systems. OASIS
Horticubes are designed to drain off excess water from the base of the
germinating seed or cutting while maintaining a proper air/water balance.
2 sheets at 276 cubes/sheet.
MODEL
L W H CUBES/SLAB
OHO300
1 1 1-1/2
EACH
276 $25.19
Oasis Horticubes are registered trademarks of Smithers-Oasis Company.
PROPAGATION MINI BLOCKS

These Hortifiber Rockwool small blocks are ideal for both seed and cutting
propagation. They are designed to be transplanted directly to other media and
not intended to be used with larger Rockwool blocks.
MODEL L W H CUBES/SLAB
RMB1
1 1 1
15
EACH
$3.59/STRIP
PROPAGATION BLOCKS
PB4
Once seedlings have developed in the Hortifiber Rockwool propagation cubes,

the entire cube can then be transferred to these propagation blocks.
Propagation blocks have a hole in the center that will accept the 11/2"
propagation cubes. Larger quantities and sizes available.
MODEL L W H CUBES/SLAB
PB3
EACH
PB3
3 3 2
$6.39/STRIP
PB4
4 4 2
6.49/STRIP
NET POTS
These plastic net pots have slits in the sides and bottom to allow root development
and promote oxygen transfer. Ideal for ebb and flow systems and NFT systems,
pots can be used for starting seedlings and propagation. The 2 size is ideal for
use with Hortifiber Rockwool and oasis cubes or Hydroton to start seedlings
which will then be transplanted to the growing system. Plants are left in the net
pot when transferred, which avoids transplant shock. Larger size net pots are
perfect for use with Hydroton media.
These pots are excellent for classroom science projects and experiments, as
the root system is visible when lifted out of the nutrient solution.
MODEL
NP12NL
2 H X 2 DIA., 25/PK, NO LIP
EACH
$3.19
BUCKET LID
Perfect for customized hydroponic systems, these sturdy Bucket Lids fit any
standard 5-gallon bucket.
MODEL EACH
BL306 6'' $3.69
BL306
BL310 10" 4.19
22 AQUAPONICS
SECTION
Products
Trays
and/Shade
Products
Cloth/ Products
PROPAGATION TRAYS
Great, sturdy additions to any hydrogarden. Trays have raised interior channels
for superior drainage. The basin of the Eazy Drain Reservoir also features a
gradual slope and can be modified with bulkhead fittings for simple hose
connection and reservoir change-outs. Made of durable, UV-resistant plastic.
Ships motor freight.
MODEL
WPT200
WPT210
WPT220
WPT230
WPT240
WPT250
WPT221
WPT231
L X W X D
PROPAGATION TRAY
PROPAGATION TRAY
PROPAGATION TRAY
PROPAGATION TRAY
PROPAGATION TRAY
PROPAGATION TRAY
PROPAGATION TRAY LID
PROPAGATION TRAY LID
EACH
22X22X7 $52.49
44" X 24" X 7"
78.79
36" X 36" X 7"
157.49
48" X 48" X 7"
150.19
72" X 36" X 7"
194.29
96" X 48" X 7"
280.39
36" X 36" X 7"
104.99
48" X 48" X 7"
141.79
WPT220
WPT221
SPEEDLING TRANSPLANT TRAYS

Keep your plants' roots safe from damage, pests and diseases during
transplant. These polystyrene trays are reusable and drastically reduce
transplant shock. The angled sides of the cells encourage roots to grow
downward, rather than spiraling as they would in a square cell. This allows
plants to begin growing immediately after transplant. Plants and soil are
easily removed, completely intact.
Trays are 265/8" L x 135/8" W. Ship weight 1.5 lbs.
MODEL
EACH
TR128A
128 CELLS @ 1.5 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP
TR200A
200 CELLS @ 1 SQ.IN., 3" DEEP
TR242HC
242 CELLS @ 1 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP
TR72A
72 CELLS @ 1.75 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP
$10.49
13.29
8.59
13.59
SHADE CLOTH
Our premium shade cloth is the knitted type, which will last over 15 years in the
tropical sun. This cloth is useful for shading tanks to reduce algae, prevent sun
damage to fish and reduce water temperature. It is also useful for predator
control, visibility screening and, of course, shading plants. Made of UV-resistant
plastic. Sold in 10' L increments or full 300' rolls only.

SHIP WT
MODEL SHADE LENGTH WIDTH (LBS)
SC30 30%
SC30R 30%
SC50 50%
SC50R 50%
SC70 70%
SC70R 70%
10
300'
10
300'
10
300'
EACH
2.8
$37.79
12'
83
755.99
12'
2.8
12'
83
12'
4.6
12'
138 1,328.00
12'
44.09
995.39
56.69
30% SHADING
50% SHADING
70% SHADING
NETTING & SHADECLOTH POLYCLIPS

These unique fasteners are ideal for attaching predator netting and shade cloth
to support rope and wires. Constructed of tough polypropylene, they can be
used over and over again. Simply snap over the edge of the material and
attach to 3/8 support wire. Recommended spacing is one polyclip per 2
(depending on load).
MODEL EACH
PC1 EACH
$0.65
PC125 25-PK 14.59
AQUAPONICS 23
Super Salt/PH Control/Test Kit
NEW!
PROLINE SUPER SALT CONCENTRATE

Contains everything but the saltsave on shipping!
MICROBE-LIFT PH INCREASE AND PH DECREASE

Safely Raises/Lowers pH Levels
This synthetic salt mixture contains all the necessary elements and buffers
(except sodium chloride) required to make up to 4,400 gallons of synthetic
seawater. Each phosphate- and nitrate-free batch is individually tested to
generate consistency and high quality. Because sodium chloride is a major
component of most synthetic sea salt mixtures, it is also responsible for a large
amount of the weight. This concentrated mixture contains everything but the
sodium chloride.
pH Increase - Includes 2 pH increasers for gentle effectiveness and 3

electrolytes to help maintain osmotic balance.
ProLine Super Salt Concentrate is packaged in a semiliquid form and sold in

resealable buckets. One bucket mixes with 80 lbs of noniodized, high-purity
sodium chloride to make 400 gallons (1,514 liters) of salt water. Pallet quantities
available.
MODEL
239500
SHIP WT (LBS)
400 GALLON MIX
EACH
4+
$79.29 $71.36
63
pH Decrease - Includes 2 pH decreasers for gentle effectiveness and 3

electrolytes to help maintain osmotic balance. Contains phosphoric acid.
Formulated in deionized water
Contains a slime coat ingredient for skin protection and stress reduction in
pond fish
Contains a chelating agent to enhance water quality
Not harmful to fish or plants
MODEL
EACH
890024
MICROBE-LIFT PH INCREASE
1 QUART
$13.99
890025
MICROBE-LIFT PH INCREASE
1 GAL
44.59
890026
MICROBE-LIFT PH DECREASE
890027
MICROBE-LIFT PH DECREASE
1 QUART 13.99
1 GAL
44.59
Microbe-Lift is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
890024
890027
#10 WHITE CALCIUM CARBONATE DUST

Due to the nitrification process that occurs in the biofilter of a healthy aquaponics system, pH of the system
tends to steadily decrease over time as the nitrifying bacteria create acid. Regularly adding calcium carbonate
increases pH, and adds beneficial nutrients for plant uptake as well.
MODEL
MD
AQUAPONICS TEST KIT
FW
SW HAZMAT A
LM3637
EACH
$52.49
NEW!
Designed for small to midsize systems, this test kit

has everything you will need to monitor water quality
for both the aquaculture and hydroponics segments
of your system. Kit includes labware, accessories
and reagents to repeat tests for each factor
approximately 50 times, a detailed instruction
manual and quick reference card in a foam-lined
carrying case. Test chemistries and comparators
are compatible with fresh, brackish, or salt water
systems. Ship weight 9 lbs.
MODEL
50 LB BAG
EACH
AQUAPONICS TEST KIT $298.99
TEST
RANGE
AMMONIA
0.0-2.0 ppm
NITRITE
0.05-0.8 ppm
NITRATE
0.25-10.0 ppm
PH
IRON, FERROUS & FERRIC
5.0-10.0
0.5-10.0 ppm
ALKALINITY
0-200 ppm
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
0-10 ppm
LM3637RP REAGENT REFILL KIT 138.99
24 AQUAPONICS
Induction Grow Lights
INDUCTION GROW LIGHTS

Energy saving, full spectrum lighting ideal for aquaponics!
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems line of induction grow lights, an emerging
technology that is replacing metal halide and high pressure sodium lighting in
aquaponics. Induction lighting offers many benefits to crop production including
a broad spectrum, greater canopy penetration and lower operating temperatures.
Consumes up to 70% less power than traditional HID lamps
One lamp from vegetative thru flowering reduces plant stress
PAR rated spectrums: 90% UV 95% Carotenoid 80% R/FR/IR
98% specular reflectance for greater canopy penetration
Low operating temperatures reduce cooling costs
Longer lamp life (100,000 hour rated)
GROW LIGHT
10 year lamp and driver warranty
40W PONTOON ACCESSORY

Designed to work as an enhancement accessory to the induction lamps broad
spectrum phosphor blend. They are a low wattage addition to our induction
lamps spectrums and should be considered when the gardener is seeking
optimized quality, yield and reduced time to harvest.
Flowering enhancement accessory
Comes fully assembled No Tools Required for Easy Installation
5 Year Warranty
LIGHTING CONVERSION REFERENCE

PNR-100-PAR (100W) REPLACES 200W METAL HALIDE OR HP SODIUM LIGHTS
PNR-400-PAR (420W) REPLACES 1,000W METAL HALIDE OR 750W HP SODIUM LIGHTS
420W GROW LIGHT WITH PONTOON ACCESSORY

COVERAGE AREA
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS
HZ WATTS L W
L W H (LBS)
EACH
PNR-100-PAR
100W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
100
24
24
19
141/2
63/4
$503.99
PNR-200-PAR
200W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
200
36
36
261/2
141/2
63/4
11
640.49
PNR-400-PAR
420W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
420
48
48
41
141/2
63/4
15
834.79
PNR-400-PON
120-277
50/60
40
40
20
51/2
782.29
TECH TALK 130

Hydroponics vs Aquaponics
Hydroponics refers to using a nutrient solution to grow plants in a recirculating (closed) system. Open nutrient systems were used in the past but not much anymore. Two different ways hydroponic
systems work are:
A ggregate, which uses a solid medium (sand, Hortifiber Rockwool, gravel, perlite, vermiculite, peat moss, coconut husks, etc.) for support of plant roots.
Liquid, which uses no supporting medium for plant roots.
Aquaponics refers to growing a fish (or any aquatic animal) and plant crop together in a recirculating system. So aquaponics is really the marriage of aquaculture and hydroponics, aggregate or liquid, in
a closed system.
Hydroponics and aquaponics offer these advantages over traditional farming: high productivity for the space used, conservative water usage, low environmental impact and the ability to grow plants out
of season. The primary disadvantage to both is the high startup cost involved.
AQUAPONICS 25
Common Aquatic Species
Common Aquatic Species Used in Aquaponics

Tilapia sp.
There is little documentation through research as to which aquatic species work best in aquaponic
systems. Tilapia have the most results as they are very hardy and adaptable to poor water quality,
temperature and poor handling by farmers. They also have a large market value and have developed a
niche as a good-tasting white fish. The most common tilapia used are Nile tilapia (Oreochromis
niloticus), Mozambique tilapia (Oreochromis mossambicus), blue tilapia (Tilapia aureus) or some
crossbred variety of a wide number of tilapia species. They are ideal for our system here in Florida, as
we have a longer warm season here than many US states, and their ideal water temperature is in the
range of 7590F. There are a number of hatcheries in our geographic area that can supply us with
fresh, affordable fingerlings. For colder temperatures, the blue tilapia has shown a wider tolerance
than the other species of tilapia and will continue feeding in the 60s. However, once the water
temperature starts to dip into the 50s and lower for a significant period of time, the fish will not survive
for very long. If you live in a cooler climate and do not have the capability to heat the water, then
perhaps tilapia is not the ideal species for you. Again, this will all go back to market demand and your
own cost analysis.
Koi
Koi are ornamental varieties of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio) and have a large market in the
United States as a decorative water feature or small pond fish for many homes and businesses. They
are cultured in many states and can tolerate a wide range of temperatures and water quality
parameters similar to tilapia. However, their ranges are most ideal in between 6075F. Similar to the
tilapia, once temperatures drop below their ideal range, they will stop feeding and can eventually die.
Below 50F, they will cease feeding and their immune system will begin to shut down, so they too can
suffer mortality after prolonged periods of time in those temperatures. Fortunately, in Florida we dont
experience too many days with an average temperature below 50F.
Other Common Aquaponics Species

Ictalurus punctatus is North Americas most common catfish and is easily procured through the web of aquaculture hatchery suppliers in the country. It is
popular in aquaculture due to its rapid growth and wide temperature tolerance of 6885F.
Hybrid-striped bass (Morone saxatilis and Morone chrysops cross) do well in a wide range of environmental conditions, including a temperature range of
4090F, but grow best in between 75 and 80F.
Barramundi (Lates calcarifer) is already a fish of large commercial importance throughout the world, especially in the Indo-Pacific area. It has proven to be
useful in aquaculture and aquaponic systems since its temperature ranges are similar to that of tilapia.
Jade perch (Scortum barcoo) is being considered more and more for aquaponic systems due to its wide tolerance for temperature fluctuations, 5095F. It is
originally found in Australia and, like tilapia, is omnivorous.
Crappie and other sunfishes exist in almost every single US state, making access easy to farmers. Their temperature ranges are ideally between 5868F,
but they have been located in waters much cooler and warmer than that.
Malaysian prawn (Macrobrachium rosenbergii) is a freshwater shrimp native to the Indo-Pacific area and is a common aquaculture food species.
Temperature ranges for this shrimp are ideally between 6880F. One thing to note is that shrimp dont typically occupy the same space in the water column
that a school of fish will occupy. They are found on the riverbed in nature as detritivores, but in an aquaculture system, their surface area can be increased
with the addition of high surface area structures within the tanks or ponds.
NOTE:
It is important to understand that while these are the most commonly used aquatic species used in aquaponics, there is only limited documented information regarding their performance and production data. Should you choose to use a
species outside of this list, we recommend that you contact your local aquaculture extension agent or a hatchery/farm operator to discuss the feasibility. As with any other aspect of this operation, you need to determine your market and
what would work best for you. If your ambient temperature is within 6878F on average throughout the growing season, perhaps you should stick with a species best suited to that temperature to minimize system shock and avoid
possible loss of crop. It is true that the warmer the temperature, the more the fish will eat and the more nutrients they will excrete. However, high temperatures can also inhibit the growth and nutrient uptake of the plants, so it is
important to try to find a happy medium for all of your water quality parameters.
TECH TALK 134

Pest Management
Vigilance is the key to successful pest management. Make sure to inspect plants and crops on a
regular basis to ensure that an outbreak does not occur. You should look for holes, speckling,
browning and other damage from the bottom of the stem to the tip of the leaves and all sides of
any fruit. Inspections should be increased around high-threat areas such as doors, vents and
lights. Yellow sticky cards can also be hung throughout the greenhouse to help in identification of
any insects. Records should be kept in order to keep track of past infestations as well as how
successful prior treatments were. This will allow you to trend the occurrence of certain problems
and can therefore predict future outbreaks.
The easiest way to manage pests in your greenhouse is to keep them out. While double door systems,
screens around ventilation ducts and plastic sheeting to cover greenhouses help in keeping pests out,
they will not keep all insects at bay. Cleaning should be performed on each plot in between plantings.
Footbaths and hand sinks will also assist in deterring transfer of pests from one area to another.
If a mild infestation has occurred and it is contained in one area, a solution of water and liquid
dishwashing soap can be used to dislodge insects from your plants. When a large infestation
occurs, biological controls can be used to eliminate the pest population. This means that
beneficial insects (parasitic wasps, ladybugs, predator mites, etc.) are released into the
greenhouse to destroy the pests. Biological control requires a lot of time dedicated to monitoring
and releasing predators, as well as knowledge of pest identification and biology. Environmental
factors and any previous insecticide or pesticide use also need to be taken into account.
If pesticides need to be used, make sure you are using the correct pesticide for the application
and following the labeled instructions. Spraying pesticides in the early evening is the best
practice, since this method allows adequate time for the area to ventilate before people will be
returning to the greenhouse.
26 SECTION
AERATION
PRODUCTS
27 Regenerative Blowers & Accessories
36 Air Pumps
40 Bait/Hauling
42 Paddle Wheel Aerators
43 Propeller Aerators
44 Airlift Pumps
46 Surface Aerators
48 Diffusers & Accessories
58 Venturi Injectors/Mixing Eductors
59 Gas Injection & Management
66 Flow Meters/Manifolds
67 Valves & Accessories
71 Lake & Pond Aeration
78 Air Compressors/Tubing/Accessories
83 De-Icing
85 Fountains
89 Sea Pen Aeration & Oxygenation
AERATION 27
Regenerative Blowers
SWEETWATER HIGH EFFICIENCY REGENERATIVE BLOWERS

AQUACULTURE DUTY
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater Series 2 Regenerative Blowers

operate at a higher efficiency than traditional regenerative blowers. The
cool-running outboard bearing design allows these units to achieve higher
differential pressures, provide more cfm per horsepower and extend service
life. The rugged die-cast aluminum build is lightweight, compact and extremely
quiet. Easy-to-install, close-coupled design means you can quickly add
them to your system. And their internal silencers, washable inlet filter and
outlet flex hose further simplify installation. Oilless and virtually
maintenance-free. CE compliant and UL recognized. TEFC motors operate at
both 50 and 60 Hz. SST45 and larger ship motor freight.
SST10
RATED
HEIGHT
OUTLET

CFM FREE AIR @ INCHES WATER
MAX

WIRED
FULL LOAD
W/O
HOSE
MODEL
20" 30" 40" 50" DUTY HP PHASE VOLTAGE FOR AMPS FILTERS WIDTH SIZE
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
SST10
16 9 --- --- 32 0.3 1 115/230 115V
2.6
8.4
7.8
13
$496.79
SST10-230
16
1.3
8.4
7.8
13
496.79
--- --- 32 0.3 1 115/230 230V
SST15
40 33 26 20 56 0.6 1 115/230
115V 6.0 9.8 9.6 1.25 22
560.19
SST15-230
40 33 26 20 56 0.6 1 115/230
230V 3.0 9.8 9.6 1.25 22
545.39
SST20
50 43 35 28 64 .67 3 230/460 2.6/1.5 9.8
9.6 1.25
23
679.29
SST25
85 76 67 60 64" 1.3 3 230/460 4.0/2.3 11.9" 11.3" 1.5"
33
751.79
SST30
85 76 67 60 76 1.75 1 115/230 --- 14.0 11.9 11.3 1.5
SST30-230 85 76 67 60 76 1.75 1 115/230 230V
7.0
11.9 11.3 1.5
35
735.19
35
735.19
784.09
SST35
85 76 67 60 88 2 3 230/460 --- 5.5/3.2 11.9 11.3 1.5
35
SST40
132 122 112 105 72 2.35 1 115/230 115V 24.0
13.3 13.1
40 1,006.00
SST40-230 132 122 112 105 72 2.35 1 115/230 230V 12.0
13.3 13.1
1,006.00
40
SST45 132 122 112 105 84" 2.75 3 230/460 7.5/4.4 13.3" 13.1" 2"
46
1,016.00
SST50 200 190 180 170 76" 3.4 3 230/460 9.0/5.3 16.6"
15"
2"
64
1,489.00
SST55 200 190 180 170 92" 4.6 3 230/460 12.0/6.5 16.6"
15"
2"
75
1,590.00
1,648.00
SST60 200 190 180 170 124" 6.2 3 230/460 15.2/8.5 16.6"
15"
2"
93
SST65
260 245 230 215 112" 6.2 3 230/460 15.2/8.5 16.6"
15"
2"
95
1,929.00
SST70
340 327 312 300 112" 8.4 3 230/460 20.0/11.2 20.1" 17.6" 2.5"
143
2,787.00
SST75 340 327 312 300 161" 11.5 3 230/460 27.5/15.0 20.1" 17.6" 2.5"
150
2,821.00
SST80
160
3,484.00
450 430 410 395 104" 11.5 3 230/460 27.5/15.0 20.1" 17.6" 2.5"
180
SST10
TECH TALK 11
Motor Too Hot?
My motor is running too hot to touch. Is this a problem?
The old Too-Hot-To-Touch test no longer applies due to the improved materials now used in
motor manufacturing.
140
SST60
120
SST65
100
80
60
40
SST45
SST70
SST80
SST55
SST35
SST40
SST20
SST50
SST30
5
SST1
SST25
1
SST
The best way to determine if a motor is operating properly is to check the ampere (amp) draw.
Each motor has a nameplate listing full-load amps (FLA). If the tested amp draw does not
exceed the nameplate rating, its internal or external cooling fan is working (if so equipped) and
the ambient air temperature around the motor is below 104F (40C), the motor is probably not
running hot, even though it is too hot to touch.
Pressure, Inches H20
160
20
0
0
50
100
150
200 250 300

Volume (CFM)
350
400
450
500
28 AERATION
SECTION
Products / Products
Regenerative
Blowers/ Products
SWEETWATER REGENERATIVE BLOWERS
AQUACULTURE DUTY
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater Regenerative Blowers reach

higher pressures, operate in more corrosive environments and operate at
lower noise levels than industry standard commercial blowers. They are
inexpensive to operate, the air they deliver is oil-free, and they are extremely
energy-efficient and quiet!
Blower
The blower has only one moving part: a dynamically balanced impeller that is
attached directly to the motor shaft. The rotating impeller doesnt touch a thing,
so theres no wear, no vibration, no seals and no lubrication. The aluminum
blower housing, impeller, and cover make major components inherently
corrosion resistant promoting extended product life. High altitude will affect
blower performance; deduct 4% of volume and pressure for every 1,000 (300
m) above sea level. The 3,450-rpm motors used on these regenerative blowers
require about ten seconds to reach full speed. Use starting watts to size
generators and use full load amps to size breakers.
Automatic Thermal Overload Protection*

Should a power brownout occur and trip
the motor, the Sweetwater blower will
automatically restart after cooling
(*except S631-B).
Air Filter
Low-restriction inlet, washable
filter that removes particulates
to 50 microns included in price.
Motor
UL-, CSA- and CE-compliant, direct-drive, TEFC motors feature permanently
sealed ball bearings for increased protection against weather, dirt and
moisture, particularly in a humid aquaculture environment. These highefficiency type motors will run cool and handle a wide range of power variations
so often found in rural locations. Permanently sealed bearings incorporate
polyurea grease which extends bearing life and offers superior resistance to
washout, rust and corrosion. Thermal over load protection protects motor
windings from damage should the blower become stalled during operation.
Additionally, thermal over load protection switches automatically reset when
single-phase motor windings cool down to a safe level of operation. All models
will operate on both 50 and 60 cycle (Hz) power except models S631-B and
S651-B, which are 60 Hz only.
S41-A
Optional Inlet and Outlet Kits

Inlet filter kit features low- restriction, washable air filters, PVC elbow and pipe.
Outlet kit includes flexible hose simplifying installation, stainless steel clamps
and galvanized or PVC nipple. Kits sold separately.
Optional Power Cords

115V and 230V, 8 14/3 gauge, 3-prong power cords sold separately (115V cord
installed on models S11-A, S21-A, S31-A and S41-A).
Antiseize Compound
Sweetwater is assembled with
antiseize compound to ensure
easy disassembly when it
becomes necessary years down
the road.
Features
High-Efficiency Premium Motor

Runs cool, is completely enclosed and
fan cooled for the utmost reliability in
humid environments. Universal 50/60 Hz,
UL-, CSA- and CE-compliant.
OPTIONAL INLET AND OUTLET KITS SOLD SEPARATELY
Oil-less operation ensures discharge air remains free of contamination

Very few moving parts and no wear parts minimize downtime and lessen
operating noise levels
Mounts in any plane providing flexibility when mounting/integrating the
blower into a system
Simple to maintain wash the inlet air filters as needed and replace the
motor bearings after three years of continuous operation
S63-C
S51-AB
S56-C
S11-A
Flexible outlet hose

simplifies installation.
S21-A
S41-A
AERATION 29
Regenerative Blowers Specifications (at Sea Level, 68F, 60 Hz)
(Inlet
Kits, Outlet Kits, and Power Cords sold separately)
INCLUDES
RATED
RUNNING WATTS
OUTLET

MODEL
CFM FREE AIR @ I NCHES WATER

20"
30"
40"
50"
MAX
MAX
DUTY
HP
PHASE VOLTAGE
HZ
S11-A
13 3 --- --- 34 1 115 50/60
8 POWER
CORD
FULL LOAD
AMPS
STARTING
WATTS
YES 2.0/115
S11-B
13 3 --- --- 34 1 230 50/60
NO 1.2/230
S21-A
27 19 7 --- 43 1 115 50/60
YES 3.8/115
INPUT @
INCHES WATER
HOSE
SHIP WT
PIPE WIDTH (LBS)
1
EACH
900
198/20
19 $452.79
900
198/20
19 429.69
1,800 377/30
24 516.59
S21-B
27 19 7 --- 43 1 230 50/60
NO 1.9/230
1,800 377/30
24 493.49
S31-A
34 28 21 16 56 1 115 50/60
YES 5.6/115
2,000 471/30
32 550.09
S31-B
34 28 21 16 56 1 230 50/60
NO 2.8/230 2,000 471/30
S313-C
34 28 21 16 56
NO 2.0/230
4,000
S41-A
70 65 53 36 58 1 1 115 50/60
YES 9.8/115
4,000 971/40
1 46 694.69
S41-B
70 65 53 36 58 1 1 230 50/60
NO 4.9/230 4,000 971/40
1 46 671.49
S43-C
70 65 53 36 58 1
3 230/460 50/60
NO 3.2/230
5,000
S45-AB
110 100 90 80 65 1
1 115/230 50/60
NO 10.4/230
9,000 1,430/40
66 916.79
S453-C
110 100 90 80 65 1
3 230/460 50/60
NO 3.8/230
12,000 1,500/40
48 938.29
S51-AB
135 120 110 100 65 2
1 115/230 50/60
NO 11.9/230
14,000 1,760/40
81 1,006.00
S53-C
135 120 110 100 65 2
3 230/460 50/60
NO 6.2/230
17,000 1,750/40
70 960.69
1 115/230 50/60
3 230/460 50/60
S61-AB
190 180 165 --- 45 2
S631-B*
190 180 165 160 75 3 1 230
S63-C
S651-B
410/30
860/40
1 32 526.99
1
32 571.19
46 697.09
NO 11.8/230
14,000 2,600/40
97 1,409.00
NO 19.0/230
21,000 3,400/60
122 1,434.00
190 180 165 160 80 3 3 230/460 50/60
NO 8.4/230
28,000 3,260/60
92 1,315.00
190 180 165 160 100 5
NO 22.3/230 29,000 3,710/80
135 1,474.00
1 230
60
60
S653-C
190 180 165 160 110 5
3 230/460 50/60
NO 12.0/230
36,000 3,520/80
122 1,482.00
S56-C
120 120 118 117 280 6
3 230/460 50/60
NO 18.2/230
38,000 4,000/150
225 2,905.00
S69-C
250 245 230 210 110 5
3 230/460 50/60
NO 18.2/230
48,000 4,190/60
225 2,111.00
S73-C
390 375 350 330 125 10
3 230/460 50/60
NO 25.0/230
75,000 7,640/80
318 2,499.00
* No thermal overload protection.

Note: All 1HP models and smaller ship Ground. 2HP models and larger ship via motor freight only.
Optional
Inlet & Outlet Kits

INLET KITS
FOR USE WITH BLOWER MODELS
OUTLET KITS
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
S11-A, S11-B, S21-A, S21-B
S11-IN
$71.79
S11-OUTLET
S31-A, S31-B, S313-C
S31-IN
73.89
S31-OUTLET
33.09
S41-A, S41-B, S43-C
S41-IN
73.09
S41-OUTLET
32.39
S45-A, S45-AB, S453-C, S51-AB, S53-C
S51-IN
116.09
S51-OUTLET
40.09
S61-AB, S631-B, S63-C, S651-B, S653-C, S56-C
S61-IN
106.99
S61-OUTLET
51.09
S69-C
S61-IN
106.99
S69-OUTLET
76.99
S73-C
S73-IN
196.89
S73-OUTLET
83.79
$30.19
Optional 115V and 230V Power Cords

MODEL
FOR USE WITH BLOWER MODELS
P1158B
8 115V 14/3 GAUGE, 3-PRONG CORD
S45-AB, S51-AB
8 230V 14/3 GAUGE, 3-PRONG CORD
S11-B, S21-B, S31-B, S41-B, S45-AB, S51-AB, S61-AB
90
19.95
80
12.46
50
20
2.49
10
VOLUME (CFM)
m3/H
-C
4.98
S7
3C
9
S6
30
AB
1S6
40
S41
-A
/S
43
C
313-A/S
S31
-A
S21 1-A
S1
7.48
60
-C
9.97
70
3-C
S6
KPA
14.96
23.19
250
S56-C
-C
C
453
53B/S
B/S
5-A
1-A
S4
S5
17.45
PRESSURE, INCHES H2O
100
22.44
HZ
60
24.93
110
3-Phase Equipment:
C
3S7
27.43
200
150
50
HZ
MBARS
P2308B
EACH
$16.99
100
50
25
50
75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350
42.25 84.5 126.75 169 211.25 253.5 295.75 338 380.25 422.5 464.75 507 549.25 591.5
We highly recommend using protective devices with all

3-phase equipment. Motor starters, phase monitors
and phase protectors are not included in the sale and
should be sourced locally. Failure to install protective
devices will void most warranties. We also recommend
that a certified electrician perform the installation.
Combination starters are not included with Sweetwater
blowers, but are strongly recommended. NEC and
local electrical codes prevail.
30 AERATION
Valves/Air Filters/Pressure Gauges
Air Filter
Air Filter
Pressure Relief
Valve Assembly
Bleed Valve
Assembly
Inlet Muffler
Assembly
Inlet Muffler
Assembly
Check Valve Assembly

(Plastic)
Check Valve Assembly

(Steel)
CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLIES

For Multiple Blower Assemblies
AIR FILTERS
If youre not getting the air you need out of your blower, perhaps a dirty air filter
is keeping air from getting into the blower. Keep a spare on hand, change out as
needed, then wash and dry the dirty one when you have time. Both filters have
23/8 I.D.
Inlet check valves can be plastic, but outlet check valves are subject to high
temperatures requiring steel.
MODEL
TYPE
BCVA1
INLET (PLASTIC)
S11, S21
$16.79
BCVA2
INLET (PLASTIC)
S31
22.69
BCVA3
INLET (PLASTIC)
S41
25.39
BCVA4
INLET/OUTLET (STEEL)
S5 SERIES
157.09
BCVA5
S6 SERIES
218.59
BCVA6
S7 SERIES
226.99
FITS BLOWER MODEL
EACH
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLIES

Designed for low-pressure blowers, these valves will automatically protect
blowers from over-pressurization by discharging air to the outside. The valve
assembly is easy to install and calibrate. Pressure relief valves can be noisy
when dumping air, so add a muffler assembly if you plan to use it as a normally
open bleed valve. Both sides are FNTP. One-year warranty.
MODEL
SIZE
Bleed Valve
Assembly
FITS BLOWER MODEL
PRV20 2 S45, S453, S51, S553, SD5
EACH
$247.89
PRV30 3 S61, S63, S631, S651, S653, S56, S69, S73,

S15, SD6, SD69 376.79
MODEL
SIZE
FITS BLOWER MODEL
EACH
$19.19 $17.27
BF4 4 S11, S21

BF6 6 S31 AND LARGER
24.09 21.68
Note: 2 or more BF6 filters required for S45 and larger blowers.
INLET MUFFLER ASSEMBLIES

For Blower Inlet
MODEL
INLET/OUTLET (NPT)
FITS BLOWER MODEL
BM20 1
S11, S21
BM30
1 1/4
BM40-2
1 1/2

S31, S313
29.39
S41, S43, S45, S453, S51,

S53, SD4, SD5
99.79
BM60-2 2 S61-AQ, S63, S631, S651, S56,

S69, SD6
112.89
BM70-2 3 S15, S18P, S18S, S73
370.19
BLEED VALVE ASSEMBLIES
PRESSURE GAUGES
Pressure gauges perfect for use in aquaculture
aeration. Recommended for all blowers.
MODEL
FITS BLOWER MODEL
EACH
MODEL TYPE
NPT
BV1
S11, S21 WITH ALR15 SILENCER
$28.49
BG60
$66.79
0 - 60 HO
EACH
BV2
S31 WITH ALR15 SILENCER
43.19
BG100
0 - 100 HO
71.79
BV3
S41 WITH ALR15 SILENCER
44.69
BG15
0 - 15 PSI
17.19
BV4
VF2
0 - 35 PSI
S45 AND S51
63.59
BV5
S6 SERIES
EACH
$28.09
Regenerative blowers are quieter, run cooler and use less power when excess
air is vented or bled off. Weighs 3 lbs.
91.99
4+
BG61
0 - 60 PSI
13.09
12.89
BG60
AERATION 31
Regenerative Blowers/Heat Dissipating Pipe
WHITEWATER ECONOMICAL
REGENERATIVE BLOWERS
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater
blowers are a very good value for aquariums, pet
stores, bait systems and seafood holding systems.
They are smaller, lighter and quieter than most
blowers and very energy-efficient. They feature a
"cupped" impeller for reduced noise. The specially
designed motor is low in power consumption and
excellent in performance. Blowers are 115V/60 Hz
and include a 6' power cord. One-year warranty.
Pricing includes filter, filter connections and a
flexible outlet.
All Whitewater blowers include:
Inlet air filter
Filter connections
Power cord
WW80
WW10
CFM @ INCHES WATER
10"
20"
30"
40"
50"
MODEL
AQUARIUM OUTLETS
@ 10" DEPTH
MAX DUTY
NOISE, DB
RUNNING WATTS
WW10 4 2
40
25"
48
170
OUTLET HOSE
FOR PIPE SIZE
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
3/4" 15 $238.59
60
28"
48
190
3/4"
16
264.99
WW29 15 8
100
35"
52
260
3/4"
18
294.49
WW39 25 15
WW18
300
40"
54
330
3/4"
19
296.49
WW60 33 21 13 3.5
460
43"
60
410
1"
21
334.79
WW80 55 43 31 20
860
56"
64
687
BF4WW
REPLACEMENT AIR FILTER FOR WHITEWATER BLOWERS
11/4" 23 384.39
0.4
15.69
HEAT DISSIPATING PIPE

When air is compressed it gives off heat. This heat of
compression, plus the heat from friction, can make a blower's
outlet air temperature high enough to fry an egg. When the inlet
air is 100F and the blower pressure is just 55" H2O (2 psi),
the resulting 150F discharge air can soften plastic PVC pipe.
Elbow
Clamp
Straight Pipe
This thin wall galvanized steel straight pipe can be used to cool
the compressed air before it reaches the plastic pipe. Rated to 4
psi (110"). Each clamp includes one gasket. Flex hoses are listed
by pipe size and include clamps. Seal connections with silicone
to prevent air leaks.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
DH8
STRAIGHT PIPE, 58"L x 8DIA.
13
$87.09
DH45
ELBOW, 45
134.59
DH90
ELBOW, 90
249.69
DH19
CLAMP W/GASKET, 190F
35.49
DH20
CLAMP W/GASKET, 1,100F
54.59
PFG1
FLANGE WITH 1-1/2" NIPPLE
69.09
PFG2
FLANGE WITH 2" NIPPLE
81.29
PFG3
FLANGE WITH 3" NIPPLE
91.69
FH1
FLEX HOSE, 1-1/2" X 8"
12.19
FH2
FLEX HOSE, 2" X 8"
15.69
FH3
FLEX HOSE, 3" X 8"
29.69
FH4
FLEX HOSE, 4" X 12"
46.69
Flange w/Nipple
Flex Hose
32 AERATION
HIGH-PRESSURE REGENERATIVE BLOWERS

The ideal replacement for rotary lobe blowers and dry rotary vane vacuum
pumps. While delivering comparable (or better) air pressure, these highpressure blowers do not require the maintenance typically associated with
traditional types of blowers and vacuum pumps.
The cool-running outboard bearing design allows these units to achieve higher
differential pressures and extend service life. The rugged die-cast aluminum
build is lightweight, compact and super quiet. Easy-to-install, close-coupled
design means you can quickly add them to your system. And their internal
silencers, washable inlet filter and outlet flex hose further simplify installation.
Virtually maintenance-free. Fin-cooled TEFC motors operate at 50 and 60 Hz.
Three-year warranty.
AHPB65 AHPB80
300
AHPB20
250
AHPB25
AHPB95
3-YEAR WARRANTY
AHPB90
AHPB40/45 AHPB85
200
AHPB15
AHPB60
7
PB
0
55
20
0/
5
PB
/35
30
PB
/10
05
PB
50
AH
AH
100
AHPB100
AHPB75
AH
150
AH
Pressure, Inches H20
350
AHPB05
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
Volume (CFM)

RATED
HEIGHT
OUTLET

CFM FREE AIR @ INCHES WATER*
MAX
FULL LOAD W/O
HOSE
SHIP WT
MODEL
54"
108"
162"
190"
212"
244"
271"
298"
325" DUTY HP PHASE
VOLTAGE AMPS FILTERS WIDTH SIZE (LBS)
EACH
AHPB05
23 12 128" 1.1 3 230/460 3.8/2.2 12.5" 11.6" 1.25" 35 $1,059.00
AHPB15
28 20 17 15 193" 1.25 3 230/460 4.0/2.3 12.8" 11.6" 1.25" 53 1,618.00
AHPB20
28 20 17 15 13 11 9 7 298" 2.75 3 230/460 7.5/4.4 12.8" 11.6" 1.25" 62 1,703.00
AHPB25-230 28 20 17 15 13 11 265 2.35 1
230
10.3
12.8 11.6 1.25 66 1,853.00
AHPB30
32 20 145" 1.25 3 230/460 4.0/2.3 13.4" 12.3" 1.25" 37 1,932.00
AHPB35
32 20 157 1.47 1 115/230 18.0/9.0 13.4 12.3 1.25 40 1,450.00
AHPB40
37 30 25 21 20
241" 2.75 3 230/460 7.5/4.4 13.6" 12.3" 1.25" 66 2,011.00
3 230/460 5.5/3.2 14.8" 13.6" 1.25" 51 1,681.00
AHPB50
41 30 149" 2
AHPB60
52 42 35 165" 2.75 3 230/460 7.5/4.4 14.9" 13.6" 1.25" 73 2,192.00
AHPB65
52 42 35 32 30 28 25 23 20 341" 5.1
AHPB70
63 48 30 193" 3.4 3 230/460 9.0/5.3 15.6" 14.4" 1.25" 64 2,189.00
3 230/460 13.5/7.8 14.9" 13.6" 1.25" 86 2,362.00
AHPB75
72 65 56 181" 3.4 3 230/460 9.0/5.3 15.7" 14.4" 1.25" 88 2,480.00
AHPB80
72 65 56 52 49 46 42 38 35 325" 6.2
3 230/460 16.5/9.5 15.7" 14.4" 1.25" 112 2,795.00
AHPB85
90 72 55 46 40 213" 5.1
3 230/460 13.5/7.8 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 77 2,471.00
AHPB90
110 90 80 76 72 68 260" 6.2
3 230/460 16.3/9.5 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 129 3,198.00
AHPB95
110 90 80 76 72 68 65 60 55 337" 8.8
3 230/460 22.5/12.6 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 143 3,652.00
AHPB100
195
170
150
142 201" 8.4 3 230/460 20.0/11.2 16.3" 25.1" 2" 154 3,743.00
*For complete CFM Air @ Inches Water specs see PentairAES.com.
AERATION 33
SWEETWATER REMOTE-DRIVE REGENERATIVE BLOWERS

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater remote-drive regenerative
blowers are as reliable as Sweetwater motor-mounted electric blowers, and
they offer the added benefits of variable performance and nonelectric drives.
They are designed to be bolted to a base and driven by belts.
The power source can be an electric motor, gasoline engine, diesel engine
or even hydro power. They are perfect for use in electrical emergencies or
anywhere electric power is not available. Remote-drive blowers allow the user
to vary performance by simply changing the engine speed or the pulley size.
Rotation is clockwise as you face the blower shaft. One-year warranty.
Sweetwater Blowers include:

Inlet air filter
Double groove pulley (sheave)
SD4
SD6
180
5500
5500
SD4
120
Pressure, Inches H2O
80
3
3 HP
HP
100
120
4
4 HP
HP
5500
5500
60
40
1
1 HP
HP
4500
4500
20
CFM
100
150
HP
77 HP
3
3 HP
HP
40
20
3450
3450
50
60
100
4 HP
HP
4
80
CFM
5500
5500
4500
4500
120
300
3500
3500
100
60
3450
3450
20
200
4500
4500
140
5
5 HP
HP
80
40
3500
3500
100
10 HP
HP
10
120
HP
99 HP
4500
100
2 HP
HP
2
160
140
140
SD69
15 HP
HP
15
160
SD5
160
60
40
2850
2850
CFM
100
200
300
CFM
100
200
PULLEY
DIA.**
NO. OF
FILTERS
OUTLET HOSE
FOR PIPE SIZE
SHIP WT
(LBS)
SD4
BELT-DRIVE BLOWER
2.4"
11/2"
30
SD5
BELT-DRIVE BLOWER
3.0"
2"
40
1,159.00
SD6*
BELT-DRIVE BLOWER
4.0"
3"
80
1,357.00
BF6
REPLACEMENT INLET AIR FILTER FOR SWEETWATER B-D BLOWERS
0.6
24.09
EACH
$821.49
*Ships motor freight. **Pulley diameters are pitch diameters using "A" section belts. Shaft diameter is 7/8" (.875") on all models.
PRESSURE SWITCH
A simple and reliable method of starting backup equipment or tripping an
alarm. Airwater line hose barb is 1/8". Can be used for either normally open
or normally closed. Will carry up to 3 amps at 115V. Moistureproof. Preset to
switch on/off at 30" H2O, but is adjustable from 27" to 33" H2O.
B601
LENGTH HEIGHT
2
4 HP
HP
4
20

MODEL
MODEL
11
11 HP
HP
80
11/2
EACH
$ 44.49
300
7 HP
HP
7
34 AERATION
Tech Talks
TECH TALK 84
TECH TALK 35
AES Number
AES stands for aeration efficiency standard. AES Numbers ( AES ) indicate how many pounds of
fish an aeration device can support. They are a quick reference for sizing aeration systems. If your
system parameters differ significantly from the AES Number standard conditions listed below or
if you are designing an aeration system for a commercial facility, call our Customer Service at
407-886-3939 for assistance.
Numbers may seem overly conservative because they are based on heavy oxygen demand
conditions. AES Numbers assume the following conditions: half-pound catfish or tilapia in tanks
(nonsoil bottoms) at 80F (27C) at sea level, stocking densities from .1 to .7 pounds of fish per
gallon of water (12 to 84 kg/m3), recirculating system with a .82 alpha factor, 5.2 mg/L (67 percent
of saturation) dissolved oxygen (D.O.) concentration, feeding rate at 3 percent of standing crop
weight per day, pelleted feed at 40 percent protein, continuous solids removal, under 3 ppt salinity
and a low algal population. If you stock at or below the rate indicated by the AES Number, your
D.O. level will remain above 5.2 mg/L under these water quality conditions.
Weve chosen warm water for our AES Number standard conditions because the oxygen
consumption rate goes up with the water temperature. Keeping your fish weight below the AES
Number value will ensure a D.O. above 67 percent of saturation, which is generally considered
adequate (while being very cost effective) for most species raised in recirculating systems.
If 50 percent of saturation were acceptable, you could support about 50 percent more fish with
your aerator than the AES Number indicates. At 82 percent of saturation, you could support about
50 percent less (see aeration Tech Talks for details). AES Numbers are not practical to use where
heavy algal populations are present because algae oxygen consumption (plant respiration) at
night has not been taken into account.
Air and Oxygen Diffusers

Submerged diffuser AES Numbers assume diffuser placement at a depth of 3 and that air or
oxygen flows to the diffuser at the average recommended rate. Oxygen transfer is proportional
to bubble size and contact time. Small bubbles have a greater air-to-water contact surface area
than the same volume of gas in fewer large bubbles. Although fine pore diffusers may produce
finer bubbles, they will require more pressure and they must be cleaned much more frequently.
Regenerative blowers work best with medium pore diffusers. Medium-sized bubbles (13 mm
diameter) rise at about one foot per second in water, which means that a bubble released at a
depth of 3 will exchange gas with the water for 3 seconds. So, if you are operating your diffusers
at 1.5 instead of 3, divide the AES number by 2your diffusion system can only support half as
many fish. If your diffusers are 4 deep, you can support 33 percent more than the AES Number
shown. When using air with a diffuser that is rated for pure oxygen, divide the pure oxygen AES
Number by twelve.
Pure Oxygen
Pure oxygen AES Numbers are rated at 100 percent saturation (7.9 mg/L D.O.) rather than 5.2 mg/L
(67 percent saturation). Oxygen purity near 100 percent, as you would get from a liquid or gas
oxygen cylinder, is also assumed. For oxygen generators, multiply the AES Number by the oxygen
content of your generator gas output. For example, if your oxygen generator delivers 90 percent
pure oxygen, multiply the AES number by .90. If you are using pure oxygen with diffusers that are
rated for air, multiply the AES Number by twelve.
Splash Type Aerators

Surface aerator AES Numbers assume that the water is being circulated efficiently from the point
of aeration to where the fish are located and back to the aeration device; that is, the device is not
re-aerating the same water.
How much oxygen will aeration devices deliver?

None at all if the oxygen level in your water is at saturation!
Many commercially made aerators have been tested for their standard oxygen transfer rate,
but that much oxygen can almost never be expected. Because the rate of oxygen transfer is
concentration- and temperature-dependent, an aerator will only provide its measured (advertised
maximum) oxygen transfer rate when the oxygen level in the water is close to zero. Use this chart
to estimate the oxygen transfer an aerator will give when there is already oxygen in the water.
Example: if the water temperature is 68F and the oxygen level is 5 mg/L, an aerator that is rated
at 3 lbs of oxygen per hour will really only provide under 1.3 lbs per hour (3 lbs x 41% = 1.23 lbs).
Actual Oxygen Transfer Rate As a Percentage of the Maximum Advertised Transfer Rate*

D.O. LEVEL
IN WATER
BEING AERATED
50F (10C)
59F (15C)
68F (20C)
77F (25C)
86F (30C)
89% 90% 91% 92% 96%
82% 82% 82% 82% 82%
75% 73% 72% 72% 67%
67% 64% 62% 58% 56%
58% 55% 51% 47% 44%
52% 46% 41% 35% 31%
41% 36% 30% 24% 17%
34% 27% 19% 10% 3%
8 25% 17% 8% 2%
9 17% 8% 0 0
10 9% 0 0 0 0
*These percentages are approximate for fresh water at sea level.
TECH TALK 39
208V vs 230V Motors
A motor that is rated for 230 or 240 volts is not compatible with 208V power. The motor will fail
and will not be covered by warranty. When it fails depends on how well the motor was built,
how hard it is working and the actual voltage that is getting to the motor. If you only have 208V
power and cant find a motor that is rated for it, you can install a buck-boost transformer to
raise your voltage.
Mostbut not allAC motors are built to tolerate a 10% up or down voltage variation from
what is shown on the motor nameplate. A motor labeled as 120V can operate reliably between
108 and 132V. The range for 208V motor is 187 to 229V. The range for 230V is 207 to 253V. After
reading these ranges you might think, A 230V motor can work at 208V. That would be true if
your service always gave a minimum of 208V. But it will not because of voltage variation. For
instance, if your service is 208V, you will experience normal voltage variations as low as 187.
This is why some 230V motors operate on 208V service for a while, then, when other
equipment starts up, the voltage drops below 207 and the motor draws more amps, overheats
and fails.
Buck-boost transformers reduce (buck) or raise (boost) supply voltage to the required level.
A common application is boosting 208V to 230V.
If your motor is a long distance from your power meter you will also incur line losses. These
will show as lower voltage and higher amperage at the motor. To be sure your installation is
correct, always measure the volts and amps at the motor location, while it and everything else
on that line is operating. Both must be within the motor labels specifications. See Tech Talks
5, 10, and 11 for more information.
AERATION 35
Tech Talks
TECH TALK 1
TECH TALK 3
Switch Location for Auto-On Backup Blower
Typical Daily Oxygen Curve for Outdoor Ponds
Air Pipeline
Oxygen
Saturation
Check Valve
Air Connection
Minimum Safe
Level of Oxygen
Zero
Oxygen
8
AM
10
12
2
PM
8
PM
Check Valve
10
12
2
AM
8
AM
More Aeration than RequiredWasting Energy

Just Right Aeration
No AerationStress & Possible Fishkill at Times
Dissolved Oxygen in Aquaculture

The First Limiting Factor of Water Quality
Air breathing animals are used to air containing about 21 percent oxygen, whereas aquaculture
is conducted in water containing less than .0001 percent oxygen (10 mg/L). With so little
oxygen available in the best of conditions, it is apparent that knowledge of dissolved oxygen
(D.O.), oxygen measuring and aeration equipment is very important to the aquaculturist.
If the oxygen level is too high, oxygen supersaturation can cause gas embolism, depress
metabolism and inhibit respiratory enzymes, all of which can kill fish. If it is too low, the fish
may not eat and may expend additional energy seeking oxygen. If lower yet, they can
experience severe stress and, of course, death.
The diurnal oxygen cycle in outdoor ponds is show below. The delicate balance of dissolved
oxygen vs the rate of oxygen consumption can shift rapidly with changing algal, temperature
and wind conditions. In outdoor ponds, lower D.O. levels will occur in the summer because the
rate of oxygen consumption increases as the temperature increases. Oxygen is THE MOST
IMPORTANT thing to monitor. Monitoring and record-keeping will provide predictive knowledge.
Measure oxygen after altering water flowrates, feed rates, etc., and when developing new
growing systems. No one can just look at the water and know the oxygen level. Oxygen can
only be measured with a test kit or, more conveniently, with an oxygen meter.
"Normal On" Blower

Normally Closed Pressure
Switch (B601)
Standby Blower
(+)
(-)
Contacter (Relay)
From Power Supply
The two blowers on this system work off of different circuit breakers.
In the event that the "normal on" blower shuts down, the standby blower will start.
For illustration only. Not to be used for wiring or plumbing.
Backup Blower Setup

Anyone who has worked with fish for a while knows that if you dont plan ahead, you wont be in
business for long. When it comes to life support, a backup blower could save your business.
The most crucial of life support requirements is maintaining an adequate oxygen level because
it can be used up so quickly.
We always recommend having a second blower attached to the main air supply line, wired to
come on if the primary blower fails for any reason. Both blowers must have check valves on
them. A pressure switch is located between the primary blower and its check valve. When this
pressure switch senses a loss of air pressure, it closes, causing an electric relay to start the
backup blower (see diagram). The check valves keep air from being lost through the
nonrunning unit.
Check valves must be able to tolerate high temperatures. Be sure the stand-by unit is on a
different electrical circuit breaker.
TECH TALK 82
Blowers, Air Pumps or Compressors
Blowers
Blowers are designed to provide large volumes of air at low pressure (less than 4 psi). They are
commonly used in conjunction with air diffusers and airlifts. This combination adds oxygen and
removes carbon dioxide with low power consumption. Typical applications include recirculating
fish tank and aquarium systems, bait fish and lobster holding facilities, and shallow pond
aeration. Regenerative blowers are preferred in the aquaculture industry because they are the
most reliable and economical in this pressure range.
Compressors
Sweetwater oil less rotary vane and piston compressors are used in applications where water
depths are greater, such as with lake aeration, algae culture and lobster pounds. These
compressors allow airlines to be run thousands of feet when electricity is not near the water. A
compressor as little as 3/4 hp can be used to aerate and de-stratify a 10-acre lake. Compressors
used for aquaculture should always be oil less.
Air Pumps
Fractional horsepower Sweetwater Linear Piston Air Pumps fill the gap between aquarium air
pumps and blowers. These units supply up to 5 cfm at depths to 8 feet. Air pumps provide long
service life, very quiet operation and very low energy use. They are a perfect fit for koi ponds, bait
shop tanks, classrooms, laboratories, etc.
System Sizing
To size a system, first determine the pressure required. Enough pressure is needed to overcome
the water pressure at the diffusers depth, the piping friction loss, and the diffusers resistance to
airflow.
Example: For a water depth of 36, a low restriction piping system of 4 of water and a
low-resistance air diffuser of 10 of water (just prior to cleaning), will require an air pressure of at
least 50 of water (36 + 4 + 10). This is equal to about 2 psi.
The next consideration is the volume of air needed to accomplish the job. If there is only one fish
room, one linear air pump compressor with an additional one for emergency back up may be
sufficient. In a larger facility, two or more primary blowers or compressors and one emergency
back up may be required. When using low-pressure air, its important that the air piping system
and diffusers offer little resistance to air flow (request our bulletin Air Distribution Systems for
Sweetwater Blowers).
Performance charts and tables are available for all of our blowers and compressors. Selecting the
right system for your application is accomplished simply by comparing your pressure and airflow
requirements with manufacturers performance charts.
If you need help, call a Pentair AES technician at 407-886-3939.
36 AERATION
12V Pumps
12V AIR PUMPS

Each pump comes with 12 pigtails, 6 of 1/4 I.D.
outlet hose and a plastic manifold for aquarium
tubing. Manifold outlets are 3/16 designed without
an air inlet filter. Not recommended for saltwater
environment. Three-month warranty.

SHIP WT
MODEL WATTS (LBS)
EACH
DC8 25 8
$106.69
DC15 80 9 134.79
Flowrate vs Pressure
0
CFM
DC8
DC
1
DC
PSI
DC15
12V DIAPHRAGM COMPRESSOR

Specially designed for aquaculture, providing
high volume at low pressure (10 psi max). Oilless
operation, ball bearing construction and low amp
draw with replaceable diaphragms and brushes
for extended life. Runs for over six hours on a
typical car battery. Comes with 9" pigtail wires,
two feet of 3/8" I.D. outlet hose and inlet filter. We
recommend additional housing for outdoor use.
Six-month warranty.

SHIP WT
MODEL L W H (LBS)
DC20 11 7 7
EACH
$367.89
DC20
Pressure vs Amps
12
10
16
8
PSI
18
12
8
6
4
DC20
0
PSI
Flowrate vs Pressure
0
DC2
AMPS
20
10
12
14
16
0
CFM
AERATION 37
Air Pumps
WHITEWATER SILENT AIR PUMPS

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater air
pumps work well in deep applications. They are
virtually silent and feature a rugged, weatherproof,
aluminum housing. Pumps have a 3/8" outlet and a
4' power cord. 115V/60 Hz. Not UL-listed. Six-month
warranty.
6
5
V201
V3
01
SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS L W H
(LBS)
V201
115
60
15
9 7 7
V301
115
60
25
9 8 8
PSI
EACH
V20
1
3
2
$73.79
9 86.19
.1
CFM
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
OUTDOOR AIR PUMPS

These air pumps have aluminum covers and internal
noise-absorbers. Although the pump housings are
waterproof and designed for outdoor use, the pump
is not UL-listed. Pumps include 6' power cord, 3/8"
hose barb, flexible outlet adapter, and outlet adapter
to aquarium tubing (3/16"). Six-month warranty.
9720
5.8

MODEL VOLTS
HZ
WATTS
W/ADAPTER
L
W
H
973
0
97
2.9
9720
115
20
PSI
4.4
1.5
CFM
.3
.7
1.1
1.4
1.8
2.1
2.5
60
25
SHIP WT
(LBS)
6-OUTLET 7 6 7
EACH
10 $74.59
9730
115 60 50 10-OUTLET 9 7 8
12 110.29
9720D
REPL. DIAPHRAGMS FOR 9720 (SET OF 2)
1 8.59
9730D
REPL. DIAPHRAGMS FOR 9730 (SET OF 2)
1 11.49
2.8
TECH TALK 64
Airflow/Volume
Air Pump/Compressor Comparison

For the safety of our aquaculture customers we only offer oilless type air pumps and compressors.
To select the one that is right for you first determine the volume of air you require in cubic feet per
minute (cfm) and the pressure in pounds per square inch (psi) to get it there (Hint: It takes 1 psi to
push an air bubble 28 below the surface of the water).
These quick guides will help you decide what type of air pump for which to look. Consider the cost,
physical size, noise level, etc., then pick the type most efficient for your situation.
cfm x 1.699 = m3h
m3h x .588 = cfm
inches H2O x .036 = psi
inches H2O x .074 = 1" Hg
inches H2O x 1.868 = mmHg
inches H2O x 2.49 = mbar

mbar x .40 = "H2O
psi x 27.68 = "H2O
inches Hg x 13.59 = "H2O
cfm x 28.32 = Lpm
Linear
Diaphragm
Pressure
6.5
7.5
1.5
50
Rotary Vane
50
Piston
9.5
50
Regenerative Blower
CFM
15
to 650
5
10
20
40
60
5
80
PSI
10
20
40
60
80
AERATION
38 SECTION
Products
Products / Products
Linear
Air /Pumps
SWEETWATER LINEAR DIAPHRAGM A IR PUMPS

These Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater Linear II
Air Pumps are designed for maximum efficiency, permit
continuous operation, and are quiet. Applications include
school rooms, pet stores and laboratories. Heavy-duty
cast-aluminum housing, 6 ft. power cords. Models SL56A,
SL94A and SL190 include reset safety switches. UL listed and
CE approved.
SL190
Standard features include:

Oilless compressors require no lubrication
Operate at 40-104F (4.4-40C)
Low noise level
Available in 60 and 50 HZ models
60-Hz performance at sea level is shown.

50-Hz performance is the same 10%.
PSI
SL1
4
SL1
CFM
LPM
A
56
SL
4
SL2
SL
94
1
28
SL56A/SL94A
3-YEAR PUMP WARRANTY
SL14/SL24
90
3
85
2
57
4
113
MAX DEPTH
(IN)
WATTS
5
141
6
170
7
198
8
226
9
255
OUTLET
60HZ*
(IN)
CFM@1 PSI CFM@2 PSI
SOUND
(DB)
DIMENSIONS
(L x W x H)
SHIP WT
115V 60HZ
230V 50HZ
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
AIR PUMPS FOR INDOOR USE

85
1/4
0.5
0.2
40
6 X 5 X 5
SL14 $234.89
SL14H $234.89
120
15
1/4
0.85
0.56
40
6 X 5 X 5
SL24 256.69
SL24H
256.69
AIR PUMPS FOR OUTDOOR USE

150
50
3/4
1.5
40
8 X 5 X 9
15
SL56A $369.39
SL56A-H $376.19
180
90
3/4
3.7
50
8 X 5 X 9
16
SL94A 458.99
SL94A-H
190
190
3/4
8.8
8.1
48
11 X 8.5 X 10
30
SL190 1,047.00
SL190-H 1,041.00
*For 50 HZ performance, deduct 17% from CFM ratings.
REPAIR KITS
REPLACEMENT AIR FILTERS
Includes diaphragms, heads and valves.

MODEL
SL1424RK
SL56RK
SL56ARK
SL94RK
FOR AIR PUMP MODELS
EACH

MODEL
FOR AIR PUMP MODELS
EACH
SL14, SL24
$49.19
SL5694A
SL14, SL24, SL56, SL94
SL56
87.09
SL56AA
SL56A
SL56A
88.69
SL94AA
SL94A
5.89
SL94
91.29
SL170A
SL170
14.49
SL190A
SL190
14.09
SL94ARK
SL94A
139.59
SL170RK
SL170
174.09
SL190RK
SL190
250.39
SEE OUR
CHANNEL TO LEARN HOW TO
REPLACE THE DIAPHRAGMS IN THESE PUMPS!
$6.39
6.09
483.99
AERATION
SECTION 39
Products / Products
Linear /AirProducts
Pumps
WHITEWATER LINEAR
DIAPHRAGM AIR PUMPS
Indoor rated
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater air
compressors are designed for indoor use only.
Outlet is 3/8" barb; 6' power cord. Diaphragms
typically last one year at the highest pressures,
longer at lower pressures. See replacement
diaphragms below. Six-month warranty.
FOR INDOOR USE ONLY
LT19
LT24

REPL. DIAPHRAGMS

WATTS
SHIP WT
(SET OF 2)
MODEL VOLTS HZ @2PSI L W
H (LBS)
EACH MODEL EACH
LT15
115 60
34
7 3 4 7 112.39 LT15D 7.49
LT19
115 60
51
10 5 6
LT24
115 60
LT26A
LT28A
5 3 3
$78.69
LT11D $6.19
4
PSI
16
14
151.69
LT19D
8.09
60 10 5 7
16
210.09
LT24D
8.69
115 60
190 12 6 7
18
248.29
LT26D
9.39
115
200 13 6
19
305.59
LT28D
9.89
60
CFM
LT11
115 60
4
LT2
9
LT1
5
LT1
LT11
LINEAR PISTON AIR PUMPS
SL44B
These are true linear piston type pumps. Since

the only moving part the pistonfloats on a bed
of air, a exceptionally long ser vice life can be
expected (8 years of continuous life is not
uncommon). These pumps will provide
exceptionally quiet, energy efficient operation and
clean, oil-free air. An outdoor-rated housing, a
grounded power cord, 3/4 hose barb are all
standard. UL-approved for outdoor use. One-year
warranty.
SL88
SL22
Extremely quiet
Outdoor-rated housing
No lubrication required
Exceptionally long service life
Outstanding energy efficiency
60-Hz performance at sea level is shown.

50-Hz performance is the same 10%.
CFM 1
LPM 28
2
57
3
85
SL
8
B
44
SL
22
SL
PSI
4
5
6
113 141 170
Note: To power any linear air pumps with inverters

(square wave), oversize the inverter at least 200%.
MAX DEPTH
(IN.)
WATTS
(L X W X H)
SHIP WT
115V 60 HZ
230V 50 HZ
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
81
45
7 X 7 X 8
SL22 $286.29
SL22H
100
80
11 X 8 X 8
16
SL44B 380.99
SL44HB 380.99
100
118 15 X 8 X 9
23.5
SL88 534.39
SL88H 522.89
REPAIR KITS

MODEL
FOR AIR PUMP MODELS
$286.29
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
SL22RK
SL22 AND SL22H
0.5 $50.39
SL44RK
SL44B AND SL44HB
0.7 95.99
SL88RK
SL88 AND SL88H
1.7 146.99
Q: Do I need an expensive air pump?

A: Maybe not. It all depends on your need for reliability. If an air pump failure will cause a significant disruption and/or jeopardize the health of your fish, you not only
need a reliable air pump (i.e., expensive) but also a redundant system and a backup. Every air pump will fail eventually and when it does you will want something in
place to automatically prevent catastrophe. It could be two air pumps installed on separate breakers so that when one failed the other would do the job.
An inexpensive air pump will do for low-value, low-risk and/or temporary applications of less than 9 months duration; for instance, summer aeration in
a koi pond where a water pump/splash is the primary aerator. They can also be used as economical backup air pumps.
40 AERATION
Small Tank/Hauling/Bait
SMALL TANK AERATION SYSTEM
DESIGNED HERE
Offered in three different sizes; this complete system consists of nearly everything
needed to aerate three tanks (except PVC pipe; which must be sourced
locally.) The system includes three air diffusers that go into the water; and air is
delivered to each diffuser via included flexible air supply lines. Each of the
flexible air supply lines is connected to customer-provided PVC pipe
which is installed overhead or along the tank wall. The PVC pipe connects to a
single, quiet Sweetwater linear air pump which is included with the system.
Select from three sizes of complete, ready-to-install systems. Each system is
designed to aerate three tanks (or compartments) with one diffuser in each. If
divider screens are used, one diffuser per compartment is needed. Air flow to
each diffuser is controlled with included individual valves. These systems are
commonly utilized in bait shops, seafood markets and other holding systems
where a simple, quiet, reliable aeration system is desired. For bait shop applications,
a smaller diffuser is included with each system; this small remote diffuser can
be temporarily deployed to aerate a customers bait bucket while waiting.
CBS10

MODEL
Examples:
CBS10 Supports up to 10 lbs of minnows per diffuser (3 long). Air pump is for
indoor use only.
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
CBS10 30-LB SYSTEM
16
CBS20 60-LB SYSTEM
23
436.19
CBS3
30
472.49
90-LB SYSTEM
$321.19
CBS20 Supports up to 20 lbs of minnows per diffuser (6 long).

CBS3 Supports up to 30 lbs of fish per diffuser (9 long).
VERTICAL PUMP AERATORS

The design uses a propeller inside the lift tube, increasing the pumping efficiency.
Low-restriction slots spray the lifted water, providing excellent aeration.
Models V1 and V1S are very popular for live fish transport. Power cords not
included. Models V1S and V2S use a stainless steel bearing, tube, propeller
and fasteners for salt water compatibility. One-year warranty.

MODEL
V1
TUBE
LENGTH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
V1 AERATOR
75 12 10@12V 20" 17
V1S
AERATOR (SALTWATER)
75
12
10@12V
20"
17
644.09
V2S
AERATOR (SALTWATER)
115
115/230
3.2@115V
20"
35
727.99
$568.19
V2S
BAIT BUCKET AERATOR
TECH TALK 85
Bait Counts Per Pound
To estimate the carrying capacity of a bait aeration system, approximate the total
weight of fish, based on length and body depth of species. The following numbers
are based on the average condition factor of the fish. The carrying capacity of AES
aerators is rated in pounds of fish.
MINNOW
PER LAB
PUMPING
RATE (GPM) VOLTS
AMPS
SIZE
QUANTITY
Small Fathead
1.52.5
2530 Dozen
Large Fathead
23
1215 Dozen
X-Large Fathead
2.53.5
912 Dozen
Small Shiner
1.53
2530 Dozen
Large Shiner
2.54
915 Dozen
Rosy
1.52.5
2530 Dozen
Large Rosy
23.5
1015 Dozen
This high-quality air pump is designed for 5-gallon buckets and insulated
chests. Output is .03 cfm at 12"that's enough for 1/2 lb of minnows. Its low amp
draw provides over 100 hours of operation on two alkaline D cell batteries (not
included). This great little aerator comes with an air diffuser, 30" of tubing and a
clip for attachment to a bucket. Six-month warranty.
MODEL EACH
DC5 $31.49
AERATION 41
Agitators/Aspirators
AGITATORS AND ASPIRATORS

We offer both the traditional agitators and the
bubble aspirator style. Each has a high-impact
nylon basket and continuous-duty motor.
A5 This heavy-duty agitator draws is often used on
hauling trucks by installing it in a 4" hole in the tank
top. A shaft spinner on the top shows the driver it's
working. The A5 is also available in the bubble
aspirating style (A6).
A7
A5
A7 This agitator is normally suspended above the

water by its hanging ring. It's a heavy-duty unit with
automatic thermal overload protection and an 8'
power cord. A9 uses the same motor but is the
aspirator style. One-year warranty.

VOLTS
AMPS
MODEL
A5 AGITATOR
12V
5.0
OVERALL
HEIGHT
LBS OF FISH
9"
90
15"
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
$261.59
12V
4.0
50
295.39
A7 AGITATOR*
115V
1.5
161/4"
90
10
217.89
A9
115V
1.5
143/4"
45
295.39
A6
BUBBLE ASPIRATOR
BUBBLE ASPIRATOR
*Use of a GFCI is recommended with 115V models.
TECH TALK 8
Aspirators vs Agitators
Aspirators and agitators are the aeration devices most commonly used on hauling tanks when the stocking densities do not
require the use of pure oxygen. Agitators use a small motor (normally 12V) to spin a paddle that is in the water. The paddle
splashes the water, which adds oxygen and removes carbon dioxide. Aspirators also use a small motor, which spins a small venturi
device. Air is pulled down through the shaft and exits the venturi underwater, causing a draft of bubbles. Agitators are the best
choice for heavy stocking loads because they transfer more oxygen than aspirators. Aspirators are a good choice for smaller
stocking densities, and they are much quieter than agitators.
TECH TALK 50
Aeration Requirements
Bait Tanks
It is best to hold and transport bait at lower water temperatures, if possible, and at a minimum
of 6 ppm dissolved oxygen (D.O.) to minimize stress. The fish consume less oxygen when they
are cold, and cold water holds more oxygen than warm water. Oxygen consumption rates of fish
at 80F (27C) can be double those at 63F (17C). Twice the lbs of fish can be supported in 63F
water than at 80F with the same aeration system. Note that aeration systems cannot bring D.O.
concentrations above saturation (9.65 ppm at 63F). If the oxygen level were higher than
saturation, an aeration system would drive oxygen out of the water, bringing it down to the
saturation point.
How many lbs of fish will a bait aeration system support?
The following chart is based on test results with minnows in 63F (17C) fresh water. Note that
the tests were done at two depthsone foot and two feetand that air induced at greater depths
will result in greater oxygen transfer. However, low-pressure compressors give less air deeper in
the water, resulting in less oxygen transfer. Air by itself (20.9% oxygen) cannot get the D.O. above
the saturation point.
PPM DISSOLVED OXYGEN

TO BE MAINTAINED
TEST DEPTH
TEST DEPTH
1 foot
2 feet
4.1
5.1
1 foot
2 feet
2.2
3.1
10
1 foot
2 feet
Not Possible
12
1 foot
2 feet
Not Possible
Note: Reduce lbs of fish supported by 50% for a 18F (10C) increase in water temperature.
42 AERATION
Paddle Wheel Aerators
PADDLE WHEEL AERATORS, FOR AQUACULTURE

& WASTE WATER FW SW
Excellent oxygen transfer and circulation.
These high-quality paddle wheels feature high-efficiency 60 Hz
motors and high-quality gear reducers to ensure a long service
life. The frame, drive shaft and hardware are 304 stainless
steelall compatible with salt water. Power cable not included.
The Standard Aeration Efficiency (SAE) is approximately 4.1 on all
models (see Tech Talk 4). Paddle wheel aerators are an excellent
choice for medium and large ponds where movement of
oxygenated water away from the aerator is most important.
1HP MODEL
The entire unit, including gear reducer and motor, has a one-year
warranty (warranty requires the gear oil be changed after the first
3 months - use SAE 90 oil). Ships motor freight only.
Motor (H)
High efficiency TEFC design
2HP MODEL
Stainless steel fan cover and T-box

Meets CE standards
Motor Cover
3HP MODEL
Made of high density, water-proof polyethylene

Impact and high wind resistant
Gear Reducer (C)

High quality ALBC 3 wheel gear and S45C carbon steel
worm shaft
Frame, Drive Shaft & Hardware

304 Stainless steel to provide rust resistance and longer life
Paddle Wheels (G)

Eight blade, fiber-reinforced nylon
Floats (A)
One-piece, blow molded, leak proof polyethylene floats
Strong but lightweight for easy handling
PADDLE WHEEL AERATORS

RUNNING
SHIP WT
MODEL HP VOLTAGE HZ* PHASE AMPS AES (LBS)
EACH
PW11-AQ
1 115/230
60
1 11.05 1,450 400 $1,112.00
PW21
2 230
60
1 9.98 2,900 430 1,322.00
PW23
230/460
60
3 5.85/2.93 2,900
430 993.79
PW333
230/460
60
3 9.14/4.57 4,350
460 1,416.00
*50HZ models are available in quantity by special order.
REPLACEMENT PARTS

SHIP WT
MODEL
FITS AERATOR MODELS
SHOWN IN DIAGRAM AS
(LBS)
EACH
PW11M
MOTOR, 1HP 1PH
PW21M
MOTOR, 2HP 1PH
PW21
H 61.0 481.99
PW23M
MOTOR, 2HP 3PH
PW23
H 54.0 376.99
PW33M
MOTOR, 3HP 3PH
PW333
PW11G
GEARBOX
PW33G
GEARBOX
PW23-5
PILLOW BLOCK
PW11-AQ
PW11-AQ,PW21,PW23
PW333
ALL MODELS
56.0 $408.49
86.0 418.99
47.0 261.49
53.0 261.49
1.0 15.69
PW23-3
MOTOR COVER
ALL MODELS
13.0 26.19
PW11-5
PADDLE WHEEL
ALL MODELS
25.5 52.49
PW23-8
FLOAT
ALL MODELS
16.3 47.19
AERATION 43
Aerators
THE AIRE-O2 SERIES II AERATORS

FW
SW
For aeration and circulation

The AIRE-O2 Series II Aquaculture Aerators are
lightweight, portable and can be adjusted from 25
to 45 degrees for optimal mixing, oxygen dispersion
and destratification. They are suitable for all
species and pond depths. It operates by creating a
partial vacuum under the water, drawing air
through the shaft and dispersing it into the water in
a horizontal direction. As the propeller rotates, it
induces a flow of atmospheric air through the air
intake ports on the shaft located above the water
surface. This air is then drawn through the shaft,
past the propeller, and exits in a high velocity
stream of fine bubbles (less than 2.2 mm in
diameter) as it is diffused into the water. This is
critical to both oxygen dispersion and oxygen
transfer. The smaller the bubble from an aerator,
the longer this bubble stays in the water. And the
longer the bubble can stay in the water, the greater
the opportunity this bubble has to become
dissolved oxygen.
All models are salt water compatible.
The Unifloat design features a pontoon made of

molded polyethylene with a UV inhibitor. The shaft
housing is nonmetallic, noncorroding and flanged
for mounting to the aerator. It forms a guard around
the 316 stainless steel hollow shaft and supports a
field replaceable, water-lubricated bearing
press-fitted into the housings lower end. The
propeller/diffuser can be replaced easily in the
field. The premium quality TEFC motor is designed
for tough environments and years of trouble-free
operation.
Underwater view of the fine bubble oxygenation and mixing

capabilities
Aerators - 60HZ
5101382
3 220/380 60 3
63 36 13 110 1,280.00
Ideal for saltwater shrimp, freshwater prawn,

tilapia, catfish, trout, salmon, lobster and eel. Each
aerator arrives fully assembled, ready for
attachment to the floatation assembly. Underwater
power cable and mooring cable not included. Ships
motor freight. One-year warranty.
5101324
5 230/460 60 3
63 36 13 160 3,012.00
For fresh and saltwater applications

SHIP WT
HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE
L
W H (LBS)
MODEL
5101379
2 220/380 60 3
EACH
63 36 13 110 $1,248.00
Aerators - 50HZ

SHIP WT
L
Adjustable from 25 to 45 for optimal mixing,

oxygen dispersion and destratification
(LBS)
EACH
Complete rapid pond destratification reduces

energy consumption
MODEL
HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE
5101378
2 230/380 50 3
63 36 13 110 $1,248.00
Low maintenance - only one moving part
5101228
2 240/415 50 3
63 36 13 110 1,248.00
5101381
3 220/380 50 3
63 36 13 110 1,280.00
Water lubricated bearing no risk of pond

contamination
Lightweight, portable, easy to install

NOTE: 60HZ and 50HZ aerators are for aquaculture use only-NOT intended for wastewater.
Optional Accessory

SHIP WT
MODEL
(LBS) EACH
510904
PROPELLER PROTECTION GUARD
$99.79
AIRE-02 is a registered trademark of Aeration Industries International LLC.
The Aire-O2 units supply dependable aeration to this intensive shrimp

pond in the Mexican desert.
44 AERATION
Airlift Pumps
AEROBOOST CT AIRLIFT PUMP

Designed for culture tanks
AeroBoost Airlift Pumps provide a low-cost,
decentralized approach to water reuse for
aquaculture systems. AeroBoost uses air injection
to circulate and aerate the water, allowing for
increased fish production with less influent water.
Mounted directly inside the culture tank,
AeroBoost can be easily installed into existing
systems or integrated into new designs.
Benefits
Reduces influent water use and effluent volumes
Reduces energy use relative to traditional
water pumps
Increases rearing capacity without increased
water use
Increases dissolved O2 and reduces dissolved CO2
Improves tank circulation and fish fitness
Reduces labour required to clean tanks
Increases production flexibility (unit may be
moved to highest density tank)
Performance
Ideal for direct installation into new or existing

circular tanks
The AeroBoost CT effectively replaces influent water by aerating and mixing the water in a circular tank.
Its effectiveness increases the further the tank is operated from the saturation DO and DCO2 levels.
Features
Fish friendly design; no moving parts, noise,
or vibration
Mounts from tank wall without tank modification
Internal components are easy to access and
clean
Durable aluminum construction
Screened intake and adjustable discharge vane
Configurable to suit tank rotation direction
May be operated from a centralized air supply
Multiple units may be used in larger tanks to fit
production needs
Manufactured in North America with
factory-direct service and support
Description of operation
An airlift is a simple device which uses pressurized
air injected in a column of water to pump water.
Air is injected with a diffuser below the water
surface. The bubbles generated reduce the density
of the water, causing the water to rise with the
bubbles. Higher density water rushes in from
underneath to fill the void, effectively pumping water
from high density to low density. While the primary
purpose of an airlift is to generate flow, a
secondary benefit is that the water is aerated in the
process, adding oxygen and driving off carbon
dioxide.
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
PRODUCT INFORMATION
CT1-100
SINGLE DIFFUSER AIRLIFT
CT2-100
DOUBLE DIFFUSER AIRLIFT
INSTALLATION
Mounting method
Tank freeboard
Mounting bracket included; hangs from tank wall without tank modification
Adjustable in height for use in tanks with up to 24 freeboard
Tank flange width

Weight
AeroBoost CT Airow Requirements
Air Pressure (in H2O)
Notes:
1. Performance data assumes design air flow: CT1-100 at 14scfm and CT2-100 operating at 28scfm, 0m elevation.
2. Influent water DO and CO2 assumed to be at saturation with air (21% O2, 400 ppm CO2) for each temperature curve. Improved performance
may be expected when influent DO is below saturation or influent CO2 is above saturation.
3. Influent water temperature assumed to be equal to culture temperature.
60
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
50
Body and Mounting Bracket
40
Internals
Suitable for tank flange widths of up to 8

25 kg (55 lbs)
36 kg (80 lbs)
Aluminum (5052 and 6061)

PVC, polyurethane, and EPDM
30
PROCESS AIR SUPPLY
AeroBoost CT1
20
AeroBoost CT2
Air inlet
10
Air flow range
0
0
10
15
20
25
Airow Rate (scfm)
30
35
40
3/4 FNPT
11/4 FNPT
13.634.0 m3/hr (820 scfm)
27.268.0 m3/hr (1640 scfm)
AERATION 45
Airlift Pumps
AEROBOOST RC AIRLIFT PUMPS

Designed for raceways
AeroBoost Airlift Pumps provide a low-cost,
decentralized approach to water reuse for
aquaculture systems. AeroBoost uses air injection
to circulate and aerate the water, allowing for
increased fish production with less Tinfluent water.
The AeroBoost RC is designed specifically for
raceway applications.
Benefits
Reduces influent water use and effluent volumes
Increases rearing capacity without increased
water use
Increases dissolved O2 and reduces dissolved CO2
Improves mixing for even water quality and better
fish distribution
Makes raceways self-cleaning; reduces labour
Reduces energy use relative to traditional
water pumps
No reduction in raceway water level or
rearing volume
Performance
The AeroBoost RC system effectively replaces influent water by aerating and mixing the water in a
raceway tank. The system improves mixing and increases flows rate in all installations. However, the gas
transfer effectiveness increases the further the tank is operated from the saturation DO and DCO2 levels.
Ideal for direct installation into new or existing

raceway tanks
Features
Fish friendly design; no moving parts, noise,
or vibration
Durable aluminum construction
Both pump and baffle are easily removable to
minimize impact to fish handling
Internal components are easy to access and clean
Standard and custom baffle mounting available to
fit any raceway
Adjustable spacing and baffle height to fit
application needs
Uses centralized air supply for multiple raceways
Manufactured in North America with
factory-direct service and support
Notes:
1. P erformance data assumes design air flow: RC1-075 at 10.5scfm and RC1-100 at 14scfm, 0m elevation.
2. Influent water DO and DCO2 assumed to be at saturation with air (21% O2, 400 ppm CO2) for each temperature curve. Improved performance
may be expected when influent DO is below saturation or influent DCO2 is above saturation.
3. Influent water temperature assumed to be equal to culture temperature.
PRODUCT INFORMATION
RC1-075
RC1-100
INSTALLATION
Baffle mounting method
Clamped to top of raceway wall (standard); Custom designed mounting also available
AeroBoost mounting method
Mounted directly to baffle; independently removable
Raceway dimensions
accommodated
Baffle design is customizable for each installation
Number/spacing of AeroBoost units

Weight (airlift only, without baffle)
Application dependant
14.5 kg (32 lbs) Dry
18 kg (40 lbs) Dry
Description of operation
An airlift is a simple device which uses pressurized
air injected in a column of water to pump water.
Air is injected with a diffuser below the water
surface. The bubbles generated reduce the density
of the water, causing the water to rise with the
bubbles. Higher density water rushes in from
underneath to fill the void, effectively pumping water
from high density to low density. While the primary
purpose of an airlift is to generate flow, a secondary
benefit is that the water is aerated in the process,
adding oxygen and driving off carbon dioxide.
When used in a raceway with a baffle, the airlift
pump provides improved flow dynamics,
dissolved gas levels, and solids removal.
Body and Mounting Bracket
Aluminum (5052 and 6061)
Internals
PVC, polyurethane, and EPDM
PROCESS AIR SUPPLY

Air inlet
Air flow range
3/4 FNPT
11/4 FNPT
10.227.0 m3/hr (615 scfm)
13.634.0 m3/hr (820 scfm)

46 AERATION
Surface Aerators
SURFACE AERATORS
FW
SW
Kasco aerators are ideal for aquaculture and waste-water applications.

They are lightweight, easy to install, simple to operate and backed by a
two-year warranty, 3-year on 2HP and larger.
High oxygen transfer at an
affordable price
Water circulation with little or no
bottom turbulence
Portable for fast response to
emergencies
Excellent shallow water operation
I deal for supplemental aeration

S
alt water compatible and fitted
with a zinc anode
S
AE rating of 3.0 (see Tech Talk 4)
T
wo mooring ropes, 50' each, are
include
Call Pentair for help with sizing aeration devices.

Kasco motors are specially designed, energy-efficient, permanent-split
capacitor type, continuous duty and single-phase with automatic reset, thermal
overload protection. They are fitted in an oil-filled, stainless steel housing with
a stainless steel prop guard. ETL-approved to UL and CSA standards.
Testing at Pentair Aquatic

Eco-Systems' R&D facility
Dock Mount Kit (KD)
Easy to installjust 4 bolts!
2-YEAR WARRANTY (3-YEAR ON 2 HP MODELS AND LARGER)

AES
MODEL
RUNNING AMPS
VOLTAGE
KA501-50
KA501-100
KA501-150
KA501-200
KA751-50
KA751-100
KA751-200
KA752-50
KA752-100
KA752-150
KA101-50
KA101-100
KA101-150
KA102-50
KA102-100
KA202-50
KA202-200
KA303-50
KD
KM501-50
KM751-50
KM752-50
KM202-50
KPROP12
KPROP34
KPROP2
1/2 HP W/50' CORD

600
1/2 HP W/100' CORD
600
1/2 HP W/150' CORD
600
1/2 HP W/200' CORD
600
3/4 HP W/50' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/100' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/200' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/50' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/100' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/150' CORD
800
1 HP W/50' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/100' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/150' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/50' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/100' CORD
1,100
2 HP W/50' CORD
2,100
2 HP W/200' CORD
2,100
3 HP W/50' CORD
3,200
DOCK MOUNT KIT, (1" DIA. STEEL PIPE NOT INCLUDED)
MOTOR ONLY, 1/2 HP W/50' CORD
MOTOR ONLY, 2 HP W/50' CORD
REPL. PROP FOR 1/2 HP
REPL. PROP FOR 3/4 HP
REPL. PROP FOR 2 HP
5
5
5
5
6.7
6.7
6.7
3.3
3.3
3.3
11.3
11.3
11.3
5.7
5.7
9
9
10.7

5
6.7
3.3
10

115
115
115
115
115
115
115
230
230
230
115
115
115
230
230
230
230
230

115
115
230
230

SHIP WT
(LBS)
32+30*
38+30*
27+24+30*
27+30+30*
40+30*
45+30*
36+30+30*
40+30*
45+30*
36+30+30*
45+55*
38+17+55*
38+38+55*
45+55*
38+20+55*
56+55*
53+42+55*
76+60*
22
22
33
33
46
1
1
1
EACH
$747.89
851.89
1,180.00
1,255.00
818.09
920.29
1,330.00
854.59
923.39
1,251.00
1,179.00
1,456.00
1,873.00
1,191.00
1,256.00
1,964.00
2,476.00
2,439.00
229.99
605.69
667.79
701.59
1,396.00
28.49
28.99
126.49
*Aerators ship Ground in multiple boxes. Other cord lengths available. Kasco is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
AES This is the lbs of fish supported. See Tech Talk Index for Tech Talk 84.
AERATION 47
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 62
Diffuser Comparison Chart

FISH
DIFFUSER SUPPORTED

GAS
DEPTH
BY SYSTEM

USED
(FT WATER*)
(LBS)
DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS
Algae Tank Circulation

Linear Compressor (SL44B), Pipe: 8 holes/LF
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7), Pipe: 8 holes/LF
1-hp Regenerative Blower (S41), Pipe: 8 holes/LF
Air
Air
Air
8
8
3
45
299
560
Flowrate:
Hole Size:
Pressure Loss:
.015 cfm/hole
1/16
<6
Air
10
962
Flowrate:
.01.1 cfm/ft
Drilled PVC (DIY)
De-Icing
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7 w/ WD50 diffuser)
WD50
Hauling: Algae Tanks
BWD10
1/4-hp Rocking Piston Compressor ( AQ101C)

Air
10
225
Flowrate:
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7)
Air
10
1,864
Pressure Loss:
31/2-hp Regenerative Blower (S63)
Air 3 8,736
Oxygen Generator (SOG84) O 2 , 90%
3
734
.2.6 cfm/ft
20
Pure Gas (Oxygen), Hauling Tanks, Degassing Towers, Protein Skimmers

1/4-hp Rocking Piston Compressor ( AQ101C)
Air
Oxygen Generator (SOG84) O 2 , 90%
3
3
48
615
Flowrate:
Pressure Loss:
1 cfm/ft
15
2,457
1,025
Flowrate:
Pressure Loss:
.01.2 cfm/ft
30
Flowrate:
Pressure Loss:
.1 Lpm/sq.in.
25 psi
AS230
Pure Gas (Oxygen), Hauling Tanks, Aquariums, Hatcheries, Back-Up Aeration

3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7 w/fine-pore diffuser)
Oxygen Generator (SOG84 w/fine-pore diffuser)
Air
O 2 , 90%
10
3
DT12R
Pure Gas (Oxygen, Carbon Dioxide), High-Density Hauling, Holding/Grow-Out Tanks, Emergency Aeration
Oxygen Generator (SOG84 w/1DMBDC100 diffusers)
O 2 , 90%
3
3,624

Note: Values reflect efficient farming practices, but should be used for comparison rather than budgetary purposes.
1DMBDC600
*For depths greater than 4 feet there is a risk of gas bubble disease in intensive systems.
48 AERATION
Diffusers
SWEETWATER AIR DIFFUSERS
DESIGNED HERE
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater diffusers are the highest-quality

ceramic-type air diffusers on the market today. They're machined from a solid
block of glass-bonded silica. Because dust and dirt particles up to 30 microns
in size will pass right through these diffusers, there's no need for expensive air
filters. And with an air resistance of less than .25 psi, Sweetwater glassbonded diffusers are compatible with economical low-pressure blowers.
They produce a uniform medium/fine bubble and are very resistant to clogging.
And when cleaning does become necessary because of a buildup of calcium
precipitate or bacteria, an acid bath restores them to like-new performance.
Note that water pH in excess of 9.0 will shorten the diffuser life. Self-weighting
when used with typical tubing lengths.
AES This is the lbs of fish

supported. See Tech Talk
Index for Tech Talk 84.
Beware of imitations.
Sweetwater diffusers are the original 2,000F glass-bonded silica diffusers
introduced by us in 1984. You may come across other diffusers that copy our
sizes, descriptions and even our photos, but it takes more than flattering
imitation to compete with the best.
SWEETWATER MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS

BODY
MAXIMUM PORE SIZE
BUBBLE SIZE
2,000F GLASS-BONDED SILICA

140 MICRONS (.0055 INCHES)
13 MM (.04.15 INCHES)
NOMINAL PARTICLE RETENTION
50 MICRONS
SERVICE LIFE AT PH BELOW 8.0
UNLIMITED
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
2,500 PSI
LENGTH* WIDTH
IN CM
IN CM
MODEL
AS1
1.5 4
.50 1.3
SUGGESTED
CFM
AIR SUPPLY CONNECTION
AES
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
.05
1.5
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), ABS
.03
$2.39 $2.15/20+
2.69 2.42/20+
AS2
1.5 4
.75 2
.10
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), ABS
.06
AS3
2.0 5
1.0 2.5
.20
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE
.10
3.69 3.32/20+
ALS3
2.0 5
1.0 2.5
.20
1/4" NPT, PE
.10
4.49 4.04/20+
AS4
1.5 4
1.5 4
.25
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE
.21
4.19 3.77/20+
AS5S
3.0 8
1.0 2.5
.30
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE
.16
5.89 5.30/20+
AS5L
3.0 8
1.0 2.5
.30
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.16
5.89 5.30/20+
ALS5
3.0 8
1.0 2.5
.30
1/4" NPT, PE
.16
5.89 5.30/20+
AS8S
3.0 8
1.5 4
.35
10
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE
.39
7.09 6.38/10+
AS8L
3.0 8
1.5 4
.35
10
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.39
7.49 6.74/10+
ALS8
3.0 8
1.5 4
.35
10
1/4" NPT, PE
.39
7.89 7.10/10+
ALR8
3.0 8
1.5 4
.35
10
1/2" NPT, PE
.39
8.39 7.55/10+
AS15S
6.0 15
1.5 4
.50
14
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.75
12.09 10.88/20+
12.09 10.88/20+
AS15L
6.0 15
1.5 4
.50
14
3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE
.75
ALR15
6.0 15
1.5 4
.50
14
1/2" NPT, PE
.75
14.19 12.77/10+
AS23S
9.0 23
1.5 4
.75
20
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
1.35
17.49 15.74/10+
AS23L
9.0 23
1.5 4
.75
20
3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE
1.35
21.39 19.25/10+
ALR23
9.0 23
1.5 4
.75
20
1/2" NPT, PE
1.35
20.19 18.17/10+
AS30S
12.0 30
1.5 4
1.00
27
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
1.50
23.39 21.05/10+
AS30L
12.0 30
1.5 4
1.00
27
3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE
1.50
23.39 21.05/10+
ALR30
12.0 30
1.5 4
1.00
27
1/2" NPT, PE
1.50
25.99 23.39/10+
ASW88S**
3.0 8
3.0 8
.70
19
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.70
28.39 25.55/10+
ASW88L**
3.0 8
3.0 8
.70
19
3/8" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.70
23.79 21.41/10+
*Dimensions of length and width are 1/8" (3 mm). **Fitting is in center of 3" x 3" dimension. The suggested cfm shown above is typical for aquaculture; higher cfm amounts will create larger bubbles.
PE is high-density linear polyethylene. ABS is green plastic.
AERATION 49
Diffusers/Diffuser Bumpers
SWEETWATER GENERATION II DIFFUSERS
DESIGNED HERE
Sweetwater diffusers manufactured by Pentair AES quickly became and still remain
the standard of the aquaculture industry for diffused air aeration. The Generation II
series is the same glass-bonded diffuser that is so resistant to clogging. Generation II
diffusers give the added flexibility of changing the air diffuser fittings in the field. All
diffusers have 1/8" FNPT threads that accept MNPT fittings, either straight or elbows.
AES This is the lbs of fish

supported. See Tech Talk
Index for Tech Talk 84.
Use tubing with a smaller I.D. to act as a valve, restricting the volume of air delivered to
the diffuser. Use a larger I.D. tubing in applications where the tubing is long and/or too
restrictive. To make the diffuser lie flat in deep water, use an elbow fitting and put a
weight on the tubing to counteract its buoyancy.
LENGTH WIDTH
SUGGESTED
MODEL
IN CM
IN CM FNPT
CFM
AES
ASI-3
2 5
ASI-5
ASI-8
.2
EACH
20+
$3.49 $3.14
1 2.5
1/8
3 7.6
1 2.5
1/8
.3
4.99 4.49
3 7.6
1.5 3.8
1/8
.35
10
6.79 6.11
ASI-15
6 15
1.5 3.8
1/8
.5
14
11.79 10.61
ASI-23
9 23
1.5 3.8
1/8
.75
20
16.49 14.84
ASI-30
12 30
1.5 3.8
1/8
1.0
27
24.19 21.77
All above do not include air supply connections, which must be ordered separately.
DIFFUSER BUMPERS
Protect diffusers from abrasives or protect a tank from abrasive diffusers.
Use two bumpers for each diffuser. Made of Buna 70 for an easy stretch over
11/2" square diffusers. Sold in packs of 10.
MODEL
DB10
EACH 5+
$5.19 $4.67
ALR8 with Bumpers
TECH TALK 53
Cleaning Diffusers
Sweetwater air diffusers, made of glass-bonded silica, are virtually indestructible and will give many years of service.
The only maintenance normally required is periodic cleaning. The frequency of cleaning will be determined by the mineral and organic content of the water in which the air diffusers are used.
In clean, cold, soft water, cleaning may only be necessary every 2 or 3 years. In very hard water or water high in organics, it could be necessary as often as every 2 months.
1. Remove from service and blow out excess water. If fouled with barnacles or other gross foreign material, scrape or hose off.
2. If you have a 1/2 NPT white fitting on the end of your diffuser, immerse the diffuser portion, not the fitting, completely in undiluted muriatic acid for a sufficient time to dissolve the clogging
material. This may take from one minute to eight hours in the most extreme cases. Be very careful when using acid! Wear eye, face and hand protection and have clean water available for rinsing and
acid diluting in the case of an acid splash or spill.
3. After the clogging material has been dissolved, rinse thoroughly before reuse.
4. Discard the used acid after reducing its strength to a neutral pH by diluting with at least ten times as much water as acid. Add acid to water; never add water to acid.
50 AERATION
Diffusers
SWEETWATER FINE-PORE DIFFUSERS

DESIGNED HERE
FOR OZONE AND PURE OXYGEN
Sweetwater fine-pore diffusers are the same high quality as our regular
Sweetwater diffusers. The difference is in the smaller pore size, which produces
finer bubbles. Sweetwater fine-pore diffusers do require higher pressure (about
5" H2O more) and more frequent cleaning than our regular pore diffusers, so they
are not typically recommended for regular aeration. The bubble uniformity is
excellent.
Inches Water
Pressure
The CP part numbers are fitted with CPVC for use with mild ozone
concentrations. The SS part numbers are fitted with stainless steel for
use with the strongest ozone and carry a 1-year warranty.
SWEETWATER FINE-PORE DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS
BODY
MAXIMUM PORE SIZE
BUBBLE SIZE
NOMINAL PARTICLE RETENTION
SERVICE LIFE AT PH BELOW 8.0
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
2,000 HEAT-BONDED SILICA

80 MICRONS
0.52 MM
25 MICRONS
UNLIMITED
3,500 PSI
LENGTH WIDTH
MODEL
IN CM
IN CM
AS10
1.5 4
.50 1.3
AS20-AQ
SUGGESTED
AES
CFM
.05
20
10
Fine
0)
(AS15
S15L)
Pore
r Pore (A
Regula
Typical Range
CFM
.25
.50
.75
1.0
AIR SUPPLY
CONNECTION
SHIP WT
(LBS)
15
3/16" O.D., ABS
.03
$2.89 $2.60/20+
4.19 3.77/20+
EACH
1.5 4
.75 2.0
.10
30
3/16" O.D., ABS
.06
AS3F
2 5
1 2.5
.20
60
3/16" O.D., PE
.10
5.19 4.67/20+
AS40
1.5 4
.25
75
3/16" O.D., PE
.21
7.69 6.92/20+
7.09 6.38/10+
1.5
AS50
3 8
1 2.5
.30
90
1/4" O.D., PE
.16
AS80
3 8
1 4
.35
100
1/4" O.D., PE
.39
9.99 8.99/10+
ALR80
3 8
1.5
.35
100
1/2" NPT, PE
.39
10.99 9.89/10+
ALR80SS
3 8
1.5
.35
100
1/2" NPT, SS
.39
33.39 30.05/10+
ALR80SS4
3 8
1.5
.35
100
1/4" NPT, SS
.39
33.39 30.05/10+
AS150
6 15
1.5
.50
150
1/4" O.D., PE
.75
14.99 13.49/10+
ALR150
6 15
1.5
.50
150
1/2" NPT, PE
.75
16.69 15.02/10+
ALR150CP
6 15
1.5
.50
150
1/2" NPT, CPVC
.78
21.29 19.16/10+
ALR150SS
6 15
1.5
.50
150
1/2" NPT, SS
.875
49.99 44.99/10+
AS230
9 23
1.5
.75
220
1/4" O.D., PE
1.35
23.39 21.05/10+
ALR230
9 23
1.5
.75
220
1/2" NPT, PE
1.35
23.69 21.32/10+
ALR230CP
9 23
1.5
.75
220
1/2" NPT, CPVC
1.38
26.89 24.20/10+
ALR230SS
9 23
1.5
.75
220
1/2" NPT SS
1.48
58.39 52.55/10+
AS300
12 30
1.5
1.00
300
1/4" O.D., PE
1.50
25.99 23.39/10+
ALR300CP
12 30
1.5
1.00
300
1/2" NPT, CPVC
1.56
33.39 30.05/10+
ALR300SS
12 30
1.5
1.00
300
1/2" NPT, SS
1.68
62.49 56.24/10+
UNIVERSAL DIFFUSER MOUNT

The universal diffuser mount for disc diffusers is designed to accept a 3/4" MNPT
diffuser connection. Installation simply requires drilling a 11/4" diameter hole,
deburring the hole, installing the diffuser mount and screwing in the diffuser.
The universal diffuser mount may be used for mounting on the top or bottom of
the lateral but is not recommended for sidewall diffuser mounting.
Provides 3/4 FNPT threaded connection
MODEL
ED328
EACH 10+
$ 4.89
$4.40
Engineered for 28 metal or plastic, thick or thin wall pipe

Can be glued to PVC or ABS pipe
Easy to install
AERATION 51
Micro Bubble Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR MICRO BUBBLE OXYGEN DIFFUSERS (MBD)

AQUACULTURE DUTY
The original, since 1988.
1DMBDC100
These aquaculture-duty diffusers are among the most efficient diffusers

available, allowing you to increase yield while controlling the cost of
expensive gases. Made from premium materials and subject to rigorous
testing, MBD diffusers provide the kind of performance and reliability our
reputation is built on.
1DMBDC300
1DMBDC600
Point Four diffusers use a specially developed, ultra fine pore ceramic plate
that produces a cloud of extremely fine bubbles of approximately 100500
microns; far superior to airstones, porous hose or membrane type designs.
The flat plate design ensures uniform bubbles across the entire surface and
minimizes bubble coalescence to achieve an absorption rate in excess of
80%, depending on depth and flowrate. Bubbling Pressure is 25 to 35 psi.
(1.7 to 2.4 bar).
1DMBDC900
1DMBDC120
Robust constructionceramic plates set in a rigid aluminum base with

solidbrass connection fittings
Easy to install and usetrouble-free operation
Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or subtract diffusers as your
needs change
SEE OUR

DIFFUSING AREA
MODEL
BASE
L W
1DMBDC100
ALUMINUM
1DMBDC300
1DMBDC600
REC. OPERATING MAX FLOW RATE

RANGE
@ 50 PSI (3.5 BAR)
(LPM/SCFH)
LPM SCFH
14
UP TO 1.5/3.2
ALUMINUM
15
UP TO 3/6.5
ALUMINUM
27
UP TO 6/12.7
1DMBDC900
ALUMINUM
39
UP TO 9/19.5
1DMBDC120
ALUMINUM
52
UP TO 12/26
4.5
GAS INLET
CONNECTION
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
9.5
HOSE BARB
1.2 $71.99
19
FEMALE
2.8 156.49
18
38
FEMALE
5.0 240.49
27
58
FEMALE
7.3 409.49
36
78
FEMALE
9.5 537.59
Suggested fitting configuration

MBD Diffuser
1/4 Oxy B Male

Adaptor
Oxy Brass
Nut
1/4 Oxy Brass

Barb
#170 Pinch
Clamp
MODEL
MBD FITTINGS
1FMOF005
OXY B MALE ADAPTER
1FMOF008
OXY BRASS NUT
.70
1FMOF006
OXY BRASS BARB
.70
1FMHC004
#170 PINCH CLAMP .50
1FMHC129
GREEN O2 HOSE 1.69
1/4 Green
O2 Hose
EACH
$1.39
52 AERATION
Micro Bubble Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR PLASTIC MICRO BUBBLE OXYGEN

DIFFUSERS AQUACULTURE DUTY
Point Four Plastic Micro Bubble Diffusers (PMBD) are one of
the most efficient diffusers available, allowing you to increase
yield while controlling the cost of expensive gases. Made from
premium materials and subject to rigorous testing, PMBDs
provide the kind of performance and reliability our reputation
is built on.
Point Four diffusers use a specially developed, ultra fine pore
ceramic plate that produces a cloud of extremely fine bubbles
of approximately 100500 microns; far superior to airstones,
porous hose or membrane type designs. The flat plate design
ensures uniform bubbles across the entire surface and
minimizes bubble coalescence to achieve an absorption rate
in excess of 80%, depending on depth and flowrate. Bubbling
pressure is 25 to 35 psi (1.7 to 2.4 bar).
Robust constructionceramic plates set in an injection
molded plastic base with solid brass connection fittings.
Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or subtract
diffusers as your needs change.

DIFFUSING AREA
MODEL
BASE
L W
1PMBD075
PLASTIC
REC. OPERATING MAX FLOWRATE @

RANGE 50 PSI (3.5 BAR)
(LPM/SCFH)
LPM SCFH
UP TO 0.75/1.6
2.2
9.5
GAS INLET
CONNECTION
HOSE BARB
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
1.2 $53.99
TECH TALK 4
Choosing an Aerator
Efficiency Versus Type ... Select the right type of aerator for the application
An aerators standard aeration efficiency (SAE) is an important consideration when comparing one
aerator with another.
The SAE can be calculated by measuring the aerators oxygen transfer and the amount of energy
used per horsepower, per hour, under standard conditions.
An SAE of 2.1, for example, means that 2.1 lbs of oxygen per horsepower, per hour, are transferred
to the water under standard conditions. The higher the SAE, the higher the oxygen transfer, the
higher the efficiency.
However, SAE numbers are a fair comparison only when comparing aeration equipment of the
same exact type. You cannot use the SAE as your only tool in the selection of an aeration system.
Before looking at the SAE numbers, choose the right type aerator or oxygenator for the job.
Here are some examples (analyze the differences):
W
ater-moving aeration devices like the AIRE-02 Series II aerator and paddle wheel type
aerators are excellent choices for medium and large ponds where movement of oxygenated
water away from the aerator is most important.
If destratification alone will solve a bottom oxygen problem, only a few air diffusers may
be needed to accomplish this. For instance, a 10-acre lake, 15 deep, may need only 3/4 hp.
Only 1 cfm of air may be needed to aerate a 1/20-acre pool when raising tropical fish,
compared to 6 cfm per pool using airlifts.
A destratification system, such as our Great Lakes aeration system, should not be used as an
emergency aerator because it very quickly mixes the water. Its rate of oxygen transfer is
excellent; however, it cannot raise the oxygen level of such a large volume quickly enough to
avoid a fishkill. It can actually aggravate the problem.
A surface aerator like the Kasco 3/4 hp aerator (with an SAE rating of 2.9) may be a good choice
where the volume of water is small and the stocking density is high, such as in a culture tank or
small pond. It may be a poor choice, however, if cold water temperatures are required when air
temperatures are warm (summer trout culture), because both the motor and the airborne water
droplets will add unwanted heat.
E ven noise is a consideration above and below the water surface. Pentair AES diffused air
systems are preferred over agitators in bait stores, improving conditions for both the fish and
the employees. As more of our research is conducted under water, we are increasingly aware of
underwater noise produced by devices such as paddle wheels, agitators, airlifts and drilled pipe
spargers (our Sweetwater air diffusers have a barely audible hiss). Some fish breeders have
reported that diffused air is the only aeration method they can use that will not disrupt breeding.
A surface aerator would be a poor choice for a large or deep pond. Without moving water away
from the aerator, it will continue to pump the same water over and over again, adding no oxygen
where it is needed.
The situations and considerations are virtually endless, so take some time to research the best
aeration method for your particular application. Through a phone call, you can discuss your
application with an aquaculture technician and get an expert opinion (877-347-4788).
A surface aerator may be excellent in emergencies because it quickly raises the oxygen level in
a small area. If trained, the fish will move to that location. Again, it will not be a good choice for
full-time aeration because it will not disperse oxygen throughout the pond.
Standard aeration efficiency tests conducted at Auburn University showed that the Pentair
AES Sweetwater diffuser and 1-hp blower combination yielded a 2.71 SAE. Prior to rating our
diffusers, Auburn gave air diffusers in general an SAE rating of only 1.6. That 70% increase
illustrates how much efficiency can change when the right combination is used.
A diffused air system (with an SAE rating of 2.7) may be the best choice for multiple tanks and
ponds because the energy source (blower) can be centralized and just the right amount of
energy (compressed air) can be easily directed where it is needed. What appears to be lower SAE
efficiency (2.7) is more than offset by comparative application efficiency.
Kasco is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.

AIRE-02 is a registered trademark of Aeration Industries International, LLC.
AERATION 53
Lockable Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR TRAC-LOCK MICRO BUBBLE

OXYGEN DIFFUSER AQUACULTURE DUTY
Point Four Trac-Lock Diffusers are an economical
alternative to the Point Four Micro Bubble Diffusers
(MDBs). Like the MDBs, they are good for use with
pure oxygen and/or carbon dioxide.
A Simple Design
The ceramic flat plate design ensures bubbles across
the entire surface. The slim design will not hinder
fish netting and will accommodate most fish
transportation systems. The "twist and lock" design
allows for easy diffusing area adjustment,
or for simple removal of sections for cleaning/
servicing. We recommend using a support when
locking three or more bases together.
High Absorption Efficiency

Depends on submerged depth, flowrate and
dissolved oxygen concentration. Typically 40%
to 50% at 1 m depth; can be as high as 80% or
even 100% at depths of 6 m or more.
1DTLC010
Features and Benefits

Plastic frame will not rust or degrade over time.
Easy to install and usetrouble-free operation.
Efficient design minimizes rising air
bubble coalescence.
1DTLC001
DIFFUSING AREA
BASE
TYPE
L
W
MODEL
1DTLC001
PLASTIC
BASE
12
21
1DTLC010
PLASTIC
END SET
---
---
MAX FLOW SHIP WT

LPM CFH
3
---
(LBS)
EACH
6.5
4.0 $103.99
---
1.0 29.39
POINT FOUR WEDGE-LOCK MICRO BUBBLE OXYGEN

DIFFUSER AQUACULTURE DUTY
WEDGE-LOCK is a modular system of diffusers and end sets that fit together to
form a bank of up to eight units. Oxygenation capacity can be increased (or
decreased) as your needs demand by simply changing the number of diffusers
used for greater flexibility and minimal downtime.
Designed for total ease of use, WEDGE-LOCK modules "twist and lock" together
to form an airtight seal without the use of tools. Hose with push-in fittings
connects the diffuser banks to the gas supply, significantly reducing set-up time
and effort. The diffuser's streamlined wedge shape improves stability in tanks
with high water flow and offers less resistance in self-cleaning tank systems.
Single base (unassembled) diffusers measure 5.4" x 6.6" x 1.25".
Recommended flow 1.6 cfh (.75 Lpm), Recommended operating pressure is
2235 psi, maximum pressure is 50 psi*. Inlet is 1/4" barb fitting (only included
with end set). One-year warranty.
1DWLC001
Features and Benefits
1DWLC010
Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or subtract diffusers to match
your changing needs.
Simple "twist and lock" installationdiffuser modules and hose connect in
minutes without
the use of tools.
Rugged thermoplastic build is corrosion-free and UV-resistant.
Streamlined wedge shape improves stability in tanks with high water velocity.
*Above 50 psi (3.4 bars) the diffuser can break.
DIFFUSING AREA
MODEL
BASE
TYPE
L
W
1DWLC001
PLASTIC
1DWLC010
PLASTIC
BASE
END SET*
MAX FLOW SHIP WT

LPM CFH
(LBS)
EACH
1.6
3.4
2.0 $77.69
1.0 31.49
*Includes 1/4 barb fitting and one adapter.

54 AERATION
SECTION

Diffusers
CERAMIC AND ALUMINUM OXIDE AIR DIFFUSERS

Keep any system aerated with this line of air diffusers. These offer great
efficiency at an affordable price, and with our wide selection, you'll find the right
fit for any application. Bubble sizes from 3 mm down to 100 microns. One-year
limited warranty.
ALUMINUM
OXIDE
CONNECTOR
BLOCK
Two different styles:

Ceramic diffusers are ideal for pure gas applications (oxygen, carbon dioxide),
high-density hauling, holding/growout tanks and emergency aeration
Aluminum diffusers are intended for general aeration: hatchery, growout,
bait, ponds, lakes, wastewater and low-density hauling
See PentairAES.com for complete specs!
MODEL
FOUR ALUMINUM DIFFUSERS &

CONNECTOR BLOCK
EACH
DYCBB
HDPE CONNECTOR BLOCK, 1/4" FNPT
$23.69
DYCD7SM
ALUMINUM OXIDE, 6.7" X 1.6" (X 4) + DYCBB
DYCD9SM
ALUMINUM OXIDE, 8.7" X 1.6" (X 4) + DYCBB
99.99
DYCHP4
CYLINDER, CERAMIC, 4" X 2"
43.09
DYCHP6
50.09
DYCHP8
56.19
DYCHP12
72.89
86.69
Cant find what youre looking for? See it all at PentairAES.com.
CERAMIC
RUBBER AIR DIFFUSERS

Keep any system aerated with this line of air diffusers. These offer great
efficiency at an affordable price, and with our wide selection, you'll find the
right fit for any application. Bubble sizes from 3 mm down to 100 microns.
One-year limited warranty.
EPDM
MEMBRANE
Two different styles:

Rubber poly (EPDM) diffusers perform best in pure gas applications (oxygen),
hauling tanks, aquariums, hatcheries and backup aeration
Rubber diffusers are best employed in wastewater treatment
MODEL EACH
DYCBB
HDPE CONNECTOR BLOCK, 1/4" FNPT
DYMD15
EPDM MEMBRANE, 15" X 1"
$23.69
DYMD20
EPDM MEMBRANE, 20" X 1"
DYMD20M
EPDM MEMBRANE, 20" X 1" (X 4)
DYRD8
RUBBER POLY, 8" X 1.5"
DYRD12
19.69
DYRD16
25.69
DYRD20
31.39
20.79
26.19
RUBBER POLY
127.99
13.79
HDPE
CONNECTOR
BLOCK
TEE ELIMINATORS
Here is a hard-to-find, cost-saving fitting. A PVC 3" x 3/4" reducing tee costs
about $10. These tee eliminators can do the same thing for much less. Just drill
a hole, press in a tee eliminator, then thread in the connection. Made of flexible
PVC with female pipe threads. Works in all rigid pipe materials with pipe walls
between 1/8" and 1/4" thick.

MODEL
FC32
FC36
FNPT
SIZE
MIN PIPE
DIAMETER
HOLE SIZE
EACH
FC32 1/2"
1"
1"
$ 0.75
FC34 3/4"
11/4"
13/16"
0.90
FC36 1"
11/2"
17/16"11/2"
1.09
AERATION 55
Diffusers
DIFFUSER HOSE
DESIGNED HERE
Self-weighted Bio-Weave diffuser hose is for introducing air and oxygen into hauling tanks,
culture tanks, lakes or wherever long flexible diffusion is needed. Its made of a strong, woven
polyester fiber material that will last for years. Operating range is .2.6 cfm per foot. The
diffuser surface is a soft fiber that flexes easily. Because Bio-Weave is self-weighted,
placement and removal of these large diffusers is simple. These medium-bubble diffuser
hoses are made with 3/4 nylon garden hose fittings (a cap on the male end and either a or
male barb adapter on the female fitting). Bio-Weave has about a 20 H2O resistance to air
flow, so it is marginally compatible with regenerative blowers. One-year limited warranty.

AES
LENGTH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
MODEL
WITH 1/4 BARB ADAPTOR

WITH 3/8 BARB ADAPTOR*
EACH
6+
MODEL EACH
1 15 0.8
BWD10
2 29 1.9
BWD20
BWD10
$38.89
43.19
6+
$35.00 BWD10-38 $38.89 $35.00

38.87 BWD20-38 43.19 38.87
BWD30
3 44 2.5
59.79
53.81 BWD30-38 59.79 53.81
BWD40
4 58 3.0
74.29
66.86 BWD40-38 74.29 66.86
BWD50
5 73 3.9
90.89
81.80 BWD50-38 90.89 81.80
BWD60
6 87 4.6
103.89
93.50 BWD60-38 103.89 93.50
BWD80
8 117 6.3
128.49 115.64
10 146 8.0 BWD100
163.29 146.96
15 218 11.0 BWD150
231.49 208.34
* If a brass fitting is preferred, order BSS38, 3/8 brass barb adapter.
AIR DIFFUSERS, BULK QUANTITY

These inexpensive molded diffusers are sold in bulk quantity only, by the pack.
3/16" barb inlets. Made for hobbyists and aquarium use.
MODEL LENGTH CFM AES
PACK QTY
AA1 1" .05 1
120
$21.99
24 15.79
AA6 6" .3 4
24 22.39
AA8 8" .4 6
24 27.59
AA12 12"
24 39.09
AA12
EACH PK
AA4 4" .2 3
.6
AA4
AA8
AA1
AA6
DIFFUSERS, CYLINDRICAL
These diffusers are made from fused alumina. They produce a bubble size of
12 mm and require a higher pressure than Sweetwater medium-pore
diffusers. They have a molded square rubber support on each end that
supports and protects them from tank bottoms and protects the tank or liner
from the diffuser. They fit both 3/16" and 1/4" tubing and are 1.2" in diameter.
AD32
AD42
MODEL LENGTH CFM
AES
AD32 3.2"
.3
5.0
$4.69 $4.46
AD42 4.2"
.4
6.5
8.99 8.54
AD52 5.2"
.5
8.2
9.89 9.40
EACH 12+
AD52
56 AERATION
Disc Diffusers/Tubing
COARSE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS
DISC DIFFUSER, 9"

Engineered for maximum performance.
Environmental Dynamics PermaCap 5 diffuser design offers greater unit

capacity over small diameter diaphragm, coarse bubble diffusers. The body
is ABS, and diffusers are available with both 3/4 and 3/8 MNPT connections.
The EPDM membrane is mechanically locked in place to prevent blowout.
Airflow range is 020 cfm.
FlexAir disc diffuser bodies are made of high-strength polypropylene with

3/4" MNPT connections. Each diffuser has a minimum of 6,600 engineered air
release orifices, which is up to 20% more than comparable models. The special
design of the EPDM membrane, with its engineered thickness taper, results in
full utilization of the membrane surface, even at low airflow operations. This
results in improved oxygen transfer efficiency, along with maximum operational
flexibility. The disc diffuser has an integral "triple" check valve to prevent fluid
backflow. Normal airflow range is 05 cfm. Resistance is about 10" H2O when
clean. FlexAir disc diffusers in stock have EPDM membranes installed and
weigh 2 lbs.
5 diameter coarse bubble diffusers

Upgrade for smaller diameter diffusers
Designed to prevent blowout
High-capacity airflow ranges to 20 cfm
MODEL
MNPT
EACH 10+
ED325 3/4
$11.59 $10.43
ED501 3/8
11.59 10.43
MODEL
ED327
EACH 10+
$25.99 $23.39
ED325
EDI FLEXAIR DIFFUSERS
SNAP-CAP DIFFUSER, 3"
EDI FlexAir diffusers are durable. The special inlet is molded from
high-strength ABS and is permanently bonded to a PVC membrane support
tube to create an integral diffuser body. Manufactured utilizing the most
advanced technology, tests have shown that EDI membrane diffusers deliver
increases of 15 to 50% over competitive products. EPDM elastomer membrane
was specifically developed for municipal and industrial applications. For
applications with high concentrations of oils and solvents, specially engineered
urethane membranes are available (please inquire).
This coarse bubble diffuser is very clog resistant. It uses a snap-on flexible
diaphragm with built-in check valve. Handles flowrates up to 10 cfm @ 12" H2O
loss. About 2" high x 35/32" diameter with a 3/8" MNPT and a 1/2" MNPT adapter
included.
Airflow ranges from 040 cfm

Largest capacity airflow with greatest membrane area for fewer
units required
3 /4 MNPT 304 SS thread connection

AIRFLOW
MODEL LENGTH DIAMETER (CFM)
ED224 24
2.44
08
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
$43.49
ED226 26
2.44
08
42.29
ED220 20
3.5
020
45.59
ED230 30
3.5
030
57.99
ED240 40
3.5
040
65.99
ED224
FlexAir is a registered trademark of Environmental Dynamics International, Inc.

MODEL EACH
AD15
$ 21.19
AERATION
SECTION 57

Tubing
HIGH-EFFICIENCY ANTIMICROBIAL DIFFUSER TUBING

Great for reducing fouling safe for fish
HIGH-EFFICIENCY DIFFUSER TUBING

Perfect for high-psi or oxygen uses
This low-pressure rubber/polyethylene diffuser hose is made for aquaculture.

Step on it, and it springs right back. This tubing has a pressure resistance of
only 12 of H2O at normal flowrates when new. Diffuser lengths of up to 20 per
inlet are possible at low airflow rates. Tubing has a good oxygen transfer rate
and is compatible with both regenerative blowers and linear air pumps.
This low-pressure, high-efficiency rubber diffuser hose is made for aquaculture.

Diffuser lengths of up to 20' per inlet are possible at low airflow rates. Tubing
has a good oxygen transfer rate (average 2.5% per foot of water depth) with a
head loss of only about 1 psi. This tubing is compatible with both regenerative
blowers and linear air pumps. The gas flowrate is an average of .1.6 cfm/ft;
higher and lower flows are possible. Produces a strong volume of medium-size
bubbles (approximately 3 mm). For connections, use barb fittings with clamps.
Hose ends may be heat-sealed or fitted with a plug and clamp. To counteract
buoyancy, hold-downs or weights are required. No warranty due to individual
clogging and fouling possibilities.
The gas flowrate is an average of .1.5 cfm/ft; higher and lower flows are
possible. Tubing produces a strong volume of medium-size bubbles
(approximately 3 mm). For connections, use 1/2 barb fittings with clamps.
Hose ends may be heat-sealed or fitted with a plug and clamp. To counteract
buoyancy, hold-downs or weights are required. For best results, the tubing
should be oriented with the blue stripe on the bottom. No warranty due to
individual clogging and fouling possibilities.

SOLD BY THE FOOT
SOLD BY 200 ROLL
I.D.
O.D.
MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
1/2
OD2F-A
$2.59 OD2R-A
$397.99

SOLD BY THE FOOT
SOLD BY 50MM ROLL

I.D. O.D. MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
1/2
DT12F $1.79 DT12R $265.69
1/4
DT14F 1.89 DT14R 278.99
OD2F-A
DT12R
WEIGHTED DIFFUSER TUBING
WD55
This 1/2" I.D. weighted diffuser tubing is useful in applications where long
lengths are required. Equal bubble distribution is possible with lengths as long
as 25' for WD50 and 200' for WD55. On the WD50, unique die cut slits
located in sets of three every 11/2"flex open with air pressure and close when
air is stopped. On the WD55 ice-melting diffuser tubing, single die cuts are
located every 24". The feeder tubing (WD0) has no slits. See Index for less
expensive, HeavySet feeder tubing.
WD50
This weighted tubing requires WD fittings. Full rolls are 250' long (60 meters).
This diffuser tubing is not compatible with most regenerative blowers as
25 psi is required. Also note that this coarse bubble diffuser tubing will
only provide about 1/3 as much oxygen transfer per cfm of air when used for
aeration with diffusers.
THE BEST FOR DE-ICING
WD FITTINGS
These black plastic fittings are required for the weighted diffuser tubing. The
PIOU couples 1/2 tubing. The PIOM is a 1/2 male adapter. The tee union (PIOT)
connects two lengths of tubing to a 1/2 MNPT male adapter. Tube insert
supports included.
PIOM
PIOT

SHIP WT
AES I.D. O.D. CFM/FT (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
WD50
DIFFUSER, WEIGHTED, 3 CUT
1/2"
5/8"
.1
24/100'
$ 4.49/FT
WD55
DIFFUSER, WEIGHTED, DE-ICE
.04
1/2"
5/8"
.01
24/100'
4.19/FT
WD0
FEEDER TUBING, WEIGHTED
1/2"
5/8"
24/100'
3.59/FT
PIOU
WD COUPLING
4.19
PIOM
WD MALE ADAPTER, 1/2" MNPT
2.99
PIOT
WD TEE UNION, 1/2" MNPT
7.09
58 AERATION
Venturi Injectors/Mixing Eductors
MAZZEI VENTURI INJECTORS

Widely used for the injection of air, oxygen, and ozone. Also compatible with
liquids. Tests have shown that when installed properly, injectors can transfer
ozone into water with efficiencies as high as 99%. These are constructed of
PVDF Kynar and are ozone compatible. Mazzei venturis have no moving
parts and provide trouble-free operation. All except V514 include a 1/4" barbed
ozone-safe check valve. Maximum operating pressure at 100F (38C) is 400 psi.

MODEL
INLET/OUTLET
MNPT
FLOW THRU INJECTOR

@15 PSI IN/5 PSI OUT
AIR SUCTION
V384
1/2" MNPT
1 GPM
1 CFH
$70.39
V584
3/4" BARB
4 GPM
5 CFH
56.69
V978
1" MNPT
7 GPM
9 CFH
135.49
V1584
11/2" MNPT
31 GPM
72 CFH
185.89
V514
2" MNPT
57 GPM
394 CFH
388.49
V1584
EACH
Flow
Venturis offer an efficient and reliable way to inject
virtually any gas or liquid into water.
Mazzei is a registered trademark of Mazzei Injector Corp.
VENTURI, ECONOMY
Air In
Our venturi fittings were engineered to entrain the greatest amount of air with
the least resistance to water pressure. When pumping water, these may be used
to draw in liquids or gases, including low-strength ozone. 4738 and 4732 are
made of PVC with standard slip connections. Venturi 4734 is fiber-reinforced
plastic and has female slip ends.
4738
3/16" Male Barb
4738: 3/4" in x 1" out

4732: 11/2" in and out
Both are female slip with 3/4"
air inlet.
4734
Water & Air Out
8
H2O Flow (gpm)
4738 Venturi Tee Depth Limits
Pump Pressure
Required (psi)
3/4" Male Slip

8
40
50
60
70
80
90
EACH
4738
VENTURI, PVC
4732
VENTURI, PVC
$9.49
12.19
4734
VENTURI, PLASTIC
15.29
TECH TALK 63
Venturis
A well-designed venturi working in shallow water to aspirate air may cause as little as 15%
additional head pressure and as little as 10% reduction in volume pumped. Therefore, a venturi
can be a very economical device to operate, especially when it completely eliminates another
piece of equipment, such as a chemical metering pump, an air pump or an ozone units air
pump. They are particularly useful when injecting chemicals and gases that are aggressive in
nature and would require special materials for the pumping device.
2
30
MODEL
100
Vacuum - Inches H2O*

*This is the greatest depth at which the Venturi may be located.
The shallower the depth, the greater the air volume.
As a venturi draws air into a depth of about 2 feet, there will be increased water pressure
resistance and a reduction in volume pumped. When used with low-pressure pumps, the
increase in head causes such a large reduction in volume that the venturi application becomes
impractical. When sucking air the deeper the depth, the greater the pressure needed.
When installed properly, venturi injectors can transfer ozone into water with efficiencies as
high as 99%. Venturis have no moving parts and provide trouble-free operation.
MIXING EDUCTORS
It's easy to multiply the mixing force of pumped water. This nozzle requires as
little as 7.5 gpm to draw in five times more. Molded of glass-filled polypropylene
with smooth surfaces. Recommended flowrates shown are for between 10 and
50 psi.
MODEL
MNPT OAL GPM
EACH
ED2
3/8" 4.5" 717
$35.89
ED1
3/4" 4.5" 1330
30.19
ED3
11/2" 10" 3375
71.69
ED3
Two Gallons In
One Gallon
Pumped
Five Gallons Circulated
AERATION 59
Gas Injection System
POINT FOUR PRESSURIZED COLUMN (PPC)

High-performance gas injection systemflexible with low operating costs
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Point Four Pressurized Column has
applications in aquaculture, horticulture, wastewater and effluent treatment,
and mining. In a typical system, pressurized water is side-streamed to the
column, where it is supersaturated with dissolved gas and then re-integrated to
the mainstream.
The system can be controlled manually, semi-automatically, or automatically.
An automatic system consists of a level or oxygen controller, water flow meters,
pressure gauge, and control valves.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS

100% gas utilization
No gas losses from the system. 100% of the oxygen is dissolved into the water
with no bubbles.
High absorption capacity

Packs the most gas into a given volume of water; e.g., 200 mg/L of dissolved
oxygen at 60 psi and 15C.
Custom engineered system
9 (2.8M)
Each system is designed to meet your specific needs.
Low operating costs

Only a small side-stream is required (typically 5% of the main flow) to achieve
desired D.O. levels. If the system has adequate line pressure, integrating the
column into the main flow requires no additional pumping.
Optional automatic control

Simply enter the desired oxygen level into the controller.
Oxygen concentration, and column water level are continuously
monitored and controlled.
Flexibility
The system is designed to accommodate varying water flows.
Retrofit
The system is easily installed into any pre-existing facility with minimal
disruption or down time.
FULLY AUTOMATED 18 DIA. PPC SYSTEM W/PENTAIR SPARUS PUMP WITH CONTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY
SYSTEM SPECS
COLUMN HEIGHT
109 (2.8 M)
COLUMN DIAMETER
6 TO 42 (0.15 TO 1.05 M)
MAXIMUM OUTLET OXYGEN CONCENTRATION
230 MG/L @ 60 PSI AND 10C
OPERATING PRESSURE
UP TO 45 PSI (3.0 BAR) WITH A PSA OXYGEN GENERATOR
AS THE GAS SOURCE.
UP TO 100 PSI (6.9 BAR) WITH LIQUID OR HIGH-PRESSURE
GAS AS THE SOURCE.
OPTIONAL CONTROL SYSTEM
PT4 MONITOR WITH FULLY AUTOMATED PID CONTROL OF OXYGEN
CONCENTRATION.
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEM (RAS) UTILIZING A 24 DIA. PT4 PPC SYSTEM.
60 AERATION
Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cones
OXYGEN/OZONE CONTACT CONES

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cones are designed to
optimize the saturation of gases in water, and gas transfer efficiencies of up to
100% are possible. Operation of the cone is simple: as water and gas (either
pure oxygen, ozone or other gas) enter from the top at a relatively high velocity,
the water shears and moves the bubbles downward. As the cone widens the
velocity is reduced. The undissolved bubbles keep returning to the top, so only
water without bubbles can exit the bottom. At higher pressures, the dissolved
oxygen concentration may be increased significantly above saturation.
Features:
100% Utilization of gas
Designed for maximum utilization of gas transfer area
Available in many sizes for various flow requirements
Designed for containerized shipping anywhere in the world
OXYGEN CONES - 25 PSI
OXYGEN CONES - 50 PSI

MODEL

MODEL
DIAMETER
HEIGHT
SHIP WEIGHT
(IN.) (IN.) (LBS)
EACH
DIAMETER
HEIGHT
SHIP WEIGHT
(IN.) (IN.) (LBS)
EACH
O2C-025-012
12 38.0 54 $1,194.00
O2C-050-012
12 38.0 63 $1,479.00
O2C-025-018
18 52.0 71
1,257.00
O2C-050-018
18 52.0 88
O2C-025-024
24 66.0 106
1,493.00
O2C-050-024
24 66.0 139
1,815.00
O2C-025-030
30 80.5 142
1,864.00
O2C-050-030
30 80.5 211
2,501.00
1,580.00
O2C-025-036
36 94.0 219
2,512.00
O2C-050-036
36 94.0 331
3,138.00
O2C-025-042
42 108.0 309
3,258.00
O2C-050-042
42 108.0 473
4,723.00
5,832.00
O2C-025-048
48 122.0 414
4,129.00
O2C-050-048
48 122.0 684
O2C-025-054
54 136.5 462
4,849.00
O2C-050-054
54 136.5 885
7,796.00
O2C-025-060
60 150.0 695
5,930.00
O2C-050-060
60 150.0 1,198
8,976.00
O2C-025-072
72 178.5 1,110
8,616.00
O2C-050-072
72 178.5 1,912
12,993.00
OZONE CONES - 25 PSI
OZONE CONES - 50 PSI
O3C-025-012
12 38.0 54
$1,231.00
O3C-050-012
12 38.0 63
$1,518.00
O3C-025-018
18 52.0 71
1,305.00
O3C-050-018
18 52.0 88
1,643.00
O3C-025-024
24 66.0 106
1,591.00
O3C-050-024
24 66.0 139
1,916.00
O3C-025-030
30 80.5 142
1,989.00
O3C-050-030
30 80.5 211
2,649.00
O3C-025-036
36 94.0 219
2,661.00
O3C-050-036
36 94.0 331
3,457.00
O3C-025-042
42 108.0 309
3,431.00
O3C-050-042
42 108.0 473
4,587.00
O3C-025-048
48 122.0 414
4,377.00
O3C-050-048
48 122.0 684
6,130.00
O3C-025-054
54 136.5 462
5,136.00
O3C-050-054
54 136.5 885
8,007.00
O3C-025-060
60 150.0 695
6,292.00
O3C-050-060
60 150.0 1,198
9,435.00
O3C-025-072
72 178.5 1,110
9,138.00
O3C-050-072
72 178.5 1,912
13,677.00
AERATION 61
Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cones
Diameter
Overall Height
Inlet / Outlet
Liquid Flow - Max
O2C-025-072 /
O3C-025-072
O2C-025-060 /
O3C-025-060
O2C-025-054 /
O3C-025-054
O2C-025-048 /
O3C-025-048
O2C-025-042 /
O3C-025-042
O2C-025-036 /
O3C-025-036
O2C-025-030 /
O3C-025-030
O2C-025-024 /
O3C-025-024
Model Number
O2C-025-018 /
O3C-025-018
O2C-025-012 /
O3C-025-012
25 psi Oxygen and Ozone Contact Cones - Technical Data
in
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
in
in
H
LI/LO
38.0
1.5
52.0
3.0
66.0
3.0
80.5
4.0
94.0
6.0
108.0
6.0
122.0
6.0
136.5
8.0
150.0
8.0
178.5
10.0
gpm
46
103
186
289
412
565
742
933
1,157
1,664
lpm
176
390
702
1,095
1,561
2,140
2,809
3,533
4,380
6,297
Contact Cones include [1] "x" 316SS bushings for pressurized O / O inlet and [2] "x" 316SS bushings for optional Pressure Gauge and
Pressure Relief Valve.
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @ 10psi

5C
0.28
0.62
1.12
1.75
2.49
3.41
4.48
5.63
6.98
10C
0.25
0.55
0.99
1.54
2.20
3.01
3.96
4.97
6.17
10.04
8.87
15C
0.22
0.49
0.88
1.38
1.96
2.69
3.53
4.44
5.50
7.91
20C
0.20
0.44
0.79
1.24
1.77
2.42
3.18
4.00
4.95
7.12
25C
0.18
0.40
0.72
1.12
1.60
2.20
2.88
3.63
4.49
6.46
21.66
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @ 25psi

5C
0.60
1.34
2.42
3.77
5.37
7.36
9.66
12.15
15.06
10C
0.53
1.19
2.14
3.33
4.75
6.52
8.55
10.75
13.33
19.17
15C
0.48
1.06
1.91
2.98
4.25
5.83
7.65
9.62
11.93
17.16
20C
0.43
0.96
1.73
2.70
3.84
5.27
6.92
8.70
10.78
15.50
25C
0.39
0.88
1.58
2.46
3.50
4.80
6.31
7.93
9.83
14.14
CAUTION! MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE IS 25 PSI. All weights and loadings are estimated; actual may vary slightly. Absorption based upon 100%
min. concentration of Oxygen. Final total dissolved gas pressure (TDGP) values need to be considered for any aquaculture gas injection system.
Diameter
in
Overall Height
Inlet / Outlet
in
in
Liquid Flow - Max
H
LI/LO
12
38.0
1.5
18
52.0
3.0
24
66.0
3.0
30
36
80.5
4.0
94.0
6.0
42
108.0
6.0
48
122.0
6.0
54
136.5
8.0
60
150.0
8.0
O2C-050-072 /
O3C-050-072
O2C-050-060 /
O3C-050-060
O2C-050-054 /
O3C-050-054
O2C-050-048 /
O3C-050-048
O2C-050-042 /
O3C-050-042
O2C-050-036 /
O3C-050-036
O2C-050-030 /
O3C-050-030
O2C-050-024 /
O3C-050-024
Model Number
O2C-050-018 /
O3C-050-018
O2C-050-012 /
O3C-050-012
50 psi Oxygen and Ozone Contact Cones - Technical Data
72
178.5
10.0
gpm
46
103
186
289
412
565
742
933
1,157
1,664
lpm
176
390
702
1,095
1,561
2,140
2,809
3,533
4,380
6,297
Contact Cones include [1] "x" 316SS bushings for pressurized O / O inlet and [2] "x" 316SS bushings for optional Pressure Gauge and
Pressure Relief Valve.
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @35psi

5C
0.82
1.82
3.28
5.11
7.29
9.99
13.12
16.49
20.45
29.40
10C
0.73
1.61
2.90
4.53
6.45
8.85
11.62
14.61
18.11
26.04
15C
0.65
1.44
2.60
4.05
5.78
7.93
10.40
13.08
16.22
23.32
20C
0.59
1.31
2.35
3.67
5.23
7.17
9.41
11.83
14.67
21.09
25C
0.54
1.19
2.15
3.35
4.77
6.54
8.59
10.80
13.39
19.25
41.02
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @50psi

5C
1.14
2.54
4.58
7.13
10.17
13.94
18.30
23.01
28.53
10C
1.01
2.25
4.05
6.32
9.01
12.35
16.21
20.39
25.28
36.35
15C
0.91
2.02
3.63
5.66
8.07
11.07
14.53
18.27
22.65
32.56
20C
0.82
1.83
3.29
5.12
7.30
10.02
13.15
16.53
20.50
29.47
25C
0.75
1.67
3.00
4.68
6.67
9.15
12.01
15.10
18.73
26.93
CAUTION! MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE IS 50 PSI. All weights and loadings are estimated; actual may vary slightly. Absorption based upon 100%
min. concentration of Oxygen. Final total dissolved gas pressure (TDGP) values need to be considered for any aquaculture gas injection system.
Notes: Ozone Contact Cones require an ozone resistant liner. Oxygen and Ozone Contact Cones are built for indoor use only. All valves, piping
and anchoring mechanisms are to be supported independently. Standard units are provided with non-rated Base Flange or (4) non-rated Hold
Down Brackets. Anchor requirements and design for wind and seismic loads are by others, including: Reinforced Flange thickness, Number of
and Type of Anchor points, and any additional hold down requirements.
62 AERATION
Oxygen Saturators
OXYGEN SATURATORS
DESIGNED HERE
In 1989, we developed the 3-part oxygen saturator,

which performs like an oxygen cone, but with these
added benefits:
Comes apart for cleaning.
Has a smaller footprint.
OY75
Top half bolts inside the bottom half for Ground

shipment (small units).
OY35
Like the oxygen cones, our saturators feature 100

percent oxygen absorbing capability. The water and
oxygen enter the top of the column, where agitation
and shear occurs. As the water and oxygen move
downward, their velocity is reduced by the increasing
diameters. This allows time and space for any oxygen
bubbles that have not dissolved to float. No bubbles
escape from the saturator. These saturators are
made of thick, high-density, black, linear
polyethylene with fusion-bonded flanges, except
OY35P, which is a low-priced PVC model that
features two clear sections so the bubbles can be
observed.
OY10
A valve (not included) is required on the outlet side

of all cones and saturators to control the pressure
within. When assembling the center flange, we
suggest using either a bead of silicone or a Neoprene
gasket. Center flange bolts and pressure gauge
(030 psi) are included. Inlet and outlet fittings and
flow meters not included. Overall height is to flange
face. Two-year guarantee. OY110 and smaller ship
Ground. Please contact a Pentair AES technician for
assistance with sizing and complete skid systems.

MODEL
FLOW
RANGE (GPM)*
CENTER
FLANGE SIZE
OY10
812
21/2"
OY18
1525
OY35
3565
OY35P
OY75
RECOMMENDED
FLOW METER*
OZONE COMPATIBLE
OVERALL
HEIGHT
INLET/
OUTLET
SHIP WT
(LBS)
MFR410
56"
1/2" MNPT
12
3"
MFR410
62"
3/4" MNPT
15
980.69
4"
MFR410
86"
11/4" MNPT
35
1,049.00
3565
6"
MFR410
88"
11/4" MNPT
55
880.99
6590
6"
MFR440
90"
11/2" MNPT
50
2,778.00
EACH
$882.19
OY110
90130
8"
MFR440
90"
2" FLANGE
65
2,957.00
OY160
130200
12"
MFR4150
90"
3" FLANGE
80
3,738.00
OY250
220300
12"
MFR4150
90"
3" FLANGE
105
3,850.00
OY400
300500
14"
MFR4150**
90"
4" FLANGE
125
6,387.00
Note: To convert pounds of oxygen per hour to grams, multiply pounds x 454.
*See Index for flow meters, flanges and valves. **Two required.
RAS TECHNOLOGY WORKSHOP

Learn from our own industry experts Dr. Tom Losordo and Dennis DeLong.
An introduction to recirculating systems
Critical considerations before designing recirculating systems
Component options for use in recirculating production systems
Developing an appropriate design for your aquaculture application
Management principles of recirculating aquaculture systems
PentairAES.com/workshops
OY400
OY35P
AERATION 63
Oxygen Concentration Systems
PCI DEPLOYABLE OXYGEN CONCENTRATION SYSTEMS

PCI is a manufacturer of on-site oxygen generation systems using a proprietary
reversible blower Vacuum Swing Absorption (VSA) technology. The DOCS
(Deployable Oxygen Concentrator System) uses half the power of equivalent
Pressure Swing Absorption (PSA) systems along with a significant reduction
in footprint. Superior turndown and load following characteristics further
enhance energy efficiencies not provided by PSAs.
DOCS 80-55 (Deployable

Oxygen Concentration System)
is capable of producing 80 liters
per minute of 93% oxygen
at 10-100.
Uses an oilless blower.

Lower operating pressure minimizes the potential for water condensation.
Not as susceptible to humid environments.
Single-bed process eliminates all process valves and required manifolds.
Low operating pressure minimizes sieve dusting because the pressure
swing is an order of magnitude lower.
VSA adsorber vessel has a much longer service life than PSA vessels.
Shows significantly less degradation of performance at high altitudes.
Needs no feed air compressor (> 50% saving vs. conventional systems)
Meets the USP 93% standard and can be as high as 95%.
Turnkey integrated solutionno need to size and source air compressors,
dryer systems and product or feed buffer tanks.
DOCS 500-55 (Deployable Oxygen Concentration System) is capable

of producing 500 liters per minute of 93% oxygen at 10-100 psig

FLOW RATE
FLOW RATE
FLOW RATE
MODEL
PURITY (LPM) (SCFH) (M3/HR)
DOCS 80-55
93%
80
170
OUTPUT
PRESSURE (PSIG)
AVERAGE
POWER USE (KW)
OPERATING
POWER
BASE
DIMENSIONS
BASE UNIT
WEIGHT (LBS)
4.8
10 TO 100
4.2
460V OR 380V
52L X 42W X 56H
1,500
DOCS 200-55
93%
200
435
12
10 TO 100
9.5
460V OR 380V
74L X 74W X 72H
3,050
DOCS 500-5
93%
500
1,060
30
5 TO 8
18
460V OR 380V
114L X 72 W X 83H
5,400
DOCS 500-55
93%
500
1,060
30
10 TO 100
21
460V OR 380V
114L X 72 W X 83H
5,700
64 AERATION
SECTION
ProductsGenerators
Oxygen
/ Products / Products
OXYGEN GENERATORS, PORTABLE

AIRSEP Onyx PSA Oxygen Generators are specifically designed for
reliability, energy efficiency, and ease-of-use. There are thousands
currently in use throughout the world. The Onyxs reliability, low noise level,
and ability to deliver up to 95.5% oxygen concentration make it a perfect fit
for many aquaculture applications such as fish farming, laboratory
experiments, aquaponics and hydroponics. Sound Level: 49db @ 1 meter
(open field conditions). 1 year parts and factory labor warranty.
NOTE: An unprotected or inadequately ventilated environment, or improper
control power may cause damage to the oxygen generator not covered under
warranty.
Self-contained (internal air compressor)
Transportable roller base design
Easy to install and maintain
Low operating cost
High-impact polystyrene enclosure
Advanced engineering
Time-proven reliability
Onyx
PORTABLE MODELS

PRODUCT PRODUCT

FLOW PRESSURE
PRODUCT
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL
SERIES
ENCLOSURE VOLTS HZ AMPS (LPM*/SCFH)
(PSIG)
CONCENTRATION W D H
(LBS)
AS016-1
ONYX
ABS PLASTIC
120
60
5.0
6/12
93%
16
15
29
EACH
60 $1,416.00
AS016-2
ONYX
ABS PLASTIC
220
50
2.5
6/12
93%
16
15
29
60 1,431.00
AS016-6
ONYX
ABS PLASTIC
220
60
2.3
6/12
93%
16
15
29
60 1,435.00
AS017-1
ONYX PLUS
ABS PLASTIC
120
60
5.5
8/17
20
93%
16
15
29
63 2,118.00
AS017-2
ONYX PLUS
ABS PLASTIC
220
50
2.8
8/17
20
93%
16
15
29
63 2,246.00
63 2,119.00
AS017-6
ONYX PLUS
ABS PLASTIC
220
60
2.5
8/17
20
93%
16
15
29
AS121-1
ONYX ULTRA
ABS PLASTIC
120
60
6.0
10/21
20
93%
16
15
29
66 2,223.00
AS121-2
ONYX ULTRA
ABS PLASTIC
220
50
3.0
10/21
20
93%
16
15
29
66 2,302.00
*LPM (Liters per minute) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 21C / SCF (Standard cubic foot) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 70F. Product Dew Point: -100F (-73C). Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 14
FNPT JIC-8. Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a well-ventilated area that is protected from weather elements and remains between 40F (4C) and 112F (44C). All performance ratings
based on an ambient temperature up to 100F (38C), up to 1,000 feet elevation, and 80% relative humidity.
AirSep is a registered trademark of AirSep Corp.
CONNECT WITH US
/PentairAES
/PentairAES
/AquaticEcoTV
/PentairAES /aquatic-eco-systems-inc /PentairAES
AERATION 65
Oxygen Generators
OXYGEN GENERATORS, WALL OR TANK-MOUNTED

AIRSEP Topaz PSA Oxygen Generators are specifically designed for reliability,
energy efficiency, and ease-of-use. There are thousands currently in use
throughout the world. The Topazs ability to deliver up to 95.5% oxygen
concentration make it a great fit for a wide range of commercial aquaculture
applications. Sound Level: 55db @ 1 meter (open field conditions). 1 year
parts and factory labor warranty.
NOTE: An unprotected or inadequately ventilated environment, or improper
control power may cause damage to the oxygen generator not covered under
warranty.
Self-contained (internal air compressor)
Heavy duty Aluminum or Stainless Steel enclosure
Wall or tank-mount designs
Ozone resistant/high temperature process tubing
Wall-Mounted
Quick release fittings for ease of maintenance

Five models include oxygen concentration monitors
Advanced engineering
Tank-Mounted
WALL-MOUNTED MODELS

PRODUCT PRODUCT
FLOW
PRESSURE
PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT

MODEL
SERIES
ENCLOSURE
VOLTS HZ AMPS (LPM**/SCFH) (PSIG) CONCENTRATION W D
H
(LBS)
EACH
AS013-105
TOPAZ
ALUMINUM
120 60 5.0
6/12
93%
19 10 27
61 $1,926.00
AS013-106
TOPAZ
ALUMINUM
220 50 2.5
6/12
93%
19 10 27
65 2,017.00
65 2,029.00
AS013-107
TOPAZ
ALUMINUM
220
60
2.5
6/12
93%
19
10
27
AS013-115
TOPAZ
STAINLESS STEEL
120
60
5.0
6/12
93%
19
10
27
81 2,190.00
AS013-120
TOPAZ
STAINLESS STEEL
220
50
2.5
6/12
93%
19
10
27
85 2,283.00
AS013-124
TOPAZ*
6/12
93%
19 10 27
ALUMINUM
120 60 5.0
61 2,099.00
AS013-125
TOPAZ*
ALUMINUM
220 50 2.5
6/12
93%
19 10 27
65 2,125.00
AS018-101
TOPAZ PLUS
ALUMINUM
120
8/17
20
93%
19
64 3,033.00
60
5.0
10
27
AS018-102
TOPAZ PLUS
ALUMINUM
220
50
2.5
8/17
20
93%
19
10
27
68 3,151.00
AS018-110
TOPAZ PLUS
ALUMINUM
220
60
2.5
8/17
20
93%
19
10
27
68 3,151.00
AS018-115
TOPAZ PLUS
STAINLESS STEEL
220
60
2.5
8/17
20
93%
19
10
27
88 3,509.00
AS018-111
TOPAZ PLUS*
ALUMINUM
120
60
5.0
8/17
20
93%
19
10
27
64 3,270.00
AS123-7
TOPAZ ULTRA
ALUMINUM
120
60
6.0
10/21
20
90%
19
10
27
66 3,379.00
AS123-2
TOPAZ ULTRA
ALUMINUM
220
50
3.0
10/21
20
90%
19
10
27
70 3,479.00
86 3,737.00
AS123-9
TOPAZ ULTRA
STAINLESS STEEL
120
60
6.0
10/21
20
90%
19
10
27
AS123-3
TOPAZ ULTRA
STAINLESS STEEL
220
50
3.0
10/21
20
90%
19
10
27
90 3,837.00
AS123-8
TOPAZ ULTRA*
ALUMINUM
120
60
6.0
10/21
20
90%
19
10
27
66 3,641.00
AS123-10
TOPAZ ULTRA* STAINLESS STEEL
120
60
6.0
10/21
20
90%
19
10
27
86 3,999.00
*Includes Oxygen Concentration Monitor
TANK-MOUNTED MODELS
AS116-1
DUAL TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM
120
60 10.0
18/38
20
93%
40
19
47
318 7,739.00
AS116-2
DUAL TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM
220
50
18/38
20
93%
40
19
47
318 7,878.00
5.0
**LPM (Liters per minute) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 21C / SCF (Standard cubic foot) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 70F. Product Dew Point: -100F (-73C). Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 14
FNPT JIC-8. Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a well-ventilated area that is protected from weather elements and remains between 40F (4C) and 112F (44C). All performance ratings
based on an ambient temperature up to 100F (38C), up to 1,000 feet elevation, and 80% relative humidity.
AirSep is a registered trademark of AirSep Corp.
66 AERATION
Flow Meters/Manifolds
AIR/OXYGEN FLOW METERS
OXYGEN FLOW METERS
These acrylic, block style flow meters are clear

and one piece, with built-in, brass, flow-regulating
valves suitable for air or oxygen. The scale reads
in cubic feet per hour at standard pressure (sea
level) and temperature (68F, 20C). Connections
are 1/8 FNPT. Includes 1/4 inlet/outlet barb
brass fittings. Calibrated at 0 psi. See Tech Talk
13. One-year warranty.
These durable meters have a chrome-plated brass

base, a precision flow-adjusting valve and a
Polycarbonate Resin high impact hood. The MFR615
is a favorite for hauling tanks equipped for pure
oxygen. Connections are 1/8 NPT female pipe
thread on the side inlet and a 9/16 18 male DISS
bottom outlet. Meters include 1/4 barbed brass
inlet and outlet adapter fittings. Calibrated at 50
psi.

MODEL
MFR5
MFR4200
FLOW RANGE
SHIP WT
(CFH) LENGTH (LBS) EACH
MFR614

MODEL
FLOW RANGE
SHIP WT
(LPM) LENGTH (LBS) EACH
MFR1
.1 - 1.0
0.5 $69.29
MFR613
.125 - 3.5
1 $69.49
MFR5
.5 - 5.0
0.5 69.29
MFR614
.25 - 8
1 69.49
MFR410
1 - 10
0.7 82.99
MFR615
.5 - 15
1 69.49
MFR440
4 - 40
0.7 82.99
MFR4150
15 - 150
0.7 82.99
MFR4200
20 - 200
0.7 82.99
OXYGEN FLOW METER MANIFOLDS
OXYGEN FLOW METER MANIFOLD
These flow meter manifold assemblies are

constructed from stainless steel and are easily
mounted to hauling tanks or trucks and can be
connected to form larger configurations.
Manifolds are fully assembled, leak tested and
include inlet/outlet barb fittings. One-year
warranty.
Aquaculture-duty flow meter manifold assembly

for use with pure oxygen. Five (0-15 LPM), 3.5 Bar
calibrated oxygen flowmeters with 1/4 brass
barb swivel nut outlets. Each flowmeter is
connected to the manifold with an Oxy B fitting,
allowing easy removal for maintenance. Main
inlet shut off valve with 3/8 brass barb swivel nut
inlet. 60 PSI manifold pressure gauge included.
Ideal for use with Point Four Micro Bubble
Diffusers (see page 51). One-year warranty.

MODEL
FLOW RANGE
SHIP WT
(LPM) (LBS) EACH
MFR228A
3-METER MANIFOLD
.125 - 3.5
3.6
MFR228B
3-METER MANIFOLD
.25 - 8.0
3.6 477.79

MODEL
MFR228C
3-METER MANIFOLD
.5 - 15
3.6 477.79
1FMM222
$477.79
0.0 - 15
6 $462.89
TECH TALK 13
OXYGEN FLOW METER MANIFOLDS

These flow meter manifold assemblies are designed
for use with pure oxygen. The manifolds and
adjustable valves are chrome-plated. Manifolds
include 3/8 inlet/outlet barb fittings and pressure
gauge. Not recommended for use with ultra-fine
bubble diffusers. One-year warranty.
Flow Meters
MFM2
2-METER MANIFOLD
0.0 - 6
2 $76.69
MFM3
3-METER MANIFOLD
0.0 - 6
3 114.49
MFM4
4-METER MANIFOLD
0.0 - 6
4 145.99
MFM5
5-METER MANIFOLD
0.0 - 6
177.49
Flow Meters
We carry both the solid acrylic block style flow meters and the polycarbonate resin
thermoplastic round tube style. Both have a precision flow-adjusting valve with
positive shut-off and a 100-psi maximum rating (when used in high-pressure
systems, a pressure regulator is required).
Adjustable or Preset
FLOW
METER
MANIFOLDS
Pressure
Relief
Valve
Pressure
Gauge
0-60 psig
0-4 bar
To Tank 3
MFM3
OXYGEN
REGULATOR
To Tank 2
FLOW RANGE
SHIP WT
(LPM) (LBS) EACH
Most flow meters, including all

Pentair AES meters, are calibrated
with no back pressure on the outlet
side (unless specified). Rarely,
however, are flow meters used without
some back pressure. Because
pressure compresses the gas being
measured, the measured volume will
change depending on the pressure at
which it is being used. At high
pressure, the meter may read 5 cfh,
but the flow may actually be 10 cfh.
When used in vacuum applications,
flow meters are off even further.
Therefore, you should never expect the
meter to provide an accurate reading,
unless it has been calibrated for the
same gas at the pressure and back
pressure at which it is to be used. As
inaccurate as these meters may be,
they are good tools for relative flow
adjustments and for resetting the
same flow used in the past.
To Tank 1

MODEL
5-METER MANIFOLD
FLOW RANGE
SHIP WT
(LPM) (LBS) EACH
OXYGEN
SUPPLY
AERATION 67
Oxygen Regulator/Accessories
OXYGEN REGULATOR
OXYGEN HOSE
A single-stage, medium-duty regulator with 540

CGA connections. One gauge measures tank
pressure (up to 400 PSI) and the other gauge
measures the line pressure going out (up to100
PSI). Use where slight pressure changes won't
affect the job.
Single-braid construction for conveying low

pressure (to 200 psi) oxygen. Sold with or without
brass female oxygen threaded connections (flared
is standard for oxygen connections).
MODEL
$91.29
OX4
MODEL
EACH
OX5
Y W/O VALVES
$37.59
OX6
Y WITH VALVES
EACH
OX7
COUPLER FXF
1.79
W/ BRASS CONNECTIONS 1/4 10

$22.69
OX8
1/4 BARB FXF
2.99
OX5
OX6
OX7
OX8
MODEL
EACH
OX3
OXYGEN ACCESSORIES
INSIDE DIA. L
OX4F W/O BRASS CONNECTIONS 1/4
61.29
- 1.59/FT
OX4
SAFETY CAP
BRASS VALVE
SCREW CLAMPS
Safety cap protects high-pressure oxygen cylinders

even when in use. Rugged heavy-duty construction
meets DOT, OSHA and MSHA requirements.
Lockable design protects against theft (key lock
included). Cap fits US standard oxygen bottles.
UL-listed. 4-lb ship weight.
For use with 5/32" I.D. tubing, 1/8" MNPT. Max 10 psi.
These autoclavable screw clamps provide fine

control that can replace stopcocks. Hinged sides
allow for installation without disconnecting the
tubing. Accepts air line up to 1/2" (13 mm) O.D.
MODEL
EACH
OX10
$90.09
MODEL
VBR12
EACH
50+
$2.99
$2.69
MODEL
EACH
SC212
5+
$8.09 $7.60
PLASTIC VALVE
DRIP EMITTER
OZONE-SAFE CHECK VALVES
An inexpensive valve that will not corrode. For use

with 3/16" I.D. tubing, 1/8" MNPT. Max 5 psi.
Can be used in almost any flow application.

They have an infinite adjustment up to 2 gph and
will screw into a 10-32 thread, 3/16" tubing or into
the open end of a riser tube.
These clear, duckbill check valves work great for

preventing water from back siphoning into ozone
generators. Cracking pressure is 21/2" H2O. Inlet/
outlet accepts 1/8" and 3/16" I.D. tubing.
MODEL
VPL12-B
EACH
10+
$1.09
$.98
MODEL
42115-AQ
EACH
25+
$1.69
$1.52
MODEL
EACH
CKV55
3/16" TUBING
$11.29
CKV60
1/4" TUBING
12.59
CKV60
OXYGEN MANIFOLDS
These manifolds can be used for hauling tanks,
bait stores, hatcheries, etc. Brass mount is
powder-coated to prevent rusting and has
smooth-turning knobs and 1/4" barbed
inlet/outlets. Knobs and barbs are plastic.
One-year warranty.
MODEL
MFV3
EACH
5+
MFV3
3-VALVE MANIFOLD
$34.69 $31.22
MFV4
4-VALVE MANIFOLD 38.79 34.91
MFV5
5-VALVE MANIFOLD
47.29 42.56
68 AERATION
Valves/Accessories
MINIATURE STOPCOCKS
HOSE VALVE
TUBING VALVES, CLAMP TYPE
For low-pressure air and water.
This all-plastic hose valve fits 1/2" and 3/4" I.D. tubing.
Handle turns easily.
Manufactured of tough plastic without sharp edges.

DC9 is an on/off valve only. The DC10 and DC11
have a 12-position ratchet control.
MODEL
FOR TUBING
EACH
10+
MSK558 5/16"
$2.09 $1.88
MSK610 3/8"
2.19 1.97
MSK714 1/2"
2.59 2.33
MSK816 5/8"
2.59 2.33
MSK558
MSK610
MSK714
MODEL EACH
70012 $7.09
MSK816
MODEL
EACH
DC9
UP TO 1/4
$0.25
DC10
1/8 TO 3/8
0.95
DC11
UP TO 3/4
2.79
DC9
VALVE MANIFOLDS, SMALL

These 1/2" PVC air manifolds are made with your choice of valves. The air supply
inlet is a 1/2" FNPT with 1/4" barb (62014) which fits 1/4" I.D. tubing. Type P is
made with plastic (VPL12-B), B with brass (VBR12), which fit 3/16" I.D. tubing.
Each manifold includes two 1/2" Clic fittings for mounting to a flat surface.

# VALVES
MODEL
VMP4-B 4
VALVE
TYPE
APPROX. OVERALL
LENGTH (OAL)
VPL12-B*
11"
VMP4-B
EACH
$30.99
VMB4 4 VBR12** 11" 34.59

VMP6-B 6
VPL12-B* 13"
VMB4
31.99
VMB6 6 VBR12** 13" 37.29

VMP8-B 8
VPL12-B*
15"
VMB8 8 VBR12** 15"
60.19
67.09
*Plastic **Brass
VALVE MANIFOLDS, MEDIUM

Our valve manifolds will save you time and aggravation. They are made with
quarter-turn valves (BV25). The manifold ports are 1/2" FNPT and a 1/2" FNPT
plug is included. Each valve is 1/4" FNPT (see Index for tubing adapters).
Each valve will pass .5 gpm with less than 1 psi pressure loss. They also make
excellent manifolds for air distribution. The 1/2" threaded plug may be removed
for another connection.
MV4
MODEL
OAL
EACH
MV2 2-VALVE 81/4" $25.99

MV3 3-VALVE 101/2" 30.19
MV4 4-VALVE 137/8" 37.49
137/8"
MV5 5-VALVE 151/4" 47.59

MV6
6-VALVE
151/4"
54.99
VALVE MANIFOLDS, LARGE

These PVC globe valves are glued together as manifolds to save time. Each
valve will pass 2 gpm with less than 1 psi pressure loss. The valves have 1/2"
FNPT outlets. The manifold ports are 1/2" FNPT and a threaded plug is included
(see Index for tubing adapters).
MODEL
OAL
EACH
PV2 2-VALVE
71/2" $27.49
PV3 3-VALVE
101/2" 42.49
PV4 4-VALVE
135/8" 48.29
PV5 5-VALVE
167/8" 58.89
PV6
6-VALVE
20"
66.09
167/8"
PV5
AERATION 69
Manifolds/Check Valves
ROUND MANIFOLDS
TECH TALK 2
Pipe Sizing
Incorrect pipe sizing all too often causes unsatisfactory performance. Friction is the culprit. As the
volume of air passing through the piping increases, the pressure required to deliver the air also
increases due to friction (think of it as wind resistance). Since most aquaculture type aeration
systems utilize low-pressure blowers, it is critical that nonrestrictive piping be used.
Pressure loss in air systems can be measured in inches of water (H2O). The resistance to air flow
caused by friction will decrease both the pressure to the air outlet (typically an air diffuser) and
the volume of air delivered.
When designing the air system, it is important to add together all of the following: the maximum
water depth to which the air is driven, the resistance in the air piping system and the resistance
caused by the air diffuser. Our simplified chart can be used as a guide in determining the pressure
loss caused by the piping. The blower pressure and air diffuser resistances are published in this
catalog. If you are confused, dont worry. Call an AES technician at 407-886-3939 for help.
Example: 4 cfm need to be delivered a distance of 200 feet from a regenerative blower. The average
line pressure is 3 psi. There are no odd twists or elbows that need to be considered. The minimum
diameter of plastic pipe will be 3/4, causing 7.4 H2O resistance or pressure loss. The smaller
1/2 pipe would cause 24.6 of loss, which would probably be unacceptable. A 1 pipe, costing little
more than the 3/4, might be an even better choice if there is the possibility of using more air in
the future.
FRICTION LOSSES FOR AIR AS A FUNCTION OF FLOW AND PIPE SIZE
(LOSS EXPRESSED IN INCHES H2O PER 100 OF PIPE)
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
.5
.75
1.25
1.5
3.04
4.00
6.03
ACTUAL INSIDE DIAMETER (INCHES)

.25
.62
.80
1.03
1.36
1.59
2.05
INSIDE DIAMETER (MM)
Cubic Feet Per Minute
6.3
.25
8.3
.50
25.0
15.8
20.4
26.1
34.5
40.4
52.0
1.2
2.0
3.8
3.0
7.6
2.3
4.0
12.3
3.7
5.0
19.0
5.0
77.3
101.5
153.2
SIDE HOLES
NPT
NO. OF
SIDE HOLES
EACH
M6B
3/4 1/2 6
$51.69
M08
3/4 1/2 8
26.29
PLASTIC CHECK VALVES

For use in fresh water, salt water or air. Excellent
for foot valves on pumps. These plastic check
valves are offered without springs or with 1/2-lb
stainless steel springs for more positive closure.
3/4
CV1 $10.59 CV185 $11.49
CV2 10.89 CV285 11.49
11/4
CV3 16.09 CV385 16.99
11/2
CV4 19.19 CV485 20.19
CV5 23.49 CV585 22.29
CV1
CHECK VALVES
1.7
10.0
17.0
5.3
1.5
15.0
32.0
11.0
3.0
1.4
Quick and positive action in any position.

Polypropylene valve is highly resistant to
chemicals and temperatures up to 100C (212F).
Use for any pressure or vacuum system. 228225
will fit tubing 810 mm (1/43/8 I.D.). Overall
length 21/2. 228215 fits tubing 1115 mm
(7/165/8 I.D.). Overall length 23/4.
20.0
19.0
5.0
2.2
30.0
39.0
10.0
4.7
1.4
25.0
12.0
3.6
.54
75.0
25.0
7.5
1.1
100.0
43.0
13.0
1.8
.5
125.0
19.0
2.7
.7
150.0
26.0
3.8
1.0
200.0
45.0
6.3
1.7
.25
9.3
2.5
.35
250.0
CENTER PORT
NPT
.39
1.0
50.0
M6B

MODEL
WITHOUT SPRINGS WITH SPRINGS

MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
FNPT
NOMINAL DIAMETER (INCHES)

.25
We make these solid PVC manifolds

for use as top inlet air diffuser
manifolds, but you'll find many other
applications for them. The side holes
have 1/8" diameter flow restrictors that
can be easily drilled as needed for
higher flow applications. Weighs 1/2 lb.
MODEL
EACH
228225
FITS 8- TO 10-MM TUBING
$4.09
228215
5.29
228225
Calculations based on average pressure of 3 psi, average air temperature of 90F and an air
kinematic viscosity of 1.7 x 10-4 ft 2/sec. Under this temperature and pressure, the scfm
(standard cubic feet per minute) volume is 13% greater than actual.
70 AERATION
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 101

Lake Destratification System Evaluation
Measuring Performance
Over the years, we have seen a lot of lake aeration companies come and go. One thing they had in
common was that they all exaggerated their performance. It is no different today! We see others
with superior claims who have not measured or dont know how to measure their performance. Its
not easy, but the following is the background you will need to evaluate manufacturers claims.
The performance of systems can be quantified, either by measuring the time required to destratify
a large lake-like impoundment or by taking direct measurements of their flowrate. You can use
either a dye or a flow grid (along with a diver and underwater camera) for in-place measurements.
The goal is to identify and measure the uprising column of waters minimum diameter and speed,
then estimate and subtract losses due to eddy currents (dye will provide a good visual).
Lakes have a very low BOD to volume ratio, as opposed to aquaculture or wastewater. This
difference makes the standard aeration techniques ineffective or impractical. Realizing this
problem early on, we developed the air-driven, unconfined, destratification technique, which is
very efficient at moving bottom water to the surface. The goal of our technique is to move enough
water to keep the lake bottom above 5 mg/L dissolved oxygen, in keeping with the US Clean Water
Act of 1972.
During our research and development, we naturally began with a draft tube because of its
chimney effect, high efficiency and lack of a requirement for a sophisticated air diffuser (for an
explanation of how ducted airlifts work, see Tech Talk 68Airlift Notes). The draft tubes worked
very well; however, we had to discontinue their use for most lake destratification jobs because of
their high capital, installation and maintenance costs. Pentair AES then developed the synergistic
airlifts as the best nonducted or unconfined airlifts. We estimate their efficiency at 90%.
Unfortunately, you cannot use a draft tube measuring device (A), as the confining tube will
increase the velocity and flowrate (chimney effect). It will also cause all of the tested devices
that have the same airflow rate to have the same water flowrate, making comparisons
impossible. That would be like comparing the rise rate of free-floating helium balloons to that of
a chimney full of helium balloons.
The method we used in our R&D, and the one that we feel is the most accurate, is the flow grid,
as illustrated by drawing B. It can be used for diffused air, propeller or venturi type destratification
devices. It will require a wire rack with 2 x 2 grid, with 12 long negatively buoyant ribbons attached
at each intersection and adjustable legs. It is important that this be done in a large lake-like
impoundment with very clear water (much of our testing was done in clear ocean waters). The flow
rack should be fixed at the minimum column diameter in the upwelling stream, measurements
recorded, then flows calculated by the diameter of the current and rise rate. Subtract losses from
eddy currents and express results in gallons per minute per kilowatt hour.
B
If you are managing a municipal lake or
reservoir, or other important water body,
we recommend that you join the North
American Lake Management Society
(608-233-2836), www.nalms.org.
HOW AERATION WORKS

Without Aeration
Blue-green algae bloom shuts

out sunlight, excretes toxins.
Floating scum of
decaying algae.
Fish try to catch food

on its way to bottom.
Thin layer of water with

oxygen suitable for fish life.
Decaying septic sludge of decomposing

fish, animals, plants, fertilizer, fish food.
Dead water. No living

fish or animal life.
Toxic zone.
Dead algae, fish, insects and

food to settle to bottom.
Septic water. No oxygen. Loaded with

toxic gases from decaying animal matter.
With Aeration
Artificial circulation removes toxic gases from bottom water.
Oxygen enables benthic
organisms and fish to
live on bottom.
Benthic organisms feed on fish and
water fowl droppings, dead leaves
and other plant and animal matter.
Fish feed on benthic

organisms; they are
healthier from natural
foods, abundant oxygen,
lack of toxins and of
disease organisms.
AERATION 71
Aeration Systems
GREAT LAKES AERATION SYSTEMS
DESIGNED HERE
TECH FAV
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Great Lakes Aeration Systems are complete
and ready-to-go packages that include everything you need: efficient rocking
piston air compressor, synergistic diffuser manifolds, and easy-to-install
weighted or unweighted tubing. These systems are offered with or without a
heavy-duty aluminum cabinet. These cabinets are lockable, all-weather,
ventilated, sound-reducing, and are easily installed on a post, pier or
boathouse, or on the ground with an optional base (model DABASE). Systems
with weighted tubing do not require bricks or ties and install much easier and
faster than systems with unweighted tubing. To keep from bringing electricity
to the lake, the compressor can be located up to 1,000 away with additional
P200S tubing. The entire system can be shipped Ground. One-year warranty.
8 Feet of HeatDissipating Hose

Included
Louvered Design
Allows for Optimal
Air Flow
DA1 Systems include HP, 115V 60Hz compressor, one 4-diffuser manifold,
choice of 100 weighted or unweighted tubing, and offered with or without
cabinet. For use in lakes up to 1 acres in size and from 3 20 deep.
DA1C
Open Top Cabinet

Design Allows for
Easy Maintenance
Efficient, Reliable
Rocking Piston
Compressor
High-Flow, Noise- Sound-Reducing

Reducing Air Filter
Foam
Rubber Shock
Mounts Reduce
Vibration
Hinged Cover for

Easy Access
High-Flow, 105-cfm
Cooling Fan
DA2 Systems include HP, 115V 60Hz compressor, two 4-diffuser

manifolds, choice of 200 weighted or unweighted tubing, and offered with or
without cabinet. For use in lakes up to 3 acres in size and from 3 20 deep.
DA2C
up to 1/8 acre, 35' deep

up to 1 acre, 1215' deep
up to 11/2 acres, 1520' deep

MODEL
Pressure Relief
Valve Included
ONE UNWEIGHTED WEIGHTED

4 DIFFUSER
TUBING
TUBING
MANIFOLD (1/2 x 100' )
(3/8 x 100')
DA1 Systems with Cabinet

up to 1 acre, 912' deep
up to 2 acres, 1215' deep
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
DA1C
DA1CW
P P
P 57 $1,218.00
71 1,265.00

MODEL
TWO UNWEIGHTED WEIGHTED

4 DIFFUSER
TUBING
TUBING
MANIFOLDS (1/2 x 200' )
(3/8 x 200')
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
DA2C
DA2CW
P P
P 80 $1,418.00
109 1,465.00
72 AERATION
Aeration Systems
DESIGNED HERE
TECH FAV
DA3 Systems include HP, 115 or 230V 50/60Hz compressor, one 6-diffuser
manifold, and offered with or without cabinet. Weighted 5/8 tubing, WD1R,
is sold separately and required for DA3C systems. For use in lakes up to
4 acres in size and from 5 20 deep.
DA3C
MODEL
EACH
REPLACEMENT PARTS
WD2R-100 x 100 WEIGHTED AIR TUBING $95.99

P200S
x 100 WEIGHTED AIR TUBING
39.69 $35.72/4+
DFAN
COOLING FAN
43.59
AB300A
AIR FILTER MUFFLER
25.79
AB300B
AIR FILTER FOR AB300A
ALR15MB
6 DIFFUSER
13.99 13.29/10+
ALR23MB
9 DIFFUSER
21.69 20.61/10+
CABKEY
CABINET KEY (FITS ALL)
62071
x ADAPTER, BARB X BARB 0.55
101A
COUPLING FOR WD1 AND P200-AQ 0.95
ZB3858
x BRASS ADAPTER, BARB X BARB 4.29
AQK965A

COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT

- DA1C SYSTEMS
78.79
AQK965

COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT

- DA2C & DA3C SYSTEMS
131.29
1.49 1.42/10+
9.19
ACCESSORIES
WD2R
x 50 WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 47.99
WD1R
x 50 WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 78.99
DABASE
GROUND MOUNT W/24 X 24 PAD 127.19
WD2R-100

ALR23MB
DFAN
ONE

6 DIFFUSER
SHIP WT
MODEL
COMPRESSOR
MANIFOLD
(LBS)
Lockable lid shown

on ground mount
(DABASE).
EACH
DA3C
HP 115V
67 $1,628.00
DA3C-2*
HP 230V
67 1,659.00
*Require additional lead time.
For easiest installation, remove the lid

from underlay and fill it with gravel
or other weighting material.
ALR15MB
AERATION 73
Aeration Systems
DESIGNED HERE
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Great Lakes Aeration/destratification

system is guaranteed to be the lowest cost method of inducing circulation to
remove stratification, add oxygen and deliver the many benefits that result
from sufficient bottom oxygen. These systems feature Sweetwater
unconfined synergistic airlift (USA) diffusers that have proven their
effectiveness in over 500,000 acres of lakes worldwide. Install a Great Lakes
system and be confident that you have the most efficient and effective system
available. We have more experience than anybody. For system sizing see the
Average Sizing Guides, then contact Pentair AES to double-check before
ordering. One-year warranty.
FOR SHALLOW LAKES:
4GL32
Systems come factory wired for either 115V or 230V single-phase (add "-230"
after part number for 230V). Three-phase models, not wired, are also available.
Great Lakes systems feature Sweetwater oilless rotary vane compressors
that include a muffler, inlet check valve, control valves, 030 psi liquid-filled
pressure gauge and pressure relief valve. Our shallow lake systems,
which use the ALA4GLB diffuser manifold(s), are recommended when the
majority of the lake is 415 feet deep. Tubing is not included; we recommend
P200S polyethylene tubing on the land and WD1 weighted tubing underwater.
Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet
filter elements.
FOR SHALLOW LAKES
up to 1/2 acre,
46' deep
up to 1
acre, 69' deep
up to 11/
p
2 acres, 912' dee

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
4GL32 1/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM

+ 2 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET
SL3MK
MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1/4-HP SYSTEM
127
EACH
$2,520.00
109.69
4GL53
4GL54
up to 1 acre,
46' deep
up to 2
acres, 69' deep
up to 3 a
cres, 912' deep
up to 3/4 acre,
46' deep
up to 11/
ep
2 acres, 69' de

MODEL
SL5MK
SHIP WT
(LBS)
147
2
EACH
$2,614.00
128.79

MODEL
SL5MK
SHIP WT
(LBS)
150
2
EACH
$3,071.00
128.79
Note: Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet filter elements.
74 AERATION
Aeration Systems
4GL96
4GL75
FOR SHALLOW LAKES
up to 2 acres,
46' deep
up to 31/
ep
2 acres, 69' de
up to 11/2 acres,
46' deep
up to 21/
ep
2 acres, 69' de

MODEL
SL5MK
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
157
$3,244.00
128.79

MODEL
4GL96 1-HP AERATION SYSTEM
SL9MK
MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1-HP SYSTEM
SHIP WT
(LBS)
165
2
EACH
$3,631.00
259.39
TECH TALK 121

Diffuser Maintenance
Just as maintenance is important for your home and your car, your aeration system requires some
upkeep. Your diffusers are constantly exposed to an organically rich environment and are going to
have buildup or growth known as biofouling. Unfortunately, they cant be expected to clean
themselves. The good news: An annual inspection plan is all it takes for you to rest assured your
system is running optimally.
Rubber diffuser membranes consist of many tiny holes that open as air passes through and close
when airflow ceases. This process prevents water from entering the unit. However, when
compressed air is introduced into water, as in aeration, calcium carbonate (CaCO3) forms a hard
crust on the diffuser surface. The calcium buildup on these small openings forces the rubber to
stretch in order to continue to diffuse air, leading to an inability to go back to its original size for
the rubber (called memory loss). This results in larger bubble size and a less efficient diffuser.
Glass-bonded silica diffusers may become infused with bacteria, other organics and mineral
deposits such as calcium carbonate, causing unnecessary back pressure on the compressor or
blower over time. If this back pressure persists, it can dramatically increase wear and tear and,
in turn, shorten the life of the compressor.
Whether or not a diffuser is operating unobstructed is impossible to tell by simply looking at the
bubble plume. It may be apparent if the rising bubbles are noticeably larger, but this is not always
the case. There is only one way to be sure the diffusers are free of obstructionsremove them
from the water and take a look. Whether you
use glass-bonded silica or rubber
membranes, it is imperative they are
checked at least once a year to determine if
cleaning is necessary. If needed, undiluted
muriatic acid can be used for both kinds of
diffusers. See Tech Talk 53 for more
information.
Rubber membrane diffusers need help too.
AERATION 75
Aeration Systems
FOR DEEP LAKES

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems compressors are factory wired for either 115V or
230V single-phase (add "-230" after part number for 230V). Three-phase
models, not wired, are also available. Deep lake systems use our ALA6GLB
diffuser manifold(s) intended for lakes deeper than 8'. The compressors can
be mounted in an optional vandalproof, lockable cabinet. The cabinet is made
of 1/8" thick galvanized steel and powder-coated avocado green to blend into the
landscape. Cabinets include built-in cooling fan(s), lock(s) and soundproofing
that keeps the noise level below 55 dB (normal conversation) at 10' and
virtually inaudible at 50'. Cabinets come mounted on a lightweight equipment
pad that is suitable for private installations. The cabinet can be bolted to a
concrete base (for public installations). Tubing sold separately due to the
variation in lake sizes.
Choose either a 100' (P200S) or 400' (P200-AQ) roll of unweighted tubing on
land. If used in the water, the unweighted tubing requires tie wraps (T120R)
and three-hole bricks (purchased locally) attached every 58' for weight.
Self-weighted tubing (WD1) takes much less time to install and eliminates the
bricks and tie wraps. Both types of tubing can be connected using couplings
(101A) and clamps (use SSA for P200-AQ tubing and SSB for WD1 tubing).
One coupling and two clamps per connection will be needed. Cabinets can be
located a long distance from the lake shore (call and ask us for guidance or
see the friction loss chart with HeavySet tubing). See page 365 for tubing.
FOR DEEP LAKES
SL3
SL5
up to 4 acres,
1012' deep
up to 1 acre,
810' deep
up to
2 acres, 1012' deep
up to 3 a
cres, 1215' deep

MODEL
SL3 1/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ3)
+ DIFFUSERS W/CABINET
SL3MK
up to 6
p
acres, 1215' dee
up to 8 ac
res, 1520' deep
SHIP WT
(LBS)
120
EACH
$2,152.00
109.69

MODEL
SL5MK
SHIP WT
(LBS)
140
2
EACH
$2,654.00
128.79
76 AERATION
Aeration Systems/Diffuser Comparison
FOR DEEP LAKES
SL7
SL9
up to 5 acres,
810' deep
up to 8 acres,
810' deep
up to
10 acres, 1012' deep
up to 13
acres, 1215' deep
up to 7
p
acres, 1012' dee
up to 9 ac
res, 1215' deep

MODEL
SL5MK
SHIP WT
(LBS)
142
EACH
$3,001.00
128.79

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
SL9 1-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ9)

SL9MK
150
MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1-HP SYSTEM
EACH
$3,377.00
259.39
THIRD-PARTY COMPARISON OF LAKE DIFFUSERS
3,000
The results show that, when tested in the same environment, the Sweetwater
synergistic airlift diffuser manifold has a greater pumping rate as airflow
increases than that of the rubber membrane-based competition. After testing
was completed, the following conclusions were offered:
1. Pumping rates increase as airflow increases.
2. The 6 x 9 glass-bonded silica 6-diffuser manifold (ALA6GLB) configuration
produces the maximum pumping rate at flowrates over 2.2 cfm, while the
4-diffuser manifold (ALA4GLB) produces the maximum pumping rate at
flowrates below 2.2 cfm.
Synergistic lift occurs when individual air diffusers arranged in an array create
a bubble plume that renders the whole diffuser assembly greater than the sum
of its individual air diffusers. This phenomenon is depicted in the graph. At
flowrates up to 2.2 cfm, the 4-diffuser manifold is the most efficient method of
aeration; however, flowrates greater than 2.2 cfm indicate the 6-diffuser
manifold is most efficient. It is important to note these differences in efficiency
are a direct result of air diffuser size and proven arrangements.
Study by Gerald L. Shell @ GSEE, Inc.
Evaluation of Fine Bubble Diffuser Pumping Rates
Pumping Rate (GPM)
This experiment was performed in a 21 Dia. x 30 H tank. Diffusers were placed

in 7 of water but raised 3.5 off the bottom.
2,500
2,000
1,500
6-Diffuser
4-Diffuser
4-Disc
2-Disc
1,000
500
0
0
6
8
10 12
Gas Flowrate (SCFM)
14
16
18
AERATION 77
Pond/Solar
POND AERATION SYSTEMS

Perfect for large koi ponds
KOI
This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems aeraton system

is the best way to aerate a pond! It is the most
economical, energy-efficient way to circulate,
destratify and aerate because so much water is
moved by so little energy. And there is no noise
or electricity in the water. You can read about the
method in Tech Talk 101.
These aeration systems use all-weather linear
compressors that deliver air via easy-to-install
self-weighted tubing to the diffuser assembly.
Systems are complete with the appropriate
couplings, valves (on larger system), self-weighted
tubing (dark blue for low visibility) and diffuser(s).
Just drop the tubing and diffuser in the water and
plug into a 115V power source.
The small system will provide oxygen for up to
100 lbs of fish (when diffuser is at a 48" water depth;
less fish weight at a shallower depth) and circulate
water in ponds of up to 8,000 gallons while using
only 50 watts! The compressors and air diffusers
have two-year warranties. See Index for poly tubing
(use part no. P200) in order to pipe air up to 1,000'
from the compressor in place of running electricity
to the pond.
KPA3-A
MAX MAX

SYSTEM DIFFUSER
POND DIFFUSER WEIGHTED
MODEL SIZE
DEPTH WATTS
SIZE ASSEMBLIES TUBING
EACH
KPA3-A
SMALL
8 FT
50
8,000 GAL
25'
$360.49
KPA4
LARGE
10 FT
90
11,000 GAL
50'
606.89
SOLAR AERATION SYSTEMS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems solar-powered
aeration systems utilize the sun's energy to add
oxygen to your pond. It's an environmentally friendly
way to take care of your pond and save money on
electricity! The solar panels convert photons from
sunlight into usable energy, which is then stored
in a battery and used to power a highly efficient air
compressor. Systems can be retrofitted to power
LED pond or landscaping lights, small decorative
fountains and 12V water pumps. All systems include
photovoltaic solar panel(s); industrial battery(s)
enclosed in a weatherproof, ventilated steel
cabinet; linear air compressor; bottom-mounted
air diffuser assemblies; tubing; and stainless steel
clamps. SPAS includes 100' of 3/8" tubing; SPAM
and SPAL include 200' of 5/8".
MODEL PANELS BATTERIES KW

SPAS
EACH
SPAS 2
1 $4,727.00
SPAM 2
SPAL 4
4 2 8,684.00
5,316.00
78 AERATION
SECTION
Products / Products
Compressor
Cabinets/Compressors
/ Products
COMPRESSOR CABINETS DESIGNED HERE

Soundproofing included with all cabinets
The most durable cabinets in the industry. These heavy steel cabinets are
almost 1/8" thick and virtually vandalproof. They're equipped with cooling fan(s),
soundproofing, electric receptacles, built-in locks and bottom outlet holes (air
compressors and valve outlets not included). The sound level is typically
below 55 dB at 10' and inaudible at 50'. Add "-230" for cabinets with 230V
receptacles. CABS2Q ships Ground, others ship by motor freight.
CABS2Q
Protects one compressor up to 1 hp with up to 6 diffusers. One cooling fan. 24"
x 15" x 16" H. Weighs 70 lbs.
CABL2
Protects two vane compressors up to 1 hp each. 8 diffuser outlets. Two
cooling fans. 24" x 24" x 18" H. Weighs 105 lbs.
CABL2
CABXL
CABXL
CABS2Q
Protects up to four vane compressors up to 1 hp. 16 diffuser outlets. Three

cooling fans. 44" x 24" x 22" H. Weighs 245 lbs.

SHIP WT
MODEL
(LBS) EACH
CABS2Q
24" X 15" X 16" H CABINET
CABL2
120
995.39
CABXL
205
2,257.00
$781.59
70
FANS AND EQUIPMENT PADS

CF1
115V, REPLACEMENT FAN
$129.19
CF2
140.59
CF3
72.09
CF4
74.89
PAD24
24" X 24" X 2" EQUIPMENT PAD
58.29
PAD36
74.59
PAD3648-3
10
169.09
CF1/CF2
Compare picture with your fan to ensure you order the correct style.
CF3/CF4
ROCKING PISTON AIR COMPRESSORS

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater continuous-duty, oil-free,
rocking piston air compressors are the perfect choice for aerating small ponds
or deep water applications. They come equipped with noise reducing intake air
filter, pressure relief valve, 6-foot power cord with a NEMA 5-15 plug (AQ202C
and AQ402C are equipped with a NEMA 6-15 plug) and thermal overload
protection. 20 psi max continuous duty, FNPT outlets. AQ201C has dual
outlets. One-year warranty on compressors.
Clean air filters quarterly and replace the piston cup seals and valves every two
years. Repair kits, models AQK965A and AQK965, include O-rings, piston cup
seals, leaf valves, retainer valve, cylinder and hardware. Optional outlet hose
assembly, model HA109, is 2 feet long with brass 5/8 barb (compatible with
1/2 nominal tubing); two are required for model AQ201C.
See pages 71-76 for complete pond aeration systems, and page 83 for de-icing
system.
AQ101C
AQ201C

MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
50/60 HZ
WIRED
FOR
CFM@
20PSI
FULL LOAD SHIP WT

AMPS
(LBS)
EACH
AQ101C
115/230
115V 60HZ
1.8
3.2
16 $429.49
AQ201C
115/230
115V 60HZ
1.7
4.7
20 597.49
AQ401C
115/230
115V 60HZ
3.7
6.2
20 618.49
AQ202C
115/230
230V 50/60HZ
1.4
3.5
20 618.49
AQ402C 115/230 230V 50/60HZ 3.2

2.6
20 618.49
REPAIR KITS & OPTIONAL OUTLET HOSE
AQ401C
AQK965A
REPAIR KIT FOR AQ101C
78.79
AQK965
REPAIR KIT FOR AQ201C, AQ401C, AQ202C, AQ402C
HA109
O P TIONAL OUTLET HOSE ASSEMBLY
131.29
13.49
AERATION 79
Rotary Vane Compressors

ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS, 1/4-1 HP
Inlet Filter and Check
Valve Included
Heat Expansion
Bearings
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater motor-mounted, oilless vane

compressors are compact, easy-to-service and excellent for moderatepressure, continuous-duty applications. They more than double the air output
of reciprocating compressors with better longevity. Sacrificial oilless carbon
vanes automatically adjust as they wear to maintain efficiency.
Customized End Plate
Thermal overload protection, air filter, inlet check valve and 8' power cord are
included on single-phase units. Ten-psi models work to a water depth of 18 feet
and 15-psi models work to 27 feet, depending on tubing diameter and distance.
The only wearing parts are carbon vanes, which can be replaced in about 15
minutes using common tools. In continuous operation, vanes last 918 months,
depending on pressure.
All Sweetwater compressors are performance tested before shipping and
covered by a one-year warranty (not including air filters, vanes, water or
lightning damage). Check valves are recommended where air tubing can fill with
water when the compressor is off.
Three-phase models ship with vanes removed. Three-phase compressors do
not have a power cord and must be wired by an electrician. Pentair AES highly
recommends using protective devices with all 3-phase equipment. Failure to
install protective devices will void most warranties.
AQ5-2

MODEL
HP
MADE FOR THE AQUATIC INDUSTRY
Rust-Resistant Bolts
VOLTAGE
60HZ
PHASE
WIRED
FOR
MAX PSI
CFM @ 5PSI
60 HZ/50HZ
CFM @ 10PSI
RUNNING AMP @ 10 PSI, 115V
60HZ/50HZ 60HZ
50HZ
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
REPL. VANE SET

MODEL
EACH
SINGLE PHASE MODELS (Includes 8 power cord)

AQ3-2*
115-230/100-240 1 115V 10 4.0/3.5 3.6/3.0 5.0
4.4
34 $632.29 AQ3V $83.99
AQ3-2-230* 115-230/100-240 1 230V 10 4.0/3.5 3.6/3.0 2.5
2.2
34
632.29 AQ3V
83.99
AQ5-2*
115-230/208-240 1 115V 15 7.5/6.0
6.8/5.5 8.2
7.6
58 1,051.00 AQ5V
109.19
AQ5-2-230*
115-230/208-240 1 230V 15 7.5/6.0
6.8/5.5 4.1
3.8
58 1,051.00 AQ5V
109.19
AQ5
115-230/100-240 1 115V
7.2/6.2
6.8/5.7 10.2
9.6
53
900.39 AQ5V
109.19
AQ5-230
115-230/100-240 1 230V 15 7.2/6.2
6.8/5.7 5.1
4.8
53
900.39 AQ5V
109.19
AQ7
115-230/100-240 1 115V
AQ7-230
AQ9
AQ9-230
15
10
9.5/7.8
8.8/7.6 10.7
10.1
53
940.59 AQ5V 109.19
115-230/100-240 1 230V
10
9.5/7.8
8.8/7.6 5.35
5.05
53
940.59 AQ5V 109.19
1 115-230/100-240 1 115V
10 11.8/10.2 10.1/8.8 11.2
10.6
62 1,047.00 AQ9V 230.99
1 115-230/100-240 1 230V 10 11.8/10.2 10.1/8.8 5.6
5.3
62 1,047.00 AQ9V 230.99
THREE PHASE MODELS (Does not include power cord)

AQ73
208-440/208-440
**
10
9.5/7.8
8.8/7.6
2.1 @ 230V 1.7 @ 230V
60 $965.99 AQ5V $109.19
AQ93
208-440/208-440
**
10
11.8/10.2
10.1/8.8
2.2 @ 230V 1.9 @ 230V
62 1,062.00 AQ9V 230.99
*High-efficiency, energy-saving models. **Must be wired by an electrician.
ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS, 2 HP

This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater oilless vane compressor can
be powered by an electric motor (as shown) or by belts and pulleys. The vane
life is 9 to 18 months, depending on rpm and pressure. The shaft is 7/8" diameter,
41/2" H and rotates counter clockwise (facing shaft).
Operating range is 8001,800 rpm. Motor horsepower depends on rpm and
pressure. All vane compressors are equipped with an inlet muffler and 3/4" NPT
ports. 1,725 rpm ODP motor, but others are available. Power cords are not
included. These vane compressors are guaranteed for one year (not including
vanes [AQ2V] or filters [AQ14]). Three-phase vane compressors ship with the
motor coupling removed. One-year warranty.
AQ20

MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
60HZ
PHASE
WIRED CFM @ 1725 RPM

FOR
MAX PSI
5 PSI
10 PSI
AQ33*
AQ20
COMPRESSOR HEAD ONLY
208/220/440
**
RUNNING AMPS
@ 8 PSI (230V, 60HZ)
SHIP WT
REPL. VANE SET
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
EACH
50 + 40 $1,278.00 AQ2V $180.19
15
19.5
17.9
5.5
15
19.5
17.9
50
942.99 AQ2V 180.19
*Compressor with motor shipped in two boxes when shipping Ground. **Must be wired by an electrician.
80 AERATION
Rotary Vane
Valve Compressor
Compressor Accessories
Accessories
ROTARY VANE COMPRESSOR ACCESSORIES

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
AQ3V
VANE SET FOR AQ3-2
$83.99
AQ5V
VANE SET FOR AQ5, AQ7, AQ73
109.19
AQ9V
VANE SET FOR AQ9 AND AQ93
230.99
AQ11
END CAP, FELT HOLDER FOR ALL QUIET MODELS 1
7.59
AQ14
FILTER ELEMENT, 1/41 HP MODELS
AQ3V
(Vane sets include gaskets.)
AQ14
AQ16
13.49
AQ255
FLUSHING SOLVENT, 16-OZ AEROSOL
AQ16
MUFFLER ASSEMBLY (FITS 1/4, 3/4 OR 1 HP)
81.69
AQ13
PRESSURE RELIEF, 3/4" NPT (1/42 HP)
62.99
AQ1301
PRESSURE RELIEF, 1" NPT (25 HP)
101.49
AQ13OR
REPLACEMENT O-RING FOR AQ13
2.09
ZBN54
BRASS MALE ADAPTER 1/2" NPT X 5/8" BARB
3.49
GAUGE, 015 PSI, 1/4" NPT
$17.19
HAZMAT A 1
32.59
AQ13
GAUGES
BG15
LPG30
GAUGE, 030 PSI, 1/4" NPT, LIQUID-FILLED
28.49
BG61
12.89
OUTLET VALVE ASSEMBLIES

AOV1
SINGLE OUTLET FOR 5/8 I.D. HOSE
$35.49
AOV1PR*
SINGLE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
68.49
AOV2
TWO-VALVE OUTLET
80.19
AM2PR-G* TWO-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
168.09
AM3PR-G* THREE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
195.69
AM4PR-G* FOUR-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
221.69
AM5PR-G* FIVE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
273.99
AM6PR-G* SIX-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
281.09
*All include gauge.

Brass hose barb adapters are supplied on all outlet assemblies, together with galvanized steel fittings and
2 of heat-resistant flexible hose, clamps and a hose barb fitting for 5/8 hose.
ZBN54
LPG30
AM5PR-G
Great product! The Sweetwater Rotary Vane Compressor has been running 24/7, except for
power outages, since 1995 with only one minor repair and regular maintenance. Most products
do not last 20 years. Thank you for your assistance and reliable products!
Ramona Langston
October 2015
TECH TALK 6
Carbon Vane Replacement
Sweetwater models AQ3-2, AQ5, AQ7, AQ73, AQ9 & AQ93
DO NOT REMOVE THE ROTOR OR LOOSEN ANY OF THE ELECTRIC

MOTOR-THROUGH BOLTS.
We recommend carbon vane replacement at nine-month intervals to ensure trouble-free operation
of your compressor. The following tools are required: 3/8 or 7/16 socket/wrench, small hammer
and antiseize compound.
1. Remove the two end caps from the front of the muffler box (if applicable) and the five
muffler box bolts, being careful not to damage the gasket. If the gasket is torn, scrape it off
with a sharp knife and replace.
2. Tap the box with a small hammer to loosen it. Do not pry with a screwdriver.
3. Remove the six bolts holding the end plate to the body. Remove the end plate. Do not remove
the rotor or loosen any of the electric motor through bolts.
4. C heck that vanes are moving freely in and out of vane slots. Replace any vane if more
than 50% extends past the vane slot. Top clearance (between rotor and body) may be
adjusted by loosening body bolts and lightly tapping on the compressor body while
turning the rotor. About 0.004 inchthe thickness of a sheet of paperworks well.
5. Remove vanes and clean both sides with fine emery cloth. Clean the end plate with fine
emery cloth.
6. Flush vanes, body, rotor and end plate with solvent (part no. AQ255), and remove all solvent
from each part.
7. Check the body, rotor and end plate for scoring. If each part is clean and showsno signs of
scoring, reinstall parts. If scoring is present, replace with new part(s) or contact Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems for service.
8. Insert new vanes.
Reassemble by reversing the previous directions. We always recommend using an antiseize
lubricant on each bolt to ensure its easy removal for the next vane replacement. Bolts should be
reinstalled and tightened in a similar manner to replacing the lug nuts on a vehicle wheel. Start
with one bolt and move to the right, skipping one and tightening the next.
When reinstalling the muffler box (if applicable), be certain to install the center bolt first to
ensure proper gasket alignment. Before replacing the muffler box, plug your compressor in for a
quick sound check of the valve rotation. If an unusual sound or stopping of the rotor takes place,
disconnect and recheck the vane replacement.
If you have any problems, contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems at 877-347-4788 for assistance.
AERATION 81
Weighted Tubing
HEAVYSET WEIGHTED AIR TUBING
DESIGNED HERE
WD1R
Our HeavySet tubing remains on the bottom when filled with air. The dark blue color
makes it easy to hide. Installation is fast, clean and neat. For long distances and large
bodies of water use 3/4" or 1". Use 1/4" or 3/8" for smaller volumes of air, shorter distances
or where line loss is not important. Compatible with 1/2" "nominal" insert fittings and
"shoreside" tubing. Requires clamps (or solvent weld the couplings). Call for large
quantity discounts. Ships exposed.

SHIP WT
MODEL
I.D.
(LBS) EACH
P200S
WD1
PER FOOT
5/8"
WD1R
50' COIL
5/8"
27
78.99
WD1R-100
100' COIL
5/8"
54
158.09 142.28/4+
WD2
PER FOOT
3/8"
1.09/FT
WD2R
50' COIL
3/8"
10
47.99
WD2R-100
100' COIL
3/8"
20
95.99
WD3
PER FOOT
1/4"
0.80/FT
WD3R
50' COIL
1/4"
6.5
WD4
PER FOOT
3/4"
3.09/FT
WD4R
50' COIL
3/4"
39
125.59 113.03/4+
WD5
PER FOOT
1"
3.89/FT
1"
59
153.19 137.87/4+
$1.69/FT
39.49 35.54/4+
WD5R
50' COIL
101A
COUPLING, 5/8" FOR WD1, P200-AQ
101B
COUPLING, 3/4" FOR WD4
1.09
ZBBS3838
BRASS COUPLING, 3/8" FOR WD2
1.29
SSA
1/2" SS CLAMPS FOR WD2, P250-AQ
1.29
SSB
3/4" SS CLAMPS FOR WD1, P250-AQ
1.39
SSC
1" SS CLAMPS FOR WD4
1.49
SSE
11/2" SS CLAMPS FOR WD5
1.49
T120R
TIE WRAPS, 50/PKG, 15" LONG
12.89
KT100
TUBING CUTTER
17.49
WD3
1/4" Actual
1/2" O.D.
2 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 62069 Barb
WD2
WD1
3/8" Actual
5/8" O.D.
3 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 62071 Barb
WD4
HEAVY-DUTY POLYETHYLENE TUBING
1" I.D.
111/16" O.D.
18 oz/ft
Use SSE Clamps
Use 101C Barb
SHIPS
GROUND
NOMINAL
I.D.
ACTUAL
I.D.
WALL
P200S
YES
5/8"
.625"
P200-AQ
YES
5/8"
P250-AQ
YES
P300-AQ
NO
KT100
HEAVYSET 3/8 TUBING AIR FRICTION LOSS
P200-AQ
5/8" I.D.
1 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 101A Barb
CFM
DISTANCE
INCHES H2O
PSI
100'
18
.63
1.5
100'
35
1.26
100'
57
2.06
100'
115
4.15
100'
190
6.85
100'
280
10.12
HEAVYSET 5/8 TUBING AIR FRICTION LOSS
This heavy-duty, high-density polyethylene tubing is kink-resistant and durable. Each coil of this unique
tubing has sealed ends and is factory pressurized at 10 psi. Contains 2% carbon black for UV protection.
Uses insert fittings with hose clamps. Note: Actual I.D. differs from nominal size. P300-AQ ships by motor
freight. 20-year warranty.

MODEL
SSB
0.95
WD5
5/8" I.D.
3/4" I.D.
11/8" O.D.
17/16" O.D.
8 oz/ft
12 oz/ft
Use SSB Clamps Use SSC Clamps
Use 101A Barb
Use 101B Barb
101A
COIL
LENGTH
MAX PSI
@73.4F
WEIGHT
PER 100
EACH
.060"
100
100
6 LBS
$39.69 $35.72
.625"
.060"
400
100
6 LBS
138.69 124.82
3/4"
.824"
.060"
400
100
7 LBS
136.89 123.20
1"
1.049"
.070"
300
100
11 LBS
155.89 140.30
4+
CFM
DISTANCE
INCHES H2O
PSI
100'
.29
100'
.47
100'
13
.63
100'
19
.70
100'
27
.96
100'
44
1.58
82 AERATION
Diffusers
GREAT LAKES AERATION SYNERGISTIC AIRLIFT DIFFUSERS

All are self-weighted and include a plastic underlay that prevents sediment erosion

MODEL
ALP4
DESIGNED HERE
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
SMALL POND DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 1.2 CFM, 3/8" BARB
$60.59
8.39
ALR8MB
3" REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER
ALP4MU
REPL. UNDERLAY
ALA4GLB
4-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 1.52.4 CFM, 5/8" BARB
ALR15MB
6" REPL. DIFFUSER
ALA6GLB
6-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 37 CFM, 5/8" BARB
S1B
REPL. UNDERLAY
S2
BASE FOR MANIFOLD UNDERLAY
ALA8GL
8-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 610 CFM, 5/8" BARB
ALR23MB
9" REPL. DIFFUSER
21.69 20.61/10+
AD11GL
DE-ICING DIFFUSER, 2 CFM, 5/8" BARB
167.29
CV1
CHECK VALVE, 3/4" FNPT
10.59
3.69
12*
170.99
13.99 13.29/10+
16*
274.19
27.49
16*
56.19
298.59
*Ships in 2 boxes.
Note: See the third party diffuser comparison study on page 76.
ALA4GLB
ALA6GLB
ALP4
AD11GL
DIFFUSER COMPARISON
DIFFUSER
TYPE
RECOMMENDED CFM
INLET FITTING
ALP4
ALA4GLB
ALA6GLB
ALA8GL
4 x 3" Medium-Pore
1.2
3/8" barb
ALR8M
Koi Pond
4 x 6" Medium-Pore
1.52.4
5/8" barb
10
ALR15M
Lakes <11' Deep
6 x 9" Medium-Pore
3.07.0
5/8" barb
13
ALR23M
Lakes >11' Deep
8 x 9" Medium-Pore
6.010.0
5/8" barb
16
ALR23M
Very Large, Deep Lakes
AFM4GL
4 x 6" EPDM Membrane
1.52.4
5/8" barb
10
DYMD6
Organically Rich Water*
AFM6GL
6 x 10" EPDM Membrane
3.07.0
5/8" barb
13
DYMD10
Organically Rich Water*
AD11GL
SHIP WT (LBS)
REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER
APPLICATION
Rubber Membrane
2.0
5/8" barb
AD11
De-Icing
WBT2-105
Perforated Weighted Tubing 10 Section
.15-.6
5/8 barb
WBT2
De-Icing/Bubblewall
WBT2-205
Perforated Weighted Tubing 20 Section
15-.6
5/8 barb
10
WBT2
De-Icing/Bubblewall
*EPDM rubber membrane diffusers are designed for lakes with high levels of organics and/or salinity as well as wastewater lagoons.
Use item number 62021 for 3/4 NPT x 3/8 barbed male adapter if using 3/8 I.D. tubing.
AERATION 83
De-Icing
GREAT LAKES AERATION

DESIGNED HERE
DE-ICING SYSTEM
This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems aerator will do
a fine job keeping water open. The heart of the
aerator is the reliable Sweetwater compressor,
which uses only 253 watts at 115V. The compressor
is mounted in a cabinet with an exhaust fan to
provide cool compressor operation. Air is
delivered from the shore-mounted compressor
to the air diffuser assembly. This is done via 100'
of HeavySet self-weighted tubing (included) to
ensure that the tubing and the diffuser assembly
stay securely on the bottom (HeavySet tubing
does not contain lead or other metals).
The special de-icing diffuser assembly (AD11GL) is
a 10" diameter flexible membrane that moves less
water than our standard diffuser and is ideal for
de-icing applications. The diffuser is mounted on
a weighted plastic support. To prevent any possible
bottom erosion and to give the assembly a stable
platform, a 24" x 24" polyethylene underlay is
included. Weighs 78 lbs. One-year warranty on
all parts.
MODEL EACH
100 FOOT WEIGHTED TUBING
DIFFUSER
ASSEMBLY
Suitable for ponds from 1/4 to 5 acres. Call for placement suggestions.
LPAC3-2 $1,007.00
Note: If used for summer aeration/destratification, switch to our

standard diffuser assembly (not included).
FLOATING POND DE-ICER

Perfect for small fish ponds
This 1,250-watt floating heater is designed to prevent your pond surface from
freezing over during the winter months. The heater turns on/off automatically
during times of freezing temperatures (approximately 40F water temperature),
and it can be safely positioned around plants or other objects in the pond.
115V/60 Hz, 10' power cord, UL-listed. Ship weight 4 lbs. Three-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
P418 $44.59
TECH TALK 56
De-Icing Lakes
Most of us are aware that aeration systems are primarily required in summer, when the oxygen consumption rate is highest and stratification is most severe. In
some lakes and ponds, winter fishkills are also quite common.
When ice covers a lake, oxygen transfer from the atmosphere is eliminated. If there is a significant accumulation of snow on top of the ice, the photosynthetic
oxygen production can also be virtually eliminated. If the ice and snow cover persists long enough and the oxygen consumption rate underneath the ice is great
enough, there will be a fishkill. Clean lakesthose with a low trophic state indexmay not require winter aeration.
During the summer, thermal stratification occurs when warmer water floats above cooler, heavier water. Near freezing, the situation is reversed. As water
approaches the freezing point, it expands and floats on top of warmer water.
The oxygen consumption that takes place in a lake is the result of biological and chemical reactions. Since the rate of these reactions is related to temperature, the winter aeration system needs to be
only about 20% of the size of a summer aeration system.
If it is acceptable to have an open hole in the ice, the simplest way to prevent a winter fishkill is to keep a small area ice free, either by using air or an electric de-icer. The electric de-icer may work best
at the shoreline, perhaps mounted on a dock, while air-powered systems seem to be preferred where longer distances are involved.
When the air compressor is mounted on the shore, the air line is buried below the frost line into the lake and directed to the area that is to remain ice-free. Caution must be taken due to the hazards of
open water in the winter, where people or animals may be on the ice. Also, be careful not to open too large a hole in the ice, which can result in the loss of too much of the lakes heat.
Experience is necessary when designing de-icing systems, so we recommend contacting the Pentair AES Lakes Department for assistance.
84 AERATION
De-Icing
DE-ICERS
FW
SW
Kasco De-Icers are designed to be suspended from a dock or boat, or attached

to an optional horizontal float or universal dock mount (sold separately).
Mounted either vertically or horizontally, the de-icer circulates water to the
surface, causing turbulence that reduces or eliminates ice formation. The
motor assembly is sealed in an oil bath for long life and has ball bearings for
smooth operation. The guard and motor case are made of stainless steel. Each
unit includes a motor, propeller, two 20 suspension ropes, guard assembly,
zinc anode and low-temperature-rated power cable. ETL-approved to UL
standards. Two-year warranty.
Thermostat Control is an economical way to control the operation of your
De-Icer. It uses air temperature only to turn it on when the temperature drops
below as set point that you decide. One C10 Control will control one 120V De-Icer.
De-Icer
Time & Temperature Control is designed for maximum energy conservation.

Controls how long the De-Icer will operate when temperatures demand. By
utilizing both time and temperature features, you can save power by only having
the De-Icer running while it is cold enough and in set time intervals. One C20
Control will control one 120V De-Icer.
C20 timer.
Dock mount kit (KD) With D100.
Universal Dock Mount allows the de-icer to be mounted in a vertical position or

several other angles. The de-icer can be adjusted to a maximum depth of 10
from the above water mounting brackets and can be moved 360. Ideal for
marina applications, gas piers, wharfs, water towers, water storage areas, or
areas where rope suspension is not an option, such as pilings or where boat
traffic may interfere with the ropes.
Horizontal float (HF) with D100
Horizontal float (HF) with D100.
DE-ICERS

HP
1/2
VOLTS
60HZ
AMPS
120
5.0
THRUST
(LBS)
26
TYPICAL OPEN AREA*

(DIA. CIRCLE)
MODEL
Industrial Dock Mount has all the same operating features of the Universal
Dock Mount but is constructed of heavier, stronger components including
stainless steel. It also allows for the option of longer than a 10 pipe for deeper
applications.
Horizontal Float Kit produces an elongated pattern of agitated water. Well
suited for shallow water or where water/ice levels may fluctuate, like tidal
waters, or where elongated open water areas are desired such as around long
docks. The De-Icer unit is mounted horizontally to the surface of the water, just
below the flotation block. The De-Icer can be angled in several positions;
horizontal and above and below horizontal.
WITH 25 CORD
SHIP WT
EACH
MODEL
WITH 50 CORD
SHIP WT
EACH
MODEL
UP TO 50 D100
28 $598.99 D100-50
32 668.99 D101-50
3/4
120
6.7
34
UP TO 75 D101
3/4
240
3.4
34
UP TO 75
120
11.2
52
UP TO 90 D103
240
5.7
52
UP TO 90
D102-50
35 758.99 D103-50
D104-50
WITH 100 CORD

SHIP WT
EACH
29 $628.99 D100-100 35 $758.99

34 698.99 D101-100 37 798.99
34 708.99
37 798.99 D103-100 40 1,029.00

37 798.99

* Small bodies of water, the Great Lakes, and extreme northern climates may see less open water areas.
ACCESSORIES
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
C10
THERMOSTAT CONTROLLER
EACH
2 $117.99
C20
TIME & TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
3 194.99
KD
UNIVERSAL DOCK MOUNT
11
KDI
INDUSTRIAL DOCK MOUNT
15
HF
HORIZONTAL FLOATATION KIT
19
229.99
343.99
238.49
REPLACEMENT PARTS
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
T10
30 A MP TWIST LOCK ELECTRIC PLUG
EACH
$36.99
RP50
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 1/2HP DE-ICERS
RP75
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 3/4HP DE-ICERS
28.99
RP100
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 1HP DE-ICERS
78.99

28.99
AERATION 85
Fountains
FLOATING FOUNTAINS
FW
SW
These Kasco fountains are built for larger ponds and more decorative applications. Look under
the pictures to see what nozzles are included with different models (except Cypress, which is 3/4-hp
only). Each fountain includes float with screens, power control center with GFCI and 50' mooring
ropes. 2-year warranty for 3/4 hp models, 3-year warranty for 2 hp and up. ETL-approved to UL and
CSA standards.
MODEL
Redwood
2 hp (22' H x 7' W)
3 hp (24' H x 8' W)
5 hp (26' H x 8' W)
Sequoia
3/4 hp (7' H x 4' W)
5 hp (21' H x 10' W)
Willow
3/4 hp (4.5' H x 15' W)
2 hp (12.5' H x 28' W)
3 hp (13' H x 35' W)
5 hp (14' H x 36' W)
Juniper
3/4 hp (3' H x 20' W)
2 hp (8' H x 46' W)
3 hp (9' H x 48' W)
5 hp (10' H x 50' W)
HP
VOLTAGE
RUNNING AMPS
CORD LENGTH*
KFJ751-100
3/4 HP
115
6.5
100'
$1,414.00
EACH
KFJ751-200
3/4 HP
115
6.5
200'
1,919.00
KFJ752-100
3/4 HP
230
2.9
100'
2,327.00
KFJ752-200
3/4 HP
230
2.9
200'
2,782.00
KF202-100
2 HP
230
10
100'
4,026.00
KF202-200
2 HP
230
10
200'
4,204.00
KF303-100
3 HP
230
13.4
100'
4,567.00
KF303-200
3 HP
230
13.4
200'
5,023.00
KF505-100
5 HP
230
20
100'
5,079.00
KF505-200
5 HP
230
20
200'
5,664.00
*Other power cord lengths available; call for more information.
Birch
2 hp (12' H x 11' W)
3 hp (14.5' H x 10' W)
5 hp (14' H x 12' W)
Spruce
2 hp (19' H x 10' W)
3 hp (21' H x 13' W)
5 hp (24' H x 15' W)
Cypress
3/4 hp (6' H x 16' W)
Linden
3/4 hp (6' H x 18' W)
2 hp (18' H x 30' W)
3 hp (19' H x 35' W)
5 hp (20' H x 35' W)
KASCO XSTREAM FOUNTAIN

The Kasco xStream Fountain, Model 2400SF, provides over 30 beautiful
and unique laminar displays, including a V-shape pattern, all with a single
nozzle! With a maximum height of 8.5, this fountain is perfect for virtually
any small decorative pond. The innovative design allows for quick and easy
customization of the display simply by plugging holes in the nozzle with the
included plugs, allowing you to design your own display. The elegant
displays are beautiful day or night (LED lights are optional). ETL-listed to
UL and CSA safety standards. 2-year warranty.
Includes multiple-pattern nozzle, dual debris screening, GFCI-protected
control box, 115V control with timer, photo eye for lights, and three 50
braided nylon mooring ropes.
Easy to install - electrician not required for installation if an existing 115V,
15-amp receptacle is available.
RUNNING CORD
MODEL
HP VOLTAGE AMPS* LENGTH
2400SF-100
115
6.6 - 7.3
EACH
100 $1,394.00
LED3125-100 OPTIONAL 3-LIGHT LED KIT W/100 CORD 692.99
* Depending on pattern
Kasco and xStream are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Kasco Marine, Inc.
86 AERATION
Fountains
ECONOMICAL FLOATING FOUNTAINS

Floating fountains offering very good quality at a low price and delivering an effective mix of aeration
and display. These models have a V-shaped display. Include float with screening, power control
center with GFCI protection and two 50' mooring ropes. Contact us for other power cord lengths.
2-year warranty.
RUNNING CORD
MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
AMPS
LENGTH*
DISPLAY DIMENSIONS
EACH
KFX501-50
1/2 HP
115
5.6
50'
5.5' H X 15' W
KFX501-100
1/2 HP
115
5.6
100'
5' H X 15' W
$1,085.00
1,191.00
KFX751-50
3/4 HP
115
7.3
50'
6' H X 21' W
1,174.00
KFX751-100
3/4 HP
115
7.3
100'
6' H X 21' W
1,285.00
2,062.00
KFX752-50
3/4 HP
230
3.7
50'
6' H X 21' W
KFX752-100
3/4 HP
230
3.7
100'
6' H X 21' W
2,133.00
4400VX-100
1 HP
115
11.3
100'
8' H X 26' W
1,886.00
4400VXH-100
1 HP
230
5.7
100'
8' H X 26' W
2,451.00
*Other cord lengths available.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
(1/2-1 HP MODELS)
SACRIFICIAL ANODE, ZINC

These zinc anodes are cheap insurance that will reduce or eliminate corrosion
of underwater equipment. Simply attach this 3/4-lb zinc anode to a submerged
metal part of the equipment and electrolysis will corrode the zinc first. Each
unit has two wires molded in to make attachment easy. Anodes should be
changed when they have reduced to 1/4 their original size. 1 x 5. Useful in
both fresh and salt water and wet earth.
MODEL EACH
ZA34 $8.19
TECH TALK 36
Lake Aeration
It takes a lot more than bubbles to do it right...
It takes know-how and a properly-sized Great Lakes aeration/destratification system.
Most lakes cover vast areas and contain millions of gallons of water with a biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) of 10 mg/l or less. So a few random air bubbles rising from the bottom just arent enough to
satisfy a lakes need for oxygen. But, use that same small volume of air to induce a significant rising current, and you have an extremely efficient lake aerator!
Pentair AES synergistic airlift diffusers are designed to lift and circulate huge volumes of water, bringing life-giving oxygen from the surface to the bottom. These unique air diffusers were specifically
engineered to cause an upwelling current without turbulence or bottom erosion.
The 4-sq.ft. diffuser assembly creates a vertical current using the rising force of air, moving low oxygen water up from the bottom and eliminating stratification. Hundreds of man-hours have
gone into the development of this technique, including underwater dye-flow studies and destratification experiments.
The system is simple, safe and virtually maintenance free. Its the most effective lake aerator made! As little as 3/4 horsepower can be used to properly aerate a eutrophic 10-acre lake!
Technically Speaking
W hen oxygen levels are low, you can expect transfer performance of more than 10 lbs of dissolved oxygen per horsepower per hour! (Pumps, fountains and air bubblers are typically less than 2 lbs per
horsepower per hour.)
Bubbles expand and spread out as they rise. The column of water entrained within the
bubbles from a synergistic diffuser rises at about a foot per second, moving 2,000 gpm from
the area above the diffuser (a drilled pipe diffuser with the same air volume would move only about 200 gpm).
The surface boilcreated by the kinetic energy of the rising waterrises approximately two inches above the surrounding water level. From there, the water rushes outward until its energy has dissipated,
sometimes traveling more than 100 feet, depending upon temperature, surface tension and wind.
The lake surface tension is ruptured in the boil area. Supersaturated gases, including carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide, escape from the bottom water, and oxygen is absorbed.
Theres no danger to swimmers, boaters or aquatic lifeeven a marking buoy is unnecessary. And, like hundreds of others, youll enjoy watching the surface spring boils. There is no electricity in the
water.
Its best to install the system prior to stratification. If the volume of anaerobic bottom water is greater than 1/6 of the lakes total volume, contact Pentair AES for start-up instructions.
Every lake is different. A Pentair AES aeration specialist will be happy to assist with equipment selection and system design. Well need to know the lakes shape, size, depths, history, bottom type, water
source, flow, etc. Call for a sizing form or youll find one online at PentairAES.com.
AERATION 87
Fountains
FLOATING FOUNTAINS
The Evolution series fountain is shipped fully assembled and includes a HP,
120V single phase floating fountain with suction screen, motor cord, float,
controller, 24 hour mechanical timer, photo sensor for optional lighting,
Tornado spray pattern, 100 mooring rope and two mooring stakes. Optional
stainless steel LED light sets are .01 amp and includes four cool white bulbs.
CSA-listed controller is housed in a weatherproof enclosure, 15 amp Class A
Human Rated GFCI, 24 hour mechanical timer, photo sensor for optional
lighting. 15-amp circuit breaker is required for proper fountain operation.
Height: 6
Width: 21
Arum
Simple plug-in and go operation

Low operating costs
One person installation
Operates in 20 of water
Aerates up to acre ponds
Stainless steel motor is maintenance free
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Cluster Arch
Height: 6
Width: 16
HP, 120V FOUNTAINS

MODEL
EACH
EV650
FOUNTAIN W/50 CORD $1,376.00
EV6100
FOUNTAIN W/100 CORD 1,486.00
EV6175
FOUNTAIN W/175 CORD 1,759.00
OPTIONAL SPRAY NOZZLES
Fleur de Lis
Height: 7
Width: 18
EV6ARU
ARUM SPR AY PATTERN 109.19
EV6CL A
CLUSTER ARCH SPR AY PATTERN 109.19
EV6FLE
FLEUR DE LIS SPR AY PATTERN 109.19
EV6SAR
SPIDER & ARCH SPR AY PATTERN
EV6TIA
TIARA SPRAY PATTERN 109.19
109.19
REPLACEMENT BULBS
Spider & Arch
EV6RED
RED
31.49
EV6BLU
BLUE
31.49
EV6GRE
GREEN
31.49
EV6YEL
YELLOW 31.49
Height: 5.5
Width: 18
I must tell you, I deal with a lot of suppliers of pond and koi equipment, and you are by far the
most prompt in shipping and customer service.
Height: 7
Width: 15
Stephen Scott
Hampstead, KY
Tiara
88 AERATION
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 122

Water Flow and Turnover Rates in Bubble Plume Aeration Systems
Bubble plumes, unconfined airlifts or non-ducted aeration systems have been studied for
many years in a variety of applications. These systems have been used for lake and reservoir
destratification, gas transfer and reaeration, bubble curtains for prevention of ice formation,
containment of water quality contaminants (phytoplankton and suspended solids) and ocean
sequestration of carbon dioxide.
Common to all of these applications is the difficulty in predicting water flowrates and lake or
pond turnover rates. This is because of the complex interaction of limnological and climatological
conditions. Weakly stratified conditions will affect water flow differently than strongly stratified
conditions. The temperature, solar radiation and wind speed also affect the water flow patterns in
bubble plumes.
The flowrate of unconfined systems can be quantified, either by measuring the time required to
destratify a large lake-like impoundment or by taking direct measurements of their flowrate.
Researchers have shown that water flowrates in bubble plumes will vary depending on gas flowrate,
lake stratification and weather conditions. There are several types of flow patterns generated, which
can be described as Types 1, 2 and 3. The figure below shows the three flow patterns.
Subsurface
Peel
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
In unconfined bubble columns, air is forced through diffusers at the lake bottom. As the bubbles
rise to the water surface, water is entrained (carried with the bubbles) in a mixture of bubbles and
water. This rising bubble plume carries deeper water that is colder and heavier than the water
above. The plume will rise until the negatively buoyant water is no longer entrained. At this level,
water within the bubble plume is detrained (ejected) or peels off. The bubbles continue to rise and
entrain more water. The detrained water will sink to a level of neutral density and then spread out
horizontally away from the bubble plume.
In the case of a stratified lake, the buoyant plume will rise to different levels before water is
detrained and moves out horizontally. This will vary depending on the degree of stratification as
shown in the figure.
Because of these complications, it is difficult to describe water flowrates from bubble plumes
without complex limnological and climatological input data. Several researchers have used
sophisticated water quality models to describe bubble plume behavior in different applications.
Some manufacturers have placed their diffusers in a draft tube to determine the water flowrate.
However, using a confining tube will affect the velocity and flowrate (causing a chimney effect),
making the diffuser appear to perform better than it does. Others have completed flowrate testing
in tanks or containers where walls and boundaries affect the results. These methods of testing
are so unlike the actual conditions of unconfined bubble plumes that the results should not be
used to predict flowrates in an open water body and should not be used in making comparisons
between diffuser systems.
At present, there is no way to accurately compare different unconfined bubble systems because there
is no standardized method of testing to evaluate water flowrates. Turnover rates are especially
difficult to calculate and, until a standard measurement is established, should never be used as a
basis for system sizing. Without a standard method, there is no way of comparing water flow and
turnover rates for competing systems. What is clear is using confined flow or flow in a ducted system
is not an accurate method of describing flowrates in unconfined bubble plume systems.
TECH TALK 94
Lake Aeration Diffusers
The air diffusers used will determine the overall efficiency of a lake aeration/ destratification
system. The two most common styles are the synergistic airlift assembly (developed by Pentair
AES) and the rubber membrane diffuser. Each was designed for different tasks. The synergistic
airlift assembly (SAM) is made to lift a large volume of bottom water, thus removing stratification.
The rubber membrane type (RM) was designed to aerate waste water.
Destratification is the most economical form of lake aeration. This is only accomplished by
moving large volumes of water. SAMs were developed through extensive underwater flow testing
to lift the maximum amount of water from above the diffuser to the surface of the lake with a
minimum amount of air (8,000 gpm/hp). This technique requires a specific spacing of the
individual diffuser fingers to provide nonturbulent entrainment of the bottom water into the
column of rising bubbles. For that reason, they must take on the odd shape of the ALA4GLB ,
6GLB and 8GL diffuser manifolds. Each is optimized for a specific depth range.
The smaller ALA4GLB manifold is designed for shallow lakes from 4 to 8 feet in depth. These
shallow depths cause short circuiting of the lifted water back to the diffuser, which limits their
effectiveness. Therefore, more diffuser manifolds per surface acre of water are required than for
a deeper lake of the same size.
The ALA6GLB diffuser manifolds are best used in water 8 to 40 feet deep. The deeper the water,
however, the greater volume of air that needs to be used by each diffuser. This is true for all
diffusers. The ALA8GLB diffuser manifold is typically used in water deeper than 30 feet.
RM diffusers are not designed to lift water for destratification, so they are not recommended for
lake aeration. If used for lake aeration, many more of them must be used to achieve the same
result as a single synergistic airlift assembly.
When the rubber membrane diffusers are used in salt water or waste water, they may operate for
as long as one year without excessive clogging. After that, remote cleaning can be accomplished
by doubling or tripling the amount of air delivered to a diffuser. This will blow up the rubber, as in
a balloon, dislodging the fouling matter. Wastewater treatment plants are designed for this, but
it may be impractical for lake applications where
there is only one compressor.
Sometimes, RM diffusers will tear, greatly reducing
their oxygen transfer ability. If detected, retrieve the
diffuser and replace the rubber membrane.
The ceramic diffusers used on SAMs should be
inspected every year. Clogging can be detected by
recording the air pressure when new, then annually
checking the pressure to see if it has increased.
Diffusers can be cleaned by pouring muriatic acid into
the air lines and turning on the compressor. The original
pressure will be quickly restored and the small amount
of acid will be diluted with no effect on the lake.
All diffusers need maintenance,

even ones with rubber membranes.
AERATION 89
Sea Pen Systems
SEA PEN AERATION & OXYGENATION

Harmful algal blooms, low dissolved oxygen events and parasite infestations
can wreak havoc on net-pen operations. In fact, year after year, millions of
dollars are lost to these events. Working closely with industry leaders over
the last 3 years, Pentair has developed a pair of solutions that provide commercial aquaculture farmers a way to mitigate the impact of these events
and the support to manage the ever changing conditions faced by sea pen
operations.
The primary goal of the Pentair SPA (Sea Pen Aeration) and SPO (Sea Pen
Oxygenation) system is to balance the flow of air or oxygen at each site
so that distribution is even throughout the sea pen. A unique pod-based
approach provides delivery systems that can be customized to the specific
requirements of each site. Each pod can be placed strategically throughout the pen at specific depths to compensate for conditions. Once balance
has been achieved, site specific flow adjustments can be made. The even
distribution assists mitigation efforts through the promotion of increased
water movement and oxygen dissolution. The even flow distribution of air or
oxygen to each of these injection sites is accomplished using back pressure
compensated flowmeters.
The maintenance and control of oxygen saturation supports healthy fish
stocks and increase in yield potential. Manage dosing regiments by tracking
critical water quality parameters using the Point Four line of monitoring
and control equipment. That includes a cloud-based offering for remote
monitoring and data trend analysis.
A Sea Pen Aeration system in full operation at a salmon farm site.

Note: Four plumes of aeration inside each pen.
A balanced manifold with precise

flow meters and individual valves
allows for accurate, reliable adjustments of each platform.
Platforms are lightweight for easy installation,

positioning and maintenance.
Typical Round Pen Aeration System Configuration

POINT FOUR
RIU3
POINT FOUR
LC3
DIFFUSER
PLATFORM
FLOW-METER
ASSEMBLIES
90 AERATION
Sea Pen Aeration System
SEA PEN AERATION SYSTEM (SPA)

Sea Pen Aeration System Overview
DESIGNED HERE
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sea Pen Aeration System is a fully balanced

air flow system that evenly distributes compressed air across all net pens
at an aquaculture production site to promote greater water upwelling and
movement. This mitigates plankton blooms by moving low density algae/
plankton water from below to help dilute the algae/plankton density in the
water inhabited by the fish within the pens to a reduced level. There are
many different species of algae/plankton that pose different threat levels
to the well-being of the fish. As such, different air flows can be dialed into
the flowmeters to control the delivery of air within each pens diffuser
platforms. This air control allows the site operator to mitigate different
harmful plankton species, for each pen, based on the planktons unique
motility. Consult with a Pentair AES representative for site specific design
and performance.
Features & Benefits

Mitigates mortalities caused by algae/plankton
Dilutes the algae/plankton density to reduced levels in the water inhabited
by the fish
Creates water movement and upwelling across the entire net pen site
Customers have reported > 50% improvement in removal of harmful
plankton from the usage of the SPA units
Unique pod-based aeration system simplifies installation, maintenance
and service compared to antiquated hose & grid based aeration systems.
Platforms are constructed of corrosion resistant 316L stainless steel
Aeration Platform
Outfitted with either 9 or 12 rubber membrane disc diffusers

Lightweight platforms are easy to install, position and maintenance
Designed not snag or tear nets
Flowmeter manifold design allows for air output to be dialed in for
maximum performance
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION, INFORMATION, AND PRICING.
MORE INFORMATION ALSO AVAILABLE AT PENTAIRAES.COM/SEA-PEN
TYPICAL SQUARE PEN SYSTEM
Flowmeter Manifold
Illustration shows twelve pens, with four diffusers per pen, and one manifold per pen.
(NOTE: Additional diffusers are deployed under walkways.)
AERATION PLATFORM
FLOWMETERS
Material of Construction
Powder Coated Steel
Accuracy
3% F.S.
Diameter
78 (2 m)
Press
100 PSGI/6.9 Bar MAX
Diffuser Size
3x: 9 or 12 Rubber Membrane Disc Diffuser
SCFM
312
Design Airflow9
010 scfm
Design Airflow12
018 scfm
Height (hanging)
48 (1.2 m)
Weight
41 lbs (18.6 kg)
AERATION 91
Sea Pen Oxygenation System
SEA PEN OXYGENATION SYSTEM (SPO)

Sea Pen Oxygenation System Overview
DESIGNED HERE
The Pentair Sea Pen Oxygenation System is a flexible and robust dissolved
oxygen management platform. A unique pod-based approach allows the
flow of compressed oxygen to be controlled and balanced throughout each
sea pen site. Each pod can be strategically placed throughout the pen at
specific depths to compensate for conditions and optimize dissolution. The
system can accommodate any number of sea pens at any one site with no
limit on flowmeter panels or diffuser assemblies.
The main reason for the oxygenation system on a sea pen site is to increase
the dissolved oxygen (D.O.) content the fish will encounter. The side benefits
of increased D.O., are shortened harvesting cycles, improved feed
conversion rates, or continuous feeding during low D.O. events. The peace
of mind, knowing a remote sea pen site can deal with an emergency oxygen
situation, is also beneficial. Each platform will still receive the same flow of
oxygen, regardless of the movements of the other platforms.
Application Examples
Parasite treatment
Reduce harvesting cycles
Continuous feeding during low D.O. events
Oxygenation before havest/stimulate fish to feed (Improve feed conversion ratio)
Features & Benefits

Micro-bubble oxygen clouds for efficiencies up to 80% oxygen dissolution
Oxygenation Platform
Complete oxygen generator/manifold packages

Lightweight galvanized frames are easily deployed and removed
GenSet and oxygen generator monitoring system offers full oxygen control
via stationary probes
Protrusion free design does not snag or tear nets
Stand-alone flowmeter panels/manifolds, on-off capability without removal
from pens
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION, INFORMATION, AND PRICING.
MORE INFORMATION ALSO AVAILABLE AT PENTAIRAES.COM/SEA-PEN
TYPICAL SQUARE PEN SYSTEM
Flowmeter Manifold
Illustration shows twelve pens, with four diffusers per pen, one manifold per
pen and three oxygen supply module with six oxygen generators
OXYGEN PLATFORM
Material of Construction
Galvanized Steel
Diameter
6.4 ft/1.95 m
Diffuser Size
74 ft/22.6 m of porous diffuser hose
Characteristics
74 lpm
Height (hanging)
5 ft/1.5 m
Weight
33 lbs/15 kg
Oxygenation Platform being deployed
Flowmeter Manifold
92 SECTION
FILTRATION
PRODUCTS
93 Media
99 Screening
100 Filters Bags
102 Solids Removal Equipment
110 Bead Filters
112 Filtration Systems
113 Sand Filters
116 Chemical Media Filters
117 Cartridge Filters
118 Bag Filters
120 Reverse Osmosis Systems
122 Bioreactors
124 Gas Control & Treatment
131 Protein Skimmers
BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION 93
Media
SWEETWATER SWX BIO-MEDIA

Successful biofiltration using moving bed technology requires the use of the
right media. Pentairs Sweetwater SWX Bio-Media is the ideal choice at a
great price. These biofilm carrier elements are made from 100% virgin
high-density polyethylene. With a surface area of 274 ft2/ft3 this proven
geometric design provides an abundant amount of surface area for bacteria
to colonize. Robust bacteria colonization is essential to the nitrification
process of converting ammonia to nitrite and ultimately nitrate. Pentairs
Sweetwater SWX Bio-Medias positively buoyant characteristic allows for
continuous movement in a bio-filtration tank with the use of an air pump or
blower. The constant circulating action exfoliates the older, less active
bacterial layer; which eliminates the need for backwashing and allows the
media to be self-cleaning.
MODEL
SURFACE AREA
DIAMETER
LENGTH
QUANTITY
BF150A
274 FT/FT
7/16
9/32
ONE CUBIC FOOT
BF150B
274 FT/FT
7/16
9/32
ONE CUBIC METER
EACH
$41.49
1,318.00
Close-up
TECH TALK 125

Biological Filtration Basics
Biological filtration is one of the most important aspects of filtration design for aquatic animal
welfare. There are actually 3 distinct processes that fall under the heading of biological
filtration: mineralization, nitrification and denitrification. Nitrification is typically the most
commonly discussed and widely known facet of biological filtration and is undoubtedly the most
critical since it deals with the breakdown of strongly toxic animal wastes, but all aspects of
biological filtration are important and must be considered when designing a functional life
support system for aquatic habitats.
Mineralization is a fancy word for decomposition, where complex organic material is degraded by
bacteria into its simplest parts. In aquariums and aquaculture, this organic material is typically
derived from fecal material and uneaten food from the animals. Heterotrophic bacteria digest
this material, preventing it from building up to unsafe levels in displays or farms. The end
products of mineralization are mostly inorganic nitrogen and phosphorus. Mineralization is not
the only source of nitrogen in aquatic systems. The direct production of ammonia as a waste
product from fish (urine) also contributes to the nitrogen load in aquatic systems. Ammonia
nitrogen can be toxic to aquatic life (some species will die at levels as low as .5 mg/L). This is
why nitrification is so critical. It's important to understand that it is the un-ionized form of
ammonia, NH3, that is so toxic. By dropping the pH of a tank, it's possible to convert toxic
ammonia, NH3, to NH4+, ammonium, a much less toxic compound. This is easier to do in
freshwater systems with pH near or below neutral than it is in marine systems with pH in the 8 to
8.2 range. It's important to realize that pH manipulations are just a "band aid" fix for ammonia
management, and a well-designed biofilter is still essential.
Several strains of bacteria can use the ammonia nitrogen for food. Nitrosomonas, Nitrosococcus
and Nitrobacter are the best-known organisms responsible for this process. Ammonia is the
most toxic end product of mineralization and fish metabolism. Nitrosomonas and Nitrosococcus
convert the ammonia (NH3) to a less toxic compound, nitrite (NO2). While less toxic than the
ammonia, nitrite can still be lethal to fish in very small amounts (in the 15 mg/L range).
Finally, Nitrobacter converts the nitrite to nitrate, the least toxic form of nitrogen.
Each of these forms of nitrogenNH3, NO2 and NO3is progressively less toxic to the animals.
The final end product, NO3, is well tolerated by fish but, unless managed, will tend to build up.
This brings us to the last biological filtration process, denitrification, where bacteria remove
nitrate from the system water.
While nitrate is not strongly toxic, animals don't live with elevated nitrate levels in nature, so
keeping nitrate levels low is important in reproducing natural conditions for aquatic life.
Historically this was done with periodic water changes in closed systems, but more recently this
practice has been frowned upon by local municipalities wanting to limit the discharge of excess
nitrogen into natural waterways and sanitary sewer systems.
Instead of water changes, there are two primary methods for denitrification, the carbon fed
digester and the sulfur bed digester. Some strains of bacteria known as facultative anaerobes
can use the oxygen in the nitrate (NO3) for energy, converting NO3 into atmospheric nitrogen (N2).
The carbon digesters require the addition of an organic carbon source to feed the bacteria,
typically a short chain alcohol (methanol or ethanol) or a simple sugar. This method has the
drawback of having to measure the addition of the carbon compound. Over- or under-dosing can
upset the balance of the process or, worse yet, carry unreacted alcohol back to the tank. The
sulfur-based method relies on the activity of several bacteria strains that consume sulfur and
nitrate without adding other chemicals. Thiobacillis denitrificans and other similar bacteria can
use the oxygen in nitrate for energy. The trend in the industry is the sulfur bed digester because
of its simplicity.
The NO3 to N2 reaction (called "reduction") consumes alkalinity, so the sulfur is typically mixed
with crushed oyster shell or aragonite (a source of carbonate for buffering) to keep the pH stable.
Monitoring D.O. is especially important since the environment inside the filter should be
oxygen-poor, but not oxygen-free. If too much oxygen is present, the bacteria will respire
aerobically (with oxygen) and no nitrate reduction will occur, but if too little oxygen is present,
the filter can go anaerobic (without oxygen) and produce toxic hydrogen sulfide.
94 BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION
08
Media
BIO-BALLS
A compact polyethylene media. Round shape with positive buoyancy. These
balls, with their small void spaces, are popular for clean water applications like
tropical fish aquariums. Available as both floating and sinking models.

SIZE
SURFACE AREA
MIN ORDER
(FT 2/FT 3) (FT 3)
SHIP WT
FLOATING BIO-BALLS
SINKING BIO-BALLS
(LBS/FT 3)
MODEL
EACH/ FT 3
4+ MODEL
EACH/FT 3
98
12
CBB15-F
160
12
CBB1-F
$59.29 $53.36
CBB15-S
64.99 55.24
CBB1-S
4+
$56.99 $51.29
64.79 55.07
BIO BARRELS
A polypropylene media available in four sizes. Remember the importance of
void space with both heterotrophic fouling and degassing applications. Positive
in buoyancy.

SURFACE AREA
MODEL SIZE COLOR (FT 2/FT 3)
BF33A
BF64A
1 NATURAL 64
$53.69
BF64
1 NATURAL 64
20
46.19
BF44A
1 NATURAL 44
41.49 37.34
BF44
1 NATURAL 44
30
32.29
2 NATURAL 33
30.99 27.89
40
23.09
4 50
17.49
BF33A
BF64
SHIP WT
MIN. ORDER
EACH
4+
(LBS/FT 3) (FT 3) (FT 3) (FT 3)
BF33
2 NATURAL 33
BF26
3 BLACK 26
$48.32
BIO-FILL
BIOFILTER MEDIA BAGS
A PVC ribbon with a high surface area, Bio-Fill is our lowest cost media.
It is negatively buoyant, very easy to clean and easily rinsed.
You will appreciate media bags after you have to clean or relocate your
biofilter! Just pour loose biofilter media into the bag and tie it off. When
it is time to clean, lift them all out at once. Both bags include a drawstring
at the top. Large bag measures 35 L x 23 W when flat. Small bag
measures 18 x 12. Both are 1/4 mesh nylon.

SURFACE AREA SHIP WT
MIN ORDER
MODEL (FT 2/FT 3) (LBS/FT 3) (FT 3)
BF250
250
1 (BAG)
BF250B
250
35
12 (BOX)
MODEL
EACH/ FT 3
$51.49 $46.34/4+

$385.39
BF165
1/4 FT
BF167
1 FT 3
EACH 10+
$4.29 $3.86
11.59 10.43
Media not included
These items are sold in large quantities for commercial purposes; most ship motor freight. Note the minimum order quantities.
08
BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION
SECTION 95
Media
SINKING BEADS
FLOATING BEADS
Use these sinking beads as a replacement for sand in sand filters, or use them
in a fluidized bed or as inert hydroponics media. Colors may vary, sold per cubic
foot. Weight is 52 lbs. Dimensions are typically 1/16" x 1/8" in an oval shape. When
used in sand filters, backwash water flow should be reduced, as beads fluidize
easier than sand. Beads have a specific gravity of 1.7 (sand is 2.0 to 2.8).
Similar to the Sinking Beads, but they float! These elliptical, polyethylene
beads are about 3/16" in diameter, with a .92 density. Sold in 55-lb (1.65 cubic
feet) packages. Not recommended for sand filters.
MODEL
MODEL
AB145
EACH 4+
AB1
$114.49 $103.04
MATALA FILTRATION MEDIA
KOI
Made of flexible fiber compounds, this filtration media is used in many

applications in the aquaculture and koi pond markets. It is excellent for
removing solid wastes and, unlike other filter padding, totally resists
compression! The solid fibers are very resistant to sludge build-up and
clogging, making cleaning easy. It also features a lot of surface area,
so it is very good for biological filtration. Great for low-pressure, gravityfed filters and skimmers, Matala is positively buoyant and may require
anchoring in submersed applications. Sold in 391/2 L x 24 W x 11/2 H
sheets only. Ships Oversize.

MODEL
SURFACE AREA
(SQ.FT/CU.FT.)
FIBER DIA. (MM)
EACH
FM97 (LOW DENSITY)
5+
FM97
BLACK 62 1.65
$32.59 $29.33
FM96
GREEN
FM98
BLUE 124 .56 34.69 31.22
FM99
DARK GREY
96
170
EACH 4+
$117.29 $117.29
.81
.51
33.59 30.23
FM96 (MEDIUM DENSITY)
39.89 35.90
FM98 (HIGH DENSITY)
FM99 (SUPER HIGH DENSITY)
96 MECHANICAL FILTRATION
Filter Media
WASHABLE FILTER MATERIAL

Washable polyester for repeated use. Measured by
the yard (91.4 cm).
Enkamat Poly (PF12/PF13)

Polyethylene fibers can be used to construct DLS
media for biofiltration, for soil erosion control,
splash control, etc.
PF12 has 0.025 diameter fibers bonded to a felt
underlay. PF13 has 0.030 diameter fibers and is
1 thick
Not UV-resistant
Disposable Filter Media (PF8)
Enkamat Nylon (PF4/PF5)
Carbon Filter Material (PF3)
Fine polyester fiber material offers high quality

at a low price
A matrix of semirigid nylon monofilaments fused

at their intersections
It will sustain one or two cleanings before

disposal
The best reusable egg-laying material
PF3 filter material features polyester fibers

heavily coated with activated carbon
Useful for filter media support, biofiltration

material, soil erosion control, etc.
With no fire retardants or dyes, it is safe for fish
PF4 has 0.020 dia. fibers, PF5 has 0.025 dia.

fibers

LENGTH
MODEL
FILTER
THICKNESS WIDTH (YDS)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
Provides an ideal mechanical, chemical and

biological filtering media
A fine pore material suitable for clear water
applications.

MODEL
FILTER
THICKNESS
WIDTH
LENGTH
(YDS)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
PF11A FINE
.30" 29" 2
4 $25.39
PF3 CARBON .40" 44" 2 4
$37.09
PF11C FINE
.30" 29" 10
11
90.49
PF3C CARBON .40" 44"
10
127.99
PF11P
FINE (30/BAG)
.30
12" 6
28.09
PF4A ENKAMAT .25" 39"
33.19
PF11P2
FINE (30/BAG)
.30
16" 6
48.09
PF4C ENKAMAT .25" 39"
112.99
PF11P3
FINE (30/BAG)
.30
14" 8.5
48.09
PF5 ENKAMAT .50" 39"
36.89
PF11P4-A FINE (30/BAG)
.30
16" 12
59.89
PF5C ENKAMAT .50" 39"
86.69
PF11P5
.30
12" 12
44.29
PF12A ENKAMAT .40"
39"
4*
27.69
1" 28" 2
31.99
PF12C ENKAMAT .40"
39"
68.39
1" 28" 4
51.49
34.29
*Ships Oversize at 30-lb rate

Enkamat is a registered trademark of Bonar, B.V. Corp.
FINE (30/BAG)
PF17A MEDIUM
PF17C MEDIUM
PF2A COARSE
1.25" 28" 2
PF2C COARSE
1.25" 28" 7
10 *
117.09
PF16 COARSE
2" 28" 2
4*
41.09
PF16C COARSE
2" 28" 4
75.59
PF8A
FINE DSP
1"
36"
17.89
PF8C
FINE DSP
1"
36"
10
11*
72.09
MECHANICAL FILTRATION 97
Filter Media
BLOCKSOM FILTER MATERIAL
POND FILTER BRUSHES
This high-quality 1" thick filter material is constructed of all natural coconut
fibers and a latex binder on a polyester net backing. Durable and reusable, it
withstands frequent cleaning. Often used in garden pond filters. Sold in 24"
widths by the linear yard (2 lbs) or in full rolls of 12 yds (30 lbs).
Used in the ornamental pond industry for particulate filtration, biofiltration

and even as substrate for egg laying. The plastic bristles are attached to the
stainless steel wire core, creating a 4 diameter brush with a 7/8 diameter
wire loop at one end for hanging.They last indefinitely and are the easiest to
use, most efficient and most cost-effective pond filter medium you can buy.
MODEL EACH
If you are using them as a pre-filter to remove the bulk of the coarse waste,
a system of single interlocked hanging brushes is best. If you want to trap
an even greater proportion of the waste, the brushes need to be either
vertically or horizontally double interlocked.
SM1
24" X 36"
$13.29
SM1R
24" X 12-YD ROLL
119.29
SPAWNTEX SPAWNING MAT
KOI
MODEL
DIMENSIONS
EACH
4+
AZ16026
4 ROUND X 18 L
AZ16027
4 ROUND X 24 L
8.09 7.28
AZ16028
4 ROUND X 30 L
9.49 8.54
$7.49 $6.74
KOI
Spawntex is the spawning mat material specifically asked for by breeders of

shiners, goldfish and similar shore-spawning fish.
Constructed of all natural coconut fibers with a latex binder on a polyester
net backing
11/2" thickness ensures more strength for easy cleaning and exceptional durability.
Pond installation is easy cut the media to size, attach a wire mesh backing
and place in the pond or simply stake the mats along the pond bank
Available by the linear yard or in full rolls* 11 yards long

SHIP WT
MODEL WIDTH LENGTH (LBS)
EACH
2+
SM2
24
LINEAR YARD
$14.29
SM2R
24
11 YARD ROLL
30
103.59 93.23
SM3
18
LINEAR YARD
11.49
SM3R
18
11 YARD ROLL
30
81.39 73.25
*Rolls ship Oversize at 70-lb rate
BLUE BONDED FILTER PADS

Precut for small trickle filters, plate filters or for use in canister filters.
Each pad measures 13" x 24" x 1" thick.
MODEL
BBFP
EACH 6+
$4.99
$4.49
FILTER FOAM, RETICULATED

A great biofilter media!
This 1" thick foam is true "fish grade," long-life, reticulated foam with a pore
size of 20 ppi (pores per inch). It contains no fire retardants or germicides (be
careful with low-cost, air filter foam, as it can be toxic). Sold in 2' x 6' sheets
(rolled) only (equal to 1 cu.ft.). Weighs 5 lbs.
MODEL
PF7
EACH 6+
$51.89 $46.70
Sponge/Sand Filter Media
SPONGE FILTER, EXTRA LARGE
SPONGE FILTERS
This extra large sponge filter works as a

biological filter and clarifies water through
solids capture. A nice filter for small ponds,
water gardens and fish holding tanks. The
reticulated sponge is easily cleaned or
replaced without tools. The 20 tall PVC
chimney is sealed at the bottom and can be
shortened if needed. Requires .25 cfm of air
to operate and 1 lb of weight to submerge it
(pour a cup of sand or gravel down the
chimney). Includes 20 of 1/4 I.D. tubing and a
Sweetwater AS3 air diffuser.
HydroSponge filters are perfect for

aquarium and small tank filtration. They are
capable of moving more water than other
sponge filters, are self-weighting and act as
mechanical and biological filters. Simply
attach to aquarium air line tubing, supply .05
cfm and filtering begins. For higher filtration
rates, a power head pump may be attached.
Stacking doubles filtering capacity. Easy to
clean. 1 diameter tube. Overall height may
be shortened by cutting tube.
MODEL
FP3
SPONGE FILTER
FP3F
REPL. SPONGE
9 X 9 X 9
EACH 6+
$55.29
46.19 41.57
LIGHTWEIGHT SAND FILTER MEDIA

Particulate removal down to the 2040 micron range
1 FT 3
25
APPROXIMATE
TANK SIZE (GAL)
HF1
SPONGE OVERALL
DIAMETER
HEIGHT
EACH
$122.09
$109.88
HF3
80
41/2" 111/2" 10.69 9.62
HF5
125
53/4" 111/2" 11.39 10.25
HF1R
SPONGE REFILL/HF1
HF3R
SPONGE REFILL/HF3
41/2" 3.29
HF5R
SPONGE REFILL/HF5
53/4" 4.79
33/4" 2.29
Our mixed media contains 4 sizes of media that will

greatly enhance a filters performance, reduce
backflush frequency and prevent channeling. The
coarse top layer is carbonite with sizes between
2.0 and 2.2 mm. This material can remove iron and
manganese that adhere loosely to the angular
carbonite particles and backwashes easily. Ratios
of each media are based on years of use in other
industries. Our media is premixed in 1-ft3
containers, which weigh approximately 80 lbs each.
The specific gravity of mixed media is between 1.6
and 4.2 (sand is 2 to 2.8), so the backwash
pressure or volume may have to be adjusted.
MODEL
MM1
EACH 4+
$70.59 $63.53
TECH TALK 136

Mixed Media
Out
Mixed media filtration greatly surpasses the performance of single media filters. The drawback to a
single media filter is that the first one inch of media is trapping most of the solids and the bottom
portion is just wasted space. A sand filter that uses a single size sand grain will have an average
size space between the grains that varies only slightly.
A mixed media filter uses different grain sizes to segregate solids throughout the bed. A large media is
used first to pre-filter large solids. Beneath that is a finer size and then a very fine media on the
bottom. Each media used is a different specific gravity, designed so that it will return to the ideal
stratified layer after backwash. During backwash the entire media bed is expanded, fluidized and
rinsed. Upon return to normal operation, the media that is the smallest and heaviest settles first to the
bottom. The largest is the lightest and settles on top.
6+
33/4" 9" $7.69 $6.92
10
MM1 MIXED MEDIA
Backflush channeling occurs when heavy sand media doesn't fluff up (bed
expansion) as it should because organics and bacteria make it stick
together. Our lightweight media minimizes the problem because it expands
3050% with only 810 gpm per square foot backflush (if the flowrate is in
excess of 10 gpm per square foot of area, a restricting valve on the backflush
drain may be needed to prevent the loss of media). Weighs only 25 lbs/ft3
(sand is about 100 lbs per cu.ft.) and comes in bags. The irregular shape of
the lightweight media provides more void space, resulting in less pressure
loss. Made of anhydrous silicon dioxide and approved for potable water.

SHIP WT
MODEL
(LBS)
EACH 4+
JF1
HF5
In
Mixed Media
Waste
Out
In
Single Media
Waste
MECHANICAL FILTRATION
SECTION 9999
Products / ProductsScreening
/ Products
GRATING, 1/2" THICK

This food-grade polypropylene is molded to support filters, false tank bottoms
or media. It can be used as benchtops in greenhouses. It is very easy to clean
and disinfect. Each plate measures 36" L x 18" W x 1/2" H and is composed of
1" x 1" grid squares. Each piece weighs 2 lbs. Ships Oversize.
Will hold 200 lbs if supported every 18
18"
Durable, lightweight and very resistant to sagging

Interlocking assembly is convenient for connecting grates together
36"
Grates are UV resistant

MODEL EACH
SPG1
$18.09
STAINLESS STEEL SCREENING

304 stainless steel screening can be used for the same applications as nylon
but offers better rigidity and durability. All stainless screening is
48" (121 cm) wide and sold in increments of 1 foot (30.4 cm). Each foot
increment equals 4 sq.ft. (.37 m2).
MODEL
MICRON
INCHES
% OPEN AREA
PER FOOT
MS105
105 .0041 37
$26.39
MS125
125 .0049 31
25.39
MS180 180 .008 32
18.99
MS250 250 .010 30
20.79
MS500 500 .020 37
20.79
MS1000 1,000 .039
19.59
48
MS500
MS105
MS1000
NYLON SCREENING
Nylon screening material is an excellent choice for many aquaculture and laboratory
uses, including filtration of unwanted organisms; brine shrimp culture; larval fish
and clam culture; pipe screens, filter bags and nets. Nylon is resistant to bacteria,
cleaners, acids and insects. This screening is 36" wide and is sold by the yard
length (1 yard = 36" = 91 cm). 1 linear yard = 9 ft2 = 1 yd2. Contains no UV inhibitors!
MODEL
M200
M500
M1000
M5000
MESH (MICRON)
OPENING
% OPEN AREA
M46
41 .0016" 31
M55
55 .0022" 29
64 .0025" 32
M64
M75
75 .0029" 45
105
.0041"
36
M105
M125 125 .0049" 41
M150 150 .0059" 51
M200 200 .0079" 35
M250 250 .0098" 37
M300* 300 .0118" 46
M335 335 .0132" 46
M400 400 .0157" 47
M500 500 .0197" 49
M600 600 .0236" 51
M670 670 .0264" 53
M750 750 .0295" 54
M800 800 .0315" 55
M1000 1,000 .0394" 58
M2000 2,000 .0787" 53
M5000 5,000 .1969" 72
PER YARD
10+
68.29 61.46
39.49 35.54
38.39 34.56
30.69 27.62
25.29 22.76
26.29 23.66
23.79 21.41
21.69 19.52
20.29 18.27
21.89 19.70
18.29 16.46
19.49 17.54
19.39 17.45
38.69 34.82
29.09 26.18
20.19 18.17
23.79 21.41
19.69 17.73
38.69 34.82
42.99
38.69
*Similar to the 52" x 52" twill Saran filter cloth used in fine mesh nets and inlet water filters.

Filter Bags
POLYESTER MESH BAGS
FILTER BAGS WITH DRAWSTRING
Pre-filters water
Nylon monofilament bags with a drawstring top. If you are presently using
adapterheads, these bags will also fit over them. Bags are 32" long with a 7"
diameter mouth.
Zooplankton collector
Ideal for collecting rotifers, Artemia, fish eggs and other small organisms
Polyester mesh bags are available in 18" and 31" (46 and 79 cm) lengths
and a variety of mesh sizes
Can be used for filtering particulate matter from tank inlets and overflows
Equipped with a stainless steel ring 7" in diameter and a cotton handle
MODEL
MICRON LENGTH EACH
10+
PMB1L
75
31"
21.19 18.01
100
18"
10.89 9.26
PMB2L
100
31"
17.39 14.78
PMB3
125
18"
10.89 9.26
PMB3L
125
31"
16.99 14.44
PMB4
150
18"
6.59 5.60
PMB4L
150
31"
7.69 6.54
PMB5
200
18"
6.59 5.60
PMB5L
200
31"
7.69 6.54
MODEL MICRON
EACH 10+
BAG1 1 $64.69 $58.22

BAG5 5 52.39 47.15
BAG10 10
51.49 46.34
BAG20 20
23.09 20.78
BAG40 40
21.99 19.79
9.99 8.99
BAG75 75
BAG100 100
8.69 7.82
BAG200 200
9.19 8.27
BAG300 300
8.89 8.00
8.19 7.37
BAG800 800
PMB1 75 18"
$13.99 $11.89
PMB2
Pump bags, to increase filter area

Removable inlet screen filters
Discharge strainers, to prevent fish or fish egg migration
Allows attachment directly to any open water line
BAG800
PMB6 250 18" 6.59 5.60

PMB6L 250 31" 7.69 6.54
FILTER BAGS
PMB7 300 18" 6.59 5.60
These polyester monofilament filter bags are excellent for retaining

carbon, zeolite and other media. They are perfect for placing in sumps,
trickle filters, pond filters and many other uses. Bags feature drawstring
closing tops. Select 500- or 800-micron mesh size. Sold in packs of 10.
PMB7L 300 31" 7.69 6.54

PMB8 400 16" 6.59 5.60
PMB8L 400 31" 7.69 6.54
MODEL MICRON DIMENSIONS EACH
PMB9 800 18" 6.59 5.60

PMB9L 800 31" 7.69 6.54
PMB10 1,500 18" 6.59 5.60
PMB10L 1,500 31"
8.89 7.56
PMB1L
MESH FILTER BAGS

These inexpensive filters are just right for many
do-it-yourself applications. Available in two styles,
all of the bags have plastic collars that allow them
to be easily held in a hole 33/4 in diameter.
Standard bags are nylon material with inside
seams and are 81/4 long. Welded-seam bags are
6 long; have smooth, nylon mesh, a solid plastic
bottom and are ideal for holding media.
STANDARD BAGS
MODEL MICRON EACH

N2100A 100 $6.59
N2150A 150
6.69
N2200A 200
4.99
N2300A 300
4.59
N2600A 500
4.29
STANDARD
POLYWELD BAGS
MODEL MICRON EACH

N1025 25 12.79
N1055 55 10.89
N1100 100 10.49
N1200 200 8.89
WELDED-SEAM
$11.19
MB01A
500
3" X 4"
MB02
800
3" X 4"
11.19
MB1A
500
6" X 10"
19.69
MB2
800
6" X 10"
15.69
MB3A
500
8" X 12"
17.39
MB4
800
8" X 12"
17.39
MB5A
500
12" X 15"
22.29
MB6
800
12" X 15"
22.29
MB7A
500
12" X 18"
25.39
MB8
800
12" X 18"
25.39
MB9A
500
16" X 24"
33.69
MB10-AQ
800
16" X 24"
33.69
MB1A

Media/Filter Bags
FILTER BAGS WITH POLY RING MOUTH

Bag filters are very effective at removing organic particulate matter.
The MONOFILAMENT type is single-ply nylon resembling a piece of cloth or window screen. The FELT
TYPE is polypropylene, thick and fluffy, giving it three-dimensional filtering ability. Both are washable, but
the felt type should be washed gently.
All bags are 32" long with a 7" diameter mouth and polypropylene ring that fits the optional highperformance acetal resin adapter (FBH) perfectly.
FB10
Direct overflow back to tank in

case bag filter becomes clogged.
Water to
Be Filtered
Adjust length
of pipe as necessary
to have filter bag at
correct water level.
Male
Adapter
Part FBH
Filter Bag
Adapter
Water Level
NYLON MONOFILAMENT BAGS, 32" x 7"
FELT BAGS, POLYPROPYLENE, 32" x 7"
MODEL MICRON
MODEL MICRON
EACH 10+
EACH 10+
FB1N 1 $64.39 $57.96
FB1 1 $7.79 $7.01
FB5N 5 52.39 47.15
FB5 5 6.19 5.57
FB10N 10
53.49 48.14
FB10 10
6.59 5.93
FB20N 20
20.69 18.62
FB25 25
6.19 5.57
FB40N 40
19.49 17.54
FB50 50
6.19 5.57
FB75 75
9.99 8.99
FB100 100
6.39 5.75
FB100N 100
8.79 7.91
FB200 200
9.29 8.36
FB300 300
8.89 8.00
FB800 800
8.19 7.37
ADAPTOR
MODEL
FBH
FILTER BAG ADAPTER
EACH 10+
25.69 23.12
Felt Filter
Bag
CALCIUM REACTOR MEDIA
PROLINE ACTIVATED CARBON
Specially made for calcium reactors, ReBorn dissolves completelyit will not
break down and clog your system. Also a safe, natural way to stabilize pH and
increase calcium in reef aquariums. Made of fossilized coral harvested from
the Western Pacific Ocean, ReBorn replenishes calcium, carbonate alkalinity,
strontium and trace elements.
A superior, high-purity, bituminous coal-based activated carbon.

Preferred by public aquariums, research centers and government
fisheries. The small particle size (approximately 1/16 to 1/8) provides a
large surface area for rapid uptake and reduces water travel distances to
interior adsorption surfaces. Adsorbs full range of organic contaminants,
pesticides, odors, colors, chlorine, dissolved organics, ozone and many
heavy metals. Carbon is dry-packed.
MODEL
Can be retained using window screen size mesh.
TLRB8
8.8
$32.89
TLRB44
44
137.29
Approximately .625 m2 of surface area per gram.

Bulk density is approximately 24 lbs/ft3.
MODEL
AC412A
1.5-LB JAR
AC412
15-LB BUCKET
AC55
55-LB BAG
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
EACH
$12.09
83.99
166.69
AC412A
102 MECHANICAL
SECTION FILTRATION
Products
Drum
Filters
PR AQUA ROTOFILTER DRUM FILTER

Rotary microscreen drum filters are ideal for the removal of fine suspended
solids in recirculating systems where water reuse strategies are imperative
aquaculture systems, zoos, aquariums, greenhouses, wastewater treatment
plants, and more. PR Aqua Rotofilters are trusted by facilities worldwide for
critical filtration needs. Constructed of the highest-quality materials and
engineered for the rigors of commercial aquaculture, PR Aqua Rotofilters
provide exceptional reliability and a long service life. Designed with the needs
of the commercial operator in mind, the filters are also inexpensive to operate.
Rotofilters are available in two configurations; fully-enclosed or framemounted. With flow rate capacities from 50 to 7,000 gpm (11 to 1590 M3/HR)
and micron ratings from 1180 (custom sizes available upon request) there is
sure to be a Rotofilter that meets the requirements of your application.
Benefits
Removes excess feed, and other organic matter.
C
ontinuous filtering, even during backwashing.
Low head gravity fed operation
V
ery low operating cost and minimal backwash water consumption.
S
uperior screen design for long service life.
Features
Description of Operation
Fiberglass enclosure or stainless steel frame mount, stainless steel

internals, and high-quality industrial drive components.
Untreated water is gravity fed or pumped into the drum, which has fine screens
mounted to its periphery. Water flows through the screens while the solids
adhere to the screen surface. The filtered water passes over a level control weir
and then out of the filter by the use of gravity. As particles attach to the screen
surface, the water level inside the drum rises. The rising water activates the
automatic drum rotation and backwash system. A pressurized spray is used to
clean the solids from the screen into an inclined trough. The solids flow by
gravity from the filter for disposal or recovery. The cleaned screens are rotated
into the water, lowering the water level. The backwash system shuts down
automatically to save power and water.
Injection molded, one-piece screen eliminates the potential for screen

delamination and allows for plugging of small holes without downtime.
Inlet seal maintains a continuous positive seat against the rotating drum.
A ppropriate for corrosive environments. Metals passivated for
saltwater applications.
Filtered Water Passes

Through Screens into
Filter Housing
Spray
Water In
Injection Molded Screens
Backwash Spray Nozzles

Filtered
Water Out
Biosolids
Out
Water In
FOR MORE INFORMATION INCLUDING PERFORMANCE CHARTS PLEASE VISIT PENTAIRAES.COM/PRAQUA

Filter sizing varies depending on the application. Please contact a PAES Representative for proper filter selection.
SECTION 103
Products / ProductsDrum
/ Products
Filters
FILTER DATA
PLUMBING
FLOW RANGE
50 TO 7,000 US GPM
INLET SIZE
4 TO 24
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
VARIOUS OPTIONS AVAILABLE
INLET TYPE
SCREEN SIZE (MICRON)
11, 21, 30, 37, 54, AND 80
SOC OR FLANGE (RFM)

OPEN DRUM OR FLANGE (RFF)
NUMBER OF SCREEN PANELS
2 TO 50
OUTLET SIZE
4 TO 24
MINIMUM DRUM SUBMERGENCE
40%
OUTLET TYPE
ROTATION
COUNTERCLOCKWISE OR CLOCKWISE (OPTION)
SOC OR FLANGE (RFM)

DISCHARGES DIRECTLY INTO SUMP OR LEVEL CONTROL BASIN (RFF)
WEIGHT DRY/WET
190 TO 1,600/435 TO 12,200 LBS
SOLIDS OUTLET
4 SS PIPE
BACKWASH SYSTEM
SUPPLY
OPERATES AT 100 PSIBOOSTER PUMP AVAILABLE
DRUM FRAME
304 OR 316 SS
DRUM SHAFT
316 SS
CONTROL PANEL
FILTER ENCLOSURE
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC OR STAINLESS STEEL FRAME
ENCLOSURE
NEMA 4X
SECTIONAL LID
MARINE GRADE ALUMINUM OR FRP
BACKWASH CONTROL
SCREEN PANELS
INJECTION MOLDED POLYESTER FABRIC EMBEDDED IN

POLYPROPYLENE GRIDS
MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC CONTROL (BY TIMER AND LEVEL CONTROL

SWITCH)
DRY CONTACTS
RUN, TROUBLE, AND HIGH LEVEL
DRUM SEAL
SYNTHETIC ELASTOMER SEAL WEAR RING
RFM MODELSTAINLESS STEEL DRUM FULLY-ENCLOSED

IN A FIBERGLASS HOUSING
Features
RFF MODELFRAME CONFIGURATION MOUNTED ON A

STEEL FRAME , TYPICALLY INSTALLED IN A WET SUMP
Features
Fiberglass enclosure, stainless steel internals, and high quality industrial

drive components.
Frame mounted for flexible integration into a variety of sump arrangements.
Built-in overflow and water level control weir for easy process integration.
Injection molded, polypropylene screen panels eliminate
screen delamination.
Independent screen cells can be plugged with zero down-time.
Stainless steel construction and high quality industrial drive components.

Injection molded, polypropylene screen panels eliminate
screen delamination.
Independent screen cells can be plugged with zero down-time.
Inlet and level control options available.
Motor Cover
Assembly

Removable Lid
Assembly
Removable Lid
Assembly
Motor Cover
Assembly
Spraybar Nozzles
(lid panel removed
to show detail)
Motor
Spraybar Nozzles
(lid panel removed
to show detail)
Motor
Drum Assembly
(screens removed
for clarity)
Outlet
Spraybar
Sludge Trough
Solids Outlet
Inlet
Drive Shaft
Spraybar
Sludge Trough
Water Level
Control Weir
(optional)
Drum Assembly
Inlet
(optional flanged)
Solids Outlet
(optional flanged)
Filter Frame
Filter Enclosure
RFM Model Rotofilter
RFF Model Rotofilter

Waste Solids Removal System
ECO-TRAP WASTE SOLIDS REMOVAL SYSTEM

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Eco-Trap is an exclusive
highly-optimized dual drain waste collection system that
allows for the effective and efficient removal of settleable
waste solids (uneaten feed and feces) in Recirculating
Aquaculture Systems (RAS). The Eco-Trap systems center
main drain handles the primary water exchange for a RAS
tank; while a smaller integrated solids drain provides an
in-tank means for fast and efficient waste removal. Up to 50%
of the waste solids can be removed from the tank within
minutes of their generation. The Eco-trap system makes RAS
tanks self-cleaning by pulling solids to the middle of the tank
where they are automatically removed.
Once collected, the Eco-Trap system moves these waste
materials through a side-stream solids drain to a polyethylene
waste collector that is mounted on the side of each tank. Solids
are collected and concentrated in a side-stream flow
consisting of approximately 5% of the total flow from the tank.
Easy observation of the waste collector by the farm operator
allows for reductions in feed waste to individual tanks, thus
controlling one of the single largest economic inputs to RAS
aquaculture. From an investment point of view, using Eco-Trap
technology reduces the size and complexity of other associated
waste solids removal technologies such as drum-screen
filters and bead filters. Additionally, Eco-Trap technology can
reduce the size of the biofilter required to control ammonia
nitrogen in culture water. The Eco-Trap system contains no
moving parts and nothing to wear out; and it has been proven
in many commercial RAS installations worldwide.
Center Drain Assembly
Waste Collector Assembly
Particle Trap
Screen
Outlet
Inlet
Mounting
Bracket
Particle Trap
Plate
Particle Trap
Base
Viewing
Window
Solids Drain
Main Drain
Particle Trap Insert

Particle Trap Plate
BENEFITS
Solids Draining
Tank Floor
Provides a self-cleaning action by automatically removing

solids by pulling them to the middle of the tank
Observation window in the waste collector makes it easy to
identify feed waste
Effluent Discharge Pipe

Particle Trap Base
Nothing to wear out as there are no moving parts
Elbow
Reduces the size and complexity of other associated waste

solids removal technologies
Adaptors are available for applications that utilize metric plumbing
Center Drain Assembly: The Eco-Trap Center Drain Assembly is
constructed of grey PVC with main drain connections for

Sch.80 PVC pipe. The Eco-Trap 110 model has 4 NPT main
drain port and a 1.25 NPT solids collection port. The Eco-Trap
160 model has a 6 NPT main drain port and a 1.5 NPT solids
collection port. Each Eco-Trap Drain Assembly has an
integrated solids collection port which allows for side-stream
flow of collected solids. In a RAS system, the Eco-Trap Drain
Assembly is installed in the center of a circular tank floor.
Once installed, the vertical standpipe segment of the Drain
Assembly can be easily adjusted as needed to increase/
decrease the height of the gap between the base plate and the
upper plate. This simple adjustment allows the operator to
optimize the functionality of the Eco-Trap Drain Assembly to
create a cyclonic effect of water movement across the tank
bottom. In a RAS tank that is equipped with an Eco-Trap, solids
fall to the bottom of the tank and are drawn into the drain
assembly for immediate collection and deposition into the
tank-side Eco-Trap Waste Collector.
Waste Collector Assembly: The Eco-Trap 110 and 160 Waste
Collectors are tank mounted and include a metal C-Channel

and I-Beam mounting bracket. In a RAS tank that is equipped
with an Eco-Trap system, the side-stream flow of collected
solids move from the Eco-Trap Drain Assembly and into the
Waste Collectors inlet port. The Waste Collector is
constructed of strong polyethylene with clear impact-resistant
viewing window.
Optional Metric Adaptors: Eco-Trap systems come with 4 or 6
socket connections for Sch.80 PVC pipe, optional 110mm and

160mm Schedule 80 PVC adapters are available for connecting
the Drain Assembly in applications that utilize metric plumbing.
Cut-away view of the floor-mounted center drain assembly and the

tank-mounted solids waste collector. (PVC pipe not included)
MODEL
EACH
CENTER DRAIN ASSEMBLIES (ONE REQUIRED PER CULTURE TANK)

930001
ECO-TRAP 110 - DRAIN ASSEMBLY, 4 MAIN DRAIN PORT. $586.99
930002
ECO-TRAP 160 - DRAIN ASSEMBLY, 6 MAIN DRAIN PORT. 786.49
WASTE COLLECTOR ASSEMBLIES (ONE REQUIRED PER CULTURE TANK)

930073
ECO-TRAP 110 - WASTE COLLECTOR & MOUNTING BRACKET $438.99
930074
ECO-TRAP 160 - WASTE COLLECTOR & MOUNTING BRACKET 481.99
METRIC ADAPTERS
930007
ECO-TRAP 110 - SCHEDULE 80, 4 NPT TO 110MM. $72.49
930008
ECO-TRAP 160 - SCHEDULE 80, 6 NPT TO 160MM 114.49

Parabolic Screen Filters
PARABOLIC SCREEN FILTERS
FW
KOI
These semi-self-cleaning filters are designed to remove solids from water with
only occasional cleaning attention. They use a wedge wire, 304 stainless steel
screen set in a parabolic shape to take advantage of the Coanda effect*. This
wedge wire shape encourages solids-free water to drop between the screens
and solids to be left on the surface. The solids are then pushed toward the
waste trough and washed into a waste tank automatically. This filter is ideally
suited for a gravity-flow system. It has a 200-micron, removable screen.
Rubber couplings with clamps are included. Not recommended for use with
salt water.

DIMENSIONS
MODEL GPM
Inlet
INLET/ WASTE
OUTLET PORT
EACH
2875
70
25" X 10" X 32" + FITTINGS
$1,970.00
2873
150
25" X 20" X 32" + FITTINGS
2,338.00
Liquid
Waste
Stream
Outlet
Liquids
2873
Waste Port
Inside of 2873.
Liquids
Cover
Weir
Deflector
Solids
The parabolic shape promotes the
Coanda effect*, stripping liquid
from the bottom of the waste stream.
200-micron Screen
Overflow
Protection
(Weir)
Inlet
Filtering out algae.
*Coanda effect: the tendency of a stream of fluid to follow a curved surface (if the angle is not too sharp)
rather than follow a straight line in the original direction of flow.
UV
Skimmer
Waste
Stopper
Bottom
Drain
Clean
Water
Float (2873 only)
Water Level
Controller
Outlet
Waste
Sump
Pump
Operation: Slurry is gravity fed or pumped into headbox. It overflows weir,

starts downward on screen. Most free fluid is stripped from bottom of stream
on the 25 slope. More fluid is removed on the 35 slope, and solids roll
downward, stopping on the 45 slope. With free draining material, practically all
free fluid is removed in one pass. As the solids build up, water pushes them into
the waste channel.

Radial Flow Settler
RADIAL FLOW SETTLER 45

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Radial Flow Settler (RFS) is used to remove
particulates from effluent water. Effluent water enters the RFS Liquid Inlet, flows
upward through the adjustable Standpipe Assembly, and back down through the
Stilling Well. Solid particulates settle to the cone bottom for removal through a
Solids Outlet. The filtered water flows upwards over a V-Notch Weir into the
Launder, exiting though the Liquid Outlet.
Features
Greatly reduces solids loading in a system
Passive piece of equipment and requires no additional energy to operate
Requires routine cleaning only - no additional maintenance or servicing required

MODEL
RFS-045-012
DIAMETER
HEIGHT
SHIP WT
(IN.) (IN.) (LBS)
EACH
12 36 124 $974.39
RFS-045-018
18 39 141 1,181.00
RFS-045-024
24 42 188 1,709.00
RFS-045-030
30 45 240 2,641.00
RFS-045-036
36 48 297 3,006.00
RFS-045-042
42 51 380 3,534.00
RFS-045-048
48 54 474 4,140.00
RFS-045-060
60
60
597
5,244.00
RFS-045-072
72
66
719
6,354.00
RFS-045-084
84 75 851 7,540.00
RFS-045-096
96 81 1004 9,486.00
RFS-045-108-5PNL
108 87 1009 14,273.00
RFS-045-144-6PNL
144
108 1165 19,114.00
Radial Flow Settler 45
RFS-045
RFS-045-PNL
(Space saving panel design)

Radial Flow Settler
RADIAL FLOW SETTLER 60

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Radial Flow Settler (RFS) is used to remove
particulates from effluent water. Effluent water enters the RFS Liquid Inlet, flows
upward through the adjustable Standpipe Assembly, and back down through the
Stilling Well. Solid particulates settle to the cone bottom for removal through a
Solids Outlet. The filtered water flows upwards over a V-Notch Weir into the Launder,
exiting though the Liquid Outlet.
Features:
Greatly reduces solids loading in a system
Passive piece of equipment and requires no additional energy to operate
Requires routine cleaning only - no additional maintenance or servicing required

MODEL
RFS-060-012
RFS-060
DIAMETER ()
HEIGHT (H)
SHIP WT
(IN.) (IN) (LBS)
PRICE
12 41 141 $1,329.00
1,560.00
RFS-060-018
18 46 197
RFS-060-024
24 51 272 2,052.00
RFS-060-030
30 55 343
2,394.00
RFS-060-036
36 59 441
2,735.00
RFS-060-042
42 64 630
3,081.00
RFS-060-048
48 68 751
3,628.00
RFS-060-060
60
77
910
5,052.00
RFS-060-072
72
85
1225
6,645.00
RFS-060-084
84 98 1489
8,447.00
RFS-060-096
96 107 1704
9,760.00
Radial Flow Settler 60

Separators/Skimmers/Pre-Filter
WAVE VORTEX FILTERS

Filters up to 150 gpm
Lid
KOI
Vortex swirl separators are popular solids filters for use with koi ponds and
fish tanks. They are very good at removing heavy particles and wastes. You can
gravity-flow water from a bottom drain or pump it to the vortex chamber.
These stand about 51/2 ft high with the 2-ft high base. 4slip connections (except
WLT24 has 3slip).
Sturdy double-wall base support.
Three outlet ports allow body to be connected in any direction.
Tank
Domed lid keeps it clean.

Coned bottom allows complete drainage.
Rubber connections eliminate the need to precisely align filter with pipes.
Comes with lid, tank, stand, knife gate drain valve, rubber couplings and
bulkhead fitting.
Ship motor freight or ground (at 70-lb rate each) in two packages from factory.
One-year warranty on body.
Stand

MODEL
WLT24
WLT24
SURFACE SKIMMERS
Great for ornamental ponds

SUGGESTED FLOW RATE
SHIP WT
INCLUDES
(GPH) DIA. (LBS)
24
143
EACH
$712.99
24 TANK, LID, STAND
2400
WLF36
36 TANK, LID, STAND
6000
36
163 1,364.00
WLF48F
48 TANK, LID, STAND
9000
48
183 1,154.00
WLF36F
36 TANK & LID ONLY
6000
36
128 943.99
KOI
A simple method of removing leaves, scum and other surface debris while
reducing surface tension. Inlet weir always floats just below the surface,
so fluctuating water levels of up to 5 will not affect performance.
S750 skimmers are made from black or white ABS plastic. Internal catch
basket holds about two handfuls of leaves and lifts out easily for cleaning.
Skimmers work between 20 and 55 gpm. 11/2 female pipe thread in the
base (not included) allows for easy installation when building or retrofitting.
MODEL
ABS PLASTIC
DIA.
HEIGHT
S750B
BLACK
8 1/2
10
S750W
WHITE
8 1/2
10
S750RB
REPLACEMENT BASKET
EACH
$72.19
72.19
19.29
MULTICYCLONE PRE-FILTER
Revolutionary design greatly reduces filter backwashing and maintenance by capturing particles before
they reach the filter. Easily installed on any existing filtration systemideal as a pre-filter to extend the life
of your existing filter.
The MultiCyclone works on the basis of centrifugal water filtration. There are no moving parts to wear out
and no filter media to clean. Reduces backwash frequency for sand filters and extends media life. Also
reduces maintenance and extends the life of the cartridge in cartridge filtration systems. Traps sediments
between 10 to 100 microns. UV-resistant and corrosionproof. 2" unions, 1" purge valve.

MIN FLOW
MAX FLOW
MAX PRESSURE
SHIP WT
MODEL (GPM) (GPM) (PSI) (LBS)
WC200370 13
132
58
2-YEAR WARRANTY
EACH
25.5 $458.59

Fixed Bed Up-Flow Filter
FIXED BED UP-FLOW FILTER NEW!

Improve the Capture of Small Particulate Matter
Solids removal is one of the most important processes in a recirculating
aquaculture system. Sedimentation vessels are generally effective for
removing particulates larger than 80 microns, but finer solids can pass through
the unit and remain in the system deteriorating water quality. Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems fixed bed up-flow filter is specifically designed to remove fine
particulate matter remaining in the waste stream. These filters employ
Sweetwater SWX Bio-Media (included) for the filtration substrate in a
non-pressurized up-flow configuration. The media physically traps suspended
solids and is cleaned easily through a backwash process that introduces
heavy aeration to aggressively agitate trapped particulates. After the solids
have settled in the cone bottom, open the waste discharge valve and flush the
effluent out from the vessel. Filter bypass allows complete isolation of the
unit during the backwash operation.
Available in three sizes designed to handle a range of flow rates. Units were
designed as a secondary filtration component and should be placed
downstream from primary filter apparatuses. A great application for these
units would be in aquaponic systems.
Sturdy double-wall base support.
Domed lid keeps it clean.
Coned bottom allows complete drainage.
Comes with lid, tank, stand (except RJB-3), bypass valves,
Sweetwater SWX Bio-Media and plumbing to discharge effluent.

MODEL
SUGGESTED
FLOW
MEDIA REQUIRED
(CUBIC FT)
DIMENSIONS
(W X H)
EACH
RJB-1
510 GPM
5.5
54 X 57
$3,440.00
RJB-2
1530 GPM
17.5
72 X 74
4,775.00
RJB-3
3560 GPM
35.3
92 X 94
5,475.00
TECH TALK 95
Biofilter Sizing
Biofilters consist of surface-providing media for attachment of microorganisms that remove
wastes from the water. The media can be commercial products like Bio Barrels, Bio Balls, Bio
Strata, Bio-Fill, Biofilm Carrier Elements and Siporax among others. Sand, rock, shells and
other natural material can be used as biofilter media. The relative amount of usable surface area
(square feet surface area/cubic foot of media) and their weight are important.
In aquaculture, biofilters are used to convert ammonia to nitrite, and ultimately nitrate, through an
oxidation process called nitrification. The bacteria attach to the media surfaces where they use
ammonia and nitrite as energy sources and carbon dioxide as a carbon source. These bacteria are
aerobic, requiring oxygen for the conversion process.
The biofilter sizing process can be roughly summarized as follows:
1. Determine the maximum expected ammonia loading rate and the allowable total ammonianitrogen (TAN) concentration. Ammonia loading is a function of feed loading, protein content
and digestion efficiency. The TAN limit is primarily a function of culture water pH and fish
tolerance for un-ionized ammonia (see Tech Talk 47).
High water replacement rates dilute culture water ammonia while impacting pH and other water
quality parameters. Mass balance analysis is essential for determining the biofilter load, if any,
for these partial recirculating and flow-through systems.
2. Select the best kind of biofilter for the application. Many types of biofilters have been used in
aquaculture, including rotating biological contactors (RBCs), trickling filters, submerged filters,
fluidized beds, bead filters and low-space bioreactors (LSBs). One may be better than another
for a given application.
3. C alibrate the biofilter standard nitrification rate to the field water quality conditions. These
conditions include hydraulic loading rate, TAN concentration, oxygen availability and temperature.
Poor solid waste pre-filtration will reduce biofilter performance and require a larger biofilter.
4. Calculate the biofilter size based on the biofilter surface area, projected field nitrification rate
and the maximum expected ammonia load.
Biofilter surface area requirements can range from 3 to 30 square feet per lb of fish depending on
the biofilter type and the factors described above. For this reason, we recommend that the AES/B
Numbers (lbs of fish supported, Tech Talk 106) as well as the feed and TAN limits listed in this
catalog be used for comparison purposes only and not for biofilter sizing.

Bead Filters
SWEETWATER BEAD FILTERS
FW
SW
KOI
DESIGNED HERE
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater Bead Filters are specifically

engineered to deliver both mechanical and biological filtration in one highly
efficient package. Applications include koi ponds, public aquariums, zoos,
hatcheries, research facilities, aquaponics, quarantine and environmental
biological recovery systems. Robustly constructed heavy-duty fiberglass filter
vessels are rated at maximum 50 PSI and designed to hold up to 4500 ft of
biological contact surface area in a small footprint.
Backwashes are accomplished with ease using a blower system. The blower
aggressively agitates the debris collected in the media bed and suspends it in
the water column to be backwashed. Water clarity monitoring during backwash
cycles and the return stream is convenient using built-in sight glasses.
If separate mechanical filtration is provided upstream, pond size and fish
capacity can as much as double when the bead filter is used for biological
filtration only. Pond volume and fish load capacity numbers are nominal and
sizing requirements should be determined by daily feed rate.
930080
Bead filters include filtration vessel mounted on a rigid plastic base, control
valve with 2 union connections and filter bead media. Available models include
a choice of 120V/60Hz blower or a 240V/50Hz blower. Ships Ground. One-year
warranty.
Design Features
Innovative flow control protects against friction loss by eliminating
unnecessary flow restrictions inside the system allowing greater water flow
Both an excellent mechanical and biological filter
Clear sight glasses allow you to monitor filtered effluent and waste discharge
streams
Bottom mounted sludge drain discharges heavy solids without media
interference
Bypass function isolates beneficial bacteria and media without disturbing
normal water flow. Ideal for medicating the aquatic environment without
negatively impacting the beneficial bacteria.
High-output blower fluidizes and pre-washes media prior to backwash,
reducing the amount of water needed to clean the system, which increases
biological efficiency.
930083
Removable diffuser inlet makes for easy cleaning
MAXIMUM
RECOMMENDED

SYSTEM SIZE
FLOW RATE

GAL/LITERS (GPM)
BEAD
FISH
MEDIA
SUPPORTED
INLET/ DIMENSIONS
WITH 120V 60HZ BLOWER
WITH 240V 50HZ BLOWER
CAPACITY (LBS) OUTLET DIAMETER
HEIGHT
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
4,000/15,142
40 - 60
1.65 FT
75
2/ 11/2
19
38
930080 $1,550.00 930146

NEW $1,550.00
8,000/30,283
60 - 90
3.30 FT
165
24
43
930081 2,150.00 930147

2,150.00
NEW
12,000/45,425
90-110
4.95 FT
240
30
48
930082 2,950.00 930148

2,950.00
NEW
24,000/90,850
100-125
9.90 FT
480
36
52
930083
4,750.00
930149
NEW
4,750.00
Note: Model 930080 and 930146 will ship with 2 x 1 reducer bushings as option for 1 plumbing installation.
MODEL
EACH
AB1
FILTER BEAD MEDIA - 1.65 FT, 55 LBS. $117.29
930135
1HP, 120V 60HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930080 AND 930081 244.99
930142 NEW
1HP, 240V 50HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930146 AND 930147 244.99
930137
1.5HP, 120V 60HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930082 AND 930083 279.99
930143 NEW
1.5HP, 240V 50HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930148 AND 930149 279.99

Bead Filtration Systems
SWEETWATER BEAD FILTRATION SKID SYSTEMS
FW
SW
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater bead filtration systems are

self-contained units designed to provide both mechanical and biological
filtration. These systems offer complete filtration, UV treatment and circulation
for multi-tank culture systems, koi ponds and water gardens. Choose between
four different configurations with performance and specifications to suit the
needs of many aquatic applications. All systems include pump, filter, UV
sterilizer, bead filter, valves and rugged Schedule 80 PVC plumbing. They come
assembled, plumbed and pre-mounted on a plastic skid for drop and go
installations. Skid can be easily moved with a forklift or standard pallet jack.
Systems ship via motor freight (crating charge not included when applicable),
FOB Orlando. One-year warranty.
Applications:
Aquaculture systems
Multi-tank culture systems
Koi ponds
Water gardens
KOI
DESIGNED HERE
UV Sterilizers
These systems inactivate potentially-harmful micro-organisms such as
bacteria and algae through the use of ultra violet light. This important
benefit is accomplished by using Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems SMART UV
sterilizers. Each unit features high-output (HO) T6-style lamps and is sized
to deliver a UV dose over 30,000 W/cm2 at full system flow for optimal
sterilization. Replacement lamps sold separately.
Plumbing
These systems are plumbed with rugged Schedule 80 PVC pipe.
All valves are true union Asahi ball or 3-way valves for easy service and
disassembly. All filters and UV sterilizers have bypass lines to facilitate
filter or lamp replacement.
CALL OUR TECH SUPPORT FOR SIZING ASSISTANCE.
Pumps
Each filtration system is equipped with a Sparus 160 or Taurus 110 Energy
Efficient Aquaculture-Duty Centrifugal Pump. These pumps are fresh and
saltwater compatible, offer extremely high water flow in a quiet, energy efficient
package. Suitable for single-phase or three-phase electrical supply and offered
with totally enclosed fan cooled motors in 50hz and 60hz electrical ratings,
making them suitable for installation nearly anywhere in the world. Upgraded
systems are equipped with the Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology
that delivers a constant user-defined flow rate because the motor speed
self-adjusts to maintain the constant flow setting even as conditions change.
Note: Flow rate setting not to exceed system designed flow rate.
Filters
Sweetwater Bead Filters have been specifically sized to match the
requirements of the system and the flow rate of the pump to deliver effective,
reliable filtration. The bead filter housing is constructed of extra thick
polyethylene for strength and durability. The bead filter tanks feature a sight
glass to visually monitor the clarity of the return water as well as a clear pipe to
monitor waste discharge during the backwash cycle to make sure the bead
filter media is cleaning properly. Bead filter media is included, and replacement
media can be purchased separately. Offered in 50hz and 60hz electrical ratings.

FLOWRATE
FILTER SIZE
MODEL
PUMP (GPM) (FT3)
60 HZ MODELS
UV
(WATTS)
930087
POND SIZE*
(GAL)
LBS OF FISH*
INLET OUTLET
H**
EACH
40"
48"
$3,250.00
930084

TAURUS 60HZ 1PH

115/208-230V TEFC
40
1.65
80
4000
75
2"
2"
48"
930085

TAURUS 60HZ 1PH

115/208-230V TEFC
60
3.3
120
8000
165
2"
2"
48" 40" 62"
4,450.00
930086

SPARUS 60HZ 1PH

115/208-230V TEFC
100
4.95
150
12000
250
2"
2"
48" 40" 76"
4,950.00
930161 NEW SPARUS 60HZ 3PH

208-230/460V TEF5
100
4.95
150
12000
250
2"
2"
48" 40" 76"
4,925.00
930087

100
4.95
150
12000
250
2"
2"
48"
40"
76"
5,150.00

220-240V TEFC
40
1.65
80
4000
75
2"
2"
48"
40"
48" $3,700.00

380-420V TEFC
40
1.65
80
4000
75
2"
2"
48"
40"
48" 3,700.00

220-240V TEFC
60
3.3
120
8000
165
2"
2"
48"
40"
62" 4,625.00

380-420V TEFC
60
3.3
120
8000
165
2"
2"
48"
40"
62"

220-240V TEFC
100
4.95
150
12000
250
2"
2"
48"
40"
76" 5,225.00

380-420V TEFC
100
4.95
150
12000
250
2"
2"
48"
40"
76" 5,225.00
930165 NEW SPARUS W/CFT 1PH

230V 50/60HZ TEFC
100
4.95
150
12000
250
2"
2"
48"
40"
76" 5,525.00
SPARUS W/CFT 1PH

230V 50/60HZ TEFC
50 HZ MODELS
*Pond volume and fish load capacity numbers are nominal and sizing requirements should be determined by daily feed rate. ** Additional clearance is required for bulb removal.
4,625.00

Filtration Systems
COMMERCIAL FILTRATION SYSTEMS

Bag, Cartridge, and Sand
FW
SW
DESIGNED HERE
Filters
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Commercial Filtration Systems provide

complete filtration and circulation for larger recirculating applications. These
systems are available in a range of configurations with performance and
specifications to suit the needs of many aquatic applications. All systems
include pump, filter, UV sterilizer, chemical filter, valves and Schedule 80 PVC
pipe. They come assembled, plumbed and pre-mounted on durable plastic
skids for drop and go installations. Skids can be easily moved with a forklift or
standard pallet jack. Systems ship via motor freight, FOB Orlando.
Applications:
Public aquariums
Multi-tank rack systems
Retail holding systems
Seafood holding systems
Research systems
Residential systems
Aquaculture systems
Koi ponds
Commercial Filtration Systems are supplied with your choice of bag, cartridge
or sand filters. These filters have been specifically sized to match the
requirements of the system and the flow rate of the pump. All systems include
chemical filters which remove contaminants and impurities from the water
(media sold separately).
Choose between three filter options:

Bag FiltersThe polypropylene bag filter is designed to allow a high flow
rate through a single reusable in-line bag filter (filter bags from 1 to 800
microns are sold separately).
Cartridge FiltersThe cartridge filter housing is constructed of fiberglassreinforced polypropylene for improved strength and chemical resistance;
pleated 20-micron cartridge included (replacement cartridges sold separately).
Sand FiltersThe sand filter housing is constructed of a one-piece, reinforced
fiberglass shell for strength and durability (sand filter media sold separately).
Pumps
All systems are available with pumps that are suitable for single-phase or
three-phase electrical supply and offered in 50 hz or 60 hz electrical ratings,
making them suitable for installation nearly anywhere in the world. Fresh and
saltwater compatible.
Choose between two pump models:

Sparus 160These pumps offer extremely high water flow in a quiet,
energy efficient package.
Sparus with Constant Flow TechnologyDelivers a constant user-
defined flow rate because the motor speed self-adjusts to maintain the
constant flow setting even as system conditions change. Note: Flow rate
setting not to exceed system designed flow rate.
UV Sterilizers
These systems feature Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems commercial-duty UV
sterilizers that utilize ultraviolet light to effectively and efficiently inactivate
potentially-harmful micro-organisms such as bacteria and algae. These UV
units feature high-output (HO) T6-style lamps for a higher wattage in a shorter
lamp. The UV dose is sized to be over 30,000 W/cm2 at full system flow.
Replacement lamps sold separately.
Plumbing
Systems are plumbed with Schedule 80 PVC pipe. All valves are true union
Asahi ball or 3-way valves plumbed throughout the system for easy service
and disassembly. All filters and UV sterilizers have bypass lines to facilitate
filter or lamp replacement.
930019 - 30 GPM Bag Filter System
930054 - 60 GPM Cartridge Filter System

SPARUS 60HZ 1PH
115/208-230V TEFC
MODEL
EACH
SPARUS 60HZ 3PH

208-230/460V TEFC
MODEL
EACH
930070 - 100 GPM Sand Filter System

CSK FILTRATION SYSTEMS
SPARUS W/CFT
230V 50/60HZ 1PH TEFC
MODEL
EACH
SPARUS 50HZ 1PH

220-240V TEFC
MODEL
EACH
SPARUS 50HZ 3PH

380-420V TEFC
MODEL
EACH
30GPM, BAG FILTER
930019
$5,565.00 930020
$5,198.00 930021
$5,198.00 930022
$5,198.00 930023
$5,198.00
30GPM, CARTRIDGE FILTER

930024
5,565.00 930025
5,198.00 930026 5,198.00 930027
5,198.00 930028
5,198.00
30GPM, SAND FILTER
930029
5,565.00 930030
5,198.00 930031
5,198.00 930032
5,198.00 930033
5,198.00
45GPM, BAG FILTER
930034
5,849.00 930035
5,481.00 930036
5,481.00 930037
5,481.00 930038
5,481.00

930039
5,849.00 930040
5,481.00 930041 5,481.00 930042
5,481.00 930043
5,481.00
45GPM, SAND FILTER
930044
5,849.00 930045
5,481.00 930046
5,481.00 930047
5,481.00 930048
5,481.00
60GPM, BAG FILTER
930049
6,216.00 930050
5,849.00 930051 5,849.00 930052
5,849.00 930053
5,849.00

930054
6,216.00 930055
5,849.00 930056
5,849.00 930057
5,849.00 930058
5,849.00
60GPM, SAND FILTER
930059
6,216.00 930060
5,849.00 930061
5,849.00 930062
5,849.00 930063
5,849.00
100GPM, BAG FILTER
930064
6,657.00 930065*
6,290.00 930066
6,290.00

930067
6,657.00 930068*
6,290.00 930069
6,290.00
930070
6,657.00 930071*
6,290.00 930072
6,290.00
100GPM, SAND FILTER
* 208-230V 60HZ 1PH TEFC. See page 100 for filter bags. See page 117 for replacement cartridges. See page 98 for sand media.
Sand Filters
ARIAS 4000 SAND FILTERS

Thermoplastic sand filter with multiport valve
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Arias 4000 Top Mount Filters are the perfect
high performance sand filters. They're incredibly simple to operate and
maintain, and they're built with long-term reliability in mind. Plus, their highly
efficient design provides all the filtration your system requires, year after year.
Sand filters are one of the most popular and cheap ways to filter water,
and for good reason. They are simple, effective and require very little attention.
Water is routed through a sand-filled pressure vessel. In this method,
impurities are extracted from the water using sand to collect and attract
the debris as small as 20 to 40 microns. Over time, dirt accumulates in the
spaces between the sand particles causing the pressure in the vessel to
rise as water finds it harder to pass through. This signals you to "backwash"
the filter. Simply reverse the water flow and "knock out" the dirt.
The top-mount, 6-function 112" multiport valve of the Arias 4000 puts all
filter functions right at your fingertipsjust rotate the handle to the desired
position and the Arias 4000 does the rest for sure and simple operation.
Features a pressure gauge and manual air relief for optimum filtration
efficiency. Its internal design ensures that water is exposed to maximum sand
surface area for superior filtration performance and efficient backwashing.
Features:
One-piece thermoplastic tank for exceptional strength, corrosion resistance
and long life
Combination water and sand drain makes servicing fast and easy
Special internal design maintains sand bed level for consistent performance
and extended time between cleaning cycles
A4000-40-AQ

MODEL
A4000-35-AQ
EFFECTIVE
MAX
ALL SAND
FILTRATION
PRESSURE
FLOWRATE
REQUIRED
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
AREA (FT 2) (PSI) (GPM) (LBS) A B
C (LBS)
1.4
30
35
100 37 33.5 16.5 22
EACH
$239.49
A4000-40-AQ
1.8
35
40
150
46.25 37.75
19.5
24
287.59
A4000-60-AQ
2.3
40
60
250
52.5 43.75 22.5
28
325.09
A4000-70-AQ
3.15
50
70
300
57 46.25 24
58
335.49
A4000-80-AQ*
3.5
50
75
350
76
361.39
65.75 48.75
26
*With 2" valve.
TECH TALK 46
Iron Removal
If iron is in your water, you can either move to another location or spend some effort to remove it.
The presence of iron above .1 ppm is considered detrimental to most freshwater fish-keeping
(.5 is lethal). Iron-bearing water, when fresh out of the ground, is usually clear because iron is in
the soluble ferrous iron form. As soon as it reacts with a little oxygen (.14 ppm per part of iron),
the iron is changed to the ferric state and turns brown or orange. Then, it either drops out
(precipitates) or remains suspended as a colloid.
There are three general classes of iron-bearing ground water:
Those that precipitate immediately after aeration.
To remove iron that precipitates readily, simply aerate or spray water into the air using the well
pumps pressure. Hold the water in a settling basin, followed by a slow rate sand filter of about
two gallons per square foot per minute.
For removing more difficult iron, the aerated water may be passed over coarse contact media
(lava, stones, coke, etc.) in a multilevel tray. The media soon becomes coated with iron hydroxide,
which promotes catalytic precipitation of iron and manganese from the water.
All three classes of iron can be removed by the lime-softening process and/or the zeolite process,
sometimes called greensand.
Those that do not precipitate (acid waters)

Those that precipitate only part of the iron.
113
114
Sand Filters

Fiberglass tank with multiport valve, clamp style
These Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems sand filters have been a favorite of
aquaculturists for yearsa testament to their performance, value and ease
of use. But not all sand filters are equal. Arias 6000 sand filters include
design features that give you consistent performance and quicker cleaning
cycles to keep pump operating costs low. Arias 6000 provide years of service
with only periodic backwashing to remove trapped debris from the sand.
A special diffuser creates a uniform sand bed that consistently traps more
dirt without impeding the water flow or letting it race through too fastthe
result is more effective filtration and longer times between backwashing.
The six-position valve has a manual air relief valve and a sight glass to make
inspection, routine maintenance and operation fast and easy. Model
A6000-40-AQ has 1 NPT female threads on the valve itself w/ 1 female
slip unions included. Model A6000-60-AQ has 2 slip connection unions ONLY
(no internal threads on this valve). Model A6000-100-AQ has 2 NPT female
threads on the valve itself (but the filter includes 3 NPT to female slip
unions). Pressure gauge also included.
Features
The Arias 6000 tank is constructed in one piece from fiberglass reinforced
material to deliver unmatched strength and durability
Special lateral design provides superior flow characteristics and long
filter cycles for economical operation
Combination water and sand drain makes servicing fast and easy
A6000-40-AQ, A6000-60-AQ and A6000-100-AQ are standard with
plastic clamp
A6000-60-AQ

MODEL
A6000-40-AQ
EFFECTIVE
MAX
ALL SAND
FILTRATION PRESSURE FLOWRATE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
AREA (FT 2) (PSI) (GPM) (LBS)
A B C (LBS)
1.8
50
40
175
A6000-60-AQ
3.1
50
60
325
A6000-100-AQ
4.9
50
100
600
EACH
47 37 19.5
30 $425.39
57
38
447.09
78
685.29
42.5
24.5
65.5 47.25 30.5
Note: Operating limitsmaximum continual operating pressure of pressure of 50 psi. Maximum operating water temperature (internal filter) is 104 F (40 C).
TECH TALK 43
Sand Filter Media
There are numerous choices of media for sand filter vessels other than sand. One can use plastic
beads, granular media of mixed sizes, or lightweight filter media for particulate and solid waste
removal. Activated carbon can be useful for the removal of dissolved organics, chlorine, and
antibiotics. Activated carbon should be replaced prior to it becoming saturated by adsorption of
materials on its surfaces. Sand filter vessels can also be used with zeolite, an ion exchange mineral
with the ability to adsorb ammonia ions from fresh water. Regardless of the media chosen for your
filtration solution, always backwash or rinse new material prior to operation to remove dust and fine
particles that can irritate fish or cause cloudy water conditions. Bear in mind that, for specialized
filtration applications, Pentair offers a wide array of specialized filters that may be better options than
sand filter vessels.
In addition to providing solids filtration, media within sand filter vessels can also provide biofiltration,
with the surfaces of the media becoming colonized with nitrifying bacteria. This type of filter can be
operated as a pressurized biofilter/solids filter, and works well in a flow scheme with a single pump
cycling water from the culture tank, through the filter, and returning the flow to an elevation to provide
degassing before returning to the culture tanks. The Sparus with Constant Flow Technology pump
is ideal for pairing with a pressurized media filter, as it can deliver a constant flow rate to the filter
regardless of solids loading and head loss that a fixed-media filter experiences.
One must realize also that sand media filters and pressurized filters are not usually suitable for
production aquaculture situations. While a sand filter is an excellent application of fine solids removal
for pool filtration, this situation is with chlorinated water, eliminating the growth of bacterial biofilm
and biosolids. In a heavily-fed aquaculture production situation, however, where no chlorine can be
used, a sand filter will quickly become overwhelmed with bacterial growth and fouling, requiring large
volumes of water to frequently backwash. Replacement of large volumes of water can be problematic
in maintaining proper system temperature, and in the addition of additives to maintain hardness,
salinity, and alkalinity. Alternative media filters may be suitable for situations in which lighter feed
rates will apply, such as laboratory, hatchery, and live holding system applications.
In substituting media in traditional sand filter vessels, flow rates and backwash frequencies will not
follow those established for traditional sand filters. Proper operation and flow rates may need to be
adjusted for operational characteristics. Sizing of alternative media filters may best be approached by
assuming half the flow capacity of that of a traditional sand filter unit. Your Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems solutions provider can assist with particular models and your operational requirements.
115
Sand Filters

Fiberglass sand filter w/o valves
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Arias 8000 sand filters feature a process
that creates a one-piece, reinforced fiberglass shell with a UV-resistant
surface finish. Compatible multi-port valve available separately, refer below to
part number SMV2. If you dont purchase a valve, then you will need to
purchase a set of fittings listed below.10-year tank warranty, one-year
standard warranty. Ships via motor freight.
Filter, Valve,
and Fittings
Sold Separately
10 YEAR TANK
WARRANTY
SMV2

MODEL
EFFECTIVE
FILTRATION FLOW RATE
AREA (FT 2)
(GPM)1
MAX
PRESSURE
(PSI)
PEA GRAVEL
REQUIRED
(LBS)
SAND
REQUIRED
(LBS)
271092-AQ
FILTER MEDIA
ALL SAND
REQUIRED (LBS)
A
B
DIMENSIONS
C
D
E
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
A8000-100-AQ
4.91
98
50
150
450
600
39.75
30.5
16.50
43.75
7.5
70
$767.09
A8000-140-AQ
7.06
141
50
275
650
925
45.25
36.5
18.75
49.25
7.5
82
1,118.00
Based on 20 gpm per ft 2.
OPTIONAL VALVE
SMV2
MULTIPORT VALVE, 2 FNPT ON THE VALVE ITSELF, SIDE MOUNTED
157.49
OPTIONAL FITTINGS FOR INSTALLATIONS WITHOUT A VALVE

271096-AQ
1 & 2 SLIP ADAPTER KIT (PAIR) 32.89
271094-AQ
1 THREADED ADAPTER KIT (PAIR) 32.59
271092-AQ
2 THREADED ADAPTER KIT (PAIR) 35.69
LIVE CHAT
Available for your convenience:
General technical support & customer service

Online discussion with technician
Order questions & tracking
Multilingual chat options available
Billing & shipping questions
SECTION
FILTRATION
116 MECHANICAL
ProductsFilters/Media
/ Products /Filters
Products
Carbon
COMMERCIAL CARBON FILTERS
FW
SW
DESIGNED HERE
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater Commercial Carbon Filters utilize

beds of pure activated carbon to remove contaminants and impurities from
water. These carbon filters are available in three tank sizes to allow for max
flow rates ranging from 30 GPM to 125 GPM. The carbon filter can be applied
to influent and effluent water treatment. Removal uses: chlorine, chloramine,
organics, low molecular, volatile organics. Size is determined by flow,
contaminant concentration, and time between carbon exchange. Gravel and
activated carbon filter media sold separately.Ships Ground. One-year warranty.
Design Features
F iberglass-reinforced plastic filter tank created with an exclusive
manufacturing process that creates a seamless shell sealed with epoxy
resin which is light weight and ideal for corrosive environments
Designed with freshwater and saltwater compatible components
Powder coated 316 Stainless Steel frame provides plumbing support
Plumbed with gray PVC Schedule 80 pipe for heavy duty applications
4 stainless steel panel mounted differential pressure gauge, 0-160 PSI, for
monitoring of inlet and outlet pressure
Keystone Composeal Butterfly valves provide excellent corrosion resistance,
bubble tight shutoff and convenient, simple operation during backwash
Activated carbon (part no. AC55) and gravel (part no. GRAVEL38)
sold separately
950002 - 70 GPM
Carbon Filter

MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MEDIA

FLOW
SYSTEM SIZE
CAPACITY
MODEL (GPM) (GAL) (FT3/M3)
INLET
OUTLET
950001
30
119
ACVTIVATED CARBON
(LBS. REQUIRED)
7.0/0.2
196
950003 - 125 GPM

Carbon Filter
GRAVEL TANK SIZE OVERALL DIMENSIONS

(LBS. REQUIRED)
DIA. HEIGHT
L
W
H
365
24 72
42
35
97
EACH
$8,000.00
950002
70
264
17.6/0.5
440
819
36 72
56
40
99
9,500.00
950003
125
463
31.8/0.9
783
1459
48 72
73
51
110
11,750.00
HEIGHT
EACH
FILTER HOUSING 20
CHEMICAL BASKET FILTERS
This 20 filter housing is NSF-listed and doubles the

flowrate of the 10 housings. Housing is rated at 25 psi
@ 125F, has EPDM and silicone O-rings with 3/4 FNPT
inlet/outlet, polypropylene plastic, weighs 3 lbs. Fits
pleated, polypropylene filter cartridges listed and other
standard 20 filters.
Large chemical media filters perfect for

use in small recirculating systems,
seafood holding systems and zoological
exhibits. Use them with carbon, zeolite,
biofilter media, etc. Glass-filled
thermoplastic units are compatible with
fresh and salt water. The shape of the tank
provides a high surface area and an ideal
flow pattern through the media.

MODEL
GPM
EACH
Lock ring and 1 1/2 drain and washout

allow quick and convenient access to
basket to change media out, and 2
plumbing provides maximum flow.
Includes air bleed and pressure gauge.
Bases of units are 11 in diameter; 16 long
from inlet to end of outlet.Capacities listed
below are based on dry weight using
ProLine activated carbon.
FH800
FILTER HOUSING, 20" BLUE
$46.59
FH801
1 MICRON CARTRIDGE
3-5
27.49
CAPACITY
MODEL
VERT. CLEARANCE
GPM
(LBS)
FH803
0.35 MICRON CARTRIDGE
2-4
27.59
FCB75H
39" 28 12 25.5" $397.99
FH805
5 MICRON CARTRIDGE
4-7
18.89
FCB100H
61" 38 17.5 33" 532.39
FH820
20 MICRON CARTRIDGE
5-10
18.89
FCB200H
76" 75 26 40.5" 660.49
FH850
50 MICRON CARTRIDGE
10-20
18.89
FCB50H
30" 19 8 18" 362.29
SECTION 117
117
Products / Products
Cartridge
/ Products
Filters
SEDNA 1000 CARTRIDGE FILTERS

Fiberglass-reinforced cartridge filter
Get top-end filter performance with low maintenance! The single-piece
base/tank is constructed of fiberglass-reinforced polypropylene for
improved strength and chemical resistance. The manual air relief valve
and continuous internal air relief work together to maintain optimum
filtration efficiency at all times. The unit's innovative clamp ring design
makes it easy to remove and rinse the cartridge, and the cartridge's surface
is designed to block and trap as many solids as possible. 11/2" drain and
washout allow quick and convenient maintenance, and 2" plumbing provides
maximum flow. One-year limited warranty.
S1000-100-AQ
S1000-75-AQ

MODEL
EFFECTIVE FILTRATION
AREA (FT2)
S1000-50-AQ
50
20 Micron
Replacement
Cartridge
S1000-50-AQ
FLOWRATE
(GPM)
A. DIM.
B. DIM.
19-50
S1000-75-AQ
75
28-75
S1000-100-AQ
100
38-100
S1000-150-AQ
150
56-150
S1000-200-AQ
200
75-200
18 30
25.5 39
SHIP WEIGHT
(LBS)
EACH
15
$221.39
26
283.49
33
361.79
40.5 76
35
482.29
40.5 76
35
561.79
33 61
S1000-50C-AQ
20 MICRON REPL. CARTRIDGE FOR S1000-50-AQ
45.39
S1000-75C-AQ
58.79
S1000-100C-AQ
72.09
S1000-150C-AQ
10
95.09
S1000-200C-AQ
12
118.59
LIFEGARD CARTRIDGE FILTER ACCESSORIES

MODEL
BG15
EACH
15-PSI GAUGE
$17.19
VF2
35-PSI GAUGE
13.09
VF65
GAUGE ADAPTER & AIR BLEED
8.69
VF11R
REPL. FILTER CARTRIDGE FOR VF11
9.89
VF65
VF11R
VF2

Bag Filters/Filter Bags
XL234 BAG FILTER

The XL234 is a highly durable bag filter system.
The vessel, constructed of glass-filled
polypropylene with UV inhibitors, comes with a
100% polypropylene basket and Viton gasket. The
filter is rated up to 85 psi @ 110F and provides
flowrates up to 160 gpm. The filter bag allows for
extra dirt holding with its 5.3 ft2 surface that is 20%
larger than a standard size two-filter bag.
In addition to the durability and broad range
capability, the XL234 is simple to use. The twist-off
lid requires no tools and the EZ Loc ring on the
filter bag easily snaps into the sealing groove to
prevent bypass. The tripod filter legs are integrally
molded to the filter body for ease of installation.
A sacrificial vent grommet on the filter will vent if
the lid is not closed securely, providing extra safety
in operation.
MODEL
FV234
FILTER VESSEL
EACH
$1,910.00
FV234B BASKET
222.79
The filter is available with 2" NPT inlet/outlet

connections in-line side in/side out. The filter bags
are available in a variety of microns and materials
including polypropylene felt, polypropylene
monofilament felt and polypropylene microfiber.
Ship weight 38 lbs.
F234G GASKET
35.39
FV24GK
23.69
Features
MODEL MICRON EACH
Designed for simplicity, safety and service life
XL1 1
$10.59
85 psi filter, 160 gpm flow rate
10.59
XL3 3
SAFETY GROMMET KIT
POLYPROPYLENE FELT FILTER BAGS
Twist-off cap and EZ Loc ring
XL5 5
8.79
2 NPT inlet/outlet
XL10 10 8.79
53 1/2H x 17 1/2 D at widest point
XL25 25 11.19
Variety of filter bags available

FV234
10.39
XL50 50
XL100 100 9.19
TECH TALK 65
Mechanical Filtration and Biofiltration
In the world of aquaculture, mechanical filtration and biofiltration are very distinct and
separate entities, and they must be treated as such. Filtration is the removal of solid waste,
whereas biofiltration is the biological process that converts toxic nitrogenous wastes to
non-toxic nitrate.
Solid waste is typically categorized by its size and specific gravity. Settleable solids are those
solids which have a relatively high specific gravity compared to the water in which they exist.
They will settle to the bottom. Suspended solids are those in a category that have a specific
gravity the same as, or slightly higher than, the water. They tend to stay in suspension and will
only drop-out over a long period of time. Dissolved solids are those which actually become a
part of the water. The dissolved solids are eliminated by reverse osmosis, anion and cation
resins, activated carbon, etc.
One method of removing solid waste from a round fish tank is to use a double drain. It
will direct the settled solids to a separate area from the main flow. The settled solids can
be directed into a small clarifier, much smaller than one sized to handle the entire flow
of recirculating water. The other drain takes the suspended solids along with the
nitrogenous waste.
Suspended solids can be removed by several methods. One is the bead filter, which incorporates
the use of small polyethylene beads that have a positive electrostatic charge. These beads
have an affinity for the negatively charged suspended solids. As the particles pass these beads,
they are statically drawn to them. When the beads are loaded with solids, it is time to
backwash them.
Suspended solids can also be removed by mechanical means such as bag filters, drum filters
and vegetative filters.
Biofiltration is the aerobic (with oxygen) breakdown of dissolved nitrogenous fish waste. The
process is accomplished by two or more strains of autotrophic bacteria. These bacteria are
naturally occurring and will ultimately colonize the bio-media in the biofilter as well as the tank
and pipe walls. The speed of this process is dependent on temperature, pH, salinity, surface
area, flow rate, etc.
The autotrophic bacteria use oxygen in a two-step process to first convert the toxic ammonia
(NH3 or NH4+) to nitrite (NO2-). Another strain of bacteria converts nitrite (NO2-) to nitrate
(NO3-). Nitrate is much less toxic and typically tolerated by most cultured species until it
reaches very high levels. Controlling nitrate is accomplished by diluting with clean water or by
using a denitrification chamber that converts nitrate into nitrogen gas (this is an anaerobic
process that uses a group of heterotrophic bacteria). A third method to keep nitrate levels in
check is the use of plants. You can have a green water system (using algae), a vegetative filter
or even use a hydroponic plant system to remove nitrate.
Regardless of which type of filtering equipment you decide to use, the one thing to keep in mind
is to stage the filtration. It is a common mistake to design a system that relies too heavily on a
single filtering device to provide all of the filtering requirements of a recirculating system. By
staging filtration components, the system will perform at or near its peak.

Bag Filters/Filter Bags
BAG FILTER
TECH FAV
This polypropylene filter vessel is designed to allow high flowrates through a single reusable bag filter. It is
rated at 75 gpm for clean water (for particulate-laden water and/or to extend time between cleanings, we
recommend a design flowrate below 40 gpm). For higher flows, use two or more in parallel. To further
extend time between cleaning, place a larger micron filter before a smaller micron filter in series. The
vessel is made of UV-inhibited polypropylene with a threaded lid, O-ring and removable internal basket for
easy bag removal. This vessel has 2" FNPT inlet and outlet and 1/4" FNPT lid vent and weighs 10 lbs. 38 H
with legs x 11 D at the widest point. Optional pressure gauges for lid vent are below. Vessels include
housing, lid, retainer basket and 2 plastic leg/foot assemblies, easily cut to required height. Conical base
(36049) highly recommended. Maximum pressure is 100 psi @ 110F. One-year warranty.
Bag Filters
Bag filters are 6" dia. x 20" length with 2 ft2 of surface area. They are fitted with a ring that seals directly
against the filter housing, eliminating any chance of bypass. Ten levels of filtration bags offered from 1 to
800 microns.
Differential pressure gauge
Designed exclusively to supplement pressure gauges used on our FV1 bag filter. It mounts on the mounting
pad's bag vessel located on the opposite side of the inlet port. The window turns red, indicating "time to
change." Requires a 3/16" drill to install portholes; use only screws provided. 2" long.
MODEL
FV1
EACH
FV1
FILTER VESSEL
$322.09 $289.89/6+
36049
OPTIONAL CONICAL BASE
116.49
BG15
17.19
LPG30
GAUGE, 030 PSI, 1/4" NPT, LIQUID-FILLED
28.49
BG61
12.89
VF65
GAUGE ADAPTER & AIR BLEED
8.69
DPG20
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE, 1520 PSI
27.59
REPLACEMENT PARTS
FV1 w/Optional Conical Base

(36049) and Pressure Gauge
FV1S
LID O-RING
8.59 7.73/6+
FVV1L
THREADED LID
85.09 76.58/6+
36002
INTERNAL BASKET
91.19 82.07/6+
FV1F
LEGS (2)
38.69
VB1
BAG FILTER (FELT), 1
34.82/6+
7.19 6.47/10+
VB5
7.19 6.47/10+
VB10
7.19 6.47/10+
VB25
7.19 6.47/10+
VB50
7.19 6.47/10+
VB100
7.19 6.47/10+
VB200
BAG FILTER (MESH), 200
7.19 6.47/10+
VB300
7.19 6.47/10+
VB600
7.19 6.47/10+
VB800
7.19 6.47/10+
36002
Internal Basket
w/Bag Filter
VB800
Bag Filter
DPG20
Differential
Pressure Gauge
FV1S
Lid O-Ring
120 CHEMICAL FILTRATION

Reverse Osmosis Systems
REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEMS, 3-STAGE
REVERSE OSMOSIS DI SYSTEMS, 5-STAGE
High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter,

2-micron carbon block pre-filter
High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter, 2-micron carbon

block for VOC reduction
High-flow/high-rejection TFC membrane

providing excellent water purification
High-flow/high-rejection TFC
membrane and two colorchanging deionization resins
for the highest water purity
160-psi pressure gauge and clear 10 filter

cartridge housings allow full system
monitoring
160-psi pressure gauge and clear

10 filter cartridge housings
allow full system monitoring
Quick disconnect fittings, filter wrench and

hose bib attachment are included
Quick disconnect fittings, filter

wrench and hose bib attachment
are included
In-line TDS meter and shut-off valve optional

Plus models with Chloramine Blaster filters
Ship weight is 15 lbs
In-line TDS meter and shut-off

valve optional
Dolphin Series
Plus models with Chloramine

Blaster filters
AF3300
AFX51

Mako Series
MAX
FLOW (GPD)
STD MODEL
50
AFX350
EACH
$144.99
PLUS MODEL
AFX350C
EACH
$208.99
MAX
FLOW (GPD)
STD MODEL
50
AFX51 $274.99 AFX51C $338.99
EACH
PLUS MODEL
EACH
100 AF3100 158.99 AF3100C 228.99
100
AFX101 259.99 AFX101C 348.99
200 AF3200 217.99 AF3200C 277.99
200
AFX201 336.99 AFX201C 407.99
300 AF3300 286.99 AF3300C 346.99
300
AFX301 394.99 AFX301C 476.99

High-efficiency 1-micron sediment
pre-filter, 2-micron carbon block for
VOC reduction
High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter and Chloramine Blaster filters
High-flow/high-rejection TFC
membrane and color-indicating
deionization resin for lab grade water
Microprocessor-controlled 1:1 waste-to-water ratio helps conserve water
High-flow/high-rejection TFC membrane and color-changing deionization

resin for the highest water purity
Booster pump increases pressure to maximize filter efficiency
Cyclic membrane flush upon startup and shutdown prolongs DI life and
prevents scaling
160-psi pressure gauge and clear 10

filter cartridge housings allow full
system monitoring
160-psi pressure gauge

and clear 10 filter
cartridge housings allow
full system monitoring
Quick disconnect fittings, filter wrench

and hose bib attachment are included
In-line TDS meter and shut-off valve
optional
Plus models with Chloramine Blaster
filters
Quick disconnect
fittings, filter wrench
and hose bib attachment
are included
AFX50
In-line TDS meter and

high- and low-pressure
kill switches
Barracuda Series

Octopus Series
AFXOCT50
MAX
FLOW (GPD)
STD MODEL
50
AFX50 $218.99 AFX50C $278.99
AFXOCT50
50 $458.99
100
AFX100 231.99 AFX100C 298.99
AFXOCT100
100 468.99
200
AFX200 283.99 AFX200C 348.99
AFXOCT150
150 478.99
300
AFX300 336.99 AFX300C 416.99
AFXOCT200
200 548.99
EACH
PLUS MODEL
EACH
MODEL
MAX FLOW (GPD)
EACH
AquaFX the Leaders in Reverse Osmosis is a registered trademark of Aqua Engineering & Equipment, Inc.
CHEMICAL FILTRATION 12108

Reverse Osmosis Accessories
REVERSE OSMOSIS ACCESSORIES

MODEL
EACH
AFXWR
FILTER WRENCH
$3.19
AFXPG
AFXTDS
GAUGE & TEE, 1/8" MNPT, 160 PSI

18.99
TDS METER
44.99
SHUT-OFF VALVE
54.49
AFXASO
AFXBLCART
AFXASO
AFXPG
FILTER REFILL (+ MODELS)

18.49
AFX10C
AFXDI
REPLACEMENT CANISTER
20.99
AFXCF
CARBON CARTRIDGE
7.99
REPLACEMENT DEIONIZATION CARTRIDGE
21.09
REVERSE OSMOSIS BOOSTER PUMP KIT

Designed specifically for reverse osmosis systems, this in-line pump boosts incoming tap water
pressure that is too low for optimal R/O performance. The 24VDC pump adds about 50 psi to your line
pressure.
Kit includes up to 100 GPD booster pump, 110V transformer, high pressure switch, anti-vibe mounting
tab, and heavy-duty aluminum bracket. Quiet operation, weighs 6 lbs.
AFX10C
AFXBLCART
AFXDI
AFXCF

MODEL
MAX FLOW
(GPD)
EACH
BP8800
R/O BOOSTER PUMP KIT
200
$138.99
ZG439052
3/8 X 1/4 BUSHING
200
3.49
FILTERS, 10
Our FXC filter housing tops are made of polypropylene with 3/4 FNPT ports and feature acrylonitrile,
shatter-resistant filter housings. FXB has a unique bypass valve built into its top, which allows the
cartridge to be changed without interrupting the flow. Both models are rated to 150 psi, accept all
standard 10 filter cartridges and weigh 5 lbs each.
The canister cartridge (FX6) is sold empty for filling with your own media (zeolite, resin or carbon, etc.)
and includes gaskets, pre-filter and post-filter.
BP8800
MODEL
EACH
FXC
10 FILTER HOUSING, 3/4 FNPT WITH ADAPTERS AND GASKETS
FX6
CANISTER, EMPTY, 10
FXB
BYPASS FILTER HOUSING
6+
$31.49 $28.34
9.79 8.81
47.59 42.83
POLYMICRO FILTERS, 10
FXC
FX6
AFX50M
FXB
PFCM
These cartridges are made through an exclusive process that thermally bonds 100% pure polypropylene
microfibers with lower density at the outside surface and progressivelyhigher density towards the
center. Made from FDA-compliant, NSF-certified materials, they are ideal as pre-filters. Fit standard
10 filter cartridges.
MODEL MICRON
EACH 4+
For R/O units & deionization canisters

Wound Polypropylene
PFCM
$3.79 $3.41
PFC5M
3.79 3.41
PFC10M
10
3.79 3.41
FX1
$7.09 $6.38
PFC25M
25
3.79 3.41
FX5
7.09 6.38
PFC50M
50
3.79 3.41
FX10
10
7.09 6.38
PFC75M
75
3.79 3.41
FX25
25
7.09 6.38
PFC100M
100
3.79 3.41
FX50
50
7.09 6.38
MODEL
MICRON
EACH 12+
Replacement TFC Membranes

MODEL GPD EACH
AFX50M
50
$45.89
AF100M
100
49.89
AquaFX the Leaders in Reverse Osmosis is a registered trademark of Aqua Engineering & Equipment, Inc.
122 BIOLOGICAL
SECTION FILTRATION
Products / Products
Low-Space
Bioreactor/ Products
SWEETWATER LOW-SPACE BIOREACTOR FILTER

Fully automatic, self-adjusting and continuously self-cleaning
KOI
This is a robust, nonpressurized biofilter that is much less sensitive to flow

rate variations and power interruptions than fluidized bed sand biofilters.
When operated in low-head recirculating systems, it can easily be sunk into
the floor to reduce the pump pressure. When installed this way, only a few
inches of head loss will occur across the LSB. Because air is used to circulate
the media, the LSB both adds oxygen and strips carbon dioxide! A hood can
be placed over the bioreactor to vent the CO2 outdoors. We have colored them
blue/green to prevent algae growth inside and provide the dark environment
preferred by the Nitrobacter bacteria.
Air diffuser depth can be adjusted for compatibility with your blower/
compressor. LSBs are complete with media. Compressed air connections
are 1/2 slip. Air pump not included. All you need are male-threaded pipe
connections. We can also custom build larger sizes. Ships motor freight.
Up to 12 kg feed/m3 media (35.3 ft3)
Non-pressurized, gravity drain
Low head
CO2 stripping
PACKS A HUGE AMOUNT OF USABLE SURFACE INTO A SMALL VOLUME.
MEDIA WITH NO FLOW
MEDIA WITH WATER FLOW
MEDIA IN BIOREACTOR
TANK VOL
(GAL)
D X H
(INCHES)
MEDIA
MAX. (FT3)
FLOWRATE
(GPM)
LSB2.5
35
18 X 33
2.5
LSB3
40
18 X 36
LSB5
70
23 X 43
LSB7
94
21.5 X 62
1030 2 3 339 49 170
1,280.00
LSB8
105
31 X 37
1030 2 3 376 510 175
1,333.00
1,802.00

MODEL
BF150A
REQD AIR
FLOW (CFM)
IN/OUT
(INCHES)
AES/B*
FEED
(LBS/DAY)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
39
1 1.25 119 1.53 40
310
1 1.25 142
720 1.5 2 236 36 140
2-4
55
EACH
$597.59
669.39
1,038.00
LSB12
170
31 X 57
12
1750 3 3 576 715 280
LSB25
323
47 X 50
25
2590 4.5 4 1173 1530 380
2,966.00
LSB35-2
480
47 X 71
35
40200 4.5 6 1730 2045 535
4,602.00
BF150A
BIO-MEDIA, 1 FT3 10
41.49
*AES/B Number is a conservative amount of fish (lbs) supported. See tech talk 106.
TECH TALK 112

Fluidized Sand Biofilters
The purpose of a biological filter is to convert ammonia to nitrate. Fish excrete ammonia in proportion to the amount of food they eat. In our catalog, you will see a "Feed per Day" rating based on a 40%
protein content, 10% moisture content feed, with typical digestibility. Fluidized bed biofilters using sand media are extremely compact and very inexpensive compared to other biofilters because the media
is sand. Water flows upward through the sand causing the sand grains to float or "fluidize." When the water flow is too low to fluidize the bed it is called a "collapsed bed." When the proper amount of
water is flowing, the sand expands upward, a condition referred to as an "expanded bed." If too much water is flowing, the bed will over expand and the smaller grains will be carried out of the biofilter in
the outflow water. There are three important aspects of fluidized sand biofilters. The first is the water inflow diffuser at the bottom. The diffuser creates a uniform, low-turbulence sand flow pattern.
Excessive turbulence can erode the biofilter vessel and scour nitrifying bacteria from the sand grains. The second aspect is water flow velocity. A narrow water flow range must be maintained to keep the
sand properly fluidized. Flow variations caused by pre-filters can result in collapsed or "blown-out" sand beds. The third aspect is refluidization. At start-up, a little extra pump pressure and an effective
water diffuser design are required for initial fluidization.
BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION
SECTION 123
Products / Products
Cyclonic /Bioreactor
Products
CYCLONIC BIOREACTOR
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Cyclonic BioReactor (CBR) is a Fluidized Sand
BioReactor (FSB) otherwise known as a Fluidized Sand Bio-Filter. The purpose
of the CBR is to provide a vehicle for the Nitrification of Ammonia by fluidizing
(or suspending in water) silica sand media. This is a two stage process where
the Nitrifying Bacteria form a biofilm on the surface of the silica sand media
that oxidizes Ammonia into Nitrite (Nitrosomonas) and Nitrite into Nitrate (Nitrobacter).
Features:
Designed to maintain the highest level of system water quality with the lowest
operating and maintenance cost
A small footprint, ideal for confined spaces
Available in many sizes for various flow requirement
Diameters up through 84 (2134 mm) designed for containerized shipping
anywhere in the world
Multiple units can be connected in parallel for a larger flow rate

DIAMETER ()
HEIGHT (H)
SHIP WEIGHT
(IN.) (IN.) (LBS)
CBR-012-084
CBR-018-096
CBR-024-096
CBR-030-120
CBR-036-144
CBR-042-156
CBR-048-159
CBR-060-162
CBR-072-168
CBR-084-192
CBR-096-234
12 84 165
18 96 237
24 96 311
30 120 441
36 144 566
42 156 795
48 159 924
60
162
1311
72
168
1640
84 192 2320
96 234 2726
EACH*
$3,015.00
4,047.00
4,770.00
5,893.00
6,882.00
8,518.00
10,497.00
14,968.00
17,211.00
21,640.00
24,648.00
*Pricing is for standard models. Customization available.
CBR-012-084
CBR-018-096
CBR-024-096
CBR-030-120
CBR-036-144
CBR-042-156
CBR-048-159
CBR-060-162
CBR-072-168
CBR-084-192
CBR-096-234
CYCLONIC BIOREACTOR TECHNICAL DATA

MODEL NUMBER
12
305
84
2,134
1.5
38
Coupling
2
51
18
457
96
2,438
2.0
51
Coupling
3
76
24
610
96
2,438
3.0
76
Coupling
3
76
30
762
120
3,048
3.0
76
Coupling
4
102
36
914
144
3,658
4.0
102
Coupling
4
102
42
1,067
156
3,962
4.0
102
Coupling
6
152
48
1,219
159
4,039
4.0
102
Coupling
6
152
60
1,524
162
4,115
6.0
152
Coupling
8
203
72
1,829
168
4,267
6.0
152
Trough
36
12
84
2,134
192
4,877
6.0
152
Trough
36
12
96
2,438
234
5,944
8.0
203
Trough
42
12
HYDRAULIC PROPERTIES OF THE CBR WITH 0.19 MM SAND

Flow @ 10 gpm/sf
gpm
l/min
Flow @ 15 gpm/sf
gpm
l/min
7.9
29.7
11.8
44.6
17.7
66.9
26.5
100.3
31.4
118.9
47.1
178.4
49.1
185.8
73.6
278.7
70.7
267.6
106.0
401.4
96.2
364.2
144.3
546.3
125.7
475.7
188.5
713.5
196.3
743.3
294.5
1,115
282.7
1,070
424.1
1,605
384.8
1,457
577.3
2,185
502.7
1,903
754.0
2,854
MEDIA REQUIREMENTS
Sand
Static Bed Height
Volume
in
ft3
28
1.8
32
4.7
32
8.3
40
16.2
48
28.1
52
41.3
53
55.0
54
87.3
56
130.1
64
202.3
78
322.6
lbs
lbs/sf
165
754
237
782
311
754
441
912
566
1,070
795
1,155
924
1,166
1,311
1,181
1,640
1,215
2,320
1,384
2,726
1,670
Diameter
Overall Height
Tangential Inlet
Outlet Configuration
Outlet
WEIGHTS & LOADINGS*

Shipping
Floor Load
Width
Height
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
in
in
mm
*Shipping weights are based on 25psi design thickness. Weights will change at other design pressures.
124 DEGASSING
Gas Control Column
GAS CONTROL COLUMN

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Gas Control Column (GCC) is used to maintain
proper balance of dissolved gases in reuse process water. The GCT is
comprised of three sections: the CO Stripper (CO2) and the Low Head
Oxygenator (LHO) and the LHO Sump (LHOS). Fan sold separately.
Features:
operating and maintenance costs
Customized configurations with optional components available to meet
specific site requirements
Easy access for cleaning and maintenance
(Fan Sold Separately)

HEIGHT
SHIP WT
MODEL
GPM (IN.) (LBS)
EACH
GCC-024-018 157 156 754 $7,405.00

GCC-030-024 245 159 888
8,448.00
GCC-036-030 353 162 1029
9,593.00
GCC-042-036 421 168 1179 10,809.00

GCC-048-042 628 192 1499 12,694.00
GCC-060-048 982 234 1891 15,404.00
GCC-072-054 1,414 234 2463 17,665.00
GCC-084-060
1,924
264
2914
21,270.00
CALL OUR TECH SUPPORT FOR SIZING ASSISTANCE
TECH TALK 34
Removing Carbon Dioxide
Did you know that for every 1 lb of oxygen consumed by fish they discharge 1.38 lbs of carbon dioxide? Carbon dioxide does cause problems in recirculating systems without aeration or degassing. This
can be the case, for example, where pure oxygen is used in place of aeration. Carbon dioxide must be removed, or it can build up to dangerous levelsdangerous to the fish and to humans if the fish are
raised in a closed building.
Here are some numbers to keep in mind. Oxygen is about 20.9% of the air and, because it is only slightly soluble in water, it becomes saturated at a level of about 9 ppm at 68F (20C). Carbon dioxide
is .033% of the air and is saturated in water at about .5 ppm (the ratio is higher because it is more soluble than oxygen). The comparative concentration of these two gases in blood is similar to that of
water. Therefore, a lot of carbon dioxide in the water means there will also be a lot of carbon dioxide in the blood of the fish. An excess of 5 ppm carbon dioxide in the water will affect the ability of the
fish to breathe.
If intensive aquaculture operations are being conducted outdoors, a splash aerator or aeration with air diffusers will drive the carbon dioxide into the air. If the operations are in a closed building, very
high levels of carbon dioxide can accumulate in the air (weve seen levels exceeding 4,000 ppm in the air in closed aquaculture facilities!). It then has to be removed from the building.
Air ventilators can also remove a lot of heat along with the carbon dioxide. We suggest that carbon dioxide be stripped with a degassing column that is ventilated to the outdoors. Outdoor air can be
drawn directly into the bottom of the degassing tower, forced up through the downflowing liquid, then directed back outdoors separate from the inlet. In cold weather, there will be a significant cooling
effect on the water because it is being degassed through cold, dry air. A simple air-to-air heat exchanger will help.
DEGASSING 125
Gas Control Column
GAS CONTROL COLUMN TECHNICAL DATA

MODEL NUMBER
Design Flow Range
GCCCO2 STRIPPER
Diameter CO2-
Height CO2-H
HLR Range
Inlet Configuration
Width
Height
Inlet
Depth
Structured Media, Splash Plate, No Media
Required Air Flow
Fan G:L
Weights Shipping
Operating
GCCLOW HEAD OXYGENATOR (LHO)
Diameter CO2-
Height LHO-H
HLR Range
Chambers
Height
Submergence
Inlet Gas Ports (316sst)

Weights Shipping
Operating
GCT SUMP
GCC Sump Diameter
GCT Sump Height
Operating Liquid Level
Outlet/Overflow
Side Box
Width
Depth (dimension from tank wall)
Height
Cone Drain
Weights Shipping
Operating
GCC ASSEMBLY
Overall Height
OAH
WEIGHTS & LOADINGS
Empty
Floor LoadFlooded
GCC-024-018
126157
476595
GCC-030-024
196245
743929
GCC-036-030
283353
1,0701,338
GCC-042-036
385481
1,4571,821
GCC-048-042
503628
1,9032,378
GCC-060-048
785982
2,9733,716
GCC-072-054
1,1311,414
4,2815,351
GCC-084-060
1,5391,924
5,8277,283
lbs
lbs
CO2C-024-096
24
610
96
2,438
4050
1,6302,037
Coupling
6
152
36
914
168210
56
10:1
314
372
CO2C-030-096
30
762
96
2,438
4050
1,6302,037
Coupling
6
152
36
914
263328
79
10:1
377
490
CO2C-036-096
36
914
96
2,438
4050
1,6302,037
Coupling
8
203
36
914
378473
1113
10:1
450
620
CO2C-042-096
42
1,067
96
2,438
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
36
12
36
914
515643
1418
10:1
526
776
CO2C-048-096
48
1,219
96
2,438
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
36
12
36
914
672840
1924
10:1
679
1,011
CO2C-060-096
60
1,524
96
2,438
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
42
12
36
914
1,0501,313
2937
10:1
844
1,386
CO2C-072-096
72
1,829
96
2,438
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
42
12
36
914
1,5121,890
4253
10:1
1,182
1,984
CO2C-084-096
84
2,134
96
2,438
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
42
12
36
914
2,0582,573
5872
10:1
1,389
2,500
in
mm
in
mm
gpm/ft2
gpm/m2
qn
in
in
mm
qn
lbs
lbs
LHOC-018-060
18
457
60
1,524
7289
2,8973,622
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
215
183
LHOC-024-060
24
610
60
1,524
6378
2,5463,183
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
248
221
LHOC-030-060
30
762
60
1,524
5872
2,3472,933
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
288
258
LHOC-036-060
36
914
60
1,524
5468
2,2182,773
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
316
296
LHOC-042-060
42
1,067
60
1,524
5265
2,1292,661
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
404
384
LHOC-048-060
48
1,219
60
1,524
6378
2,5463,183
8
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
462
445
LHOC-054-060
54
1,372
60
1,524
7189
2,8973,622
8
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
594
580
LHOC-060-060
60
1,524
60
1,524
7898
3,1943,993
8
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
648
640
in
mm
in
mm
in
in
mm
in
in
in
in
mm
lbs
lbs
LHOS-024-060
24
610
60
1,524
48
4
102
16
12
36
2
51
225
708
LHOS-030-063
30
762
63
1,600
51
4
102
16
12
36
2
51
263
922
LHOS-036-066
36
914
66
1,676
54
6
152
18
14
36
2
51
321
1,178
LHOS-042-072
42
1,067
72
1,829
57
6
152
18
14
36
2
51
376
1,553
LHOS-048-096
48
1,219
96
2,438
60
8
203
24
16
36
2
51
486
2,637
LHOS-060-138
60
1,524
138
3,505
66
8
203
24
16
36
2
51
685
5,220
LHOS-072-138
72
1,819
138
3,505
72
10
254
30
18
36
2
51
817
6,510
LHOS-084-168
84
2,134
168
4,267
78
10
254
30
18
36
2
51
1,037
9,800
in
mm
156
3,962
159
4,039
162
4,115
168
4,267
192
4,877
234
5,944
234
5,944
264
6,706
lbs
lbs/sf
634
497.8
768
416.6
909
366.6
1,059
342.7
1,379
386.5
1,771
417.9
2,343
375.3
2,794
387.4
gpm
lpm
in
mm
in
mm
gpm/ft2
gpm/m2
in
in
in
mm
in
mm
SCFM
m3/min
126 DEGASSING
Gas Control Tower
GAS CONTROL TOWER

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Gas Control Tower (GCT) is used to maintain
proper balance of dissolved gases in reuse process water. The GCT is
comprised of three sections: the CO Stripper (CO2) and the Low Head
Oxygenator (LHO) and the LHO Sump (LHOS). Fan sold separately.
Features
operating and maintenance costs
(Fan Sold Separately)
Customized configurations with optional components available to meet

specific site requirements
Easy access for cleaning and maintenance
CALL OUR TECH SUPPORT FOR SIZING ASSISTANCE

HEIGHT
SHIP WT
MODEL
GPM (IN.) (LBS)
GCT-024-018
EACH
200 159 827 $11,415.00
GCT-030-024
313 162 987 13,061.00
GCT-036-029
450 168 1131 14,707.00
GCT-042-033
613 192 1498 16,180.00
GCT-048-039
800 234 1865 19,523.00
GCT-060-048
1250 234 2304 24,813.00
GCT-072-054
1800 264 2916 31,197.00
GCT-084-060
2450
264
35,523.00
3335
BIO STRATA
Black PVC sheets glued in a block form 12 x 12 x 48 long (longer when
ordered in 96+ ft3 quantities). It is negatively buoyant and preferred where
loose media is not acceptable.
Low cost
Submerged or trickling applications
Degassing applications

MODEL
PVC
SURFACE AREA
THICKNESS (FT 2/FT 3)
SIZE
SHIP WT
MIN ORDER
(LBS/FT 3) (FT 3)
EACH/ FT 3
LS688A
8 MIL
68
4 LENGTH
$24.99 $22.49/12+
LS110A
8 MIL
110
4 LENGTH
50.19 45.17/12+
LS688
8 MIL
68
4 SECTIONS ONLY
96
15.19/FT3 (96+)
LS68
10 MIL
68
4 SECTIONS ONLY
96
15.99/FT3 (96+)
LS110
8 MIL
110
4 SECTIONS ONLY
96
28.99/FT3 (96+)
DEGASSING 127
Gas Control Tower
GAS CONTROL TOWER TECHNICAL DATA

MODEL NUMBER
Design Flow Range
GCTCO2 STRIPPER
Width CO2-W
Depth CO2-D
Height CO2-H
HLR Range
Inlet Configuration
Width
Height
Inlet
Depth
Structured Media, Splash Plate, No Media
Fan G:L
Weights Shipping
Flooded
GCTLOW HEAD OXYGENATOR (LHO)
Width LHO-W
Depth LHO-D
Height LHO-H
HLR Range
Chambers
Height
Submergence
Inlet Gas Ports (316sst)

Weights Shipping
Flooded
GCT SUMP
GCT Sump Diameter
GCT Sump Height
Operating Liquid Level
Outlet/Overflow
Side Box
Width
Depth (dimension from tank wall)
Height
Cone Drain
Weights Shipping
Flooded
GCT ASSEMBLY
Overall Height
OAH
WEIGHTS & LOADINGS
Shipping
Floor LoadFlooded
GCT-024-018
160200
606757
GCT-030-024
250313
9461,183
GCT-036-029
360450
1,3631,703
GCT-042-033
490613
1,8552,318
GCT-048-039
640800
2,4223,028
GCT-060-048
1,0001,250
3,7854,731
GCT-072-054
1,4401,800
5,4506,813
GCT-084-060
1,9602,450
7,4199,273
lbs
lbs
CO2T-024-072
24
610
24
610
72
1,829
4050
1,6302,037
Coupling
6
152
36
914
10:1
333
543
CO2T-030-072
30
762
30
762
72
1,829
4050
1,6302,037
Coupling
8
203
36
914
10:1
399
749
CO2T-036-072
36
914
36
914
72
1,829
4050
1,6302,037
Coupling
26
12
36
914
10:1
437
949
CO2T-042-072
42
1,067
42
1,067
72
1,829
4050
1,6302,037
Coupling
30
12
36
914
10:1
670
1,385
CO2T-048-072
48
1,219
48
1,219
72
1,829
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
36
12
36
914
10:1
772
1,711
CO2T-060-072
60
1,524
60
1,524
72
1,829
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
42
12
36
914
10:1
955
2,445
CO2T-072-072
72
1,829
72
1,829
72
1,829
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
42
12
36
914
10:1
1,237
3,404
CO2T-084-072
84
2,134
84
2,134
72
1,829
4050
1,6302,037
Trough
42
12
36
914
10:1
1,445
4,412
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
gpm/ft2
gpm/m2
qn
in
in
mm
qn
lbs
lbs
LHOT-018-060
18
457
18
457
60
1,524
7189
2,8973,622
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
231
331
LHOT-024-060
24
610
24
610
60
1,524
6378
2,5463,183
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
277
487
LHOT-029-060
29
737
29
737
60
1,524
6277
2,5113,139
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
328
642
LHOT-033-060
33
838
33
838
60
1,524
6581
2,6403,300
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
362
784
LHOT-039-060
39
991
39
991
60
1,524
6176
2,4693,086
6
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
428
1,027
LHOT-048-060
48
1,219
48
1,219
60
1,524
6378
2,5463,183
8
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
552
1,480
LHOT-054-060
54
1,372
54
1,372
60
1,524
7189
2,8973,622
8
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
661
1,845
LHOT-060-060
60
1,524
60
1,524
60
1,524
7898
3,1943,993
8
48
24
610
2
3/4 x 1/2
742
2,212
in
mm
in
mm
in
in
mm
in
in
in
in
mm
lbs
lbs
LHOS-030-063
30
762
63
1,600
51
4
102
16
12
36
2
51
263
1,167
LHOS-036-066
36
914
66
1,676
54
6
152
18
14
36
2
51
311
1,472
LHOS-042-072
42
1,067
72
1,829
57
6
152
18
14
36
2
51
366
1,896
LHOS-048-096
48
1,219
96
2,438
60
8
203
24
16
36
2
51
466
3,029
LHOS-060-138
60
1,524
138
3,505
66
8
203
24
16
36
2
51
665
5,710
LHOS-072-138
72
1,829
138
3,505
72
10
254
30
18
36
2
51
797
7,098
LHOS-084-168
84
2,134
168
4,267
78
10
254
30
18
36
2
51
1,017
10,486
LHOS-096-168
96
2,438
168
4,267
84
12
305
36
20
36
2
51
1,148
12,559
in
mm
159
4,039
162
4,115
168
4,267
192
4,877
234
5,944
234
5,944
264
6,706
264
6,706
lbs
lbs/sf
827
416
987
383
1,131
362
1,498
414
1,865
430
2,304
390
2,916
409
3,335
382
gpm
lpm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
gpm/ft2
gpm/m2
in
in
in
mm
in
mm
128 SECTION
DEGASSING
Products
Gas
Treatment
PR AQUA OXYTOWER GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM

The PR Aqua OxyTower Gas Treatment Systems for culture water deliver
maximum value, performance, and security to aquaculture operators.
One rugged, compact unit removes carbon dioxide and oxygenates water.
The cost-effective design can be used in partial reuse systems, in recirculating
aquaculture systems, or in flow-through systems.
Designed for optimal gas transfer performance, the OxyTower System delivers
energy efficiency through precise pump sizing and low head oxygenation.
Blowers are used to strip carbon dioxide. An optional alarm system is
easily integrated.
Water enters the vessel from the top orifice plate and cascades down through a
Carbon Dioxide Stripper. Blowers, sized specifically for desired flow rates and
carbon dioxide removal, force fresh air across water droplets. This process
drives off carbon dioxide and absorbs oxygen until the dissolved gases are close
to saturation. Treated water flows into a stilling chamber and is delivered to the
top of the LHO chamber where water is supersaturated with oxygen.
The OxyTower System, with integrated controls, can be installed into existing
facilities and requires:
Simple plumbing and electrical connections on site
A pump, header tank, oxygen flow meter, and oxygen source
Key Advantages
Combines carbon dioxide removal and oxygenation into one space-saving,
energy-efficient unit
Lowers energy costs by reducing pumping requirements
Reuses 50 to 70% of water within a tank system
Increases fish production without increasing water consumption
Improves fish health by optimizing water quality
Installs easily into raceways or tank culture systems
Allows conversion of a flow-through system into a partial reuse system to
significantly reduce water usage
Treats flows of 100 to 2,000 gpmseven models available
Provides durabilityaluminum construction
Offers improved security with built-in blower redundancy
Integrates with optional components for complete reuse packages
VACUUM DEGASSERS
The PR Aqua Vacuum Degasser is an open bottom column designed to be
installed in a header tank containing water to a required depth. Water enters
the vessel through a sealed top and cascades down into the vessel. A vacuum
pump or blower creates lower pressure within the vessel thereby releasing
gases from the water into the atmosphere. Stripped water is discharged into a
header tank and is ready for further treatment if required.
Key Advantages
Reduces TGP to below saturation
Simplifies operation and maintenance
Installs easily into a retrofit or into a new system
Removes potentially harmful gases like hydrogen sulfide
Offers rugged constructionstainless steel, aluminum, fiberglass or
concrete with metal fittings
Allows for addition of oxygen
Includes sight tube for easy measurement of vacuum level within vessel
DEGASSING 129
Gas Treatment
CARBON DIOXIDE STRIPPER

PR Aqua Carbon Dioxide Strippers are ideal for water reuse and
recirculating aquaculture systems. Pentair offers seven sizes for flow rates up
to 2,000 gpm. Excess carbon dioxide in culture water can be toxic to fish, and
removal of excess carbon dioxide is critical. The Carbon Dioxide Stripper
simultaneously removes carbon dioxide and aerates water.
Water enters the vessel from the top and cascades inside the column. A blower,
sized specifically for the desired flow and carbon dioxide removal, forces fresh
air across the water droplets. Carbon dioxide is driven off and oxygen is absorbed
until the dissolved gases are close to saturation. Treated water drops into the
header tank and is ready for distribution.
Key Advantages
Uses forced air to strip elevated carbon dioxide from culture water
Reduces total gas pressure (TGP) when necessary
Can use excess elevation from biofilter, which reduces pumping requirements
Includes built-in blower redundancy
LOW HEAD OXYGENATORS

The PR Aqua Low Head Oxygenator (LHO) System supersaturates water with
oxygen without using high pressure pumps or compressed oxygen typical of
other oxygenation equipment. Pentair customizes LHOs to meet desired
oxygenation results, footprint restrictions, and flow rate requirements.
Water with a low dissolved oxygen concentration is distributed across an orifice
plate at the top of the LHO. Water droplets fall evenly into chambers where
oxygen (and/or ozone) is injected at one side of the vessel and passes through
each chamber in series. Oxygen is driven into the water while nitrogen is forced
out. The oxygen depleted gas mixture escapes by bubbling out of the burp tube.
Key Advantages
Minimizes overall water consumption
Installs easily into raceways, header tanks, or centralized treatment modules
Efficiently distributes oxygen by using internal baffle design
Requires minimal maintenance
Uses gravity fed supply water to allow for low head requirementno high
pressure pumps
Achieves up to 200% oxygen saturation with low pressure oxygen supply (less
than 5 psi when using an oxygen generator)
Offers durabilityaluminum or stainless steel construction
Uses either bulk or generated oxygen and can be used to dissolve ozone
into water
Allows for adjustment of burp tube depth to suit hydraulic loading rate
130 DEGASSING
Columns
DEGASSING COLUMNS
Nitrogen gas can kill fish at only 3% above saturation!
Degassing columns are used for removing nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide or other gases
from water. They also add oxygen to undersaturated water. In most areas, well water (ground water) is
low in oxygen and too high in nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide.
Each segment is made of heavy-duty, UV-resistant polyethylene for outdoor use. They are engineered
to produce the ideal flow pattern to prevent wall channelization while exchanging air at each segment.
Install just the number of segments to give the water quality needed. Each segment can receive as
much as 150 gpm with excellent aeration and gas stripping results.
Each segment (16 D x 18 H) has a molded bracket that fits onto an optional hanger. The 6 H x 4 W
hanger is a fiberglass I-beam, predrilled for 4 segments (bolts included). Snap the segments onto the
hanger and either hang it from the ceiling, attach it to the tank wall, or to a post, so the water goes in
the top and exits directly into the tank. Each segment should be filled with 0.6 cubic feet of biomedia
(sold separately, see Index). We recommend BF44A.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
6+
AB12
PACKED COLUMN SEGMENT
$61.09 $54.98
AB12A
OPTIONAL HANGER
15
157.39
% Oxygen
% Nitrogen
Inlet Water
57
110
Outlet Water After 1 Segment
76
106
Outlet Water After 2 Segments
84
104
89
103
92
102
94
101
% refers to % of saturation. Nitrogen varies with season, so we suggest designing for the worst case.
As low as 103% nitrogen can kill fish. AB12 results are from a formal study conducted by the Canadian
government.
SPRAY NOZZLES, HIGH FLOW

These high-flow, low-pressure nozzles distribute water uniformly and are
clog-resistant. They are used in cooling towers, trickle biofilters, spray
aeration and foam knockdown. CES15 models have 1-1/2 MNPT inlet, and
CES2 models have 2 MNPT inlet.
ORIFICE
ROUND CONE PATTERN SQUARE CONE PATTERN
DIA.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
CES15
CES2
ORIFICE DIAMETER (IN.)

HEAD PRESSURE
(FT WATER)
CES15 (GPM)
CES2 (GPM)
CES15A $6.59
CES2A $20.69
CES15B
6.59
CES2B 20.69
CES15C
6.59
CES2C 20.69
CES15D
6.59
CES2D 20.69
CES15E
6.59
CES2E 20.69
CES15F
6.59
CES2F 20.69
3/4
7/8
11/8
11/4
11/2
7
10
17
23
10
12
25
27
13
15
33
35
17
19
42
46
22
24
52
58
35
86
SPECIALTY FILTRATION 131

Protein Skimmers
EV SERIES PROTEIN SKIMMERS

The AquaC protein skimmers employ a spray
injection system that draws in much more air
than any other on the market. The more air, the
more work that gets done. This injection system
is coupled with a compact mixing box that has an
internal baffling systemincreasing contact time
and removing more waste from the water. The
skimmers are designed to run in sumps without
being raised, and the output valve is at a height of
9 (EV120EV180 models), which means that as
long as the sump level is 9 or lower it will
eliminate water level fluctuation effects on
skimming. EV240EV2000 can sit in water as
deep as 10. The Twist-Lock collection cup and
cap creates a secure, quick-release connection.
Skimmers are very quiet and include precision
airflow valves. All skimmers come with a JG Guest
fitting for ozone or to bleed off excess CO2 from a
calcium reactor. Units also have outlet gate valves.
Pump is not included.
EV400
EV180
EV240
EV120
OUTLET

HOSE
GATE
MODEL
INLET
VALVE
TANKS
SIZE (GAL)
DIMENSIONS
L X W X H
FLOW @ 2 PSI
(GPM)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
SKIMMER
OPTIONAL PUMP
EACH
MODEL
EACH
$340.19
MD5 $78.99
EV120
3/4"
40150
8.5" X 5" X 18"
10
EV180
3/4"
60200
9" X 6" X 20"
11
392.69 MD7 94.99
EV240
3/4"
1 1/2
80350
11" X 7" X 26"
12
16
450.49
EV400
3/4"
1 1/2
100450
11" X 7" X 32"
16
18
523.99
PM26 359.79
EV1000
1"
1 1/2
3001,000
12" X 9" X 32"
24
28
733.99
PM27 396.09
EV2000
1"
1 1/2
5002,000
12" X 9" X 42"
34
32
883.29
PM28 487.49
MD12 160.99
TECH TALK 78
Protein Skimmer/Foam Fractionator
Ammonia, feces and carbon dioxide are not the only waste products in a recirculating fish system. There are also complex organic substances from decomposing feed, urea, fish slime and metabolic
by-products. Added to that are algae, phenols and saprophytic bacteria that irritate the fish's gills, affect growth rate and increase disease susceptibility. These dissolved and suspended materials
make up the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), color, odor, taste, turbidity, etc., that a foam fractionator can remove.
Foam fractionation (also referred to as protein skimming and protein fractionation) works best in salt water where foam production is easier, but it can be done and is becoming more popular in
freshwater systems (call for details).
The process uses air bubbles from a fine bubble diffuser or venturi to create the foam. The foam adsorbs and entraps the above pollutants, along with the surface active compounds that make foam
production possible, all of which are then expelled through a discharge tube or into a holding chamber.
The use of ozone can enhance this process. It will also aid in the control of bacteria, protozoa and viruses. In general, a protein skimmer should be sized to give a time of residence between thirty
seconds and two minutes in the contact chamber. Longer periods are needed to remove smaller particles.
In general, the higher the pH and salt level, the better they work. We offer no guarantee on these and they are not returnable because we have no control over your water's ability to produce foam. Learn
a lot more from the book Recirculating Aquaculture (WQB109).
DISINFECTION
PRODUCTS
134 UV Sterilizers
144 UVT Meter
145 Ozone System & Generators
149 Ozone Accessories
DISINFECTION
SECTION 133
Products / Products
UV/ Products
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 135

How does UV Sterilize the Organisms in my water?
So, How Does a UV System Work?
When you hear UV, tanning on the beach may come to mind, but the UV light that water
treatment systems emit is not the same UV that turns your skin to that golden brown, or red!
Light is divided into wavelengths; for example red light and blue light are emitted at different
wavelengths. Similarly there are 3 principal bands or wavelengths of UV that are of interest here.
The three bands are called UV-A (long wavelength), UV-B, (mid wavelength) and UV-C (short
wavelength). Sunlight that reaches the surface of the earth is comprised primarily of UV-A and
has some UV-B. These wavelengths are what reach your skin when you go outside on a sunny day.
UV-C is emitted by our sun, but is blocked by our atmosphere. UV-C is very natural!
UV-C is emitted at a wavelength range of 200nm (or nanometers) to 280nm.
The lamps used for disinfection are very similar to the lamps used in the fluorescent fixtures in
your home. The primary difference is that the lamps in your home convert ALL of the UV-C
generated by the lamp into visible light. The UV lamps in your water treatment system have no
visible light converting phosphor (that white stuff on the inside of the fluorescent lamps), and
special quartz envelopes that allow the UV-C to transmit outside of the bulb. The lamps in your
home use a special glass envelope that totally blocks UV at any wavelength be it UV-A, UV-B, or
UV-C.
UV treatment systems are comprised of a highly efficient UV lamp that is situated within a high
quality UV-C transmitting quartz sleeve, and in turn that lamp and sleeve are placed within a flow
chamber or vessel. The quartz sleeve is the boundary between the water and the lamp; we dont
want our lamps to get wet!
Water flows through the chamber, and around the lamp/sleeve assembly. The UV-C generated by
the lamp emits through the water, hits the organisms we want sterilized, and does its job.
So, What Do We Need to Know to Ensure Successful Installation of a UV Treatment

System?
-Target organism What dose do we need?
- Flow Rate so we can get you the right dose at your flow rate
- UVT or Ultra Violet Water Transmission What is that???
UVT or Ultra Violet Transmittance

Light emitted in the UV-C range is very effective at sterilizing very small organisms such as
bacteria, fungi, algae, spores, viruses, etc. UV-B and UV-A do as well, just with much lower
effectiveness. The peak effective wavelength for micro-organism sterilization is right near the
middle of the UV-C wavelength band and found at 262nm. Keep that number in mind! That is
where the biology and lamps meet; UV lamps primarily emit UV-C light at 254nm. This
wavelength, which happens to be very close to the peak effective sterilization wavelength of
262nm!
It should be also noted that different organisms require different levels of exposure to UV-C in
order to be sterilized; some organisms are tougher than others! This level of exposure is called
UV dose. In basic terms dose is the intensity of the emitted UV light multiplied by the exposure
time. For example when using the same UV treatment system for an application, doubling the
flow rate through the reactor would halve the dose value. A doubled flow rate means that the
water was exposed to the light from the UV lamp for half the time it had been before.
Harmful Pathogens associated with Aquaculture
Water as a fluid allows light to pass through it, we all know that. We also know that water
attenuates or absorbs light as you go deeper and deeper into it, i.e. a lake or an ocean. Many
people that scuba dive know that water absorbs red light faster than blue light; when you dive
down the reds disappear or get absorbed before the blue light does. What this demonstrates is
that water absorbs light at different rates, dependent on the wavelengths.
UVT is not a common term. In fact, many do not even know that this parameter is one of the most
important aspects with regards to ensuring that a UV treatment system works well. UVT is the
amount of light, ONLY at 254nm (or the wavelength that the lamp emits), that can go through 1cm,
or about 2/5s of an inch of water. For example, a UVT of say 90% means that 90% of the UV-C
light will still be there, and not absorbed, after travelling through 1cm of water. The lower the
UVT, the more the UV-C light is absorbed by the water, and generally that means that we have to
pick a system with more lamp power. Ineffective UV treatment can be attributed to improper
consideration of UVT when sizing a system.
Now UV-C light gets absorbed very quickly by water, even in very pure water. Even our atmosphere
absorbs it. If you add things to the water, i.e. anything, the amount of UV-C that gets absorbed
goes even higher and effectively the UVT value drops. At microscopic levels minerals, chemicals,
tannins, biological debris, etc., can reduce the UVT value of your water. Some typical UVT values
are:
- Pools: 85% to 95% UVT
- Aquaculture: 70% to 98%
- Public aquariums & zoo displays: 70% to 98%.
As the water UVT drops, UV systems need more lamp power to reach the same
target dose!
Did you know that a system for 90% UVT water can sometimes require as much as 20% to 30%
more lamp power than that of a system for water with a 95% UVT, even though they have the same
flow rates and dose level requirements? UVT is very important! If you were to use 95% UVT as
your criteria when you purchased your system, and your water was actually 90% UVT, your system
would not treat your water appropriately; it would be undersized, and perhaps drastically
undersized! This is a reason many people have trouble getting UV to work for them. They dont
take the actual UVT of their water into account. If you need assistance calculating your UVT
please do not hesitate to contact a Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems representative today!
134 DISINFECTION
SECTION
SLP
Series/ Products
UV Systems
Products
/ Products
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS SLP SERIES

Commercial L-Vessel Polymer
SLP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature a robust Schedule-80 Modified PVC
plastic construction that is ideal for corrosive saltwater environments. SLP vessels are
NSF-50 Certified for operating pressures up to 100 PSI, outperforming comparable
polypropylene and HDPE models. The efficient operational design ensures proper
hydraulic mixing takes place inside the UV vessel. This optimizes UV light intensity
distribution throughout the lamp field for reliable fluence (UV does) delivery. All at a
cost savings of up to 50% when compared to 316 stainless steel models. SLP Series
SafeGUARD UV Systems feature single-end glassware assembly that allows for easy
access to high-quality Amalgam UV lamps. The remote thermoplastic power supply
enclosures are weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA 12 or NEMA 4X to protect from
water damage. A Basic Control package is standard, PLC packages are optional.
Available in sizes to treat up to 2,544 GPM/9,630 LPM.
System Features
Reduces microorganisms through ultraviolet light.

Basic Control Package included (optional PLC package shown). See pg. 139 for additional info.
Control Package available with NEMA12 or NEMA4X enclosure.
Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast ensures optimal UV-C output and maximum
useful-lamp-life.
Compact footprint: reduces required operating space.
Schedule-80 Modified PVC*1 plastic construction is NSF-50 Certified for pressures higher
than comparable polypropylene and HDPE models.
Single-End UV lamp and quartz sleeve access for easy servicing.
Watertight design protects all electrical hardware from water damage.
Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure Amalgam UV lamps*2 offer 12,000 hours of
continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours).
Saltwater compatible.
Power Supply is 50/60 Hz capable.
20-foot lamp cables.
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

UV-C
UV VESSEL
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
INLET/OUTLET

LAMPS/ INPUT OUTPUT
DIMENSIONS*3
WATTS WATTS WATTS
(A X B X C)
(H X W X D)
PORTS (FLANGE)
MODEL
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2 *4
@ 120/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2 *4
GPM/LPM
AVAILABLE IN 120 VAC OR 240 VAC
SLP4010604B11
SLP4020604B11
SLP4030604B11
SLP4030806B11
SLP4040806B11
SLP4050806B11
SLP4061008B11
SLP4071008B11
SLP4071208B11
SLP4081208B11
1/130
2/130
3/130
3/130
4/130
5/130
6/130
7/130
7/130
8/130
130
260
390
390
520
650
780
910
910
1,040
40
80
120
120
160
200
240
280
280
320
56" X 6" X 47"

56" X 6" X 47"
56" X 6" X 47"
62" X 8" X 51"
62" X 8" X 51"
62" X 8" X 51"
64" X 10" X 51"
64" X 10" X 51"
69" X 12" X 51"
69" X 12" X 51"
16" X 14" X 8.4"

16" X 14" X 8.4"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
20.2" X 16.3" X 8.4"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
4"
4"
4"
6"
6"
6"
8"
8"
8"
8"
2.1/1.0
3.9/2.0
5.8/289
5.8/289
7.5/3.7
9.4/4.7
11.2/5.6
13.3/6.5
13.3/6.5
15.0/7.5
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
75/5.1
75/5.1
66/249
112/424
161/609
228/863
296/1120
346/1309
480/1816
564/2134
648/2452
763/2888
11/42
18/68
27/102
38/144
49/185
58/219
80/302
94/355
108/408
127/480
4"
4"
4"
6"
6"
6"
8"
8"
8"
8"
12"
14"
1.6
3
4.5
4.5
6
7.5
9
11
11
13
14
16
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
75/5.1
75/5.1
50/3.4
50/3.4
165/624
276/1044
392/1483
587/2222
744/2816
848/3210
1,198/4534
1,405/5318
1,611/6098
1,839/6961
2,183/8263
2,544/9630
27/102
46/174
65/246
98/370
124/469
141/533
200/757
234/885
268/1014
306/1158
364/1377
424/1605
ONLY AVAILABLE IN 240 VAC

SLP6010604B21
1/320 320
98
85" X 6" X 76"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SLP6020604B21
2/320 640
196
85" X 6" X 76"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SLP6030604B21
3/320 960
294
85" X 6" X 76"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SLP6030806B21
3/320 960
294
86" X 8" X 76"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SLP6040806B21
4/320 1,280 392
86" X 8" X 76"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SLP6050806B21
5/320 1,600 490
86" X 8" X 76"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SLP6061008B21
6/320 1,920 588
88" X 10" X 76"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
SLP6071008B21
7/320 2,240 686
88" X 10" X 76"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
SLP6071208B21
7/320 2,240 686
90" X 12" X 76"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
SLP6081208B21
8/320 2,560 784
90" X 12" X 76"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
SLP6091412B21
9/320 2,880 882
92" X 14" X 76"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
SLP6101614B21
10/320 3,200 980
94" X 16" X 76"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
*1
Limited 3 Year Warranty
*2
90-day warranty on all lamps
*3
UV Vessel Dimensions: A = Length of UV Vessel, B = Diameter of UV Vessel, C = Clearance needed for Quartz Sleeve Removal.
*4
Calculated using UVT factors of 90% transmittance and UV lamps at the end of their useful lamp life.
Note: All models are weather-tight and 508A UL Listed.
DISINFECTION
SECTION 135
Series UV/ Products

Systems
ProductsSLS
/ Products
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS SLS SERIES
Commercial L-Vessel Stainless Steel
SLS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems provide reliable protection against harmful

waterborne pathogens. The vessels feature an electropolish finish for improved
corrosion resistance ideal for freshwater applications. Each unit is equipped with
sensor ports for system monitoring. SLS UV systems provide the benefit of a
compact, space-saving design allowing for in-line horizontal or vertical mounting.
SLS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature single-end glassware assembly that
allows for easy access to high-quality Almalgam UV lamps. The remote
thermoplastic power supply enclosures are weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA 12
or NEMA 4X to protect from water damage. A Basic Control package is standard,
PLC packages are optional. Available in sizes to treat up to 1,839 GPM/6,961 LPM.
System Features
NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE

WITH SALT WATER APPLICATIONS
Basic Control Package included (optional PLC package shown). See pg. 139 for
additional info.
Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast ensures optimal UV-C output and
maximum useful-lamp-life.
316L Stainless Steel vessel*1 with an electropolish finish for improved
corrosion resistance.
Perform internal inspections and cleanings conveniently with access from a
removable face-plate.
Watertight design protects all electrical hardware fromwater damage.
Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure Amalgam UV lamps*2 offer
12,000 hours of continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours).
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

LAMPS/
INPUT
MODEL
WATTS
WATTS
SLS4010604B11
1/130
SLS4020604B11
2/130
SLS4030604B11
3/130
3/130
SLS4030806B11
SLS4040806B11
4/130
SLS4050806B11 5/130
SLS4061008B11 6/130
SLS4071008B11
7/130
SLS4071208B11
7/130
SLS4081208B11
8/130
130
260
390
390
520
650
780
910
910
1,040
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS*3
(A X B X C)
40
80
120
120
160
200
240
280
280
320
56 X 6 X 47
56 X 6 X 47
56 X 6 X 47
62 X 8 X 51
62 X 8 X 51
62 X 8 X 51
64 X 10 X 51
64 X 10 X 51
69 X 12 X 51
69 X 12 X 51
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
INLET/OUTLET
(H X W X D)
PORTS (FLANGE)
16 X 14 X 8.4
16 X 14 X 8.4
16 X 14 X 8.4
16 X 14 X 8.4
20.2 X 16.3 X 8.4
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
SLS6010604B21
1/320
320
98
85 X 6 X 76
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
SLS6020604B21
2/320
640
196
85 X 6 X 76
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
SLS6030604B21
3/320 960
294
85 X 6 X 76
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
SLS6030806B21
3/320
960
294
86 X 8 X 76
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
SLS6040806B21
4/320 1,280 392
86 X 8 X 76
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
SLS6050806B21
5/320 1,600
490
86 X 8 X 76
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
SLS6061008B21
6/320 1,920
588 88 X 10 X 76
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
SLS6071008B21
7/320 2,240 686
88 X 10 X 76
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
SLS6071208B21
7/320 2,240 686 90 X 12 X 76
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
SLS6081208B21
8/320 2,560 784
90 X 12 X 76
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
*1
*2
*3
UV Vessel Dimensions: A = Length of UV Vessel, B = Diameter of UV Vessel, C = Clearance needed for Quartz Sleeve Removal.
*4
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
@ 120/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
30 MJ/CM2 *4
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2 *4
GPM/LPM
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
2.1/1.0
3.9/2.0
5.8/289
5.8/289
7.5/3.7
9.4/4.7
11.2/5.6
13.3/6.5
13.3/6.5
15.0/7.5
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
75/5.1
75/5.1
66/249
112/424
161/609
228/863
296/1120
346/1309
480/1816
564/2134
648/2452
763/2888
11/42
18/68
27/102
38/144
49/185
58/219
80/302
94/355
108/408
127/480
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
1.6
3
4.5
4.5
6
7.5
9
11
11
13
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
75/5.1
75/5.1
165/624
276/1044
392/1483
587/2222
744/2816
848/3210
1,198/4534
1,405/5318 2
1,611/6098
1,839/6961
27/102
46/174
65/246
98/370
124/469
141/533
200/757
34/885
268/1014
306/1158
136 DISINFECTION
SECTION
SUP
Series/ Products
UV Systems
Products
/ Products
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS SUP SERIES

Commercial U-Shaped Polymer
SUP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature a compact U vessel port orientation for a reduced
footprint. The robust Schedule-80 Modified PVC plastic construction is ideal for corrosive saltwater
environments. SUP vessels are tested for an operating pressures up to 50 PSI, outperforming
comparable polypropylene and HDPE models. The efficient operational design ensures proper
hydraulic mixing takes place inside the UV vessel. This optimizes UV light intensity distribution
throughout the lamp field for reliable fluence (UV does) delivery. All at a cost savings of up to 50% when
compared to 316 stainless steel models. The remote thermoplastic power supply enclosures are
weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA 12 or NEMA 4X to protect from water damage. A Basic Control
package is standard, PLC packages are optional. Available in sizes to treat up to 1,839 GPM/6,961 LPM.
System Features
useful-lamp-life.
Schedule-80 Modified PVC*1 plastic construction is for pressures higher than comparable
polypropylene and HDPE models.

EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

LAMPS/ INPUT
MODEL
WATTS WATTS
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS*3
(A X B X C)
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
INLET/OUTLET
(H X W X D)
PORTS (FLANGE)
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 mJ/cm2 *4 180 mJ/cm2 *4
@ 120/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
GPM/LPM

SUP4010604B11
1/130
130
40
52" X 6" X 47"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
4"
2.1/1.0
50/3.4
66/249
11/42
SUP4020604B11
2/130
260
80
52" X 6" X 47"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
4"
3.9/2.0
50/3.4
112/424
18/68
SUP4030604B11
3/130
390
120
52" X 6" X 47"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
4"
5.8/289
50/3.4
161/609
27/102
SUP4030806B11
3/130
390
120
54" X 8" X 47"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
6"
5.8/289
50/3.4
228/863
38/144
SUP4040806B11
4/130
520
160
54" X 8" X 47"
20.2" X 16.3" X 8.4"
6"
7.5/3.7
50/3.4
296/1120
49/185
SUP4050806B11
5/130
650
200
54" X 8" X 47"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
6"
9.4/4.7
50/3.4
346/1309
58/219
SUP4061008B11
6/130
780
240
60" X 10" X 51"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
8"
11.2/5.6
50/3.4
480/1816
80/302
SUP4071008B11
7/130
910
280
60" X 10" X 51"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
8"
13.3/6.5
50/3.4
564/2134
94/355
SUP4071208B11
7/130
910
280
62" X 12" X 51"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
8"
13.3/6.5
50/3.4
648/2452
108/408
SUP4081208B11
8/130
1,040
320
62" X 12" X 51"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
8"
15.0/7.5
50/3.4
763/2888
127/480

SUP6010604B11
1/320
320
98
75" X 6" X 71"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
4"
50/3.4
165/624
27/102
SUP6020604B11
2/320
640
196
75" X 6" X 71"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
4"
50/3.4
276/1044
46/174
65/246
SUP6030604B11
3/320
960
294
75" X 6" X 71"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
4"
50/3.4
392/1483
SUP6030806B11
3/320
960
294
77" X 8" X 71"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
6"
50/3.4
587/2222
98/370
SUP6040806B11
4/320
1,280
392
77" X 8" X 71"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
6"
50/3.4
744/2816
124/469
SUP6050806B11
5/320
1,600
490
77" X 8" X 71"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
6"
50/3.4
848/3210
141/533
SUP6061008B11
6/320
1,920
588
79" X 10" X 71"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
8"
50/3.4
1,198/4534
200/757
SUP6071008B11
7/320
2,240
686
79" X 10" X 71"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
8"
50/3.4
1,405/5318
234/885
SUP6071208B11
7/320
2,240
686
81" X 12" X 71"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
8"
50/3.4
1,611/6098
268/1014
SUP6081208B11
8/320
2,560
784
81" X 12" X 71"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
8"
50/3.4
1,839/6961
306/1158
*1

*2
*3
UV Vessel Dimensions: A = Length of UV Vessel, B = Diameter of UV Vessel, C = Clearance needed for Quartz Sleeve Removal
*4
DISINFECTION
SECTION 137
Series UV/ Products

Systems
ProductsSUS
/ Products
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS SUS SERIES
Commercial U-Shaped Stainless Steel
SUS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems provide reliable protection against harmful waterborne
pathogens. The vessels feature an electropolish finish for improved corrosion resistance ideal for
freshwater applications. Each unit is equipped with sensor ports for system monitoring. The "U"
style UV vessel allows for space-saving horizontal mounting. SUS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems
feature single-end glassware assembly that allows for easy access to high-quality Almalgam UV
lamps. The remote thermoplastic power supply enclosures are weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA
12 or NEMA 4X to protect from water damage. A Basic Control package is standard, PLC packages
are optional. Available in sizes to treat up to 1,839 GPM/6,961 LPM.
System Features

useful-lamp-life.
316L Stainless Steel vessel*1 with an electropolish finish for improved corrosion resistance.
Perform internal inspections and cleanings conveniently with access from a removable face-plate.
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

LAMPS/
INPUT
WATTS
WATTS
MODEL
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS*3
(A X B X C)
40
80
120
120
160
200
240
280
280
320
52" X 6" X 47"

52" X 6" X 47"
52" X 6" X 47"
54" X 8" X 47"
54" X 8" X 47"
54" X 8" X 47"
60" X 10" X 51"
60" X 10" X 51"
62" X 12" X 51"
62" X 12" X 51"
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
INLET/OUTLET
(H X W X D)
PORTS (FLANGE)
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2 *4
@ 120/230 VAC PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2 *4
GPM/LPM

SUS4010604B11
SUS4020604B11
SUS4030604B11
SUS4030806B11
SUS4040806B11
SUS4050806B11
SUS4061008B11
SUS4071008B11
SUS4071208B11
SUS4081208B11
1/130
2/130
3/130
3/130
4/130
5/130
6/130
7/130
7/130
8/130
130
260
390
390
520
650
780
910
910
1,040
16" X 14" X 8.4"

16" X 14" X 8.4"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
20.2" X 16.3" X 8.4"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
4"
4"
4"
6"
6"
6"
8"
8"
8"
8"
2.1/1.0
3.9/2.0
5.8/289
5.8/289
7.5/3.7
9.4/4.7
11.2/5.6
13.3/6.5
13.3/6.5
15.0/7.5
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
75/5.1
75/5.1
66/249
112/424
161/609
228/863
296/1120
346/1309
480/1816
564/2134
648/2452
763/2888
11/42
18/68
27/102
38/144
49/185
58/219
80/302
94/355
108/408
127/480
4"
4"
4"
6"
6"
6"
8"
8"
8"
8"
1.6
3
4.5
4.5
6
7.5
9
11
11
13
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
100/6.8
75/5.1
75/5.1
165/624
276/1044
392/1483
587/2222
744/2816
848/3210
1,198/4534
1,405/5318
1,611/6098
1,839/6961
27/102
46/174
65/246
98/370
124/469
141/533
200/757
234/885
268/1014
306/1158
SUS6010604B21
1/320
320
98
75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SUS6020604B21
2/320
640
196
75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SUS6030604B21
3/320
960
294
75" X 6" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SUS6030806B21
3/320
960
294
77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
4/320 1,280
392
77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SUS6040806B21
SUS6050806B21
5/320 1,600
490
77" X 8" X 71" 24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
SUS6061008B21
6/320 1,920
588
79" X 10" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
SUS6071008B21
7/320 2,240
686
79" X 10" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
SUS6071208B21
7/320 2,240
686
81" X 12" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
SUS6081208B21
8/320 2,560
784
81" X 12" X 71" 30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
*1
*2
*3
*4
138 DISINFECTION
SECTION
Products
SVP
Series/ Products
UV Systems
/ Products
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS SVP SERIES

Commercial Vertical Polymer
When operating space is restricted, SVP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems provide the small footprint you
need. A robust Schedule-80 Modified PVC plastic construction is ideal for corrosive saltwater
environments. SVP vessels are NSF-50 Certified for operating pressures up to 50 PSI, outperforming
comparable polypropylene and HDPE models. The efficient operational design ensures proper hydraulic
mixing takes place inside the UV vessel. This optimizes UV light intensity distribution throughout the
lamp field for reliable fluence (UV does) delivery. All at a cost savings of up to 50% when compared to 316
stainless steel models. SVP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature single-end glassware assembly that
allows for easy access to high-quality Amalgam UV lamps. The remote thermoplastic power supply
enclosures are weather-tight, 508 UL listed, NEMA 12 or NEMA 4X to protect from water damage. A
Basic Control package is standard, PLC packages are optional. Available in sizes to treat up to 763
GPM/2,888 LPM.
System Features
useful-lamp-life.
Schedule-80 Modified PVC plastic construction*1 is NSF-50 Certified for pressures higher than
comparable polypropylene and HDPE models.

EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

UV-C
UV VESSEL

LAMPS/ INPUT OUTPUT DIMENSIONS*3
MODEL
WATTS
WATTS
WATTS
(A X B X C)
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
(H X W X D)
INLET/OUTLET
PORTS (FLANGE)
SVP4010604B11
1/130
130
40
57" X 6" X 47"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
SVP4020604B11
2/130
260
80
57" X 6" X 45"
16" X 14" X 8.4"
SVP4030604B11
3/130
390
120
57" X 6" X 47"
SVP4030806B11
3/130
390
120
63" X 8" X 47"
SVP4040806B11
4/130
520
160
SVP4050806B11
5/130
650
200
SVP4061008B11
6/130
780
SVP4071008B11
7/130
910
30 MJ/CM2 *4
GPM/LPM
30 MJ/CM2 *4
GPM/LPM
AMPS MAX LOAD

@ 120/230 VAC
MAX
PSI/BAR
4"
2.1/1.0
50/3.4
66/249
11/42
4"
3.9/2.0
50/3.4
112/424
18/68
16" X 14" X 8.4"
4"
5.8/2.9
50/3.4
161/609
27/102
16" X 14" X 8.4"
6"
5.8/2.9
50/3.4
228/863
38/144
63" X 8" X 47"
20.2" X 16.3" X 8.4"
6"
7.5/3.7
50/3.4
296/1120
49/185
63" X 8" X 47"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
6"
9.4/4.7
50/3.4
346/1309
58/219
240 68" X 10" X 51"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
8"
11.2/5.6
50/3.4
480/1816
80/302
280 68" X 10" X 51"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
8"
13.3/6.5
50/3.4
564/2134
94/355
SVP4071208B11
7/130
910
280 75" X 12" X 51"
24.6" X 20.2" X 10.6"
8"
13.3/6.5
50/3.4
648/2452
108/408
SVP4081208B11
8/130
1,040
320 75" X 12" X 51"
30.5" X 24.1" X 12.6"
8"
15.0/7.5
50/3.4
763/2888
127/480
*1

*2
*3
*4
Note: All models are weather-tight and 508A UL Listed
DISINFECTION 139
UV Controller Options
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS CONTROLLERS

Basic Enclosure is standard with all SafeGUARD UV Systems
The Basic Control Panel provides critical features without adding complexity,
allowing the user to view the main power, alarm and lamp status in addition to
the lamp hours of operation, as LED indication and digital hour meter. The
Basic Control Panel allows an external source to control the ON/OFF
operation and offers an alarm output along with LED alarm indication.
Features
Main Power Indication
Elapsed Run-Time Hour Meter
UV Lamp Status Indicators
Remote ON/OFF Operation
Over-Temperature Shutdown
Alarm Output and Status Indicator
Optional PLC or Advanced PLC upgrade available
SafeGUARD UV Systems Controller shown

with Advanced PLC
The Improved PLC utilizes a touch screen interface with the latest in controls
technology and is offered in 2 versions Basic PLC and Advanced PLC, which
are listed in the matrix below. The UV Intensity Sensor is made of a rugged
stainless steel body and can be set up to auto-calibrate after initiate lamp
burn in to allow for a more accurate measurement.
BASIC PLC
ADVANCED PLC
120/240 VAC (50/60Hz)
240 VAC (50/60HZ)
Lamp Status
Lamp Hours
UV Intensity
UV Intensity Chart
Alarm Logging
Flow Rate
Ballast Output
Max. Lamps
13
UV Intensity
Vessel Water Temperature
Safety Cap Input
Remote On/Off
Enclosure Temperature
Flow Sensor Input
POWER INPUT
DISPLAY
Basic PLC
INPUTS
(PULSE)
OUTPUTS
Alarm Output Relay
(1 ALARM)
4-20 mA Output
(7 INDIVIDUAL ALARMS)
(UV INTENSITY)
Dimmable Ballasts
Advanced PLC
COMMUNICATION
Ethernet Port (Modbus)
140 DISINFECTION
HOSS Series UV Systems
SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS HOSS SERIES

High-Output Stainless Steel
Quality craftsmanship meets superior design to deliver years of dependable
and trouble-free operation. HOSS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems combine the
latest, most efficient Low-Pressure (LP) UV lamp technology with robust
stainless steel UV vessel construction to create a versatile, high-quality UV
system suited for freshwater Aquaculture and light industrial applications.
HOSS UV Systems feature a thermoplastic NEMA 4x enclosure mounted to the
UV vessel brackets, allowing 4-way orientation for either horizontal or vertical
system mounting.
HOSS controls consist of analog re-settable hour meter, lamp-status LEDs, input
power LED, and an external on/off switch. Single-end UV-C lamps and quartz
sleeve access allows for quick-easy servicing. Cable hardware protects lamp
connections from water damage and is durable and inexpensive to replace if
required.
HOSS UV systems are compact aned designed to fit into tight spaces. All HOSS
UV vessels feature stainless steel threaded ports and flanges. Power Supply
Enclosures are UL 508a listed.
System Features
Housing Material*1: Stainless Steel 316L with Electropolished Finish
UV Lamp*2: Low-Pressure High-Output, T-6 style
Control Enclosure: Type 12 or optional NEMA 4X
Monitoring System:
Main Power Indicator Light
Elapsed Run-Time Hour Meter
UV Lamp Status Indicator
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001


POWER

UV-C
UV VESSEL
ENCLOSURE

LAMPS/
OUTPUT DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
MODEL
WATTS
WATTS
(H X D)
(H X W X D)
COM480HOSS
1/80
27
COM4160HOSS
2/80
54
42 X 11
COM4240HOSS
3/80
81
42 X 11
COM4320HOSS
4/80
108
42 X 11
12.5 X 10.5 X 7.7
42 X 11
12.5 X 10.5 X 7.7
AVAILABLE
INLET/OUTLET
PORTS (FLANGE)
AMPS
180 MJ/CM2 *4
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2 *3
@ 115/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
GPM/LPM
2 MNPT
1.25/0.75
12.5 X 10.5 X 7.7
2 MNPT
2.5/1.25
50/3.4
75/290
12/48 4,811.00
12.5 X 10.5 X 7.7
2 MNPT
3.5/1.75
50/3.4
112/434
18/72 3,524.00
2 MNPT
5.0/2.5
50/3.4
146/566
27/94 5,868.00
*1

Recommended dose for algae and bacteria.
*4
Typical maximum dose required in aquaculture applications.
*2
*3
Call to determine the dose required for your application
WARNING
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems does not recommend using 316L stainless steel in corrosive
environments that include, but are not limited to, saltwater aquaculture (includes aquaria)
and other corrosive applications. 316L stainless steel is subject to pitting and crevice
corrosion in warm chloride (salts) environments, and to stress corrosion cracking with
water temperatures above 60C, approximately.
50/3.4
47/182
316L-EP
EACH
8/30 $4,311.00
DISINFECTION 141
High-Output UV Sterilizers
SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT (HO) MULTI-LAMP UV STERILIZERS
Research facility staff and other aquatic husbandry personnel will find our
SMART UV HO Multi-Lamp UV Systems are easy to install, operate and
maintain. Single-end access allows for time saving serviceability of the lamp
and quartz sleeve. Highest-Quality UV lamps offer 12,000 hours of continuous
operation at or above the minimum required UV-C intensity levels required to
meet your dose target. One-year warranty on ballasts.
System Specifications:
Housing Material*1: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
Housing Size: Refer to Chart Below (UV Vessel Dimensions)
UV Lamp(s)*2: Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-style
Each lamp will require its own outlet
115V/60 Hz and 240V 50/60 Hz versions available
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

LAMPS/
INLET/OUTLET
MODEL
WATTS
PORT(S)
0250100
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
@ 120/240 VAC
PSI/BAR
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
(L X D)
30 MJ/CM2 *
180 MJ/CM2 *
GPM/LPM GPM/LPM
EACH
43/162
7/26
$3,446.00
50 X 6
81/306
14/52
3,608.00
62 X 6
110/416
18/68
3,678.00
76 X 6
174/658
29/109
4,077.00
2/50
3 UNION
1.15/0.57
100/6.89
35 X 6
0250160
2/80
3 UNION
1.15/0.57
100/6.89
0250240
2/120
3 UNION
2.0/1.0
100/6.89
0250300
2/150
3 UNION
2.6/1.3
100/6.89
Note: Models using 150 Watt Lamps can be ordered in 120 or 240 VAC 50/60 Hz.
SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT STERILIZERS

UV vessels are built of a UV-resistant, high density polymer with a removable
end cap to provide easy access. Internal viewing ports allow visual indication of
lamp status. Units have 2 slip unions and 6 diameter housings. 10 cable to
ballast and 6 cord to plug. 115V/60 Hz and 240V 50/60 Hz options available.
Models include an in-line, sealed watertight power supply for wet applications.
One-year warranty on ballasts, limited lifetime warranty on the housing and
90-day warranty on lamps.
System Features
Reduces microorganisms through ultraviolet light
Housing Material: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
Housing Pressure (Max.): 20 psi / 1.378 bar
Housing Inlet/Outlet Port Size: 2 Union
UV Lamp(s): Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-style
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

LAMPS/
INLET/OUTLET
WATTS
PORT(S)
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
@ 120/240 VAC
PSI/BAR
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
(L X D)
30 MJ/CM2 *
180 MJ/CM2 *
WITHOUT WIPER
WITH WIPER
GPM/LPM GPM/LPM MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
1/50
2 UNION
1.15/0.57
50/3.44
30 X 6
25/94
4/15
E50S
$724.99
E50S-W $968.59
1/80
2 UNION
1.15/0.57
50/3.44
45 X 6
45/170
7/26
E80S
766.99
E80S-W 1,012.00
1/120
2 UNION
1.15/0.57
50/3.44
57 X 6
64/242
10/38
E120S 823.99
E120S-W 1,085.00
1/150
2 UNION
1.85/0.85
50/3.44
71 X 6
100/378
10/64
E150S
E150S-W 1,201.00
999.99
142 DISINFECTION
SMART UV Sterilizer
SMART UV STERILIZERS
These high-quality ultraviolet sterilizers feature a watertight sealed design
and can be used safely both indoors and outdoors. The SMART UV reduces
microorganisms through ultraviolet light. The units have a 3 inside diameter
and 1 1/2 slip union. They are an excellent choice for everything from small
koi ponds to large recirculating systems. Units feature Low Pressure lamps
with a 12,000 hour effective life. These SMART UV units feature remote-style
ballasts with 16 power cords. Units are 115V/60 Hz and 230v 50/60Hz is
optional.
One-year warranty on ballasts, limited lifetime warranty on the housing and
90-day warranty on lamps.
Wipers are avaliable.
EPA Est. No.: 091668-FL-001

LAMPS/
INLET/OUTLET
WATTS
PORT(S)
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
@ 120/240 VAC
PSI/BAR
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
(L X D)
30 MJ/CM2 *
180 MJ/CM2 *
WITHOUT WIPER
WITH WIPER
GPM/LPM GPM/LPM MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
1/18
1.5 UNION
0.34/0.17
50/3.44
23 X 4
6/22
0.8/2.8
EU18-U
$348.49
EU18P-W $425.59
1/25
1.5 UNION
0.40/0.20
50/3.44
29 X 4
9.5/35
1.0/3.7
EU25-U
383.29
EU25P-W 461.99
1/40
1.5 UNION
0.44/0.22
50/3.44
44 X 4
15.5/58
2.8/10
EU40 416.89
EU40P-W 483.09
1/65
1.5 UNION
0.46/0.23
50/3.44
71 X 4
26/98
5.3/20
EU65P
EU65P-W 659.59
535.49
SIZED FOR YOUR APPLICATION

Did you know:
The flow rate at which the water passes through a UV system, and the UV-C Intensity
establishes the UV Dose. All waterborne microorganisms require their own specific UV
Dose for successful disinfection. For more information on the SMART UV Sterilizer and
other UV-C water treatment products, please visit us online at PentairAES.com.
Thanks for helping me with my UV light problem. My pond has never been so beautiful,
and I have shared my news with friends and relatives. You have one grateful and very
satisfied customer.
Vanna Wu
Lihue, HI
TECH TALK 5
Why Watts
You know how you can tell what people know by the questions they ask? Well, we know that most
people dont know about watts. They ask, How many amps does this motor use? instead of, How
many watts does this motor use? Watts are what you pay for, not amps (amps are used to size
breakers, etc.).
The direct current formula we all learned (volts x amps = watts) is correct for incandescent light
bulbs and electric heaters, but it is not correct for motors. When dealing with power loads that
involve inductance magnetic devices such as motor windings, solenoids, transformers, lamp
ballasts, etc., the formula for single-phase loads is volts x amps x power factor = watts.
In many cases, especially with linear air compressors and mag drive pumps, the actual watts used
are significantly less than what is calculated by multiplying volts x amps. The only way to
determine the watt consumption of a motor is to test it using a wattmeter.
DISINFECTION
SECTION 143
SMART UVProducts
Sterilizers/ Products
Replacement
Parts
/ Products
UV Lamp 4-Pin connector (cable)
Lamp
Quartz Sleeve
Ballast
SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS

QUARTZ BALLAST 4-PIN LAMP
WATTS
LAMP
EACH
4 + SLEEVE
EACH SEAL KITS
EACH (120-230V)
EACH CONNECTOR
EACH
50 FL-2538-IP
$69.99 $62.99
FL-QZ175-IP $39.99 20375-2
$28.59
20105-MV $132.29
709-1S $7.39
80 FL-2997-IP
79.99 71.99
FL-QZ176-IP 44.99
20375-2
28.59
20105-MV 132.29
709-1S 7.39
120 FL-2998-IP
89.99 80.99
FL-QZ165 59.99
20375-2
28.59
20105-MV 132.29
709-1S 7.39
150 FL-2999
99.99 89.99
FL-QZ167 49.99
20375-2
28.59
202150-1* 259.99
709-1S 7.39
*model is 120V
SMART UV STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS

WATTS
SEAL KITS
EACH
BALLAST
(120V)
EACH
18, 25, 40, 65
$28.39
20100 $100.79
709-1S $7.39
80, 130 20374-AQ

31.79
20100 x 2* 100.79 709-1S x 2* 7.39
20375
4-PIN LAMP
CONNECTOR
EACH
QUARTZ
LAMP
EACH
4 +
SLEEVE
WATTS
EACH
18
FL-2536-IP
$29.99 $26.99
25
FL-2542-IP
$57.99 $52.19 FL-QZ173-IP
4+
61.99 55.80 FL-QZ175-IP 39.99 35.99
40 FL-1957-IP 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP 39.99 35.99

65 FL-2529 74.99 67.49 FL-QZ167
49.99 44.99
80
39.99 35.99
FL-1957-IP x 2*
130 FL-2529 x 2*
62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP x 2*
74.99 67.49 FL-QZ167 x 2* 49.99 44.99
*Requires 2 EA
SMART UV LITE STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS

WATTS
SEAL KITS
EACH
BALLAST
(120V)
EACH
18
$28.39
20100 $100.79
20078 $16.49
25 20624-AQ 28.39
20100 100.79
20078 16.49
40 20624-AQ 28.39
20100 100.79
709-1S 7.39
80 20625-AQ 28.39
20100 x 2* 100.79 709-1S x 2* 7.39
20624-AQ
QUARTZ
WATTS
LAMP
EACH
4 +
SLEEVE
18
FL-2536-IP
4-PIN LAMP
CONNECTOR
EACH
$57.99 $52.19 FL-QZ173-IP $29.99
EACH
4+
$26.99
25 FL-2542-IP 61.99 55.80 FL-QZ175-IP 39.99
35.99
40 FL-1957-IP 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP 39.99
35.99
80 FL-1957-IP x 2*
35.99
62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP x 2* 39.99
*Requires 2 EA
144 SECTION
SPECIALTY FILTRATION
UVT
Meter/ Products / Products
Products
UVT FIELD METER

With innovative Split-Sense technology
The RealTech UV254 P200 field meter with exclusive Split-Sense technology is
the worlds most advanced and affordable portable UV254 testing meter,
guaranteed. The portable Real UVT meter can quickly and accurately test
UV254 in the field within minutes. The Real UVT meter utilizes Real Tech Inc.s
patented Split-Sense technology to give it many advantages such as its fast 1
minute warm-up time and extreme accuracy.
Split-Sense technology works by using a single beam of UV light to take
continuous readings before and after the insertion of the quartz cuvette
allowing for compensation of the effects of UV lamp drift and fluctuations.
The Real UVT meters new calibration memory feature allows testing to be
performed without the need to zero the meter with 100% DI water even if the
meter has been powered off.
Measuring Organics
UV254 provides an indication of the amount of natural organic matter (NOM) in
water and wastewater. More specifically, UV254 is the best detector of aromatic
organics or reactive NOM.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Aromatic organics are problematic, having several negative effects. For

example, when combined with chlorine, aromatic organics readily form
disinfection by-products (DBPs).
The Real UVT field meter is the ideal solution for testing UV254 anywhere,
anytime. The Real UVT can also be used as a practical alternative or
supplement to measuring other more expensive and complicated organic test
parameters such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD.
REAL UVT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

UV WAVELENGTH
253.7 nm
SOURCE
Low pressure germicidal UV lamp
System Features
RANGE
5 - 100 % Transmittance, 0 1.3 Absorbance
Memory calibrationno field zeroing needed
ACCURACY
0.5% UV Transmittance
RESOLUTION
0.1% Transmittance, 0.001 Absorbance
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
UV Percent Transmittance (%), UV Absorbance per cm (cm-1)
BUILT-IN FAULT DETECTION SYSTEM
Notication of a system failure
DISPLAY
32 character back-lit LCD digital display provides easy on

screen instructions and system messages
CALIBRATION MEMORY
Calibration memory technology. Calibration with DI water

required only periodically.
RESPONSE TIME
Warm-up Time ~ 1 minute, Calibration ~ 2 seconds,

Computation ~ 2 seconds
OPERATING TEMPERATURES
0 45 C (32 133 F)
CASE
Rugged, Compact, Watertight, and Dustproof with

convenient carrying handle
SAMPLE CELL
10 mm x 10 mm quartz cuvette
PATH LENGTH
1 cm
POWER SUPPLY
Wall Adapter 110 VAC (UL approved) or 220 VAC,

Car Adapter 12 VDC
Battery power pack option
DIMENSIONS
8.7 L x 7.5 W x 3.9 H (254 cu in)
WEIGHT
4 lbs
Performs both UV Transmittance and UV Absorbance measurements

Portable and easy to use
Battery powered option
1 minute warm-up time
Extreme accuracy
MODEL
EACH
$1,937.00
P200UV254
REAL TECH P200 UV254 METER
1UVT060020
REPLACEMENT LAMP, P SERIES
141.49
1UVT045010
REPLACEMENT CUVETTE. QUARTZ, 10 MM
262.89
UV Light Transmittance
UV transmittance (UVT) is not turbidity! The waters clarity is not an effective indicator, because both solid and dissolved material can absorb UV light. For
example: metals (iron) in water are not visible to the human eye but absorb UV light and have a negative impact on UVT.
UVT is the transmission of UV-C light (at 254 nm) through water. Regarding Aquaculture applications, flow-through fish-culture systems requiring influent
disinfection typically test at 90-95% UVT. In contrast, RAS recirculating aquaculture systems typically test lower at 70-85%T. Application conditions vary and,
therefore, must be evaluated individually.
UVT must be considered when sizing any UV system. Using a meter is the only method of determining an applications true %T.
SECTION 145
DISINFECTION
Products / Products
/ Products
Ozone
System
INTERNATIONAL OZONE SYSTEM
System Features
Wall mounted, single point electrical.
120 VAC, 60 Hz, 1 phase, 20 amp service.
Dimensions: 36 x 38, 139 pounds.
One year warranty on parts only.
SYSTEM INCLUDES:
OZ8 Ozone Generator
Variable output, 0-8 grams per hour of ozone. Manual output control with
reference meter. Air cooled.
12 SCFH Oxygen Concentrator

Up to 12 SCFH oxygen flow at 10 PSIG.
Backflow Prevention Device

Power to open, spring to close actuator with drain and manual outlet valve.
Interlocked to stop system if back flow event should occur.
Please allow 45 weeks lead time.
Inline Oxygen Monitor

Measures gas flow, gas pressure and oxygen concentration.Interlocked to stop
ozone production on alarm.
Ambient Ozone Monitor

0-2 parts per million, two alarm levels. Interlocked to stop ozone production on
high ambient ozone alarm.
ORP Monitor and Sensor with 3 Meter Cable

Integrated to stop ozone production on high ORP alarm.
10 of 14 PTFE Tubing to Process
MODEL
IOSYS1
VOLTAGE
OZONE SKID SYSTEM 8G/HR 120V/60HZ
OWS-OM2 AMBIENT OZONE MONITOR

PHASE AMPS
1PHS
20A
2 SENS0RS
W/POWER SUPPLY & HORN
EACH
$12,742.00
2,970.00
TECH TALK 72
Ozone Sizing:
Know Your
Goal @ 5%
OWS10
4.2 SCFH,
10G/HR
$8,884.62
In sizing an8.5
ozone
system the most important design factor is getting the correct ozone
OWS20
SCFH, 20 G/HR @ 5%
9,815.38
dose for your specific application. Ozone is used mainly to achieve two different goals:
OWS30
15 SCFH, 30
sterilization/oxidation
and G/HR
microflocculation.
Maximizing
@ 5%
10,746.15mass transfer (getting the
ozone from the gas phase into the water) is of primary importance for both. The most
efficient method of dissolving ozone (or any gas) is achieved by using a venturi educator,
a device that passively pulls in ozone under a vacuum using the physical (motive) force of
the water flowing in a pipe. The water enters the venturi where the velocity rapidly
increases due to a cone-shaped restriction in the venturi throat. This increase in velocity
causes a low pressure area to form at the point of maximum restriction (see diagram
below), generating suction that pulls the ozone into the water stream. The venturi then
rapidly expands in diameter, slowing the water down instantaneously, causing the water
and gas to crash into each other at very high velocity and driving the gas into solution.
The higher the pressure in the venturi and downstream piping, the more gas can be driven
into solution.
Water
Flow
Suction
Air diffusers and pressurized injectors are also sometimes used but have lower transfer
efficiencies. The real advantage in using a venturi from a safety standpoint is that with
positive pressure ozone delivery systems (where the ozone is pumped into the system
under pressure) a leak in the delivery hoses or piping can let ozone leak into the
environment. With a properly sized venturi, if a leak occurs under vacuum, surrounding
(ambient) air will be drawn into the delivery tubing, so theres no chance of affecting
nearby people with ozone.
Ozone has long been known to be a very efficient oxidant. In typical aquarium/aquaculture
applications ozone can greatly reduce total organic carbon (TOC) levels by direct oxidation
of the organics or indirect oxidation by other powerful oxidants that naturally occurs when
ozone reacts with water (free radical oxidation). Applied ozone doses for oxidation and
disinfection are similar and fall within .1 to 1.0 mg/L. Another rule of thumb for ozone
sizing for oxidation is based on food loading. An ozone dose of 1520 grams of ozone per
kg of food fed is recommended by Doctors Timmons and Ebling for aquaculture systems.
The other use of ozone not nearly as well known in aquatic systems is as a
microflocculent. When dosed at rates roughly 1/10 of the oxidation dose (.01.1 mg/L),
ozone can act as a flocculent, causing very small particulates that normally pass through
mechanical filters to clump into larger particles that mechanical filters can capture. The
ozone does this by causing electrical charges on the surface of the particles so that they
become attracted to each other like microscopic magnets. This type of ozone dose is
typically used in foam fractionators (protein skimmers), so the flocculated particulates
are carried out of the system water in the foam column.
146 DISINFECTION
Ozone Generators
INTELLIZONE SERIES GENESIS OZONE GENERATORS

Fully integrated wall mount ozone systems designed
for simple installation in small spaces
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Genesis Ozone Generators are fully integrated
wall mount ozone systems. They are designed for installation into new or
pre-existing aquatic operations without equipment modification. Systems
generate 2 to 45 grams of ozone per hour with on-board oxygen
concentrators, and all operate under vacuum for safety and include
integrated DEL Ozone Safety Management System. UL- and NSF-listed.
DISINFECTION 147
Ozone Generators
G SERIES OZONE GENERATORS

The reliable, versatile, and cost-effective Pacific Ozone G Series ozone
generators are designed to satisfy a wide range of applications. The ultracompact, fiberglass reinforced case is perfect for harsh and demanding
environments such as aquaculture and agriculture installations,
cooling tower and wastewater treatment skids, and other commercial
and industrial ozone applications.
The G Series incorporates Pacific Ozones exclusive Floating Plate
Technology an air-cooled titanium and ceramic reactor cell with high
frequency, variable control power supply. This compact line of ozone
generators offers a broad range of ozone output performance from 12 to 60
grams per hour. The power consumption of the highly efficient G Series is
among the lowest in the industry. Yet, the high-concentration ozone output
and broad range of features of this series provides greater flexibility of use.
The G Series ozone generators can be controlled manually or remotely
using a 0-10VDC or 4-20mA signal.
Features
Air-Cooled Ceramic and Titanium Reactor Cell
Feed Gas Pressure Regulator
Door Safety Switch
Over-Temperature Protection
Feed Gas Flow Switch
Stainless Steel Ozone Fittings
Controls
4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input
Variable Output Control
Power Feed Back Reference Meter
Reactor Pressure Control
Reactor Pressure Gauge
Feed Gas Flow Control
Remote On/Off Control
LED Visual Ozone Indicator
CONTACT OUR TECH SUPPORT STAFF FOR

ASSISTANCE AND PRICING INFORMATION
MAX. OZONE MAX. REACTOR FEED GAS FEED GAS

OZONE

HZ WATTS POWER PRODUCTION
MAX. OZONE PRESSURE FLOW RANGE
AIR COOLING INLET FITTING OUTLET DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS (1 PH) (15A)
CORD
LBS/DAY GRAMS/HR CONCENTRATION PSI BAR
SCFH LPM
SCFH LPM
FNPT*
FITTING* L W H (LBS)
EACH
970004
115
60
230
US
0.6 12
5%
12 0.8
7-10 3.3-4.7
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
42 $3,542.00
970005
230
60
230
EURO
0.6 12
5%
12 0.8
7-10 3.3-4.7
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
42
3,542.00
970006
230
60
230
US
0.6 12
5%
12 0.8
7-10 3.3-4.7
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
42
3,542.00
970007
115
60
270
US
1.0 18
6%
12 0.8
7-10 3.3-4.7
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
42
4,317.00
970008
230
60
270
EURO
1.0 18
6%
12 0.8
7-10 3.3-4.7
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
42
4,317.00
970009
230
60
270
US
7-10 3.3-4.7
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
42
4,317.00
1.0 18
6%
12 0.8
970010 115 60 435 US
1.6 30
8%
12 0.8 7-20
3.3-9.4 240 6796 1/4"
1/4" 19"
17" 11" 44 6,500.00
970018 230 60 435 EURO
1.6 30
8%
12 0.8 7-20
3.3-9.4 240 6796 1/4"
1/4" 19"
17" 11" 44 6,500.00
970012 230 60 435 US

970013
1.6 30
8%
12 0.8 7-20
3.3-9.4 240 6796 1/4"
1/4" 19"
17" 11" 44 6,500.00
115
60
525
US
2.4 45
8%
12 0.8
7-30 3.3-14
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
51
7,947.00
970014 230
60
525
EURO
2.4 45
8%
12 0.8
7-30 3.3-14
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
51
7,947.00
970015 230
60
7,947.00
525
US
2.4 45
8%
12 0.8
7-30 3.3-14
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
51
970016 230 50/60
625
EURO
32.0 60
8%
12 0.8
7-40 3.3-19
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
54 9,065.00
970017 230 50/60
625
US
32.0 60
8%
12 0.8
7-40 3.3-19
240 6796
1/4"
1/4"
19" 17" 11"
54 9,065.00
*Compression fitting.
Pacific Ozone and Floating Plate Technlology are trademarks of Pacific Ozone Technology, Inc.
148 DISINFECTION
148
Ozone Generators
M SERIES OZONE GENERATOR SYSTEMS

The advanced chassis-based design of the M Series ozone generators is the
foundation for a potent ozone production system. It combines the power of
Pacific Ozones patented Floating Plate Technology ozone reactor cells with
PID control in a 19-inch rack-mountable chassis. Three of the fully redundant,
self-contained chassis are housed in a stainless steel enclosure. The populated
enclosure modules may be combined to form the most powerful air-cooled
ozone generators available. Standard configurations of the M Series can
produce from 7 pounds per day to more than 50 pounds per day ozone.
Modular redundancy is the key to the M Series revolutionary chassis-based
design, providing unsurpassed reliability. The M Series is engineered to meet
demanding ozone process requirements with 4-20mA or 0-10VDC proportional
ozone control interface. The standard PID controller is ready to receive feedback
signal from your process and provide precise control of the ozone system.
The PLUS options for M Series add one or two channels of dissolved ozone
detection for input to the standard PID controller.
Features
A Redundant Modular Ozone Chassis Design
Stainless Steel Floor-Mount Enclosure
Air-Cooled Ceramic and Titanium Reactor Cell
Over-Temperature & Over Voltage Protection
Outlet Isolation Valve & Inlet Isolation Valve Package
970024
Feed Gas Flow Switch
970026
CSA/UL Available
Controls
4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input
Auto sequencing SSR Control w/Gas prep and auto purge
Variable Output Control
Programmable PID Controller
Reactor Pressure Control
Reactor Pressure Gauge
Feed Gas Flow Control
Remote On/Off Control
START
PUSHBUTTON
STOP
PUSHBUTTON
RESET
PUSHBUTTON
ALARM
BUZZER
E-STOP
970028
CELLS PRESSURE VALVE
CONTROL
PANEL
CONTACT OUR TECH SUPPORT STAFF FOR

ASSISTANCE AND PRICING INFORMATION
HAND - AUTO SWITCH
MAX. OZONE
MAX. REACTOR FEED GAS
COMPRESSED OZONE

HZ
WATTS PRODUCTION
MAX. OZONE PRESSURE FLOW RANGE AIR COOLING
AIR INLET
OUTLET DIMENSIONS
MODEL
VOLTS (1 PH)
(40A) LBS/DAY GRAMS/HR CONCENTRATION PSI BAR
SCFH LPM SCFH LPM FITTING (MNPT) FITTING* L
W
H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
970024 230
50/60
1550
7.1 135
8%
12 0.8
10-90 4.7-42 720 20388
1/2
1/2
183/4 231/4 511/2 340 $20,599.00
970025 230
50/60
1700
9.5 180
8%
12 0.8 20-120 9.4-57 720 20388
1/2
1/2
183/4 231/4 511/2 345 22,642.00
970026 230
50/60
2900
14.3 270
8%
12 0.8 20-180 9.4-84 1440 40776
1/2
1/2
183/4 451/2 511/2 630 32,057.00
970027 230
50/60
3200
19.0 360
8%
12 0.8 50-240 24-114 1440 40776
1/2
1/2
183/4 451/2 511/2 640 35,273.00
970028 230
50/60
4400
21.4 405
8%
12 0.8 50-270 24-127 2160 61164
1/2
1/2
183/4 673/4 511/2 925 41,549.00
970029 230
50/60
4850
28.6 540
8%
12 0.8 50-360 24-170 2160 61164
1/2
1/2
183/4 673/4 511/2 935 47,252.00
*Compression fitting.
DISINFECTION 149
Ozone Generators/Ozone Tubing
OZONE GENERATORS
The DEL OZONE Next Generation Eclipse Ozone Systems are compact and
provide dependable, low- maintenance operation. Cabinets are made of
extruded aluminum with molded plastic end caps and are wall-mountable.
Electrodes are rated for 15,000 hours of operation at over 80% capacity. Power
supplies are rated to operate for the life of the generator under normal
conditions. Generators may be operated in a vacuum or with positive pressure.
When using O2 as feed gas, you can expect approximately twice the
concentration than with air as feed gas. Air compressor not included. All
models require .25 cfm feed gas (air or oxygen). 1/4 hose inlet and outlet. ULand cUL-listed. 115V/60 Hz. One-year warranty.
Improved water quality and clarity
Kills up to 99.99% of harmful microorganisms
Minimized operating and maintenance cost
No unpleasant chemical odors
High ozone output, low energy cost
No Air Dryer required

MODEL
ECL10
ECL20
ECL10
ECL20
ECL40
AVG O 3 CONC.
O 3 OUTPUT
(PPM)
(GRAMS/HR)
@ 115V
AMPS
(W X H X D)
DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
.06
7.8" X 8" X 2.5" 9

$408.49
.5
.12
7.8" X 14" X 2.5" 9 628.99
.24 7.8" X 24" X 2.5" 14 943.99
450
.25
700
ECL40
1,350
90150E
ACCESSORY PACKAGE W/O MAZZEI INJECTOR
28.39
90210E
ACCESSORY PACKAGE W/MAZZEI INJECTOR
144.89
DEL Zone and Eclipse are trademarks of Del Industries, Inc. Mazzei is a registered trademark of
Mazzei Injector Corp.
PTFE TUBING
Ozone resistance is the reason most people select PTFE tubing. It is a flexible
thermoplastic, highly resistant to oxidizing agents. A nearly complete resistance
to alcohols, acids, bases and chlorinated solvents makes it excellent for the
delivery of ozone. It remains flexible at extreme temperatures and is nontoxic.
We recommend using brass or stainless steel fittings with this tubing.

INSIDE
DIA.
8069
OUTSIDE
SOLD PER FOOT
SOLD PER 50 ROLL
DIA.
MODEL EACH MODEL LENGTH EACH
1/4" 5/16"
8069
$3.89 8069R 50' $144.09
1/2" 5/8"
8135 20.39 8135R 50' 854.59
OZONE TUBING
This ozone-resistant plastic tubing will not crack or harden and is much
more flexible than PVDF tubing and PTFE.

INSIDE
MODEL DIA.
OUTSIDE
DIA.
ROLL
LENGTH
SOLD PER ROLL

EACH
TN8
3/16" 3/8" 8'
$16.99
TN25
3/16" 3/8" 25'
44.79
TN50
3/16" 3/8" 50'
71.19
150 DISINFECTION
SECTION
Venturi
ProductsInjectors/Desiccant/Check
/ Products / Products Valves
MAZZEI VENTURI INJECTORS

Widely used for the injection of air, oxygen, and ozone. Also compatible with
liquids. Tests have shown that when installed properly, injectors can transfer
ozone into water with efficiencies as high as 99%. These are constructed of
PVDF Kynar and are ozone compatible. Mazzei venturis have no moving
parts and provide trouble-free operation. All except V514 include a 1/4" barbed
ozone-safe check valve. Maximum operating pressure at 100F (38C) is 400 psi.

MODEL
INLET/OUTLET
MNPT
FLOW THRU INJECTOR

AIR SUCTION
V384
1/2" MNPT
1 GPM
1 CFH
V584
3/4" BARB
4 GPM
5 CFH
56.69
V978
1" MNPT
7 GPM
9 CFH
135.49
V1584
11/2" MNPT
31 GPM
72 CFH
185.89
V514
2" MNPT
57 GPM
394 CFH
388.49
V1584
EACH
$70.39
Flow
Venturis offer an efficient and reliable way to inject
virtually any gas or liquid into water.
Mazzei is a registered trademark of Mazzei Injector Corp. Kynar is a registered trademark of Arkema,
Inc. Corporation.
OZONE-SAFE CHECK VALVES

These clear, duckbill check valves work great for preventing water from back
siphoning into ozone generators. Cracking pressure is 21/2 H2 O. Inlet/outlet
accepts 1/8 and 3/16 I.D. tubing.

MODEL
EACH
CKV55
3/16" TUBING
$11.29
CKV60
1/4" TUBING
12.59
DESICCANT
When stored, desiccant media should be placed in an airtight container. It
changes color from blue to pink when regeneration is due. To recharge, simply
place desiccant on a baking sheet and heat at 350F (176 C) for approximately
20 minutes. Replace after 25 rechargings.
MODEL LBS
EACH
DR2
11/4
$15.69
DR3
51/2
52.49
DR3
Before
After
SECTION
151
PUMPS
PRODUCTS
152 Sparus Pump with Constant Flow
Technology
156 Centrifugal Pumps
160 Verus Pump with Constant Flow
Technology
162 Centrifugal Pumps
166 Self-Priming Pumps
167 Vertical Multi-Stage Pumps
168 Submersible Pumps
171 Magnetic Drive Pumps
176 Peristaltic/Metering/Dosing Pumps
177 Flow Meters
178 Float Switches/Alarms
152 PUMPS
SECTION
Sparus Pump
Products
/ Products
with Constant
/ ProductsFlow Technology
SPARUS PUMP WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY

T he worlds first aquaculture duty pump to deliver a CONSTANT
user-defined flow rate
Pump motor speed self-adjusts to maintain the constant flow rate setting,
even as system conditions change
Digital communication port RS-485 allows monitoring/control by
PLC systems. Contact us for solutions utilizing a PLC.
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
AND SERVICE AVAILABLE
Contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems

for more details.
2 NPT suction and discharge ports.
Clear lid for quick

inspection of basket.
Cam and Ramp locking ring
for easy servicibility.
NEMA IP55 rated enclosure for

robust service in wet locations.
On-board keypad for
simple programming of
desired flow rate.
Integrated wiring
compartment for easy access
and quick installation.
Oversized strainer basket

and volute.
Corrosion-proof pump body

for long service life.
Saltwater-rated 316 stainless

internal fasteners, and heavy-duty
mechanical seal.
3 hp totally enclosed fan cooled
motor, with permanent magnets.
Under typical operating conditions, Sparus Pump with Constant Flow

Technology offers the highest water flow rate of any high performance
pumpwith the lowest electricity consumption. Thanks to its integrated
on-board variable frequency drive, this pump automatically calculates and
self-adjusts to provide the exact operational speed needed to deliver the
exact flow rate you establish. As system conditions change, it self-adjusts to
achieve a constant user-specified flow rate. The result of this breakthrough
technology is that you achieve the absolute minimum energy usage required
to deliver any given flow rate! This high level of efficiency can save you
thousands of dollars per year in pump operating costs.
No more closing valves to decrease flow rate or making manual adjustments.
Simply select the flow rate you require and the Sparus Pump with Constant
Flow Technology delivers. As system conditions change, the flow rate remains
constant. Need a higher or lower flow rate? Simply adjust the desired flow rate
by using the simple keypad. No matter what flow rate you select, youll rest
assured that your desired flow rate remains constant.
The law of physics known as the Affinity Law states that there is a cubic
relationship between the speed of an electric motor and its power consumption.
By decreasing the speed of a motor by only 10%, youll reap up to 33% in
electrical energy savings while still achieving the exact flow rate that your
application requires. With conventional pumps, the motor is often operating
at a speed that is needlessly high for the application. Users of conventional
single-speed pumps often find that their only option to decrease their flow
rate is to partially close a valve to throttle the flow rate. The Sparus Pump
with Constant Flow Technology takes that paradigm and turns it on its head!
The intelligence built into this pump means that you establish the desired flow
rate and leave the decision-making to the pump.
153 SECTION
SECTION
PUMPS 153
Sparus Pump with

Products
Constant
/ Products
Flow Technology
/ Products

Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology(CFT) will always operate at
the slowest speed required to achieve the user-established flow rate; the savings
it provides is yours to keep! This pump delivers proven reliability thanks to its
saltwater-rated stainless steel internal fasteners and highly robust mechanical
seal. Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology is a self-priming pump, and
its also suitable for flooded-suction applications. UL778 listed. One-year
warranty. Not certified for use in swimming pool applications.
Pump Features:
Fully-programmable for any flow rate from 20140 gpm
On-board keypad for simple programming of desired flow rate
3 hp rating. 230V, single-phase, 50hz/60hz
Ultra efficient permanent magnet TEFC motor
2 internally threaded NPT inlet/outlet ports and anti-blocking strainer
basket ensure maximum flow and efficiency
Easy installation and trouble-free servicing
IP55-rated enclosure for wet locations and harsh conditions
Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology in a five pump application at

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems PAES W.A.T.E.R. facility in Apopka, FL.
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology Performance Chart

m ft
30 100
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
20
5
10
0 0
50/60 Hz Performance
3,45
0
SPARUS WITH CFT COST SAVINGS CALCULATOR

The Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology Cost Calculator
Tool calculates the savings an operator will realize when switching
from a standard pump to the Sparus with Constant Flow Technology.
Its simple and easy to use. Just enter in the operational, hydraulic,
and head loss characteristics of your system and the cost savings, per
day and per year, will be instantly calculated for you.
RPM
Visit PentairAES.com/CFT-Calculator to determine your savings!
400 RPM
0
20
40
10
60
80
15
100
20
120
25
160 gpm
140
30
35
m3/h
CAPACITY

POWER(KW)
FULL LOAD SERVICE
SF
IN/OUT
SHIP WT
MODEL
HP INPUT/OUTPUT
VOLTS HZ PHASE MOTOR AMPS
FACTOR HP PORTS L W H (LBS)
348045-AQ
3.2/2.2
230
50/60
TEFC
16
1.32
3.95
23.4
11
12.6
EACH
45 LBS $1,190.00
Operates with identical performance on 50 Hz or 60 Hz input power.
154 PUMPS
SECTION
Productsw/CFT
Sparus
/ Products
& Point/ Products
Four PLC Integration

AND POINT FOUR PLC INTEGRATION OPTIONS
Maintaining the Ideal Water Level
A local establishment was experiencing an issue
with periodic overflowing of their aquarium.
The issue was related to a lack of flow rate
control, and lack of balanced flow rates between
two pumps in the system. When the system
malfunctioned, it was possible for the pump in
the filtration room to move more water than the
pump on top of the aquarium; causing water
overflow into the dining room with no warning.
These overflow events caused damage to

the facility and the equipment. The system
experienced ongoing problems and the costs
associated with the repairs were starting to
mount-up. Additionally, the downtime associated
with cleanup was frustrating and inconvenient for
the staff members. Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
aquatic life support team was approached to find
a solution to this urgent situation.
As part of the solution the Pentair Aquatic

Eco-Systems team strategically deployed a PLC
system and two digital level sensors to allow the
pump to maintain the water height within the
tank to half-an-inch of a predefined target level.
The new system automatically reports a signal
back to the PLC which adjusts the pumps
flow rate to maintain the ideal water level;
eliminating the issue of potential overflows!
GUIDED WAVE RADAR

(LEVEL MEASURE)
PLC MC3-6066
DISPLAY
ANALOG INPUT
3.5 Color Touch

6
(Continuous read sensors)
ANALOG OUTPUT
(VFD Pumps)
DIGITAL INPUT
(Buttons/Switches)
DIGITAL OUTPUT
(lights/valves)
LOCAL ALARM
EMAIL/TEXT ALARM*
PHONE ALARM**
REMOTE ACCESS*
WEB DASHBOARD*
DISPLAY TANK
SPARUS PUMP
WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Aud. & Visual

Minor & Critical
1
Available
Available
*Internet access required. **AutoDialer required.
FLOW METER
1 Flow Rate
If water level is low then increase
speed of Pump 1.
2 Guided Wave Radar
If water level is low then decrease
speed of Pump 2.
Each Sparus with CFT pump features a digital communication port that
allows for monitoring/control by programmable logic control (PLC) systems.
The integration of a Point Four programmable logic controller (PLC) and
Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology delivers a state-of-the art
package capable of solving a variety of challenges facing aquatic facilities
around the world. Custom options and other integration possibilities
available, for more information please contact Pentair AES.
SPARUS PUMP
WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY
SYSTEM SUMP
SECTION
PUMPS 155
CFT
Products
Calculator
/ Products
/ RAS /Workshop
Products
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS)

TECHNOLOGY WORKSHOPS
AN INTRODUCTION TO
RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS
COMPONENT OPTIONS FOR USE IN

RECIRCULATING PRODUCTION SYSTEMS
Defining recirculating systems
Solids removal
RAS compared to other production options
Monitoring and control
Nutrient removal
Reasons to use recirculating technology
Dissolved gas addition and removal
CRITICAL CONSIDERATIONS BEFORE

DESIGNING RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS
DEVELOPING AN APPROPRIATE DESIGN

FOR YOUR AQUACULTURE APPLICATION
Impact of feed on growth, metabolism and

water quality
Examples from around the USA and Europe
Critical water quality parameters
Biofilter Economics
Considerations in RAS Design
Tank hydraulics
Solids waste generation
Dissolved nutrient generation
Aeration and Oxygenation Technologies
THE MANAGEMENT OF RECIRCULATING

SYSTEMS
Daily operations
Emergency systems and procedures
Disease control
UV Light and Disinfection
WASTE MANAGEMENT ISSUES

Waste Generation
Waste Treatment Options
Waste Disposal
ANALYSIS AND MODELLING

Mass Balance Analysis and RAS
Dynamic Modelling and RAS
For more information about educational courses offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems,
SECTION
156 PUMPS

Centrifugal
TAURUS 110 ENERGY-EFFICIENT AQUACULTURE DUTY
50 & 60HZ CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS FW SW
60HZ
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
50HZ
m ft
30 100
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
20
5
10
0 0
Optional 3ft 115V, 20 amp power cord, model 79137800-AQ (not included), is
compatible with 115V Sparus and Taurus pumps. Power cord includes a NEMA
5-15 three-prong plug and a 1/2 NPT cord-grip-gland with strain relief. UL
listed. One-year warranty.
All Pump Models
60 Hz Performance
Aquaculture-duty, TEFC motor with corrosion-resistant aluminum

construction and anodized finish
0.7
5
Minimal energy consumption

2.0
0H
P
HP
10
20
30
40
50
Thermal protection built into single-phase motors
1
1.0 .50 H
0H
P
P
0.5
0H
P
60
10
70
All wetted metal components are 316 stainless steel.

See-through lid permits easy inspection of strainer basket
90 100 110 120 130 gpm
80
15
Upgraded mechanical seal for saltwater applications
20
Corrosion resistant, high-grade stainless steel motor shaft and parts
m3/h
25
Easy-access field wiring compartment for quick, easy installation servicing
CAPACITY
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
The Taurus 110 moves more water with more efficiency than other comparable
industry leading pumps for lower operating cost and super-quiet operation.
By performing with less effort, there is less wear and tearand that means
longer life for a higher return on your pump investment. The Taurus 110 meets
all the criteria for a superior pump: energy efficient, quiet and easy to
maintain. Plus its rugged construction will stand up to the most demanding
installation and conditions. Taurus 110 is performance and pressure tested to
ensure exceptional operation and quality. Self-priming for a quick and easy
start-up. 11/2 x 11/2 NPT port size (11/2 NPT union set included). One-year
warranty. UL778 listed. Not certified for use on swimming pools.
m ft
70
20 65
18 60
55
16
50
14 45
12 40
10 35
30
8 25
6 20
4 15
10
2 5
0 0
60HZ Models
50 Hz Performance
Available for shipment from our North American distribution center.

1 Phase models with TEFC Pentair motors
2.0
0H
1
1.0 .50 HP P
0H
0.75
P
HP
IP55 rated, UL approved
50HZ Models
Available for shipment from our North American or European distribution centers.
1 and 3-Phase models with TEFC Pentair motors
10
20
4
30
6
40
8
50
10
60
12
70
80
16
18
14
90
20
IP55 rated, CE approved
100 gpm
22
Unions included for both 50mm connections
m3/h
CAPACITY
DIMENSIONS
60 HZ MODELS
HP
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
FL AMPS
MOTOR
L
W
H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
TAET-2-AQ
1/2
115/208-230
60
10.5/5.8-5.4
TEFC
25
10
10
38
$371.49
TAET-3-AQ
3/4
115/208-230
60
13.2/7.3-6.7
TEFC
25
10
10
38
408.99
438.99
TAET-4-AQ
115/208-230
60
15.1/8.5-7.7
TEFC
25
10
10
38
TAET-6-AQ
208-230
60
9.6-8.4
TEFC
25
10
10
40
495.99
TAET-8-AQ
208-230
60
11.1-9.5
TEFC
25
10
10
48
554.79
79137800-AQ
14.59
OPTIONAL 3-FT, 115V, 20AMP POWER CORD FOR 115V TAURUS AND SPARUS PUMPS
DIMENSIONS
50 HZ MODELS
HP/KW VOLTAGE
HZ PHASE
AMPS
MOTOR
L
W
H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
$371.49
P-TRS-051-AQ
0.50/0.37 230
50 1
3.3
TEFC 21 12 11
30
50 1
4.2
TEFC 21 12 11
31
408.99
P-TRS-071-AQ
0.75/0.55 230
P-TRS-073-AQ
0.75/0.55
400 50
3 1.8 TEFC
21
12
11 28
408.99
P-TRS-101-AQ
1.00/0.75 230
50 1
5.2
TEFC 23 12 11
32
438.99
P-TRS-103E2-AQ 1.00/0.75 400
50 3
2.0
TEFC
31
438.99
P-TRS-151-AQ
1.50/1.10 230
50 1
7.4
TEFC 23 12 11
34
495.99
P-TRS-153E2-AQ
1.50/1.10 400
50 3
3.2
TEFC 22 12 11
49
495.99
P-TRS-201-AQ 2.00/1.50 230
50 1
9.6
TEFC 22 12 11
38
554.79
P-TRS-203E2-AQ 2.00/1.50
50
3.6
TEFC
53
554.79
400
21
22
12
12
11
11
P-TRS-301-AQ 3.00/2.20 230
50 1
10.2
TEFC 23 12 11
51
674.99
P-TRS-303E2-AQ
50
4.3
TEFC
66
674.99
3.00/2.20
400
23
12
11
SECTION
PUMPS 157
Products / ProductsCentrifugal
/ Products
SPARUS 160 ENERGY-EFFICIENT AQUACULTURE DUTY
FW
SW
50 & 60HZ CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sparus 160 pumps offer extremely high water flow in a quiet, energyefficient package making them effective in a wide range of Aquaculture applications. Saltwater compatible,
corrosion-resistant plastic construction, 316SS stainless steel internal fasteners, oversized anti-blocking
strainer basket and volute, and 2-inch female NPT inlet/outlet ports. EPDM/316SS mechanical seal.
Compatible with a wide assortment of cleaning and filtration systems. Clear lid for easy inspection.
Self-priming, also suitable for flooded suction applications. One-year warranty. UL778 listed. Not certified
for use on swimming pools. Optional 3ft 115V, 20 amp power cord, model 79137800-AQ (not included), is
compatible with 115V Sparus and Taurus pumps. Power cord includes a NEMA 5-15 three-prong plug
and a 1/2 NPT cord-grip-gland with strain relief. UL listed. One-year warranty.
60HZ
All Pump Models:
Single body design provides for quiet/durable operation

High-temperature thermoplastic withstands harsh conditions
and prevents corrosion
Saltwater compatible construction
Thermal protection built into single-phase motors
Easy installation and trouble-free servicing
Corrosion resistant, high-grade stainless steel motor shaft
and internal fasteners
50HZ
60HZ Models:
Available for shipment from our North

American or European distribution centers
1-Phase and 3-Phase models with TEFC
Pentair motors. IP55 rated. CE approved
Unions included for both 50mm and
63mm connections
60 Hz Performance
0.75
HP
2.00
1.5
0H
1.0
P
0H
P
0.50
HP
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
50HZ Models:
m ft
120
110
30 100
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
5 20
10
0 0
35
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
Available for shipment from our North

American distribution center.
1-phase and 3-Phase models with TEFC
motors IP55 rated, UL approved.
3.00
HP
HP
m ft
30 100
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
20
5
10
0 0
50 Hz Performance
0.75
HP
0.50
HP
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 gpm
m3/h
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
20
30
40
10
CAPACITY
50
1.0
0H
P
60
70
3.00
HP
2.00
HP
1.50
HP
90 100 110 120 130 140 gpm
80
15
20
25
30
m3/h
CAPACITY
60HZ MODELS
HP
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
FL AMPS
MOTOR
SHIP WT (LBS)
SPET-2-AQ
1/2
115/208-230
60
10.5/5.8-5.4
TEFC
24
10
12
41
EACH
$520.19
SPK-2-AQ
1/2
208-230/460
60
3.3-3.6/1.8
TEFC
24
10
12
39
520.19
SPET-3-AQ
3/4
115/208-230
60
13.2/7.3-6.7
TEFC
24
10
12
41
572.59
SPK-3-AQ
3/4
208-230/460
60
4.5-4.4/2.2
TEFC
24
10
12
42
572.59
SPET-4-AQ
115/208-230
60
15.1/8.5-7.7
TEFC
24
10
12
46
614.59
SPK-4-AQ
208-230/460
60
4.9-4.5/2.3
TEFC
24
10
12
46
614.59
SPET-6-AQ
208-230
60
9.6-8.8
TEFC
21
10
12 1/8
48
694.39
SPK-6-AQ
208-230/460
60
6.4-6.3/3.2
TEFC
25
10
12
54
694.39
SPET-8-AQ
208-230
60
11.0-10.2
TEFC
22 1/8
10
12 1/8
52
776.69
SPK-8-AQ
208-230/460
60
7.8-6.8/3.4
TEFC
25
10
12
56
776.69
SPET-12-AQ
208-230
60
15.0-13.6
TEFC
22
10
12 1/8
52
968.99
SPK-12-AQ
208-230/460
60
10-8.3/4.1
TEFC
25
10
12
58
968.99
14.59
79137800-AQ
O PTIONAL 3-FT POWER CORD FOR 115V SPARUS AND TAURUS PUMPS
50HZ MODELS
HP/KW
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
AMPS
MOTOR
SHIP WT (LBS)
0.75/0.55
230
50
4.2
TEFC
21
11
12
32
572.59
P-SPR-073-AQ
0.75/0.55
400
50
1.8
TEFC
21
11
12
28
572.59
P-SPR-101-AQ
1.00 /0.75
230
50
5.2
TEFC
21
11
12
30
614.59
P-SPR-103E2-AQ 1.00 /0.75
400
50
2.0
TEFC
21
11
12
32
614.59
P-SPR-151-AQ
1.50 /1.10
230
50
7.4
TEFC
22
11
12
34
694.39
P-SPR-153E2-AQ 1.50 /1.10
400
50
3.2
TEFC
22
11
12
49
694.39
P-SPR-201-AQ
2.00 /1.50
230
50
9.6
TEFC
22
11
12
37
776.69
P-SPR-203E2-AQ 2.00 /1.50
400
50
3.6
TEFC
22
11
12
53
776.69
P-SPR-301-AQ
3.00 /2.20
230
50
10.2
TEFC
23
11
12
51
968.99
P-SPR-303E2-AQ 3.00 /2.20
400
50
4.3
TEFC
23
11
12
67
968.99
P-SPR-071-AQ
EACH
158 PUMPS
SECTION

Centrifugal
H3-PLUS SERIES & L3-PLUS SERIES ENERGY EFFICIENT

LOW TO MEDIUM HEAD PUMPS FW SW
The new H3-PLUS SERIES and L3-PLUS SERIES were engineered using
best-in-class technology. A rugged plastic construction delivers durable
pumps at an affordable price. UL778 listed. Not certified for use in swimming
pool applications.
The L3-PLUS pump is a low-head/high-flow pump designed for Aquaculture
applications that call for large flow rates in low-head conditions. This pump
features a four-pole induction motor that rotates at 1725 rpm when connected
to 60hz input power. These pumps are perfectly suited for ponds, water
features, fountains and aquaculture. One-year warranty.
H3-Plus 60Hz
The H3-PLUS pump is a medium-head/high-performance, aquaculture-duty

pump designed for maximum up-time and reliable performance. This pump
features an ultra-heavy-duty TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled) motor with an
all-aluminum construction and an anodized finish for maximum corrosion
resistance.
Features:
Freshwater and Saltwater compatible, 316SS internal fasteners, EPDM/
Stainless mechanical seal
H3-Plus 50 Hz
Union connectors included for connecting directly to 2.5 or 3 plumbing.

O-ring seals are made of oxidation-resistant, EPDM rubber for increased
durability and tighter seal
Extra-large, robust basket with smooth surface for easy debris removal
Easy-carry handle; easily removable, ergonomic lock ring; and see-through
lid for easy basket inspection
H3 pumps have IP55-rated enclosures for wet locations and harsh conditions
HP
5H
P
H3-PLUS
m ft
30 110
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
20
5
10
0 0
3 HP
20
m3/h
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
40
10
60
80
15
CAPACITY
HP
H3-2HPE-AQ
100
20
8
7
25
6 20
5
4
15
L3160
-AQ
3 10
2
1
120
25
140
30
160
35
180
200 gpm
40
45
m3/h
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 140 160 gpm

0
10
VOLTAGE
208-230
HZ PHASE
15
20
25
30
35
m3/h
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
H3-PLUS SERIES
MODEL
4 HP
60 Hz Performance
0 0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 gpm
5
L3-PLUS
m ft
9 30
50 Hz Performance
Q
0-A
-12
L3 AQ
0-10
L3
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
60 Hz Performance
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
H3-PLUS
m ft
110
30 100
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
5 20
10
0 0
HP
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
L3-Plus
FULL LOAD
AMPS
MOTOR
L W H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
60 1 11.1-9.5 TEFC 25" 12" 14" 56.5 $892.99
H3-2HP-AQ
208-230/460
60
3 7.5-7.2/3.6 TEFC
H3-3HPE-AQ
208-230
60
1 14.6-12.7 TEFC
25" 12" 14" 61 989.99
H3-3HP-AQ
208-230/460
60
3 9.8-9.4/4.7 TEFC
25" 12" 14" 61 989.99
H3-5HPE-AQ
208-230
60
1 20.8-18.9 TEFC
25" 12" 14" 67 1,190.00
H3-5HP-AQ
60
3 13.9-13.1/6.6 TEFC
25" 12" 14" 67 1,190.00
P-H3-301
230V
50 1
P-H3-303E2
400V
50 3
4.2 TEFC 29.1" 14.6" 14.6" 57.2 989.99
P-H3-401
230V
50 1
17.0 TEFC 29.1" 14.6" 14.6" 74.8 1,190.00
P-H3-403E2
400V
50 3
5.6 TEFC 29.1" 14.6" 14.6" 74.8 1,190.00
L3-PLUS SERIES

MODEL
208-230/460
25" 12" 14" 56.5 892.99
12.8 TEFC 29.1" 14.6" 14.6" 50.6 989.99
NOMINAL FLOW RATE

FULL LOAD
(GPM)
VOLTAGE
HZ PHASE
AMPS MOTOR
L W H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
L3-100-AQ
100 115/230
60 1 8.0/4.0 ODP 26" 11" 14" 50.5 $860.99
L3-120-AQ
120 115/230
60 1 8.4/4.2 ODP 26" 11" 14" 50.5
871.49
L3-160-AQ
160 115/230
60 1 9.6/4.8 ODP 26" 11" 14" 50.5
881.99
159 SECTION
SECTION
PUMPS 159
Products / ProductsCentrifugal
/ Products
VERUS 850 PREMIUM EFFICIENCY AQUACULTURE DUTY PUMPS

FW
SW
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Verus 850 pumps are for commercial aquaculture
and other heavy-duty water applications. Available in flows to 800 gpm, and from 3
to 15 hp. Verus 850 high-performance commercial pumps are designed for
maximum efficiency and quiet operation in every detail. They are noncorrosive,
all-plastic and designed exclusively for the commercial aquaculture industry.
Stainless steel internals. Saltwater-rated. Verus 850 impellers are manufactured
for true breakthrough performance, allowing for lower loads and longer motor
life. Strainer pot sold separately. UL and cUL approved. One-year warranty.
Features:
Close-coupled for quiet, stable flow operation
Lightweight for easy installation
Cam and Ramp locking ring design with clear lid for added service convenience
6 suction and 4 discharge with strainer pot
Closed impeller for long life and durability
Available in single- and three-phase models
Self-priming with use of strainer pot assembly, sold separately
UL778 listing (for aquaculture). Not certified for use on swimming pools.
Optional Strainer Pot

MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
TEFC motors are IP55 rated for wet locations and harsh conditions
FULL LOAD
SHIP WT
HZ PHASE AMPS
MOTOR (LBS)
EACH
60 1 20.0
ODP 175 $3,413.00
m ft
35 120
VREKT-20-AQ
230
208-230/460 60 3 13.5-12.3/6.2 TEFC 102 3,176.00
7.5
VREKT-30-AQ
7.5 208-230/460 60 3 20.4-18.2/9.1 TEFC 122
VRE-40-AQ
10
VREKT-40-AQ
10
208-230/460 60
3 27.0-26.2/13.1 TEFC 168 3,806.00
VREKT-60-AQ
15
208-230/460
3 40.0-38.0/18.8 TEFC 182 4,148.00
230
230
60 1 30.4
60 1 40.0
60
ODP 202 3,413.00

3,491.00
ODP 154 4,043.00
30 100
25 80
20
15
10
60
7.5
HP
400
500
P
5H
VRE-30-AQ
1 - 60 Hz Performance
HP
10
VRE-20-AQ
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
60 HZ MODELS
40
5 20
0 0
0
100
20
200
300
40
60
80
100
600
120
700 gpm
m3/h
140
CAPACITY
50 HZ MODELS*
VREK5-12-AQ
230/400 50 3 7.9/4.5
VREK5-20-AQ
230/400 50 3 12.3/7.1 ODP 235 3,281.00
VREK5-30-AQ
7.5 230/400 50 3 18.1/10.4 ODP 174 3,491.00
VREK5-40-AQ
10
230/400 50 3 24.0/13.7 ODP 152 3,806.00
*2875 RPM
5
575
60 3
6.1
TEFC 90 3,025.00
VRECKT-30-AQ
7.5
575
60 3
7.1
TEFC 125 3,325.00
VRECKT-40-AQ
10
575
60 3
12
TEFC 140 3,625.00
VRECKT-60-AQ
15
575
60 3
17.9
TEFC 150 3,950.00
3 - 60 Hz Performance
15
HP
7.5
HP
HP
10
VRECKT-20-AQ
m ft
35 120
110
30 100
90
25 80
20 70
60
15 50
40
10 30
5 20
10
0 0
P
5H
575V Models
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
ODP 131 3,145.00
100
20
200
300
40
60
400
80
500
100
600
120
140
700
800 gpm
160
180 m3/h
CAPACITY
1750 RPM MODELS

VREW-12-AQ
VREWK-12-AQ
3 208-230/460 60 3 8.4-7.8/3.9 ODP 180 3,413.00
VREW-20-AQ
VREWK-20-AQ
208-230 60 1 19.5-19.2 ODP 138 3,602.00
208-230/460 60 3 13.8-13.0/6.5 ODP 145 3,701.00
FLANGE KITS & OPTIONAL STRAINER POT
VR-STR-AQ
OPTIONAL STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY, 6 X 6
357262-AQ
4 ANSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE
70.59
357263-AQ
6 A NSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE
116.29
357212-AQ

6 A NSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE

USE ON VERUS PUMPS NOT EQUIPPED WITH STRAINER POT
96.89
33 750.79
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
208-230 60 1 23.0-20.1 ODP 175 4,179.00
m ft
12 40
10
1,750 rpm - 60 Hz Performance
30
5 HP
3H
P
6 20
4
2
10
0 0
0
100
20
200
40
300
60
400
80
500
100
120
600
140
700 gpm
m3/h
CAPACITY
160 PUMPS
SECTION
Verus Pump
Products
/ Products
with Constant
/ Products
Flow Technology
VERUS 850 PREMIUM EFFICIENCY PUMP WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY

We know that Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) programming can be
challenging, time-consuming and error-prone... Thats why weve removed
the guesswork; enabling customers to easily upgrade to a proven solution for
off-the-shelf control using Constant Flow Technology. The Verus 850
Premium Efficiency Pump with Constant Flow Technology system is
available in a range of configurations to suit the needs of various applications.
Verus with Constant Flow Technology is offered as a plug-and-play kit
consisting of a robust, aquaculture-duty Verus pump; paired with a heavyduty outdoor-rated (IP55) variable frequency drive. The pump and drive are
delivered to you pre-programmed and ready-to-install with an included flow
meter for ease-of-installation and minimal setup time. Unlike conventional
pumps that require manual valve adjustments, the Verus with Constant
Flow Technology is an integrated system that self-adjusts to deliver the
users established flow rate, even as system conditions change. Optional
strainer pot and flanges sold separately.
System Includes:
Its easy to order:
Verus 850 Premium Efficiency Pump
1. Choose the Horsepower (5, 7, 10 or 15 HP)
Saltwater rated, all-plastic construction
2. Select the Voltage (230V or 460V)
3 Phase TEFC motor
3. Select Outlet Pipe Diameter (4 or 6)
Closed-coupled for quiet, stable flow operation
Once you choose the horsepower, voltage and outlet pipe diameter,
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems will load the proper software into the
variable frequency drive to meet your specific requirements. The
Verus with Constant Flow Technology System will be shipped
pre-programmed and ready-to-install!
Lightweight for easy installation

6 suction port and 4 discharge port
Outdoor-rated (IP55) pre-programmed variable frequency drive
Industrial-grade flow meter
Pre-programmed Variable
Frequency Drive
Flow meter
installed into pipe
Flow meter wired

into drive
Discharge/Effluent
Pump wired into

drive
Suction/Influent
Verus Pump
Verus Pump with Constant Flow Technology.

(Flanges available as optional accessories. PVC pipe not included.)
SECTION
PUMPS 161
Verus Pump with

Products
Constant
/ Products
Flow Technology
/ Products
VERUS 850 PREMIUM EFFICIENCY PUMP WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY

Performance Curves
A range of speeds are displayed below to demonstrate the potential capacity of the Verus with CFT due
to its ability to self adjust to a user-defined flow rate.
m ft
90
25 80
20
7.5HP Pump Performance
70
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
5HP Pump Performance
3,6
00
RP
M
60
15 50
40
10 30
5
20
1,000 RPM
10
0 0
0
0
50
100
10
20
150
30
200
40
250
50
60
300
350
400
70
80
90
m ft
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
20
5
10
0 0
3,6
00
RP
M
1,000 RPM
0
450 gpm
100
m3/h
100
10
20
200
30
40
300
50
60
3,6
00
RP
M
1,000 RPM
0
100
10
20
200
30
40
300
50
60
70
400
80
500
90 100 110 120 130
m ft
120
35 110
30 100
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
5 20
10
0 0
PIPE DIA.
m3/h
3,60
0R
PM
1,000 RPM
600 gpm
100
m /h
20
200
40
300
60
400
80
500
100
120
600
140
700
800
160
180
900 gpm
200
m3/h
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
VOLTAGE
600 gpm
500
90 100 110 120 130
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
400
80
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
m ft
120
35 110
30 100
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
5 20
10
0 0
70
MODEL
HP
VERUSCFT-230-5-4
5 230 4 $4,746.00 VERUSCFT-230-7.5-4 7 230 4 $5,166.00
EACH
MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
PIPE DIA.
EACH
VERUSCFT-230-5-6
5 230 6
4,746.00 VERUSCFT-230-7.5-6 7 230 6 5,166.00
VERUSCFT-460-5-4
5 460 4
4,746.00 VERUSCFT-460-7.5-4 7 460 4 5,166.00
VERUSCFT-460-5-6
5 460 6
4,746.00 VERUSCFT-460-7.5-6 7 460 6 5,166.00
VERUSCFT-230-10-4
10 230 4 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-230-15-4 15 230 4 6,006.00
VERUSCFT-230-10-6
10 230 6 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-230-15-6 15 230 6 6,006.00
VERUSCFT-460-10-4
10 460 4 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-460-15-4 15 460 4 6,006.00
VERUSCFT-460-10-6
10 460 6 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-460-15-6 15 460 6 6,006.00
MODEL
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
VR-STR-AQ
OPTIONAL STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY, 6 X 6 $750.79
EACH
357262-AQ
4 ANSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE 70.59
357263-AQ
6 ANSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE 116.29
357212-AQ

6 ANSI FLANGE W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE

96.89
USE ON VERUS PUMPS NOT EQUIPPED WITH STRAINER POT
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
for more details.
162 PUMPS
SECTION
Products / Products
Centrifugal,
15-30HP/ Products
VERUS PLUS HIGH-EFFICIENCY AQUACULTURE DUTY 15-30HP PUMPS
FW
SW
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Verus Plus pumps offer breakthrough performance at an

unprecedented value. Providing exceptionally-high flow rates for a wide range of applications,
Verus Plus pumps operate quietly and efficiently, and they are lightweight for their size;
eliminating the need for unwieldy hoists and large installation crews. Sold without pre-filter
(strainer pot available separately as an accessory item). One-year warranty.
All Pump Models

Aquaculture-duty TEFC motor, IP55 rated,Class F Insulation
IE2 Motor Rating
Robust injection-molded components made of glass
reinforced thermoplastic
Salt/Seawater approved up to 40 ppt salt concentration
All pumps are TUV and CE certified
Suitable for use with Variable Frequency Drives
316SS Mechanical seals and 304SS hardware
8 ANSI flange suction and discharge ports
Extremely quiet with very low vibration during operation
Pump with optional Strainer Pot
60HZ Models:
Available for shipment from our North American distribution center
Pump without optional Strainer Pot
50HZ Models:
Available for shipment from our European distribution center
70
60
20 50
15 40
10
5
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
25
m ft
80
60 Hz Performance
20
HP
15 H
P
30
30
HP
25
HP
20
10
0 0
25
50 Hz Performance
70
60
20 50
25
HP
20
HP
15
H
15 40
10
5
30
20
30
HP
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
m ft
80
10
0 0
0
200
50
400
100
600
800
150
1,000
200
1,200
250
1,400
300
1,600
350
1,800 gpm
200
m3/h
50
400
400
100
600
800
150
CAPACITY

MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
200
1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 gpm

250
300
350
400
450 m3/h
CAPACITY
HZ
PHASE
FULL LOAD AMPS*
MOTOR
(LBS)
EACH
60HZ Models
VERPL6-60-AQ
15
230/460
60
38.8/19.4 TEFC 39 28 29
VERPL6-80-AQ
20
230/460
60
51.4/25.7 TEFC 39 28 29
478 5,257.00
VERPL6-100-AQ
25
230/460
60
54.4/27.2 TEFC 42 28 29
539 5,678.00
VERPL6-120-AQ
30
230/460
60
65.8/32.9 TEFC 42 28 29
557 6,344.00
452 $4,663.00
*This value may vary slightly depending upon motor manufacturer and motor design type.
50 HZ Models
VERPL5-60-AQ
15
380/660
50
22.5/13.0 TEFC 39 28 29
VERPL5-80-AQ
20
380/660
50
29.8/17.2 TEFC 39 28 29
478 4,665.00
VERPL5-100-AQ
25
380/660
50
36.5/21.0 TEFC 42 28 29
539 5,046.00
VERPL5-120-AQ
30
380/660
50
44.5/25.7 TEFC 42 28 29
557 5,647.00
452 4,133.00
Flange Kit & Optional Strainer Pot

VERPL-STR-AQ
O PTIONAL STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY
66 1,490.00
350808 8 ANSI FLANGE ASSEMBLY KIT

179.99
PUMPS 163
Centrifugal, 40-60HP
VERUS MAX HIGH-EFFICIENCY

AQUACULTURE DUTY PUMPS, 40-60 HP
NEW!
The newest line of Verus pumps is the biggest one yet! Available with flow
rates up to 2,000 gpm, Verus Max pumps are designed for large commercial
applications where flow rate and turnover demands are high. Pumps in the
same class are often times over-engineered resulting in unnecessary costs
being passed onto the customer. Utilizing a practical and robust design approach,
Verus Max pumps offer exceptional value without compromising on quality or
performance. Thanks to its relatively light weight for its size, installation and
maintenance of Verus Max is simple compared to metallic pumps with similar
capacities. Designed for the most challenging of aquatic system environments,
Verus Max pumps are constructed using rugged and reliable components
which include an IE2-rated TEFC motor, stainless steel hardware and glass
reinforced thermoplastic housing. Please allow up to twelve weeks for delivery.
One-year warranty.
Optional Strainer Pot
Features
Aquaculture-duty TEFC motors, with IP55 rating
Class F Motor Insulation, IE2 rated
Suitable for use with Variable Frequency Drives
316SS internal hardware, saltwater-rated
Heat-resistant mechanical seal with 316SS construction
Robust injection-molded components made of glass reinforced thermoplastic
ANSI 8 suction and discharge ports
Optional strainer pot and flange kits available
6 (183 cm) person used for size reference
m ft
110
30 100
90
25
80
20 70
20 60
50
15 40
10 30
20
5
10
0 0
Available in three-phase ratings. All models are CE and TUV approved

Salt/Seawater approved up to 40ppm salt concentration
60 Hz Performance
50 H
P
40 H
P
200
50
400
100
600
150
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
Verus Max without optional Strainer Pot
60
HP
m ft
110
30 100
90
25
80
20 70
20 60
50
15 40
10 30
20
5
10
0 0
50 Hz Performance
50 H
P
800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 gpm
200
m3/h
50
200
250
300
350
400
450
CAPACITY
60
HP
40 H
P
400
100
600
150
800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 gpm

200
250
300
350
400
450
m3/h
CAPACITY

L*
W
H
MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
PHASE
FULL LOAD AMPS*
(IN/MM)
(IN/MM)
(IN/MM)
SHIP WT
(W/O STRAINER)
(LBS/KG)
EACH
60 HZ MODELS
VERMX6-160-AQ 40 230/460 3
94/47
58/1474 31/788 38/960
690/313 $8,434.00
VERMX6-200-AQ 50 230/460 3
124/62
59/1504 31/788 38/960
860/390
9,102.00
142.2/71.1 59/1504 31/788 38/960
904/410
9,820.00
VERMX6-240-AQ 60 230/460 3
50 HZ MODELS
VERMX5-160-AQ 40 400/690 3
55.7
58/1474 31/788 38/960
690/313
6,791.00
VERMX5-200-AQ 50 400/690 3
69
59/1504 31/788 38/960
860/390
7,338.00
VERMX5-240-AQ 60 400/690 3
83.3
59/1504 31/788 38/960
904/410
7,928.00
FLANGE KIT & OPTIONAL STRAINER POT

VERPL-STR-AQ
OPTIONAL STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY
66/30
350808
8 ANSI FLANGE ASSEMBLY KIT
1,490.00
179.99
*This value may vary slightly depending upon motor manufacturer and motor design type.
SECTION
164 PUMPS
Products / Products
Centrifugal
Pumps / Products
SWEETWATER HIGH-EFFICIENCY PUMPS

Low head, very quiet
FW
SW
KOI
TECH FAV
High-efficiency
Stainless steel motor shafts
Salt water compatible shaft sleeve and seal
1,725-rpm, thermally protected ODP motors
Glass-filled polypropylene pump bodies
8 power cords and 11/2 FNPT inlet/outlet (SHE1.7 and SHE2.4)
SHE2.9 and SHE4.4 have a 2 in/out with slip unions
SHE2.44.4 also available in 230V/50 Hz (add -230)
SHE1.7

SHIP WT
MODEL
WATTS @ 10 HEAD
AMPS @ 115V
(LBS)
170 1.5 24 $614.29
SHE2.4
220 1.9 28 640.49
SHE2.9
290 2.9 31 677.29
SHE4.4
450 4.0 35 787.49
WATTS
COST PER YEAR @10/KWH
70 290
TYPICAL PUMP 70
900
$254
788
Our pump saved over $500/year. Which one is the bargain?
60 Hz Performance
6 20
5
4
15
3 10
2
1
SHE4
.4
SH
E2
.9
.4
E2
SH
SHE2.9
GPM @ 10 HEAD
m ft
25
7
1.7
HE
Compare our SHE2.9 to a typical hardware store water pump when run continuously.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
SHE1.7
BRAND
SHE4.4
EACH
0 0
0
10
20
4
30
6
40
8
50
10
60
12
14
70
80
16
18
90
20
100 gpm
22
m3/h
CAPACITY
TECH TALK 75
Our pump cost about $100 more but saved over $500/year. Which one is the
Water Pump Efficiency and Redundancy
bargain?
We know what youre thinking ... here they go again, talking about efficiency. Yes, and well keep doing
it. The problem is that, in the US, electricity is so cheap, we all but ignore it. Then, when we get the
power bill, we complain about how high it is!
Sound familiar?
Here is a note on energy efficiency from our 1981 Aeration Handbook and Catalog: ... one kilowatt-hour
is equivalent to about two days of hard work by one man. A mans labor for 5 per daythats cheap!
As efficiency relates to aquaculture, pumping and aeration are the two biggest consumers of electricity.
After feed costs and labor, electricity is probably the next highest overhead expense. Be careful when
selecting a pump. Do not compare them by horsepower alone. Often, a cheap pump has an undersized
motor that must work very hard to do the job. This may be an appropriate pump selection for temporary
or noncritical applications, but not where the lives of your animals are concerned. Often, pool type
pumps, when used for low-pressure aquaculture applications; keep the motor in a continuous overload
condition.
Operating an undersized motor in the duty range of its service factor is acceptable from the pump
manufacturers point of view, but not a fish farmers point of view. It lowers the pumps cost (which
looks good when you are comparing pumps), but increases energy consumption and operating
temperature. Higher operating temperature shortens motor life.
Weve painstakingly selected and tested all of our pumps for power consumption. Weve illustrated
ratings, specifications and power consumption clearly. We use the term aquaculture duty, to indicate
long-term reliability and efficiency in humid, industrial applications.
Multiple water pumps provide redundancy.
Bigger may not be better when it comes to pumping water. For example, to pump 300 gallons per minute
(gpm) to a height of 20, you could use one large 300-gpm pump, two 150-gpm pumps, three 100-gpm
pumps, four 75-gpm pumps, five 60-gpm pumps, etc. To determine which is best for your application,
consider the following options.
Large pumps may only be available with 3-phase motors. If 3-phase power is not available, an
expensive, power-robbing phase converter must be used, or multiple single-phase pumps. Even if one
large pump can be used, another one must be available as a backup, if the pumping need is critical.
Consider multiple pumps. If one pump moves 100 gpm, two of the same pumps together will move 200
gpm, three will move 300 gpm, and so on. If less than 300 gpm is ever needed, multiple smaller pumps
will save electricity, as they can be individually turned on or off as needed (installing a check valve on
each pump will prevent water from flowing back when that pump is not in use). Also, multiple pumps
may be preferred, as then only a portion of the total water flow would be lost when one pump fails. The
cost of having a small pump on hand for backup is much less than a large one. For a ready-to-go
backup, extra pumps could be plumbed into the main line (put the pumps on separate circuit breakers)
so that the reserve pump is ready when needed. Alternate the use of the pumps to keep them exercised.
Simplify the backup and spare parts inventory at your facility by using multiples of the same pump
instead of several single-purpose pumps. Similar multiple redundancy can be used with air blowers,
heaters, chillers, filters, etc.
In
Two smaller pumps can be

utilized in place of one large
pump.
Shut-off valve
Check valves shown on
inlet but may be located
on outlet.
Vs
With proper valve

and union locations,
one pump can be replaced
with little
or no interuption to
the system.
Two Smaller Pumps

Single Large Pump
Utilizing two smaller pumps provides redundancy and allows continuous operation should one pump fail.
SECTION
PUMPS 165
Products / Products
/ Products
Centrifugal
Pumps
SWEETWATER CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

Medium and high head
FW
SW
These high-performance pumps are molded out of glass-filled PPO resin.

They are fitted with a seal that prevents water from contacting any metal parts,
making the pumps salt water compatible.
All pumps come with stainless steel hardware, 8 power cord (PS2SS through
PS4SS models only). Inlet/outlet connections are 11/2 FNPT on all pumps.
3,450 rpm, TEFC Baldor motors are slightly oversized for the pumps,
resulting in a cool-running, long-lasting, reliable pump.

FULL LOAD
HP
VOLTS
PHASE
AMPS
MODEL
m ft
30 100
90
25 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10 30
20
5
10
0 0
60 Hz Performance
1/2
115/208-230
7.4 - 4.1-3.7
PS3SS
3/4
115/230
10.8 / 5.4
35 755.19
PS4SS
115/230
12.0 / 6.0
36
824.69
PS5SS
11/2
115/230
16.6 / 8.3
47
864.99
PS53SS
11/2
230/460
3.8 / 1.9
41
812.49
PS6SS
115/230
23.0 / 11.5
63
953.69
230/460
45
868.79
49
944.99
64.99
1.0
0
10
20
5
30
40
50
60
10
208-230/460
5.4/2.7
8.1-7.6 / 3.8
1000.0414 REPLACEMENT SHAFT SEAL
30
$704.49
HP
P
5H
0.7
PS73SS
3.00
HP
2.00
HP
1.5
0H
P
EACH
PS2SS
PS63SS 2
P
0H
0.5
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
PS2SS
SHIP WT
(LBS)
70
90 100 110 120 130 140 gpm
80
15
20
25
30
m3/h
CAPACITY
PUMP TRAPS
Here is a pump trap (also known as priming pot) at a very reasonable price.
Ideal for garden ponds, recirculating systems, and many other applications.
All-plastic trap has a 11/2 FNPT inlet, 11/2 MNPT outlet and weighs 2 lbs.
Measures 11 H x 7 D x 71/2 L. One-year warranty.
MODEL
340088-AQ
PUMP TRAP ASSEMBLY
EACH
$68.99
355667-AQ
REPL. BASKET
18.99
354531-AQ
REPL. COVER
15.99
354533-AQ
REPL. O-RING
8.99
U178-920P-AQ
REPL. DRAIN PLUG ASSEMBLY
8.99
340088-AQ
TECH TALK 110

Inlet Strainers
Pump inlets can become quickly clogged by just a few leaves, a plastic bag, a small amount of debris or even a dead fish. Inlet strainers are devices that keep debris out of a pump that might otherwise
damage or clog it. They generally are not designed to be water filters (requiring frequent cleaning), but rather pump protectors. A pump's performance is greatly diminished when its inlet is restricted. To
avoid flow reduction or stoppage, you will need an inlet strainer with a large enough surface area to not impede water flow, even when partially clogged. Another reason you need a large surface area strainer is
to reduce the water velocity at the strainer inlets, so that debris, small fish and animals do not become stuck. To prevent this blockage, we recommend that the strainer screen surface area be a
minimum of one square foot for every ten gallons per minute pumped.
The strainer opening should be small enough to keep out anything that will clog the pump, the pump's strainer and the orifices of any valves, etc., after the pump. Your water filtering device, such as
sand filters, bead filters, cartridge filters, etc., should be located just after the pump. Stringy materials can be a problem because they can go through small strainer openings and wrap themselves on
the pump's impeller. To prevent this, use a very large surface area with a strainer inlet that creates a tortuous path. Spun polypropylene, open cell foam and even multiple wraps of window screen over a
strainer can be used for this purpose.
A check valve (also known as a foot valve) can be attached to the inlet strainer in applications where the pump will lose its prime when shut off. The check valve's orientation is important for rapid and
positive closure.
SECTION
166 PUMPS

Self-Priming
SELF-PRIMING PUMPS
FW
SW
These Berkeley BPD Series Pumps feature lightweight, corrosion-resistant

construction in a self-priming design. Constructed of fiberglass reinforced
thermoplastic body with reinforced ribs, 300 stainless steel motor shaft,
engineered polymer impeller, polypropylene diffuser, and 2 suction. Applications
include drawing fresh or salt water from tanks, wells, lakes, and off of docks. One
year warranty.
Features
m ft
160
45
140
40
35 120
30 100
25
20
15
10
5
0
Fiberglass-reinforced thermoplastic provides total corrosion resistance and

high resistance to sandy water
60 Hz Performance
Composite impeller precision molded for perfect balance, performance and efficiency
Normal wear parts are easily accessible for service or replacement without
disturbing piping or mounting
80
60
40
Dustproof cover protects electrical components from dust and insects
2.5
HP
1.5 2.0 H
P
HP
1.
Heavy-duty motors with stainless steel shafts designed for continuous operation
Lightweight design makes these pumps more portable than conventional cast
iron pumps
P
0H
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
25 max suction lift
20
0
0
10
20
4
30
40
50
10
60
12
14
70
80
16
18
90
20
Simple, easy-to-change voltage settings
100 gpm
22
m3/h
CAPACITY

FULL LOAD
INLET OUTLET
MAX FLOW
MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE*
HZ
AMPS
(FNPT) (FNPT) GPM
L W H SHIP WT
(IN.) (IN.)
(IN.) (LBS) EACH
BPDH10-AQ
115/230
60
14.8/7.4
2 1 1/2
50
18 5/8
BPDH15-AQ
1 1/2
115/230
60
19.9/9.95
2 1 1/2
65
BPDH20-AQ
115/230
60
24/12
70
BPDH25-AQ
2 1/2
115/230
60
24/12
80
$397.99
10
11 13/16
29
19 3/4
10
11 13/16
36
418.99
21
10
12 3/8
42
544.99
21
10
12 3/8
43
607.99
*All motors shipped at 230V setting.
P2-PLUS SERIES 2 SELF-PRIMING POLY TRANSFER PUMPS

Versatile Pumps Ideal for Saltwater Applications
NEW!
The polypropylene pump body makes this product line ideal for saltwater
applications or when transferring a variety of other fluids. Tank filling,
chemical transfer and other stationary liquid transfer applications are
just a few of its many uses.
Features & Benefits

P
olypropylene housing and TEFC motor are suitable for harsh environments
E asily handles high-capacity liquid transfer jobs with flow rates up to
188 gpm/712 lpm
m ft
140
S
elf-priming capabilities with maximum suction lift up to 25 feet/7.6 meters
Available with either 5 hp or 7.5 hp 50/60 hz TEFC Baldor electric motor

Three phase 230/460 volt motors in both 5 hp & 7.5 hp
Single phase 230 volt motor available in 5 hp
35 120
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
E PDM mechanical seal and inlet valve for longevity and reliability in
most applications
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
N ylon impellers constructed for improved strength can handle solid

particles in suspension up to 3/8 diameter
m ft
30 100
60 Hz Performance
40
30 100
25 80
20
60
15
40
10
5 20
7.5
HP
5.0
HP
0 0
50 Hz Performance
25 80
20
60
15
10
5
5.0
HP
40
20
7.5
HP
0 0
0
20
40
60
10
80
15
100
20
120
25
140
30
160
35
180
200 gpm
20
40
45
m3/h
40
10
CAPACITY

MAX FLOW RATE
MAX PRESSURE
MODEL
HP PHASE GPM/LPM
PSI/BAR
PORTS
SHIP WEIGHT
LBS/KG
60
80
15
100
20
120
25
140
30
160
35
180 gpm
40
m3/h
CAPACITY
MOUNTING
BOLTS VOLTAGE AMPS
EACH
60 HZ MODELS*
340904
150/568
47/3.2
2 NPT INLET & OUTLET
110/50
5/16 OR M8
230
19.4
$2,390.00
340905
150/568
47/3.2
90/41
5/16 OR M8
230/460
12/6
2,079.00
340906
7.5
188/712
54/3.7
90/41
5/16 OR M8
230/460
340904
120/454
32/2.2
110/50
5/16 OR M8
220
14
340905
120/454
32/2.2
90/41
5/16 OR M8
190/380
11.4/5.7
2,079.00
340906
7.5
160/606
37/2.6
90/41
5/16 OR M8
190/380
14.4/7.2
2,377.00
17.4/8.7 2,377.00
50 HZ MODELS*
*Pump is suitable for 50Hz and 60 Hz input power. Note alternate performance curves.
2,390.00
SECTION
SECTION
PUMPS 167
Products /Vertical
ProductsMulti-Stage
/ Products
BERKELEY BVM SERIES VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS

Pumps water and non-corrosive liquids
in the most demanding operating environments
Ideal for applications where pressure needs boosting and available space is an
issue. Standing tall in demanding high-pressure and high-temperature
applications, Berkeley vertical multistage pumps deliver outstanding reliability
and performance. BVMs stainless steel construction with a heavy-duty cast
iron base and motor bracket are designed for pumping water and noncorrosive
liquids in the most demanding operating environments. One-year warranty
from date of original installation or two years from date of manufacture,
whichever comes first.
BVM (Cast Iron)
40
80
Capacity - Liters Per Minute

115 150 190 230 300
375
755
1000
400
900
800
BVM (Stainless Steel)
PSI
600
500
200
400
BVM2
BVM4
BVM8
BVM16
BVM32
100
300
200
100
0
10
20
30
40 50
60
80
Capacity - Gallons Per Minute
100
200
230
Head Feet
700
300

Flow

Models Series
HP Range
GPM
BVM/BVMI 2
1/2 5 120
BVM/BVMI 4
1/2 7.5 340
BVM/BVMI 8
3/415 565
BVM/BVMI 16
525
8105
BVM 32 340
15210
BVMCast Iron
BVMI304 Stainless Steel
168 PUMPS
Submersible Pumps
SUBMERSIBLE STAINLESS STEEL PUMP
FW
TECH FAV
This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Submersible Pump, HP stainless steel

pump is designed for draining and utility applications, with the capability to
pump water down to 1-38 in depth. The pump features improved flow rates, a
superior stainless steel casing, suction strainer, impeller and shaft for greater
corrosion resistance and longer service life. Debris and stones up to 34 are
able to pass through the pump. The pump features a 1-14 discharge port for
faster draining. Two discharge port adaptors are included.
Equipped with an automatic reset thermal protector to help prevent premature
failure caused by overheating. If the internal motor temperature rises to unsafe
levels, the switch will protect the motor by causing it to stop. When the motor
has sufficiently cooled, the switch will reset automatically and restart the
motor, allowing you to resume pumping.
The external float switch allows for optional automatic operation of the pump. It
is easily installed by plugging directly into an outlet and connecting the pump
cord to the opposite end of the switch. The pump is then automatically activated
when the surrounding water raises the float switch to a 45 angle from the
handle. Once the water level and float switch return to its original position, the
pump is automatically turned off. CSA certified. One-year warranty.
115V, 60 Hz, single phase, permanent split capacitor motor
Automatic thermal overload protection
Clog-resistant cast stainless steel impeller
Accommodates water temperatures ranging from 32F to 130F
Equipped with 15-foot, 18/3 grounding-type power cord
Convenient top-mounted handle
Rubber feet to eliminate scratching
Includes adaptors; 11/4 Female NPT Elbow, 11/4 Male NPT to 11/2 Female
NPT
PUMP PERFORMANCE

LIQUID
MINIMUM TEMPERATURE PUMPS
MODEL
CIRCUIT REQ.
RANGE
DOWN TO
Float switch and two discharge port adaptors included
PCD-1000-AQ 15 AMPS
SEE OUR
32/130 F, 0/54 C
PUMP PERFORMANCE TDH/GPM
TDH
GPM
SHUT OFF HEAD
5 10 15 20
45.5 34.0 21.5 12.0

FULL LOAD SWITCH SETTING
HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS
RPM
ON OFF
MODEL
PCD-1000-AQ
3/4
115
60
SUBMERSIBLE STAINLESS STEEL PUMP
FW
6.4
3450
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
40 $1010.00
4 MPT 10 X 19
68 1,238.00
208/230/460 5.7
PAB6
208/230/460 10.7 6 FPT
11 X 23
97 2,053.00
3 10
8
2
1
6
4
2.0
HP
2
0 0
0
PAB4
Tsurumi Pump is a registered trademark of Tsurumi Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
60 Hz Performance
HP
1.0
4 MPT 10 X 19
m ft
14
4
12
HP
0.5
7.9
PAB5-4 1
EACH
$346.49
19
TECH FAV
VOLTS
SHIP WT
MODEL HP PH
60HZ
AMPS OUTLET
DIA. X HT.
(LBS) EACH
115
26.2
N/A
SHIP WT
(LBS)
12 6
The Tsurumi Pump cant be beat for low-head, high-flow, continuous duty
applications. The exterior housing is stainless steel, the top and inside portions
are cast iron. They have double mechanical seals with silicon carbide faces and
high-temperature C3 bearings rated for 60,000 hours. To make installation and
removal easier, use our Quick Disconnect Fittings (see Index) to connect the
outlet piping. All pumps will handle 5/16 solids. PAB4 comes with a 16 power
cord, PAB5-4 and PAB6 do not come with power cords. Two-year warranty.
PAB4 1/2 1
1 38 (3.5 CM)
2-YEAR WARRANTY
50
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 gpm
20
40
60
80
100
CAPACITY
200 GPM WITH ONLY 7.9 AMPS!
120
m3/h
SECTION
PUMPS 169
Products
Submersible/Filter
Bags
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
Medium head
FW
The Tsurumi Pump top discharge pump is built for long life, high performance,
and maximum motor cooling efficiency for continuous duty operation. Motors
have thermal overload protection. 1HP model has cast iron impeller. Pumps
down to 3. Double mechanical seal w/silicon faces. Multidirectional
discharge connector allows easy switching from vertical to horizontal discharge.
2 MPT outlets and 32 power cord (50 on 1HP model).
m ft
18 60
PLB2400
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
Special urethane rubber impeller

Aluminum motor frame
Synthetic rubber casing
Suction cover and wear ring
PLB2750
Galvanized steel housing
16
60 Hz Performance
50
14
12 40
10
1.00
30
0.67
6 20
4
HP
HP
10
0 0
Cast iron impeller
10
20
4
30
40
50
10
60
12
14
70
80 gpm
16
18
m3/h
CAPACITY
SHIP WT
HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS DIA. H (LBS)
MODEL
PLB2400 2/3
PLB2750 1
115
60 1
115/230 60
PLB2400
EACH
6.1
7 11 28 $366.49
9.6
7 13-7/16 35 544.99
PLB2750
2-YEAR WARRANTY
TITANIUM PUMP FOR SALT WATER
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
m ft
18 60
16
14
60 Hz Performance
50
12 40
10
8
1.0
HP
0.5
HP
30
6 20
4
2
4TM
0 0
10
20
4
30
6
40
8
50
10
60
12
14
SW
KOI

SHIP WT
MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS* DIA. H (LBS)
10
0
FW
The Tsurumi Pump Titanium Pump is designed specifically for continuous

duty in salt water. These high-quality pumps are designed for long service life.
All parts in contact with water are either titanium or FRP resin, including the
motor shaft and the screws! Both models have built-in thermal protectors. 2
FPT outlets, 32 power cords and 1 strainer inlets. Note: Like most
submersible pumps, these should have their motors underwater (for cooling)
when in continuous duty applications.
70
80
16
18
90
20
8TMT
100 gpm
22
EACH
1/2
115
60
5.8
9 14 18 $1,083.00
230
60
3.1
9 14 20
m /h
3
1,154.00
2-YEAR WARRANTY
CAPACITY
PUMP FILTER BAGS

Place your submersible pump, its power cord and outlet hose right in the bag, tie
the top closed and you have a large surface area, long-life inlet strainer. Select a
bag larger in diameter than your pump, with a mesh opening smaller than the
pumps inlet strainer but not so fine that the bag requires frequent cleaning.
The lightweight bags are ideal for pumps up to 15 gpm, fitting pumps up to 10
in diameter. Medium weight bag fits pumps up to 7 in diameter. The
heavyweight bags handle up to 12 in diameter and for flows to 60 gpm.

MODEL
MESH
PFB101 LIGHTWEIGHT
1/32
FLAT DIMENSIONS
W X L
COLOR
15 X 24
GREEN
EACH
$24.89
PFB102 LIGHTWEIGHT
1/8
15 X 24
BLUE
24.89
PB1A
MEDIUM
1/16
12 X 22
BLACK
24.89
PB2A
HEAV YWEIGHT
3/16
20 X 39
BLACK
24.89
PB38
HEAV YWEIGHT
3/8
17 X 39
BLACK
24.89
PFB101
PFB102
PB1A
170 SECTION
PUMPS

Submersible
SUBMERSIBLE STAINLESS STEEL PUMPS
FW
KOI
KOI
ShinMaywa Norus submersible pumps are highly efficient, reliable, and designed
for continuous duty operation. Unique 304 stainless steel and poly amide fiber
reinforced resin housing provides superior corrosion resistance. Stainless steel
shaft. Cast aluminum bearing housing provides superior heat dissipation and
structural integrity. Dual mechanical shaft seals protect motor from water entry.
Thermal overload protection prevents motor from overheating due to locked rotor or
under voltage. 2 FNPT discharge outlet. 32 PVC power cord (20 on 1/5HP model).
ETL Listed.
Class E insulated motor for long life and low operating cost
Anti-vibration bearing technology
Handles solids up to 1
Vortex impeller design to handle fibrous and stringy materials means less cleaning
Lightweight design for easy installation
2-YEAR WARRANTY
NORUS414
m ft
6 20
16 $366.49
NORUS414 1/3 115 60 1
4.4 414
20
NORUS567 1/2 115 60 1
5.5 567 37 9.45 15.5
24 586.99
NORUS1088 1 115 60 1
10.0 1088 48 9.45 15.5
25
27 9.45 15.5
481.99
3 10
2
1
0 0
712.99
ShinMaywa and Norus are registered trademarks of ShinMaywa Industries, Ltd.
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
m ft
9 30
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
0.5
HP
4
3 10
0.3
HP
2
1
0 0
0
10
20
30
40
m3/h
12
CAPACITY
SP510
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
FW
2.0
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
15
5.6 650
28 51/2 12
11
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
250 18.5 7 7 15 15 $293.99
0 0
10
2
20
4
30
6
40
8
50
10
60
12
CAPACITY
14
70
80
16
18
90 gpm
20
m3/h
EACH
1/2 115 60 1
FW
SP520
0.5
HP
m3/h
25
8 $229.99
3 10
2
120 gpm
100
20
15 51/2 12
60 Hz Performance
80
15
3.0 330
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Pondmaster and ProLine are registered trademarks of Eugene G. Danner Manufacturing, Inc.
282.49
FW
The Ebara Optima Pro-Drainer pump has a 304 stainless steel case and
an automatic float switch, thermal overload protection with automatic
reset and an oil lubricated double mechanical shaft seal. Perfect for
pumping slurry or semi-dirty water. For continuous-duty applications.
Temperature rating to 122F/50C; 140F/60C intermittent duty. 1 FNPT
outlet and a diameter strainer. 20 power cord. One-year warranty.

SHIP WT
MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS* DIA. H (LBS)
PU7
*at 5 ft
m ft
6 20
60
10
1/3 115 60 1
KOI
DIMENSIONS
MODEL VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS WATTS MAX LIFT L W H
115 60
40
SP510
Pondmaster Proline Hy-Drive pump uses the best of mag drive and direct
drive technology to efficiently supply up to 80GPM/4800GPH. Whisper-quiet
continuous duty operation. Inline and submersible operation. Ideal for large
ponds, waterfalls, skimmers and multi-tank aquariums. Oilless design ensures
your fish are safe. Includes extra-large inlet screen and 1 hose barb
adapters. 1 FNPT inlet and 1 MNPT outlet. 20 power cord.
PM48
SHIP WT
MODEL
HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS WATTS MAX LIFT DIA.
H
(LBS)
60 gpm
50
10
20
These Leader Ecovort submersible pumps are safe, reliable and of

high-quality construction. They can handle dirty water and solids up to 1
in diameter. Manufactured with non-corrosive and rust-proof materials.
No screws to corrode or vibrate loose. Environmentally safe and oil-free.
Built in thermal overload protection and stainless steel shaft. Perfect
cooling allowing running of pump even if partially submerged. Elbow with
O-ring can be hand tightened and provides superior sealing. 1 threaded
outlet, includes barb. 16 power cord. One-year warranty.
CAPACITY
60 Hz Performance
6 20
HP
1.0
3.0 328 19 8.1 15.5
15
HP
0.2
NORUS328 1/5 115 60 1
HP
0.5
SHIP WT
MODEL
HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS WATTS MAX LIFT DIA.
H
(LBS)
EACH
HP
0.3
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
Note: Pumps need to be submerged at all times.
60 Hz Performance
1/3 115 60 1
EACH
4 6 13 11 $337.19
PUMPS 171
Magnetic Drive
MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS
FW
SW
These Danner Supreme magnetic drive, low-head, epoxy-sealed pumps are

robust, low maintenance and energy-efficient. Only one moving part. No oiling
necessary. They are great for water return from a wet/dry sump or for
powering a protein skimmer. All models include reusable foam pre-filter
except models MD24 and MD242 have rigid plastic pre-filter. 115V/60 Hz.
UL-listed.
For fresh or salt water applications
Positions for vertical or horizontal discharge
Use in-line (above water) or submerged
Easy-to-clean prefilter
MD9-MD18
FOAM PRE-FILTER
RIGID PRE-FILTER
MD24
IMD6
3-YEAR WARRANTY ON PUMP BODY & COVER

5-YEAR WARRANTY ON IMPELLER
VOL2
60 Hz Performance
MD
12
MD
24
D9
18
MD
MD
7
MD
5
MD
MD
m ft
6 20
18
5 16
14
4
12
3 10
8
2 6
4
1
2
0 0
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
MD2 - MD7
12
2
16
3
20
4
24
5
28
6
32
7
36
40
44 gpm
m3/h
CAPACITY

PUMP MODEL
FLOW RATE
GPM/GPH
AMPS
WATTS
FPT INLET/
MPT OUTLET SHUTOFF
L
W
H
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER
4.2/250
0.3
24
1/2
3.8
4.2
MD2 $62.99
5.8/350
0.6
35
1/2
10.5
3.8
4.2
MD3 73.99 MD32 83.99
8.3/500
0.8
45
1/2
10.5
3.8
4.2
MD5 78.99 MD52 88.99
11.7/700
1.3
60
1/2
11.65
3.8
4.2
6.5
MD7 94.99
MD72 104.99
15.8/950
1.33
93
3/4
12.85
5.5
3.4
MD9 120.99
MD92 130.99
20/1200
1.5
110
3/4
13.5
6.4
4.5
4.6
MD12 160.99
MD122 170.99
30/1800
1.5
145
3/4
16.85
6.4
4.5
4.6
11
MD18 193.99
MD182 203.99
PUMP WITH RIGID PRE-FILTER
40/2400
3.0
265
18
7.5
11
MD24 225.99
MD242 235.99
REPLACEMENT PARTS
MODEL
REPLACEMENT IMPELLERS
IMD2
SHIP WT WITH 10 CORD

WITH 18 CORD
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL EACH
MD22 $72.99
REPLACEMENT PARTS
EACH
MODEL
REPLACEMENT PRE-FILTERS
FOR MD2,MD22 $12.19
FRP2
FOAM - FOR MD2-MD7, MD22-MD72 $7.39
EACH
IMD3
FOR MD3,MD32,MD5,MD52 14.39
FRP12
FOAM - FOR MD9-MD18, MD92-MD182 11.79
IMD4
FOR MD7,MD72 14.39
MD24PF
RIGID PLASTIC - FOR MD24, MD242 9.69
12746
FOR MD9,MD92 22.79
IMD5
REPLACEMENT PARTS
FOR MD12,MD122 (2001 AND OLDER) 22.29
MODEL
REPLACEMENT VOLUTES
EACH
IMD6
FOR MD18,MD182 (2001 AND OLDER) 34.89
VOL2
FOR MD2,MD22,MD3,MD32 $5.99
12780
FOR MD24,MD242 48.59
VOL3
FOR MD5,MD52,MD7,MD72 5.99
IMD5B
FOR MD12,MD122 (AFTER 2001)
22.29
VOL4
FOR MD9,MD92,MD12,MD122,MD18,MD182 7.59
IMD6B
FOR MD18,MD182 (AFTER 2001)
40.19
VOL5
FOR MD24,MD242 8.99
Supreme is a registered trademark of Eugene G. Danner Manufacturing, Inc.
172 PUMPS
Magnetic Drive
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS, 12 & 24VDC
FW
SW
SHURFLO submersible pumps are smart, reliable and efficient; suitable for many
applications. Built for the harsh marine environment to withstand the toughest
conditions. Permanent magnet, continuous duty motors with 3 tinned wire leads for
below waterline installations. (6 Leads on 1500 & 2000 GPH models) SHURFLO pumps
control and manage water intake by transferring and removing excess water. Note: Do
not run pump dry. Do not pump oil, diesel fuel, gasoline or other flammable liquids with
these pumps. One-year warranty.
SHURFLO
Anti-Airlock
Tough Nylon Housing and impeller
Water Cooled Motors Extended Life
Quick-disconnect base plate for easy installation
CE Listed and Ignition Protection 8846
1500 & 2000 GPH
380-1000 GPH
Optional automatic caged float switch for remote or direct mounting. Constructed of ABS
plastic housing with 3 tinned wire leads, contains no mercury and is ignition protected.
12A maximum at 12V, 6A maximum at 24V. Turns on pump when water is 1, turns off at
. Operating temperature from 33F to 180F. 5.1 x 4 x 2.8. One-year warranty.
RULE Model R14, 12VDC submersible pump is quiet, energy-efficient and maintenancefree. 29 wire leads. CE Certified. One-year warranty.
Applications include tank dewatering, hauling truck use, boat bilge pumping, pit/
basement dewatering, livewell recirculating, emergency pumping.
3700 GPH

MAX
FLOW RATE
FLOW RATE PORT SIZE
SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS AMPS GPM/GPH M3/HR OUTLET H DIA. (LBS) EACH
1.44
340033-AQ 12VDC 3.20 11.7/700
2.65
$19.89
4 3 1.00
4 3 1.00 28.29
1 7 6 5.30 74.49
340036-AQ 12VDC 10.00 33.3/2000 7.57
1 7 6 5.30 104.99
R14
12VDC 15.5 61.7/3700 14.01
1 7 4 7.00 166.99
340037-AQ 24VDC 4.00 25.0/1500 5.68
1 7 6 5.30 83.99
340039-AQ 24VDC 5.00 33.3/2000 7.57
1 7 6 5.30 114.49
6 20
4
15
10
0 0
FLOAT SWITCH AND PLASTIC HOSES

340040-AQ OPTIONAL AUTO FLOAT SWITCH FOR SHURFLO 12 & 24VDC PUMPS
34003
5-AQ
340037-A
Q
340 34
3400 033- 0034
-
10
15
3
R14
340
036
340 -AQ
039
-AQ
AQ
340035-AQ 12VDC 8.00 25.0/1500 5.68
60 Hz Performance
-AQ
32
1 4 3 1.00 36.69
m ft
35
10
30
8
25
AQ
340034-AQ 12VDC 3.20 16.7/1000 3.79
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
340032-AQ 12VDC 1.70 6.3/380
Optional Float Switch

for SHURFLO pumps
20
4
25
5
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65 gpm
10 11 12 13 14
CAPACITY
0.60 33.59
R81
PLASTIC HOSE, I.D.
1.69/FT
R80
PLASTIC HOSE, 1 I.D.
1.89/FT
R88
PLASTIC HOSE, 1 I.D.
3.39/FT
9300 SERIES SUBMERSIBLE PUMP, 24VDC

60 Hz Perf.
60 200
45 150
041
340
30 100
AQ
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
m ft
75 250
The SHURFLO 9300 submersible pump is the solution to your remote

water pumping needs. This pump is rugged, durable and built to last. It
delivers a steady 1.0 GPM (60 GPH) at 100 PSI at its maximum depth of 230
feet. Its unique water-tight cable connector stops water wicking and
prevents potential condensation problems. Great for livestock watering,
irrigation, pond aeration, remote homes and cabins. hose barb
discharge port. One-year warranty.
Note: Do not use this SHURFLO pump for petrol gasoline, petroleum products,
solvents, thinners or any other flammable liquid with a flash point below 82 C (180 F).
Not for use where flammable vapors are present.
15 50
Fits wells 4 in diameter and larger
0 0
0
80
100
120 gpm
0.00
0.30
0.38
0.45 m3/h
CAPACITY
Corrosion-proof housing with stainless-steel fasteners

Runs dry without damage
50 mesh stainless steel inlet screen
Quick disconnect for easy installation and service

MAX
FLOW RATE PORT SIZE MAX VERTICAL
SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS AMPS GPM/GPH OUTLET LIFT
H DIA. (LBS) EACH
340041-AQ 24VDC 4.60
1.9/111
230
12 3 7.5
$681.49
m3/h
SECTION
PUMPS 173
Products / ProductsPowerheads
/ Products
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FW SW
3 pumps in one: powerhead, circulation pump, utility pump
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
These Maxi-Jet Pro water pumps are useful in hatching tanks, aquariums,
trickle and undergravel filters, etc. This powerful, submersible, sealed pump
functions as a powerhead, propeller pump or a utility pump to suit your
aquarium needs. Included components allow quick and easy conversion from
impeller to propeller-driven use. The sealed pumps can be used either
submerged or external (with flooded suction cup mounting). Suitable for salt
and freshwater systems.

FLOWRATE
MAX
SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS (GPM) HEAD (LBS) EACH
PU151
115 60 5
1.8 29 1.7 $16.79
PU161
115 60 8
2.7 53 1.7 22.89
PU171
115 60 9
3.8 46 1.9 23.09
PU181
115 60 20 4.9 69 2.0 25.19
FW
SW
These powerful submersible water pumps feature an alumina ceramic shaft, 4

suction cup mounting feet, 3/4 outlet and venturi assemblies for aeration are
included. 3/16 x 16L venture inlet tubing. 6 2-prong power cord. Six-month
warranty.

FLOWRATE
MAX
SHIP WT
HX2500
115 60 22
HX4500
115 60 70 10 96 2.0 33.59
HX2500
54 1.5 $20.99
HX4500
PU181
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
FW
FW
SW
These magnetic drive pumps can be used submersed or in-line by removing

the integrated pre-filter with sponge (flooded suction only). They include
bottom-mounting brackets, barbed fittings and suction cups. CE/LVDapproved. 6 power cord. Six-month warranty.
These mini water pumps are excellent for tabletop fountains, aquariums or
other applications that require a compact pump. Completely submersible.
Features 1/4 outlets and 3 power cord. UL-listed. Six-month warranty.

FLOWRATE
MAX
SHIP WT

FLOWRATE
MAX
SHIP WT
WP22
115/230 50/60
20
4.4
2.0 $25.19
SP800
115 60 5
1.2 18 0.7 $9.39
WP33
115/230 50/60
35
10.6
48.29
SP985
115 60 9
2.4 36 0.9 10.49
6
7.8
3.0
WP4
115 60 90 21.2 14.8 5.0 69.29
WP5
115 60 130 27.2 12.5 5.0 116.59
WP22
WP4
SP985
174 PUMPS
Magnetic Drive

High quality at a low price!
FW
SW
TECH FAV
These magnetic drive pumps will run much quieter and cooler than most
magnetic drive pumps. Feature seal-free bearings (no seals to leak!),
stainless steel hardware, a ceramic shaft and polypropylene body. The
open-mouth impeller design allows for higher flowrates than similar pumps.
A longer magnet and higher bearing surface provide less heat transfer and
greater torque for less slippage. Each pump has a TEFC motor and a 10
power cord.
Fresh and salt water compatible
115V/60 Hz
Not UL-listed, CE-approved
W70HD
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
2-YEAR WARRANTY
m ft
35
10
30
8
25
60 Hz Performance

MODEL
WD5
5HD
15
10
W10
0HD
W7
0HD
W40H
D
6 20
W2
0HD
W40H
DX
W3
0H
D
W3 0 H
DX
0 0
0
0.5
1.0
8
1.5
10
2.0
12
2.5
14
3.0
16
3.5
18
4.0
20 gpm
4.5 m3/h
EACH
45 6 $149.69
90 7 185.69
W30HD
3/4"
W30HDX
1" 90 7
193.79
W40HD
3/4"
120 8
220.49
W40HDX
1" 130 8
228.59
W55HD
1" 180 16
301.69
W70HD
1" 290 21
329.59
W100HD
1" 390 23
377.19
Receive exclusive promotions and online shopping incentives

Learn about the industry with company articles
Find out about our workshops and educational courses
Be the first to know of new product announcements
Discover the benefits of being a Pentair customer & more
SHIP WT
(LBS)
3/4"
NEWS & OFFERS
PentairAES.com/signup
WATTS @
115V/60 HZ
W20HD
CAPACITY
To recieve our e-mails please visit:
IN/OUT
MNPT
PUMPS 175
Magnetic Drive

Low-medium head
FW
SW
Iwaki magnetic drive pumps are an excellent choice for aquaculture applications,
aquariums and industrial process applications, as they are very efficient,
extremely quiet and transfer minimal motor heat to the water. TENV or TEFC
motors with built-in thermal protectors. Liquid ends are polypropylene. 115V/60
Hz with 6 power cord (3 cord on models PM26, PM27, PM28). For models
PM21, PM23, and PM25 discharge port is 15 degrees offset from vertical.
One-year warranty.
PM27
PM28
Outlets are adjustable directionally

Motors are UL approved

INLET/OUTLET DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL AMPS MNPT L W H (LBS)
PM21
.45
1"
13 6 6
7.2
183.09
PM22
1.0
3/4
13 6 6
9.3
198.39
PM23
1.0
1"
13 6 6
9.3
211.69
PM24
1.9
3/4
13 6 6
10
231.99
PM25
1.9
1"
13 6 6
10
274.79
PM26
1.6
1"
13 9 8
14
359.79
PM27
3.0
1"
12 9 8
15.7
396.09
PM28
3.4
1"
13 6 7
21
487.49
3/4
7.2 $182.49
13 6 6
PM24
PM
PM
26
PM
22
28
PM
PM2
27
PM2
3
PM2
20
.45
60 Hz Performance
PM
PM20
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
EACH
m ft
12 40
36
10 32
28
8
24
6 20
16
4 12
8
2
4
0 0
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 gpm
Note: Do not exceed maximum head, as nonwarranty pump failure can occur.
m3/h
CAPACITY
Iwaki is a registered trademark of Iwaki Co., Ltd., or one of its global affiliates.

Low-medium head
FW
SW
NEW!
Models PM40PM43 represent the latest in state-of-the-art design for plastic

magnetic drive pumps. These pumps are an excellent choice for various
aquaculture and aquarium applications. They are very efficient, extremely quiet and
transfer minimal motor heat to the water. This line of pumps has been engineered
to withstand the most severe operating conditions. Pump-ends are manufactured
with corrosion resistant, glass-filled thermoplastics (polypropylene). These
products carry our full one-year warranty.
PM40
Engineered to meet the most severe operating conditions

Split Volute Pump Casing design to improve overall efficiency
Patented self-radiating structure
Feature standard NEMA frame motors for easy install
PM42
NPT Threaded Male Ports: 1 (25.4 mm) & 11/2 (38.1 mm)
Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC) motors
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
m ft
24 80
60 Hz
60 Hz Performance

INLET/OUTLET DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL AMPS MNPT L W H (LBS)
PM4
1
21 70
18 60
PM
40
15 50
12 40
PM
43
9 30
PM4
2
6 20
3 10
EACH
PM40
7.6
18.7 6.3 9.8
42
779.99
PM41
7.6
18.7 6.3 9.8
48 1,138.00
PM42
10.2
18.7
5.5
8.6
39
726.99
PM43
13.2
19.3
6.3
9.8
48
1,068.00
0 0
0
10
20
4
30
6
40
8
50
10
60
12
14
70
80
16
18
90
20
100 gpm
22
m3/h
CAPACITY
PUMPS
176 SECTION

Peristaltic/Metering/Dosing
PERISTALTIC PUMPS
Use these fixed-speed, general purpose pumps for dispensing nutrients,
chemicals and liquid feeds. Features: self-priming to 29 feet, act as check
valves when off, fluid touches only the tube and easy servicing. Controlled
by an on/off switch. If required, they can run with a repeat cycle timer for
variable flowrates. Pumps come with four sizes of plastic tubing that can
also be used to vary the flowrate. For intermittent use only. 115V/60Hz.
One-year limited warranty.

SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS HZ AMPS RPM (LBS) EACH
907-058
Note: Not for continuous duty.
FLOWRATE (ML/MIN) @ TUBING ID (INCH [MM])
907-014 115 60 .37 14
4
$187.39
907-036 115 60 .90 36
4 187.39
907-058 115 60 1.2 58
4
194.29
907-172 115 60 1.2 172 5 228.19
.062 (1.6)
.125 (3.2)
187 (4.9)
.250 (6.3)
907-014
12
28
48
907-036
30
72
126
907-058
12
49
116
208
907-172
36
144
344
602
907-282
60
237
564
987
907-282
115
60 3.3/2.2 282
6 287.69
DIAPHRAGM-METERING PUMPS
These diaphragm pumps offer excellent metering capabilities and chemical
resistance at affordable prices. They are extremely quiet and ideal for dosing
systems with buffer solutions, chemical additives, fertilizers, etc. Self priming,
they include 4 of suction tubing with strainer, 8 of 3/8 I.D. discharge hose,
check valve assembly and complete instructions. The wetted end (those parts
that contact the solution being pumped) is constructed of SAN, PVC, PTFE
and polyethylene. Pumps are single output variable control. Includes a 5
power cord.

MODEL
VOLTS*
HZ*
MAX PSI
GPD
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
MP103 115 60 100 3
7 $ 362.29
MP107
115 60 100 7
362.29
MP115
115 60 100 15
362.29
MP130
115 60 100 30
414.79
MP115
*230/50 Hz available for export by special order.
DOSING PUMP W/PH CONTROLLER

This unique dosing pump has an integrated pH controller. It features .01 pH
resolution and an internal alarm that is activated whenever the pH value varies
by more than 2 pH units from the set point. Proportional dosing slows the
pump when the measured pH level approaches the set value, ensuring precise
dosage. PVDF, fluoroelastomer rubber and PTFE materials are used for all
parts that come into contact with liquid. Maximum flowrate is .04 gpm @ 58
psi (50 gpd). Pump is 115V, 50/60Hz and includes power cord, discharge and
suction lines, valves and instructions. Weighs 11 lbs. Connects to any BNC pH
electrode (sold separately). One-year warranty.
Range
0 to 14 pH
Resolution
.01 pH
Dosage
Proportional
Acid or Base

MODEL VOLTS HZ
DS21
DS21 115 50/60

DS21-220 230
2910B/5
50/60
SUBMERSIBLE PH ELECTRODE
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
11 $834.79
11
944.99
0.4
125.99
PUMPS 177
Flow Meters
FLOW METER, PADDLE WHEEL

Designed for use in industrial fields, including irrigation, aquaculture,
aquariums, paper mills and swimming pools. They are universally accepted
as a means of measuring water flow electronically. Wide range in flow rates,
negligible head-loss and good accuracy at a reasonable price, make these
meters popular. Easy removal for cleaning and repair permit the meters to be
mounted in lines with moderate particulate levels. Meters can be mounted
outdoors when shielded from direct sunlight. Isolated monitoring locations
are also viable. The flow rate, a resettable and a non-resettable totalizer are
simultaneously displayed. Embossed buttons on the face. Programming
consists of selecting the pipe size and schedule from a list; measures in
gallons, GPM, liters, cubic ft.
Sizes and Flow rates

Meters mount on vertical or horizontal pipes that meet the flow rate guidelines
below. Pipes must be full of water with 10 times the pipe ID upstream of the
meter and 5 timesthe ID on the outlet side.
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum percent solids: 1% of fluid scale
Linearity: 1.5% full scale
Repeatability: 1.0% full scale
Operating Ambiant Temperature: 0-130 F
Battery Life: greater than 5 years
Max Water Pressure: 150 PSI
Meter mounted on
Schedule 80 pipe
ET13
MODEL
PVC PIPE SIZE
SCHEDULE
FLOW RATE (GPM)
EACH
ET12
1/2 80 1/2-15 $367.49
ET13
3/4" 80 2-30 367.49
ET14
1" 80 5-50 367.49
ET15
11/2" 40 10-120 367.49
ET16
2"
40 15-200 367.49
ET17
3"
40 40-400 367.49
ET18
4"
40 70-700 367.49
PT-I-40-2.0 2"
40 10-200 351.79
PT-I-40-3.0 3"
40 40-400 351.79
PT-I-40-4.0 4"
40 70-700 351.79
PT-I-40-6.0 6"
40 120-1700 351.79
PT-I-40-8.0
40 250-3200 351.79
8"
Note: ET models are pre-installed on 13 long PVC pipe. PT models install on existing pipe.
FLOW METERS
These clamp-on flow meters are simple to install. Just drill an 11/16 hole in
a horizontal section of pipe and clamp it on with the two stainless steel
clamps provided. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Maximum temperature
120F. Maximum pressure 120 psi. Dual scale, gpm & Lpm. Replacement
float fits all.
Flow Meter
Mounting
Instructions
Mount vertically on
horizontal pipe thats
at least 10 times the
pipe inside diameter
from nearest fitting
or restriction on the
inlet side and 5 times
the diameter on the
outlet side.

MODEL
WM10
Provided Mounting
Hardware
WM10
WM1
WM2
WM3
PVC FLOWRATE
PIPE SIZE
(GPM/LPM)
1" 535/20130
11/2" 2080/80300
2" 30140/120550
21/2" 40200/160750
68.29
68.29
68.29
WM4
3" 80350/3001,300
68.29
WM5
4" 150600/6002,200
68.29
812365
R EPLACEMENT FLOAT
PentairAES.com
EACH
$68.29
6.29
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE
178 PUMPS
Float Switches / Alarms
FLOAT SWITCHES
No electrician needed!
Drip Loop
Use these mercury float switches to automatically operate pumps or alarms.

They have 10 SJOW-A Class underwater-rated cable with a piggyback plug
so devices can be conveniently plugged into it at the power receptacle (all
float switch installations should be GFCI-protected and installed on thermally
protected equipment only). Pump Up (U)=when pump switch falls, pump turns
on. Pump Down (D)=when pump switch lifts, pump turns on. UL-listed and
CSA-certified. Ship weight 2 lbs. One-year warranty. Not for use in
potable water.

MAX
VOLTS RUNNING AMPS
MODEL
MAX
STARTING AMPS
POWER
CORD
MIN/MAX
TETHER LENGTH
Wall Outlet
Pumping
Range
Tether
Length
EACH
PL1U
115
13
40
16 GAUGE
6"17"
$64.69
PL1D
115
13
40
16 GAUGE
6"17"
64.69
PL2U
115
15
55
14 GAUGE
6"14"
112.29
PL2D
115
15
55
14 GAUGE
6"14"
112.29
PL3U
230
15
35
14 GAUGE
6"14"
114.79
PL3D
230
15
35
14 GAUGE
6"14"
114.79
Power cord
tethering clamp
not included.
Float
Switch
PL1U
Pump
HIGH- AND LOW-WATER ALARMS

Mercury-free
These alarms operate with a mechanical float switch and 15 cable. The indoor
Tank Alert is housed in a NEMA 1 metal enclosure and features a red warning
light, horn with silence switch and test button. The indoor/outdoor Tank Alert
is the same as the indoor model but housed in a Type 3R watertight,
thermoplastic enclosure. Alarms sound when water level rises. All are 115V
with 6 power cords. UL- and CSA-approved.
WL273
3-YEAR WARRANTY
FLOW SWITCHES
An excellent value on UL-recognized flow sensing switches that can turn
on or off a heater, chiller, alarm, pump, etc., up to 2 hp (@ 230V). The ST9 is
factory adjusted to close the circuit at 14 gpm and open it at 6 gpm, but is
also field adjustable over a wider range. At 40 gpm, it causes only 6 of
H2 O pressure loss. A flapper (piston in ST12) moves with water flow,
actuating a magnetic switch on the outside of the pipe. Water cannot
reach the electrical section! Operates by sensing water flow only
(unaffected by pressure). Plumbing is PVC slip sockets. ST11 and ST12
have a selectable N.O./N.C. setting. Rated to 50 psi, 125VAC to 25 A (1-hp
motor) or 250VAC to 25 A (2-hp motor). Switch is single pole, single throw
(one wire in, one wire out) with 1/2 FNPT conduit connections on both
sides. One plastic plug (shown in black) is included. Switches measure 6
x 6. One-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
WL252
INDOOR HIGH-WATER ALARM
WL252L
INDOOR LOW-WATER ALARM
127.19
WL273
INDOOR/OUTDOOR HIGH-WATER ALARM
185.99
WL273L
INDOOR/OUTDOOR LOW-WATER ALARM
204.79
WATER LEVEL SWITCHES

These float switches convert from normally open (N.O.) to normally closed
(N.C.) circuitry by simply inverting the stem. Polypropylene construction.
Each with 16 wires. Great pump switches when used with relays. One-year
warranty.
OVERALL MOUNTING
MODEL
WATTS LENGTH DIA. MPT
11/2
$77.29
ST12
100.39
ST11
108.19
EACH
ST3M
MINI SWITCH
30
2 1/4
1/8
$20.79
ST3
LARGE SWITCH
60
3 3/8
1.5
1/4
65.79
MODEL EACH
ST9
$127.19
ST3
SECTION 179
TANKS
PRODUCTS
180 Culture Tanks

182 Steel/Custom/Liners
184 Cone Bottom/Insulated
185 Polyethylene Tanks
186 Fiberglass Tanks
188 Rectangular/Bowls/Covers
189 Hauling Tanks
190 Storage Tanks
191 Sealed/Sump
192 Translucent Tanks
180 TANKS
Culture Tanks
CULTURE TANK SYSTEMS
LOWER EXPENSES
For over 25 years, PR Aqua has pioneered innovative solutions for aquaculture
production. We offer expertise in aquaculture engineering and manufacturing.
From conservation hatcheries to commercial operations, PR Aqua works
with you to develop an integrated life support system tailored to your species
and goals.
Reduce labor requirements: PR Aquas self-cleaning tank design effectively

removes both feed and waste. Youll eliminate tedious vacuuming and brushing.
Integrated tank systems improve fish health and reduce costs. Existing
flow-through systems can gradually convert to partial reuse by adding tanks.
And partial reuse and recirculating systems can improve production by using
tanks engineered by people who understand fish.
Condense facility footprint: Circular tanks allow you to raise more fish in less
water than traditional raceway systems.
IMPROVE FISH HEALTH

Maintain uniform water quality: Circular tanks achieve proper water circulation,
which prevents lowoxygen regions from developing. Higher oxygen levels can
be maintained, which improves fish health, growth rates, and feed conversion
ratios. Unlike raceways, high fish densities can be safely maintained.
Raise fit fish: Circular tanks provide a range of rotational velocities across the
radius of the tank. With a variety of swim speeds, hatchery fish have better
stamina and survivability. In addition, proper tank hydraulics evenly distribute
feed and fish.
Minimize pathogens: Unlike concrete, PR Aquas proprietary fiber-reinforced
plastic (FRP) laminate does not harbor pathogens. The smooth, fish-friendly
surface eliminates fin and scale damage, which can increase susceptibility to
infection. Additionally, morts and solids move quickly to the drains, which
helps maintain optimal water quality.
Decrease water consumption: Aquaculture facilities with water shortages or

poor source water quality find that tanks can reduce water usage by 50
percent or more.
TANKS 181
Culture Tanks
CULTURE TANK SYSTEMS

CULTURE TANKS
PR Aquas fiberglass tanks come in sizes ranging from small research tanks to
48-foot diameter culture tanks. These tanks can be used in a variety of
aquaculture settings. PR Aquas FRP laminate provides years of worry-free
use. Tank features include:
UV-resistant gel coat availabe in standard and customer colors
Fish-friendly joints and surfaces
Above- and below-grade installation options
Ability to modify tanks into header tanks, reservoirs, or fish transport tanks
Easy, on-site installation with no secondary fiberglass work required
Ten-foot diameter tanks at the William Jack Hernandez Sport Fish Hatchery, Anchorage, AK.
COMBI TANKS
A PR Aqua Combi Tank is a complete hatchery system for starting salmonoid
development. The Combi Tank is designed for hatching eggs, first feeding fry,
and rearing larger fry. You can grow up to 25,000 fry in 3.8 liters (1 gallon)
before moving to larger rearing tanks. The tanks hydrodynamics simplify
cleaning procedures.
Photo lid covered tanks protect fish from predators and allow photo period manipulation.
TANK SYSTEM COMPONENTS

All PR Aqua tanks can be configured to meet your needs. For a complete,
operable system, PR Aqua provides the following options: side drains, spray
bars, screens, stand pipes, bottom drains, stands and skirts, and predator/
shade covers. Please contact us for details and for assistance in configuring
your tank system.
Thirty-foot diameter tank system with radial flow settler that removes large solids.
182
182 SECTION
TANKS
Products / Products
Galvanized
Steel/Tank
/ Products
Liners/Custom
GALVANIZED STEEL TANKS

If you want reasonably priced tanks that may or may not be relocated later, our
galvanized steel tanks are right for you. Round steel tanks are unsurpassed for
strength. You can carry the sections through a pedestrian doorway, bolt several
tanks together in one day with only two people and take them down just as
quickly. Use liners where portability is important. Bolts included.
A sloping concrete bottom can be poured, complete with drain and heating
coils. Its high strength allows many possibilities, including very large yet
economical tanks (sizes available up to 105'). Deep tanks (to 14') can be built by
bolting panels two or more high (please request engineering assistance). Tanks
may be partially buried to conserve heat and make fish observation easier.
CAPACITY
SHIP WT

(GAL)
DIAMETER HEIGHT
GAUGE
(LBS)
EACH
TS1520H
4,860
15' 46"
20
310
$995.39
TS1817H
6,990
18' 46"
17
508
1,517.00
TS2117H
9,530
21' 46"
17
610
1,768.00
TS3015H
19,450
30' 46"
15
1,085
3,165.00
Note: Allow at least a two-week lead time and additional time for shipping. Call for shipping charges.
Many trout farmers use these tanks without liners or interior paint when their
pH is near neutral. Our epoxy products or PVC liners are recommended for
use wherever the galvanized surface is undesirable (galvanized steel has been
used to water livestock and hold potable water for years; however, at high and
low pH, zinc may be given off into the water and could pose a problem in some
situations). NEVER USE COPPER SULFATE IN UNPROTECTED GALVANIZED
TANKS. Prices include nuts, bolts and lap joint caulking and are
FOB manufacturer.
DECIMAL TO GAUGE CHART

.036 inch = 20 gauge
CUSTOM FIBERGLASS TANKS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is pleased to offer custom fiberglass products. Whether it is a small intricate
aquarium, a transport tank or a 200,000-gallon exhibit pool, we can turn your aquatic dreams into reality.
Aquariums and tanks can be custom built to form fit available space or create eye-catching designs
that will enhance any exhibit.
These custom-made products are backed by 20 years experience in custom fiberglass molding and are
built to last. All products are made from high-quality materials.
Premium resins and glass fiber produce high-strength, durable laminates.
All built-in fittings are made with female fiberglass couplers to ensure a better bond than PVC couplers.
PVC foam core construction adds rigidity to larger tanks.
Urethane foam, with twice the R-value of polystyrene foam, can be used when temperature control
is a factor.
Viewing windows of tempered, laminated glass or acrylic are available.
Two-year warranty on materials and workmanship. Ships motor freight, ALLOW 6 WEEKS BUILD TIME.
Call for a quotation on large quantities. Crating charges not included in prices. FOB Orlando.
Other custom devices can also be fitted to make the tank work for your application. Tanks can be foam
covered for insulated applications, tank covers with solid tops or screen tops can also be fitted.
Larger tanks, such as 20, 30 and 40 round or oval tanks are also available.
TANK LINERS
With just a little care to prevent punctures, these tank liners can be used for
many years. Vinyl is a good liner material and is typically used in tank
applications because it can be custom-fitted to round tanks. These heavy-duty
liners are 30-mil thick. Repair kit includes 4 oz. can of vinyl cement and a 12
square piece of black or blue liner.

DIAMETER HEIGHT
SHIP WT BLACK LINERS

BLUE LINERS
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
7'
6'
38
LZ76B $307.29
LZ76 $307.29
9'
6'
51
LZ96B 444.29
LZ96 444.29
12'
6'
74
LZ126B 642.89
LZ126
642.89
15'
6'
100
LZ156B 869.39
LZ156
869.39
18'
6'
130
LZ186B 1,126.00
LZ186
1,126.00
21'
6'
162
LZ216B 1,414.00
LZ216
1,347.00
30'
6'
314
LZ306B 2,078.00
LZ306 2,078.00
Tank Liner Repair Kits*

LRK REPAIR KIT FOR BLACK TANK LINERS
21.89
LRK-BE
REPAIR KIT FOR BLUE TANK LINERS
21.89
*Ships Hazmat.
Black Tank Liner
TANKS 183
Liners/Patching Tape
POND LINER, EPDM

This Firestone fish-safe liner has become the gold standard for pond keepers
and commercial water features, and with good reason. It's puncture-resistant
and very resistant to sunlight and UV. It stretches around rocks and small
irregularities and is much easier to work with than the more rigid liners.
Ships motor freight from factory. Our black, 45-mil thick, rubber-like liner with
excellent weatherability has unsurpassed puncture and abrasion resistance.

APPROX WT
MODEL SIZE (LBS)
EACH
SZ22
20' X 30'
180
SZ23
25' X 30'
225
$560.19
665.19
SZ24
30' X 30'
270
833.19
SZ31
8' X 10'
25
86.79
SZ32
10' X 15'
45
150.49
SZ33
10' X 20'
60
195.99
SZ34
15' X 20'
120
286.99
SZ35
20' X 25'
150
468.99
20-YEAR WARRANTY
LINEAR POLYETHYLENE LINERS FOR LARGE PONDS

These heavy-duty pond liners offer superior strength as well as puncture and
tear resistance at an excellent price. They are resistant to most chemicals, salt
and acids. The material will remain flexible at -70F. Available in width
increments of 10 feet and any length up to 50,000 square feet as one piece.
Panels are accordion-folded every 4 to 5 feet and tightly rolled on a heavy core
for ease of handling and installation. Sold by the square foot (2,500 ft2
minimum). Allow 20 days for production. Ships from factory.

MODEL
SHIP WT
PER 1,000 FT 2 MAXIMUM
(LBS)
PANEL SIZE
PE20
20 MIL
100
50,000
PE30
30 MIL
150
33,000
LINER SEAMING AND PATCHING TAPE

The double-sided adhesive seaming tape is made of extruded black
rubber and designed to join pieces of EPDM liner together to form a
watertight seal. The single-sided patching tape works great for patching
holes and covering seams. For EPDM liners only.
MODEL
TYPE
LENGTH WIDTH
EACH
ST3F
DOUBLE-SIDED
1 FT
3 $1.69/FT
ST3R
DOUBLE-SIDED
100 FT ROLL
3 132.69/ROLL
PT6F
SINGLE-SIDED
1 FT
6 3.89/FT
PT6R
SINGLE-SIDED
100 FT ROLL
6 373.89/ROLL
PT6R
ST3R
LINER SEAMING AND PATCHING TAPE

Use it to patch liners or join pieces for complex shapes. For use on polyethylene
tarps only. Cure for 24 hours.
MODEL
920005
TYPE
SINGLE-SIDED
LENGTH WIDTH
100 FT ROLL
EACH
$66.69/ROLL
184
184 TANKS
SECTION
Products
Cone
Bottom/Insulated
SEMI-SQUARE TANKS WITH CONE BOTTOM

If space is a consideration for tank layout, these semi-square, rounded-corner, polyethylene tanks will provide
a greater volume of water than round tanks, while still providing very good self-cleaning capability. They are
sloped for complete tank drainage. Standard color is marine blue, with black and gray available on special
order. The stands are made of heavy gauge steel and are sprayed with a baked-on powder coat
white paint for a durable, long-lasting finish. TP50 ships Ground; others ship motor freight.
Tank & Stand sold

separately
Above dimensions are approximate.
CAPACITY
MODEL (GAL) (LITERS)
NOMINAL WALL
DIMENSIONS
THICKNESS
A B
C
D
TP50
50 189
3/16 - 1/4
26 22
TP180
180 681
3/16 - 1/4
42 38 26.5 4.5
53 339.19
TP450
450 1,703
3/16 - 1/4
62 58
103 768.59
22
37
4
9
SHIP WT
(LBS)
25
EACH
$154.39
TP50S
STAND FOR TP50
256.19
TP180S
STAND FOR TP180
312.89
TP450S
STAND FOR TP450
448.39
ROUND TANKS WITH CONE BOTTOM

These marine blue polyethylene tanks are economical and provide long life expectancy. The smooth
surface makes for easy cleaning, and their light weight allows for quick setup and relocation. All tanks have
ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. FDA-approved. A 20 degree sloping cone-bottom forces high solids
to be removed through the 14 diameter center drain area (drain hole not cut out). This allows for the tanks
to be self-cleaning for months at a time. The stands are made of heavy gauge steel and are sprayed with a
baked-on powder coat white paint for a durable long-lasting finish. There is 12 of clearance below the
bottom of the cone when placed on its stand. One-year warranty. Ships by motor freight from factory.
CAPACITY
MODEL
(GAL) (LITERS)
TCB250
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS
WALL THICKNESS
A
B
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
250 946
" 60" 28" 75 $308.69
TCB450
450 1,703
" 75" 26" 100 586.99
TP650
650 2,461
" 85" 30" 110 616.39
TP950
950 3,596
" 96" 36" 130 1,017.00

" 102" 60" 200 1,234.00
TCB1500
1,500 5,678
TCB250SS
STAND FOR TCB250
553.39
TCB450S
STAND FOR TCB450
1,364.00
TP650S
STAND FOR TP650
1,395.00
TP950S
STAND FOR TP950
1,574.00
TCB1500S
STAND FOR TCB1500
1,605.00
Tank & Stand sold separately
INSULATED TANKS
Insulated tanks are built from ABS plastic sheets with 2" thick insulated walls and bottoms. Ideally suited
for research, seafood holding, bait tanks, touch tanks and display tanks. Double-pane acrylic windows
(optional) will not "sweat" with cold water. The tanks listed below are only a fraction of the 100+
configurations available. Special sizes (up to 96" x 48" x 36"), colors, tanks with dividers, bulkhead fittings,
etc., are available on a custom order basis. Tanks listed below are priced in white or black (specify when
ordering). "W" models come with one dual-pane window. Allow 46 weeks for production. Tanks ship via
motor freight, FOB factory.
Dual-pane acrylic windows
CAPACITY
(GAL/LITERS)
OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS
TANK ONLY
(L X W X H)
MODEL
EACH
TANK WITH WINDOW

MODEL
EACH
17/66
24" X 24" X 12"
TT100
$318.99
TT100W
61/231
36" X 24" X 24"
TT101
728.99
TT101W
948.99
84/317
48" X 24" X 24"
TT102
918.99
TT102W
1,209.00
130/490
48" X 24" X 36"
TT103
1,349.00
TT103W
1,969.00
134/508
48" X 48" X 18"
TT104
1,149.00
TT104W
1,379.00
130/490
72" X 24" X 24"
TT105
1,349.00
TT105W
1,388.00
$398.99
TANKS 185
Polyethylene Tanks/Diffuser Manifold
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
These polyethylene, marine blue, open top tanks are economical with long life expectancy. The smooth surface makes for easy cleaning, and their light
weight allows for quick set-up and relocation. Edge lips provide wall strength and minimize deformation. Most of these tanks are nestable, which reduces
shipping costs. FDA compliant; safe and non-toxic to aquatic and animal life. All tanks have ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. Because they have superior
mechanical properties, high stiffness, excellent low temperature impact strength, and outstanding environmental stress crack resistance, they stand up
well in tough environments. Model BP210 and models ending in -W2 have a 2'x2' polycarbonate viewing window installed ( actual viewing area is 213/4"x213/4").

C APACITY
(GAL)
SHAPE
INSIDE
DIA.
HEIGHT
WALL
THICKNESS
SHIP WT
TANK ONLY
TANK WITH WINDOW
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
TP55
$145.99
EACH
55
ROUND
21" 38" 3/16" 17*
90
ROUND
39" 20"
3/16" 23** TP90
229.99
210
ROUND
48" 30"
3/16" 49** TP210
303.49 BP210 $565.99
ROUND
60" 22"
3/16" 68** TP250
418.99
110
RECTANGULAR 55" X 31" X 18"
1/8" 44** TP110
261.49
130
MORTAR BOX 72" X 36" X 12"
1/8" 39** TP130
271.99
250

*Ships ground. **Ships motor freight.
TP110
TP130
TP55
TP90

These tanks have a flat depression molded into the side near the bottom for a bulkhead fitting. Ships motor freight.
C APACITY
(GAL)
SHAPE
INSIDE
WALL
SHIP WT
TANK ONLY
TANK WITH WINDOW
DIA.
HEIGHT THICKNESS (LBS) MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
410
ROUND
60" 34" 3/16" 74

TP440A $523.99 TP440A-W2
460
ROUND
70" 30" 3/16" 78

TP400F
555.49 TP400F-W2
$681.49
712.99
650
ROUND
77" 34" 1/4" 105

TP655
660.49 TP655-W2
831.79
800
ROUND
88" 38" 1/4" 120

TP800
817.99 TP800-W2
975.49
830
ROUND
92" 30" 1/4" 134

TP830
849.49 TP830-W2 1,007.00
1000
ROUND
90" 44" 1/4" 148

TP1000
943.99 TP1000-W2
1,101.00
TP800
DIFFUSER MANIFOLD FOR ROUND TANKS

Putting air diffusers in a round tank upsets the rotating, self-cleaning effect that makes round tanks with
center drains so desirable. Here's a solution! This six-diffuser manifold with deflector has been designed
to induce circular flow in a round tank while adding oxygen and assisting the self-cleaning effect. It requires
4.5 cfm at 1.2 psi (34" H2 O min) and will supply approximately .12 lbs/O2 /hour. It will connect directly to 1"
PVC pipe and can be suspended over the side of tank to a depth of approximately 24" (standard length).
The manifold is supplied with a ball valve for air control, a union for complete removal and six
ALR23M diffusers.

SHIP WT
AES
MODEL (LBS)
EACH
TM6 80 17 $398.99
AES : the lbs of fish supported. See Tech Talk index for Tech Talk 84.
186 TANKS
Fiberglass
FIBERGLASS TANKS
These tanks are used all over Southeast Asia in hatcheries and farms raising
tilapia, shrimp, tropical fish, etc. Rigid, thin-wall fiberglass is gel-coated and
easy to clean. The blue color does show scratches, but we guarantee that
they will hold water. They are nestable for economical shipping. Turn these
tanks into an instant system by adding a filtration module. The top-mounting
filter has multiple chambers and a lid and can turn the tank into a quarantine
system, holding system or even a small growout system. Tanks ship motor
freight. Crating charges not included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
MODEL
(GAL)
INSIDE*
L X W X H
EACH
FT391
39
36" X 24" X 12"
$138.29
FT811
81
48" X 30" X 15"
352.09
FT1221
122
60" X 30" X 18"
452.39
FT2351
270
72" X 36" X 24"
805.19
FT5231
523
96" X 48" X 30"
1,721.00
33.5" X 7" X 10"
91.89
FFB122
FILTER BOX FOR FT811 & FT1221
FFB235 FILTER BOX FOR FT2351

FFB523
FILTER BOX FOR FT5231
39" X 7" X 10"
113.29
53" X 10.5" X 16"
238.39
*For outside dimensions, add 6 each to L and W (add 3 for filter boxes).
FT811
These tanks are excellent for use in hatcheries for
holding live rock, marine invertebrates, etc.
FFB122 Filter Box
FIBERGLASS TROUGHS
Rectangular troughs are used for hatching fish eggs, coral propagation,
baitfish, larval rearing (use with McDonald-type hatching jars), invertebrate
holding and many other culture applications. Although not as thick as our
reinforced fiberglass tanks, they are still quite durable. Light blue gel coat
interior. Troughs are stackable and ship via motor freight, Crating charges not
included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
(GAL)
MODEL
L X W X H
EACH
4+
FT120L2
120
96" X 24" X 12"
$296.89
$267.20
FT180L2
180
96" X 36" X 12" 513.79
462.41
FT240L2
240
96" X 48" X 12" 694.59
625.13
FT320L2
320
96" X 48" X 16" 963.59
867.23
TANKS 187
Fiberglass
FIBERGLASS LARVAL TANKS

These rugged, circular fiberglass tanks are ideal for Artemia/rotifer culture, hatcheries and
small holding system larval growout. Made of reinforced fiberglass with a smooth,
gel-coated interior. Flat bottom with vertical sides and a center drain port. PVC
couplers are molded into the base of the tank to allow varying tank heights. Tank legs
over 20" are not recommended. Tanks ship motor freight, FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
MODEL (LITERS) A B C D E
EACH
FRP60 60 17" 14" 22" 2" 1"
$314.99
FRP163 163 26" 24" 213/4" 2" 1"
496.39
FRP300 300 341/4" 31" 215/8" 3" 11/2"
613.99
FRP500 500 421/2" 38" 215/8" 3" 11/2"

FRP1000 1,000
FIBERGLASS TANKS WITH WINDOW

These models are gelcoated and have thick
sidewalls! Raise tilapia, shrimp, tropical fish, etc.
Rigid, 5-mm fiberglass is easy to clean. The blue
color does show scratches, but the tanks are
sturdy and nestable for economical shipping. Add
a filtration module to instantly turn the tank into a
quarantine, holding or growout system. Tanks ship
motor freight. Crating charges not included in
prices. FOB Orlando.
55" 511/8" 291/2" 4"

MODEL
FT632W2
761.69
1,317.00
11/2"
CAPACITY
(GAL)
INSIDE*
L X W X H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
FT128W2
150
48" X 30" X 24"
102
FT160W2
180
60" X 30" X 24"
132
617.39
FT235W2
270
72" X 36" X 24"
165
886.59
FT336W2
405
72" X 36" X 36"
195
1,173.00
FT523W2
600
96" X 48" X 30"
395
1,797.00
FT632W2
720
96" X 48" X 36"
493
2,210.00
$474.29
*For outside dimensions, add 6 each to L and W.
FIBERGLASS TANK WITH WINDOW

Includes 1/2" thick tempered glass viewing window,
blue gel coat interior and white exterior.

MODEL
S390-AQ-2
CAPACITY SHIP WT
(GAL) L W H (LBS)
90
36 24 24
78
EACH
$858.39
WATCH OUR CHANNEL

Pentair Product Showcases
Customer Testimonials
Event Highlights
Industry Spotlights
Instructional Videos
Company Overview
Subscribe for Our Latest Videos:
YouTube.com/AquaticEcoTV
188 TANKS
Polyethylene Tanks/Tank Covers

KOI SHOW BOWLS
KOI
These economical, polyethylene koi bowls come in two styles: lightduty (191/2 gallons) for the koi hobbyist, and heavy-duty (23 gallons) for the
commercial farmer. The royal blue color is excellent for showing koi
colors. Ship Oversize.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
DIAMETER X HEIGHT
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
KB4
19.5
21" X 11"
$44.09
KB9
23
27" X 12"
73.79
RECTANGULAR TANKS
These rectangular polyethylene tanks are great for a variety of applications,
including sumps, filter boxes, bait tanks and holding tanks. Larger tanks will
bow slightly when full of water. All have UV inhibitors for outdoor use. These
heavy-duty tanks are nestable. RT37-B and RT16-B and smaller ship Ground,
RT58-B and larger ship motor freight.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
L X W X H*
RT16-B
16
12" X 18" X 18"
RT37-B
37
RT58-B
58
RT74-B
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
$85.59
12" X 24" X 30"
15
133.09
15" X 30" X 30"
20
155.09
74
20" X 24" X 36"
26
187.49
RT89-B
89
24" X 24" X 36"
33
216.19
RT150-B
150
30" X 36" X 32"
44
338.39
RT180-B
180
33" X 49" X 24"
52
432.99
RT74-B
RT150-B
*Dimensions do not include top wide lip.
MESH NETTING TANK COVERS

Keep fish in and birds out!
Made of black polyester, 1/4" mesh netting, these covers are great for preventing
fish from jumping out of tanks. They feature a drawstring and locking device to
hold covers firmly.

SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
TC14
$36.99
TC14
FITS 3'4' ROUND TANK
TC16
59.19
TC17
73.89
TC19
88.19
TC13
FITS 3' X 4' RECTANGULAR TANK
32.09
TANKS 189
Insulated / Hauling
HAULING TANK, ECONOMICAL

Aeration for up to 2.5 pounds of fish is provided by an included 12V agitator.
Holds 10 gallons when full. Can be shipped Ground. One-year warranty on
agitator only.
APPROXIMATE

CAPACITY
DIMENSIONS
MODEL
(GAL)
(L X W X H)
HT6
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
10 25" X 16" X 16" 10 $214.29
INSULATED TANKS
These heavy-duty, insulated containers feature 2" thick polyurethane foam
insulation. Use them for hauling fish, shipping seafood or as a holding tank. The
containers are stackable up to three high when full of water and have an adjustable
"Y" clip tie-down system that secures the lid (included). Smooth interior is
seamless, easy-to-clean, molded polyethylene with a 2" threaded drain plug.
USDA/FDA-approved. Ship from factory, freight collect only.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(L X W X H)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
B2300 172 48" X 40" X 30" 138 $995.49

B1545
219
48" X 43" X 38"
190
989.29
B1545
ON-BOARD HANDLING BOX

7 legs for forklift/pallet jack use
Designed with its three-section lid and optional gate dividers, allows you to
conveniently sort and grade shellfish. It can hold eight 70-liter tote trays
(TB3015 not included), and the spill-resistant lid also doubles as a work
shelf when closed. Three holes allow water to circulate and its durable,
seamless construction ensures hygienic handling of seafood products. The
sloped base facilitates cleaning and the molded-in handles aid maneuverability.
Ships from factory.
D337L

MODEL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
OUTSIDE
(L X W X H)
INSIDE
(L X W X H)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
D337L 264 73" X 41" X 34" 68" X 37" X 26" 141 $2,082.00
AQUAPONICS & DESIGN WORKSHOP

Learn from industry experts
Pentairs Aquaponic System
Fish & Plant Production
Marketing & Economics
Classroom & Hands-on Sessions
Facility Tours
190 TANKS
SECTION

Storage
STORAGE TANKS
These vertical, bulk storage tanks are ideal for mixing and storing make-up water, chemicals to be added,
liquid waste, etc. Made of polyethylene, they offer excellent chemical resistance and can be used inside or
outdoors. All tanks have a screw-on, sealed lid (manway). Tanks up to 850 gallons have a top-mounted
manway; 1,200-gallon tanks and larger have a side-mounted manway for easy access. Tanks ship via
motor freight only. Note: Lead time applies.

MODEL
GALLONS
DIAMETER
HEIGHT DIMENSIONS
A
B
MANWAY
900065 65 23" 39" 43"
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
30 $181.39
900100 100 31" 32" 37"
36
900165 165 31" 52" 57"
52
341.99
900200
200
47"
26"
31"
16"
47
446.29
900350
325
47"
43"
50"
16"
77
638.09
900500
500
47"
78"
85"
660.39
A B
271.29
16"
102
900850 850 56" 74" 82"
16
152 1,042.00
901200 1,200 76" 54" 66"
16
218 1,085.00
901600 1,550 76" 73" 85"
16
254 1,483.00
901750 1,700 76" 81" 93"
16
292 1,764.00
902200 2,150 76" 102" 114"
16
372 2,048.00
GRADUATED TANKS
Graduated containers are especially useful when mixing products.
Semitranslucent, natural polyethylene allows the liquid level to be seen
from outside the tanks (the resin used for these tanks meets FDA
standards). They handle temperatures up to 140F. The 25 and 45-gallon
tanks are lightweight and nestable for tank storage and shipping. The
55-gallon tank comes with a 3/4" spigot valve already fitted and is not
nestable. All tanks may be shipped Ground at dimensional rate. Covers are
sold separately.

GALLONS DIAMETER HEIGHT
T25
T45
T55
WALL TANKS COVERS

THICKNESS MODEL EACH
MODEL
EACH
25
18
28
5/32
T25 $124.29
T25L $37.79
45
22
32
5/32
T45 145.99
T45L 61.59
55
21
36
5/32
T55 198.29
T55L 52.69
VISIT OUR BLOG

Resource center to learn about aquaculture
Hub for industry news and press releases
Customer spotlight features
Technical talks & expert insight
Pentair promotions
New product announcements
PentairAES.com/learn-about-aquaculture
SECTION
TANKS 191
191
Products / Products
Sealed/Sump
/ Products
RECTANGULAR SEALED TANKS AND PRECUT SUMP TANKS

Made of molded polyethylene, these tanks have not been cut open or drilled and
are completely sealed. This allows for customization with the use of a drill,
router or jigsaw. Make sumps, storage tanks, hauling tanks, filters, etc. The
precut sump tanks feature precut open tops with a center brace for support (in
larger tanks only). Note: Lead time applies.
PRECUT SUMP TANK
STANDARD SEALED TANK

WALL
DIMENSIONS
GALLONS
THICKNESS
L
W
H
MODEL
20
3/16
24" 16" 12"
STANDARD SEALED TANKS

SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
102020
14
$125.59
PRECUT SUMP TANKS

SHIP WT
(LBS)
S102020
14
EACH
$157.19
20
3/16
16" 18" 16"
207020
13
125.59
S207020
12
157.19
28
3/16
21" 18" 18"
103028
18
146.99
S103028
15
174.79
30
3/16
30" 12" 20"
103030
20
160.19
S103030
17
192.29
30
3/16
42" 10" 16"
207030
23
160.19
S207030
20
192.29
40
3/16
27" 17" 20"
208040
22
222.69
S208040
19
262.69
45
3/16
44" 16" 16"
207045
29
240.49
S207045
25
313.89
55
3/16
32" 20" 20"
207055
29
327.09
S207055
25
351.89
55
3/16
42" 15" 20"
209055
30
327.09
S209055
26
351.89
86*
3/16
31" 24" 28"
300086
40
378.29
S300086
35
418.79
90*
3/16
55" 18" 22"
207095
45
402.69
S207095
41
436.29
110*
3/16
89" 14" 21"
103110
59
509.79
S103110
55
549.99
150*
3/16
65" 29" 20"
103150
63
564.69
S103150
55
614.69
200*
3/16
85" 20" 28"
103200
90
789.49
S103200
80
854.89
*Ship via motor freight, smaller sizes can ship Oversize.

Note: Wall thickness and dimensions are approximate.
LIVE CHAT

192 TANKS
Translucent
TANKS, TRANSLUCENT
Ideal for raising brine shrimp, microalgae, phytoplankton, rotifers and more. Their semiclear, .04" polymer
fiberglass construction allows 90% light transmission. Lightweight, corrosion proof tanks are also used for
trickle filters and stripping towers. The conical bottom tanks are fitted with a 2" FNPT bottom hole and can
be supported by bricks around the edge. All tanks are handmade; therefore, measurements are approximate
and may vary. Ship from factory and have additional crating chargeslead time applies.

MODEL
VOLUME
(GAL/LITER)
STYLE
T4
23/87
FLAT BOTTOM
12"
T11
44/166
FLAT BOTTOM
T185
66/250
FLAT BOTTOM
132/500
725/2,744
T1810
T58
Flat Bottom
Conical Bottom
EACH
$141.79
4'
25
18
25
184.79
18"
5'
15
202.69
FLAT BOTTOM
18"
10'
19
267.79
FLAT BOTTOM
58"
5'
52
743.39
303.49
T8
25/95
CONICAL BOTTOM
12"
41/2'
25
47/178
CONICAL BOTTOM
18"
5'
18
393.79
T9
23/87
BIOFILTER TANK
12"
4'
25
338.09
CAP
T18C
T58C
CAP
18"
29.39
CAP
58"
335.99
CONICAL BOTTOM TANKS, FREE-STANDING

VOLUME
SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) DIAMETER HEIGHT (LBS)
EACH
CBT25 25
12" 63" 37 $393.79
CBT68 68
18" 80" 78 472.49
CBT129 129
24"
83
787.49
23.09
12"
Their semiclear, .04" polymer fiberglass construction allows 90% light transmissionmaking them perfect
for algal culture. An integrated, skirted stand supports the tank and requires no assembly. Conical base
slopes from 45 to 30 at bottom. An access port is cut out for the 2" NPT elbow located at the bottom of
the tank. Reinforced bottom and top edges prevent cracking and breakage. All tanks ship completely
assembled and include 2" NPT bottom fittings. Ship motor freight directly from the manufacturer.
83"
SHIP WT
(LBS)
TC185
T4C
Biofilter Tank
DIAMETER
(APPROX.)
HEIGHT
WATER QUALITY
PRODUCTS
194 Dissolved Oxygen Meters

201 ORP Meters
202 Total Dissolved Gas Pressure Meters
204 pH Meters
206 Conductivity Meters
208 Salinity Meters
210 Multiparameter Meters
218 Photometers
219 Colorimeter
220 UVT Meter
221 Turbidity Meter
222 Calibration Solutions
224 Test Kits/Test Strips
194 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Dissolved
Products / Oxygen
ProductsMeter
/ Products
YSI PRO20 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

Designed specifically for aquaculture, the YSI Pro20 dissolved oxygen meter is a
rugged, user-friendly instrument for dissolved oxygen measurement. IP-67
waterproof and rubber over molded case, and 1-meter drop tests ensure the
instrument remains in your hands to provide years of sampling even in the
harshest field conditions. Choose a D.O. sensor that best meets your needs.
Fast response times with the Polarographic or Galvanic dissolved oxygen
sensors allow you to complete your sampling routine quickly. The long life of
the Polarographic sensor saves time and money and reduces your overall cost.
The Galvanic sensor enables you to start sampling immediately without a
warm-up period. Meters measure 3.25 x 8.5 x 2.25 and weigh 1 lb. Use 2 C
batteries (included). Three-year warranty on meters, two years on cables and
one year on probes. Internal barometer for highest accuracy
Large, easy-to-read, backlit display and keypad
Y60020
Fast cal routine allows easy calibrations with the press of a button
Stores 50 data sets
Rugged, weighted probe assembly
Meter, probe and cable
sold separately, or order
a kit that includes all this
plus a carrying case.
View display with polarized sunglasses on and all lighting conditions

Fastest response in 8 seconds with standard membrane
Multiple languages include English, Spanish, French and German
Rubber over mold case for durability
Automatic barometric pressure and temperature compensation
User replaceable sensors and cables
Direct replacement for YSI Model 85
3-YEAR METER
WARRANTY
MODEL
KITS
Y603170
Y603171
SYSTEM SPECS (METER, PROBE & CABLE)

DISSOLVED OXYGEN (% SATURATION)
Range: 0500% air saturation
Accuracy: 2% of the reading
or 2% air saturation
Resolution: 1% or 1% air saturation
DISSOLVED OXYGEN (MG/L)

Range: 050 mg/L.
or 0.2 mg/L
Resolution: 0.01 or 0.1 mg/L
TEMPERATURE
Range: -555 C
(D.O. compensation range -545 C)
Accuracy: 0.3 C
Resolution: 0.1 C.
BAROMETER
Range: 400 to 999.9 mmHg.
Accuracy: 5 mmHg
(within 5 C of calibration temp)
Resolution: 0.1 mmHg
YSI Instrument Repair
Whether it is a yearly checkup or the complete replacement of a circuit

board, you can count on us to provide accurate, economical and timely
service. This applies to all YSI meters that we carry, whether or not they
were purchased from us.
EACH
METER, GALVANIC D.O. PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRY CASE $1,095.00

METER, POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRY CASE
1,095.00
METER ONLY
Y60020
PRO20 D.O. METER $559.99
PROBES
Y6202
GALVANIC D.O. $179.99
Y6203
POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. 179.99
CABLES (INCLUDES TEMP SENSOR & WEIGHTED REMOVAL BOARD)

Y624C
4 METER $264.99
Y6210C
10 METER 314.99
Y6220C
20 METER 374.99
Y6230C
30 METER 474.99
REPLACEMENT MEMBRANE KITS

Y5908
Y5913
D.O. CAP KIT W/KCL (FOR POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. PROBES ONLY) $59.99
D.O. CAP KIT W/NACL (FOR GALVANIC D.O. PROBES ONLY) 59.99
We honor all factory warranties, we stock a full inventory of replacement

parts and our labor rates are significantly lower than the amount charged
by most other YSI repair facilities.
Galvanic vs Polarographic Sensors
To obtain an estimate or to send a meter for repair, call us at 877-347-4788

for a Return Authorization Number (RA#). This number will allow us to
identify your package and follow your instructions. Youll also need to fill out
and send in our Return Form and Cleaning Certificate.
Galvanic sensors do not require a warm-up period. They are ready for immediate
use after being powered on.
Polarographic sensors require warm up time before use. The shelf life for
Polarographic sensors is theoretically longer than Galvanic sensors.
Low Labor Rates

Our electronics technicians are the best and our turnaround time is
fast (12 weeks). If you wish to expedite turnaround, we can do that for
a small fee. There is no charge for warranty repairs.
Nonwarranty repair estimates typically require between 60 and 120
minutes before a repair cost quotation can be made. Therefore, we will
have to charge for nonwarranty repair quotes, one-hour minimum.
changes without notice.
YSI is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc.
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 195
195
Products
/ Products
/ Products
Dissolved
Oxygen
Meter
YSI PROODO OPTICAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

The YSI ProODO is rugged, easy to use handheld optical dissolved oxygen
meter designed for sampling applications. With many benefits over traditional
D.O. technologies, the ODO (Optical Dissolved Oxygen) luminescent sensor
has no flow dependence, making it the perfect choice for applications where
stirring is difficult or undesirable. This also reduces the possibility of operator
error, ensuring high quality data. Unit is resistant to probe fouling and
interferences from hydrogen sulfide and other gases. The smart digital ODO
probe stores calibration data so probes can be interchanged between
instruments without recalibration. Stores 5,000 data sets, and USB
connection allows interaction with Data Manager software (included).
Supports English, Spanish, German, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese and
French. IP67-rated case. Military spec connectors and field tested cables, 100
folders and site lists for logging data with user defined fields, and a graphic
display with detailed Help visible with polarized sunglasses. Salinity input
rate 070 ppt. Runs on two C batteries. 8.5" L x 3.25" W x 2.25" H, weighs 1 lb.
Three-year warranty on instrument, two years on cable and probe.
MODEL
EACH
KIT
Y603192
METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRY CASE $1,475.00
METER ONLY
Y6262
PROODO METER $724.99
CABLES WITH PROBE

Y62504
4 METER CABLE WITH ODO PROBE $674.99
Y625010
10 METER CABLE WITH ODO PROBE 749.99
Y625020
20 METER CABLE WITH ODO PROBE 809.99
REPLACEMENT PART
Y6263
Y6262
Meter, probe & cable sold

separately, or order a kit
that includes all this plus
a carrying case.
3-YEAR METER WARRANTY
REPLACEMENT SENSING ELEMENT $99.99
ACCESSORIES
Y603069
BELT CLIP $29.39
Y603075
SOFT SIDED CARRYING CASE 124.99
Y603074
HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE 284.99
YSI and ProODO are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc
196 WATER QUALITY

Dissolved Oxygen Meters
ECOSENSE DO200A DISSOLVED OXYGEN

METER
The EcoSense D0200A is an economical version
of the quality and results expected from YSI.
The rugged housing is IP67 splash resistant, and the large
LCD simultaneously displays ppm or percent saturation and
temperature (C only). Easy-to-replace, screw-on cap
membranes have a fast response time and are low-stirring
dependent. Nine-volt battery life is typically 500 hours;
indicator warns when battery level is low. Detachable probe
and cable assembly sold separately below. One-year
warranty on meter, six-month warranty on probe.
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
MODEL EACH
YDO200A
DO METER ONLY
YDO200A-4
DO METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE & CASE
629.99
Y2004
4-METER CABLE W/PROBE ONLY
309.99
Y20010
10-METER CABLE W/PROBE ONLY
329.99
Y5908
REPL. MEMBRANES W/KCL, POLAROGRAPHIC
Y200-BOD
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND PROBE
$289.99
Y2004
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGES
O2
020 mg/L
Sat. 0200%
Temp.
-646 C
RESOLUTION
O2
0.01 mg/L
Sat. 0.10%
Temp.
0.1 C
ACCURACY
O2
0.2%
Sat. 2%
Temp.
0.3 C
YDO200A
59.99
684.99
ECOSENSE ODO200 OPTICAL DO & TEMPERATURE METER
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
The EcoSense ODO200 handheld dissolved oxygen meter uses optical

technology and provides the most accurate data in the most affordable
format. Features an easy-to-use interface, one-hand operation, IP67
waterproof case, and low cost of ownership over the life of the product.
The ODO200 simultaneously measures dissolved oxygen % and mg/L and
(optical) temperature. One-year warranty on meter, cables and sensor cap.
Automatic temperature compensation
Manual input for salinity and pressure compensation
Low battery indicator with 100 hour battery life
Auto shutoff function after 30 minutes of inactivity
50 data set reviewable memory
Optical benefits include
Y606329
No stirring requirement
No warm-up time
No electrolyte solutions
No electrode maintenance
No membranes
No interferences from gases such as hydrogen sulfide
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGES
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
O2
020 mg/L
Sat. 0200%
Temp.
0-50 C
O2
0.01 mg/L
Sat. 0.10%
Temp.
0.1 C
O2
1.5%
Sat. 1.5%
Temp.
0.3 C
MODEL EACH
Y606329
OPTICAL DO/TEMP METER ONLY
Y606327
1-METER CABLE WITH DO/TEMP PROBE ONLY
589.99
Y606328
599.99
Y606304
674.99
Y606326
SENSOR CAP KIT
119.99
Y606330
HARD PLASTIC CARRYING CASE WITH FOAM INSERT 39.99
YSI and EcoSense are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc
$329.99
WATER QUALITY 197

Tech Talk
TECH TALK 26
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METERS AND PROBES
MODEL
MANUFACTURER
PARAMETERS
D.O. RANGE
(PPM OR MG/L)
ACCURACY
RESOLUTION
(PPM OR MG/L)
WATERPROOF
BACKLIT
DISPLAY
CONNECTORIZED
CABLE/PROBE
WARRANTY
METER/PROBE
OXYGEN
MEMORY/RS232
PROBE TYPE
DO62
American
Marine
D.O. Only
020.0
0.2 ppm
0.1
No
No
Yes
2-yr/2-yr
No
Polarographic
YDO200A
YSI*
D.O., Temp
020.0
0.2%
0.1
No
No
Yes
1-yr/6-mo
No
Polarographic
Y55D
YSI*
D.O., Temp
020.0
0.25
.01
No
Yes
Yes
2-yr/1-yr
No
Polarographic
019.99
0.02
.01
No
No
Yes
2-yr/6-mo
Yes
Polarographic
Y52
YSI*
D.O., Temp
Y58
YSI*
D.O., Temp
019.99
0.03
.01
No
No
Yes
2-yr/6-mo
No
Polarographic
Y550A
YSI*
D.O., Temp
050.00
0.03
.01
Yes
Yes
No
3-yr/6-mo
No
Polarographic
Y60020
YSI*
D.O., Temp,
mmH
050.00
2.0%
.01 or 0.1
Yes
Yes
Yes
3-yr/2-yr
No
Polaro./Galv.
850048
Sper
D.O., Temp
019.99
1.5
.01
No
Yes
Yes
5-yr/6-mo
Yes
Polarographic
1OXHM053
OxyGuard
D.O., Temp,
% Sat
0-60.0
1.0%
0.1
Yes
Yes
No
1 yr
Yes, data log

3,000 sets
Galvanic
Y605120
YSI
D.O., Temp, PH,

ORP (REDOX)
0 TO 50
2.0%
0.01 OR 0.1
Yes
Yes
Yes
3-yr/1-yr
50 data sets
Polaro./Galv.
Y606329
EcoSense
Optical D.O.,
Temp.
0 to 20
1.5%
0.01
Yes
Yes
Yes
1-yr
50 data set
Optical
Y6262
YSI*
Optical D.O.,
Temp.
0 TO 50
1.0%
0.01 OR 0.1
Yes
Yes
Yes
3-yr/2-yr
5000 data sets
Optical
Y6052030
YSI*
D.O., Temp,
Cond
0 to 50
2.0%
0.01 or 0.1
Yes
Yes
Yes
3-yr/1-yr
50 data sets
Polaro./Galv.
*Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc., is an authorized YSI Instruments Repair Center. Temp=Temperature. Sal=Salinity. ORP=Oxidation/Reduction Potential
NEWS & OFFERS

198 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products / Oxygen
Dissolved
ProductsMeter
/ Products
OXYGUARD HANDY POLARIS 1 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

The OxyGuard Handy Polaris is a portable D.O. meter that also measures %
saturation, mg/L (ppm), temperature and has salinity compensation.
Measurements are compensated for temperature and barometric pressure.
The probe is galvanic type and fully field-serviceable. Has a large display with
backlight and offers automatic calibration and a choice of language and units
of measurement. Each unit is supplied with a detachable clip for easy attachment
to a belt or clipboard. Battery life allows up to 1,400 hours of use from a
single 9V battery.
Automatic calibration with stability check.
Compensates for changes in atmospheric pressure.
Automatic shutdown for power saving.
MODEL
EACH
1OXHM053
HANDY POLARIS W/3-M (10') CABLE
$859.99
1OXHM058
HANDY POLARIS W/8-M (25') CABLE
1OXHA013
HANDY MEMBRANE KIT, 10 PCS
17.19
1OXPA014
STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 1 L
23.89
1OXPA015
STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 250 ML
10.79
1OXPA016
5.39
1OXHA010
MEMBRANE INSTALLATION TOOL
15.69
1OXHA007
PROBE PROTECTION CAP
31.69
1OXHA006
HANDY MEMBRANE CAP WITH MEMBRANE
66.19
901.99
Oxyguard is a registered trademark of Thermal Gas Systems, Inc.

SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETERS
ppm (mg/L), % saturation,

temperature (C or F), salinity
compensation.
SALINITY COMPENSATION
059 ppt salinity (manually set).
DISPLAY
Large, easy to read graphical LCD

display. Variable backlight.
ACCURACY, D.O.
Depends on calibration accuracy.

Typically better than +/- 1% of measured
value +/- 1 digit within the standard
measuring range.
PROBE TYPE
Galvanic cell, self-polarizing, selftemperature compensating.
ACCURACY, TEMPERATURE
+/- 0.2C
CABLE LENGTH
Standard 3 m.
REPEATABILITY
Typically better than +/- 0.5% of

measured range.
OPERATING CONDITIONS
Probe: -5 to +45C, Meter: -20 to

+60C
SELF-CHECK OF
Probe function, meter function, cable,

battery.
ENCAPSULATION (METER)
Short-term immersion proof to max.

5-m depth.
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Membrane cap, membranes, electrolyte,

cathode cleaning pad, storage pouch.
MEASURING RANGE
060.0 ppm (mg/L) and 0600%

saturation. Automatically
compensated for temperature and
barometric pressure. Manual salinity
compensation. Temperature: -5 to
+45C.
COMMITMENT TO CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

Our customers are our first priority.
We will provide extraordinary service to satisfy the needs of our customers.
We will deliver our products and services on time and error free, conforming to the requirements
of our customers.
We strive to do it right the first time and eliminate any problem that prevents us from achieving
complete customer satisfaction.
We thank you for your patronage.
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 199
Products
Dissolved
/ Products
Oxygen
/ Products
Meter
OXYGUARD HANDY POLARIS 2 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

The OxyGuard Handy Polaris 2 is a portable dissolved oxygen (D.O.) meter
that combines the features of the original Polaris with the convenience of
data logging and data transfer capability. It measures % saturation, mg/L (ppm)
and temperature and has salinity compensation. Measurements are compensated
for temperature and barometric pressure. The galvanic probe is fully fieldserviceable. Powered by a 9V battery. The Polaris 2 has a larger display with
backlight and offers automatic calibration, and a choice of language and units
of measurement. Includes a detachable clip for easy attachment to a belt
or clipboard.
MODEL
EACH
1OXHM073
HANDY POLARIS 2 W/3-M (10') CABLE
$1,026.00
1,086.00
1OXHM075
HANDY POLARIS 2 W/8-M (25') CABLE
1OXHM074
USB LINK W/SOFTWARE (ONLY 1 REQUIRED FOR MULTIPLE UNITS)
1OXHA013
HANDY MEMBRANE KIT, 10 PCS
17.19
1OXPA014
STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 1 L
23.89
1OXPA015
10.79
1OXPA016
5.39
1OXHA010
MEMBRANE INSTALLATION TOOL
15.69
1OXHA007
PROBE PROTECTION CAP
31.69
1OXHA006
HANDY MEMBRANE CAP WITH MEMBRANE
66.19
266.69
TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES
METER
Data logging and data transfer capabilityover 3,000

sets of complete info (mg/L, % sat, temp, events, etc.).
Polaris 2 only.
Automatic calibration with stability check.
Automatic self-check of instrument.
Automatic check of cable and probe.
Compensates for changes in atmospheric pressure.
User-selectable language and main display parameter.
On-screen instructions.
1,400 hours use from one 9V alkaline battery.
Illuminated display with variable intensity.
Automatic shutdown for power saving.
PentairAES.com
PROBE
Galvanic type.
Self-polarizing.
No warm-up time.
Fully temperature compensated.
Remarkably short response time.
Stores dry.
E xcellent long-term stability.
Tough membrane.
No need for regular service or renovation.
Probe renovation easy and fast when needed.
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE
200 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Dissolved
Products / Oxygen
ProductsMeters
/ Products
PINPOINT DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

Featuring a high-performance oxygen probe, this
oxygen meter is a very good value. Temperaturecompensated from 050C (32122F) with an
accuracy of .2 ppm. Measures 020 ppm or
percent saturation. Each meter comes with a
replaceable probe on a 5' cable (the 12' extension
cable cannot be submerged). Uses one 9V battery
(included). Meter measures only 3" x 5". Meter,
probe and cable are not waterproof nor waterresistant. The high performance DO62P probe is
compatible with the old DO6 meters. Two-year
warranty on the meter and probe (does not cover
mishandling or water damage to meter).
DO62P
MODEL EACH
DO62
OXYGEN METER
DO62
$271.99
DO62P
REPLACEMENT PROBE
DO62M
MEMBRANE KIT*
26.19
DO6A
12' EXTENSION CABLE
31.49
PA12
OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER
12.79
150.79
DO6A
DO62M
*Electrolyte solution included.

Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER KIT
850048
MODEL
EACH
850048
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER KIT*
850048DO
REPLACEMENT DISSOLVED OXYGEN PROBE**
114.49
850048CS
OPTIONAL CONDUCTIVITY/SALINITY PROBE**
87.19
850048PH
OPTIONAL PH PROBE **
87.19
*Model 850048 replaces model 850041.

**Not compatible with the old D.O. Meter Kit, model 850041.
$396.69
SYSTEM SPECS
UNIT OF MEASURE
RANGE
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
0~199.9%
(0~30 mg/L)
0.1
3% fs 1 d
2~12
0.01
0.1
0~199.9
0~199.9 uS/cm
0~19.99
0~ 69.99 mS/cm
0.1 uS/cm
1 uS/cm
0.01 mS/cm
0.1 mS/cm
0~10 ppt
0~42 ppt (sea water)
0.01 ppt
0.1 ppt
1% fs 1 d
TEMPERATURE F
23~176 F
0.1 F
1 F
TEMPERATURE C
0~60 C
0.1 C
0.5 C
DO
PH
(WITH OPTINAL PROBE)
CONDUCTIVITY
(WITH OPTIONAL PROBE)
SALINITY
The Sper Scientific DO Meter Kit measures

dissolved oxygen to determine water quality in
environmental testing, labs, industrial and
municipal waste water, aquariums and fish
hatcheries. Automatic temperature compensation
as well as manual compensation for salinity and
altitude (all factors directly affecting DO readings).
Simultaneously displays dissolved oxygen (in % or
mg/L) and temperature readings (in C or F).
Review 99 data points readings directly on the large
backlit LCD. Features simple one-button
calibration to air. The electrolyte level is visible
through the transparent galvanic probe with built-in
temperature sensor. DO probe heads include built
in membranes and screw on and off for easy
replacement. Also functions as a pH and
conductivity meter when used with the optional
probes. Comes in a hard carrying case complete
with pB (lead) free Galvanic DO probe with 9 cable,
two spare probe heads with membranes installed,
electrolyte and four AAA batteries. Kit dimensions
are 14" 8" 2" and weighs 14 ounces.
Five-year warranty on meter, one year on probe.
1% fs 1 d
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 201
Products / ProductsORP
/ Products
Meters
ECOSENSE ORP15A ORP/TEMPERATURE PEN
YORP15
The ECOSENSE ORP15A takes absolute and relative ORP readings from -1,100
to +1,100 mV with this affordable instrument. Calibrate to an ORP standard! Use
the Zobell ORP calibration solution (sold separately) to recalibrate at any time.
It has replaceable electrodes, automatic temperature compensation and auto
shut-off. Use the 50-set memory (absolute/relative mV, temperature and a date
and time stamp) and hold feature that locks readings on-screen. Easy-tounderstand menus and IP67 housing. Measures -10C to 100C (14 to 212F).
Uses GAP-76 batteries (included). >200 hour battery life with low battery
indicator. Pen is not waterproof nor water-resistant. One-year instrument
warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Weighs 0.25 lb.
MODEL
PINPOINT ORP METER
FW
YORP15
ORP/TEMP PEN
Y3628
ZOBELL ORP TEST SOLUTION
EACH
$166.99
32.99
Y605123
ORP REPLACEMENT ELECTRODE KIT
74.99
7021
ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 240MV
28.39
7022
ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 470MV
26.29
SW
This little meter offers ORP data at a very affordable price. Detachable probe
with 10' cable uses BNC connector and is accurate to 1 mV. Epoxy-covered
electrode with a platinum band and silver/silver chloride (Ag/AgCl) tip. For
calibration, it has an easy-to-use offset screw. Liquid crystal display. Powered
by single 9V battery (included). Can be used in both fresh and salt water.
Measures 2" x 5.5". Six-month warranty. Probe included. Calibration solutions
sold separately. Meter is not waterproof nor water-resistant.
MODEL EACH
$141.79
ORP3
ORP/REDOX METER
ORP3R
ORP REPLACEMENT PROBE
78.79
ORP3CS
CALIBRATION FLUID, 350 ML
4.19
PA12
OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER
ORP3
12.79
EcoSense is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc. Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
TECH TALK 67
Water Pollution
Any physical, biological or chemical change in water quality that adversely affects living organisms
or makes water unsuitable for desired uses can be considered pollution.
Common Impurities in Water

Dissolved: Cations, anions, organic compounds such as vegetative dyes and pesticides and gases
such as hydrogen sulfide and chlorine.
Suspended: Silt, clay, feces, organic and inorganic colloids and living organisms such as bacteria,
viruses, protozoa and algae.
mainly bacteria, in the oxidation of organic materials. The standard test is for 5 days at 20C, and
the value it yields is referred to as the 5 day biochemical oxygen demand, commonly shown as BOD5
(see Index for BOD meters). Another measurement is chemical oxygen demand (COD), which is the
measurement of the organic materials in terms of the oxygen required to chemically oxidize them.
It is measured by boiling and refluxing the sample with a strong oxidizing agent (potassium
dichromate), then determining the amount of agent used.
Typical Treatment Processes for Organic Compounds

Anaerobic Digestion
Floating: Oils and grease, feces and debris.
Biological oxidation of degradable organics by microbes under conditions where there is no

molecular oxygen. These are mainly used for swine, poultry and beef industries.
Water Quality Characteristics
Digestion is done by anaerobic bacteria, organic-acid forming and methane-producing heterotrophs.
Physical: Total suspended and dissolved solids, turbidity, color, odors and temperature.
Advantages: Low operational costs, no need for aeration and self-sufficiency if managed properly.
Chemical: pH, alkalinity, hardness, conductivity, dissolved gases, etc.
Disadvantages: Odors, sludge must be removed periodically, land space needed (long treatment
time), and NIMBY (not in my back yard).
Biological: Algae and microbes (bacteria, protozoa, fungi, etc.).
Water Quality Indicator

The amount of oxygen dissolved (D.O.) in water is a good indicator of water quality commonly used
in aquaculture. Water with a D.O. of 8 ppm will support game fish and other desirable forms of life.
Water with less than 2 ppm oxygen will support only certain fish, worms, bacteria, fungi and other
decomposers. Certain organic materials increase oxygen consumption by decomposers. This is
measured by the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD). This is the amount of oxygen used by microbes,
Aerobic Digestion
Biological oxidation of organics under conditions where there is molecular oxygen. Digestion is done
by aerobic and facultative bacteria.
Advantages: Less odor, reduction in pollution characteristics of the effluent and low treatment time.
Disadvantages: Higher operational cost (equipment maintenance, electrical cost).
202 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products
Total
Dissolved
/ Products
Gas Pressure
/ Products(TGP) Meter
TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS PRESSURE (TGP) METER

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Point Four Tracker provides measurements
for TGP (mmHg or % saturation), P, barometric pressure (mmHg) and
temperature (C).
Increasing water temperatures, injection of air in water, algal blooms or
pressurized pumping can result in gas supersaturation. This may lead to
bubble trauma or sub-lethal toxicological problems for aquatic species.
The TGP probe provides a rapid and accurate measurement of total dissolved
gas pressure.
The Tracker has simple calibration procedures and easy to understand menus.
The handheld meter features a tough membrane keypad and graphical display
with a user-selectable backlight. The Tracker has two pressure sensors, one
measures total dissolved gas pressure (TGP), and one measures barometric
pressure (BP). Also has datalogging capabilities. The batteries are
rechargeable and an AC adapter is included with each unit.
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE
RESOLUTION
MEASUREMENTS:
PARAMETER
Total Gas Pressure (TGP)

Barometric Pressure (BP)
Temperature
RANGE
01,550 mmHg
01,550 mmHg
0.040.0C
1 mmHg
1 mmHg
0.1C
DERIVED:

P (TGP-BP)
0200%
-1,5501,550 mmHg
1%
1 mmHg
MODEL
1SSM100
PT4 TRACKER HANDHELD METER
1SSM100
EACH
Meter & Probe
Sold Separately
$714.99
1SSP0031
TGP/TEMPERATURE SMART PROBE, 5-M CABLE
1SSP060
LUMI4 TGP OPTICAL O2/TEMP PROBE, 5-M CABLE
739.99
1SSA025
REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE FOR 1SSP0031
186.99
1SSP070
LUMI4 REPL. D.O. PROBE CAP
347.99
1SSP080
LUMI4 REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE
207.99
1SSA015

PT4 TRACKER EXTEND. DEPLOYMENT PACKAGE

(CASE, BATTERIES, CHARGER)
779.99
3,410.00
9EPTPS003 GEL CELL BATTERY, 6V, 12AH
42.99
9EMSC033
NIMH RECHARGEABLE BATTERY PACK, 4 X AA
34.99
1SSA005
CHARGER CABLE W/AC ADAPTER
93.99
1SSA006
CHARGER CABLE W/CAR ADAPTER
93.99
1SSA007

DATA TRANSFER CABLE W/USB ADAPTER,

BULGIN CONNECTOR
89.99
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
for more details.
TECH TALK 9
Supersaturation
The measurement of total dissolved gas pressure (TGP) can be required in aquaculture. When
the total pressure of all gases in the water exceeds the ambient atmospheric pressure at the
waters surface, supersaturation exists. The effect of excessive supersaturation on fish has
been well documented and has caused massive fishkills. TGP as low as 103% can be lethal!
Supersaturation can be caused by numerous man-made and natural sources:
Dam spillways can allow a high volume discharge to plunge air deep into the receiving water.
Water pump inlets can suck air, putting that air under high pressure in the piping (this is all
too common, even in aquariums).
Naturally high levels of nitrogen can be found in well water.
Algae blooms can cause supersaturated levels of oxygen.
1SSP060 - Lumi4 Probe: Optical DO/Temp & TGP
Temperature changes, which affect the saturation level. Simply heating the water can cause
lethal supersaturation.
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 203
TGP and CO
Meters
Products / Products
/ Products
2
TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS PRESSURE (TGP) TRANSMITTER

The Pentair Point Four Systems TGP Transmitter is a stand-alone probe for the
measurement of total dissolved gas pressure. It provides measurement
for TGP (mmHg or % saturation), P (TGP-BP), barometric pressure (BP)
(mmHg) and temperature (C).
Two analog outputs are available from each TGP probe. They are available in
0-20 mA, 4-20 mA or 0-5VDC and can be configured to any of the five
available measurement parameters. Measurements are also available via
RS-485 and can be viewed on a PC with the optional software package.
TGP probes are not loop-powered and can accept a 9-33VDC power supply.
115VAC to 12VDC power supply is optional.
MODEL
EACH
1SSM002
TGP TRANSMITTER
1SSA025
REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE
1SSA029
PC SOFTWARE AND CABLE
78.79
1PTPS011
115VAC TO 12VDC POWER SUPPLY
48.49
1SSM002
$960.79
186.99
SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETER
RANGE
RANGE
RESOLUTION
MEASUREMENTS:

Barometric Pressure (BP)
Temperature
01,550 mmHg
01,550 mmHg
0.040.0C
1 mmHg
1 mmHg
0.1C
DERIVED:

P (TGP-BP)
0200%
-1,5501,550 mmHg
1%
1 mmHg
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
for more details.
OXYGUARD PORTABLE CO2 METER
The OxyGuard portable CO2 meter is a reliable and easy-to-use instrument

that measures dissolved carbon dioxide in water. The meter consists of
a probe and a battery-powered transmitter. The meter displays CO2
concentration and an analog signal as output. The transmitter has an on/off
switch, "slope" and "zero" adjustments. Battery charger (230V), calibration
accessories and 3-m cable are included. A version with built-in data logger
is available.
Measures the CO2 gas pressure directly and is not affected by carbonates or
other dissolved substances. It is therefore possible to achieve simple,
continuous direct measurements of carbon dioxide in water that affects fish.
Methods such as test kits, laboratory analysis and the detection of pH
changes are subject to disturbance from the dissolved substances found in
aquaculture water. The OxyGuard CO2 measures only the CO2 that affects the fish,
which is the free dissolved CO2 gas. It is reliable and accurate. Calibration
accessories pack includes beaker with stirrer and magnet; 75 g of pH
conditioner with dosing spoon; 100 mL of calibration solution with dosing
syringe; and adjustment screwdriver.
MODEL
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
EACH
1OXYCO485
OXYGUARD CO2 PORTABLE
1OXYCO495

OXYGUARD CO2 PORTABLE W/DATA LOGGER,

230VAC CHARGER
$2,722.00
1OXYCO477
PH CONDITIONER, 75 G
22.19
1OXYCO478
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 100 ML
62.99
1OXYCO476
CALIBRATION BEAKER W/STIRRER
425.29
1OXYCO480
CALIBRATION ACCESSORIES PACK
385.39
1OXYCO496
OXYGUARD DISSOLVED CO2 PROBE
817.99
3,455.00
204 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products
pH
Meters/ Products / Products
PINPOINT PH METER
FW
SW
The Pinpoint PH370 meter is a great little pH meter at a very affordable price.
The detachable probe with its 10' cable uses a BNC connector. It has built-in
slope and calibration adjustments but is not temperature compensated (if you
take measurements anywhere near room temperature, the temperature error
will be negligible). Two-point calibration.
The digital display is easy to read, even in full sun. Two-year warranty on the
meter only. Measures 5.5" L x 3" W, weighs just 0.3 lb.
2-YEAR
METER WARRANTY
Includes pH probe, 10 cable, calibration solutions #7 & #10, and 9V battery

Not waterproof nor water-resistant
MODEL
PH370
ECOSENSE PH100A PH/TEMP METER
FW
EACH
PH370
PH METER
PH370R
PH REPLACEMENT PROBE
$103.99
48.89
PA12
OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER
12.79
SW
The EcoSense pH100A measures pH and temperature (ORP requires separate

probe) quickly and accurately. The electrode offset recognition function
displays electrode efficiency and indicates when it is time to replace the pH
electrode. Features include internal buffer recognition, auto/manual
temperature compensation and a large LCD display that simultaneously
displays pH or mV and temperature (C only). Electrodes with 3' (1 m) cables
are available in pH or combination pH/mV. Two-point pH calibration. Cables are
waterproof over their whole length. 9V batteries included. Measures 7" x 3".
Order meter and probe separately. One-year warranty on meter, six months on
probes. Calibration solutions sold separately.
MODEL
Y1000A
Cable & Probe
Sold Separately
EACH
$264.99
Y1000A
PH100A METER ONLY
Y1001
PH/TEMP PROBE W/3' CABLE
98.99
Y1004
PH/TEMP PROBE W/12' CABLE
146.99
Y1101
PH ELECTRODE W/3' CABLE
59.99
Y1201
TEMP PROBE W/3' CABLE
54.99
Y1251
ORP ELECTRODE W/3' CABLE
Y1111
PIERCING PROBE DOUBLE JUNCTION
146.99
SYSTEM SPECS
Y1122
FLAT GLASS PROBE DOUBLE JUNCTION
146.99
PH
Range: -216
Resolution: 0.01
Accuracy: 0.1%
ORP
Range: -1,9991,999 mV
Resolution: 1 mV
Accuracy: 0.1%
TEMPERATURE
Range: -10120C
Resolution: 0.1C
Accuracy: 0.3C
Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc. YSI
and EcoSense are registered trademarks of YSI, INc.
94.99
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 205
Products / Products /pHProducts
Meters
PH/TEMP TESTERS
FW
SW
These floating testers have a large LCD, push-button calibration with buffer
recognition (can be calibrated to 3 points), auto shut-off after 8.5 minutes,
automatic temperature compensation and a user-replaceable double-junction
sensor. These testers will float if dropped in water. The pHTestr meter 10
reads -1.0 to 15.0, the pHTestr 20 and 30 read -1.00 to 15.00 and the pHTestr
30 has simultaneous temperature display in C or F. All have self-diagnostic
messages such as battery power indicator and a hold function to freeze values
for future use. Measures 1.5" W x 6.5" long, weighs 0.3 lb. One-year instrument
warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Calibration solutions sold separately.
MODEL
WD-35634-30
EACH
WD-35634-10
PHTESTR 10
$100.79
WD-35634-20
PHTESTR 20
110.29
WD-35634-30
PHTESTR 30
121.79
35624-38
REPL. PH SENSOR
80.99
TRB
REPL. BATTERIES (6-PK)
20.69
pHTestr is a registered trademark of Cole-Parmer Instruments Co.
ECOSENSE PH10A PH/TEMP PEN
YPH10A
FW
SW
The EcoSense pH10A pH/Temperature pen features one-hand operation,

50-set memory and low cost. Measures 0 to 14 with an accuracy
of 0.02. The pen has IP67 waterproof grey housing; ATC; auto-buffer
recognition with 1-, 2- or 3-point calibration; and a replaceable electrode. Real
time clock provides data date and time stamp. "Hold" feature locks reading on
display, which has on-screen instructions. Has a belt clip and lanyard on the
back and floats if dropped in water. Measures 2" W x 7.5" L, weighs 0.3 lb.
One-year instrument warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Calibration
solutions sold separately.
MODEL
EACH
YPH10A
PH10A PEN
606110
REPL. ELECTRODE FOR YPH10A PEN (GREY)
$115.99
52.99
605113
REPL. ELECTRODE FOR YPH10 PEN(BLUE)
52.99
605118
LR44 REPL. BATTERIES (4)
Y580
CARRYING CASE
4.99
28.99
TECH TALK 30
pH Probe Care & Storage
Proper handling and storage of pH electrodes will not only help to prolong the electrodes life, but
also will ensure fast, accurate readings. General guidelines include:
E lectrodes should be rinsed between samples with deionized or distilled water.
N ever wipe an electrode dry as this can cause erroneous readings due to static charges.
N ever store electrodes in water; doing so will cause a sluggish response.

A lways keep the tip of the pH electrode moist. Electrode storage solution is a solution of 4M
KCl. If unavailable, a pH 4 buffer solution will also work temporarily.
In general, pH buffers only have a two-year shelf life unopened. Once opened, the shelf life
drops to 23 months. However, open pH 10 calibration solution only has a 30-day shelf life.
206 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products / Products
Conductivity
Meters / Products
ECOSENSE EC300A CONDUCTIVITY/SALINITY/TDS/TEMP METER

The EcoSense EC300A offers convenient conductivity, specific conductance,
salinity, total dissolved solids and temperature for true field applications. Meter
has IP67 waterproof rating and automatic temperature compensation. Automatic
shutoff after 30 minutes of inactivity helps preserve 9V battery life, which can last
up to 500 hours. 50 data-set memory.
MODEL
EACH
KITS
YEC300A-1
METER, PROBE, 1M CABLE, CARRYING CASE $564.99
YEC300A-4
METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRYING CASE 584.99
YEC300A-10
METER, PROBE, 10M CABLE, CARRYING CASE 599.99
METER ONLY
YEC300A
EC300A METER $299.99
CABLES WITH PROBE

Y606044
1 METER CABLE WITH PROBE $249.99
Y605395
4 METER CABLE WITH PROBE 264.99
CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
Y3167-E
1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) $19.99
Y3168-E
10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E
1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) 20.99
YEC300A-4
ACCESSORIES
Y606043
HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE $39.99
SYSTEM SPECS
EcoSense is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc.
RANGE
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
0 to 499.9 S/cm
0 to 4999 S/cm
0 to 49.99 mS/cm
0 to 200.0 mS/cm
0.1 S/cm
1 S/cm
0.01 mS/cm
0.1 mS/cm
(1% of reading + 2 S/cm)

(1% of reading + 5 S/cm)
(1% of reading + 0.05 mS/cm)
(2.5% of reading + 0.5 mS/cm)
SALINITY
0.0 to 70.0 ppt, calculated
0.2% FS
0.1 ppt
TEMPERATURE
-10 to +90C (14 to 194F)
0.1C
0.2C or 0.4%, whichever

is greater
CONDUCTIVITY
TDS
TDS in g/L calculated;

enter constant values from
0.30 to 1.00, default value 0.65
PINPOINT CONDUCTIVITY METER

If you need to measure freshwater conductivity in S, this economical,
two-range meter is an excellent choice. This scale is typically used for
fresh water and low concentrations of salt. The LED reads in two ranges
at the flip of a switch. Measures from 02,000 S or 020,000 S. Accurate
to 4% of reading. 5.5" L x 3" W, weighs only 0.4 lb.
Includes 3 cable and 9v battery
Not waterproof nor water-resistant
Calibration solution sold separately
MODEL
CM6
2-YEAR WARRANTY
CM6
CONDUCTIVITY METER
PA12
OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER
EACH
$131.29
12.79
Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American

Marine, Inc.
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 207
Products / Conductivity
Products / Products
Meters
ECOSENSE EC30A CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/TEMP PEN

The EcoSense EC30A pen-style instrument provides an ultimate feature set over similar competitive
models. Features an easy-to-use interface, simple one-hand operation and low cost of ownership
over the life of the product. The easy, user-replaceable electrode ensures the instrument is always
ready for use. Meter has IP67 waterproof rating and automatic temperature compensation. 50
data-set memory and 200-hour battery life.
Measures conductivity, TDS and temperature with the following features:
1- or 2-point calibration
Clear, easy-to-read display with on-screen instructions
Selectable units of measure for conductivity, TDS and temp
Selectable or auto-ranging for conductivity or TDS
MODEL
EACH
YEC30A
COND/TDS/TEMP PEN
Y3167-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1,000 uS/CM (FRESH WATER)
19.99
Y3168-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 10,000 uS/CM (BRACKISH WATER)
20.99
Y3169-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 50,000 uS/CM (SALT WATER)
20.99
$146.99
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY
0 S to 19.90 mS,
with manual or
auto ranging
0 to 1990 S/cm
5 S/cm
2.00 to 19.90 mS/cm
0.05 mS/cm
1% FS
TEMPERATURE
0 to 99.5C
(32.0 to 212 F)
0.5 C (1 F)
0.5C (1F)
EXSTIK II PH/CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/SALINITY PEN

The Extech EXSTIK II waterproof meter has a rugged combination, flat-surface pH electrode
(with auto-ranging), high-accuracy conductivity cell. RENEW feature alerts users when the
electrode needs replacing. Adjustable conductivity to TDS ratio from .4 to 1.0 and .5 fixed
salinity ratio. Meter also has ATC, auto shut-off and low battery indication. The internal memory
stores up to 25 labeled readings for recall. Measures 1.5" W x 7" L. Due to its salinity range,
this meter is not compatible with salt water. One-year warranty on meter, six months on sensor.
MODEL
EACH
EC500
$167.99
EC500
EXSTIK II WATERPROOF METER
EC505
SPARE ELECTRODE
68.19
EX006
WEIGHTED BASE W/5 SOLUTION CUPS
16.79
CA895
SMALL VINYL CARRYING CASE
12.89
ExStik is a registered trademark of Extech Instruments Corp.

SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY
0199.9 S/cm
2001,999 S/cm
219.99 mS/cm
.1 S/cm
2% FS
TDS/SALINITY
099.9 ppm (mg/L)

100999 ppm (mg/L)
19.99 ppt (g/L)
.1 ppm (mg/L)
2% FS
0 to 14.00
.01
.01
PH
The ExStik II DO and Conductivity meters work perfectly for collecting data quickly and
accurately in the field, and save a tremendous amount of space aboard the small boat. They
worked so well we bought a second set!
G. Jones
Lake Operations Manager
208 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Salinity
ProductsRefractometers
VITAL SINE SALINITY

TECH FAV
REFRACTOMETER
The VITAL SINE salinity refractometer features a
magnified scale for better visual accuracy. Other
features include solid aluminum construction, a
rubber-gripped body and temperature
compensation between 10 and 30C (5086F). To
calibrate, simply loosen the handset screw, place a
few drops of salt-free water on the prism, turn the
calibration ring until the shadowline is at zero and
secure the set screwthat's it! It reads specific
gravity (1.000 to 1.070) and salinity in parts per
thousand (0100 in 1 ppt divisions). Refractometer
includes a black vinyl zip case, transfer pipette and
cleaning cloth. Measures 11/2" D x 7" L (4 x 18 cm),
weighs 0.6 lb (285 g). One-year warranty.
Rubber Hood.
Houses the focusable lens and
prevents light from entering
through the eyepiece during use.
Daylight Plate.
Exceptionally durable with a
double-hinge design allowing
even thick samples to be
easily measured.
Rubber Grip.
Largest and sharpest scale display available.

Calibration ring for simplified calibration.
MODEL EACH
SR6
Calibration Ring.
For rapid calibrations.
Antiroll Stand.
Protects against rolling off
a table.
Scale view.
SALINITY REFRACTOMETER
Do not dip a refractometer in water, as this will

void the warranty.
Use a dropper and place a few drops on the prism.
The refractometer will provide many years of service
if used this way.
Dry after use otherwise will cause damage to the device.
SALINITY REFRACTOMETER
Here's an economical, automatic temperaturecompensated salinity refractometer, featuring an
automatic temperature correction from 5086F
(1030C) and a dual scale reading 0100 ppt and
1.0001.070 specific gravity. Each refractometer
is tested to ensure an accurate instrument.
Six-month warranty. Weighs 0.6 lb.
MODEL EACH
SR5-AQ SALINITY REFRACTOMETER $47.19
Dry after use otherwise will
cause damage to the device.
Scale view.
$142.29
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 209
Products / Products
Salinity
/ Products
Meters
POCKET SALINITY TESTER KOI

Great for measuring salt levels in koi ponds
SPECIFICATIONS
Range (Salinity)
0 to 10 ppt
This low-range tester is specifically designed for

measuring those difficult low-salt concentrations
in koi ponds. IP67 waterproof. Easy calibration
trimmer is isolated inside the battery
compartment to prevent accidental tampering.
Long-life sensor element is not replaceable.
Includes protective case. 61/4" L x 15/8" W x 11/8" D,
weighs 0.4 lb. Six-month warranty. Calibration
solutions sold separately.
Resolution (Temperature)
0.1
Resolution (Conductivity)
0.1 ppt, 0.01%
Resolution (Salinity)
0.1 ppt, 0.01%
Accuracy (Temperature)
0.5 C
Accuracy (Salinity)
1.0% full-scale
Temperature compensation
Automatic
MODEL EACH
Display
LCD
SWT2-2
Calibration
1 point
Waterproof
Yes
Power
Four 1.5 V batteries (included)
Battery life
> 200 hours
CE Compliance
Yes
ECOTESTR SALT TESTER
$72.49
SALINITY METER
FW
SW
This Pinpoint salinity meter measures conductivity, giving a digital readout

in mS (millisiemens). The table included will give the corresponding reading
in both specific gravity and salinity to 62 ppt. This meter is temperature
compensated for accuracy of 4%. Uses one 9V battery (included). Weighs
only 0.6 lb and measures 5.5" L x 3" W.
Includes probe, 3 cable, calibrating solution and 9V battery

Not waterproof, nor water-resistant
MODEL EACH
SM6
SALINITY METER
PA12
OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER
$141.79
12.79
Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
TECH TALK 28
Measuring Salinity
When culturing saltwater organisms, less than a 10 percent variation in salinity ( 5% or 2 ppt)
is often required. The measuring methods cover a wide range of cost, convenience and accuracy.
Basically, salinity is the sum of all dissolved ions in the water (not just sodium and chloride),
expressed as parts per thousand (grams per kilogram).
biggest drawbacks. Calibration using certified seawater is best; however, fresh water is a
reasonable alternative for general aquaculture uses.
One measurement method is to titrate chlorinity (chloride) and calculate the salinity based on the
assumption that the composition is the same as seawater. Usually titrations are based on
volumes, which can introduce a 2.5 percent error if not done correctly. It is much more time
consuming than other methods and used as a means of checking other techniques.
Electrical conductivity is another method of determining salinity. Conductivity measurements are

best at 25C and any difference from this requires compensation. If there is a question about
temperature compensation, simply take a reading, change the temperature of the water by 5 or 10
degrees and measure again. It should give the same salinity. Some units give readings in
millisiemens (mS) and require a salinity conversion table. Others read directly in salinity (called a
salinity meter). Regular calibration with a standard solution is recommended.
Density is the basis of the hydrometer measuring method. Salinity can then be determined from
tables based on density (specific gravity) and temperature.
The information in this Tech Talk was provided by Thomas Frakes, Technical Consultant, Aquarium
Systems, Inc.
Refractometers are also density-based. They provide fast, accurate ( 1 ppt) salinity
measurements. Generally, temperature-compensated models are suggested. Cost and care are the
210 WATER QUALITY
Conductivity/TDS/Salinity/Temp Meter
YSI PRO30 CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/SALINITY/TEMP METER

The YSI Pro30 is ideal in any field application for the measurement of
conductivity, salinity, TDS (total dissolved solids), and temperature. The Pro30
features user-replaceable cables in lengths up to 30-meters, 50 data set
memory, and a simple calibration routine. True field performance is verified
with the IP-67 waterproof and impact resistant case - drop tested at 1-meter.
Additionally, the YSI super- stable 4-electrode conductivity cell is so reliable it
is built directly into the cable.
3-year meter, 2-year cable and sensor warranty
User-replaceable cables. Conductivity sensor built into cable. Choose among
1-, 4-, 10-, 20-, or 30-meter cables
Fast cal routine allows easy calibrations with the press of a button.
Remembers the previous calibration values and simply walks you through
the routine
Stores 50 data sets; no need to write down data
Graphic, backlit display and glow in the dark keypad
Tough. IP-67, impact-resistant, waterproof case even without the battery
cover. Rubber over molded case provides extra durability
Rugged, military spec connectors. Bayonet style with keyed
quarter-turn lock
Super-stable, weighted 4-electrode conductivity sensor is built in for true
field performance and designed for rugged conditions. Easily cleaned with
a conductivity cleaning brush
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
The YSI Pro30 is a great replacement for the YSI 30
MODEL
EACH
$569.99
Y60530
PRO30 METER ONLY
Y60530-4
PRO30 4M CABLE WITH PROBE
329.99
Y60530-10
389.99
Y60530-20
434.99
Y60530-30
544.99
Y3167-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
Y3168-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACHISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
19.99
20.99
PRO30 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATIONS

CONDUCTIVITY
0.5% OF READING OR 1.0 uS/cm, WHICHEVER GREATER
SIZE 8.3 cm WIDTH X 21.6 cm LENGTH X 5.7 cm DEPTH (3.25 IN. X 8.5 IN. X 2.25 IN.)
WEIGHT WITH BATTERIES
475 GRAMS (1.05 LBS.)
POWER
2 ALKALINE C-CELLS PROVIDING 400 HOURS OF BATTERY LIFE; LOW BATTERY INDICATOR ON PRO30
CABLES
1- 4- 10- 20- AND 30-m LENGTHS (3.28, 13.1, 32.8, 65.6 FT.)
WARRANTY
3-YEAR INSTRUMENT; 2-YEAR CABLE AND SENSOR
TDS CONSTANT RANGE
ADJUSTABLE; 0.3-1.0
CONDUCTIVITY REFERENCE TEMP
ADJUSTABLE; RANGE 15C TO 25C
SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE TEMP COMP
ADJUSTABLE; 0 TO 4%
DATA MEMORY
50 DATA SETS
LANGUAGES
ENGLISH, SPANISH, GERMAN, FRENCH
CERTIFICATIONS
ROHS, CE, WEEE, IP-67, 1-METER DROP TEST
211 SECTION
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 211
pH/ORP/DO/Temperature
Meter
YSI PRO1020 PH/ORP/DO/TEMPERATURE METER

Rugged and reliable, the YSI Pro1020 provides everything you need in a
handheld instrument for the measurement of either pH or ORP, along with
temperature and dissolved oxygen. The internal barometer, Quick Cal feature,
and simple interface make getting accurate data extremely simple.
IP67 waterproof rating
3-year instrument warranty; 2-year cable
Quick Cal allows calibrations within minutes
50 data-set memory ensures data integrity
Graphic, backlit display and glow-in-the-dark keypad
Languages - English, Spanish, French, Portuguese
Choose either Galvanic or Polarographic DO probes
Quickest response times, PE cap membranes
Auto-buffer recognition
YSI PRO1020 replaced YSI 85

MODEL
EACH
METER
Y605120
PRO1020 METER ONLY
$749.99
Y6202
GALVANIC D.O. (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT)
$179.99
Y6203
POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT)
Y6101
PH ISE 174.99
Y6102
ORP ISE 204.99
Y6103
PH/ORP COMBO ISE (NOT FOR USE ON DUAL ISE CABLES) 294.99
PROBES
Meter, Cable &
Probe Sold
Separately
CABLES
CAL4
PH 4.01
179.99
$13.99
Y605120-4
4 METER CABLE KIT

10 METER CABLE KIT
CAL7
PH 7.00
13.99
Y605120-10
CAL10
PH 10.00
$579.99
629.99
13.99
Y605120-20
20 METER CABLE KIT
719.99
Y3167-E 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
19.99
Y605120-30
30 METER CABLE KIT
854.99
Y3168-E 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER)
20.99
Y3169-E 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
20.99
Y3628
ZOBELL ORP TEST 32.99
MEMBRANE CAPS
Y5908 POLAROGRAPHIC
Y5913 GALVANIC
$59.99
59.99
PRO1020 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATIONS

TEMPERATURE
RANGE
-5 TO 55C (0 TO 45C FOR DO COMPENSATION RANGE FOR MG/L )

RESOLUTION 0.1C

ACCURACY
0.2C
PH
RANGE
0 TO 14 PH UNITS

RESOLUTION
0.01

ACCURACY
0.2
ORP
RANGE
-1500 TO 1500 MV

RESOLUTION
1 MV

ACCURACY
20 MV
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
RANGE
0 TO 500% AIR SATURATION
(% SATURATION)
RESOLUTION
0.1% OR 1% AIR SATURATION (USER SELECTABLE)

ACCURACY
0 TO 200% AIR SATURATION, 2% OF THE READING OR 2% AIR SATURATION,

WHICHEVER IS GREATER; 200 TO 500% AIR SATURATION, 6% OF THE READING
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
RANGE
0 TO 50 MG/L
RESOLUTION
0.01 OR 0.1 MG/L (USER SELECTABLE)
(MG/L) RESOLUTION

ACCURACY
0 TO 20 MG/L, 2% OF THE READING OR 0.2 MG/L, WHICHEVER IS GREATER; 20 TO

50 MG/L, 6% OF THE READING
BAROMETER
RANGE
500 TO 800 MMHG (MMHG, INHG, MBARS, PSI, KPA)

RESOLUTION
0.1 MMHG

ACCURACY
5 MM HG WITHIN 15C OF CALIBRATION TEMPERATURE
212 WATER QUALITY
DO/Cond/Salinity/TDS/Temp Meter
YSI PRO2030 DISSOLVED OXYGEN/CONDUCTIVITY/

SALINITY/TDS/TEMP METER
The YSI Pro2030 provides everything you need in a handheld dissolved oxygen
instrument with conductivity. Automatically compensates D.O. readings for
changes in salinity. User-replaceable D.O. sensors and cables, 50 data set
memory and simple D.O. calibration make the Pro2030 user-friendly. Rugged
design and 1-meter drop tests ensure the instrument remains in your hands
to provide years of sampling even in the harshest field conditions. Fast
response times allow you to complete your sampling routine quickly, saving
time and money. Your perfect handheld for brackish water and/or applications
with varying salinity. Instrument has three-year warranty; two years for
cable.
Choose either polarographic or galvanic D.O./Conductivity sensor built into cable
Easy calibration within seconds with the press of a button. Automatic
internal barometric pressure compensation
IP67, impact-resistant, waterproof case even without the battery cover.
Rubber case provides extra durability. Military spec connectors
Y6052030
Quick response times; 95% D.O. response time in approximately

8 seconds with standard membrane
Graphic, back-lit display & glow in the dark keypad
Languages-English, Spanish, French & Portuguese
Automatic salinity compensation for dissolved oxygen
MODEL
EACH
METER
Y6052030
PRO2030 METER $754.99
CABLES
Y6234C
4M, D.O./CONDUCTIVITY/TEMPERATURE $619.99
Y62310C
10M, D.O./CONDUCTIVITY/TEMPERATURE 679.99
Y62320C
Y62330C
Meter, Cable
& Probe
Sold Separately
PROBES
Y6202
GALVANIC D.O. $179.99
Y6203
POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. 179.99
SYSTEM SPECS (INSTRUMENT, PROBE & CABLE)

D.O. (%)
Sensor Type: Polarographic or Galvanic

Range: 0 to 500% air saturation
Accuracy: 0 to 200% air saturation,
2% of the reading or 2% air
saturation, whichever is greater;
200 to 500% air saturation,
6% of the reading
Resolution: 0.1% or 1% air saturation
(user selectable)
D.O. (MG/L)
Sensor Type: Polarographic or Galvanic

Range: 0 to 50 mg/L
Accuracy: 0 to 20 mg/L, 2% of the
reading or 0.2 mg/L, whichever is greater;
20 to 50 mg/L, 6% of the reading
(user selectable)
CONDUCTIVITY
(MS, US)
Sensor Type: Four-electrode cell

Range: 0 to 200 mS/cm (auto range)
Accuracy: 1- or 4-m cable, 1.0% of the reading
or 1.0 uS/cm, whichever is greater 10- 20- or 30-m
cable, 2.0% of the reading or 1.0 uS/cm,
whichever is greater
Resolution: 0.0001 to 0.1 mS/cm (range dependent)
SALINITY (PPT,
PSU)
Sensor Type: Calculated

Range: 0 to 70 ppt
or 0.1 ppt, whichever is greater
Resolution: 0.01 ppt
TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS

(TDS) (MG/L, G/L)
Sensor Type: Calculated

Range: 0 to 100 g/L TDS constant range
0.30 to 1.00 (0.65 default)
Accuracy: Dependent on temp and
conductivity; calculated from
those parameters
Resolution: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 g/L
TEMPERATURE
Range: -5 to 55C (0 to 45C; DO compensation

range for mg/L)
Accuracy: 0.2C
Resolution: 0.1C
BAROMETER
Range: 500 to 800 mmHg

Accuracy: 5 mm Hg within
15C temperature range
from calibration point
WATER QUALITY 213

Tech Talk
TECH TALK 47
Water Quality Guide
Percentage of Un-Ionized Ammonia at Different pH Values and Temperature
These are healthy, growing tolerances, not limits for fatalities. Use this chart for guidelines only.
Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending on a variety of factors. Some species are also sensitive
to nitrite above 40 ppm. Fish will excrete about 14 grams of ammonia for each pound of food eaten
(@ 35% protein). Test kits read total ammonia; this guide gives un-ionized ammonia levels, which is
the toxic form. See chart for conversion.
PH 16C/61F 20C/68F 24C/75F 28C/82F 32C/90F

7.0
1% 1%
1% 1% 1%
7.4 1%
1% 1% 2%
2%
7.8 2%
2% 3% 4%
6%
8.2 5%
6% 8% 10% 13%
8.6 11% 14% 17% 22% 28%
9.0 23% 28% 34% 41% 49%
Equation: ppm un-ionized ammonia = ppm total ammonia (measured) x un-ionized ammonia (from
above). These figures are percentages, so move the decimal point two spaces to the left.
UN-IONIZED

D.O. PH ALKALINITY CO2 AMMONIA NITRITE HARDNESS

TEMP MG/L
UNITS
MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L
Trout
Hybrid Striped Bass
Tilapia
Goldfish/Koi
Shrimp (Freshwater)
Shrimp (Saltwater)
Minnows Shiners
Tropical Fish (Freshwater)
4568F/720C 512 5.58 50250

7085F/2129C
410
68
50250
7590F/2432C 310 68 50250
6575F/1824C 410 68 50250
6880F/2027C
410
6.59
60100
6075F/1624C
410
68.5
50250
6075F/1624C
410
68
50250
7284F/2229C
410
68
50250
020
025
030
025
020
015
025
020
00.02
00.03
00.04
00.08
00.05
00.01
00.03
00.03
00.2
00.8
00.8
00.6
00.9
00.1
00.6
00.9
CHLORIDE SALINITY
MG/L PPT
50350
01,500
50350
01,500
50350
05,000
50350
02,000
60250
01,500
50350
13,00018,000
50350
02,500
50350
02,500
03
03
015
04
03
235
05
05
Marine Reef Water Quality Guide
Freshwater Plant Water Quality Guide
Use these numbers for guidelines only, not for water quality limits. These are healthy growing
tolerances. Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending upon a variety of factors.
Temperature: 7278F
Nitrate: <1.0 ppm
Redox: 350400mV
Phosphate: <0.1 ppm
Salinity: 2235 ppt
Strontium: 810 pp
pH: 8.2
Alkalinity: 125160 mg/L**
Redox Calcium: 350*500 ppm
Iodine*: 0.06 ppm
Dissolved Oxygen: 57 ppm
Silicate*: <2.0 ppm
Boron*: 4.54.8 ppm
Ammonia: 0 ppm
Recommended light levels: 46 watts/gallon in a 1:1 ratio of actinic blue to daylight.
*Level found in natural seawater. **Calcium carbonate (CaCO3).
Use these numbers for guidelines only, not for water quality limits. These are healthy growing
tolerances. Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending upon a variety of factors.
Temperature: 7479F
Iron: 0 to 1.0 mg/L
pH: 6.8
Phosphate: 0 to 5.0 mg/L
Dissolved Oxygen: 57 ppm
Trace Elements: 0 to .5 mg/L
Nitrate: <40 mg/L
Carbonate Hardness (KH): 3.5 to 5.0 dKH
Carbon Dioxide:
If dKH level is:
Then CO2 level should be:
5
10
15
1015 mg/L
1530 mg/L
3040 mg/L
214 WATER QUALITY

Multiparameter
YSI PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER

Measure up to 11 different parameters with one meter and only a simple cable
change! Meter has a backlit display and keypad, graphic display with detailed
messages and instructions plus a gauge that continuously shows the battery
level. The rubber over-molded case has an IP67 waterproof rating and is
drop rated to 1 meter. Instrument can log data (5,000 data-set memory with
site identity and GLP event logging) and download it to a PC. Data Manager
desktop software, a communication dock and USB cable are included.
Meter measures 3.3" x 8.5" x 2.3", weighs 1 lb. Uses 2 C batteries (included).
Three year warranty on meters, two years on cables and one year on probes
(six-month warranty on ammonium, chloride and nitrate ISEs).
Measure combinations of D.O., temperature, pH, conductivity, salinity, TDS,
ORP, ammonium, nitrate, chloride and barometric pressure
Automatic temperature, salinity and barometric pressure compensation
PRO PLUS KITS
Choose the kit that best meets your needs. Kits include Pro Plus instrument, 4
meter cable, choice of pH or pH/ORP probe, and carrying case.
QUATRO CABLE KIT

The Quatro cable holds four user-replaceable Professional Series sensors
for temperature/conductivity, D.O. and your choice of any two ISEs (pH, ORP,
ammonium, nitrate, or chloride). Ammonia (NH3) can be measured if
ammonium (NH4) and pH sensor is installed. Kit does not include D.O. and ISE
probes.
Meter, Cable
and Probe
Sold Separately
Y60500
PRO PLUS KITS
MODEL
EACH
PROBES (Continued)
MODEL
EACH
Y603190
METER, 4M CABLE, Ph PROBE & CARRYING CASE $3,060.00
Y6104
AMMONIUM ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY)
Y603223
METER, 4M CABLE, PH/ORP PROBE & CARRYING CASE 3,260.00
Y6105
CHLORIDE ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY)
359.99
Y6106
NITRATE ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY)
359.99
PRO PLUS METER ONLY
MODEL
Y60500
EACH
PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER $1,220.00
SOLUTIONS
MODEL
CAL4
CABLES
MODEL
EACH
$359.99
EACH
PH 4.01
$13.99
13.99
CAL7
PH 7.00
4 METER FOR ISE/TEMP $259.99
CAL10
PH 10.00 13.99
Y624C
4 METER FOR DO/TEMP 264.99
Y3167-E
1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
Y634C
4 METER FOR COND/TEMP 329.99
Y3168-E
10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y6114C
4 METER FOR ISE/ISE/TEMP 579.99
Y3169-E
50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99
Y6124C
4 METER FOR ISE/DO/TEMP
579.99
Y3628
Y6134C
4 METER FOR ISE/COND/TEMP
479.99
Y3841
AMMONIUM STANDARD 1MG/L (500ML) 81.99
Y6234C
4 METER FOR DO/COND/TEMP 619.99
Y3842
Y57904
QUATRO CABLE KIT 1,325.00
Y3843
Y614C
PROBES
MODEL
Y3885
NITRATE STANDARD 1MG/L (500ML) 81.99
EACH
Y3886
Y3887
Y6202
GALVANIC DO (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) $179.99
Y6203
POLAROGRAPHIC DO (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) 179.99
Y6101
PH ISE 174.99
MODEL
Y6102
ORP ISE 204.99
Y603075
Y6103
PH/ORP COMBO ISE (NOT FOR USE ON DUAL ISE CABLES) 294.99
19.99
CARRYING CASE
EACH
SOFT SIDED CARRYING CASE $124.99
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 215
Products / Products
Multiparameter
/ Products
YSI PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Stable
User defined auto-stable function holds stable readings on display when criteria is met
Barometer
Built-in barometer Buffer Recognition Auto buffer recognition for US and NIST buffers
Certifications
RoHS, CE, WEEE, C-Tick, VCCI, FCC, IP-67, 1-meter drop test, Assembled in USA
Connectivity
USB 2.0; ProComm II communications saddle and USB cable included; user-upgradeable software via USB
and website
Connector MS (military spec) waterproof with bayonet lock
Data Management
Data Manager desktop software included; 100 user-defined folders and site names
Data Memory
5,000 data sets (data, date, time, user-defined info); 100 GLP files
Dimensions
8.3 cm width x 21.6 cm length x 5.6 cm depth (3.25 in x 8.5 in x 2.21 in)
Display
Graphic display with detailed Help; backlit display AND keypad
DO Membrane Response Times
1.25 mil PE = 8 seconds and 6 in/sec flow
(T95; 100%-0) and Flow
2.0 mil PE = 17 seconds and 3 in/sec flow
Dependence
1 mil Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) = 18 seconds and 12 in/sec flow
DO Sensors
Polarographic or galvanic field sensors; self-stirring polarographic BOD sensor for the lab
Field Cables
Standard lengths of 1, 4, 10, 20, or 30 meters - up to 100 meters on DO only cables;
all 4-meter and longer cables include a cable management kit
Flow Cell
Single, dual and multiparameter Quatro cable all flow cell compatible
GLP Compliance
Yes; detailed GLP information is stored and is available to view, download or print
Lab Cables
BOD sensor includes 2-meter cable; 1 or 4 meters on lab pH, ORP and pH/ORP cables
Languages
English, Spanish, German, French, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Japanese, Chinese
(Simplified & Traditional)

Logging Modes Single or Continuous
Operating Temperature
-10 to 60 C
Power
2 alkaline C-cells provide 80 continuous hours at ambient temperature without backlight;

ProComm II saddle provides USB power or optional wall power, cigarette lighter, and
universal cell phone charger options
Storage Temperature
-20 to 70 C
User ID Optional user ID for data security
Warranty
3-year instrument; 2-year field cables
Waterproof
IP-67 (even with the battery cover off); floats
Weight with Batteries
475 grams (1.05 lbs)

DISSOLVED OXYGEN
(% SATURATION)
Range: 0500% air saturation

Accuracy: 2% of the reading or 2%
air saturation
Resolution: 1% or 0.1% air saturation
DISSOLVED OXYGEN (MG/L)
Range: 050 mg/L

Accuracy: 2% of the reading or 0.2 mg/L
TEMPERATURE
Range: -5100C (D.O. compensation range -545C)

Accuracy: 0.2C (-570C), 0.3C (70 to 100C)
Resolution: 0.1C
CONDUCTIVITY
Range: 0200 mS/cm

Accuracy: 0.5% of reading or 0.001
mS/cm (4-meter cable); 1% of reading
or 0.001 mS/cm (20-meter cable)
Resolution: 0.0010.1 mS/cm
(Range-dependent)
SALINITY
Range: 070 ppt

Accuracy: 1% of reading or 0.1 ppt
PH
Range: 014 units

Accuracy: 0.2 units
Resolution: 0.01 units
ISE
Range: -1,9991,999 mV
Accuracy: 20 mV
Resolution: 0.1 mV
TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS
Total Dissolved Solids

Calculated from conductivity (variable
constant, default .65)
Range: 0100 g/L
Resolution: 4 digits
BAROMETER
Range: 375825 mmHg

Accuracy: 3 mmHg (within 15C of calibration temp)
Units: mmHg, inHg, kPa
AMMONIUM
Range: 0 to 200 mg/L-N, 0 to 30C

Accuracy: 10% of reading or 2 mg/L-N,
Resolution: 0.01 mg/L
NITRATE
Range: 0 to 200 mg/L-N, 0 to 30C

Accuracy: 10% of reading or 2 mg/L-N,
CHLORIDE
Range: 0 to 1000 mg/L,0 to 40 C

Accuracy: 15% of reading or 5 mg/L,
(ammonia with pH
sensor)
216 WATER QUALITY

Multiparameter
YSI ProDSS MULTIPARAMETER FIELD SAMPLING INSTRUMENT

The ProDSS Portable Digital Sampling System is designed for use in demanding field applications
such as surface water, groundwater, and aquaculture. The rugged and reliable ProDSS allows for
measurement of up to 17 parameters. The ProDSS features user-replaceable digital smart
sensors that are automatically recognized by the instrument when connected. A backlit color
display, large memory, convenient calibration procedures, rechargeable battery, and powerful PC
data management program (KorDSS) make the ProDSS user friendly. The optional GPS function,
wide range of sensors, and varying cable lengths allow for complete customization of the ProDSS.
Mil-spec (military spec) connectors and a waterproof (IP-67), rubber over-molded case ensures
durability to provide years of sampling even in the harshest field conditions. 3-year meter
warranty; 2 year cable warranty (sensor warranties vary).
Instrument
Includes a rechargeable lithium-ion battery (pre-installed), hand strap, USB cable for charging the
ProDSS battery and for connection to a PC, AC charger, cable for connection to a USB memory
stick, ProDSS quick start guide, USB software memory stick and digital manual.
Cables
Cables do not include an integrated temperature sensor. All cables include 4 universal sensor
ports and a maintenance kit (3 port plugs, tube of Krytox lubricant, brush for conductivity probe,
syringe for depth sensor, and sensor installation/removal tool). A 1 lb. weight is included with all
cables 10 meters and longer while 10, 20, and 30 meter cables include a cable management kit.
Probes
Meter, Cable &

Probe Sold
Separately
A conductivity/temperature probe must be installed in a ProDSS cable for accurate

measurement of all parameters. All probes, including conductivity/temperature, must be
ordered separately.
Features:
Measures pH, ORP, dissolved oxygen (optical-based sensor), conductivity, turbidity,

temperature, depth and more.
Digital smart sensors are automatically recognized by the instrument and store calibration data
3 YEAR METER WARRANTY
User-replaceable cables and sensors

KorDSS desktop software (included) and USB on-the-go connector assist with data
management
Rechargeable lithium-ion battery
Color display and backlit keypad; menu-driven operation
Long-life lithium-ion battery; ensures reliability and minimizes waste
Optional GPS, used with KorDSS for Geolocation and visualization of data
Optional depth sensor and up to 100-m cable lengths great for profiling applications
Large memory (>100,000 data sets) with extensive site list capabilities
Multiple languages: English, Spanish, Portuguese, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Norwegian, and Chinese
Military spec connectors, waterproof IP67 rating and rubber over-molded case
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
Meter only
Cables with Probe (Continued)
Y626870-1 PRODSS METER WITHOUT GPS $1,600.00
Y626910-4
Y626870-2 PRODSS METER WITH GPS 2,100.00
Y626910-10 10M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - WITH DEPTH SENSOR 2,570.00
Cables with Probe
Y626909-1
1M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR $1,720.00
Y626909-4
4M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR 1,770.00
Y626909-10 10M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - NO DEPTH SENSOR 1,820.00

4M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - WITH DEPTH SENSOR $2,520.00

Probes
Y626900
OPTICAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN (ODO) $999.99
Y626901
TURBIDITY 1,100.00
Y626902
CONDUCTIVITY AND TEMPERATURE 699.99
Y626903
PH WITH MODULE 449.99
Y626910-1
1M, 4 SENSOR PORTS - WITH DEPTH SENSOR 2,470.00
WATER QUALITY 217

Multiparameter
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
Probes (Continued)
Solutions (Continued)
Y626904
PH/ORP WITH MODULE 574.99
CAL 4
PH 4.01 13.99
Y626905
NITRATE WITH MODULE 574.99
CAL 7
PH 7.00 13.99
Y626906
AMMONIUM WITH MODULE 574.99
CAL 10
PH 10.00 13.99
Y626907
CHLORIDE WITH MODULE 574.99
Accessories
Replacement Modules
Y603075
SOFT SIDED CARRYING CASE, LARGE $124.99
Y626963
PH
$169.99
Y626945
HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE, SMALL (1 & 4M) 269.99
Y626964
PH/ORP 249.99
Y626946
HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE, LARGE 349.99
Y626965
NITRATE 269.99
Y603070
SHOULDER STRAP 33.59
Y626966
AMMONIUM 269.99
Y603069
BELT CLIP 29.39
Y626967
CHLORIDE 269.99
Y626943
EXTERNAL RECHARGE. LI-ION BATTERY PACK, SMALL 49.99
Y626944
EXTERNAL RECHARGE. LI-ION BATTERY PACK, LARGE 79.99
Y626942
USB CAR CHARGER, 12VDC 19.99
Y599080
FLOW CELL 279.99
Y603056
FLOW CELL MOUNTING SPIKE 29.99
Y626918
WEIGHT, 1 LB 74.99
Y605978
WEIGHT, 4.9 OZ. 33.79
Solutions
Y3167-E
1,000 US/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) $19.99
Y3168-E
10,000 US/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E
50,000 US/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99
Y3628

TEMPERATURE
Range: -5 to 70 C (temperature compensation range for DO mg/L

measurement: -5 to 50 C )
Accuracy: 0.2 C
Resolution: 0.1 C or 0.1 F (user selectable)
Units: C, F, K
pH
Range: 0 to 14 pH units
Accuracy: 0.2 pH units
Resolution: 0.01 pH units
Units: pH, pH mV
ORP
Range: -1999 to 1999 mV

Accuracy: 20 mV
Resolution: 0.1 mV
Units: mV
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
Range: 0 to 500%, 0 to 50 mg/L

Accuracy: 0 to 200%: 1% of reading or 1% saturation, whichever is greater
200 to 500%: 8% of reading | 0 to 20 mg/L: 0.1 mg/L or 1% of reading,
whichever is greater | 20 to 50 mg/L: 8% of reading
Resolution: 0.01 mg/L and 0.1%, or 0.1 mg/L and 1% (user selectable)
Units: % saturation, % saturation local, mg/L, ppm
BAROMETER
Range: 375 to 825 mmHg

Accuracy: 1.5 mmHg from 0 to 50 C
Units: mmHg, inHg, mbar, psi, kPa,
atm
CONDUCTIVITY**
Range: 0 to 200 mS/cm

Accuracy: 0 - 100 mS/cm:
0.5% of reading or .001 mS/
cm, whichever is greater | 100 200 mS/cm: 1.0% of reading
Resolution: 0.001, 0.01 or 0.1 S/
cm (range dependent)
Units: S/cm, mS/cm
SPECIFIC
CONDUCTANCE*
Range: 0 to 200 mS/cm

Accuracy: 0 - 100 mS/cm: 0.5% of reading or .001 mS/cm, whichever is
greater | 100 - 200 mS/cm: 1.0% of reading. User selectable reference
temperature (15 to 25 C; default 25 C) and compensation coefficient (0 to
4%/C; default 1.91%)
Resolution: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 mS/cm
Units: S/cm or mS/cm
SALINITY*
Range: 0 to 70 ppt
Accuracy: 1.0% of reading or 0.1
ppt, whichever is greater
Units: ppt or PSU
TOTAL
DISSOLVED
SOLIDS*
Range: 0 to 100 g/L

Accuracy: Calculated from
specific conductance and a
user-selectable TDS multiplier
(0.30 to 1.00; default 0.65)
Resolution: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 g/L
Units: mg/L, g/L, kg/L
SEAWATER DENSITY*
Range: 0.0 to 50.0 sigma, sigma T

Accuracy:
Resolution: 0.1 sigma or sigma T
Units: Sigma, Sigma T
TURBIDITY
Range: 0 to 4000 FNU

Accuracy: 0 to 999 FNU: 0.3 FNU or
2% of reading, whichever is greater
1000 to 4000 FNU: 5% of reading
Resolution: 0.1 FNU
Units: FNU, NTU
TOTAL
SUSPENDED
SOLIDS*
Range: 0 to 30000 mg/L

Accuracy: User correlated from
turbidity field measurements
and labTSS measurements from
grab samples
Resolution: 0.01, 0.1 mg/L
Units: mg/L
AMMONIUM***/****
Range: 0 to 200 mg/L NH4-N

Accuracy: 10% of reading or 2 mg/L, whichever is greater
Units: NH4-N mg/L, NH4-N mV
CHLORIDE***
Range: 0 to 18000 mg/L Cl

Accuracy: 15% of reading or 5 mg/L,
Units: Cl mg/L, Cl mV
NITRATE***
Range: 0 to 200 mg/L NO3-N

Accuracy: 10% of reading or 2
mg/L, whichever is greater
Units: NO3-N mg/L, NO3-N mV
SEAWATER DENSITY*
Range: 0 to 328 feet (0 to 100 m)

Accuracy: 0.013 ft (0.004 m) for 1, 4, and 10 m cables
0.13 ft (0.04 m) for cables 20 m and longer
Resolution: 0.001 m or 0.01 ft
Units: m, ft
*DERIVED/CALCULATED PARAMETER **RESISTIVITY CAN BE CALCULATED WITH THE CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR ***ISES FOR FRESHWATER ONLY; 20 METER MAXIMUM DEPTH
****AMMONIA CAN BE CALCULATED AND REPORTED FROM AMMONIUM, TEMPERATURE, SALINITY, AND PH.
218 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Photometer
YSI PHOTOMETERS
FW
SW
YSI photometers are sophisticated water quality analysis systems that measure a variety of parameters
and provide simple on-screen instructions. Results are available within seconds. IP67-rated waterproof
systems use easy-to-use reagent tablets for testing instead of liquids or powder packets. Reagent
tablets have an indefinite shelf life when stored in their foil pouches.
5.8" L x 10.8" W x 3" H, ship weight 7 lbs.
The Y9300 photometer includes carrying case, light cap, 8 test tubes, dilution tube, 10 crush rods,
cleaning brush and instruction manual. Also has backlit graphic display, self-adjusting sample tube
holder and on-screen instructions in multiple languages.
The Y9500 includes all the above plus a waterproof USB connection, internal memory that holds up to
500 sample sets and a number of user-selectable options such as test units, sample number and dilution
factors.
MODEL
Y9300
YSI PHOTOMETER
Y9500
PHOTOMETER W/USB CONNECTION
EACH
$1,070.00
1,380.00
Y9500
YSI PHOTOMETER REAGENTS

TEST KITS
RANGE
MG/L
MODEL
ALKALINITY-M (ALKAPHOT M)
0-500 YPM250
50 $34.99 YAP250
ALKALINITY-P (ALKAPHOT P)
0-500
STARTER KITS
# TESTS
EACH
MODEL
REPLACEMENT REAGENTS
# TESTS
EACH
250 $86.99
YPM251 50
35.99 YAP251
YPM188 50
ALKALINITY-TOTAL 0-500
36.99 YAP188
250 78.99
50
ALUMINUM 0-0.5 YPM166*
38.99 YAP166*
250 102.99
250 86.99
50
AMMONIA 0-1.0 YPM152
51.99 YAP152
250 86.99
50
BROMINE 0-10.0 YPM060
33.99 YAP060
250 30.49
CALCIUM HARDNESS
0-500 YPM252*
50
36.99 YAP252* 250 89.99
CHLORIDE (CHLORIDOL)
0-50 YPM268
50
45.99 YAP268
250 109.99
CHLORINE HR
0-250 YPM162*
50
34.99 YAP162*
250 109.99
CHLORINE DPD 1 (FREE)
0-5.0 YPM011
50
11.99 YAP011
250 33.99
CHLORINE DPD 2 (MONO & DICHL.)**
0-5.0 YPM021
50
14.99 YAP021
250 37.99
CHLORINE DPD 1&3 (FREE, COMBINED & TOTAL)
0.5.0 YPM031
50
24.99 YAP031
250 55.99
CHROMIUM VI (HEXAVALENT)
0-1.0 YPM281
50
56.99 YAP281
250 140.99
COPPER (COPPERCOL) (FREE, COMBINED & TOTAL)
0-5.0 YPM186
50
59.99 YAP186
250 155.99
CYANURIC ACID
0-200 YPM087
50
28.99 YAP087
250 64.99
200 112.99
50
FLUORIDE 0-1.5 YPM179
48.99 YAP179
HARDNESS (HARDICOL)
0-500 YPM254
50
42.99 YAP254
250 102.99
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE LR
0-2.0 YPM104
50
24.49 YAP104
250 53.99
250 97.99
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE HR
0-100 YPM105
50
31.99 YAP105
IRON LR
0-1.0 YPM155
50
28.49 YAP155
250 119.99
IRON HR
0-10 YPM156*
50
28.49 YAP156*
250 56.99
MAGNESIUM (MAGNECOL)
0-100 YPM193*
50
42.99 YAP193*
250 76.99
50
MANGANESE 0-0.03 YPM173
43.99 YAP173
250 102.99
0-100 YPM175
50
42.99 YAP175
250 109.99
50
NITRATE 0-20 YPM163
58.99 YAP163
200 151.99
MOLYBDATE HR
0-0.5 YPM109
50
24.49 YAP109
250 60.99
0-1,500 YPM260 50
40.99 YAP260
250 91.99
0-20 YPM262
50
92.99 YAP262
250 220.99
OZONE 0-2.0 YPM056

50
58.99 YAP056
250 51.99
NITRITE (N)
NITRITE (NANO)
ORGANOPHOSPHONATE (OP)
6.8-8.4 YPM130 50
17.99 YAP130
250 31.99
PHOSPHATE LR
0-4.0 YPM177
50
31.99 YAP177
200 106.99
PHOSPHATE HR
PH (PHENOL RED)
0-100 YPM114
50
43.99 YAP114
250 96.99
50
POTASSIUM 0-12 YPM189
43.99 YAP189
250 96.99
50
SILICA 0-4.0 YPM181
54.99 YAP181
200 128.99
50
SULFATE 0-200 YPM154
21.49 YAP154
250 43.99
50
SULFITE 0-500 YPM266
38.99 YAP266
250 88.99
50
ZINC 0-4.0 YPM148*
55.99 YAP148*
250 147.99
*Not recommended for saltwater testing. **Requires YPM031

WATER QUALITY 219

Colorimeter
SMART3 COLORIMETER
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE
0125% T
RESOLUTION
1% FS
ACCURACY
2% FS

MODEL

LM1910
LM1910
2-YEAR WARRANTY
SW
Features
SHIP WT
(LBS)
SMART3 COLORIMETER
FW
Ideal for water analysis in the field or in the lab. Easy to use software allows
the analyst to choose a test factor from over 80 preprogrammed calibrations
for LaMotte reagent systems. The reacted sample is always scanned at the
optimum wavelength which is automatically selected from the multiple LED
optical system and the test result is presented on the large, backlit display.
The test result is displayed directly in units of concentration, as well as
Absorbance and %T, in one of seven languages. The analyst also has the
option of entering up to 25 additional calibrations for analysis with custom
reagent systems. Test factors can be arranged in any of three sequences that
can be modified at any time to meet changing testing needs. The data logger
holds up to 500 time and date stamped data points. A USB connection allows
an interface of the colorimeter with a computer for real-time data acquisition
and data transfer. 7.5 L x 3.5 W x 2.5 H. Visit PentairAES.com for more Reagents.
EACH
$998.99
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT ITEMS
Large graphical liquid crystal

display
Simple, menu-driven operation
Over 80 pre-programmed tests
LM1910CD
SMARTLINK 3 PROGRAM CD
68.99
0290-6
TEST TUBES WITH CAPS (6)
27.89
IP67 Waterproof
Data logger for 500 data points
25 User tests
Lithium ion rechargeable battery

or computer/wall adapter
SMART3 REAGENT SYSTEMS
Reagents are designed to avoid test interferences, making results fast and dependable. Shipping weight is 1 lb for each reagent.
RANGE*

MODEL
TEST FACTOR
TEST METHOD (# OF REAGENTS)
(PPM)
# OF TESTS
EACH
LM3659SC

AMMONIA NITROGEN (FRESH WATER)

SALICYLATE (3)
AMMONIA NITROGEN (SALT WATER)
0.05 - 1.00
0.10 - 1.00
25
$50.59
LM3642SC
AMMONIA NITROGEN HR
NESSLERIZATION (2)
LM3643SC

BROMINE LR
CHLORINE (FREE & TOTAL)
IODINE
DPD TABLETS (2)

DPD TABLETS (3)
DPD TABLETS (2)
0.05 - 4.00
100
43.29
0.10-9.00
0.03-4.00
0.20-14.00
100
57.79
LM3644SC
CHLORINE DIOXIDE
DPD TABLET/GLYCINE (2)
0.06-8.00
100
36.09
LM3640SC
LM3646SC
COPPER BCA - LR
BICINCHONINIC ACID (1)
0.04 - 3.50
50
28.89
COPPER DDC
DIETHYLDITHIOCARBAMATE (1)
0.10 - 6.00
100
17.89
LM3660SC
CYANIDE
PYRIDINE-BARBITURIC ACID (5)
0.03 - 0.35
50
104.09
LM3688SC
DISSOLVED OXYGEN (DO)
WINKLER COLORIMETRIC (3)
0.60-11.00
200
42.39
LM3647SC
FLUORIDE
SPADNS (2)
0.10-2.00
50
51.39
LM3662SC
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE LR
DPD (2)
0.02-1.50
100
42.99
LM3648SC
IRON
BIPYRIDYL (2)
0.10-6.00
50 42.29
LM3668SC
IRON - PHENANTHROLINE
1,10 PHENANTHROLINE (2)
0.10-5.00
50 47.09
LM3658SC
MANGANESE LR
PAN (3)
LM369901SC
MOLYBDENUM HR
THIOGLYCOLATE (3)
0.01-0.70
50 63.49
0.60-50.00
50 60.09
LM3649SC
NITRATE NITROGEN LR
CADMIUM REDUCTION (2)
0.10-3.00
20 47.29
LM3650SC
NITRITE NITROGEN LR
DIAZOTIZATION (2)
0.02-0.80
20 47.29
LM3700SC

pH CPR
pH PR
pH TB
CHLOROPHENOL RED (1)

PHENOL RED (1)
THYMOL BLUE (1)
pH 5.00-6.80
pH 6.60-8.40
pH 8.00-9.50
100
53.29
LM3653SC
PHOSPHATE LR
ASCORBIC ACID REDUCTION (2)
0.05-3.00
LM3655SC
PHOSPHATE HR
VANADOMOLYBDOPHOSPHORIC ACID (1)
0.50-70.00
50 22.99
LM3639SC
POTASSIUM
TETRAPHENYLBORON (2)
0.80-10.00
100 61.99
LM3664SC
SILICA LR
HETEROPOLY BLUE (4)
0.05-4.00
100 58.69
LM3687SC
SILICA HR
SILICOMOLYBDATE (3)
1.00-75.00
50 44.09
LM3665SC
SULFATE HR
BARIUM CHLORIDE (1)
3.00-100.00
100 30.89
LM3654SC
SULFIDE LR
METHYLENE BLUE (3)
0.06-1.50
50 69.29
LM3666SC
TANNIN
TUNGSTO-MOLYBDOPHOSPHORIC ACID (2)
0.10-10.00
50 54.69
LM3667SC
ZINC LR
ZINCON (6)
0.05-3.00
50 117.09
50 39.99
*Range may be extended by dilution in most cases.

220 WATER QUALITY

UVT Meter
UVT FIELD METER

With innovative Split-Sense technology
Key Features
UV 254nm wavelength
Memory calibrationno field zeroing needed
Performs both UVT and UVA measurements
Portable and easy to use
Battery powered option
1 minute warm-up time
Extreme accuracy
2-year warranty
The Real UVT field meter with exclusive Split-Sense technology is the worlds
most advanced and affordable portable UV254 testing meter, guaranteed.
The portable Real UVT meter can quickly and accurately test UV254 in the
field within minutes. The Real UVT meter utilizes Real Tech Inc.s Split-Sense
technology to give it many advantages such as its fast 1 minute warm-up time
and extreme accuracy.
Split-Sense technology works by using a single beam of UV light to take
continuous readings before and after the insertion of the quartz cuvette
allowing for compensation of the effects of UV lamp drift and fluctuations.
The Real UVT meters new calibration memory feature allows testing to be
performed without the need to zero the meter with 100% DI water even if
the meter has been powered off.
Measuring Organics
UV254 provides an indication of the amount of natural organic matter (NOM)
in water and wastewater. More specifically, UV254 is the best detector of
aromatic organics or reactive NOM.
Aromatic organics are problematic, having several negative effects.
For example, when combined with chlorine, aromatic organics readily
form disinfection by-products (DBPs).
2-YEAR WARRANTY
The Real UVT field meter is the ideal solution for testing UV254 anywhere,
anytime. The Real UVT can also be used as a practical alternative or
supplement to measuring other more expensive and complicated organic
test parameters such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD.
REAL UVT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Beneficial Applications Include
UV WAVELENGTH
253.7 nm
SOURCE
Low pressure germicidal UV lamp
RANGE
5 - 100 % Transmittance, 0 1.3 Absorbance

0.5% UV Transmittance
Coagulation optimization
Filter performance
ACCURACY
DBP formation potential
UV disinfection
Effluent monitoring
Plant security/safety
RESOLUTION
0.1% Transmittance, 0.001 Absorbance
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
UV Percent Transmittance (%), UV Absorbance per cm (cm-1)
BUILT-IN FAULT DETECTION SYSTEM
Notification of a system failure
DISPLAY
32 character back-lit LCD digital display provides easy on

screen instructions and system messages
CALIBRATION MEMORY
Calibration memory technology. Calibration with DI water

required only periodically.
RESPONSE TIME
Warm-up Time ~ 1 minute, Calibration ~ 2 seconds,

Computation ~ 2 seconds
OPERATING TEMPERATURES
0 45 C (32 113 F)
CASE
Rugged, Compact, Watertight, and Dustproof with

convenient carrying handle
SAMPLE CELL
10 mm x 10 mm quartz cuvette
PATH LENGTH
1 cm
POWER SUPPLY
Wall Adapter 110 VAC (UL approved) or 220 VAC,

Car Adapter 12 VDC
Battery power pack option
Process control
Calibration Memory
Split-Sense technology provides the unique advantage to remember the meters
calibration, so calibrating or zeroing the meter before each use is not required.
This elimates the need for carrying pure 100% DI water in the eld, furthering
the meters ease of use.
Fast Warm-Up Time

The Real UVTs exclusive Split-Sense technology allows for a fast warm-up
time of only 1 minute.
Accuracy & Repeatability

Although the Real UVT meter has been designed to cope with the harsh
conditions encountered in the field, its extreme accuracy and repeatability
make it a valuable addition to any water analysis laboratory.
MODEL
EACH
P200UV254
REAL TECH P200 UV254 METER
1UVT060020
REPLACEMENT LAMP, P SERIES
$1,937.00
141.49
DIMENSIONS
8.7 L x 7.5 W x 3.9 H (254 cu in)
1UVT045010
REPLACEMENT CUVETTE. QUARTZ, 10 MM
262.89
WEIGHT
4 lbs
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 221
Products / Products
Turbidity
/ Products
Meters
2020WE/WI PORTABLE TURBIDITY METERS

Industry-leading precision, sensitivity, and dependability in one of the most
innovative handheld meters available on the market NOW WATERPROOF!
The multi-detector optical configuration assures long term stability and
minimizes stray light and color interferences. All readings are determined
by the process of signal averaging over a 5-second period. This minimizes
fluctuations in readings attributed to large particles and results in rapid,
highly repeatable measurements. Ideally suited for both low-level drinking
water applications, as well as monitoring high turbidity in the field.
Kits are supplied with 0, 1, and 10 NTU standards, sample bottle, six sample
tubes, USB cable, wall adapter and waterproof case.
Seven user selected languages English, Spanish, French, Japanese,
Chinese, Italian, and Portuguese
Advanced calibration algorithms
Easy menu driven operation and large LCD display
500 point data log; stored results can be viewed directly on instrument
or downloaded to a computer via USB cable and SmartLink 3 software
(available separately)
Waterproof to IP67
Lithium rechargeable batteries

MODEL

LM1970
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
LM1970
2020WE KIT (MEETS EPA 180.1)
$978.99
LM1970-ISO
2020WI KIT (MEETS ISO 7027)
978.99
LM1910CD
SMARTLINK 3 PROGRAM CD
68.99
0290-6
TEST TUBES WITH CAPS (6)
27.89
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT ITEMS
0290-6
TURBIDITY SPECIFICATIONS
METER FEATURES
Unit of Measure 2020we
NTU, AU, ASBC, EBC
Signal Averaging
Disabled, 2, 5, 10
Units of Measure 2020wi
FNU, FAU, ASBC, EBC
Power
Range*
0-4000 NTU/FNU, 0-10,500 ASBC, 0-150 EBC
USB computer cable, wall adapter or Lithium ion rechargeable

battery, 3.7V, 2.5 x .75, 1.7 oz
Resolution*
0.01 NTU/FNU 0.00-10.99 0.1 NTU/FNU 11.0-109.9 1

NTU/FNU 110-4000
AC Power
Optional
Data Logging
500 points
Accuracy*
From 0-2.5 NTU the accuracy is 0.05 NTU

From 2.5-100 NTU the accuracy is 2%
Above 100 NTU the accuracy is 3%
Auto Shut-Off
Disabled, 5, 10, 30 seconds
Optional Software
SmartLink 3
Detection Limit
0.05 NTU/FNU
Languages
English, French, Spanish, Japanese, Italian, Portuguese,Chinese
Range Selection
Automatic
Response Time
<2 Seconds
Reproducibility*
.02 NTU/FNU or 1%
Size
7.5 x 3.5 x 2.5 inches; 19.05 x 8.84 x 6.35 cm
Light Source
Tungsten (EPA), complies with EPA 180.1, Rev. 2.0 (1993)

and Standard Methods 2130 B-2001; 860nm LED (ISO),
complies with ISO 7027
Weight
13 ounces
Display
6-line LCD with backlit display; 160 x 100 backlit LCD; 20 x 6

line graphics
*over 600 NTU/FNU units expressed as AU/FAU
SECTIONQUALITY
222 WATER
222
Products / Products
Calibration
Solutions/ Products
The easiest way to calibrate a pen or meter in the field
Milwaukee standard calibration solutions are available in 230-mL
bottles and 20-mL sachets.
Traditional buffer solutions are packed in 230-mL leak-proof bottles
and are recommended for lab application.
Sachets are sealed against light and air and are ideal for on-the-spot
calibration. Simply open, insert the tester or electrode into the sachet
and calibrate. Sachets are sold in boxes of 25 pieces.
pH
MODEL
EACH
MW4
PH 4.01
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
$25.79
MW7
PH 7.01
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
25.79
MW10
PH 10.01
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
25.79
MW5
(10) PH 7.01, (5) PH 4.01, 10.01 AND H2O
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
25.79
1.413 S/CM EC SOL .
230 ML BOTTLE
9.19
ZERO O2 SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
$15.79
230 ML BOTTLE
24.19
Conductivity
MA9061
D.O.
MA9070
MA9071 O2 ELECTROLYTE SOL.
Care and Storage

MA9015
PH/ORP STORAGE SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
$9.19
MW0
DEIONIZED WATER
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
25.79
CONNECT WITH US
/PentairAES
/PentairAES
/AquaticEcoTV
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 223
Products /Calibration
Products / Solutions
Products
PH CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
500-mL bottles
MODEL EACH
CAL4
CAL7
CAL4
PH 4.01
$13.99
CAL7
PH 7.00
13.99
CAL10
PH 10.00
13.99
CAL10
ELECTRODE CARE ACCESSORIES

Electrode cleaning solution will safely clean pH/
ORP electrodes. Use pH storage solution with the
electrode saver bottle. Fill saver bottle with storage
solution. Accepts probes up to 12 mm in diameter
and protects the electrode. Use rinse solution
between each reading for greater accuracy.
MODEL
CS
PH/ORP CLEANING SOLUTION, 1 PINT
SS
PH/ORP STORAGE SOLUTION, 1 PINT
SBT
SAVER BOTTLE
VSDI
RINSE SOLUTION, 1 QUART
EACH
$12.99
17.29
6.49
17.29
CS
CONDUCTIVITY CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS

NIST-traceable conductivity solutions to calibrate both field instruments
and lab instruments and cells together for maximum accuracy. 1 pint bottles.
MODEL
EACH
$19.99
Y3167-E
1,000 US/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
Y3168-E
10,000 US/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER)
20.99
Y3169-E
50,000 US/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
20.99
224 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products
Test
Kits / Products / Products
TEST
FRESHWATER FISH FARM 9 TEST KIT
RANGE
AMMONIA NITROGEN
0.05-2.0 ppm
NITRITE
0.050.8 mg/L
PH
0200 mg/L
ALKALINITY
0 to 240 ppm
CARBON DIOXIDE
050 mg/L
CHLORIDE
0200 mg/L
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
010 mg/L
HARDNESS
0200 mg/L
TEMPERATURE
FW
TECH FAV
HAZMAT AG
Here are the most common water quality

parameters tested by freshwater fish farmers
in one rugged carrying case. The kit features
deluxe octa-slide comparators by LaMotte.
An armored thermometer (-5 to 45C) is included.
Kit weighs 10 lbs, refill kit weighs 0.5 lb.
MODEL
EACH
LMAQ2
FISH FARM 9 TEST KIT
$239.99
LMAQ2RP
REAGENT REFILL KIT
146.29
-545C
LMAQ2
SALTWATER FISH FARM 9 TEST KIT

SW
TEST
HAZMAT A
This kit measures eight different parameters.

Salinity can read to 40 ppt by diluting half the
sample and doubling the final readings. Includes
armored thermometer. Kit and reagent refill
contains enough reagents for 50 tests each.
Kit weighs 10 lbs, refill 1 lb.
MODEL
LMAQ4
SALTWATER TEST KIT
LMAQ4RP
REAGENT REFILL
0.05-2.0 ppm
NITRITE NITROGEN
0.2510 ppm
PH
EACH
$298.99
158.69
RANGE
AMMONIA NITROGEN
5.010.0
NITRATE NITROGEN
0.0510 ppm
ALKALINITY
0200 ppm
CARBON DIOXIDE
050 ppm
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
010 ppm
SALINITY
020 ppt
LMAQ4
REAGENT REFILLS
For LMAQ2, LMAQ3 and LMAQ4.
MODEL
EACH
$18.39
LM1R ALKALINITY
MODEL
EACH
LM6R HARDNESS
25.89
38.89
AMMONIA FOR LMAQ2 & LMAQ3 HAZMAT A
31.69
LM7R
LM3304RP
AMMONIA FOR LMAQ4 HAZMAT A
34.99
LM3353RP PH
LM3R
CARBON DIOXIDE
15.79
LM9R SALINITY HAZMAT A
38.99
LM4R CHLORIDE HAZMAT A
32.59
LM10R NITRATE
44.09
LM5R
45.19
LM2R
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
AQUAPONICS TEST KIT
LM3637
6.69
NEW!
Designed for small to midsize systems, this test kit

has everything you will need to monitor water quality
for both the aquaculture and hydroponics segments
of your system. Kit includes labware, accessories
and reagents to repeat tests for each factor
approximately 50 times, a detailed instruction
manual and quick reference card in a foam-lined
carrying case. Test chemistries and comparators
are compatible with fresh, brackish, or salt water
systems. Ship weight 9 lbs.
MODEL
NITRITE
EACH
AQUAPONICS TEST KIT $298.99
LM3637RP REAGENT REFILL KIT 138.99
LaMotte is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products Co.

TEST
RANGE
AMMONIA
0.0-2.0 ppm
NITRITE
0.05-0.8 ppm
NITRATE
0.25-10.0 ppm
PH
IRON, FERROUS & FERRIC
5.0-10.0
0.5-10.0 ppm
ALKALINITY
0-200 ppm
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
0-10 ppm
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 225
Test Kits
HACH AQUACULTURE TEST KIT FF1A

FW
TEST
HAZMAT A
This popular freshwater aquaculture test kit

includes all the necessary apparatuses and
reagents for 100 tests each of nine critical
parameters. The kit uses the drop- count method
for titration tests and Hach color comparators
for colorimetric tests. Colorimetric tests provide
results directly in mg/L and drop-count tests
require, at most, a simple multiplication or division
step to determine concentration. Ship weight 10 lbs.
MODEL
FF1A
EACH
ALKALINITY
1004,000 mg/L
AMMONIA*
03 mg/L
CARBON DIOXIDE
10100 mg/L
CHLORIDE
10160 mg/L
DISSOLVED OXYGEN*
HARDNESS
5100 mg/L
CHLORIDE
5400 ppt
DISSOLVED OXYGEN*
0.220 mg/L
HARDNESS
17510 mg/L
NITRITE
00.5 mg/L
410
-30120F
FW
HAZMAT A
010 mg/L
MODEL
FF2A
EACH
AQUACULTURE TEST KIT $617.49
00.5 mg/L
PH
410
TEMPERATURE
-30120F
HACH SALTWATER TEST KIT FF3A
SW
HAZMAT A
Hach model FF3A test kit is designed specifically

for saltwater applications. The kit uses a digital
titrator and includes detailed instructions.
Enough reagents and apparatuses for 100 tests
each. Ship weight 10 lbs.
MODEL
FF3A
CARBON DIOXIDE
Similar to the FF1A, the FF2A has an additional

test kit to measure for acidity. Designed for
freshwater applications only, the kit uses
convenient, concentrated titrant solutions in
disposable cartridges and has an easy-to-read
digital titrator that guarantees repeatability from
test to test. Ship weight 12 lbs.
1004,000 mg/L
NITRITE
03 mg/L
HACH AQUACULTURE TEST KIT FF2A
RANGE
1004,000 mg/L
6.4136 mg/L
AMMONIA*
TEMPERATURE
Hach and Be Right are trademarks and/or registered

trademarks of Hach Co.
ACIDITY
ALKALINITY
PH
AQUACULTURE TEST KIT $341.29
TEST
RANGE
EACH
SALTWATER TEST KIT $658.79
TEST
RANGE
ACIDITY
1004,000 mg/L
ALKALINITY
1004,000 mg/L
AMMONIA*
03 mg/L
CARBON DIOXIDE
10100 mg/L
CHLORIDE
2100 mg/L
DISSOLVED OXYGEN*
HARDNESS
NITRITE
PH
TEMPERATURE
010 mg/L
1004,000 mg/L
00.5 mg/L
410
-30120F
226 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products / Products
Aquaculture
Laboratories
/ Products
AQUACULTURE ANALYSIS LABORATORY
HAZMAT A
Highly recommended for the serious field professional, this kit includes most
things a fish farmer needs to monitor water quality. The portable lab analyzes
the 8 critical factors most commonly required by a fish farmer: dissolved
oxygen, pH, temperature, salinity, nitrite, ammonia, hardness and alkalinity.
Excellent for both fresh and saltwater analyses. Designed with field analysis
as a priority, the outfit is packaged in a durable, waterproof Pelican case
that is foam-lined and holds the components in place. See part numbers for
individual reagents.
MODEL EACH
AAL1* $1,583.00
*Not for shipment into Canada.
Pelican is a trademark of Pelican Products, Inc.
TEST
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
TEMPERATURE
PH
Each kit includes:

YSI 550A D.O. meter (Y550A12)
Hach alkalinity test strips (H27448)
Salinity refractometer (SR5-AQ)
Hach hardness test strips (H27452)
Pocket dial thermometer (TH4)
LaMotte nitrite test kit (LM3352)
LaMotte ammonia test kit (LM4795)
pH/Temp Tester (WD-35634-20)
CEL COMPLETE AQUACULTURE LABORATORY
FW
RANGE
0 to 20 mg/L; 0 to 200% Sat
0 to 230F, -18 to 110C
0 to 14.00
ALKALINITY
0 to 240 ppm
HARDNESS
0 to 425 ppm
AMMONIA
1 to 8 mg/L
NITRITE
0.1 to 0.8 mg/L
SW HAZMAT A
This kit provides instruments and chemicals for 15 tests critical to effective
aquatic livestock management whether used in your mobile lab or at the field
site. Premeasured reagents are impervious to environmental contamination,
apparatus and labware. Instruments have battery power option so tests can
be run immediately without concern for sample preservation and handling.
With this kit, there is no waiting for hours or days for a lab result. Kit includes
DR 900 Colorimeter, HQd pH meter and probe, Digital Titrator, TDS Pocket
Tester, reagent sets, apparatus, illustrated instrument manual and procedure
manual CD in a sturdy field case. Ship weight 10 lbs.
MODEL
EACH
H251233
AQUACULTURE TEST KIT $2,986.00
2691700
REAGENT REFILL KIT 1,304.00
TEST
RANGE
ACIDITY
10 - 160 mg/L
100 - 4,000 mg/L
ALKALINITY
10 - 4,000 mg/L
AMMONIA
0 - 0.50 mg/L
CARBON DIOXIDE
10 - 1,000 mg/L
CHLORIDE
10 - 10,000 mg/L
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
HARDNESS
IRON
0 - 15.0 mg/L
10 - 4,000 mg/L
0 - 3.00 mg/L
NITRATE
0 - 30.0 mg/L
NITRITE
0 - 0.350 mg/L
PHOSPHORUS
0 - 2.50 mg/L
TEMPERATURE
0 to 80 C
TECH TALK 132

Ammonia Testing
Ammonia is the primary waste byproduct of protein consumption, and is excreted across fish gills as a gas. It may exist in two forms: un-ionized
(NH3) and ionized (NH4+). Ionized ammonia is relatively harmless, but gill burn may occur when un-ionized ammonia is present in the water. The
amount of un-ionized ammonia relies heavily on pH and temperature. Un-ionized ammonia can be removed via a water change, detoxified with the use
of a water conditioner and/or consumed by an established biological filter. Since un-ionized ammonia is toxic to fish, ammonia detection is an
important of successful aquaculture. Three types of test are can be used in aquaculture to detect ammonia: Nessler-based, salicylate and
hydrophobic membranes.
Nessler-based test kits test total ammonia only. They are best used when no other substances are added to the water. Water conditioners, amines
and various types of medications can interfere with Nessler-based test readings, resulting in falsely high ammonia readings.
Salicylate-based test kits test for total ammonia. This is the most commonly used ammonia test in aquaculture, and will provide results in the
presence of water conditioners and various medications.
Hydrophobic membrane testing uses a chemically treated membrane to detect various gases. The membrane can be treated with reagents specific to
un-ionized ammonia. Hydrophobic membranes can detect free ammonia even in the presence of water conditioners, amines and salts because free
ammonia exists as a gas. This is not the most commonly used test, but it is very efficient in free ammonia detection.
The test kit instructions should indicate which testing method the kit purchased is using to detect ammonia levels. More and more aquarists choose
salicylate-based ammonia test kits due to accessibility, reliability and the ability to dose water conditioners without interference..
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 227
Products / Products Test
/ Products
Strips
TEST STRIPS
Individual pads on a polystyrene strip. These are
packaged in the pop top vial which is molded with a
desiccant liner for protection from moisture. The
vial has a molded desiccant liner that protects the
strips from moisture intrusion and eliminates loose
desiccant bags.
LM2999LR
MODEL
LM3002
TEST FACTOR
LM3000LR
LM3031
RANGE (PPM)
STRIPS/VIAL
LM2951HR
EACH
LM2999LR
CHLORINE DIOXIDE
0-10 (0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10)
50
LM3002
CHLORINE DIOXIDE
0-500 ( 0, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500)
50
9.99
CHLORINE, TOTAL, LOW RANGE
0-10 (0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 3, 10)
25
5.89
CHLORINE, TOTAL
10-200 (10, 50, 100, 200)
200
5.99
17.09
LM2963LR-G
LM4250BJ
LM3031
$9.99
CHLORINE, FREE, HIGH RANGE
0-800 (0, 50, 100, 250, 500, 800)
50
LM2984LR
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE
0-50 (0, 1, 3, 10, 30, 50)
25
9.99
LM2948BJ
IODINE
12-100 (12, 25, 50, 100)
200
5.99
LM3000LR
PERACETIC ACID, LOW RANGE
0-50 (0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50)
50
9.39
PHOSPHATE, LOW RANGE
0-2.5 (0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5)
25
19.29
LM3021LR NEW
QAC DUAL RANGE

LM2934

LOW: 0, 10, 20, 40, 80

HIGH: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800
50
7.59
LM2951
QAC
50-400 (50, 100, 200, 400)
100
5.79
QAC, HIGH RANGE
200-1500 (200, 400, 600, 1,000, 1,500)
50
7.59
LM2951HR
TEST STRIPS
FW
TEST STRIPS
SW
FW
SW
Each vial of test strips features a leakproof,

hinged, pop-top lid and a wrap-around desiccant
liner to protect strips from moisture intrusion.
The multi-strips have 5 different tests (alkalinity,
pH, nitrite, nitrate and hardness) on one strip.
Test strips are both fresh and salt water compatible.
These small test strips provide a rapid means of

checking water quality. Simply dip a strip into the
sample, wait for color to develop and compare color
on the reagent pad to the color chart on the bottle.
H27448
MODEL
TEST FACTOR
H27448 ALKALINITY
H27553 AMMONIA
H27450
RANGE (PPM)
H27452
TOTAL HARDNESS*
H27453
TOTAL DISSOLVED IRON
H27454
NITRATE/NITRITE
EACH
06
50 $12.09
R443 AMMONIA
06
25 24.09
R442 MULTI-STRIP
03
50
STRIPS/VIAL
EACH
25
$14.09
25
13.49
22.49
25 24.59
0425
50
12.79
05
25
24.59
050 / 03
25
20.79
H27456 PH*
49
50 12.69
H27571
050
50
PHOSPHATE*
RANGE
(PPM)
0240
FREE AND TOTAL CHLORINE* 010
H27451 COPPER
STRIPS/VIAL
R442

MODEL
TEST FACTOR
23.29
*Can be used with salt water.

228 WATER
SECTIONQUALITY
Products
Test
Kits / Products / Products
LAMOTTE TEST KITS

LaMotte brand water test kits have been in use for over 50 years. They are
accurate, inexpensive and suitable for both fresh and saltwater testing (except
when noted). Each kit (and replacement reagent) contains enough reagent to
run between 50 and 200 tests, depending upon the amount of reagent used to
reach the end point. All single kits are approximately 2 lbs.
ALKALINITY KIT
pH KIT (See Pg. 229)
ALKALINITY
CARBON DIOXIDE
Alkalinity refers to the quantity and type of compounds present in the water
that shift the pH above 7.0. Water with high alkalinity tends to be more strongly
buffered. Buffering will reduce the tendency of the pH to shift. Add sodium
bicarbonate to increase alkalinity (buffering capacity) and calcium chloride
for hardness. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0 to 200 ppm.
Carbon dioxide (CO2) is present in water as a dissolved gas, like oxygen.

High CO2 can stress and even kill fish. It also forms carbonic acid,
which lowers the pH. Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 50 ppm.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
LM7297
LM4491
$35.59 LM4491RP
EACH
$15.99
AMMONIA-NITROGEN
To know how toxic ammonia is to your fish, you must know the ammonia level,
the pH level and the temperature. A total ammonia level of 10 ppm may not be
harmful to trout at a pH of 6.0, but it would be deadly if the pH were 7.0. The test
kits measure total ammonia. Total ammonia consists of both nontoxic NH4+
(ionized) and toxic NH3 (un-ionized) forms. The proportion of one to the other is
variable. The toxic form increases in proportion as the pH and/or temperature
increases. Ammonia builds up in the water primarily by the metabolism of
protein (nitrogen). About 10% of the protein fed to fish will show up as ammonia
in the water. Testing takes 5 minutes. LM4795 range: 1 to 8 ppm. LM3351-01
range: 0.2 to 3 ppm. Note: Water containing Ammo Lock and other ammoniaremoving chemicals should be tested using an ammonia kit (LM3304) that uses
the salicylate method (0 to 2.0 ppm).

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
EACH MODEL
MODEL
$39.39 LM7297RP
CHLORIDE
Chloride is one of the major anions found in water. When using salt, be careful
where discharge occurs. Salt water is about 16,000 ppm chloride; it takes only
about 500 ppm chloride to kill some plants, shrubs and trees. For freshwater
use only. Takes two minutes. 0 to 200 ppm.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
EACH MODEL
MODEL
LM4503
FW HAZMAT A $46.29
EACH
LM4503RP HAZMAT A $28.49
CHLORINE
Chlorine and chloramines (chlorine/ammonia complex) are toxic to fish,
and the presence of one or the other can be expected in your municipal water
supply. For aquaculture applications, chlorine should be removed chemically,
by aeration or by aging. Chloramines must be removed chemically. For testing
fresh water only. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0.2 to 3.0 ppm.
HAZMAT A
$73.79
LM3351-01RP*
HAZMAT A
$25.69
LM3304 HAZMAT A
78.99
LM3304RP HAZMAT A
34.99

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
LM4795* HAZMAT A
72.69
LM4795RP* HAZMAT A
23.59
LM3308
LM3351-01*
EACH
$13.39
FW
$66.59 LM3308RP
EACH
$20.29
*Not for shipment into Canada.
CALCIUM HARDNESS
COPPER
Because calcium and magnesium are both major components of the total
hardness of water, measuring hardness by itself may not reveal enough.
Recirculating aquaculture systems need calcium levels greater than 50 ppm
to maintain a fully functional biofilter. Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 200 ppm.
Copper as copper sulfate is often used in fish culture as an algaecide, but it can
be lethal to fish at low levels, especially with low pH and alkalinity levels. It can
be very toxic to juvenile clams and other invertebrates, particularly saltwater
species. Testing takes one minute. Range: 0.05 to 0.5 ppm.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
LM3609
$46.79 LM3609RP
EACH
$19.99
LM6616
$89.99 LM6616RP
EACH
$6.59
229 SECTION
WATER SECTION
QUALITY 229

Test Kits
PHOSPHATE KIT
NITRATE, LOW LEVEL KIT
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
NITRITE
This kit provides an inexpensive alternative to a dissolved oxygen meter.

Testing takes 5 minutes. 0 to 10 ppm.
This is an intermediate compound formed in the oxidation (nitrification)

process of ammonia becoming nitrate. Nitrite can become toxic in recirculating
systems. Nitrites interfere with the ability of the fish's blood to take up oxygen
(levels as low as 0.2 ppm can cause "Brown Blood" problems with catfish).
Testing takes 5 minutes. Range: 0.05 to 0.8 ppm.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
EACH MODEL
MODEL
LM5860
$51.99 LM5860RP
EACH
$31.59
HARDNESS
The total hardness of water generally represents the total concentration of
dissolved calcium and magnesium ions. Although closely related to alkalinity
and the buffering capacity of water, high alkalinity may not always indicate
high hardness. Hard waters (above 150 ppm) are generally more productive
for fish than soft waters. The typical range for aquaculture is 50 to 200 ppm.
Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 200 ppm.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
EACH MODEL
MODEL
LM4482
$44.59 LM4482RP
EACH
$18.69
Well water often contains high concentrations of ferrous iron (iron in solution).
Concentrations as low as 0.2 ppm can be harmful to certain species of fish.
To remove iron, aerate the water and then settle or filter out the resulting
orange iron oxide particles. Testing takes two minutes. Range: 0.05 to 1 ppm.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
$98.29
LM7787RP
EACH
$19.99
This is the final nitrogen product formed by bacterial oxidation of ammonia.

Although it is not usually considered a threat to freshwater fish, it is a plant
nutrient and can harm marine invertebrates. Testing takes 12 minutes.
Range: 0.25 to 10 ppm.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
LM3319 HAZMAT A $74.59
$25.89
PH
This is a measure of hydrogen ion concentration, or more simply, whether the
solution is acidic or basic. Units 0 to 6.9 are referred to as acid or acidic.
Units of 7.1 to 14 are considered basic and pH 7.0 is neutral. Takes 2 minutes.
Range: 5.0 to 10.0; LM2159-01 range: 7.7 to 8.4 (Cresol Red).

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
EACH MODEL
MODEL
FW
LM2159-01
SW
EACH
$48.89 LM3353RP
63.49
$6.69
LM2159-01RP
14.79
PHOSPHATE
Phosphates enter water supplies from wastewater treatment, sewage,
soil runoff, fish foods, etc. Although necessary for biological processes,
too much phosphate may cause excessive growth of algae and plants.
Testing takes 5 minutes. For fresh and salt water. Range: 0 to 2.0 ppm.
LM3121-02
$88.99 LM3121-02RP
EACH
$23.99
SALINITY TITRATION
EACH
LM3319RP HAZMAT A $30.29
56.49 LM3354RP
EACH
$83.09 LM3352RP

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
NITRATE, LOW LEVEL
LM3354
LM3352
LM3353
IRON
LM7787

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
EACH MODEL
MODEL
20.59
For measuring both low and high salinity levels in ponds, recirculating systems,
brackish waters, etc. Testing takes 5 minutes. 0 to 20 ppt (parts per thousand)
in 0.4 increments.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
LM7459
$62.29 LM7459RP
EACH
$37.69
SULFIDE
For measuring hydrogen sulfide (toxic to fish), the most common form of
sulfide. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0.2 to 20 ppm.

TEST KIT
REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL
EACH MODEL
LaMotte is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products, Co.
LM3322
$58.49 LM3322RP
EACH
$23.59
230 SECTION
CONTROLLERS/MONITORS
PRODUCTS
232 Point Four RIU3

234 Point Four PLCs
235 Point Four LC3
236 Point Four Cloud Monitoring Platform
238 Point Four Transport System
239 Oxyguard Systems
242 pH / ORP Controllers
243 Alarms
PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS
POINT FOUR MONITORS & CONTROLLERS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is committed to innovation, technology and design solutions
for every aspect of aquatic systems, from commercial aquaculture to large-scale aquariums
to lake and pond management. To maintain and ensure the balance of these complex
environments, Pentairs range of Point Four monitoring and controlling equipment gives you
the peace of mind to know your investment is in good hands. From energy-efficient drum
filter control to remote monitoring of recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS),
Point Four monitors and controllers have you covered.
Whether youre in need of design services for monitoring and controlling a new operation,
or compatible technology and support for an existing site, we will provide the expertise and
equipment to address your specific needs.
With a world-class team of designers, engineers, biologists and technicians backed by the
global resources of Pentair, were here to ensure your success.

POINT FOUR RIU3 REMOTE
WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER
Page 232-233

POINT FOUR CONTROLLERS AND
MONITORS CAPABILITIES
Page 234

POINT FOUR TS LIVE FISH
TRANSPORT SYSTEM
Page 238

POINT FOUR LC3 CENTRAL
MONITOR/CONTROLLER
Page 235

POINT FOUR TRACKER PORTABLE
TGP METER
Page 202

POINT FOUR CLOUD MONITORING
PLATFORM
Page 236-237

POINT FOUR TGP TRANSMITTER
Page 203
232 CONTROLLERS/MONITORS
Point Four RIU3
POINT FOUR RIU3 REMOTE WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER

The Point Four RIU3 (Remote Interface Unit) offers a host of features suited to
our customers detailed requirements for continuous monitoring & control of
water parameters.The RIU3 functions as either a stand-alone field mounted
transmitter/controller, or can be daisy chained t o create a multi-linked
network connection, supporting up to 40 units.
The RIU3 will accept multiple input types (4-20mA/ 0 -5 V/ Modbus RS485)
and contains 2 SPDT 4amp relays which can be setup for up to six control
blocks. Control blocks are configured directly via the keypad, or through a PC
using a computer connection cable; allowing users to setup local control and
configure alarm conditions
An unlimited amount of multi-linked network con nections can be made

allowing for a scalable system from small hatchery operations to large RAS
systems. Users can collect, manipulate and control all of their data via the
Point Four RIU3 Controller, Point Four LC3 To uch Controller or with a
computer using Point Four Sync HMI Software (windows based).
A key feature of the RIU3 is tank side probe calibration, which is easily
performed using the weatherproof 4 button keypad. Probe calibration can
now be done by just one operator, allowing the user to service the probe and
adjust values all at the same probe location.
Single Controller
Multi-Link
REMOTE ACCESS
DEVICES
REAL VNC
REMOTE VIEW
(VIRTUAL NETWORK COMPUTING)
CLOUD
CONNECTIVITY
POINT FOUR LC3
Relay #1
Control
System Alarm Light
Relay #2
Control
Flowmeter Manifold
Probe
POINT FOUR
RIU3
POINT FOUR
RIU3
POINT FOUR
RIU3
Power
PC
Data Link
SENSE
ALARM
CONTROL
CONTROLLERS/MONITORS 233
Point Four RIU3
SYSTEM SPECS
POWER
12-24VDC, 120mA
SENSOR POWER
Onboard isolated 24VDC loop power supply

(optional)
DISPLAY
8x2 Character, Large Font, LCD Backlit
INPUT
2 Sensor Input (user selectable):

1 Probe input (optically isolated)
(4-20mA /0 -5V/ Modbus RS485) &
1 Aux input (optically isolated ) for Temp or Bp
OUTPUT ALARM
Two SPDT 4 Amp relay-user configurable,

LCD/LED Alarm Indicator
Modbus RTU RS485 communication port,
Network addressable 1-99.
CONTROL
OUTPUT
Two relay outputs with selectable control band,

ON/OFF function
ENVIRONMENTAL
NEMA 4X/IP65, Sealed Cable Glands
TEMPERATURE
-5 C to +60 C, - Operation
-10 C to +60 C, - Storage
RELATIVE
HUMIDITY
5% to 85% RH at up to +40 C - Operation

5% to 40% RH above +40 C up to +60 C - Storage
ALTITUDE
Up to 3,000 m ( 10,000 ft ) Operation/Storage
DIMENSIONS
125mm x 145mm x 75mm

[ 4.9 x 5.7 x 3 ]
WEIGHT
457 grams [1 lb]
ACCESSORIES
Wall Mount Bracket/Weather Shield
EXPANSION PORT
Onboard Data Logging Capability

VARIOUS SENSOR INPUT TYPES:
Oxygen, Temperature, Bp, pH/ORP, Salinity, TGP, Optical DO
Stand Alone RIU3 Units (RIU3/Probe/Power Supply)

MODEL
1SSS6011
RIU3 WT DO/TEMP 7M PWR AD.
1SSS6011B RIU3 WT DO/TEMP 15M PWR AD.
EACH
$1,172.00
1,265.00
1SSS6011C RIU3 WT DO/TEMP 25M PWR AD.
1,316.00
1SSS6012
RIU3 WT DO PROBE %SAT 3M PWR AD.
1,205.00
1SSS6013
RIU3 WT DO PROBE MG/L 3M PWR AD.
1,208.00
1SSS6014
RIU3 WT RDO OPTICAL DO 10M PWR AD.
3,140.00
1SSS6016
RIU3 WT TGP PROBE 5M PWR AD.
1,210.00
1SSS6017
RIU3 WT ORP PROBE 6M PWR AD.
1,312.00
1SSS6018
RIU3 WT PH 800 PROBE 20FT PWR AD.
1,199.00
1SSS6019
RIU3 W/SALINITY MEASURE-SIGNET COND 10 CELL TEMP
2,552.00
RIU3 + DO/Temp Probe(s) on PVC Panel wt or wo Solenoid Valve(s) and Flow Meter(s)
MODEL
RIU3 W/DO/T 7M CABLE, 15LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC
$1,579.00
1SSS6021
RIU3 W/DO/T 7M CABLE, 3.5LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC
2,333.00
1SSS6022
2,063.00
1SSS6023
1,598.00
1SSS6024
1,659.00
1SSS6031
1 RIU3 WT DO/T 7M PVC PLATE
1,254.00
1SSS6032
2,360.00
1SSS6033
3,483.00
MODEL
1SSS6040
RIU3 WT DO/T 7M ENCLOSURE
Alerting Alarm Conditions via Light, Siren or SMS and Dosing

Oxygen or Controlling Blowers
EACH
1SSS6020
RIU3 + DO/Temp Probe(s) in Enclosure wt or wo Solenoid Valve(s) and Flow Meter(s)
2 RELAY OUTPUTS:
EACH
$1,471.00
1SSS6050
RIU3 DO/T 7M ENCL 15LPM FM 24VDC SV
1SSS6051
RIU3 DO/T 15M ENCL 15LPM FM 24VDC SV 1,970.00
1,837.00
1SSS6052
2,139.00
1SSS6053
1,982.00
1SSS6054
2 RIU3 DO/T 7M ENCL 15LPM FM 24VDC SV
3,464.00
1SSS6055
3,531.00
1SSS6056
3,329.00
1SSS6057
3,514.00
1SSA028
PC DATA CABLE AND SOFTWARE 78.79
CALL FOR ADDITIONAL

CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
SECTION
Products
Point
Four/ PLCs
Products / Products
CUSTOMIZED CONTROLLERS FROM

A RANGE OF CAPABILITIES
No two aquatic applications are the same; and over the years, weve found
that every real-world application has a unique set of needs. Thats why
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems offers a variety of controller solutions that
deliver a wide-range of capabilities for monitoring and control of your
specific system needs. Our custom-configured controller systems provide
unparalleled visibility of your aquatic facilities unique parameters;
along with the ability to monitor and control a nearly limitless number
of system attributes and features.
CONTROLLERS THAT MEET YOUR NEEDS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems employs a full-time team of pioneering
engineers in our New Product Development (NPD) department. In order
to meet our customers needs, our New Product Development team works
through a detailed process which takes into account the needs of the
end-user; determining how those needs can be met by a custom-configured
controller solution.
HOW THE PROCESS WORKS

The process starts with our highly-trained sales representatives, who work
directly with customers to determine whats needed for a particular
application. Do you need to measure dissolved oxygen in the water, and control
supplemental oxygen dosing if the level drops below a user-defined threshold?
No problem Do you want to have a touch screen that shows the flow rate, water
temperature and salinity for each tank in your system? We can do that! What
about sending you a text message or email if an alarm triggers a water leak
when youre not on site? No problem
WHAT CAN WE DO FOR YOU?

To put it simply; our highly-skilled team can combine sensors, relays,
programmable logic controllers, touch screens, wireless systems and
computers to provide a comprehensive overview of any number of system
parameter that you desire; along with the ability to manipulate and change
those parameters in real time. The possibilities are limitless, and the process
starts as we work with you to determine which specific attributes of your
system need to be monitored/controlled in order to allow the facility to
operate in a stable, reliable manner.
There are several customizable systems and a wide-array of sensors that we

have applied to project installs in the past; including temperature, oxygen,
and carbon dioxide sensors, as well as safety sensors to prevent floods or
leaks. We can offer controllers for Commercial Aquaculture production that
have the capability to manage pH dosing; altering the pH levels in the water
automatically. Aquariums and zoos can use a customized Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems controller equipped with wind speed sensors. During periods
of high wind, the controller can engage a variable frequency drive to attenuate
the pumps flow rate to prevent unwanted waterfall or fountain overspray.
Our systems can also employ water level sensors to avoid spillover events in
sensitive laboratory environments. Weve even customized systems to allow
users to control pump flow rate and oxygen dosing levels during periods of
fish feeding to help prevent uneaten feed from being drawn into the filters;
preventing costly waste and reducing unwanted filter fouling.
Additionally, our controllers offer many ways to access system data, even if
you are not physically on site or in the lab. Remote text message capabilities
can be set to provide reports or updates about the system to ensure things are
running smoothly. While travelling, use your smartphone, laptop or tablet to
display real-time system values, providing system data anytime from anywhere.
In summary, if you can dream it; we can build it.
POST-INSTALL SUPPORT
Once installed, our NPD team has the ability to do live tweaks to your system
remotely and can adjust controls or sensors from an App located on a cellular
device. Our global field service team can also provide in-person support for
ongoing system maintenance and upgrades In short, we understand the
commitment required to provide top-notch service and support, and we are
here when you need us.
CREATING SUCCESSTOGETHER
Prepared to work with you to create monitoring and control systems that solve
challenges and create opportunities. Contact us today to determine how our
specialized capabilities in the area of monitoring and control can meet the
unique needs of your facility.
TAILOR MADE SYSTEMS

As we work to understand the unique needs of your system and your specific
operational goals, well define the monitoring and control parameters by
establishing a documented Theory of Operation. This is a detailed set of
specifications and operational information that is defined by us and approved
by you. Once approved, the Theory of Operation is relayed to our Engineering
dept. For most solutions, we apply a layer of unique configuration and
customization to one of our existing field-proven controller platforms (ex. Point
Four C1210). Once weve outlined all the hardware and software, well prepare
a detailed cost quote which is presented to you for approval. Upon approval,
our team gets to work assembling, programming and testing your tailor
made controller. All monitoring and control equipment produced in the Pentair
Aquatic Eco-Systems production facility is backed by UL508A certification for
the design and manufacturing of industrial control panels.
POINT FOUR C-SERIES
C150
C351
C570
C1210
SECTION 235
Products / Products
Point/ Products
Four LC3
POINT FOUR LC3 WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER

The Point Four LC3 has been fully redesigned with connectivity in mind,
allowing users full access to their system, from anywhere at any time - even
on the go!
We have expanded the capabilities of the LC3 with 2 screen size options 7
and 10. The LC3 10 allows users to create a system supporting up to 48
RIU3 inputs and allows more configuration options for direct digital and
analog input and output. Displaying, notifying and reacting to sensor data is
what the LC3 does best. Whether its triggering a low level water sensor
alarm for an individual pen, cycling oxygen diffusers or sending an email/
text message system alert warning to your smart phone; the Point Four LC3
is designed to keep your operations running smoothly & efficiently.
Users can collect, manipulate, or control their data locally via the LC3s
clear and intuitive touch screen monitor or connect remotely using a smart
device or PC to access the built-in web-server.
Features
Remote access compatible with a wide range of devices [Android platform,
iOS mobile digital device, OS X, Linux and Windows Operating Systems]
7 SCREEN
10 SCREEN
REMOTE ACCESS
DEVICES
Built-in web server allows control system access thru the internet via web
browsers
Automated data logging for all connected Point Four RIU3 controllers,
control devices, and sensors
REAL VNC
REMOTE VIEW
CLOUD
(VIRTUAL NETWORK COMPUTING) CONNECTIVITY
Communication options via Web Server

Auto dialer output
Digital alarm output
Send email and email to SMS functions (Short Message Service)
FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
POINT FOUR LC3
Remote System Access via VNC (Virtual Network Computing)

Comprehensive Customer SupportTake advantage of our considerable
engineering expertise and thorough after-sales support. Remote support
allows troubleshooting and updates via the internet.
POINT FOUR
RIU3
POINT FOUR
RIU3
SYSTEM SPECS
POINT FOUR
RIU3
SENSE
ALARM
CONTROL
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION INFORMATION AND PRICING
VOLTAGE
110230VAC or 24VDC
DISPLAY
7 (16:9) Touch Screen, LED Backlit / 800x480 (WVGA)

10 (4:3) Touch Screen, LED Backlit/800x600 (SVGA)
MAX RIU3 INPUTS
7 Model 24 RIU3 Units

10 Model 48 RIU3 Units
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
2 (dedicated for Alarm Light + AutoDialer)
OPERATION TEMP
-5C to 60C (32F to 140F)
ENCLOSURE RATING
TYPICAL UNIT DIMENSIONS
NEMA 4x/IP66
16 x 14 x 8.35
Web Dashboard
Remote System Control

236 SECTION
Products
Point
Four/ Cloud
Products
Monitoring
/ Products
Platform
POINT FOUR CLOUD MONITORING PLATFORM

Point Four is the secure, reliable and easy to use internet-based data
monitoring cloud service. Provides a suite of features to compliment on site
Point Four monitoring equipment.
Helps optimize operations by analyzing the data being monitored providing

trend analysis and pattern recognition to support system optimization and
preventative maintenance strategies.
Whether youre a site manager overseeing a single hatchery or a production

manager responsible for multiple operations you are covered.
Access details of your operation in a reliable and data secure platform that
provides a customizable interface suited to your reporting needs.
Collaboration is possible with multiple users from various sites able to access
the same information. With real-time communications and instant updates
built into the core, has everything youve always wanted and more.
The lightning fast interface has been designed to work across all smart phones
and computing devices with no software to install and page reloads.
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
View multiple connected devices
from various locations (worldwide)
W
orks on all smart phones and
computing devices with no software
to install and page reloads
R
eceive system notifications & alerts
via Email/Text message
C
ustomizable dashboards for viewing
and reporting data
Site 1
Site 2
Site 3
Site 4
Point Four Web Interface
SECTION 23708
Point Four
Products
Cloud/ Monitoring
Products / Products
Platform
KEY FEATURES
Map View
Google Maps overview with location icons provide a system

status glance of site activity
Site location markers change color to quickly indicate
system status
V iew all site locations, share and collaborate with
multiple users
Dashboard
Easily create custom dashboards with tables, charts,
live images, dials or graphs for specific parameters
Include additional data sources to such as local weather, tide or
current for additional reporting
Built in analytics provides trend analysis, pattern recognition,
and system optimization strategies + preventative maintenance
Security, Alarms And Analytics
Secure data storage with the highest level of data security

S et Alarm levels and receive Email/Text Notifications to
monitor values that are important to you
User profiles & sharing permissions provide various system

control options
Point Four TS
Touch Screen
Point Four Multi RIU
Oxygen Control
POINT FOUR TS WATER MONITOR/

CONTROLLER TRANSPORT SYSTEM
Controlling and Monitoring Specifically Designed
for Transportation
The Point Four TS (Transport System) utilizes
the Point Four MultiRIU, which has been
specifically designed for transportation. The
MultiRIU provides an input connection for 5 DO/
Temp probes to monitor oxygen and temperature
during live fish transport and an output for 5
Relays to actuate a solenoid value/flowmeter
assembly to automatically dose oxygen, based on
specific values set by the end user.
System parameters and settings are transmitted
wirelessly to a portable and weatherproof
Panasonic Tough Pad (IP65 Rated).
Complete functionality of the MultiRIU is quickly
and easily accessed via the TS System touch
screen, view data in the cab of the truck while
transporting, or walk around the vehicle with the
tablet to view and perform system inspections.
Large Easy To Read Touch Screen Display

Values are displayed in large bold type on a color
touch screen that can be manipulated wearing
gloves or even in the rain! Users can choose
to view all parameters at once or alternatively
touch the corresponding screen to view single
parameter details.
Typical Point Four TS Transport System configuration
Trend Graphing
System Features
Trend graphing per unit of measure.
One touch system probe calibration.
Customizable display labels and color coding.
On the fly alarm controlsystem alarm light.
On-the-fly setpoint controloxygen dosing levels.
Vehicle Mounting Kit

Data logging and printing.
The TS system can easily be scaled to

include up to 4 MultiRIU units, to provide
monitoring and control up to 20 tanks
(20 probe inputs/20 relays outputs).
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
for more details.
Alarm and Control Set Points

The user can set optional alarm and control set
points (e.g. to add oxygen) for each channel/tank.
The control system interface is color coded to
indicate each channels alarm and control status.
An audible alarm can also be activated based on
certain conditions.
Data Logging
Users can data log system sensor values,
view real time trend graphs and export logged
data as a CSV/Excel format for additional
reporting. The logging rate is user selectable and
can be changed on the fly based on transport
conditions (e.g. every 3 seconds or every hour).
An optional printer is available to print logged
values on demand.
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
INFORMATION AND PRICING
Measuring, Monitoring and Control System
OXYGUARD COMMANDER AQUACULTURE

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Commander system provides fish farmers with
state-of-the-art solutions to maximize security and
efficiency. The modular design allows you to start
with what you need and add components later,
ensuring that you extend the systems life and
take advantage of new technology. With extensive
data logging functions that enable the fish to be
monitored from egg to table, Commander is a
complete measurement, monitoring and control
system that will meet the demands of your farm
for many years to come.
MASTER BOX
The Commander can control any water quality

parameter that can be measured and controlled,
including the ever-important dissolved oxygen.
Precise oxygen control means better feed
utilization and, in most cases, less oxygen
consumption. Not only can you eliminate spillage,
but you can also use the extensive data logging
functions to enable you to fine-tune your operation.
This will result in optimal feed use andmost
importantlyhealthier fish.
The Commanders oxygen probe has a nearly
unbreakable membrane, fast response time and
an exceptionally long life. It measures D.O. in
mg/L, % saturation and temperature, and is not
cross-sensitive to carbon dioxide. It has barometric
pressure compensation and automatic calibration.
Commanders advanced controller functions,
including PID regulation, provide an unprecedented
precision of stability for important water
quality parameters.
A NEW CONCEPT FOR MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL

Unsurpassed overview and security.
Easy to optimize operationboth of daily production and strategic operation.
Add measurement and control anywhere, any time just plug a new unit into the data link.
Access the system from anywhere.
If youre in the field just connect a PC to the data link If youre in the office just use the nearest PC - If youre farther
away use the internet.
Only a single data cable for all signals right up to the point of measurement.
Radio link for even more freedom and flexibility and it can run on
solar cells.
Range of units for easy system construction just add a unit for more measurement and control.
Easy integration with other systems link measurement and control with other functions - feeding
- illumination etc.
MASTER BOX
FIELD BUS
SWITCH
IP
Measuring, Monitoring and Control System
OXYGUARD PACIFIC
The OxyGuard Pacific is a measuring, monitoring
and control system designed for use in fish farms.
It is both multichannel and multiparameter, and
forms a modular small-size complete system.
A member of the Commander series of equipment,
it can be used as a stand-alone system or as part of
a larger Commander system. An important feature
of Pacific is its extensive connection capabilities.
It has P-NET data bus for connection to other
Commander components, IP connection for LAN
or Internet, Profibus for use with other field bus
systems and two USB ports that can be used for a
number of purposes. It also has an SD card socket
for data interchange. An additional feature is the
option that enables Pacific to connect to an
OxyGuard wireless probe system, where the
various probes and other measuring, monitoring
and control devices interconnect using wireless
signals. Pacific brings the complete functionality
of Commander to small systems and to
installations where few measurements and
points of control are situated at large distances
from each other.
CABLES AND PROBES SOLD SEPARATELY
OxyGuardis a registered trademark of Thermal Gas Systems, Inc.
OXYGUARD PROBE SPECS

MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE
Galvanic oxygen partial pressure cell,

self-polarizing, self temperature
compensating.
WEIGHT
Probe alone 0.2 kg. Probe with 7m

cable 0.5 kg.
ACCURACY
Depends on calibration and conditions.

Typical better than +/-1% of value.
TEMPERATURE
Precision NTC
CONNECTIONS
4 lead cable, standard cable length

= 7 m.
OUTPUT STABILITY
In air at constant temperature stable to

within +/- 1% over 1 year.
DIMENSIONS
Diameter = 58 mm, length = 59 mm.
MEASUREMENT RANGE
0 to 20 mg/l (ppm)/ 0 to 200 % sat,

higher on request. Temp. from 5C.
+/- 0.3C.
0 to 40C, pressure to 2 bar. Higher on

request.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
-5 to +60C.
OXYGUARD PACIFIC MAIN UNIT SPECS

CONSTRUCTION
ABS enclosure with touch-screen display

and alarm buzzer.
-10 to +50C. Max. 90% humidity

noncondensing. Enclosure IP65.
MAIN UNIT OUTPUTS
4 on/off signals, 6 relays with potential

free changeover (SPDT) contacts.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
b x h x d: 295 x 280 x 150 mm, 1.2 kg.
STORAGE CONDITIONS
-10 to +60. Max. 90% humidity

noncondensing.
DISPLAY
7 touch screen.
SUPPLY AND CONSUMPTION
15 to 33VDC.
MAIN UNIT INPUTS
Max 20 probes, 4 wired probes, others

wireless. 4 on/off signals.
VERSIONS
Input unit for 8 probes, output unit with

8 relays, other as required.
OXYGUARD PACIFIC INPUT UNIT AND OUTPUT UNIT SPECS

CONSTRUCTION
ABS enclosure.
SUPPLY AND CONSUMPTION
15 to 33VDC.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
b x h: 295 x 280 mm.
-10 to +50C. Max. 90% humidity noncondensing. Enclosure IP65.
Oxygen Meter
OXYGUARD ATLANTIC OXYGEN METER

The OxyGuard Atlantic is an accurate, reliable and
easy to use oxygen meter with features ideal for use
in aquaculture and other facilities with individual,
large ponds. It measures both dissolved oxygen and
temperature and has 4 relay outputs. The dissolved
oxygen measurement is compensated for
atmospheric pressure, which permits accurate
control of aerators. The user can link set points
to parameters as desired. Set points can then be
linked to output relays. It is also possible to link
set points together. This permits, for example,
an aerator to be started both from a D.O. set point
and a temperature set point.
Anti-fouling cap
The OxyGuard anti-fouling cap reduces membrane
fouling significantly. Membrane fouling changes
the sensitivity of the probe, and can otherwise be a
problem in warm salt or brackish water.
Probe cleaner control

The OxyGuard probe cleaner uses compressed air,
and has proved very effective. You can use a timer
and relay in Atlantic to control the compressed air,
and a second timer to freeze the output
while cleaning.
mg/L (ppm), % saturation and C
Automatic calibration
Atlantic has a barometric pressure sensor,

and the probe incorporates a temperature sensor.
This gives you correct values of dissolved oxygen
in both mg/L and % saturation.
Calibration with Atlantic is easy. Just wipe the

membrane, place the probe in the air and start
the process.
Safety first
Aerator control saves energy

You can save energy by letting Atlantic control
your aerators automatically. They will then only
run when more oxygen is needed. If you also use
aerators for temperature control you can logically
link a temperature setpoint and a D.O. setpoint so
that the aerator will run if the D.O. is too low or if
the temperature is too high.
Atlantic has 4 relay outputs and 8 set points. There

will always be at least one relay output that can be
used to give alarm if the oxygen level goes too low
or the temperature too high. And since Atlantic
measures both parameters and has logical linking
you only need to use one relay.
Timer functions
Atlantic has 8 timers that can be used for a number
of purposes. For example, alarm can be delayed
so that only a sustained fault results in alarm
being given.
the excess oxygen away. On the other hand, if D.O.

levels are under 100%, then aeration is sensible.
Atlantic can control both propellers and aerators.
For example by aerating to high D.O. levels when
the water is cool and the D.O. less than 100% sat,
then maintaining circulation when the water warms
and the oxygen level is pushed over 100%.
Link aeration and circulation

If surface D.O. levels are very highabove 100%
satthen it makes sense to start circulation
propellers to send some of this oxygen-rich water
to lower levels. Starting aerators would only blow
OXYGUARD PROBE SPECS

MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE
Oxygen: Galvanic oxygen partial

pressure cell, self-polarizing,
self-temperature compensating.
WEIGHT
Probe alone 0.2 kg.

Probe with 7m cable 0.5 kg.
ACCURACY
Depends on calibration and conditions.

Typical better than +/-1% of value.
TEMPERATURE
Precision NTC
CONNECTIONS
Cable, 4 lead,
standard cable length = 7 m.
OUTPUT STABILITY
In air at constant temperature stable

to within +/-1% over 1 year.
DIMENSIONS
Diameter = 58 mm, length = 59 mm.
MEASUREMENT RANGE
0 to 20 mg/L (ppm)/0 to 200% sat,

higher on request. Temp. from -5C.
+/- 0.3C.
0 to 40C, pressure to 2 bar.

Higher on request.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
-5 to +60C.
ATLANTIC TRANSMITTER SPECS

CONSTRUCTION
ABS enclosure with display, indicators,

pushbuttons and alarm buzzer.
STORAGE CONDITIONS
-10 to +60. Max. 90% humidity

non-condensing.
ANALOGUE OUTPUT
4-20 mA. Max. load 820 ohm (total).

User selectable range & parameter. Fully
galvanically isolated from all inputs.
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
213 x 185 x 95 mm, 1.2 kg.
MEASUREMENT INPUTS
From probe: mV oxygen signal,

resistance temperature signal.
Scaleable ranges.
DISPLAY
Graphical LCD with backlight. Max 4

figures, 2 decimals, 13 mm height.
SUPPLY & CONSUMPTION
230VAC, 115VAC +/-10% or 9 to 36VDC.

10 W. Specify when ordering.
LOGICAL FUNCTIONS
Direct, inverted, multiply. With and

and not and linking.
ALARMS
8, variable hysteresis about set point.

Selectable parameter, values & linking.
-10 to +50C. Max. 90% humidity

non-condensing. Enclosure IP65.
COMPENSATION INPUT
4-20 mA. Scaleable. Max voltage

drop 5V at 20 mA.
PARAMETERS
mg/L (ppm); % sat; % vol; mbar O2,

temperature. Can be scaled and linked.
RELAY OUTPUTS:
4, with potential free changeover

(SPDT) contacts. Selectable mode (direct
or inverted), and linking to parameter or
logical argument.
Max load 200VA or 1A AC, recommended
max 24 VAC (abs. max 250 VAC).
2A at 24 VDC.
CONVERSION ACCURACY
To display and analogue

output < +/- 0.1%.
Non-linearity and repeatability
typically < +/- 0.1% of actual value.
TIMERS
8, from 1 second to 999999 seconds

(11 days). Selectable period, duty cycle
and offset. Can activate or be activated
by alarm. Can freeze the output.
Can activate relays. Can be reset
from front panel.
pH/ORP Controllers
PH/CO2 CONTROLLER
Automate CO2 dosing to ensure your plants get

the right amount for respiration. Just plug a 115V
solenoid valve (not included) into the socket
supplied for dosing and your CO2 supply to the
solenoid. The included pH electrode measures
0 to 14 pH ( .2 pH accuracy) and has manual
2-point calibration. Controller has a set point
range of 5.5 to 9.5 pH and a visual LED alarm that
activates when the reading goes above the set
point. Uses a 115V/60 Hz to 12VDC adapter
(included) and measures 31/4" x 51/2" x 11/2".
Two-year warranty on the base unit, six months
on the probe. Ship weight is 2 lbs.
MODEL
EACH
MC122 PH/CO2 SMART CONTROLLER

MC122
2-YEAR WARRANTY
REPL. PH PROBE
44.09
CAL7
PH CALIBRATION SOLUTION 7.0
13.99
CAL4
13.99
CAL10
13.99
ORP CONTROLLER
Plug an ozone generator into this Smart
controllers power socket, and it will dose until
it determines that the ORP set point is reached.
Simply dial the set point from 0 to 600 mV. The
controller will automatically switch on again if the
ORP value falls above or below (user selected) the
set point, and a visual LED alarm will activate while
the reading is low. Controller can measure 1,000
mV (5 mV accuracy). ORP electrode and 115V/60
Hz to 12VDC adapter are included. Two-year
warranty on the base unit, six months on the probe.
Ship weight is 3 lbs.
MODEL
EACH
MC510
ORP CONTROLLER
$155.89
SM921
REPL. ORP PROBE
47.29
7021
ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION 240 MV
28.39
7022
ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION 470 MV
26.29
$138.39
SM911
MC510
2-YEAR WARRANTY
243
Alarms
AUTO DIALER ALARM SYSTEMS

Sensaphone alarms pay for themselves by preventing disasters and reducing
man-hours. Built-in microphone monitors soundcall at any time and listen in
from a remote location. Units call you when there is a problem and speak in
plain English. Use your regular phone line (separate line not needed). They
recognize and bypass all answering machines and continue dialing until they
contact a person. Auto shut-down after the 16th attempt (four phone numbers,
four dial attempts on rotationup to 255 attempts). A200 can contact up to
eight people. One-year warranty.
Important Features
Continues dialing numbers in sequence for 16255 attempts
Most sensors can be mounted up to 150 feet away with 1822 gauge wire
Can dial out to beepers and pagers
Backup battery condition monitor
A2
Built-in clock
Programmable security code access
Variable AC power failure alarm
Compatible with cellular telephones (for dialing out) equipped with an RJ11
telephone jack
AUTO DIALER ALARM ACCESSORIES

Mount these sensors up to 150 feet away from the auto dialer!
A2B Water Detection Sensor: Set on the floor to alert if flooding occurs. Small
sensors on bottom of unit will send a signal if water is detected.
A2C Magnetic Reed Switch: Install on doors, windows, etc. Will cause dial-out
when contacts are opened.
A2B
A2C
AT5 Remote Temperature Probe: Measures water or air temperature up to 50'

from unit. Triggers a dial-out when temperature passes high and low
set limits. 50' of PTFE-jacketed cable included. Weighs 0.02 lb.
A3 Remote Temperature Sensor: Monitors room temperature. Simply attach to
a wall and run wire (not included) to a terminal. Triggers dial-out if temperature
passes high or low set limits. Can also be used under water if wire connections
are thoroughly sealed. Can be used with up to 150' of cable. Weighs 0.2 lb.
A2S Smoke Detector: 115VAC photoelectric smoke alarm (85 dB) with two sets
of alarm contacts. 5" diameter, 2.5" H. Weighs 0.5 lb.
A3B
A3B Passive Infrared Motion Detector: Can detect movement within a facility to
determine unauthorized entry. Weighs 0.4 lb.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
AT5
EACH
A2
MAX OF 4 SENSORS, PLASTIC HOUSING
$497.69
A200
MAX OF 8 SENSORS, PLASTIC HOUSING
748.69
A2B*
WATER DETECTION SENSOR
118.09
A2C*
MAGNETIC REED SWITCH
14.69
AT5
REMOTE TEMPERATURE PROBE
81.89
A3*
REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
31.49
A2S
SMOKE DETECTOR
81.89
A3B*
PASSIVE INFRARED MOTION DETECTOR
112.19
A3C* HUMIDISTAT
ALL COMPONENTS SOLD SEPARATELY
43.09
*Wires or cables not included. Use 1822 gauge wire.

Sensaphone is a registered trademark of Phonetics, Inc.
244 SECTION
HEATERS/CHILLERS
PRODUCTS
245 Immersion Heaters

247 Temperature Controls & Protectors
248 Submersible Heaters/Controllers
249 In-Line Heaters
251 Heat Pumps
252 Heat Exchanger
253 Heat/Cool Pumps
255 Air-Cooled Water Chillers
256 In-Line Chillers
257 Air Cooled Coil Water Chillers
258 Air Cooled & Aquarium Chillers
259 Water Cooled Chillers
260 Chiller Barrel Packages
244
HEATERS 245
PTC Immersion Heaters

PTC (POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT) IMMERSION HEATERS
SmartOne Electric Immersion Heaters utilize Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) semiconductors as the heating element. They
are self-limiting - the maximum temperature is internally limited regardless of the operating conditions thereby providing built-in
safety. As the PTC elements heat up, their resistance to electrical current increases. In the aquaculture industry, a common threat to
heater life is buildup in waters with dense solids resulting in overheat conditions. Since these conditions will not cause the SmartOne
to overheat, it will last significantly longer than a traditional heater (periodic cleaning is still recommended). The maximum output
temperature is below the ignition point of most plastic tanks so overheat damage is prevented if the element is operated in air or
becomes covered with buildup.
The EASYPLUG PTC heaters offer simple, easy plug-in installation; simply mount the heater, plug it into the control, and plug the
control into a wall receptacle. Stainless steel models for fresh water, titanium models for salt water. Controls sold separately.
One-year warranty.
SMARTONE EASYPLUG PTC HEATERS
SmartOne EasyPlug METAL OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS* (EasyPlug CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY)

SHIP WT.
316L STAINLESS STEEL
TITANIUM
WATTS
VOLTS
PH
HOT ZONE
LENGTH (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 7
11 7
S1H10
$237.29 S1H10T $285.59
S1H11
237.29 S1H11T 285.59
1700 115 1 12
17 10
S1H17
292.99 S1H17T 349.69
1700 230 1
17 10
S1H18
292.99 S1H18T 349.69
1000 230 1
7
12
11
LENGTH
HOT
ZONE
*Includes 8 flexible cord with plug. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SmartOne EasyPlug AXIAL FLEXIBLE CORD METAL BOTTOM HEATERS* (EasyPlug CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY)

HORIZONTAL SHIP WT.
TITANIUM
WATTS
VOLTS
PH
HOT ZONE
LENGTH (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 6
14 6
S1A10
$408.49 S1A10T $505.09
1000 230 1
14
S1A11
HORIZONTAL LENGTH
388.99 S1A11T 505.09
1700 115 1
10
18
S1A17
460.99 S1A17T 564.89
1700 230 1
10
18
S1A18
460.99 S1A18T 537.99
SmartOne EasyPlug 90 FLEXIBLE CORD METAL BOTTOM HEATERS* (EasyPlug CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY)

WATTS
VOLTS
PH
HOT ZONE
HORIZONTAL SHIP WT.

TITANIUM
LENGTH (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL EACH
1000 115 1
12
S1L10
$509.29 S1L10T $565.99
1000 230 1
12
S1L11
484.99 S1L11T 565.99
1700 115 1
14
16 10
S1L17
568.99 S1L17T 655.19
1700 230 1
14
16
S1L18
568.99 S1L18T 623.99
10
HORIZONTAL LENGTH
EasyPlug
DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS*

MODEL
VOLTS
PHASE
MAX AMPS
TEMPERATURE RANGE
SHIP WT (LBS)
DRAE15-1
115
15
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
$236.29
EACH
DRAE15-2
230
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
323.39
DRAE8L
REPLACEMENT SENSOR
66.19
*Includes 8 vinyl sleeved sensor and 5 flexible power cord with plug. For indoor use only. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SMARTONE PTC HEATERS
SmartOne S1 SERIES, METAL OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS* (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)

SHIP WT.
TITANIUM
WATTS
VOLTS
PH
HOT ZONE
LENGTH (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL EACH
11
S1H30
$368.99 S1H30T $446.29
3000 230 1
18
23
4000 230 1
24
29 13
S1H40
467.29 S1H40T 570.19
5000 230 1
30
35
S1H50
556.49 S1H50T 677.29
15
*Includes 3 of wire and conduit. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
HOT
ZONE
LENGTH
SmartOne S1L SERIES, METAL BOTTOM HEATERS* (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)

WATTS
VOLTS
PH
HORIZONTAL
LENGTH
VERTICAL
LENGTH
SHIP WT.
TITANIUM
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL EACH
$503.99 S1L30T $660.49
18
23
24
29 13
S1L40
606.89 S1L40T 740.29
5000 230 1
30
35
S1L50
691.99 S1L50T 858.89
*Includes 3 of wire and conduit. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
11
S1L30
3000 230 1
4000 230 1
15
SmartOne and EasyPlug are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Tom Richards, Inc. DBA Process Technology.
HORIZONTAL LENGTH
246 HEATERS
Resistance Immersion Heaters
RESISTANCE IMMERSION HEATERS

The EASYPLUG Resistance Immersion heaters offer simple, easy plug-in installation for aquaculture applications. To install, simply
mount the heater, plug it into the control, and plug the control into a wall receptacle. Heaters come standard with the Protector 1
over-temperature control system which utilizes a heat sensitive thermal protector to detect overheat conditions. The thermal protector,
placed inside a thermowell and positioned in contact with the heater sheath, will stop power to the heater in the event of low liquid level.
Heaters and controls are UL-listed and CE-certified, and work with both 50/60Hz.
The Heavy-Duty Resistance Immersion heaters can handle almost any immersion water heater need and are perfect for automatic set
it and leave it applications. Choose type 316 stainless steel for freshwater applications and titanium for salt water. Titanium offers the
utmost in salt water corrosion resistance. The bottom heaters locate the hot zone along the bottom of your tank. The over the side
heaters are easily positioned on the side of the tank. Never allow the water level to drop below the hot zone dimension shown, as heater
failure and/or fire could occur (also, keep the hot zone clean of scale buildup).
Protector 1 is available on all models. Controls sold separately. One-year warranty.
EASYPLUG RESISTANCE IMMERSION HEATERS
EasyPlug OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS* (EasyPlug CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)

MAX
SHIP WT.
TITANIUM
WATTS
VOLTS
PH
AMPS HOT ZONE
LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 8.4 7 11 6 ESA10 $187.99 ETA10 $242.59
1000 230 1 4.2 7 11
6 ESA11 187.99 ETA11
242.59
1800 230 1 7.5 12 17
9 ESA19 209.99 ETA19
282.49
LENGTH
HOT
ZONE
*Includes 8 flexible cord with plug and heater mounting clip. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
EasyPlug BOTTOM HEATERS* (EasyPlug CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)

MAX HORIZONTAL VERTICAL SHIP WT.
TITANIUM
WATTS
VOLTS
PH
AMPS
LENGTH
1000 115 1 8.4 11 24 8 ELSA10 $342.29 ELTA10 $471.49
8 ELSA11 342.29 ELTA11
471.49
1800 230 1 7.5 16 24 11 ELSA19 364.39 ELTA19
500.89
1000 230 1 4.2 11 24
VERTICAL
LENGTH

HORIZONTAL LENGTH
HEAVY-DUTY RESISTANCE IMMERSION HEATERS
SINGLE TUBE OVER THE SIDE HEATERS* - SA & TA SERIES (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)

MAX
SHIP WT.
TITANIUM
WATTS
VOLTS
PH
AMPS HOT ZONE
1000 115 1 8.4 7 11 5 H10-AQ $151.19 H10T $205.79
1000 230 1 4.2 7 11
5 H11 151.19 H11T
205.79
1800 115 1 15.0 12 17
8 H18** 173.29 H18T**
245.69
1800 230 1 7.5 12 17
8 H19 173.29 H19T
245.69
2500 230 1 10.4 17 23 10 H25 191.09 H25T
292.99
3500 230 1 14.6 23 29 13 H35** 205.79 H35T**
340.19
5000 230 1 20.9 32 39 16 H50** 281.39 H50T**
438.89
6000 230 1 25.0 40 47 19 H60** 301.39 H60T**
468.29
LENGTH
HOT
ZONE
*Includes 8 flexible cord. ** 3 of wire and conduit provided. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SINGLE TUBE BOTTOM HEATERS* - LSA & LTA SERIES (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)

MAX HORIZONTAL VERTICAL SHIP WT.
TITANIUM
WATTS
VOLTS
PH
AMPS
LENGTH
LENGTH
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 8.4 11 24 7 LH10-AQ $305.59 LH10T $434.69
1000 230 1 4.2 11 24
7 LH11 305.59 LH11T
1800 115 1 15.0 16 24 10 LH18**
327.59 LH18T**
434.69
464.09
1800 230 1 7.5 16 24 10 LH19 327.59 LH19T
464.09
2500 230 1 10.4 21 24 12 LH25 339.19 LH25T
482.99
3500 230 1 14.6 27 24 15 LH35**
354.89 LH35T**
529.19
5000 230 1 20.9 36 48 18 LH50**
405.29 LH50T**
677.29
6000 230 1 25.0 44 48 21 LH60**
426.29 LH60T**
705.59
*Includes 8 flexible cord. ** 3 of wire and conduit provided. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
VERTICAL
LENGTH
HORIZONTAL LENGTH
HEATERS 247
Temperature Controls/Thermal Protectors

DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
The Digital Temperature Controls and Combination Controls provide an LCD temperature display that indicates both the set and actual
temperatures of the water, providing an extremely reliable and accurate temperature control for aquaculture heating systems. They
can be set to display F or C. All controls are manufactured with UL-listed components.
The Digital Combination Control consists of gasketed plastic enclosure, thermostat, contactor and replaceable Protector 1 thermal
protection. Models NA30DXA and NA50DXA include upgradeable Protector 2 resettable thermal protection.
EasyPlug
LCD DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS*

MODEL
VOLTS PHASE
MAX
AMPS
TEMPERATURE RANGE
ACCURACY
D
(IN)
W
(IN)
H
(IN)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
DRAE15-1 115
15
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
2.5 2.6 7.5
DRAE15-2 230
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
2.5 2.6 7.5
3 323.39
$236.29
*Includes 8 vinyl sleeved sensor and 5 flexible power cord with plug. For indoor use only. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
ECONOMICAL
LCD DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS*

MODEL
VOLTS PHASE
MAX
AMPS
TEMPERATURE RANGE
ACCURACY
D
(IN)
W
(IN)
H
(IN)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
NA15D
115
15
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
2.5 2.6 7.5
NA8D
230
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
2.5 2.6 7.5
3 157.49
$157.49
LCD
DIGITAL COMBINATION CONTROLS W/PROTECTOR 1 THERMAL PROTECTION*

MODEL
VOLTS PHASE
MAX
AMPS
TEMPERATURE RANGE
ACCURACY
D
(IN)
W
(IN)
H
(IN)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
NA30D
115
30
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
8.5 13.6
15
NA30DX
230 1 OR 3 30
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
8.5 13.6
15 614.29
NA50DX
230 1 OR 3 50
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
8.5 13.6
16 645.79
Heaters
*Includes 8 vinyl sleeved sensor. For indoor use only. cULus Listed.
$549.19
LCD
DIGITAL COMBINATION CONTROLS W/PROTECTOR 2 THERMAL PROTECTION*

MAX
D
MODEL
VOLTS PHASE AMPS
TEMPERATURE RANGE
ACCURACY
(IN)
W
(IN)
NA30DXA 230 1 OR 3 30
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
8.5 13.6
15
$706.69
NA50DXA 230 1 OR 3 50
-30 - 220F (-34 - 104C)
1.5F
8.5 13.6
16
738.19
H
(IN)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
DRAE8L
EACH
REPLACEMENT SENSOR FOR ALL THERMOSTATS AND COMBINATION CONTROLS
$66.19
Temperature Controller
H10
H10T
H11
H11T
H18
H18T
H19
H19T
H25
H25T
H35
H35T
H50
H50T
H60
H60T
LH10
LH10T
LH11
LH11T
LH18
LH18T
LH19
LH19T
LH25
LH25T
LH35
LH35T
LH50
LH50T
LH60
LH60T
NA15D
NA30DX NA50DX
X
X
REPLACEMENT HEATER THERMAL PROTECTORS

Protector 1 is standard on all heaters, including EasyPlug. It consists of a temperature sensitive protector installed in the heater
which will shut down electricity (usually from low water level) to the heater element. Once activated, the protector must be replaced to
restore power to the heater, so keep a spare one on hand.
Protector 2 is an upgraded safety option that includes an audible alarm and manual reset button. During periods of high heater
temperature or low water levels, an alarm will sound and electricity to the heater will be disconnected. The manual reset button will
deactivate the alarm and reconnect electricity to the heater. Repeated alarm conditions may eventually cause the protector to fail,
which will disconnect power. Restoring power will require a replacement protector. Both the control and heater need to be ordered with
Protector 2.
MODEL
PROTECTOR 1 REPLACEMENT
PROTECTOR 1
EACH
PTP1-A
REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FOR OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS $43.09
PLI
REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FOR BOTTOM HEATERS 53.59
PROTECTOR 2 (OPTIONAL UPGRADE)

PTP2
RESETTABLE ELEMENT FOR OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS $43.09
PLII
RESETTABLE ELEMENT FOR BOTTOM HEATERS 53.59
PROTECTOR 2
248 HEATERS
Submersible Heaters/Controllers
SUBMERSIBLE HEATERS
FW
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
SW
Aqua Logic digital temperature controllers can be used in a variety of

applications where a device needs to be turned on/off based on temperature
rise or fall. A three-button touch keypad selects F or C, set point temperature,
differential and operating mode (heating or cooling). NEMA 4X, rated for
outdoor use.
These Hydor Theo heaters are the safest

submersible heaters we could find in the market
today. They are completely submersible, UL-approved,
salt water compatible and shatterproof. Instead of
the typical metal element in a breakable glass tube,
these heaters utilize a polymer sheet that uniformly
heats a shatterproof glass tube.
The temperature is controlled and maintained
by a highly precise micro-switch controller,
adjustable from 70 to 89F. Heaters are 115V/
60 Hz with a 6 cord. One-year warranty.
Temperature range for the controller is from -30 to 220F (-22 to 105C).
The differential adjustment range is 1 to 30F. Power cord lengths are 40 (1 m)
each. The temperature sensor probe is encased in titanium and has an 8 cable.
Single stage controllers operate one device, either a chiller (1/2 hp and smaller)
or a heater (1,000 watts or smaller). Dual stage controllers can be connected to
both a chiller (1/2 hp and smaller) and heater (500 watts and smaller).
Dual stage controllers will only allow one device to be on at a time.
Example: stage 1 heating set point at 74F with 1F differential will have
the heater come on when the temperature drops to below 73F, then turn
off at 74F. One-year warranty.
T11102
MODEL WATTS LENGTH

T11702
25
8.9"
EACH 4+
$20.19 $19.18
T11102
50
7"
21.49
20.42
T11202
100
8.9"
22.89
21.75
T11602
150
12"
25.79
24.50
T11302
200
12"
26.79
25.45
T11402
300
15.5"
30.19
28.68
T11502
400
15.5"
32.09
30.49
Sensor
EC230R
TC11
Hydor is a registered trademark of Hydor S.R.L. LLC.

MODEL
Heating Tip
Use several small heaters in place of one large (expensive) heater. Plug them into
two different circuits, in case one becomes overloaded. Always use GFCIs when
electricity is used in or near water.
EACH
TC11
CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE
115/10
TC12
CONTROLLER, DUAL STAGE
115/8
198.99
EC115R CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE
115/20
208.99
EC230R CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE
230/15
208.99
68.99
TC11S
REPL. SENSOR (FITS ALL)
Aqua Logic is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.

VOLTS/
SHIP WT
AMP (LBS)
$128.99
HEATERS 249
In-line Heaters
IN-LINE HEATERS
The Aqua Logic in-line heaters are easy to install and available in both
stainless steel and titanium. Stainless steel models are excellent for a variety
of applications such as koi ponds and freshwater recirculating systems.
Titanium models are ideal for saltwater systems and hydroponic systems that
have nutrients in the water that would cause failure in stainless steel heaters.
Designed for indoor use or outdoors (if protected from the sun and direct
weather), these robust, durable heaters pack a lot of kilowatts into a very
compact package. CE approved.
E
asy to set digital temperature controller F or C
S
afety high limit switch to prevent overheating with manual reset
R
eversible flow switch allowing water input from either direction
(1.54 kW models)
F
loor or wall mount
316 Stainless Steel Models

1.54kW models

SHIP WT
MODEL KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS
L W H (LBS)
SSIL1 1.5 115
13
23 6 8.5
EACH
12 $649.99
2 115 1 17.4 23
6
8.5 12 649.99
SSIL2
2 220 1 9 23
6
8.5 12 649.99
SSIL3
Pure Titanium Models

SHIP WT
MODEL KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS
L W H (LBS)
TIL1 1.5 115
13
23 6 8.5
EACH
12 $774.99
TIL2 2 115 1 17.4 23

6
8.5 12 774.99
TIL3 2 220 1 9 23
6
8.5 12 774.99
TIL4 3 220 1 13.6 23
6
8.5 12 874.99
TIL5 4 220 1 18 23
6
8.5 12 929.99
TILO6
6 220 1 28 23.5
8
8.75 13
1,360.00
618kW models
TILO7
6 220 3 16 23.5
8
8.75 14 1,740.00
TILO8
8 220 1 37 23.5
8
8.75 13 1,395.00
TILO9
8 220 3 21 23.5
8
8.75 14 1,775.00
TILO12 12
220
55
23.5 8 8.75
13 1,580.00
TILO13 12
220
32
23.5 8 8.75
13 2,000.00
TILO15 15
220
40
23.5 8 8.75
13 2,035.00
TILO18 18
220
48
23.5 8 8.75
13 2,070.00
Note: All three phase models use a delta configuration. Larger models available.
TECH TALK 55
How to Extend Heater Service Life
Heaters are, of course, hot! The very high heat on the skin of the heater causes dissolved minerals
like calcium to precipitate out of solution. The precipitant attaches itself to those hot spots,
insulating the heater casing from the cooling water. Heat that cant get out builds up inside and,
if it gets hot enough, heater failure will occur. Always make sure the heater has a rapid flow of
water over its hot zone. Never let the water get too low or let a crust build up on the casing
(this will void your warranty).
Heater life can be greatly extended by removing insulating deposits as soon as possible. In hard
water, inspect heaters for deposits once weekly initially and then as experience dictates.
It doesnt take very much to cause a serious problem.
Direct immersion heaters:
To clean the heater, unplug the power and allow heater element to cool. Remove heater from the
water and treat with a diluted bath of nitric acid (rust remover), citric acid or other lime and scale
deposit remover. Be sure to wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working with acid.
The heater should only require this bath for several minutes. When the scale deposits begin
breaking up or dissolving, remove the heater from the acid and wipe down with a cloth. Rinse with
water. Place heater back into service. If an acid solution is not handy, use a steel wire brush to
brush off the deposits. Be sure to clean the area where the small diameter tube rests behind the
heater tube, as this area is especially vulnerable to deposit buildups. Care should be taken not to
scratch, gouge or wear away the metal surface of the heater when using the brushing technique.
In line heaters:
When installing an in line heater it is recommended that you plumb it so to have a bypass loop to isolate
it making it easy to remove periodically for inspection without shutting down your system. Disconnect
power to the heater, let it cool, and disconnect from system at the unions. Mix a diluted bath of nitric
acid (rust remover), citric acid or other lime and scale deposit remover in a 5 gallon bucket. Be sure to
wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working with acid. Via a small submersible water pump in
the bucket circulate the solution thru the heater chamber for 10 - 15 minutes. Move pump to a bucket
of clean water and circulate thru the heater to rinse. Disconnect heater from pump and do a visual
inspection by shining a flash light down both ends of the heater chamber. If it appears that calcium
deposits are on the coils, repeat above process. If the buildup on the heater coils is organic, such as
slime, use the same process above but with a dilute bleach solution (1 part bleach, 3 parts water).
250 HEATERS
In-Line Heaters
TYTAN ELECTRIC IN-LINE WATER HEATERS

Features and Benefits:
Improved Process Results: Heated DI water improves cleaning effectiveness and reduces
rinse time in most processes.
Cost Saving Design: >99% element efficiency contributes to low cost of ownership (COO)
and excellent return on investment (ROI).
Outstanding Cleanliness: 100% titanium heating elements provide very clean performance
for precision cleaning applications.
Reliable, Rugged Construction: Simple, heavy walled element construction for trouble
free operation and long life. Baffled element chambers enhance heat transfer efficiency.
Outstanding Temperature Responsiveness and Stability: Excellent temperature accuracy
over a wide flow range can substantially improve process consistency.
Fast/Easy Maintenance: Long-life element for minimal process down time. Designed for
easy service.
Rapid Installation: Minimal facility requirements. Heater is factory tuned to your
specifications. Only power and plumbing connections required.
Compact Configuration: Space saving design minimizes footprint requirements.
Wall mounted up to 72,000W. Floor mounted from 96,000W through 144,000W.
Minimum Flow Rate is 1 gpm
Wall mounted
SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
PID MICROPROCESSOR BASED DIGITAL THERMOSTAT
TEMPERATURE ACCURACY
PRESSURE RATING
+ / - 1 F, DEPENDING ON OPERATING CONDITIONS

100 PSIG (OPERATING)
EFFICIENCY
WETTED SURFACES
> 99%
ALL TITANIUM STANDARD
STANDARD SAFETY
FEATURES:

GROUNDED CONSTRUCTION EMO EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON FLUID

OVERTEMPERATURE DETECTION (J TYPE THERMOCOUPLE) ELEMENT
OVERTEMPERATURE DETECTION (BI-METALLIC SNAP SWITCHES) CONTROL FUSING
(PRIMARY AND SECONDARY) FM APPROVED OVERTEMPERATURE LIMIT CONTROLLER
GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (GFP)
HOUSING
NEMA 1 RATED, POWDER COATED METAL ENCLOSURE
STANDARD CERTIFICATIONS
cUL
Wall Mounted Models
IN/OUT
VOLTS
PHASE
TEMP LIMIT
(MNPT)
W
D
H
WATTS
SHIP WT
316 STAINLESS STEEL
TITANIUM
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
$10,229.00
EACH
12,000
240
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
300
TY0122403S
TY0122403 $10,271.00
12,000
480
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
300
TY0124803S
10,229.00
TY0124803
18,000
240
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
300
TY0182403S
10,624.00
TY0182403
18,000
480
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
300
TY0184803S
10,624.00
TY0184803
10,651.00
24,000
240
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
300
TY0242403S
10,939.00
TY0242403
10,950.00
24,000
480
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
300
TY0244803S
10,939.00
TY0244803
10,950.00
36,000
240
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
338
TY0362403S
13,119.00
TY0362403
13,556.00
10,271.00
10,651.00
36,000
480
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
338
TY0364803S
11,044.00
TY0364803
11,579.00
48,000
240
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
338
TY0482403S
15,860.00
TY0482403
16,164.00
48,000
480
194 F (90 C)
28.5 13.5
36.0
338
TY0484803S
11,370.00
TY0484803
11,888.00
72,000
240
194 F (90 C)
37.5 13.5
36.0
350
TY0722403S
24,149.00
TY0722403
24,590.00
72,000
480
194 F (90 C)
37.5 13.5
36.0
350
TY0724803S
19,095.00
TY0724803
14,776.00
24,188.00
Floor Mounted Models

96,000
480
194 F (90 C)
28.0 17.0
66.9
570
TY0964803S
23,173.00
TY0964803
120,000
480
194 F (90 C)
28.0 17.0
66.9
580
TY1204803S
24,158.00
TY1204803
25,657.00
144,000
480
194 F (90 C)
28.0 17.0
66.9
590
TY1444803S
28,507.00
TY1444803
30,330.00
HEATERS 251
Heat Pumps
AIR COOLED HEAT PUMPS
FW
SW
Aqua Logic Delta Star Air Cooled Heat Pumps automatically handle both
heating and cooling duties in fresh and saltwater applications. Titanium heat
exchangers mean you get the best in corrosion resistance. A properly sized
and installed heat pump will provide stable, controlled water temperature.
Heat pumps include a dual stage digital temperature controller in a NEMA
4X-rated waterproof enclosure and will maintain water temperatures from
4085F (529C). Controller will keep the temperature within 1 of the set
point in F or C. Heat pumps should be mounted indoors where air
temperatures stay above 55 F. One-year warranty.
Air Flow
DSHP-4
Note: When in heating mode, place the unit in a drip pan that has a drain
connection as condensation can form a water puddle around the unit.
H
eat or Chill with one unit
F
resh or Saltwater use
C
ompact Design
Q
uiet Operation
D
ual Stage Digital Controller
O
zone Friendly Refrigerant (134A)

NOMINAL
IN/OUT
FLOW (GPM)
AIR OUTLET
HP BTUH KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS (FPT) MIN-MAX (CFM)
L W H
MODEL
DSHP-4
1/3
4,000 1.1
115
7.2
3/4"
1020
260
SHIP WT
(LBS.)
221/2" 141/4" 14"
EACH
90
$1,829.00
DSHP-5 1/2 6,000 1.75 115
9.5
11/2"
1225
350
24" 151/2" 16"
135
2,329.00
DSHP-6 1/2 6,000 1.75 230
4.8
11/2"
1225
350
24" 151/2" 16"
135
2,329.00
DSHP-7
13
11/2"
1530
590
24"
170
2,549.00
11/2"
1530
590
24" 21" 15"
3/4
9,000
2.7
115
DSHP-8 3/4 9,000 2.7 230 1
21"
15"
170 2,549.00
DSHP-9 1 12,000 3.4 230
7.2
11/2"
2035
610
27" 24" 15"
180
3,039.00
DSHP-10 11/2 21,000 6.1
10.5
11/2"
2540
772
31" 26" 19"
225
4,729.00
230
Do not operate in heat mode below 55F air temperature.

Delta Star is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
TECH TALK 74
Heater Sizing
If you are bringing water into your facility that must be heated, you can use an electric heater for
all or just a portion of your heating. For instance, you may use solar, waste heat or room heaters
first and use thermostatically controlled electric heaters as the final temperature control.
To determine the approximate size heater to order, choose ONE of the three categories then
follow the calculation.
1. Recirculating
In a nonflowing system, heat is only lost to the surrounding air. The temperature difference
between the ambient air and the water is the biggest factor. Also, the open area of the tank, the
amount of agitation and the heat loss through the tank walls should be considered. All external
pipes, filters, pumps, etc. will further cool the water.
For every 9F (5C) difference, there should be 4 W of heat per gallon (3.8 liters) of water.
Elevated, uninsulated tanks with a large amount of surface agitation, could require as much as
12 W per gallon per 9F. For small glass aquariums use 8 W per gallon per 9F.
2. Temperature Raising Only
Cool water is used to fill tanks, and the water needs to be warmed before the fish are added.
Time and ambient temperature will be considerations. For every 1,000 gallons (3,800 liters), 1,200
W (1.2 kW) are needed to raise the temperature 10F (6C) in 24 hours (this assumes ambient
temp is the same as the water).
3. Flow-Through Heating
A flow-through system has cool water entering and warmed water leaving (this is very wasteful
and expensive without heat exchangers). Determine the maximum gallons per minute that you
expect and the greatest temperature difference.
1,000 W (1 kW) will raise the temperature of 6 gallons of water (23 liters) 1F (.55C) per minute.
Example: 6 gpm with a 10F difference = 10 kW.
Quick Heater Sizing Guide for Non-Flow-Through Calculation

It's difficult to simplify something that is complicated, but use this quick reference chart to
estimate the size of an electric heater.
A tank with 1,000 gallons is in a room that will stay around 60F, and you want the water
temperature to be 87F. If 4 W per gallon are needed for every 9F, then:
DT = 27, 27 9 = 3, 3 x 4 W = 12 W per gallon, 12 W x 1,000 gallons = 12,000 W.
Assumes one large, uninsulated, uncovered fish tank plus one peripheral (such as a sand filter)
and a pump with no extreme water/air interface (such as splash aerator or degassing tower).
Minimize heater size and power use by insulating and covering.
Follow the chart to keep the water at desired temperature, but if a few degrees of temperature
loss is tolerable during brief periods of cold weather, use that temperature on the chart.
For more accurate sizing, contact our technical department at 877-347-4788.
Tank Size Temperature Difference (F)
(gallons) 9 13.5 18 22.5

Watts
27
250
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
400
1,600
2,400
3,200
4,000
4,800
550
2,200
3,300
4,400
5,500
6,600
700
2,800
4,200
5,600
7,000
8,400
850
3,400
5,100
6,800
8.500
10,200
1,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
Round up when in between wattages.

252 HEATERS
Heat Exchanger
WATER TO WATER HEAT EXCHANGER PACKAGES

Aqua Logic complete, water-to-water heat exchanger packages are engineered
for hot and cold water loop systems. The compact design and quiet operation
make these systems perfect for indoor applications. Each package includes
titanium heat exchanger, Schedule 40 PVC plastic shell (CPVC shell is available
for an additional cost when the hot water supply is greater than 120F),
304 stainless steel frame and hardware, digital temperature controller,
water solenoid valve, flow meter, in-line strainer and customized plumbing.
This system only requires an 115V power source and a hot or cold water supply.
Prices are FOB CA. One-year limited warranty.
Fresh or saltwater Use
Titanium Tube in a PVC Shell
Preassembled and Ready for Easy Installation
Note: These heat exchangers directly absorb or reject heat from the tank
system water into another water source (hot or cold). BTU capacities in the
chart are based on the specific water temperature and flow rates shown. If any
of these parameters change, the BTU removal capacity will change, and the
heat exchanger may not meet your systems requirements. Contact us so we
can assist you in the proper sizing of the equipment for your specific application.
1.1 - 3.5KW models
7 - 17.5KW models

NOMINAL
PROCESS WATER PROCESS WATER FLOW
MODEL BTUH* KW IN/OUT
(GPM)
HX-3W
3000
HX-4W
4000
HX-6W
6000
HX-9W
9000
HX-12W
HX-24W
HX-36W
HX-48W
0.9
26.3 - 70.2KW models
COLD/HOT WATER COLD/HOT WATER FLOW

SHIP WT.
IN/OUT
(GPM)*
L W H (LBS)
21
61/4
EACH
$748.99
3/4 FPT
15
1/2 FPT
0.6 / .3
19
30
1.1
3/4 FPT
20
1/2 FPT
0.8 / .4
23
1.7
11/2 FPT
25
1/2 FPT
1.2 / .6
241/2
61/4
19
30
768.99
63/4
19
35
898.99
2.6
11/2 FPT
30
1/2 FPT
1.8 / .9
31
63/4
19
35
968.99
12000
3.5
11/2 FPT
35
1/2 FPT
2.4 / 1.2
341/2
63/4
19
40
1,149.00
24000
2 SLIP
40
1/2 FPT
5 / 2.5
34
14
23
138
2,149.00
36000
10.5
2 SLIP
40
3/4 FPT
7 / 3.5
41
14
23
154
2,749.00
48000
14
2 SLIP
60
3/4 FPT
10 / 5
49
14
23
160
2,919.00
3,239.00
HX-60W
60000
17.5
2 SLIP
60
3/4 FPT
12 / 6
561/2
14
23
207
HX-90W
90000
26.3
3 SLIP
90
3/4 FPT
18 / 9
131/2
25
43
215
6,179.00
HX-120W
120000
35.1
3 SLIP
120
1 FPT
24 / 12
131/2
25
53
225
7,449.00
HX-180W
180000
52.7
3 SLIP
145
11/2 FPT
36 / 18
131/2
25
72
232
9,519.00
HX-240W
240000
70.2
3 SLIP
180
11/2 FPT
48 / 24
131/2
25
82
250
12,239.00
*Flow rate (gpm) and (BTU) rating is based on 40f ewt @ 10f t (cold) or 180f ewt @20 f t (hot) water supply.
HEATERS 253
Heat/Cool Pumps
XLHP HIGH PERFORMANCE HEAT/COOL PUMPS

With todays record energy costs, theres never been a better time to invest
in a Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems XLHP High Performance Heat/Cool pump.
Compared to gas, oil or electric heaters, XLHP High Performance Heat/Cool
Pumps use just a fraction of the energy to generate the same amount of heat.
In fact, just 20 worth of electricity produces $1.00 worth of heat generated by
other methods.
More standard features than any other in its class

Both models are capable of heating and/or cooling the water. Full heat/cool
functionality.
Provides an AutoSet Temperature Control feature as standard. It monitors
water temperature and turns the pump on and off as needed, overriding the
time clock to maintain desired temperature for convenient, hands-free control.
Features the legendary Emerson Copeland Scroll Compressor thats more
efficient, durable, reliable and quieter than any piston-driven compressor.
EPA-recognized, environmentally safe, non-ozone depleting
R-410A refrigerant.
100% titanium heat exchanger assures corrosion-free performance for
extra long life and value.
LCD control board displays an intuitive, menu-driven readout with easy
to follow, full word messagesno codes to memorize.
Self-diagnostic software continuously monitors system for peak performance.
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) controls refrigerant flow for optimum
efficiency and BTU output over a wider operating temperature range.
Automatic defrost feature senses refrigerant temperature and helps prevent
the XLHP Heat Pump from freezing, allowing the unit to operate effectively
at even lower temperatures than many competing products.
COMPARING THE COST TO HEAT YOUR BODY OF WATER OR AQUACULTURE SYSTEM
COST
BTU/$1.00
ETL listing is your assurance of safer, dependable operation.
$.1065/KWH 32,000
BTU and efficiency independently certified by the Air Conditioning, Heating,
$1.87/GAL
40,100
and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI). The AHRI Certified mark is applied only
$2.22/GAL 47,200
to HVACR equipment and components that have been independently tested
$1.218/THERM
67,300
to certify that manufacturers performance claims are accurate.
HEATER/FUEL TYPE
ELECTRIC
LP GAS
OIL
NATURAL GAS
XLHP HEAT PUMP
$.1065/KWH
COLD AIR OUT
185,600
Maximum working water pressure is 50PSI.

Port Size: 2, unions included with model 460900-AQ
Fan
38.7"
(983 mm)
30.7"
(780 mm)
45.5"
(1156 mm)
Water Inlet
(Cold)
11.25"
(286 mm)
9.25"
(235 mm)
WARM AIR IN
4.5"
(114 mm)
Water Outlet
Evaporator Coil
(Warm)
Typical Heating Cycle
VOLTAGE
HZ
34.0"
(864 mm)
Heat Pump Dimensions

BREAKER

RATING BTU/H CAPACITY COP** RATING FLOW (GPM)
MODEL
32.0"
(813 mm)
PHASE
(AMPS)
HEATING COOLING
HEATING COOLING
MIN MAX
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
460900-AQ
230*
60
50
127,000
72,000
5.4 4.1
30
120***
278
460901-AQ
230*
60
50
140,000 80,000
5.7
30 120***
320 5,240.00
4.1
$4,925.00
* 230V +/- 10%. Heat pumps can run from 207-253V. **Coefficient of Performance.
***If system flow rate exceeds 120 GPM, a bypass valve is required.
254 HEATERS
Heat/Cool Pumps
HEAT/COOL PUMPS
FW
SW
Titan Air Cooled Heat Pumps by Aqua Logic are designed for a wide range
of applications such as a public aquarium, aquaculture facility, government
or university research institution or hydroponics operation. All units are
suitable for outdoor installation (but should be protected from direct weather).
Heat pumps up to 5hp have a special Spine Fin condenser coil which has
proven to have superior heat transfer performance and capacity over traditional
radially finned heat exchangers. This style condenser also has a much greater
resistance to corrosion in harsh environments such as moist salty air or
chemically tainted rainwater.
In the cooling mode, the heat pump works as a chiller, cooling water to the
temperature you select. In the heating mode, the heat pump works with the
liquid refrigerant (Freon) flow in reverse. Freon absorbs heat from the air as it
moves thru the condenser. As it heats, the Freon becomes a gas, which is then
compressed by the compressor. The heat carried by the Freon is then released
into the titanium heat exchanger and transferred into the circulated water.
These models feature titanium helix coils and powder-coated shrouds. 2 PVC
slip, in and out fittings on 210 hp; 3 PVC slip on larger units. 230V models
listed; 460V also available. Dual stage digital temperature controller is enclosed
in a NEMA4X enclosure with easy 3 push button programming and will maintain
water temperatures in the range from 40-85F (4 to 29C); you must specify
desired temperature operating range when ordering. Units will lose heating
efficiently when air temperature is under 40F (4C). Note min/max flow
requirements (water pump not included). The controller can display in either
F or C and will maintain the water within 1 degree of the set point.
11/25 HP Models
71/2 & 10 HP Models
Water pressure should not exceed 40 psi. Allow a 4-week build time. Ship from
factory via motor freight. One-year limited warranty.
Heat or Chill with one unit
Titanium Heat Exchanger
Fresh or Saltwater use
Dual Stage Temperature Controller
15 & 20 HP Models

MODEL
HP
NOMINAL
BTUH**
KW
VOLTS*
PHASE
HP1
18,000
11/2
5.2
208-230
AMPS
RLA / LRA
FLOW (GPM)
MIN-MAX
5.9 / 38.6
20 -40
AIR OUTLET
(CFM)***
L
W
H
1,550
38
26
62
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
406
$5,399.00
HP2
24,000
208-230
8.7 / 57.8
20 -40
1,550
38
26
62
389
5,869.00
HP3
36,000
10.5
208-230
17.6 / 79
20 -40
4,385
48
35
62
500
7,269.00
HP33
36,000
10.5
208-230
7.8 / 75
20 -40
4,385
48
35
62
495
7,269.00
HP4
48,000
14
208-230
18.6 / 93.4
30-60
2,500
48
35
71
518
8,249.00
HP43
48,000
14
208-230
11.7 / 100.1
30-60
2,500
50
35
71
515
8,249.00
HP5
60,000
17.5
208-230
25 / 148
30-60
3,700
50
35
71
553
9,439.00
HP53
60,000
17.5
208-230
17.3 / 123
30-60
3,700
58
35
71
538
9,439.00
HP7.5
71/2
90,000
26.3
208-230
29 / 164
60-120
6,530
50
43
68
667
13,459.00
15,629.00
HP7
10
120,000
35
208-230
36 / 225
60-120
9,800
61
48
74
850
HP15
15
175,000
52.7
208-230
60 / 164
120-180
9,750
112
54
75
1578
29,059.00
HP20
20
240,000
74.3
208-230
83 / 267
120-180
9,750
112
54
89
1657
35,999.00
*460V options available. **ARI net cooling capacity. ***Amount of hot air discharged from unit when operating.
CHILLERS 255
Air-Cooled Water Chillers
AIR-COOLED WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
Aqua Logic Multi Temp Air-Cooled Water Chillers are used in aquaculture,
public aquariums, live seafood holding and hydroponics systems. These large
chillers have an insulated heat exchanger with titanium helix coils and
commercial duty condensing units mounted on a stainless steel frame with bolt
down leg tabs. Suitable for outdoor installations, but should be protected from
direct weather. Digital temperature controller is in a splash-proof NEMA box
with easy push-button programming. Controller displays in either F or C.
Chillers operate between 4080F (4.527C). Chillers 210 HP have a 2
slip inlet/outlet (15 HP and larger models have 3 inlet/outlet) and installed
water flow switch to shut them down should flow to the heat exchanger stop.
Water pressure should not exceed 40 psi. Ship motor freight from factory;
allow a 4-week build time. Split models available (add -SPLIT to part
number). One-year limited warranty.
Fresh or Saltwater Use
Insulated, Titanium Heat Exchanger
Digital Temperature Controller
Automatic Temperature Ranging
71/2 & 10 HP Models
25 HP Models
Water Flow Safety Switch

NOMINAL
AMPS
FLOW GPM
AIR OUTLET
VOLTS PHASE RLA/LRA MIN-MAX (CFM)***
L W H
MODEL HP* BTUH** KW
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
MT-1
24,000
208 - 230
9 / 58
20-40
1,550
44
33
62
370
$5,309.00
MT-3
36,000
10.5
208 - 230
14 / 72
20-40
2,175
44
33
66
396
6,319.00
MT-4
36,000
10.5
208 - 230
12 / 77
20-40
2,175
44
33
66
386
6,319.00
MT-5
48,000
14
208 - 230
21 / 109
30-60
2,500
51
38
62
474
7,479.00
MT-6
48,000
14
208 - 230
15 / 91
30-60
2,500
51
38
62
474
7,479.00
MT-7
60,000
17.5
208 - 230
27 / 158
30-60
3,700
56
38
70
520
8,389.00
MT-8
60,000
17.5
208 - 230
19 / 137
30-60
3,700
56
38
70
528
8,389.00
MT-9
7.5
90,000
26
208 - 230
28 / 164
60-120
6,530
48
42
68
670
12,099.00
MT-10
10
120,000
35
208 - 230
35 / 225
60-120
9,800
58
46
68
815
14,049.00
MT-15
15
180,000
52.7
208 - 230
55 / 164
120-180
9,750
112
56
75
1,559
25,369.00
MT-20
20
254,000
74.3
208 - 230
83 / 267
120-180
9,750
112
56
89
1,714
31,419.00
*Larger sizes and 460 voltage options available. **ARI net cooling capacity. ***Amount of hot air discharged from unit when operating.
TECH TALK 123

Heating Garden Ponds
Koi, goldfish, catfish, minnows, bluegills and many other fish are capable of living in ice-covered ponds
in their natural conditions. But when you put a lot of fish in a small pond, a fishkill will result if the ice
cover persists too long. To prevent a fishkill, all you need to do is keep a very small percentage of the
surface ice-free for gas transfer. Use one or more small heaters with thermostats built for the purpose.
Water temperatures below 65F (18C) can stress fish, reducing their resistance to disease. Rapid and
extreme fluctuations can also cause disease. If your fish are extremely important to you, and you want to
keep the temperature above 65F, you will need to both insulate and heat your pond in most locations in
the US. Unless you dont mind spending a kings ransom for heating, you will need to insulate and turn off
all fountains, waterfalls and other water-chilling devices.
Insulation can take the form of floating Styrofoam sheets, swimming pool cover, greenhouse structure,
plastic sheeting, etc. Keep in mind that when water evaporates it has a significant cooling effect. This
effect can account for as much as 80% of the total heat loss from open ponds. Be prepared to open the
insulation on warm days; otherwise, excessive heating of the water can take place, shocking the fish.
It may be more cost-effective to transfer fish to indoor tanks with recirculating filter systems for the
winter. This also allows for winter pond draining and maintenance.
The heat loss in BTU/hr per square foot of pond surface is approximately 15 times the temperature
difference between the desired water temperature and the coldest average air temperature. Example: If
you wanted to maintain water temperature at 65F, and you knew that the air temperature was going to
drop to 35F (24-hour average), you would have a 30 temperature difference x the surface area (which,
in this case, we will say is 100 sq.ft. x 15) = 45,000 BTU/hr. If you insulate 80%, your heat loss will be
less 80%.
What are the heating equipment options? Immersion heaters that are outdoor-rated or submersible may
be used, as well as the electric flow-through type. Gas heaters of the type used on hot tubs and
swimming pools typically are more cost-effective for the large heating loads. Beware of copper or cuper
nickel piping, which makes them incompatible with most fish cultures. They can be used, however, with
stainless steel or titanium heat exchangers. The water should be filtered prior to entering the heater to
avoid biofouling.
256 CHILLERS
In-Line Chillers
IN-LINE AIR-COOLED WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
Aqua Logic Delta Star in-line, air cooled, water chillers are built with helical
titanium evaporator coils for maximum cooling efficiency. Titanium is safe for
all aquatic animals in fresh or salt water systems. The low profile design allows
for easy placement in tight places and the quiet, internal, spring-mounted
hermetic motor/compressor provides years of reliable service.
All chillers come standard with a black ABS cover and digital electronic
controller mounted on a 4 cable, remote from the chiller unit. It displays the
current temperature, set point temperature, and has a 1 differential, in either
Fahrenheit or Celsius. A direct immersion titanium sensor probe with a 6
cable is included with the controller. Delta Star chillers are intended for use
indoors or, if located outdoors, they must be installed in an enclosure protected
from the direct weather in ambient air temperatures between 5590F.
If exposed to air temperatures outside of this range then optional ambient air
control packages must be factory installed during the manufacturing of the
chiller. All chillers require unrestricted air flow thru the condenser and thus
must be located in a well-ventilated area. Maximum water pressure for all
chillers is 20 psi. Units listed are compatible with 60 Hz current only. AE3 thru
AE7 are charged with 134A CFC refrigerant, and AE8 is charged with R-417
refrigerant. Allow 2 weeks for delivery. Prices are FOB CA.
AE4
Standard Models
For applications where the temperature to be maintained
is in the range of 6580F (1827C) such as reef tanks and warm water
fish exhibits.
Option A Models
Cool water units designed for a temperature range of 5065F (1018C) for
bait fish and temperate fish species.
Option B Models
For those applications where the unit will need to maintain
a very cold temperature in the range of 4080F (4.527C) such as
lobster tanks, cold water fish exhibits or research applications.
AE5 w/o Cover
Important Temperature Range Information

Water chillers are built for different water temperatures in order to work
efficiently and to provide the
full rated BTU output.Please specify operating temperature at time of order.
Options available - bare sensors on controller, dry probe wells for inline
sensors, outdoor enclosures, low ambient air controls, high ambient air
controls, water flow switches and split systems with indoor heat exchanger and
outdoor condensing unit, contact us for more information.
2-YEAR WARRANTY

60 HZ
NOMINAL
AIR OUTPUT FLOW (GPM)
HP VOLTS BTUH AMPS (CFM) MIN-MAX
1/4
115
3,000
5.4
240
8-15
L
183/4
W
12
SHIP WT
STANDARD MODELS
OPTION A MODELS
OPTION B MODELS
H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
11
53
AE3 $918.99
AE3A $1,079.00 AE3B $1,219.00
1/3 115 4,000 7.2 260 10-20 221/2 13 11 62
AE4 978.99 AE4A 1,149.00 AE4B 1,279.00
1/2 115 6,000
9.5
350
12-25 233/4 151/4 13 110
AE5 1,489.00 AE5A 1,689.00 AE5B 1,819.00
1/2 230 6,000
4.8
350
12-25 233/4 151/4 13 112
AE52 1,489.00
3/4 115
9,000
13
590
15-30
24 201/4 151/4 145
AE6B 2,169.00
3/4 230
9,000
590
15-30
24 201/4 151/4 145
AE62B 2,169.00
610
20-35 253/4 233/4 151/4 150
AE7B 2,529.00
25-40 261/4 26 171/2 190
AE8B 3,869.00
230 12,000 7.2
11/2 230 21,000 10.5 772
Delta Star is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
AE52A 1,689.00
AE52B 1,819.00
CHILLERS 257
Air-Cooled Coil Water Chillers
AIR-COOLED COIL WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
Aqua Logic Cyclone Coil Water Chillers are perfect for hydroponics,
fisheries research, education systems, living exhibits, animal hydrotherapy, lobster
and seafood holding tanks, emergencies, and use in high organics. Place this
chiller near the tank, drop the titanium coil in the water and turn it on. Water
circulation past the coil is required. Titanium is the only heat exchanger material
proven to be 100% fish and coral safe in saltwater systems. If there is no
circulation, place an air diffuser under or attach to the coil. The high efficiency of
this chiller is due to its unique helical coil design. HP units come with 6 flexible
stainless steel lines. Units under HP have 5 flexible lines feeding the 2-1/2
diameter chilling coil. All chillers come with a black ABS plastic cover and a
remote digital electronic controller which displays temperature, set point in
either F (1) or C, mounted in a NEMA enclosure. All chillers will be factory
set to operate most efficiently at your specified cooling temperature. You must
specify at time of order. All units have been pretested and have 60-Hz motors with
4 power cords. 1/4 & 1/3-hp chillers ship Ground. Larger sizes ship motor freight. All
prices FOB CA. Most units ship in 48 hours. Use the chart in Tech Talk 59 to
determine the horsepower required for your application. Two-year warranty.
N
o Plumbing Required, Drop titanium coil directly into tank or sump
F
resh or Saltwater Use
AE3D
C
ompact Design and Quiet Operation
R
emote Electronic Temperature Controller
O
zone Friendly Refrigerant (134A)
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Standard Models
Operate within a temperature range of 6580F (1827C) for applications such as
reef tanks and warm water fish exhibits.
Option A Models
Operate within a temperature range of 5065F (1018C) for bait fish and
temperate fish exhibits.

60 HZ
NOMINAL
AIR OUTPUT WATER FLOW
HP VOLTS BTUH AMPS WATTS (CFM) RATE (GPM) L W H
IN/OUT
SHIP WT
STANDARD MODELS
OPTION A MODELS
FIPT (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/4 115 3,000 5.4 621 240 815 14 12 11
3/4
53 AE3D $998.99
AE3DA $1,259.00
1/3 115 4,000 7.2 828 260 1020 181/2 13 11
3/4
62 AE4D 1,059.00
AE4DA 1,329.00
1/2 115 6,000 9.5 1092 350 1225 181/2 151/2 13
11/2 110 AE5D 1,609.00
AE5DA 1,919.00
1/2 230 6,000 4.8 1104 350 1225 181/2 151/2 13
11/2 112 AE5D2 1,609.00
AE5D2A 1,919.00
COOLWORKS ICE PROBE COOLING ELEMENT

The Coolworks Ice Probe uses advanced thermoelectric technology to
directly convert electricity into cooling power. Its unique design is based
upon Peltiers principle, making the Ice Probe a highly efficient miniature
heat pump! The durable aluminum probe is coated with an FDA-approved
epoxy, making these units ideal small coolers for miniature aquariums,
bait tanks, bioassay research, hydroponics and even potable water systems.
The units are capable of cooling 10 gallons of water 20F below ambient
temperature in an insulated tank (just a few degrees in a noninsulated
tank with heavy lighting). Probes can be mounted through the side of
a tank, using the molded bulkhead kit included (11/4 hole required) or can
be immersed (probe end only). Temperature controller is not included;
we recommend TC11. Weighing only 2 lbs, each Ice Probe includes a
separate 12VDC power supply and draws only 50 watts. Ship weight 5 lbs.
One-year warranty.
Efficientdirectly converts electricity into cooling
Reliablefan is only moving part
Easy to installone hole, one nut
Safelow-voltage operation
Environmentally friendlyno chemicals or gases
Can use temperature controller
MODEL EACH
AE9 $140.69
Ice Probe is a registered trademark of Ulf Moren.
Cyclone registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.

258 CHILLERS
Water Chillers
AIR-COOLED TRIMLINE WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
These Aqua Logic TRIMLINE air cooled, titanium water chillers have the same
reliable design and features as the Aqua Logic Delta Star and Cyclone
Chillers but in a more compact package. Titanium is the only heat exchanger
material proven to be 100% fish and coral safe in saltwater systems.
These sleek chillers have a brushed stainless steel enclosure and ABS panel
inserts. They use the helical coil heat exchanger design and include a digital
temperature controller mounted with a 4 cable, remote from the chiller unit.
They display temperature, set point, minimum and maximum in F or C. A
titanium sensor probe with a 6 cable is included with the controller. Models have
5 flexible line connecting to a 2-1/2 diameter chilling coil. Ozone Friendly
Refrigerant (134A). Two-year warranty.
Fresh or Saltwater Use
Compact Design & Quiet Operation
For Indoor Use Only
Remote Electronic Temperature Controller
FLOW-THROUGH STYLE
Standard Models
DROP-IN COIL STYLE
For applications where the temperature to be maintained is in the range of

6580F (1827C) such as reef tanks and warm water fish exhibits.
Option A Models
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Cool water units designed for a temperature range of 5065F (1018C) for bait
fish and temperate fish exhibits.

60 HZ
NOMINAL
FLOW (GPM)
IN/OUT
SHIP WT
STANDARD MODELS
OPTION A MODELS
HP
VOLTS BTUH
AMPS
MIN-MAX L
W
H FIPT (LBS) MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
Delta Star Trimline Flow-Through Models

1/4
115
3,000
5.4
8-15
17 9 201/2
3/4
55
TLD3 $1,049.00
TLD3A $1,199.00
1/3
115
4,000
7.2
10-20
19 9 21-1/2
3/4
60
TLD4 1,129.00
TLD4A 1,289.00
55
TLC3 $1,129.00
TLC3A $1,399.00
60
TLC4 1,179.00
TLC4A 1,449.00
Cyclone Trimline Drop-In-Coil Models

1/4
115
3,000
5.4
815
1/3
115
4,000
7.2
1020
12 9 20-1/2
15-1/2 9
21
AQUARIUM CHILLERS
Easy to install high-performance units with titanium exchanger
Get stable, consistent temperatures from these Teco SEACHILL Tank
aquarium chillers. These chillers are easy to installbarbed in-line
connections are included, and no hard plumbing is required.
SCTK150
SCTK500/SCTK1000/SCTK2000
Units have a modern look with sturdy construction and a small footprint.
Small and mid-rage units have features that facilitate their placement in tight
spaces, cabinets and stands. The digital thermostat with LED display will
maintain desired set temperatures within 1F. Unique to the SCTK150 is a
condenser system that also functions as the units chassisproviding an
incredible amount of ventilation.
SCTK3000/SCTK6000
On top of the SCTK500, SCTK1000, and SCTK2000 units is a rotatable exhaust

conveyor to direct ventilation in any direction. A front-side filter affixes
magnetically for effortless maintenance. A built-in heater helps ensure
temperatures stay optimal in most use conditions. 2-year warranty on
1/81/3 HP models, and 1-year warranty on 1/2 and 1 HP models.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
SCTR-FLOW
(1/81/3 HP MODELS)
SCTR-UV

BUILT-IN
FLOW RATE
MODEL
HP VOLTS HZ HEATER WATTS (GPM)
CAPACITY
SHIP WT
(GAL)
L W H (LBS)
EACH
SCTK150
1/8
115
60
150
2.5-4.5
UP TO 60
14.2
8.5
12.4
32
$565.99
SCTK500
1/6
115
60
225
3-13
UP TO 120
12.2
12.2
16.4
45
838.99
SCTK1000
1/4
115
60
315
3-13
90-200
12.2 12.2 18
50
943.99
SCTK2000
1/3
115
60
440
3-13
130-150
12.2 12.2 19.7
55
1,049.00
SCTK3000
1/2
115
60
750
4.5-13.5
UP TO 750
23.6
15.2
25.6
85
1,889.00
SCTK6000
115
60
900
4.5-13.5
UP TO 1,300
23.6
15.2
25.6
90
2,414.00
SCTR-FLOW
FLOW INDICATOR
9.49
SCTR-HEAT
HEATER KIT FOR MODELS SCTK3000 AND SCTK6000
88.99
SCTR-UV
UV KIT FOR MODELS SCTK3000 AND SCTK6000
157.49
SCTR-UVB
UV REPLACEMENT BULB
64.79
Delta Star , Cyclone and Aqua Logic are registered trademarks of Aqua Logic, Inc. Teco and SeaChill are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Teco Srl.
SECTION 259
CHILLERS
Products
/ Products
/ Products
Water Cooled
Water
Chillers
WATER COOLED WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
These Aqua Logic Delta Star inline water cooled water chillers have become
very popular in the aquaculture and aquarium industries. These models
feature water-cooled condensing units, making them ideal for installations
with an existing freshwater supply. They use water to cool the condenser
instead of air provided by a fan. Sources of cooling water could include a
facilitys chilled water loop, municipal water, cooling tower and well or spring
water. The chillers low heat emission and compact size make them perfect for
placement in tight spaces with minimal ventilation. Units include ABS cover,
temperature controller and a helix titanium coil. Chillers operate within
4080F (4.527C). Allow 4 weeks for delivery. Prices are FOB CA, motor
freight. One-year warranty.
7WC w/ Cover
7WC w/o Cover
F
resh or Saltwater Use
In-Line Tube In Shell Titanium Heat Exchanger
W
ater Cooled Condenser
C
ompact Design & Quiet Operation
R
emote Electronic Temperature Controller
O
zone Friendly Refrigerant (R134A) and model 10WC (R417A)
L
arger Sizes Available
5hp water chiller installation.

HP
MODEL
60 HZ
VOLTS
NOMINAL
BTUH
KW
AMPS
FLOW (GPM)
MIN-MAX
*CONDENSER WATER
USE (GPM)
WATER IN/OUT
FPT
L
W
H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
3WC 1/4
115 3,000
0.9
5.4
8-15
0.3
3/4
19 133/4 11
4WC 1/3
115
1.1
7.2
10-20
0.5
3/4
221/2 131/2 11
69
1,849.00
4,000
65 $1,599.00
5WC 1/2
115 6,000 1.75
9.5
12-25
0.7
11/2
24 151/2 13
119
2,399.00
6WC 1/2
230 6,000 1.75
4.8
12-25
0.7
11/2
24 151/2 13
119
2,399.00
7WC 3/4 115 9,000 2.7
13
15-30
1.0
11/2
25 21 15
150 2,499.00
8WC 3/4 230 9,000 2.7
15-30
1.0
11/2
25 21 15
150 2,499.00
9WC 1 230 12,000 3.4
7.2
20-35
1.5
11/2
27 24 15
160 2,859.00
10WC 11/2 230 21,000 6.1
10.5
25-40
2.0
11/2
31 26 19
250
4,119.00
*Condenser water use based on 55-60F water temperature entering the unit. Water flows though unit only when the unit is running.
TECH TALK 59
Chiller Installation and Sizing Tips
Pentair AES Chiller Sizing Chart (in Gallons of Water

Cooled) for Uninsulated Tanks
ECHILL3
1. Insulate water lines to and from chillers.

2. Insulate as much of the water tank as possible.
3. Keep the chiller well ventilated. The higher the temperature around the chiller, the longer it
has to work.
4. Submersible water pumps add heat to the water. If a submersible pump must be used, choose
the next size larger chiller.
5. Water must be run through the chiller at all times while unit is on.
6. For tanks smaller than 3,000 gallons, allow 24 hours for initial chilling.
For tanks larger than 3,000 gallons, allow 48 hours or more.
7. Reduce biofouling by filtering water prior to chiller. Check the filter often. If it clogs and
reduces water flow below the minimum required, freeze damage can occur.
8. Consult the Pentair AES technical department for flow-through and other applications.
9. A mbient air temperature for sizing should be measured directly above the tank to be chilled.
Temperature Difference From Ambient (F)

Hp
1/6
1/5
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
8
10
10
90
144
260
360
550
826
1,321
2,115
2,640
3,960
5,280
6,600
10,560
13,200
20
45
72
130
181
280
420
672
1,075
1,320
1,980
2,640
3,300
5,280
6,600
30
30
50
90
130
200
300
500
800
850
1,275
1,700
2,125
3,400
4,250
40
23
40
70
100
154
231
370
555
670
1,005
1,340
1,675
2,680
3,350
10. A n oversized chiller will not cost more to operate, as it only turns on when needed and runs
for a shorter time.
Splash aerators, degassing devices, etc., can add a great deal of heat not considered in the above chart. For insulated tanks (at least 2 on all sides), decreased heat loss will require less hp.
260 CHILLERS
SECTION
Chiller
Packages
ProductsBarrel
/ Products
/ Products
CHILLER BARREL PACKAGES
Aqua Logic DX (Direct Expansion) Heat Exchanger Packages are complete
refrigerant-to-water systems that are safe for both fresh and salt water
systems. The heat exchanger can be connected to a central refrigerant loop
or to a dedicated remote condensing unit. These packages are ideal for
overseas installations where the condensing unit can be purchased and
serviced locally saving significant freight and importation costs. Nominal BTU
capacity is based on using R-134A refrigerant (for models HX-3DX thru
HX-12DX) or R-410A refrigerant (for models HX-24DX and larger). If another
type of refrigerant will be used, please consult us before ordering. Ship via
motor freight. FOB CA. One-year limited warranty.
P
reassembled and ready to install
C
ompact design
T
itanium tube and Schedule 40 PVC shell evaporator
3
04 stainless steel mounting stand and hardware
D
igital temperature controller, TXV, flow switch, moisture indicator
2
4 volt power supply required
Condensing units are also available for each DX Heat Exchanger Package,
please refer to the Aqua Logic Multi-Temp Air Cooled Water Chillers or
Aqua Logic Titan Air Cooled Heat Pumps and request a Split option.
NOTE: Standard DX heat exchangers are manufactured for connection
to cooling-only condensing units and WILL NOT work with a heat pump
condensing unit. If being used with a heat pump condensing unit,
add -HP to part number (call for pricing).
7.5 - 20HP models
1/3 - 1HP models
2 - 5HP models

NOMINAL
FLOW (GPM)
REFRIGERANT
PROCESS WATER
SHIP WT
MODEL HP BTUH* KW
MIN/MAX IN/OUT FIPT IN/OUT L W
H
(LBS) EACH
HX-3DX
1/4
3,000
0.8
8 / 15
1 @ 3/8 / 3/8
3/4 FIPT
23
18
25
HX-4DX
1/3
4,000
1.2
10 / 20
1 @ 3/8 / 3/8
3/4 FIPT
25
18
28
$1,054.00
1,076.00
HX-6DX
1/2
6,000
1.8
12 / 25
1 @ 3/8 / 1/2
11/2 FIPT
26
18
30
1,098.00
HX-9DX
3/4
9,500
2.6
20 / 35
1 @ 3/8 / 1/2
11/2 FIPT
32
18
35
1,276.00
HX-12DX
12,000
3.5
25 / 40
1 @ 3/8 / 5/8
11/2 FIPT
35
18
38
1,465.00
HX-24DX
24,000
7.0
20 / 40
1 @ 3/8 / 5/8
2 SLIP
29
14
26
129
2,877.00
HX-36DX
36,000
10.5
20 / 40
1 @ 3/8 / 5/8
2 SLIP
36
14
26
148
3,196.00
HX-48DX
48,000
14.0
30 / 60
1 @ 3/8 / 11/8
2 SLIP
45
14
26
174
3,380.00
HX-60DX
60,000
17.5
30 / 60
1 @ 3/8 / 11/8
2 SLIP
52
14
26
194
3,699.00
HX-90DX
7.5
90,000
28.0
100 / 180
1 @ 5/8 / 13/8
3 SLIP
20
25
52
216
6,873.00
HX-120DX
10
120,000
35.0
100 / 180
1 @ 5/8 / 13/8
3 SLIP
20
25
62
253
8,275.00
HX-180DX
15
175,000
51.2
100 / 180
1 @ 5/8 / 15/8
3 SLIP
20
25
80
302
10,579.00
HX-240DX
20
223,000
65.3
100 / 180
2 @ 1/2 / 13/8
3 SLIP
20
25
92
337
13,599.00
*For models HX-3DX thru HX-12DX, nominal BTUH is based on 134A refrigerant. For models HX-24DX and larger, nominal BTUH is based on R410A refrigerant.
SECTION 261
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/
TREATMENTS
PRODUCTS
262
265
266
267
268
272
274
275
276
277
278
279
Algaecides/Herbicides
Clarifier/Phosphate Remover
Colorants/Dyes
Clarifiers
Barley Straw/Bacteria
Salts/Substrates
Chlorine & Ammonia Neutralizers
Ammonia Removers/Carbon
Misc. Water Conditioners
Fish Hauling
Anesthetics/Disinfectants
Parasite Control
262 CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
SECTION
Algaecides/Herbicide/Flocculant
SECLEAR ALGAECIDE
AND WATER QUALITY ENHANCER
SeClear is the first aquatic algaecide and water quality enhancer in one
designed to replace routine algaecide treatments. SeClear provides effective
control of a broad-range of algae species while reducing in-water phosphorus
levels with each application.
The result is longer lasting control, improved water quality and aesthetics
with reduced maintenance through time. The mode of action for SeClear is
uptake through the algal cells where the copper ion inhibits photosynthesis
providing a fast-acting result.
MODEL EACH
SEC1
1 GALLON
$34.39
CAPTAIN LIQUID COPPER ALGAECIDE

Captain is a chelated copper product that is effective on both filamentous and
planktonic algae in a wide range of fresh water applications. Algae control
occurs in 3 to 7 days following a Captain application and there are no
restrictions on treated water, even immediately after use for swimming,
fishing, watering livestock, irrigating turf or ornamental plants.
The mode of action for Captain is uptake through the algal cells where the
copper ion inhibits photosynthesis providing a fast-acting result. Algae is an
aquatic plant that can grow anywhere moisture, light and nutrients combine
to support growth. You certainly can't control how wet your pond is; and
there's not much you can do about how much sunlight hits the water. You can,
however, avoid fertilizing near the pond or anywhere rainwater runoff may
enter the water.
MODEL EACH
CPT1
$38.09
1 GALLON
MICROBE-LIFT FLOCCULANT PLUS

Water Clarifier
A proprietary formulation (polymeric blend) used to coagulate suspended solids
in the pond water. After use, particles in the water settle to the bottom of the
pond and/or filter out through the filter system.
Clears cloudy water
Safe for aquatic life and plants
Attracts suspended particles
Improves filtration
MODEL EACH
770007
NUFARM DIQUAT HERBICIDE
HAZMAT AG
1 GALLON
$39.99
37% diquat formula, fast-acting and water-soluble. EPA-registered. Diquat

SPC 2L herbicide is used to control aquatic weeds in public waters such as
ponds, lakes, reservoirs, marshes, bayous, drainage ditches, canals, streams,
rivers, and other slow moving or quiescent bodies of water. Optimum control of
submersed weeds is obtained by applying Diquat SPC 2L herbicide when the
weeds are actively growing (photosynthesizing), typically when water
temperatures are about 50F or more. With Diquat SPC 2L herbicide, there are
no concerns about groundwater, toxicity to fish, other organisms or wildlife.
MODEL
RW1
EACH
1 GALLON $104.99
SeClear Algaecide and Water Quality Enhancer and Captain are registered trademarks of SePRO Corp. Nufarm is a
registered trademark of Nufarm Australia Limited. Microbe-Lift is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
263 SECTION
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
SECTION 263
ProductsAlgaecides/Herbicides
CUTRINE-PLUS ALGAECIDE AND HERBICIDE
HAZMAT A
Cutrine Plus Liquid with copper ethanolamine complexes is a rapid acting, hard
water stable, contact algaecide. Cutrine Plus in this liquid formulation is Ideal
for control of surface algae in lakes, ponds, fish hatcheries, irrigation canals,
and drainage ditches. Do not use with salmon or cyprinids. Average application
rate is one gallon per acre-foot. Ship weight per gallon is 11 lbs.
*For best results, use with a surfactant such as Cide-Kick II.
MODEL
AQA9-C
EACH 4+
1 GALLON $42.19 $40.08
GREENCLEAN PRO GRANULAR ALGAECIDE
HAZMAT AG
This non-copper-based algaecide eliminates algae on contact. Designed for

lakes, ponds and unpainted surfaces. Sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate
destroys algal cell membranes and chlorophyll within 60 sec. Biodegrades
completely and adds 13% bioavailable oxygen to the water. For spot treatments
apply at a rate of 2050 lbs/acre-foot; for algae blooms apply at a rate of 930
lbs/acre-foot; for filamentous algae blooms treat at a rate of 5090 lbs/
acre-foot. Safe for use with koi and trout. EPA-approved.
MODEL
GC51-C
50 LBS
EACH
$135.49
GREENCLEAN ALGAECIDE
GreenClean works on contact to control algae in water gardens, ornamental
ponds, fountains and other water features. Does not harm aquatic life,
and its formula releases oxygen into the water as it biodegrades. GreenClean
also eliminates algae on a wide variety of surfaces. 2 lbs treat a 1,000-gal pond
for an entire season. EPA-approved.
MODEL
EACH
GC81-C
8 LBS
In certain states, herbicides

and algaecides are
restricted. Products with
this symbol cannot be sold
into the states of California,
Connecticut, Iowa, Maine,
Michigan, Nebraska,
Montana, New Hampshire,
New York, Vermont or
Washington.
$47.19
CUTRINE-PLUS GRANULAR ALGAECIDE

Great for spot-treating
Cutrine-Plus Granular Algaecide controls bottom-growing algae. Clean, dry,

granular algaecide sinks rapidly and works evenly over the affected area.
Easily spread from the bag (wear gloves) or with a crank-type rotary spreader.
EPA-approved for use in lakes and potable water reservoirs, farm fish ponds
and fish hatcheries. For spot treatment, apply at the rate of 1 lb per 720 ft2
(1 kg per 147 m2). 30-lb bag.
MODEL
AQA3
30 LBS
EACH
$97.29
Do not use copper-based products in waters with koi, carp, goldfish or trout.
Cutrine-Plus is a registered trademark of Arch Chemicals, Inc. GreenClean is a registered trademark of Biosafe Systems, LLC. Cide-Kick is a registered trademark of Brewer International.
SECTION
Herbicides/Surfactant
WEEDTRINE-D HERBICIDE
HAZMAT A
This is a form of diquat (8.5%), an aquatic herbicide that is not absorbed by fish.
Controls bladderwort, cattail, coontail, duckweed, elodea, naiad, pennywort,
pithophora, pond weeds, salvinia, spirogyra, water hyacinth, water lettuce and
water milfoil.
Also recommended for top-kill of shoreline emergent weeds and as a grass
and broadleaf weed killer in noncrop areas. Absorption and herbicidal action
are usually quite rapid, with visible effects in a few days.
Ideally suited for use in small bodies of water. Apply
only to water where there is no overflow. Do not use
treated water for animal consumption, spraying,
irrigation or domestic purposes for 14 days after
treatment. For marginal weed problems, apply at
the rate of 2 oz/gal of water. Check local laws prior
to ordering, as use of this product may not be legal
in your area. D.O.T. rating is hazardous when
shipped by air. Weighs 8 lbs.
For best results, use with a surfactant such as
Cide-Kick II.
MODEL
WTD1
Apply 1 gallon per acre-foot (1 liter/326 m3) for control

of most plant species. As always, read and comply
with product labels. AQT25 ships motor freight only.
For best results, use with a surfactant such as
Cide-Kick II.
MODEL
AQT25
SHIP WT (LBS)
2.5 GALLONS
EACH
$257.99
25
SHORE-KLEAR HERBICIDE
Sonar controls target weeds in almost any body of

water. It usually takes 30 to 90 days for Sonar to work.
Susceptible plants absorb Sonar through their leaves,
shoots and from roots. Within a short period (seven to
ten days) injury symptoms begin to appear.
Susceptible weeds will start to show chlorosis, a
deficiency of green pigment. Sonars selectivity lets
desirable aquatic plants become reestablished. Wont
restrict swimming, fishing or drinking, even
immediately after application! Rates depend on target
species and habitat conditions. As always, follow label
rates and restrictions.
SHIP WT (LBS)
1 PINT
HAZMAT AG
EACH
SONAR HERBICIDE R
Can control weeds up to one full year
SN1
Elective contact control for submerged aquatic weeds, including Najas species,
coontail, milfoil and most pond weed species. Carries no turf irrigation
restrictions. Granular formulation recommended for spot treating small
weed patches and deep growing plants. Liquid formula supplies most active
ingredients per dollar.
$74.99
1 GALLON
MODEL
AQUATHOL K HERBICIDE (LIQUID OR GRANULAR)
EACH
$486.89
A systemic postemergence herbicide used in

controlling undesirable vegetation growing in and
adjacent to aquatic sites. Apply 3 oz of Shore-Klear
per 1 gal of water (24 mL per liter) for control of
most postemergent weeds.Can not be sold into
Canada.
For best results, use with Cide-Kick II Surfactant.
MODEL
RD25
2.5 GALLONS
EACH
$94.49
MICROBE-LIFT ALGAECIDE FOR PONDS

Stops algae growth
MICROBE-LIFT Algaway 5.4 Algaecide
controls string algae. It stops algae growth in
ponds and can be applied to areas that contain
fish and plants. Not safe for use with snails,
shrimp and other crustaceans or mollusks.
No more green water
CIDE-KICK II SURFACTANT
Will not harm fish or live ornamental plants
Makes your spray application more effective.A

nonionic additive mixed with herbicides to break
down the waxy coating on the leaf surface,
effectively penetrating the cell wall of the plant. Use
1 ounce of Cide-Kick II per 1 gallon of spray
solution (8 mL/L).
EPA-approved
770008
MICROBE-LIFT ALGAWAY 5.4
16 OZ
$10.99
MODEL
EACH
770009
32 OZ
16.99
1 QUART $20.69
770010
1 GAL
57.99
770011
2.5 GAL
99.99
WTD2
MODEL
EACH
Aquathol is a registered trademark of United Phosphorus, Inc. Shore-Klear, Weedtrine are registered trademarks of Arch Chemicals, Inc. Sonar is a registered trademark of SePro, Inc.
SECTION 265
Products
Clarifier/Phosphate
Remover
SEAKLEAR AQUARIA WATER TREATMENT

Natural Clarifier clears up cloudy water by causing particulates to clump together and be easily caught on
mechanical filters. It also removes excess oils to prevent scum at the water line. Biodegradable and usable
with all sanitizers, it is safe for plants, animals, fish and the environment. 55-gal drum also available; call
for price.
Phosphate Remover eliminates phosphates by binding them in an insoluble
form so they are no longer available for algae growth. Removes algae-causing orthophosphates and keeps
salt generators working properly. Nontoxic100% safe for plants, animals, fish and the environment. 3,000
ppb. Note: Will cloud water when applied. 55-gal drum also available; call for price.
MODEL EACH
CLARIFIER
SK0104
1 QT
SK0101
1 GAL
50.29
SK0102
5 GAL
225.79
SK0104
$17.09
SK0404
PHOSPHATE REMOVER
SK0404
1 QT
HAZMAT A
52.29
SK0405
SK0401
1 GAL
HAZMAT A
178.49
5 GAL
HAZMAT AG
787.49
SeaKlear is a registered trademark of NC Brands L.P. Limited

Partnership.
HERBICIDE GUIDE
American Lotus
Spirodela polyrhiza
Mosquito Fern
Azolla caroliniana
Cattail
Typha spp.
Salvinia
Fragrant Waterlily
Nymphaea odorata
Giant Cutgrass
Zizaniopsis miliacea
Setaria magna
Maidencare
Panicum hematomon
Paragrass
Panicum purpurascens
Pickerelweeds
Sawgrass
Smartweeds
Southern Watergrass
Spatterdock
Cladium jamaicense
Slender Duckweed
Wolffiella floridana
Waterhyacinth
Eichhornia crassipes
Waterlettuce
Watermeal
Bladderworts
Coontail
Egeria
Egeria densa
Elodea
Elodea canadensis
Eurasian Watermilfoil
Fanwort
Cabomba caroliniana
Horned Pondweed
Zannichellia palustris
E
E
Hydrilla
Naiads
Parrotfeather
Pondweeds
Water buttercup
Widgeongrass
Wildcelery
Panicum repens
Water Pennywort
Hydrocotyle umbellata
Water Primrose
Ludwigia uruguayensis
Watershield
Brasenia schreberi
Waterwillow
Justicia americana
F
G
Myriophyllum spicatum
E
G
Paspalum fluitans
Ultricularia spp.
Ceratophylium demersum
Torpedograss
Pistia stratiotes
Wolffia columbiana
Nuphar luteum
Water Paspalum
F = Fair; G = Good; E = Excellent
Hydrochloa caroliniensis
Salvinia rotundifolia
G
G
Polygonum spp.
F
G
Pontederia spp.
G
G
G
F
Giant Foxtail
G
F
Phragmites australis
Leersia hexandra
Weedtrine D
Giant Duckweed
Aquathol
Lemna minor
Cutgrass
Duckweed
Scirpus spp.
Common Reed
AQUATIC PLANT
E
Nelumbo lutea
Sonar
E
Bulrush
Shore-Klear
Alternanthera philoxeroides
FLOATING PLANTS
Alligator Weed
E
E
AQUATIC PLANT
F
Hydrilla verticillata
Najas spp.
SUBMERSED PLANTS
Weedtrine D
Aquathol
HERBICIDE
EMERSED PLANTS
Sonar
Shore-Klear
HERBICIDE
Myriophyllum aquaticum
Potamogeton spp.
Ranunculus aquatilis
Ruppia maritima
Vallisneria americana
NOTE: This is a guide only; read and follow manufacturer's labels.

Colorants/Dyes
CONCENTRATED WATER COLORANTS

Super-concentrated water colorant thats as friendly to animals and fish as it is
to the eye. Requires only one-fourth as much compared to other dyes. Helps
prevent the growth of vegetation. Store in cool dry location. Wear rubber gloves
when applying to protect hands from staining. Case contains 12 quarts.
Blue Vail turns water to a sparkling sapphire blue; ideal for ponds, lakes,
fountains, and lagoons.
Blue/Black Vail is the most natural looking dye possible as it mimics the
hues and tones of a natural lake. Filters sunlight more than standard blue dyes.
Not recommended for fountains.
OWD5
Black Vail turns water a mirror black, simulating clear dark bottomed lakes;
ideal for controlled waterways like private ponds and lakes. Provides the
darkest shading possible. Not recommended for fountains.
OWD7
N
on-toxic and safe for fish, humans, plants and birds
C
ontains no herbicides or algaecides
1
quart treats 1,000,000 gallons of water for up to 4 months
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
CASE (12 QTS)
$35.69
$32.12
OWD5
BLUE VAIL
1 QUART
OWD7
BLUE/BLACK 1 QUART
37.79 34.01
OWD8
BLACK VAIL
37.79
1 QUART
OWD8
34.01
WEED CONTROL WATER COLORANT
Aquashade is a water dye that filters sunlight to reduce the growth of aquatic
weeds and algae. It is also useful for coloring water an attractive blue to
enhance its aesthetic quality. Apply to controlled waterways such as
ornamental and golf course ponds, lakes, fountains and fish farms. Use in
conjunction with herbicides or algaecides for control of surface algae mats or
shallow-water plants. Not for use in drinking water; no restrictions for animal/
livestock drinking, irrigation, swimming or fish consumption when used at label
rates. Results appear immediately and last up to four months in nonflowing
waters. Wear rubber gloves and protective eye wear for cleanliness and safety.
Case contains 4 gallons.
EPA-registered for aquatic plant growth control
Easy to apply
1 gallon treats 1,000,000 gallons of water
MODEL
OWD2
1 GALLON
SHIP WT (LBS)
11
Aquashade is a registered trademark of Arch Chemicals, Inc.
CRYSTAL BLUE WATER COLORANT

Crystal Blue is a water colorant that produces a more vibrant blue color than
some other dyes. The typical application rate is one gallon per 1,000,000 gallons
of pond water (equals one acre, 3' deep or approximately one acre, 4' deep with
sloping sides). Four gallons per case.
MODEL
CB64
1 GALLON
EACH 4+
$35.09 $31.58
Crystal Blue is a registered trademark of Bluewater Chemgroup, Inc.
EACH
4+
$56.69 $51.02
SECTION 267
Products / Products / Clarifiers
Products
PHOSCLEAR WATER TREATMENT

Phosclear (buffered aluminum sulfate) is a convenient phosphorus removal
and water clarification solution for murky waters. Use in lakes, ponds and
reservoirs. Simply broadcast the granules evenly across the surface of the
water. Typical application rate is 80 lbs per acre-foot (25 ppm). A buffering agent
prevents pH drops. Note: pH should be between 5.5 and 8.0, alkalinity between
50 and 200 ppm and salinity below 3 ppt. Large quantities ship from factory.
MODEL
PC40-AQ
EACH
$94.09
40-LB PAIL
MICROBE LIFT 4X & IND

MICROBE LIFT is composed of several strains of bacteria that begin
immediately to attack the materials in the water or soil that cause pollution
and unpleasant odors. It is a nontoxic, biodegradable, nonpathogenic,
USDA-authorized product that is extremely effective in the treatment and
clean up of environmental waste. MICROBE LIFT complies with even the
strictest of environmental regulations.
MICROBE LIFT 4X is specially formulated for use in septic tanks. Use will
enhance the breakdown of organic wastes and sludge and reduce hydrogen
sulfide and odor problems.
MICROBE LIFT IND is specially formulated for industrial and municipal
wastewater systems. The highly concentrated formula can solve the most
difficult waste management problems when used in a controlled maintenance
program. It significantly reduces odors, improves BOD and COD removal
efficiency, degrades hydrocarbons and volatile organic carbons and
accelerates plant startups and recovery from upsets or shock loads.
It has a high ability to improve organic removal efficiency and stimulate
nitrification/denitrification.
MODEL
ML3-AQ
MICROBE LIFT 4X
ML5-AQ
MICROBE LIFT IND
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
1 QUART
$14.69
1 GALLON
11
43.79
ML5-AQ
MICROBE LIFT PL
For over 20 years, MICROBE LIFT PL has been unique in the marketplace.
It is specifically formulated for fish ponds, decorative ponds and lagoons.
It is a mixture of beneficial bacteria, including nitrifiers and photosynthetic
bacteria,that reduces ammonia levels, eliminates noxious odors and reduces
the buildup of wastes. MICROBE LIFT PL is completely safe and will help to
maintain a balanced pond environment. For 501- to 1,000-gal ponds, use
12 oz for first application, 4 oz/week for 4 weeks and 4 oz after that for monthly
maintenance. For 1,001- to 5,000-gal ponds, use 16 oz for first application,
6 oz/week for 4 weeks and 6 oz after that for monthly maintenance.

MODEL
ML7
1 GALLON
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
11
66.19
Phosclear is a registered trademark of M2 Polymer Technologies, Inc. Microbe Lift is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
SECTION
Products
Barley
Straw
/ Products
Pellets/Ammonia
/ Products Control
MICROBE-LIFT BARLEY STRAW PELLETS
KOI
MICROBE-LIFT Barley Straw Pellets + works in much the same way as barley
straw...only faster! Whereas barley straw works by releasing certain natural
chemicals as it biodegrades, so do the pellets, only the breakdown compounds
are released faster: dispersing equally throughout the water; reacting
photochemically with sunlight; and activating humic acids to produce hydrogen
peroxide-an oxidizing agent that also helps to keep the water clear-naturally and
at a low level of release. The humic acid will also chelate metals such as copper
or arsenic. Treats 1,000 gallons for 14 months or 2,500 gallons for 6 months.
Each bag includes a graduated measuring cup.
Matures pond water chemistry
MODEL
BSP10
10.5 LBS
Disperses quickly by simple broadcast of pellets into the pond or packing in a

porous fabric sock and suspending in pond or available chamber in skimmer
or filter
EACH
$31.99
Buffers pH
Releases decomposition by-products immediately
Works year round
Provides a slow steady release of beneficial ingredients through
natural activity
NITRAFIX
Nitrafix is a natural biological product focused on keeping nitrogen, often a limiting factor in pond systems,
low. Nitrafix is a consortium of autotrophic and heterotrophic organisms and denitrifying organisms that
lowers all types of nitrogen thereby removing ammonia and leaving aquatic life unharmed. Applications
include migratory waterfowl ponds, koi ponds and koi farming, shrimp farming, retention and decorative
ponds, and golf courses. Do not use as an adjuvant with algaecides and herbicides.
Temperature of water 55 -70F (12.8-21.1C):
Initial Dose: 4 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Maintenance Dose: 1 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Temperature of water 70F (21.1C) and up:
Initial Dose: 1 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Maintenance Dose: gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
MODEL
770002
EACH
1 GALLON $51.49

Facility Tours
SECTION 269
Bacteria
PONDZILLA BLACK
PondZilla Black is an all-natural biochemical catalyst that enhances the breakdown of proteins and
complex carbohydrates found in aquatic plants. PondZilla Black releases specific biostimulants that allow
the naturally-occurring bacteria and fungi to take over degradation of the dead flora and fixation of
available nutrients. This product is designed specifically to complement algaecide treatments for aquatic
plants and filamentous green algae like Pithophora. Although these products do not kill aquatic plants or
algae, the molecular make up of PondZilla Black will boost algaecides so they can penetrate the resting
structures while it enables naturally-occurring bacteria to degrade dead organic matter. This treatment is
followed up with a dose of MD Pellets to digest what is left. Applications include ponds, lakes, canals,
retention and koi ponds, hatcheries, raceways, and golf course ponds.
PondZilla Black works over a wide pH range, but for best results use citric acid or a low-pH surfactant to
adjust tank mix to a pH of 4 to 6:
Monster Dose: 15 gallons per acre
Regular Dose: 3 gallons per acre initially and 1-3 gallons per month thereafter
Pollen Dose: 2 gallons per acre sprayed on the surface
Leaf Degradation: 1-3 gallons per acre per month followed by 10 lbs of MD Pellets
MODEL
770004
EACH
1 GALLON $105.09
MD PELLETS
MD Pellets are slow-release pellets that sink into and degrade muck that builds up in the bottom of fish
ponds. This product is a nice alternative to physical cleaning of the ponds. They contain safe and beneficial
bacteria, which will not harm aquatic species, fish, waterfowl, or people. This product will also reduce
sulfide and mercaptan odors found in muck. Applications include lakes, decorative ponds, retention ponds,
shorelines, aquaculture, and golf courses.
MD Pellets work best when water temperature is 60 F (17C) to 130F (54C). The warmer it is the faster
they reproduce and digest sludge:
Traditional Dose: Feed 10 lb to 25 lb per surface-acre once per month depending on depth of muck or
extent of surface debris.
Super Dose: For ponds or lakes where they would like to degrade up to 1 foot per month. Feed 50 lb per
acre once per month.
MODEL
770005
EACH
30 LBS. $303.49
VITASTIM FISHERY BLEND

VitaStim Fishery Blend is a high-performance probiotic with a beneficial bacterial blend that lowers
ammonia, nitrites and nitrates, and degrades fecal matter on the bottom of ponds. The combination of
probiotics plus the select bacteria keeps the environment healthy and reduces the stress on fish. In
aquaculture environments with high fish density, VitaStim Fishery Blend will also work to stabilize healthy
bacterial populations. This blend also works well in saline environments.
VitaStim Fishery Blend works in a wide range of temperatures from 41 on up and while these organisms
appreciate aeration, it is not required:
Dosage at 72F (22C) and up: 1 lb per surface acre to start followed by lb bi-weekly.
Dosage below 72F (22C): 2 lb per surface acre to start followed by lb bi-weekly.
MODEL
770006
EACH
30 LBS. $399.99
WATER COLUMN CLARIFIER

Water Column Clarifier is a high-performance liquid bacterial blend that fixates nitrogen and phosphorus
to clarify water. This product contains a synchronistic blend of 12 different bacteria with a higher growth
rate than any dry blend. Because these bacteria fit together so well, they confuse the quorum sensing that
limits bacteria growth and are able to coat the entire water body. This makes Water Column Clarifier an
especially good treatment for planktonic algae when combined with a low dose chelated copper algaecide.
Applications include decorative ponds, large ponds and lakes.
Works best when temperature of water is 60F (15.6C) or higher:
Initial Dose: 20 oz per acre foot once per month
Maintenance Dose: Repeat initial dose monthly
MODEL
770003
EACH
1 GALLON $72.49
SECTION
Bacteria
PROLINE AQUACULTURE BACTERIA CONCENTRATE

FW
TECH FAV
SW
ProLine Bacteria Concentrate is a high concentration of live bacteria

specifically formulated for ammonia emergencies. Live bacteria begin
ammonia removal immediately, possibly saving an entire system from disaster.
One gallon of freshwater concentrate can treat up to 4,800 gallons (use
freshwater for salinity of 7 ppt or lower). One gallon of saltwater concentrate
can treat up to 2,400 gallons. The concentrate must be refrigerated at all times
and has a shelf life of 3 months. All concentrate ships Next Day Air, orders
placed by early AM will either ship that day or next day. Weighs 11 lbs.
MODEL
239310
FRESHWATER, GALLON
239300
SALTWATER, GALLON
EACH
$336.59
336.59
239310
PROLINE BIOFILTER START-UP KITS
FW
SW
Accelerate biofilter start-up by weeks using the ProLine Biofilter Start-Up

Kit. Each kit comes complete with ProLine Aqua Coat water conditioner,
ProLine ammonium chloride, ProLine nitrifying bacteria, nutrients and trace
elements required for optimizing the seeding of biological filters. Components
of the kit may also be used for reseeding biofilters in cases of shock load or
system upsets.
Biofilter start-up is initiated by adding the components of the kit to an offline
biofilter. Instructions for use are included with each kit. Two separate kits are
available, freshwater and saltwater. Use with any biofilter with up to 50 cubic
feet of media. Additional kits may be added for larger biofilters. All kits must
ship by Next Day Air (shipping cost not included in price). Orders placed by early
AM will either ship that day or next day. The concentrate must be refrigerated
at all times and has a shelf life of 3 months.
MODEL
239001
EACH
239001
FRESHWATER KIT
$129.99
239002
SALTWATER KIT
129.99
*Shipping cost not included in price.
PROLINE AMMONIUM CHLORIDE

Great source of ammonia to initiate the growth of nitrifying bacteria. Should
not be used when fish or other culture animals are present in the water.
Maintain 1 mg/L while seeding bacteria until nitrates appear. Do not exceed
4 mg/L and do not add fish until ammonia level is at zero. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL EACH 4+
239100
500 GRAMS
$14.09 $12.68
PROLINE BACTERIA
FW
SW
ProLine Nitrifying Bacteria can be used to rapidly seed biological filters

and correct ammonia and nitrite imbalances. Treatment rates are 4 ounces
per 10 gallons for freshwater systems (use freshwater for salinity of 7 ppt
or lower) and 8 ounces per 10 gallons for saltwater systems. For garden pond
applications (fewer than 1,000 gallons), add four ounces per 20 gallons of water.
For lightly loaded ponds or lakes, add two gallons per surface acre of water.
For older or heavily loaded lakes, call a Pentair AES technician.
MODEL
239211
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
239210
FRESHWATER 16 OZ
$10.79
239211
FRESHWATER 1 GALLON
46.89
239201
SALTWATER 1 GALLON
45.09
Should not be shipped Ground if chance of freezing exists.
SECTION 271
Bacteria
PROLINE FRESHWATER "BACTERIA IN A BAG"
FW
ProLine "Bacteria in a Bag" is a good product for elimination of pond sludge

and odors. Natural bacteria and enzymes biodegrade bottom sludge in ponds.
Simply calculate water volume and dispense at the rate of one 1-oz bag per
600 gallons of water or one 8-oz bag per 4,800 gallons in ornamental ponds,
biofilters or raceways.
When treating large ponds/lakes, dose 1 lb per acre-foot of water every two
weeks while temperatures are above 50F; double dose on the first application
of the season.
MODEL
EACH
239400
SIX 1-OZ BAGS
$15.19
239410
ONE 8-OZ BAG
10.99
239425
ONE 25-LB BAG
368.99
239410
PROLINE SALTWATER "BACTERIA IN A BAG"
SW
"Bacteria in a Bag" Saltwater Formula is the perfect choice for water quality
improvement, sludge elimination and odor removal in high-salinity
applications (>18 ppt). Like the original ProLine "Bacteria in a Bag," this
formulation is a one-step maintenance program for aquaculturists working in
high-salinity environments.
Simply calculate water volume and dispense at the rate of one 1-oz bag per 400
gallons or one 8-oz bag per 4,800 gallons in all home and public aquariums.
MODEL
EACH
239805
SIX 1-OZ BAGS
$16.49
239810
ONE 8-OZ BAG
12.59
239810
TECH TALK 25
Bacteria Notes
DO THEY MOVE AROUND?
WHAT IS THEIR SIZE?
Some bacteria form floc, the slippery material one feels on a tank wall. Although many involved in
water purification may get trapped in the floc they typically flow through the system. The bacteria
on a biofilter are immobile, and water movement is essential to insure that food is brought into
contact with them.
WHAT DO THEY DO?
Bacteria can live in most places, but all strains are not everywhere all the time. Water purification
cannot be optimized if all the required strains are not present. Bioaugmentation with Proline liquid
and bacteria in a bag encourages the presence of the balanced team. If a proper environment
exists, they will multiply.
There are thousands of strains and two major groups. Heterotrophs use organic carbon (as we do).
They are elongated, often rod-shaped bacteria, typically .2 (microns) wide and 4-6 long.
Autotrophs use inorganic carbon (carbonate or carbon dioxide) as plants do. They are cocci-shaped
(round to oval) bacteria, typically .2.4 in diameter.
Like all other living things, they have a biological directive to eat and reproduce. They must
compete with each other and with predators. Each strain does only one job, so it takes a
coordinated team of strains to purify water, for example.
WHAT DO THEY EAT?
An individual strain may digest a specific type of fat, certain proteins, carbohydrates, cellulose or
hydrocarbons. Together the right team can eat sludge, animal wastes, etc.
HOW FAST DO THEY GROW?
A population of heterotrophic bacteria can double every 20 minutes. Nitrobacter can double every
8 hours. This rapid reproduction (with mutations) quickly evolves new strains.
WHERE CAN YOU BUY THEM?
From Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Proline liquid and bacteria in a bag.
WHERE DO THEY COME FROM?
HOW ARE THEY ELIMINATED?
Freezing can kill over 99 percent of some strains, such as Nitrosomonas and Nitrobacter.
Spore-forming bacteria are less affected, at least the spores survive. UV light, disinfectants,
heat, acids, bacteriacides and oxidizers (ozone, chlorine, hydrogen peroxide and potassium
permanganate) will also kill them.
WHAT IS THE RELATION BETWEEN LIGHT AND BACTERIA?
Light is not only unnecessary for the growth of beneficial bacteria that improve water quality, but
also will inhibit the growth of nutrifiers, particularly Nitrobacter. Biological filters should be kept
in the dark. Ultraviolet light is used to kill bacteria. The toxicity of the uv light is a function of the
wavelength, intensity and exposure duration. .
Assistance on this Tech Talk was provided by IET, Inc.
SECTION
Products / ProductsCoral
/ Products
Salt/Sand/Crushed
PROLINE SUPER SALT CONCENTRATE

Contains everything but the saltsave on shipping
This synthetic salt mixture contains all the necessary elements and buffers
(except sodium chloride) required to make synthetic seawater. Each phosphateand nitrate-free batch is individually tested to generate consistency and high
quality. Because sodium chloride is a major component of most synthetic sea
salt mixtures, it is also responsible for a large amount of the weight. This
concentrated mixture contains everything but the sodium chloride, which you
can add locally to save money on freight charges.
Applications
Public aquariums
Saltwater fish holding
systems
Aquarium stores
ProLine Super Salt Concentrate is packaged in a semiliquid form and sold in

resealable buckets. One bucket mixes with 80 lbs of noniodized, high-purity
sodium chloride to make 400 gallons (1,514 liters) of salt water.
Recirculating systems
Seafood holding systems
Research labs
MODEL
239500
400 GALLONS
SHIP WT (LBS)
63
EACH
4+
$79.29 $71.36
MICROBE-LIFT POND SALT CRYSTALS

Microbe-Lift Pond Salt Crystals added to your pond water can be effective
in helping to maintain a healthy fish environment and, in proper dosages,
has proven to be helpful in reducing the threat of parasitic infestations in the
pond. It will temporarily block the toxic effects of nitrite, and by initiating the
production of a thicker slime coat on the fishs body surface, helps to
promote a stronger immune system and reduce stress.
Contains no additives
Nitrate and phosphate free
MODEL EACH
770012
POND SALT CRYSTALS
9 LBS
$14.89
ARAGAMAX
Sugar-sized sand
Grain size is .21.2 mm diameter. Also known as "oolitic sand," this product is
ideal for shallow beds, allowing denitrification in as little as a 1" depth of water.
The fine grain size can pass easily through the gills of gobies and other
sand-sifting organisms. The smooth round grains are gentle to soft-bellied
sharks and rays. White in color and metal-free. No ash or silica.
MODEL
SS30
FLORIDA CRUSHED CORAL

This crushed coral with aragonite provides up to 25 times the buffering
power of other crushed corals, dolomite and oyster shell. Eliminate chronic
pH problems and provide maximum surface area for bacteria. Allows an
increase in bio load by up to 50%, and it never needs replacement.
MODEL
CC5
EACH
40 LBS $28.09
30 LBS
EACH
4+
$23.89 $21.50
SECTION 273
Salts
INSTANT OCEAN SEA SALT

Instant Ocean has been the preferred salt mix
of public aquariums and home aquarists for many
years. It is scientifically blended to contain every
minor and major trace element required to make
artificial seawater. Phosphate- and nitrate-free,
it dissolves quickly without insoluble residue.
Each package will make a 32-ppt salt solution
at listed volume. Contains no chlorine remover.
Pallet quantities available.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
IS50
50-GALLON MIXTURE (BAG)
15
$18.99
IS160
160-GALLON MIXTURE (BUCKET)
48
47.99
IO200
200-GALLON MIXTURE (BOX)
60
47.99
IS50
IS160
CRYSTAL SEA MARINEMIX SALTS
CM2B
This product is a perfect mixture of essential compounds and trace

elements to make seawater (contains no anticaking agents). Use it with
confidence when setting up any saltwater ecosystem. Crystal Sea is
preferred by many public aquariums, universities, biological research facilities
and professionals.
CM2B is a 150-gallon mixture specifically formulated for bioassay research.
Does not contain de-chlorinator.
Quality Assured
Crystal Sea Marinemix is manufactured under the most stringent quality
control guidelines using a superior computer control blending system.
This ensures exact mixing of anhydrous ingredients throughout each batch.
N
o ammonia, nitrate, phosphate, silicate or EDTA added.
A
ttains a proper pH of 8.3 upon hydration.
C
ontains chlorine remover.
CM2-AQ
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
CM2-AQ
150-GALLON MIXTURE
44
$41.59
CM2B
150-GALLON BIOASSAY MIXTURE
44
46.19
INSTANT OCEAN REEF CRYSTALS REEF SALT

Developed for reef aquariums, Reef Crystals is
an enriched blend of sea salt that contains extra levels of
calcium, vitamins and selected trace elements that are
commonly depleted in living reef aquariums. It has superior
dissolvability and is compatible with all marine aquariums.
A special additive helps to detoxify excess heavy metals, such
as copper, that are often found at elevated levels in domestic
water supplies. Every batch is carefully analyzed to guarantee
composition, consistency and uniformity. Contains no chlorine
remover. Biodegradable box includes four bags, each for
a 50-gal mixture.
Making Salt Water?

Start by mixing at these levels,
then aerate for over an hour
before measuring salinity, pH, etc.
Add more salt if needed.
SHIP WT
MODEL
10 gallons = 37.5 liters
RC200
200-GALLON MIXTURE
(LBS)
56
EACH
$60.09
41/2 cups per 10 gallons

1 kg per 10 gallons
36 oz per 10 gallons
21/4 lbs per 10 gallons
All salts are available in pallet
quantities. Call for quotation.
Instant Ocean and Reef Crystals are registered trademarks of United Pet Group, Inc., Crystal Sea is a registered trademark of Marine Enterprises International.
SECTION
Productsand
/ Products
/ Products
Chlorine
Ammonia
Neutralizers
KORDON NOVAQUA PLUS WATER CONDITIONER

FW
PROLINE AQUA-COAT
SW
Improve your fishs health, reduce nitrite toxicity, detoxify heavy metals and
buffer tap water with NovAqua Pluss enhanced formula. This conditioner
neutralizes chlorine (up to 3.75 ppm) and breaks the bond between chlorine
and ammonia in chloramines (use AmQuel Plus water conditioner to
remove leftover toxic ammonia).
Ingredients include organic herbs and vitamins, electrolytes and
polymer colloids that combine to boost immune systems, reduce stress
and build up stronger slime coatings on fish. Also removes iodine and
promotes biofiltration.
NovAqua Plus contains stabilizers for long-term storage
and is compatible with other water conditioners. One 16-oz
bottle treats 960 gallons; 1-gal container treats 7,680
gallons. Not FDA-approved.
SW
International customers: check with your customs agent to determine whether this
product can be shipped to your country.
MODEL
Why NovAqua Plus?
FW
Safe to use with fish in the water. This super-concentrated formula removes
chlorine and chloramines while also detoxifying heavy metals commonly found
in tap and well water. It greatly accelerates the attachment of nitrifying bacteria
to biomedia, maximizing cycling speed. Natural ingredients help damaged
scales and fins on fish (dont use with food fish). It even adds a protective slime
coat to the fishs body, preventing future damage and reducing the risk of
external parasites. Will not alter pH and contains no phosphates or
formaldehydes. Dosage: 2 ounces treat 240 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
239601
1 GALLON
11
41.99
239602
5 GALLONS
50
114.49
Polymer colloids for fish protection.

Increased ability to remove chlorine.
E
lectrolytes for stress reduction.
R
emover of heavy metals, including increased ability to
remove toxic zinc, iron, aluminum, copper, etc.
H
erbal ingredients for immune health aids and viral and
protozoan infection inhibition.
V
itamin ingredients for health aids.
MODEL
EACH
NA16P
16 OZ
$9.29
NA64P
1 GAL
48.79
NA5P
5 GAL
166.99
NA16P
239602
Kordon , NovAqua and AmQuel are registered trademarks of Kordon, LLC.
PRIME
FW
DECHLORINATOR, SODIUM THIOSULFATE
SW
FW
SW
A complete water conditioner that removes chlorine

and chloramines.It detoxifies ammonia and nitrite and
enhances nitrate removal. Provides essential ions and
stimulates natural slime coat on fish. Prime does not
cause a pH drop or overactivate skimmers. 500
mL-bottle treats over 5,000 gallons (19,000 liters). Not
FDA-approved.
Sodium thiosulfate is the main compound in most chlorine neutralizers. Any

time municipal water must be used for aquaculture, use sodium thiosulfate for
instant neutralization of chlorine (do not add directly to water containing fish).
Dosage rates vary with the pH of the water, but rates between 1.6 to 2.6 parts
sodium thiosulfate per one part chlorine should be adequate (excess levels of
sodium thiosulfate up to 100 ppm will not harm fish).
MODEL
ST1A
4-LB JAR
ST1
50-LB BUCKET
SHIP WT (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
SC433
500 ML
$10.99
SC438
2 LITERS
44.09
SC439
4 LITERS
11
73.29
ULTIMATE WATER CONDITIONER
FW
EACH
$18.79
93.49
SC438
SW
This convenient, fully functional water conditioner instantly removes

chlorine, chloramines and ammonia from fresh or salt water. It also
detoxifies copper and heavy metals, boosts alkalinity and adds essential
electrolytes needed for proper fish growth. It is excellent for conditioning
new water in ponds. Can also be used in shipping bags during transport.
When testing for ammonia, a salicylate test kit must be used. One gallon
treats approximately 7,680 gallons.
ST1A
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
UT32
32 OZ
UT1
1 GALLON
11
47.29
UT5
5 GALLONS
50
138.29
$14.69
Ultimate is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
UT1
ST1
SECTION 275
Products
/ Products
/ Products
Ammonia
Removers/Carbon
PROLINE DRY AMMONIA REMOVER
FW
AMQUEL PLUS WATER CONDITIONER
SW
Formulated in a highly concentrated powder, ProLines complete dry ammonia

remover is ideal for large volume applications. It works in the same way
as AmQuel Plus water conditioner. One level tablespoon treats 473 liters (125
gallons), 32 grams will treat 1,000 liters (264 gallons), 1 kg will treat 31,250
liters (8,250 gallons).
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
APP1
2.2
$19.99
APP5
11
95.29
APP25
55
393.79
MODEL
APP1
APP5
PROLINE ZEOLITE AMMONIA REMOVER

Fresh water only
MODEL
ZAR5
50-LB BAG
$22.29
44.09
FW
SW
A superior, high-purity, bituminous coal-based

activated carbon. Preferred by public aquariums,
research centers and government fisheries. The
small particle size (approximately 1/16 to 1/8)
provides a large surface area for rapid uptake and
reduces water travel distances to interior
adsorption surfaces. Adsorbs full range of organic
contaminants, pesticides, odors, colors, chlorine,
dissolved organics, ozone and many heavy metals.
Carbon is dry-packed.
AMQUEL PLUS, 16 OZ
$8.79
AM64P
AMQUEL PLUS, GALLON
11
45.49
AM75P
AMQUEL PLUS, 5 GALLONS
50
187.79
AMD2P
DRY AMQUEL PLUS, 11 LBS
11
169.29
AMD3P
DRY AMQUEL PLUS, 55 LBS
55
506.09
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
CAX5
$12.09
AC412
15 LB BUCKET
83.99
AC55
55 LB BAG
166.69
FW
SW
EACH
$51.99
CAX10
10
85.99
CAX25
55
464.09
CAX5
CAX10
REEF CARBON
EACH
1.5 LB JAR
AMD2P
ClorAm-X is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
Approximately .625 m2 of surface area per gram.

Bulk density is approximately 24 lbs/ft3.
AC412A
AM64P
This highly concentrated powder completely neutralizes ammonia, chlorine and

chloramines from fresh and salt water. It is nontoxic to fish and invertebrates.
Dosage rate: 1 oz ClorAm-X per 235 gallons of water removes 1 mg/L of total
ammonia. A 5-lb box treats 18,749 gallons. Note: Water treated with ClorAm-X
cannot be accurately tested using Nesslers-type ammonia tests or Winklertype D.O. kits.
Can be retained using window screen size mesh.
MODEL
EACH
AM16P
CLORAM-X WATER CONDITIONER

Safe for use on food fish and shellfish
ZAR10
PROLINE ACTIVATED CARBON
SHIP WT (LBS)
AM16P
EACH
10-LB BUCKET
SW
FW
Clinoptilolite filter media, otherwise known as zeolite,

is an effective means of removing ammonia. It also
provides a large surface area for nitrifying bacteriain
recirculating systems. ProLine high- performance
zeolite may be regenerated several times by
overnight immersion in a salt solution and/or oven
drying (not effective in salt water).
ZAR10
FW
Considered to be one of the most effective dechlorinators on the market,

AmQuel Plus instantly removes all forms of ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, chlorine
and chloramine from both fresh and salt water. The active ingredient in AmQuel
Plus reacts with nitrogen compounds like ammonia and nitrite to form a
nontoxic, stable substance that does not interfere with beneficial bacteria and
can be oxidized by nitrifying bacteria in the biofilter. AmQuel Plus uses no
sodium thiosulfate, contains no formaldehyde and is nontoxic to all fish and
invertebrates (not FDA-approved for use with food fish). Water treated with
AmQuel Plus cannot be accurately tested using Nesslers-type ammonia tests
or Winkler-type D.O. kits. The amounts of toxic components removed by
AmQuel Plus vary depending on water conditions. Recommended dosage is 1
teaspoon (5 mL) for each 10 gallons. This dose will remove chlorine, 1.2 ppm of
ammonia, 2 ppm of nitrite, 13 ppm of nitrate. A 16-oz. bottle treats 960 gallons.
AC412A
FW
SW
This high-grade carbon contains no phosphates and is

excellent for removing dissolved organics, organic
chemicals and heavy metals. Highly recommended for
saltwater reef systems. Use 1/4 lb per 100 gallons.
MODEL
EACH
KC6
15 LBS
$85.29
KC55
44 LBS
195.29
KC6
SECTION
Carbon/Calcium/Sodium
Bicarbonate/Other
PROLINE SODIUM BICARBONATE
PROLINE CALCIUM CHLORIDE

Technical-grade calcium chloride can be used to
raise the calcium hardness in recirculating systems.
Depending upon the waters buffering capacity, it
may raise or lower the pH. Normal calcium hardness
levels should be maintained between 100250
mg/L, depending on the species. Fast-dissolving
pellets. Note: Increases H2 O temperature slightly
when mixed in high concentrations.
Raise alkalinity and pH (when conditions are right)

of fish-raising water. FCC food-grade complying with
National Science Foundation Standard 60. Powdered
to dissolve quickly and completely. To increase total
alkalinity 10 ppm in 1,000 gallons of water requires
0.15 lb. Note: Increases H2 O temperature slightly when
mixed in high concentrations.
MODEL
SC12A
MODEL
EACH
CC1AB
CCB1
3.5-LB JAR
$12.89
35-LB BUCKET
52.09
CHEMI-PURE FILTERING GRANULES
SC12
FW
SW
EACH
16705
10 OZ
$8.19
Chemi-Pure is a registered trademark of Aquatic Futures, LLC.
This ceramic media can be used in marine and

freshwater systems, including koi ponds and
recirculating aquaculture systems. One quart
(650 g) of media will reduce 1 ppm phosphates or
silicates to less than .5 ppm in 120 gallons of water.
Media particle size is 25 mm and can be retained
using an 800-micron or smaller mesh bag.
KPS8
71.09
SC12A
PURIGEN SYNTHETIC FILTRATION
SHIP WT (LBS)
100 ML
$7.79
P186
250 ML
12.99
P187
1 LITER
45.09
Purigen is a registered trademark of Seachem Laboratories, Inc.
WATCH OUR CHANNEL

Industry Spotlights
Company Overview
SW
EACH
P165
$125.79

Event Highlights
FW
This is a premium, synthetic absorbent that is

unlike any other filtration product. It is not a
mixture of ion exchangers or absorbents, but a
unique macro-porous synthetic polymer that
removes soluble and insoluble impurities and
exceeds all others by over 500%. Purigen removes
proteins, ammonia, nitrates and a broad spectrum
of organics, yet its impact on trace elements is
minimal. It progressively darkens as it exhausts
and is renewed by treating with household bleach.
100 mL purifies up to 100 gallons (400 L) of water
for up to 6 months. Use with a fine mesh bag
(included with P165).
EACH
5 LBS (2,500 GAL)
40-LB BUCKET
MODEL
PHOSPHATE SPONGE FW SW
Removes phosphates quickly from water
MODEL
$16.99
CC1AB
A high-grade blend of activated carbon and ion exchange

resins prepackaged in a convenient, nylon filter bag. It is
an excellent chemical adsorption media and ion
generator that will keep pH at a stable level, helping fish
resist osmotic shock. Replace every six months. One
10-oz bag is ideal for tanks up to 50 gallons.
MODEL
EACH
4-LB JAR
P186
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS 277
Fish Hauling
BRIGHTWELL AQUATICS FISHAUL-C
FW
CHEMICAL
Reduces stress and mortality caused by fish hauling and holding. Also reduces
the accumulation of ammonia, nitrate and prevents foam buildup caused by
hauling tank crowding. Safe for use on all freshwater fish, it has a low
regulatory status and is safe for use on food fish. Ideal for
fish transport, bait tanks, minnow farms and fishing/bass
tournaments. This concentrated, salt-free formula will
save you in shipping costs. Simply mix 2.5 kg container
with 50 lbs of noniodized salt (purchased locally) to treat
2,230 gallons (8,441 liters). Not a dechlorinator.
MODEL
EACH
6+
HL1A
$27.09
$25.74
TRANQUILTM
FW
KOI
CHEMICAL
Reduce injury and loss during shipping and handling of baitfish. Ship more
baitfish per volume of water. Tranquil Fish Calmer slows fish metabolism, so
less oxygen is required. Great for bait holding tanks, hauling truck tanks and
shipping bags. Six drops of Tranquil treat one gallon of water. Baitfish recover
immediately upon removing them from Tranquil-treated water.
MODEL
GALLONS TREATED
SL141
700
8 OZ
$23.79
EACH
SL142
11,200
1 GALLON
275.09
BAIT HOLDING FORMULAS FW CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required

ALL products below are for use with nonfood fish only. Our Chemical Waiver
Form is required to purchase these products.
BETTER-BAIT Minnow Holding Formula was developed for use on soft-scaled
baitfish such as fathead and Missouri minnows. Its dark blue granular
formulation readily dissolves and is ideal for bait holding tanks, raceways,
hauling tanks, live wells and minnow buckets. The formula provides instant
removal of chlorine, adds electrolytes, removes heavy metals and pesticides
and stimulates the minnows natural slime coat. One tablespoon treats 50
gallons. Turns water blue.
FINER-SHINER Shiner Holding Formula is designed for use with wild shiners,
hatchery shiners and hard-scaled baitfish. It is heavily formulated with
potassium, which hardens fish scales and makes sure bait lasts longer during
captivity. It also removes tapwater chlorine, removes harmful metals and
pesticides and stimulates a natural slime coat. Finer-Shiner is commonly used
in bait tanks, hauling tanks, holding vats, live baitwells and minnow buckets.
One tablespoon treats 50 gallons. Turns water a clear, green color.
SHRIMP-KEEPER Saltwater Bait Holding Formula will help keep saltwater bait
alive, including shrimp, ghost shrimp, croakers, mullet, piggy perch and
menhaden. The formula totally conditions salt water. It removes ammonia and
surface foam, stimulates natural slime coat and reduces water surface tension
so that more oxygen can enter the water. One tablespoon treats 25 gallons of
salt water.
MODEL
GALLONS
TREATED
SHIP WT
(LBS)
2,400
SL142
SL141
VIDALIFE WATER CONDITIONER

Vidalife is a specially formulated water conditioner
for use in fish hatcheries, broodstock facilities,
transport tanks, and on handling equipment and
handling surfaces. When applied as directed,
Vidalife will help protect fish from abrasions by
preserving the fishs natural mucous layer and can
be used whenever fish are handled or moved.
MODEL
VLC1
1 GALLON
EACH
$36.79
EACH
SL103
BETTER-BAIT
$26.89
SL104
BETTER-BAIT
9,600
12
85.99
SL203
FINER-SHINER
2,400
33.09
SL204
FINER-SHINER
8,000
12
98.69
SL313
SHRIMP-KEEPER
1,200
51.99
SL314
SHRIMP-KEEPER
4,800
12
154.09
CHEMICAL
This symbol designates those products that require a completed Chemical Waiver
Form before purchase (Visit PentairAES.com). Pentair AES will only sell medications
to those customers who certify that they will control the usage of these products.
Medications are for use with ornamental fish only and are not for use with
food fish or for human consumption.
NEVER RELEASE BAITFISH INTO THE WILD!

Note:
Use of any conditioners, additives, treatments or medications is "at your own risk."
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems highly recommends the following:
F
ish should ALWAYS be properly examined and diagnosed for disease by
a licensed veterinarian or fish lab.
A
LWAYS double-check your chemical calculations and dosage rates.
SL103
SL203
SL313
O
NLY dose at rates prescribed by a licensed veterinarian or the manufacturer.
N
EVER mix chemicals or medications with other chemicals.
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Inc. is not liable for any damages or consequential
damages resulting from any chemical or medication treatments.
Anesthetics/Disinfectants
TRICAINE-S TOPICAL ANESTHETICS
FW
SW
AQUATIC DISINFECTANT
KOI
This is an FDA-approved, ANADA #200-226,

high-grade brand of MS-222 (tricaine
methanesulfonate), which is an anesthetic/
tranquilizer of fish and other cold-blooded
aquatic organisms. When used properly, it
induces a temporary state of immobilization
that is rapidly reversed when the animal is
placed back in clean water. It is commonly
used when handling fish during manual
spawning (stripping), tagging, measuring,
weighing and surgical operations. It is a
great sedative for transporting, sorting and
grading fish.
MODEL
5G
$20.99
TRS5
10 G
31.49
TRS1
100 G
125.89
TRS2
1 KG
681.49
OVADINE IODINE
FW
ID10
VKS10
TRS2
TRS5
MICROBE-LIFT SABBACTISUN
All Natural Herbal Water Conditioner for Bacterial Diseases
KOI
SW
MICROBE-LIFT/SABBACTISUN is a unique, natural remedy, proven

effective against bacterial dropsy, fungus, fin/tail rot, bulging eyes, raised
scales and ulcers in fish. It works by expelling external pathogens from the host
fish and stimulating its immune system response. Unlike many chemical and
antibiotic treatments available, it can also speed up damaged tissue
regeneration. It is made from plant and herbal
extracts and is environmentally friendly. This product
is harmless to all nitrifying bacteria and aquatic
plants. It has a shelf life of 2 years provided it is kept
at room temperature and stored in its original bottle.
Do not allow to freeze.. May not be used with fish
intended for human consumption. For quarantine
tank and pond use only. Treats up to 2,365 gal. (8,953
Liters) for 10 days.
EACH
$40.99
11
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE
SW
HAZMAT AG
KOI
CHEMICAL
Stimulates the immune system
Technical grade KMnO4 (97% minimum potassium

permanganate) is a strong oxidizer that works by
oxidizing organic and inorganic materials that are
major consumers of oxygen (does not add oxygen to
the water). Sold in 5-lb (2.2 kg) bucket. Ships Hazmat.
Not FDA Approved.
MODEL
Completely safe to use

Non-toxic to animals and plants
Fully biodegradable
Does not discolor water
MODEL
EACH
PTP5
$98.59
10-LB CONTAINER
TRS1
Ovadine is a registered trademark of Western Chemical, Inc.
FW
EACH
Tricaine-S is a USFDA registered drug of

Western Chemical Inc. a subsidary of
Aquatic Life Sciences, Inc.
SHIP WT (LBS)
1 GALLON
TECH FAV
MODEL
This product is a buffered, FDA-registered fish

egg disinfectant that works well when applied
to the egg surface of salmonids. It is effective
against a wide variety of fungi, viruses and
bacteria. Sodium thiosulfate (ST1/ST1A) can be
used to neutralize iodine disinfectants.
MODEL
SW
Mix at a rate of 1.3 ounces per gallon of water. One gallon of solution treats
135 sq.ft.; 10-lb container makes 123 gallons of solution. Solution remains
stable for seven days. EPA-registered (registration pending in California).
EACH
TRS4
FW
This is a highly effective disinfectant specifically formulated for use

in aquaculture facilities. Generally used for cleaning equipment and
instruments, but may also be used in footbaths. Ideal for controlling
a wide variety of viral, bacterial and fungal pathogens.
770013
$ 48.99
5 LB
EACH
$49.99
32 OZ
Microbe-Lift and Sabbactisun are trademarks and/or registered

trademarks of Ecologicial Laboratories, Inc.
METHYLENE BLUE
PROLINE DEFOAMER
Instantly eliminates foam
Our defoamer is a high-quality, 5% food grade,
silicone-based product that will instantly
eliminate surface foam in tanks, ponds, hauling
tanks, etc. Use sparingly, as one teaspoon treats
100 gallons or more. This is a great price on a
high-quality defoamer.
MODEL
FW
SW
CHEMICAL
Aids in general disease prevention with tropical fish, fry

and eggs. Also used for detoxification of fish suffering
from nitrite or cyanide poisoning. One teaspoon treats
10 gallons (3 ppm concentration). Toxic to plants and
bacterial beds; recommended for use in quarantine
tanks. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
EACH
4+
DFA
1 PINT
1 LB
$9.89
DFB
1 GALLON
11 LBS
34.59
32.86
37344
DFA
4 OZ
EACH
4+
$4.09
$3.89
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS 279
Parasite Control
TRICIDE-NEO ANTIBIOTICS
KOI
FW
TECH FAV
CHEMICAL
MICROBE-LIFT LICE & ANCHOR

FW
SW
WORM TREATMENT
KOI
Tricide-Neo is a dip to aid in the treatment of superficial bacterial infections

such as ulcer disease. It breaks the bacterias resistant outer layer to allow the
antibiotic to stop the bacteria. The product is shipped dry and mixed with
distilled water. Fish can be dipped every other day for one week. Healed ulcers
can typically be seen within 15 days. Also used as a prophylactic dip prior to
introducing new fish. Ineffective against Mycobacterium spp. For external use
on nonfood fish only! TN22 (22 grams) makes one gallon, TN110 (110 grams)
makes 5 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
Treats pond fish affected by common external parasites such as

lice and anchor worms. Safe for use on all ornamental pond fish,
reptiles, amphibians and mollusks. Will not harm pond biological
filtration. Recommended dosage: 1 ts per 20 gallons. 16 oz bottle
treats up to 1,920 gallons of pond water. For ornamental fish only.
MODEL
Microbe-Lift is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
EACH
TN22
TN110
22 GRAMS
$32.29
110 GRAMS
71.99
MODEL
EACH
FLAW16
$13.09
KOIZYME WATER CONDITIONER

FW
KOI
This blend of nonpathogenic bacteria, enzymes and

micronutrients works on the established principle
of competitive exclusion. When used as directed,
KoiZyme will reduce the bacterial count of
Aeromonas, Pseudomonas and other pathogenic
bacteria to such low levels that they will not have
an effect on koi. KoiZyme will not harm biofilters
and has a 46 month shelf life (18 months if kept
refrigerated). Use weekly at 4 teaspoons per
1,000 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
Tricide-Neo is a registered trademark of Molecular Therapeutics.
TN22
MODEL
KZ32
Koi with ulcer infected with multiantibiotic resistant bacteria before and 15
days after 5 to 10 min dips in Tricide-Neo on days 0, 2 and 4.
POND RID-ICH+ MEDICATION

KOI
FW
CHEMICAL
EACH
PR16
PR64
16 OZ
$9.39
GALLON
46.19
Rid-Ich is a registered trademark of Kordon, LLC.
4+
50.39
47.87
KoiZyme is a registered trademark of Koi Care Kennel, Inc.
MICROBE-LIFT PARAZORYNE
All Natural Herbal Water Conditioner for Parasitic Diseases
MICROBE-LIFT/Parazoryne is a natural parasite expellant proven to work
against skin and gill flukes, white spot, Oodinium, Costia, Chilodonella and
Trichodina, just to name a few. Parasitic infections are characterized by
symptoms such as: milky skin, white spots, flashing, heavy breathing and
general lethargy. Made from plant extracts and environmentally friendly, it
supports the fishs immune system, driving off the excess parasites, and is
harmless to all nitrifying bacteria and aquatic plants. This product has a shelf
life of 2 years, provided it is kept at room temperature and stored in its original
bottle. Do not allow to freeze. This product is intended for use with all
ornamental fish and may not be used with fish intended for human
consumption. For quarantine tank and pond use only. Treats up to 2,365 gal.
(8,953 Liters) for 10 days.
This is a combination of two medications effective in

the control of many diseases caused by freshwater
external protozoan parasites, including ich, Costia,
Trichodina and Chilodonella. Can also treat fungal
infections in fish. Contains formalin and malachite
green; 16 oz (473 mL) treat 960 gallons (3.6 cubic
meters). Pond Rid-Ich+ is not FDA-approved for
use on food fish. Cannot ship when temperature is
below 40F.
MODEL
32 OZ
EACH
MICROBE-LIFT/Sabbactisun and MICROBE-LIFT/

Parazoryne can be used 12 hours apart
PR16
100% natural plant and herbal product
Fully biodegradable
Non-toxic to animals and plants
PROFORM-C MEDICATION
FW
KOI
CHEMICAL
ProForm-C is a broad spectrum treatment that is safe

and effective for the control of diseases caused by
Ichthyophthirius (ich), Costia, Trichodina, Chilodonella,
Oodinium and fungal infections. It is a malachite green
and formalin combination that is considerably less toxic
to koi and goldfish than other similar products in the
market. Required treatment time is generally three days
and bypassing the biofilter is not required. One quart treats
a 3,200-gallon system three times and one gallon treats
a 12,800-gallon system three times. Not for food fish.
Cannot ship when temperature is below 40F.
MODEL
Does not adversely affect either nitrifying filter

bacteria or beneficial bacterial additives
Does not discolor water
MODEL
770014
EACH
MICROBE-LIFT PARAZORYNE
32 OZ
$49.99
Parazoryne is a trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
EACH
P1002
1 QUART
P1003
1 GALLON
$24.09
P1002
66.09
RECIRCULATING
AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS)
TECHNOLOGY WORKSHOPS
280

AN INTRODUCTION TO
RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS
COMPONENT OPTIONS FOR USE IN

RECIRCULATING PRODUCTION SYSTEMS
Defining recirculating systems
Solids removal
RAS compared to other production options
Monitoring and control
Nutrient removal
Daily operations
Reasons to use recirculating technology
Dissolved gas addition and removal
CRITICAL CONSIDERATIONS BEFORE

DESIGNING RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS
DEVELOPING AN APPROPRIATE DESIGN

FOR YOUR AQUACULTURE APPLICATION
Impact of feed on growth, metabolism and

water quality
Examples from around the USA and Europe
Critical water quality parameters
Biofilter Economics
Considerations in RAS Design
Tank hydraulics
Solids waste generation
Dissolved nutrient generation
Aeration and Oxygenation Technologies
ANALYSIS AND MODELLING
THE MANAGEMENT OF RECIRCULATING

SYSTEMS
Emergency systems and procedures
Disease control
UV Light and Disinfection
WASTE MANAGEMENT ISSUES

Waste Generation
Waste Treatment Options
Waste Disposal
Mass Balance Analysis and RAS

Dynamic Modelling and RAS
For more information about educational

courses offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems,
SECTION 281
281
STOCK CONTROL
AND MANAGEMENT
PRODUCTS
282 Vaki Biomass Daily

284 Counters
290 Vaki Smart Flow
292 Fish & Shrimp Pumps
294 Fish Graders
282 STOCK CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT

VAKI Biomass Daily
VAKITM BIOMASS DAILY TM NEW!

Accurate information to ensure optimal decisions
With a VAKI Biomass Daily frame placed in each cage, fish are continually
measured with pinpoint accuracy. For every site and every cage, the daily
overview of average weight, size distribution, condition-factor and growth
is available 24/7. All measurements are available in a web-based reporting
application, which can automatically send daily detailed reports to selected
recipients. With VAKI Biomass Daily, the fish farmer has more time to attend
other tasks and fish are not exposed to unnecessary stress.
Biomass Daily provides you with:

Overview of all cages and live data
Larger samples, more accuracy
Daily information on average weight and size distribution
Average condition factor and distribution
Simple but powerful analysis of data
No stress to the fish and no disturbance to the feeding
Accurate information ensures optimal decisions

Real time comparisons between cages and sites
Changes in growth patterns detected as soon as they occur
Select optimum cages and dates for harvest
Optimize grading and splitting
Lower Conversion Factor with better utilization of feed
Three frame sizes available:

Three sizes of frames depending on cage size, fish density and size
The FR800 frame is optimal for those cages that have low density or may
have difficulties with low fish numbers in the measured sample
The FR550 frame is widely used in smaller cages or where the density is high
The FR300 frame is used in landbased tanks measuring smolts down to 50 gr
The software is the same for all frame versions
Biomass Daily measures 24/7 regardless of visibility or time of day, ensures that the
measured fish are a good mix from the whole population in the pen.
All measurements are available in a web-based reporting application, which can automatically send daily detailed reports to selected recipients.
STOCK CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT 283

VAKI Biomass Daily Software
VAKITM BIOMASS DAILY TM SOFTWARE

Provides powerful analytics:
Reporting accurate weight and size distribution
to harvest
Lower overall FCR with focus on periodic FCR
Monitoring growth, comparing to
environmental factors
C ontrolling production with regard to
Maximum Biomass Allowance
Correcting growth models with data on
real growth
Decisions on grading or splitting
Correct insurance value and for internal reporting
The Growth Trend

Daily measurements based on thousands of fish
over a long period of time.
With Biomass Daily fish is measured continuously
and the data is collected over a long period.
Thus, it is possible to follow the growth curve and
therefore focus on the feed conversion and growth,
whether it is in line with temperature, feeding and
other factors affecting fish growth.
Through utilization of Biomass Daily,

highly-accurate feed conversion data can
be measured and interpreted.

VAKI Wellboat and Channel Counters
VAKITM CHANNEL COUNTERS NEW!

When Transporting, grading, and general stock control
The Channel Counter is ideal for the accurate counting and size estimation of
large numbers of live fish from 500g upwards. Designed to accurately count at
the high capacities achieved by modern fish pumps and fish transport systems
when splitting, grading and harvesting.
B-Type Channel Counter

Refers to the box design and is used when it is not required to lead the fish into
a pipe after counting. This version is commonly used on barges when fish are
being pumped directly from one cage to another.
Y-Type Channel Counter
B-Type Channel Counters
Used on large grading machines when the fish are transported from the grader
into a pipe after counting. The pipe diameter can be up to 20".
VAKI B-TYPE CHANNEL COUNTER

Dimensions (L x W x H)
Counting width
B2000
B1400
0.63 m x 2.1 m x 0.68 m
0.6 m x 1.5 m x 0.67 m
1.4 m & 2.0 m
1.4 m & 2.0 m
Y1900
Y1300
2.14 m x 3.04 m x 0.68 m
1.64 m x 2.38 m x 0.67 m
1.4 m & 1.9 m
1.4 m & 1.9 m
VAKI Y-TYPE CHANNEL COUNTER

Counting width
Y-Type Channel Counter
VAKI WELLBOAT SMOLT COUNTER

Specially designed for use with big vacuum pumps or pressurized flow on
wellboats. The well proven technology on hatcheries all over the world,
has been adapted to use on wellboats, and it gives accurate count that can
be verified with images of every fish.
VAKI WELLBOAT SMOLT COUNTER

Counting width
4.2 m x 1.64 m x 2.4 m

1.4 m & 2.1 m

VAKI Counters
VAKITM MACRO EXEL COUNTER
NEW!
VAKI MACRO COUNTER
The newest and biggest fish counter in the VAKI Macro Range. It has a
120cm wide counting area and has 25% higher capacity, wireless Internet,
logging system and a faster camera connection. The VAKI Macro Exel can
be delivered in either single-channel or four-channel configuration.
VAKI MICRO COUNTER
NEW!
Especially effective when delivering large amount of fish for transport. The VAKI
Macro has a 100 cm wide counting area and has a capacity of 200,000 smolts
or 1 million 1g fry per hour. With a range from 0.2g400g the VAKI Macro is
ideal for accurate and fast delivery of fry and smolts. The VAKI Macro can be
delivered in either single-channel or four-channel configuration.
VAKI NANO COUNTER
Ideal for the internal handling of smaller fish or delivery of fry. The VAKI
Micro is exceptionally good for hatcheries counting small fish between
0.2g and 200g. The counting area is 50 cm wide with a capacity of 500,000
1 g fish per hour. The VAKI Micro can be delivered in either single-channel
or three-channel configuration
NEW!
NEW!
Designed for counting small batches and smaller fish. TThe VAKI Nano is
best-suited for applications where fish are hand-netted or brought to the
counter via bucket. The VAKI Nano can count fish down to 0.05g.
MAIN ADVANTAGES OF VAKI COUNTERS:

Overload alarm
Accurate counting
C
ounting report
High capacity
F
ish in water at all times
Removable counter head for servicing and storing
Images are saved for verification
U
sb port for accessories
Remote monitoring and servicing


VAKI Lumpfish and Shrimp Counter
VAKITM LUMPFISH COUNTER
NEW!
The fish are accurately counted as they slide through the scanner. The VAKI
Lumpfish Counter is available in three different configurations, each using
infrared light technology to achieve reliable counting results.
Features
Single channel display unit, powered by 12VDC. External 110/240V power
supply available. IP66 waterproof
4 channel display unit, mains powered. IP66 waterproof
P C-based, 4 channel control unit with additional reporting and
interfacing capabilities. IP65 waterproof
SINGLE CH. DISPLAY UNIT
4 CH. DISPLAY UNIT
PC-BASED
Easy to install/set up
Accurate counting
High capacity
Robust
Gentle on fishfish are in the water

at all times
Images are saved for verification
Counting report
VAKI SHRIMP COUNTER
NEW!
The VAKI Shrimp Counter is a video-based flow-through system built

specifically for the aquaculture industry. The counter is configurable to
meet your needs. It does not require nets, water-chilling or statistical
guesswork. Shrimp remain in the water at all times and are unharmed by
the counting process. Audit function allows reply of previous files to allow
users to validate accuracy of the count
Features
Audit function allows reply of previous files to allow users to validate
accuracy of the count
Every image used for sizing is stored and can be retrieved from the
report page
Pictures show size estimate calculations
Made for 1"and 2" pipes
Shrimp size: 0.1g3g
MAXIMUM SPEED
1" COUNTER
2" COUNTER
0.1 gr shrimp
20,000 shrimp per hour
0.3 gr shrimp
1 gr shrimp
N/A
Water flow
2,000 liters per hour
7,500 liters per hour

VAKI Counting Software
VAKI COUNTING SOFTWARE
NEW!
The advanced software is used to count the fish as they pass the counting
area. All fish images are stored and can be used for verifying the count.
Automatically-generated reports provide users with valuable and detailed
information for each counting session. The average weight and size
distribution of the counted fish are shown on a graph along with information
on the total biomass of the fish.
Macro App
Among other features the Macro app provides the user the option to run
the counter, view the results and email the count report from a smart
phone or tablet.
Counter Software
The touch pad screen on the counter head is used to operate the counter.
The main screen of the program displays numbers, average weight and
through put. A graph shows the rate of fish going through the counter and the
maximum capacity. Should the counter be overloaded a warning signal is given.
After each count an image file and a report file are saved. Files can be
displayed on screen and transferred to a flash drive or internal network.
Macro App
Counter Software
Recording of Images
The images of the fish are automatically recorded and can be used to validate
and check the accuracy of the count. The image file can be given to a customer
and/or stored as a permanent record.
The red chart indicates the numbers of fish counted during the entire count
and is used to select a time frame for further analyses. The screen displays
images of fish passing the camera for each one second interval. Accuracy can
be verified by a manual check of the number of fish images to the count shown
on the screen.
Counting Report
The counting report is produced after each count with the total number of fish
counted, number in each group, total counting time, average fish/min and any
counter overload time. The counting throughput graph is shown on the report
and the name of site, tank, company logo, comments, and other information
can be included.
Recording of Images
Counting Report
With the optional size measurement function the average weight and size
distribution is also included. A hard copy of the report can be printed or stored.
Size Measurements
An optional feature to the counting program, the size measurement module,
presents accurate average weight and size distribution of the counted fish.
In one simple operation complete data on number and size of fish is obtained
without handling or stress.
VAKI ONLINE SERVICE CONTRACT
NEW!
Online Service Contracts provides you with inclusive service checks carried
out online by our skilled service team, so there are no logistical issues or
transport costs to worry about. This also gives us the opportunity to advise
and make recommendations on the use of the counter, identify any potential
issues that may be affecting the accuracy or any repairs/replacements that
should be considered. All VAKI Fish Pumps, Graders and Counters can be
connected to Smart Flow.
Online Service Contract Includes:

Counter registered into Online service history database
Three routine Online service checks per year with email report
All settings and systems check
Visibility check for light strength, head/camera alignment,
edge positions and bulkheads
Calibration check
Random selection of 2 files from the last service in hard drive
checked for quality of images
Hard drive clean up
Report that contains recommendations regarding changes to alignment,

cleaning and other issues highlighted during the Online checks
Priority service customer for additional Online support
1x count quality report, per year
All applicable software fix upgrades free
25% of additional function change software packages

VAKI Counter and Bioscanner
VAKI PIPELINE (PLC)
NEW!
The VAKI Pipeline Counter is installed in a pipe leading from a grading machine,
or onto the end of a pipe where it empties into a tank. The fish are counted when
sliding through the pipeline, using infrared light beams, a technology that VAKI
has been using for over 25 years in its other products. The Pipeline Counter is
a proven, robust technology suitable for use in harsh applications.
Features
Easy to install / set up
Accurate counting
Gentle on fishfish are in water at all times
Can be mounted directly on the grader or on the end of the pipe into the tank
Four scanners can be connected to the control unit
Fish size: 10g - 10kg
Capacity: 45000 fish/hour (50gr)
Adaptors: for 110, 160 and 200mm pipes
Power supply: 110240V
VAKI BIOSCANNER
NEW!
VAKI Bioscanner for counting both small and large fish. Fish of all species
are counted stress free and remain in water at all times. The VAKI Bioscanner
is accurate, fast and reliable.
The Scanner Unit "sees" the fish as they pass through the V-channel, counts
them and relays data to the Control Unit. Regulates the flow of fish and water
and separates the fish, making it possible to count them.
The V-channel 1: For counting small and medium sized fish, 3 g750 g.
The V-channel 3: For counting medium sized to big fish, 500 g6 kg.
Features & Benefits

Accuracy: 99-100 %
High capacity - up to 60,000 fish per hour
Easy to use
Accurate information on the number of fish in sea cages, ponds,
tanks and raceways
E xact deliveries of smolt and when harvesting
Lower manpower costs and increased efficiency
The number of fish in each size group (when used in conjunction with graders)
Accurate feeding quantities and proper medical dosages
Accurate data for insurance assessment
Control Unit
Gathers and displays data from up to four scanners
Single Channel Display Unit
Multi Display Unit with 4 inputs

VAKI Riverwatcher Fish Counter
VAKITM RIVERWATCHER FISH COUNTERTM

For reliable river stock management.
NEW!
Riverwatcher Fish Counter Daily
The VAKI Riverwatcher Fish Counter is installed in fish ladders, pools, traps, or
similar places where all the fish in the river have to pass. When a fish swims
through the scanner, the resulting silhouette image is used to count and
estimate the size of each fish.
Customers can view real-time information and see what is going on in

the river at any time
Main Advantages
Automatic report
Accurate and reliable assessment of fish numbers

Comparison of the movement pattern of the fish from one year to another
Comparison of catch figures and Riverwatcher fish counts to calculate
catch rates
Evaluation of the results of rearing and smolt releases
A ssessment of the influence of environmental factors
A ssessment of the efficiency of fish ladders
Valuable data for better fisheries management
Counts and charts available without having to download data and start
a specific software
Easy to share information and easy to compare rivers
E xamine temperature records for a particular period
Analyze the silhouette images of each fish and sort the fish in different
groups and to verify the counting
Users can easily edit data if needed
All data securely stored and accessible on your private web account
Main Features
Counts fish with more than 98% accuracy
Measures the size of each fish with more than 95% accuracy
Stores silhouette images of every fish that passes through the scanner
Detailed identification of species, sex, etc. of individual fish from the high
quality digital images
The data and time of day that each fish passes the scanner is recorded
The water temperature is recorded and measured at 3 hour intervals
Easy to access statistics, silhouettes and videos of all fish in the river. Users can view real-time
information from anywhere and see what is going on in the river at any time.
When a fish swims through the scanner, the resulting silhouette image is used
to count and estimate the size of each fish.
Users can view real-time information. Counts and charts available at all times.
Easy to share information and easy to compare rivers.

VAKI Smart Flow
VAKI SMART FLOW NEW!

Control and Monitoring System
The VAKI Smart Flow System gathers and stores information about all
measured fish for easy analysis of size and number. This facilitates the
optimization of every operation as the various devices can be controlled
and fine-tuned electronically in order to result in the desired output.
Integrates to all main VAKI products

Easy control during the process, resulting in more precise and desired output
All counting data are automatically saved
Provides instant access for others within the company to view the data at
any time
How it works
All devices can be controlled and fine-tuned electronically "on the fly",
resulting in more precise output.
Pump speed adjustment

The counter measures the speed of flow and sends the information to the
pump in order to regulate the pumping speed.
All devices can be controlled and fine-tuned electronically, resulting in more precise and desired output.
Automatic feedback control

The feedback loop between the counter and grader can relieve the user
from having to monitor the grading process manually.
Online database/local server

Stores all data from the measurements.
Regulating density control

The counter sends the density control information on the measured fish.
Counting report
The automatic counting report can be supplied to the receiver of fish along
with the counting file containing the images of all the fish.
Controlled "on the fly"

By integrating a feedback loop between the grader and the counter, both opening
and rotation settings of the grader can be adjusted to reach the optimal quantity
of fish in each category.
As an example, if an equal biomass distribution is preferred between
all categories, the counter will adjust the grader so that the category
with e.g. small fish receives the largest number of fish to adjust for
the relative weight difference of each individual fish.
The devices can interact, for maximum results.

Easy access and sharing of valuable information.

Biomass Control
Biomass Control is considered a serious challenge in fish farming

Now, why is it a challenge? Everybody can agree that poor biomass control can lead to unnecessary
negative environmental impact. But also important is the challenge of getting the most out of production.
How to achieve maximum yield with minimum cost?
In order to achieve maximum yield at minimum cost, higher industrialisation of the farming process is
required. Tight monitoring and control of factors, that can be controlled, is also important. We need to
collect as much data as possible and go into as much detail as possible monitoring exact weights and
numbers all the way from hatching to harvest.
Smolt delivery
One of the most critical points in production from a Biomass Control perspective is the smolt delivery.
The number and weight of smolts introduced into each cage is absolutely critical because it represents
the starting point in an ongoing production.
Accuracy needed
The ongoing part of the production is also very challenging for biomass control.
Taking a manual sample of 100 fish from a cage is both physically challenging for the fish and the fish
farmer and it is just not accurate nor reliable enough. When the information about the Biomass in
individual cages is not available or inaccurate, growth cannot be monitored and feeding cannot be
controlled, which hinders the effort to obtain the lowest feed conversion rate (FCR) possible. Low FCR is
of course one of the most important indicators of low production cost.
Therefore, monitoring the FCR based on real growth is essential if one wants to control the feeding.
Monitoring the periodic FCR based on real growth is also essential if you want to analyse high FCR
periods and takes some actions or implement improvements before the next production period.
Biomass control helps industralize salmon farming further
The only way to monitor and improve FCR is to measure real growth continuously and accurately.
Biomass Daily can be used to monitor the biomass from hatching to harvest. Biomass control is one of
the biggest challenges in salmon farming. Biomass control is also one of the biggest opportunities in
salmon farming as a part of increased industrialization of the fish farming process which needs to take
place in order to meet future challenges.
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE

Fish and Shrimp Pumps
PR AQUA HEATHRO SERIES LIVE FISH & SHRIMP PUMPS

Now available in two sizes, the Heathro 6 and the Heathro 8. The Heathro
Series provides options in capacity, motor type and pump type to deliver the
best solution possible. To protect your investment during handling operations,
you need a safe, gentle, fast way to transfer fish. Aquaculturists around the
world use the Heathro Pump to move salmon, trout, char, tilapia, hybrid
striped bass, mackerel, anchovy, yellowtail, shrimp, and other species. The
Heathro Pump makes it easier to move fish and shrimp efficiently and safely.
The continuous pumping action keeps fish in the water at all times minimizing
damage and increasing output. One operator can move up to 10 tons per hour,
reducing labor costs and eliminating the need to lift heavy nets and buckets.
Cast aluminum, polished and

balances single vane impeller
Quick connect camlock inlet

and outlet fittings
Fish friendly and corrosion

resistance fiberglass
impeller chamber
Electric and gasoline

power options
Unique cart design and pneumatic

tires for easy movement by on
person over rough surfaces
Avaliable with optional

remote control

Fish and Shrimp Pumps
Product Highlights
Developed with advanced finite element analysis processes to increase
efficiency and ensure optimized, long-lasting, trouble-free service
Industrial self-priming pump
Fish can be transferred over long, horizontal distances
Cast aluminum, hand-polished, single vane impeller is balanced to
ensure precision
Models and Configurations

Cart-mounted pumps: Both electric and gasoline powered models
are available
Submersible pump: This model can be used in raceways, drain sumps and
ponds (only available with the Heathro 6)
Pumps are easily reduced to multiple inlet and outlet configurations:
Heathro 6 - 150 mm (6 in), 100 mm (4 in) and 50 mm (2 in)
Heathro 8 - 203 mm (8 in) and 254 mm (10 in)
Submersible model
Easy-to-change fittings
Heathro Pump with 6-inch to 4-inch camlock reducers
HEATHRO 6 FISH PUMP TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HEATHRO 8 FISH PUMP TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WEIGHT
200 kg (440 lbs)
WEIGHT
730 kg (1,600 lbs)
DIMENSIONS (LXWXH)
170 x 81 x 119 cm (67 x 32 x 47 in)
DIMENSIONS (LxWxH)
203 X 132 X 152 cm (80 X 52 X 60 in)
INLET SIZE
150 mm (6 in) reduce to 100 mm (4 in) or 50 mm (2 in)
INLET SIZE
203 mm (8 in) or 254 mm (10 in)
OUTLET SIZE
150 mm (6 in) reduce to 100 mm (4 in) or 50 mm (2 in)
OUTLET SIZE
203 mm (8 in) or 254 mm (10 in)
MIN. FISH SIZE
0.05 g
MIN. FISH SIZE
0.05 g
MAX. FISH & SHRIMP SIZE
400 g (0.88 lbs) (based on Salmonid), Greater than U-10 size
MAX. FISH & SHRIMP SIZE
1.2 kg (2.6 lbs) (based on Salmonid) Greater than U-10 size
MAX. PUMP OUTPUT
2,400 lpm (635 gpm)
MAX. PUMP OUTPUT
PUMP SPEED
200 to 800 rpm
MAX. PUMP HEAD
5 m (17 ft)
1,892 lpm (500 gpm)at max. elev.

5,678 lpm (1,500 gpm)8 in
7,570 lpm (2,000 gpm)10 in
MAX. PUMP SUCTION
PUMP SPEED
3 m (10 ft)
200 to 500 rpm
HORIZONTAL TRANSFER
MAX. PUMP HEAD
500 m (1,500 ft)
9 m (30 ft)
POWER OPTIONS
MAX. PUMP SUCTION
50 or 60 Hz
1 or 3 phase electric motor
9-horsepower gasoline motor
3 m (10 ft)
HORIZONTAL TRANSFER
2,000 m (6,562 ft)
POWER OPTIONS
20 hp, 50 or 60 Hz, 3 Phase

22 hp Gasoline Motor

VAKI Fish Grader
VAKI FISH GRADER
NEW!
The VAKI Fish Grader has been designed and developed for high speed
grading of small fish. The size range is 0.2g up to 200g and the capacity is
up to 6,000kg per hour. The grader is circular and requires less floor space
than other grading machines. The grader is very simple to operate and is
currently available in 2 size options (96cm and 140cm). Both graders are
constructed from stainless steel, have height adjustable legs and are fully
portable on rubber wheels.
Features
Accurate grading of fish from 0.2g
High capacity
4 grades
Compact
Easily adjustable
Gentle on fish
Can be connected to VAKI Smart Flow
VAKI FISH GRADER

96 CM FISH GRADER
Box length (cm)
140 CM FISH GRADER
40
50
Fish size
0.2100 g
5200 g
Capacity
Up to 1,000 kg/hour
Up to 6,000 kg/hour
150
200
Weight (kg)
The inlet can be angled to increase or slow down the fish flow into the grader.
The grading gaps can be set from fully closed up to 50mm wide.
The grader is circular and requires less floor space than other grading machines.
There is a 360 adjustment in the direction of the outlets from the grader.

Fish Graders
PROFIBREED GRADER AND GRIDS

The FIAP profibreed grader is made from
water-resistant, impregnated wood and is
ideally suitable for fry grading. Two affixed
plastic handles and the unit's floatability
enable extremely convenient manual grading
of your fish. Measures 497 x 285 x 110 mm.
1442
FIAP profibreed grading grids are made from

salt water-resistant aluminum and have gap
widths ranging from 2.0 to 10.0 mm. Accurate
gap sizes ensure consistent grading results.
All grids measure 497 x 285 x 18 mm.
MODEL
1430
FIAP PROFIBREED GRADER
EACH
$230.39
FIAP PROFIBREED GRADING GRIDS

MODEL
GAP WIDTH (MM)
EACH
1430
1431 2.0 $160.29

1432 2.5 160.29
1433 3.0 160.29
1434 3.5 160.29
1435 4.0 150.59
1436 4.5 150.59
1437 5.0 150.59
1438 6.0 150.59
1439 7.0 150.59
1440 8.0 150.59
1441 9.0 150.59
1431
1442 10.0 150.59
1442
FLOATING ADJUSTABLE FISH GRADERS

These manual adjustable fish graders save time and effort. Sturdy aluminum
construction will stand up to rough handling and tough fish. No more need to
change baskets for different size fish. These graders float at the right depth
and the large diameter grader bars pass undersized fish damage-free. No
need to hold the grader and a net full of fish at the same time. Grader bars are
11/16 dia. Model G1B ships Oversize.
Size adjustments are quick and accurate select from 30 or 50 gradations
in seconds
Reduce gill damage
G1

MODEL
STD. GRADING
RANGE
G1
SMALL GRADER
G1B
LARGE GRADER
1/4 TO 1 1/8
5/32 TO 1 3/8
NO. OF
GRADATIONS L W D (LBS) EACH
30
17
50
28 21 16
15 11 1/2
17
$699.89
35 1,038.00
TECH TALK 69
Grading Fish
Commercial aquaculture requires periodic size grading of most species to prevent cannibalism,
reduce growth rate variation and improve yield. When fish are not graded it is common to have a
harvest with 25% of the fish being undersized. This is due to the larger fish dominating the others
and consuming more food.
Graders can be species specific. Selecting the wrong grader type for your species and fish size can
make the grading process inefficient and/or damage the fish, so ask others for their experience
before you buy.
Efficient management requires knowledge of growth rates, stocking densities, feed requirements
and general healthall of which can be learned through grading and counting.
296 SECTION
HATCHERY SUPPLIES
PRODUCTS
297 Hatching Jar/Rotifer Sieve

298 Spawning Material & Supplies
299 Live Fish Shipping Supplies
297
HATCHERY SUPPLIES 297

Hatching Jars/Rotifer Sieve
HATCHING JAR
J6
This McDonald-type hatching jar has become the industry standard.

One-piece molded design allows a smooth interiorno lips or gaps for
eggs to get caught on or bacteria to grow. It is a high-impact, all-plastic
egg hatching system. Simply direct about 1 gpm of water (depending on
the weight of the eggs) into the center. The eggs will be uniformly rotated.
JH
Jar and hanger

sold separately.
J30
The fish hatching jar comes with a 1,000-micron top screen that prevents
the loss of eggs. When the fish hatch, remove the screen to let the fish swim
out. Use it for trout, salmon, hybrid striped bass, catfish, tilapia and many
others. Height 18", diameter 61/4", 6 liter capacity for up to 20,000 eggs,
dependent on species and egg diameter. Case quantity is 4.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
J30
HATCHING JAR, 6 LITER
$93.69 $84.32/4+
J6
REPLACEMENT TUBE
16.79 15.11/6+
J8
REPLACEMENT SCREEN
10.99 9.89/6+
JAR HANGER
The all-plastic hanger allows above jars to be used without a bench or stand.
Accepts up to 11/2" hanging lip.
MODEL
Top Screen (J8)
CONICAL HATCHING JAR
TECH FAV
EACH 6+
$16.19 $14.57
JH
DESIGNED HERE
Molded from polycarbonate, this tank can be used for hatching both rotifers and
Artemia. Tank measures 131/2" in diameter, 24" high and includes a clear lid. It
produces up to 300 cc (20 tablespoons) of cysts in 5 gallons (18.9 liters) of water.
The stand measures 131/2" in diameter, 19" high and features a bottom access
port to the drain valve. The hatcher includes clear lid, rigid air tube, 8' aquarium
tubing and drain valve. Air pump sold separately. Ships Oversize.
MODEL
EACH
CCH1
HATCHER ONLY
$146.29
CCH10
HATCHER W/STAND
237.29
CCH12
HATCHER W/STAND (CASE OF 2)
453.09
CCH2
STAND ONLY
112.39
M100AP
AIR PUMP
CCH10
10.89
EASY TO CLEANNO 90 CORNERS!
ROTIFER SIEVE
Handheld collecting sieves are great for harvesting rotifers. These sieves
have a 44-micron mesh bottom and are available in two sizes. Weigh 1 lb.

MODEL
EACH

RC33
3" DIA. X 3" H
$14.89
RC64
4" DIA. X 6" H
38.99
298 HATCHERY SUPPLIES
Brushes/Spawning Mat/Catheter Tubing/Ovaprim
OVAPRIM
CATHETER TUBING
KOI
This spawning agent is the first legally marketed

FDA-indexed drug for ornamental finfish broodstock.
Designed to promote and facilitate reproduction,
induce maturation within a spawning season and
coordinate and synchronize spawning times.
This PTFE tubing is commonly used for sampling egg stage development
in brood stock. It has a wall thickness of .15 mm (150 microns) and is safer
than glass capillary tubes. Sold by the foot (30 cm).
MODEL
EACH
TT86
0.86 MM X 1.14 MM
$3.09
$46.19
TT97
0.97 MM X 1.27 MM
3.09
TT119
1.19 MM X 1.49 MM
3.09
TT173
1.73 MM X 2.03 MM
3.29
OVA10
10 ML
KOI SPAWNING BRUSHES
MODEL
INSIDE DIA. X OUTSIDE DIA.
EACH
KOI
Made from a soft nylon that will not harm fish, these brushes are commonly
used in koi ponds to encourage fish to spawn. Simply place the brushes just
below the water level, one on top of the other, at the edge of your pond.
The internal SS wire allows them to be shaped to your needs. As the fish
spawn on the brushes, the eggs will attach to the soft bristles. The brushes
can then be placed in clean filtered water and eggs will hatch in 36 days.
Brushes are sold 2 per pack.
MODEL EACH
19002-AQ
$62.69
5 1/2 ROUND X 59L
POND FILTER BRUSHES

Used in the ornamental pond industry for particulate filtration, biofiltration and
even as substrate for egg laying. The plastic bristles are attached to the stainless
steel wire core, creating a 4" diameter brush with a 7/8" diameter wire loop at
one end for hanging. A brush filter media is desirable because it is easy to clean
and the plastic bristles attract solids. The other end is capped with a plastic
knob for safety. Used in filtration systems in fish farms, hatcheries, public
aquaria, domestic fish ponds and research institutes. They last indefinitely
and are the easiest to use, most efficient and most cost-effective pond filter
medium you can buy.
SPAWNTEX SPAWNING MAT
KOI
Spawntex is one of the finest reusable spawning mat materials on the market.
Made of all-natural coconut fibers with a latex binder (black) on a polyester net
backing.Its 11/2" thickness ensures more strength for easy cleaning and
exceptional durability. Pond installation is easy: cut the media to size, attach a
wire mesh backing and place in the pond. Another method is to simply stake the
mats along the pond bank. Spawntex is sold by the linear yard or in full rolls.

SHIP WT
MODEL LENGTH WIDTH (LBS)
SM3
SM3R
SM2
SM2R
EACH
If you are using them as a pre-filter to remove the bulk of the coarse waste,
a system of single interlocked hanging brushes is best. If you want to trap an
even greater proportion of the waste, the brushes need to be either vertically
or horizontally double interlocked.
Lightweight and easy to use
Non-toxic and very easy to clean
Never wear out
Best medium for removing suspended particles of waste
MODEL
EACH 4+
3 $11.49
AZ16026
11 YD ROLL
18 30* 81.39
AZ16027
4" ROUND X 24" L
8.09 7.28
1 LINEAR YD
24 3 14.29
AZ16028
4" ROUND X 30" L
9.49 8.54
1 LINEAR YD
11 YD ROLL
18
24
30* 103.59
*Rolls ship Oversize at 70-lb rate.
SM2
4" ROUND X 18" L
$7.49 $6.74
HATCHERY SUPPLIES
SECTION 299
299
Products
Shipping/ Bags/Banding/Trays
Products / Products
LIVE FISH SHIPPING BAGS
KOI
We've expanded our line of fish bags to include a variety of sizes to fit every application. The bags are either
3- or 4-mil linear polyethylene and are either single-sealed on the bottom (like standard pet shop bags) or
triple-sealed to form a square bottom (to fit the 90 corners of the shipping box). Due to the strength of
these bags, it is not necessary to "double bag" as with most others. For a quick closure, try our banding
tool. Custom sizes available in case quantities.

THICKNESS
PACK
CASE
BAG STYLE
W x L (MIL) MODEL QTY EACH
MODEL QTY EACH
BOTTOM-SEALED
6 X 12
FSB1
20 $7.79 FSB1C 1,000 $104.69
BOTTOM-SEALED
6 X 20
FSB2
20 8.99 FSB2C 1,000 156.59
BOTTOM-SEALED
8 X 16
FSB3
20 9.29 FSB3C 1,000 171.99
BOTTOM-SEALED
8 X 20
FSB4
20 9.69 FSB4C 1,000 190.69
BOTTOM-SEALED
10 X 20
FSB5
20 10.19 FSB5C 1,000 235.89
BOTTOM-SEALED
20 x 30
FSB6
20 18.69 FSB6C 250 187.89
BOTTOM-SEALED
20 x 40
FSB7
20 24.79 FSB7C 250 216.29
SQUARE BOTTOM
6 x 8 x 20
FSB14
20 19.39 FSB14C 250 152.19
SQUARE BOTTOM
4 x 6 x 18
FSB18
20 16.79 FSB18C 250 117.99
SQUARE BOTTOM 15 x 15 x 22
SB81
20 36.59 SB81C 200 285.59
16 x 8 x 22
SB82
20 31.39 SB82C 200 238.09
SQUARE BOTTOM
FISH BAG BANDING TOOL

This handy tool is fast and easy. Using extra heavy-duty rubber bands, this tool
seals oxygen-filled bags in one quick motion.
MODEL
EACH
FBT
BANDING TOOL
$27.09
FBT1
BANDS, 100/PK
4.19
HANDLING TRAY AND BOX

Handling harvested fish is a lot easier when you have the right tools. This
injection-molded, high-density, polyethylene tray and box both stack when full
and nest for storage just by turning them the other way. The box has no holes
and the tray has drain holes.
MODEL
EACH
TB3015
WHITE BOX $28.294
TB5015
YELLOW TRAY
TB3015
23.79
TB5015
AIR FILLING KIT

Designed for use with oxygen cylinders, this complete air filling kit includes
everything required to rapidly fill fish shipping bags with oxygen. Great for pet
stores, hatcheries, fish shows, fish wholesalers and anyone who ships fish in
bags. Kit includes a single-stage oxygen regulator, 10 oxygen delivery hose, a
flexible air nozzle and all connection fittings. Simply thread the regulator onto
an oxygen cylinder (not included) and it's ready to begin filling. Weighs 5 lbs.
MODEL
OXF1
SINGLE AIR NOZZLE KIT
EACH
$153.29
AIR NOZZLE
This handy air nozzle is perfect for oxygenating fish bags. The nozzle
features a flexible rubber tip that is easily bent to release oxygen.
MODEL
EACH
OX11
4L, 1/4 MNPT
$19.19
300 SECTION
LAB EQUIPMENT
PRODUCTS
301
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
313
314
317
Microscopes & Accessories

Dissection
Jars/Bottles/Carboys
Beakers
Cylinders/Flasks
Autoclave/Petri Dishes
Test Tubes & Accessories
Pipettes
Burets/Calipers/Counters
Cleaning Supplies/Gloves/Apron
Scales & Accessories
LAB EQUIPMENT 301

Microscopes
LEICA EZ4HD STEREOMICROSCOPE WITH DIGITAL CAMERA
The Leica EZ4HD has the same performance as the EZ4, with the added
bonus of a 3-megapixel digital camera! Store photos on its 128 MB secure
digital card, or export them to your Windows or Macintosh computer via USB
2.0. Connect directly to an HD display for detailed viewing. Use the included
software or any third-party imaging program. The camera is preconfigured and
its incident and transmitted light settings are predefined, minimizing setup.
Content-sensitive help file ensures quick and easy troubleshooting.
Five-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
EZ4HD
5-YEAR WARRANTY
STEREOMICROSCOPE $2,015.00
Leica is a registered trademark of Leica Microsystems IR gmbH Corp. Macintosh

is a registered trademark of Apple, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
DELUXE LABORATORY MICROSCOPE

This binocular microscope features an interpupillary distance adjustment
through 10X wide-field eye pieces; 4X, 10X, 40X and 100X (oil-immersion)
fully coated achromatic optics; low position, coaxial drive stage slideways;
and coarse and fine adjustment knobs. 20-W variable quartz halogen
illuminator with 1.25 NA (numerical aperture) Abbe type condenser, tension
adjustment ring and an autostop prefocusing system. 20X optional eyepiece
available. 9" L x 7.5" W x 15" H. Ship weight 21 lbs. Five-year warranty.
MODEL
M14
LAB MICROSCOPE
M12B
REPL. BULB, 20W
EACH
$1,033.00
11.59
5-YEAR WARRANTY
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
This binocular microscope offers high performance and durability at an
excellent price. Features 10X wide field eyepieces on a 360 rotating head, 4X,
10X, 40X and 100X (oil-immersion) achromatic DIN objectives. Large 110 mm x
115 mm mechanical stage with iris diaphragm, NA 1.25 Abbe condenser
and coarse and fine focusing with a slip clutch mechanism. Built-in 20-W
incandescent lamp (115V). Makes a great educational laboratory microscope
from middle school to the university level. 8" L x 6" W x 14" H, ship weight 19 lbs.
Five-year warranty.
MODEL
M12
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
M12B
REPL. BULB, 20 W
EACH
$783.29
11.59
5-YEAR WARRANTY
302 LAB EQUIPMENT

Microscopes/Accessories
MONOCULAR SCOPE
The VITAL SINE microscope uses an internal LED light that is bright and
battery-powered (rechargeable NiMH batteries included), eliminating the
hassles of a power cord! It features a triple objective turret with achromatic
objectives with glass lenses, giving an excellent, clear image at a low price. It
has a 10X wide-field eyepiece and 4X, 10X and 40X objectives. Both coarse and
fine adjustment controls make focusing easy. Abbe condenser is .65 NA with
iris diaphragm and blue filter. Microscope includes a transformer and cord for
recharging.
MODEL
M76
EACH
MONOCULAR SCOPE $203.59
STEREO DISSECTING MICROSCOPE

Dual magnification (1X and 3X) stereo microscope with 10X wide field eye pieces
suitable for low magnification diagnostic needs. Features 360 rotatable head,
large field of view and long working distance. Rack and pinion large adjustment
knob with slip clutch protection, adjustable diopter correction on one eyepiece,
interpupillary distance adjustment, locked-on eye-pieces and dual LED lighting
for both transmitted and incident light. Very useful scope at a very reasonable
price. Includes dust cover. 115V, 9" L x 7" W x 13.5" H. Ship weight 12 lbs.
MODEL
M18SL
STEREO MICROSCOPE
EACH
$594.39
5-YEAR WARRANTY
VIDEO EYEPIECE
Ideal for teaching, this simple-to-use eyepiece is a portable video system that
can be used on a microscope. It will fit any standard 23-mm or 30.5-mm eye
tube and plugs into a TV or VCR for viewing. The kit includes a composite video
output with NTSC system, 620 x 580 picture, auto gain control and 1/3" CCD
sensor. Ship weight 5 lbs. One-year warranty.
MODEL
Microscope
not included
M28V
EACH
VIDEO EYEPIECE $414.79
MICROSCOPE CLEANING KIT

This kit will keep optics clear and microscope parts clean. The kit contains 10
presaturated optic and lens cleaning pads, two individually wrapped packs of
antistatic surface wipes, two premoistened germicide swabs and instructions.
Additional presaturated optical pads are available (10/pk).
MODEL
MC8
MICROSCOPE CLEANING KIT
MC9
OPTICAL PADS, 10/PK
EACH
$79.99
16.99
MC9
MC8
LAB EQUIPMENT 303

Microscope Supplies
SLIDES, GLASS MICROSCOPE

Clear glass slides with ground edges. Slides are 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.2 mm
thick. 144 slides per box.
MODEL
EACH 4+
M32
$8.39/BOX $7.55
SLIDES, DEPRESSION
One- or two-well glass slides with depressions .5.8 mm deep x 1214 mm
in diameter. Made of selected noncorroding glass, with ground and polished
edges and spherical cavities. Slide size is 26 mm x 76 mm. Price shown is for
packages of 12 slides.
MODEL
EACH
M30 1-WELL $5.49/PKG
M30
M31 2-WELL 7.59/PKG
PLASTIC MULTIWELL SLIDE PLATES

These plastic slide plates are ideal for counting zooplankton, examining
fish eggs and studying larval development under dissecting microscopes.
Constructed of clear polystyrene, slides include cover which has a frosted
area for marking. Raised rims reduce cross contamination. Slides measure
86 mm x 128 mm x 18 mm deep.
MODEL
MW24
MW6
EACH
MW6 6-WELL
$4.49
MW12 12-WELL
5.09
MW24 24-WELL
5.99
COVER SLIPS
Plain glass surface is free from irregularities. 100 per box.
MODEL
SIZE (MM)
THICKNESS (MM)
EACH
M26
40 X 24
.13-.17
$4.69/BOX $4.22
4+
M27
22 X 22
.13-.17
3.09/BOX 2.78
M26
COUNTING WHEEL, ZOOPLANKTON

Especially suited for low-powered microscopes, this counting wheel will hold
5- to 10-mL samples in the trough. Sample trough has a divider to mark start
and finish. Count zooplankton while turning the wheeleasy and accurate.
Precision-made from acrylic and includes a 4" (10 cm) base.
MODEL EACH
181080 $105.99
304 LAB EQUIPMENT

Microscope Supplies
COUNTING CELL, SEDGEWICK RAFTER

These cells are commonly used for counting zooplankton. Each cell consists of a rectangular frame
mounted on a slide and includes one cover slip. Cell size is 50 mm x 20 mm x 1 mm and volume is 1.0 mL.
Cells are available in glass or plastic and contain a grid subdivided into microliters, allowing the user to
count more accurately. Also available is a glass counting cell without a grid that includes two cover slips.
MODEL
M414
EACH
3+
M414
GLASS COUNTING CELL W/GRID
$259.39 $233.45
M415
PLASTIC COUNTING CELL W/GRID
57.79 52.01
M416
DELUXE GLASS COVER SLIPS
19.79 17.81
M38
COUNTING CELL
52.79 47.51
M39
COVER GLASSES (12)
38.09 34.28
M38
M415
COUNTING CELL, PALMER

Similar in appearance to Sedgewick Rafter cell but designed for counting
phytoplankton and smaller zooplankton. Cell is a circular stainless steel frame
with two charging channels mounted on a 76 mm x 25 mm glass slide. Cell
size is 17.5 mm dia. x .4 mm deep; volume is .1 ml. Kit includes two cover
glasses and a clear snap-lock case.
MODEL EACH
PCC $100.59
HEMACYTOMETER
Count algae cells, blood cells and other small stuff with these pocket-size
counting chambers and a microscope. Consists of molded glass compartment
with H-shaped moat, forming two counting areas. Each counting area has
double Neubauer rulings with 400 small squares in a central 1-mm square.
The rulings appear as white lines on dark background when viewed through
the microscope. The cover slips cover the moat region .1 mm above the ruled
surface, which aids in precise loading and even cell distribution. V-shaped
slashes help in loading by reducing overflow into the moat.
MODEL
M36 HEMACYTOMETER
M36
EACH 3+
$351.59 $316.43
LAB EQUIPMENT 305

Dissection
DISSECTING KIT
An excellent choice for teachers and students. Includes angular teasing needle
with metal chuck, straight teasing needle with metal chuck, 4 iris scissors,
4medium point forceps with guide pin, cartilage knife with 2 blade, 1 x 2
tissue forceps, 5 scissors (one point sharp & other point blunt), #3 scalpel
handle, No. 10 blade, and chrome mall probe. Comes in a vinyl zippered case
with linen.
MODEL
10GS
10-PC DELUXE KIT
EACH
$21.99
10GS
DISSECTING TRAYS
These polyethylene dissecting trays include a long-lasting
vinyl pad. Great for use in labs and with juvenile fish.
MODEL
DT9003
EACH
DT9003
11" X 7" X 11/2"
$20.99
DT9005
13" X 9" X 11/2"
27.59
DISSECTING EQUIPMENT
All of these instruments are high-quality steel. Most are stainless.
MODEL
BS81
LSH1
IG48
LFC4
SS8
ANG
N32
LS1S
EACH
LSH1
SCALPEL HANDLE
LS1S

SCISSORS, STRAIGHT END, 1-FINE

& 1-BLUNT POINT
$43.49
LFC4
FORCEPS, 4 CURVED END, SUPER FINE POINTS
BS81
BONE SHEARS, 8"
23.69
IG48
FINE POINT CUTTERS
14.89
ANG
ANGLE PROBE
2.09
N31
TEASING NEEDLE, 6/PK
2.29
N32
BENT TEASING NEEDLE, 6/PK
2.29
SS8
LARGE SCISSORS, 8"
6.79
9M
MICRODISSECTION SCISSORS
9.19
12.99
5.59
9M
306
306 SECTION
LAB EQUIPMENT

Jars/Bottles/Carboys
WIDE MOUTH JARS, POLYETHYLENE

These polyethylene jars are precleaned and QA analyzed. Sold by the case.

CAPACITY
OVERALL LENGTH
QTY PER
MODEL (ML/OZ) (CM) CASE EACH
157250
151500-AQ
15001
250 /8
12
24
$56.39
500 /16
15
24
75.19
1,000 /32
19
12
47.69
15001
157250
SAMPLE BOTTLES
These HDPE (high-density polyethylene), wide-mouth square bottles are ideal
for shipping and storing liquids and solids. Bottles are leakproof, and their
square shape saves space. They have a hole in the cap edge for attachment
of a tag.

MODEL
LSB250
LSB500
LSB1
LSB250
CAPACITY
(ML)
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
250
11
500
14
3.79 3.60
1,000
18
5.39 5.12
EACH
12+
$2.69
$2.56
DISPENSING BOTTLE, ADJUSTABLE VOLUME

Low-density polyethylene storage bottle will hold 500 mL of liquid. Often
used to dispense nutrients, chlorine and other common solutions used
in aquaculture.
MODEL EACH
511654
DISPENSES 5ML TO 25 ML $26.29
511654
WASH BOTTLES
Made of flexible LDPE, with polypropylene screw closure and fine bore
dispensing tube. The tube is narrow at the end to allow a drop at a time.
Cutting the end of the tube back will increase the flow.
CAPACITY
MODEL (OZ/ML)
EACH
WB8 8/237 $4.09
WB8
WB16 16/474
4.99
WB32 32/948
6.69
WB32
WB16
CARBOYS
Nalgene 2318 series carboy includes a spigot sealed by two PTFE
O-rings and a delivery spout 5/8" (16 mm) O.D. The 2.5-gallon and 5-gallon
carboys have two molded handles. These heavy-duty carboys are excellent
for storing and dispensing liquids both in the lab and on the farm.

CAPACITY
SHIP WT
MODEL
(GAL/LTR)
(LBS)
EACH
CB4 1/4
2
$106.29
CB10
2.5/10
CB20 5/20
143.29
5 189.19
Nalgene is a registered trademark of Nalgene Nunc Intl.Corp.

CB4
CB10
LAB EQUIPMENT
SECTION 307
307

Beakers
GRADUATED GLASS BEAKERS

These graduated beakers are made from sturdy borosilicate glass and feature heavy wall
construction to resist breakage. Easy-to-read scales indicate volumes accurately to 5%.

MODEL
CAPACITY
GRADUATIONS
OVREALL LENGTH
ACTUAL WT
(ML) (ML)
(CM) (OZ)
GLB50
GLB400
50 10
6 2
EACH
$3.29
GLB100 100 10
7 2
3.19
GLB150 150 10
8 3
3.89
GLB250 250 25
10 5
3.59
GLB400 400 100
12 5
4.49
GLB600 600 50
13 8
5.29
GLB1000 1,000 50
15 11
11.69
GLB2000 2,000 100
19 16
24.79
GRADUATED POLY BEAKERS

These autoclavable polypropylene beakers will withstand temperatures
up to 120C. Graduated in both mL and ounces, with no-drip pouring spouts.

CAPACITY
OVERALL LENGTH
MODEL (ML) (CM)
LGB050
50
EACH
$1.89
2.19
LGB100 100
LGB250 250
10
2.69
LGB500
500
12
5.29
1,000
15
7.99
LGB1
LGB250
GRADUATED POLY BEAKERS

These graduated polypropylene beakers have a triangular flange that has
three pouring spouts. They are autoclavable and nest for storage. Price is
for pack of 10 beakers.

MODEL
PLB25
PLB25
CAPACITY
(ML)
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
250
EACH
$8.99/ PACK
PLB40 400 11
9.49/ PACK
PLB80 800 14
12.69/ PACK
PLB100 1,000 15
13.19/ PACK
GRADUATED POLY BEAKERS W/HANDLE

Made of autoclavable, semitransparent polypropylene. These are made in
a larger diameter than most beakers for stability. Graduated in milliliters
and liters.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(ML)
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
LBH1
1,000
15
LBH2
2,000
17
8.19
LBH3
3,000
18
12.69
EACH
$7.29
LBH1
308 LAB EQUIPMENT

Cylinders/Flasks
GRADUATED GLASS CYLINDERS

These all-glass cylinders have metric scales and sliding, hexagonal bumper guards to resist roll and breakage.

CAPACITY
GRADUATIONS
OVERALL LENGTH
ACTUAL WT
MODEL
(ML) (ML) (CM) (OZ)
GC10
EACH
10 .1 18 1.57
$7.09
GC25
25 .2 21 1.65
10.09
GC50
50 .5 22 4.83
10.99
GC100 100 1.0 24 8.76
11.89
GC250
16.89
250
2.0
30
15
GC500 500 5.0 36 30
30.89
GC100
GRADUATED POLY CYLINDERS

Molded of heavy-duty and chemically resistant translucent
polypropylene, with permanently molded graduations that won't fade
after repeated autoclaving.

MODEL
LGC1000
LGC500
CAPACITY
(ML)
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
LGC100 100
LGC250
LGC100
EACH
24 $7.99
LGC250 250
31 9.19
LGC500 500
37 13.19
LGC1000
1,000 45
16.19
ERLENMEYER FLASKS
Made from high-quality borosilicate glass, these flasks have thick wall
construction with metric scales. Ideal for culturing microalgae.

MODEL
CAPACITY
GRADUATIONS
(ML)
(ML)
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
ACTUAL WT
OZ) EACH
6+
GE125
125
GE250
250 25 14 3.2
5.69 5.41
GE500
500 50 17
25
11
$4.59 $4.36
8
7.99 7.59
GE1000 1,000 50
22
8.5
14.79 14.05
GE2000* 2,000 50
28
16
36.69 34.86
GE125
*Thomas Scientific
FERNBACH FLASK
A high surface area to volume ratio makes this glass flask ideal for culturing
algae (do not use on a heat source smaller than the base of the flask).
EACH EACH
FBF28
2.8 LTR $89.19
6+
84.73
LAB EQUIPMENT
309
SECTION 309
309
Microbiology/Autoclave/Petri
Dishes
IMHOFF CONE
INOCULATING LOOP
A fully-graduated cone made of styrene-acrylonitrile that features a

low-density bottom plug, which makes it easy to withdraw sediment.
Markings are incremented as follows: 01 mL by .1 mL, 110 mL by
0.5 mL, 1040 mL by 1.0 mL, 40100 mL by 2 mL and markings at 250,
500 and 1,000 mL. The stainless steel rack holds 3 cones.
This loop is made with twisted Nichrome wire, with a 1/8" (4 mm)
diameter loop on a 21/2" (6 cm) stem and an 8" aluminum handle.

MODEL
LIC1
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
MODEL EACH
7010 $5.69
Close-up
of Loop
EACH
IMHOFF CONE
45 CM
$54.69
LICR
STEEL RACK
45 CM
68.59
LICB
IMHOFF BRUSH
77 CM
29.39
LICB
LIC1
MICROBIOLOGICAL MEDIA
This dehydrated culture media is ideal for preparing
fresh media for bacteriological culture. Tryptone
soy agar (TSA) is commonly used for culturing
organisms from freshwater fish. TCBS agar is ideal
for culturing and isolation of enteropathogenic
Vibrio. Marine agar is routinely used for isolation,
cultivation and enumeration of heterotrophic
marine bacteria. Ships dry.
LICR
MODEL
PORTABLE AUTOCLAVE AND INDICATOR TAPE

This ALL-AMERICAN Non-Electric Sterilizer is a complete, self-contained
unit that ensures complete, efficient sterilization. It only requires a small
amount of water for proper sterilization. At a temperature of 250F (121 C),
and a pressure of 15 PSI, the dry steam can sterilize in 30 minutes. Ideal for
most small lab applications. One year warranty.
This self-adhesive tape is used to seal autoclave bags and pouches and
changes color from white to dark brown when the contents have passed
through a sterilization cycle.
Use over any heat source
25 qt/24 liter capacity
UL approved
INSIDE
DIA.
CAPACITY
VOLUME
LA830 16
12
AT12
DF176
TSA, 500 G 87.09
DF174
TCBS AGAR, 500 G 162.59
DF178
MARINE AGAR, 500 G 232.99
DF174
DISPOSABLE PETRI DISHES

Sterile petri dishes made of polystyrene are conveniently disposable.
Price is for a box of 25.
LPD15

MODEL HEIGHT
MODEL
TSA, 100 G $50.29
MODEL EACH
Unit includes inner container with rack
25 QT/24 L
EACH
DF158
SHIP WT
(LBS)
1,016 IN
15MMX100MM $9.69
EACH
24 $520.29
EACH
TAPE - 1/2 X 60 YD. ROLL $7.59
AT12
310 LAB EQUIPMENT

Stoppers/Tubes/Racks
GLASS CULTURE TEST TUBES
THREE-HOLE STOPPERS
These borosilicate glass test tubes have a rubber-lined screw cap,

combination marking and reference spot for orientation. Caps are
resistant to autoclaving and most chemicals. Perfect for microalgal
and bacterial cultures. Sold in packs of 12.
Autoclavable, natural rubber stoppers can be used as a solid one-, two- or

three-hole stopper by removing the twist-off seals.
MODEL
DIA. (MM)
LENGTH (MM)
PACK QTY
EACH
LTT17
16 150 12 $12.49
LTT21
20 150 12 11.09
MODEL
MAX DIA. (MM)
HST5
27
EACH
10+
$0.99 $0.89
HST6
32
1.29 1.16
HST7
37
2.39 2.15
HST9
45
2.59 2.33
HST10
50
2.99 2.69
HST5
LTT17
WIRE TEST TUBE RACK
PLASTIC TEST TUBE RACK
These tough wire racks are coated with epoxy and are unaffected by organic
solvents, salts, weak acids or weak bases. Epoxy coating will withstand a
temperature range of -223 to 121C and can be autoclaved. Racks are
three-tiered. Dimensions are 93/8" L x 41/2" W x 3" H.
Autoclavable plastic that folds flat for storage and shipping make
these easy-to-assemble racks a practical choice. They don't float
in water baths.
MODEL
LTTW
EACH
HOLDS FORTY 20MM TUBES $36.39
PARAFILM FLAT WRAPPER

Used for covering the mouth of Erlenmeyer flasks, culture tubes and petri
dishes. Waterproof film is .005" thick and conveniently provides transfer
resistance to air, gases, alcohol and common acids. Packaged in dispenser
carton. Weighs 1 lb.
MODEL
P35 4"X 125FT ROLL
EACH
$28.09
Parafilm is a registered trademark of Bemis Co., Inc.
MODE
LTTR HOLDS FORTY 20MM TUBES
EACH
$14.59
LAB EQUIPMENT
SECTION 311
311

Pipettes
WIDE TIP VOLUMETRIC PIPETTES, CLASS B, REUSABLE GLASS

These SIBATA Wide Tip Volumetric Pipets meet ASTM E-969 Class B Specifications for tolerance. The
wide-tip opening facilitates rapid fill and drain of viscous liquids, slurries and suspensions. Commonly
used in water treatment facilities, these pipets have sharp permanent graduation lines and are calibrated
to deliver. Sizes 1, 2 & 5mL do not have drawn tips, while sizes 10mL through 100mL feature standard
drawn tips.
APPROX.

CAPACITY
LENGTH
TOLERANCE
I.D. TIP
PACK
MODEL (ML) (MM) (ML) (MM) QTY PACK
VWTP1 1.0 320
0.01
1.9
12
$38.79
VWTP2 2.0 330
0.01
2.4
12 40.49
VWTP5 5.0 346
0.02
3.0
12 51.29
VWTP10 10.0
440
0.02
3.0
12 86.09
VWTP20 20.0
478
0.03
3.0
6 44.69
VWTP25 25.0
475
0.03
3.0
6 50.59
VWTP50 50.0
538
0.05
3.0
6 58.89
VWTP100 100.0
605
0.10
3.0
VWTP25
110.19
Sibata is a registered trademark of Sibata Scientific Technology Ltd
VOLUMETRIC PIPETTES, CLASS A, REUSABLE GLASS

These SIBATA Volumetric Pipets meet ASTM E-969 Class A Specifications and USP Standards for
Volumetric Glassware. These pipets have sharp and permanent graduation lines and are calibrated to
deliver. Feature permanent amber markings and color-codings which are enameled onto the glass.

CAPACITY LENGTH TOLERANCE CODE
PACK
MODEL (ML) (MM) (ML) COLOR QTY PACK
VTP1 1.0 345 0.006 BLUE 12
$32.89
VTP2 2.0 355 0.006 ORANGE 12 35.39
VTP3 3.0 360 0.01 BLACK 12
41.49
41.49
VTP4 4.0 365 0.01 2-RED 12
VTP25
45.19
VTP5 5.0 375 0.01 WHITE 12
VTP10 10.0 440
0.02
RED
12 80.79
VTP25 25.0 480
0.03
BLUE
6 45.09
VTP50 50.0 540
0.05
RED
6 56.79
RUBBER BULBS
These large rubber bulbs are made to use with
pipettes.
LPB15

MODEL
SIZE (MM)
Pipettes not
included.
CAPACITY DIAMETER
(ML)
(MM)
EACH
LPB15
38 X 60
15
$12.19
LPB35
45 X 66
35
11.79
PIPETTE RACK
Designed for drying and storing glass and plastic pipettes in a vertical
5 x 10 space. Top and middle racks have 5/8 (16 mm) diameter holes,
bottom deck holes are tapered from 16 mm to 6 mm. Autoclavable.
PR4
MODEL EACH
PR4 $38.39
Sibata is a registered trademark of Sibata Scientifica Technology LTD,

312
312 LAB
SECTION
EQUIPMENT

Pipettes
PASTEUR PIPETTES
Disposable glass pipettes are ideal for transferring algal cultures, etc.,
avoiding the risk of contamination. Ungraduated with capillary tips of
approximately 1-mm inside diameter. LDP5 is 6" (15 cm) long overall and
narrow portion is 5 cm; LDP9 is 9" (23 cm) long overall and narrow portion is
approximately 12 cm. Weight 1 lb.
LDP5
LDP9

MODEL
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
LDP5
15
250 $16.39
LDP9
23
250 18.89
PACK QTY
EACH PACK
SEROLOGICAL PIPETTES
These polystyrene serological pipettes are both accurate and economical. The
one-piece design eliminates mouthpiece and tip breakage. Pipettes feature
highly legible graduations and contamination-free cotton plugs.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(ML)
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
PACK
QTY
EACH PACK
PLP1
27
25
$10.99
PLP2
2 27 25 14.89
PLP5
5 30 25 13.49
PLP10
10 30
25
PLP1
24.39
PLP5
TRANSFER PIPETTES, DISPOSABLE GRADUATED

One-piece plastic pipette with clearly marked graduations in 0.25 mL
increments (model LP5) and 1 mL increments (model LP3). The stem narrows
down to a fine tip. Sold in packs of 500.

GRADUATED OVERALL OVERALL
MODEL CAPACITY CAPACITY LENGTH
LP3
EACH
LP5
1 ML
5.8 ML
6 $56.29
LP3
3 ML
7.0 ML
6 29.39
MEASURING PIPETTES
Made of translucent polypropylene. Easy to read and highly chemicalresistant. Delivers to tip, last drop must be blown out.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(ML)
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
EACH
LPM1
LPM1 1 31 $11.49
LPM2 2 36
12.59
LPM5 5 33
13.79
LPM10
10 30
LPM2
LPM5
5.69
LPM10
PIPETTE PUMP
Easy-to-use, easy-to-clean and very accurate. The rotating wheel can be
moved forward or backward for precise filling or emptying. For rapid
emptying, depress the plunger on top. Each size (16 cm is about 6") is a different
color. All pumps will accept pipette diameters from 4 to 8 mm. Pumps should
be selected to match the volumetric capacity of the pipette to be used.
LPP10

MODEL
CAPACITY
(ML)
LPP2 2
OVERALL LENGTH
(CM)
16
EACH
$22.69
LPP10
10 16
22.89
LPP25
25 19
27.59
LAB EQUIPMENT
SECTION 313
313
Burets/Caliper/Stopwatch/Counter
BURETS WITH PTFE STOPCOCKS, CLASS A

These VEE GEE Burets meet ASTM E287 Class A specifications. Made from precision, uniform Schott
DURAN true-bore tubing ensures the stipulated capacity tolerances. These burets feature durable,
permanent markings, fine sharp lines and easy-to-read numbers. They are supplied with PTFE stopcocks
to eliminate freezing and lubricant contamination and to provide a precision fit within the barrel. All sizes
supplied with a 2mm stopcock bore plug.
GRADUATION APPROX.

CAPACITY
INTERVAL
TOLERANCE
O.D. X HEIGHT
MODEL (ML) (ML) (ML) (MM)
VGB50
VGB10
EACH
10
0.05
0.02
9 X 510
$33.49
VGB25
25
0.10
0.03
12 X 500
33.49
VGB50
50
0.10
0.05
13 X758
36.99
VGB100
100
0.20
0.10
17 X775
42.69
DIAL CALIPER
Made of fiberglass-reinforced nylon for use in corrosive environments. Measure
outside, inside, depth and step. 6" (15 cm) dial caliper measure inches on dial to
.01" and in 1/64" plus mm on venier to 1.0 mm.
MODEL EACH
CD6 $46.49
STOPWATCH, WATER-RESISTANT
Counts up to 24 hours in 1/100 second resolution for the first 30 minutes and
a one second resolution thereafter. Also has a 12/24-hour alarm clock,
calendar and an hourly chime option. Includes neck strap and battery.
Dimensions: 21/2" x 2" x 1/2".
MODEL EACH
8112 $11.59
HAND COUNTER
Easily fits in your hand to be thumb operated. The register advances by one
digit, up to 9,999, each time the button is pressed. A turn of the side knob
resets the register back to zero. It's a great tool for counting algae cells,
zooplankton, fry, people, etc.
MODEL
EACH 4+
M42
$13.29 $12.63

314
314 LAB
SECTION
EQUIPMENT

Racks/Wipes/Brushes
BENCHTOP DRAINING RACK

This polystyrene/metal lab rack provides drying and storage of laboratory
glassware of most any type or size. The bottom drainage tray can
hold pipettes, glass rods and test tubes, and the rack also has 26 pegs.
MODEL H D W
LD2
19
6 1/2
EACH
16 3/4 $110.69
KIMWIPES EX-L WIPES

Single-ply wipes are soft, nonabrasive and safe for most delicate surfaces.
Wipes clean, providing extra low lint and high extractable performance.
Packaged in pop-up dispenser.
MODEL
KW48
SHIP WT (LBS)
15" X 17", 140/BOX
EACH
$18.09
Kimwipes is a registered trademark of Kimberly-Clark Worldwind, Inc.
FOAM BRUSHES
A variety of sizes and shapes makes these foam brushes ideal for delicate
labware. Acid-resistant foam bristles will gently scrub glassware without
scratching. Use with acrylic or any other delicate material.
OVERALL
MODEL
DIA. LENGTH
BR55
BR55
EACH
GLASSWARE BRUSH
7/8"
16"
$6.79
BR60
SHORT GLASSWARE BRUSH
23/4"
10"
5.39
BR130
LONG LAB BRUSH
3"
19"
6.49
BR60
BR130
FLASK, BOD BOTTLE, AND CARBOY BRUSHES
CBR12
CBR16
CBR8
These brushes allow access to entire inside surfaces of flasks, BOD bottles and
carboys. Models CBR12 and CBR16 are made of black hog bristles on a flat
steel shank attached to a pivoting shaft. Model CBR8 is made of black nylon
monofilament bristles on galvanized wire with hinged joint and wooden handle.
It can be used in flasks with long necks, 1 diameter or short neck balloon
flasks with 1 ID.
OVERALL
MODEL
DIA. LENGTH LENGTH
EACH
CBR12
FLASK/BOD BOTTLE BRUSH
4 12 $9.99
CBR16
FLASK/BOD BOTTLE BRUSH
4 16 10.99
CBR8
FLASK BRUSH
8 23 16.99
LAB EQUIPMENT
SECTION 315
315

Brushes
ASSORTED BRUSHES
BR25
These brushes can be used for any cleaning application, including glassware. A
wide variety of shapes and sizes provides a brush for every need. The snake
brush is great for cleaning pipes and the smaller brushes are useful for
hard-to-reach fittings.

MODEL
DIA.
LENGTH
BR33
BR25 DELUXE BOTTLE BRUSH
BR68
11/2"
OVERALL
LENGTH
5"
14"
EACH
$3.79
BR33
SPOUT BRUSH
3/8"
3"
13"
3.79
BR80
BRUSH W/10 SNAKE
5/8
1/2
15
4.89
BR68
BRUSH W/10' SNAKE
4"
2"
120"
10.99
BR87
LONG HANDLE BRUSH
2"
6"
22"
4.99
BR129 2-IN-1 BRUSH
11/2"
4"
14"
3.99
BR225 TEST TUBE BRUSH
5/8"
6"
8"
3.99
BR122 3-PIECE BRUSH KIT*
7.69
*Contains one brush 5 x 11/2, 14 OAL; one brush 1 x 11/4, 8 OAL; and one brush 5/16 x 1, 8 OAL.
BR87
BR129
BR122
BR225
PIPETTE BRUSH
BOTTLE BRUSH
This tapered brush features a diameter and wire handle. Ideal for
cleaning pipettes.
Bristles mounted on galvanized wire handle for use with cylinders, large tubes
and bottles.
OVERALL
MODEL
DIA. LENGTH LENGTH
OVERALL
DIA. LENGTH LENGTH
MODEL
B17
1/4-3/4 71/2
17
EACH
$5.19
B16
2 5 16
EACH
$5.39
TUBING BRUSH
TEST TUBE BRUSHES
Galvanized wire handle with white bristles for cleaning burets, pipettes and
long tubing.
Radial tufted tip and tapered design for cleaning test tubes and bottles.
OVERALL
MODEL
DIA. LENGTH LENGTH
B36
11/2 51/4 36
EACH
$4.59
OVERALL
MODEL
DIA. LENGTH LENGTH
EACH
B9
7/16 3 9 $2.79
B10
3/4
31/2
10 2.79
B9
B10
316 LAB EQUIPMENT

Gloves/Apron/Cleaner
GLOVES, LOW-COST NITRILE
AQUALIFE MULTI-DUTY CLEANER

Super concentrateddilute up to 20 times
This is a 100% nitrile, nonlatex, utility-grade glove, lightly dusted with

USP-grade cornstarch. N-DEX Original gloves are ambidextrous,
91/2" long, 4-mil. Not sterile. Weigh 2 lbs/box.
A high-quality cleaner designed for use in fish

hatcheries, aquaculture facilities and fish and food
processing plants. Quickly loosens organic soiling,
allowing easy removal of biofilm, grease, oils,
waste and more. Biodegradable, nonhazardous,
phosphate-free and contains no volatile organic
compounds (VOCs). NSF-certified for use in food
processing facilities.
MODEL
AQU128
1 GALLON
EACH
$26.29
GL701
BOX
MODEL
SIZE
BOX QTY
EACH
GL701
MEDIUM 100 $16.59
GL702
LARGE 100 16.59
GL703
X-LARGE 100 25.59
N-Dex is a registered trademark of Shawa Glove Co.
APRON
This PVC apron is 20 mil thick with extra long
cloth neck and waist ties. PVC grommets are
welded to apron for greater strength and longer
wear. FDA-accepted.
MODEL EACH
05-157GR
35 x 45 $11.09
LIQUINOX CLEANER
LiquiNox is a special formulation of anionic and
cationic detergents and wetting agents. It has high
cleaning power, yet is mild to skin and contains
no phosphates. Used for cleaning glass, metal,
rubber, plastic and hard-surface materials.
Has a pH of 8.5 and a biodegradable base.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
LN1
1 QUART
$22.99
LN4
1 GALLON
11
77.99
LN1
ALCONOX CLEANER
Ideal for general laboratory use, Alconox cleaner is
excellent for glassware, plastic, metal, porcelain
and rubber. Removes grease, blood and tissue and
is odorless and nontoxic. Usual dilution rate is one
tablespoon to one gallon of water.
MODEL
AX4
EACH
4 LBS $40.09
Alconox is a registered trademarks of Alconox, Inc.
VISIT OUR BLOG

Resource center to learn about aquaculture
Hub for industry news and press releases
Customer spotlight features
Technical talks & expert insight
Pentair promotions
New product announcements
PentairAES.com/learn-about-aquaculture
LAB EQUIPMENT 317

Scales
COMPACT DIGITAL HANGING SCALES

These Intercomp CS200 scales are mounted in heavy plastic cases,
well-suited for aquaculture uses. Shock-resistant and weather-resistant (not
waterproof). Features large, easy-to-read, backlit LCD display and push
button controls. Operates up to 50 hours on a single 9-volt alkaline battery
(included). CE compliant. One-year warranty.
Includes Top Eye Hook and Bottom Hook
Automatic Backlight, On/Off, Zero, lb/kg
Perfect for low capacity applications
Accuracy to 0.1% of Reading

CAPACITY
GRADUATION
MODEL (LBS)
(LBS)
CS25
CS225
50/25 .02/.01
250/100 .1/.05
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
2 $624.79
3 624.79
HEAVY DUTY DIGITAL HANGING SCALES

These Intercomp CS750 scales are mounted in aluminum cases and are
weather-resistant (not waterproof). Features large, easy-to-read, 1 backlit
LCD display and push button controls. Operates up to 800 hours on four D-Cell
batteries (not included). CE compliant. One-year warranty.
Includes Infrared Remote Control
Automatic Backlight, On/Off, Zero, lb/kg, TARE & Accum/Total
Includes Crosby Eye Hook and Bottom Swivel Hook
Accuracy to 0.1% of Reading

CAPACITY
GRADUATION
(LBS)
MODEL (LBS)
CS71
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
100/50 .05/.02
7 $992.29
CS73
300/150 .1/.05
7 992.29
CS7
500/250 .2/.1
8 992.29
MECHANICAL HANGING SCALES

All models feature a glass covered 7 dial that reads clockwise. These scales
feature a corrosion resistant band, bezel and housing and have a rugged, steel
inner frame. Scale capacities are reached in two pointer revolutions. Scoop
measure 12 x 13 x 6 deep, galvanized steel. One-year warranty.

SHIP WT.
MODEL
CAPACITY READABILITY REVOLUTIONS (LBS)
EACH
Hanging Scale with Scoop (Legal for Trade)

SB7*
20 LBS
1 OZ.
6.0
$260.09
1 OZ.
8.4
358.99
SB7
Hanging Scale with S Hook

SB8
60 LBS
*When weighing products for sale, use a scale labeled Legal for Trade.
SB8
Intercomp is a registered trademark of Intercomp Co. Chatillon is a registered trademark of Amteck, Inc.
318 LAB EQUIPMENT

Balances/Scales
MECHANICAL TRIPLE BEAM BALANCE

The OHAUS Triple Pro mechanical balance includes weight set and rod & clamp
assembly for below balance weighing necessary for specific gravity
determinations. Metal base and beam, stainless steel plate.
Two notched and tiered beams to provide ease in reading
Positive poise positioning ensuring repeatable results
Spring loaded zero adjust compensator
Magnetic dampening which minimizes oscillation and speeds up weighing

CAPACITY
READABILITY
SHIP WT.
MODEL (GRAMS) (GRAMS) PLATFORM (LBS)
SB12-2 2610
0.1 5.8X5.8
EACH
8 $177.49
10-YEAR WARRANTY
PORTABLE TOP LOADING SCALES

The OHAUS CL Compact scales are lightweight, portable scales perfectly
suited for use in industrial, quality control, formulation, and dietary weighing.
Rugged housing with integral platform ring for stacking and storing.
One-year warranty.
Durable ABS platform and housing
Simple 2-button keypad
RF protection for use near cell phones and production areas

CAPACITY
READABILITY
SHIP WT.
MODEL (GRAMS) (GRAMS) PLATFORM (LBS)
EACH
SP200 200
0.1
12.75
1.3 $82.99
SP2000 2000
1.0
12.75
1.3
82.99
SP5000 5000
1.0
12.75
1.3
103.99
SP200
PORTABLE TOP LOADING SCALES

The OHAUS CS Compact scales, models SB200, SB2 and SB5 feature full
capacity tare and high-contrast LCD display. Operates on 3 AA batteries or
AC adapter (both included). One-year warranty.
ABS housing, stainless steel pan
Low battery indicator, auto shut-off, external push button calibration
Measures grams, pound:ounce, newton
The OHAUS Navigator, model SB120-AQ, features automatic calibration.
AC adapter (included) or use 8 AA batteries (not included). One-year warranty.
Two touchless sensors free up your hands for handling samples
SB200
Can withstand loads up to 400% of its rated capacity

Measures grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce, newton,
and more

CAPACITY
READABILITY
MODEL (GRAMS) (GRAMS) PLATFORM
SB200
200
EACH
$135.49
3
135.49
SB5 5000 1.0
5.5
3
156.49
2100
0.1
7.5 X 6.5
WEIGH PAN, 61/2X 61/2 X 2 DEEP
Ohaus is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.
5.5
SB2A
SB2A
5.5 DIA.
SB2 2000 1.0

SB120-AQ
SB120-AQ
0.1
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
366.49
36.79
LAB EQUIPMENT 319

Scales
DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS ES Series contains large LCD, membrane keypad, autozero tracking and stability indicator.
The 3-way mounting bracket allows the ABS plastic indicator to be mounted to the scale base, above the
scale platform or on any vertical surface. Powered by a 9V adapter (included) or six A A batteries (not
included). Indicator stand is 4. Stainless steel platform and painted steel frame. One-year warranty.
M
easures in kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce (except model ES200L)
L
ow-profile platform
3
-way mounting bracket included (column, wall and platform)
ES6R

CAPACITY
READABILITY
PLATFORM SIZE
MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G)
(IN/MM)
ES6R
ES100L
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
13.2/6 .005/2 12.2X10.8/310X270 10
$613.19
ES30R 66/30 .05/10 12.2X10.8/310X270 10
613.19
ES50R 110/50 .05/20 12.2X10.8/310X270 10
613.19
ES100L 220/100 0.1/50 20.5X15.7/520X400 36
656.29
ES200L
656.29
440/200
0.2/0.1 KG
20.5X15.7/520X400
36
COMPACT DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS SD Series Compact Bench Scales are perfect for shipping, receiving, and general bench
applications. Easy two-button operation and a large LCD display help guarantee accurate and
unmistakable results. The three-way mounting bracket allows you to mount the indicator to the scale
base, above the scale platform, or on any vertical surface. AC adaptor (included) or three C batteries
(not included). One-year warranty.
Measures in kilograms and pounds
Painted steel platform and frame
Includes software for weighing, display hold and dynamic weighing

CAPACITY
MODEL (LBS/KG)
READABILITY
(LBS/KG)
SC77 77/35
0.05/20
SC165 165/75
SC440
440/200
0.1/50
0.2/0.1 KG
PLATFORM
DIA.
12.4X11
20.5X15.7
20.5X15.7
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
8.1 $187.99
345.49
9.5
366.49
36.0
PORTABLE SCALES
The OHAUS Scout SPX Balances feature easy-to-use two-button operation, a high-contrast LCD display,
multiple weighing units. Application modes include weighing, parts counting, percent weighing, check
weighing, animal/dynamic weighing, totalization, density determination, display hold, mole weighing, and
the option of either RS232, USB, ethernet, bluetooth, USB host. AC Adapter (included) or 4 AA batteries (not
included). One-year warranty.
M
easures in gram, kilogram, carat, newton, ounce, troy ounce, pennyweight, pound, pound:ounce.
ABS housing, removable stainless steel weighing platform
Low battery indicator and auto shut-off
SPX41 & SPX42
SPX43 & SPX44
2-YEAR WARRANTY

MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS/G)
READABILITY
(GRAMS)
PLATFORM
SIZE
SHIP WT.
LBS)
SPX41
0.49/220
0.01
4.7 DIA
2.8
SPX42
0.93/420
0.1
4.7 DIA
2.8
187.99
SPX43
1.37/620
0.1
6.7 X 5.5
2.8
282.49
SPX44
4.85/2200
0.1
6.7 X 5.5
2.8
355.99
EACH
$345.49
PORTABLE HAND HELD SCALES

The OHAUS HH Series hand held scales with sleek styling and small, convenient size making them ideal to
take anywherethrow it in a briefcase or drop it in a backpack. Feature energy-saving shut-off and a large
LCD display and backlight. Operates on 2 AAA Batteries (included). One-year warranty.
ABS housing, ABS protective snap-on cover, ABS weighing platform
Measures grams, ounces, ounce troy, pennyweight
Low battery indicator, overload and underload indicators, external push button calibration,
button activated luminescent display

CAPACITY
MODEL (LBS/G)
READABILITY
(GRAMS)
PLATFORM
DIA.
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
SB563
EACH
SB563 0.26/120
.1
$166.99
SB564 0.71/320
.1
208.99
SB564
320 LAB EQUIPMENT

Scales
LEGAL FOR TRADE FOOD SCALES, WATER RESISTANT

The OHAUS Valor 4000 water resistant food scales feature touchless operation,
speed, and durability. Offers large dual red LED front and rear displays, food
safety and legal for trade approvals and puncture resistant keypads, making it
the premiere scale for use in dry or washdown environments. Easy to clean,
less than 0.5s stabilization time, easy-to-transport, power jack auto-closed
design, level bubble, fixed weighing platform, overload and underload
indicators, low battery indicator, ac adapter, rechargeable battery,
touchless sensor for Tare Function. One -year warranty.
Measures in grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce
Stainless Steel Platform and Stainless Steel Top Housing
Food-safe washdown design thats NSF Certified
A polycarbonate keypad that can endure contact with knives
or sharp instruments
Flow-thru, water resistant design channels fluids thru drain holes
keeping the scale clean and operational
NSF/ANSI 169 Certified and USDA-AMS Accepted

CAPACITY
READABILITY
PLATFORM
SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) (IN) (LBS) EACH
WS00-1
6/3
0.001/0.5
7.5 X 9.5
8.1
WS02-1
15/6
0.002/1.0
7.5 X 9.5
9.5
$450.49
450.49
WS03-1
30/15
0.005/2.0
7.5 X 9.5
8.0
450.49
FOOD SCALE, WATER RESISTANT

The OHAUS Valor 2000 water resistant food scales feature large dual red LED
front and rear displays, food safety and puncture resistant keypads, making it
the premiere value scale for use in dry or washdown environments. Easy to
clean, less than 0.5s stabilization time, easy-to-transport, power jack
auto-closed design, level bubble, fixed weighing platform, low battery indicator,
AC adapter, rechargeable lead acid battery, non-slip leveling feet.
One-year warranty.
Measures in grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce
Stainless Steel Platform and ABS housing
With less than half a second stabilization time and front and rear LED displays,
multiple operators can efficiently utilize one scale for the same job
A polycarbonate keypad that can endure contact with knives
or sharp instruments
Flow-thru, water resistant design channels fluids thru drain holes
keeping the scale clean and operational
NSF/ANSI 169 Certified and USDA-AMS Accepted

CAPACITY
READABILITY
PLATFORM
SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) (IN) (LBS) EACH
30035683
6/3
0.001/0.5
Valor is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.
7.5 X 9.5
8.8
$345.49
321 LAB EQUIPMENT
LAB EQUIPMENT 321
Scales/Weighing Boats
Scales/Weighing Boats
DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS Defender 3000 Series is ideal for general weighing and simple counting applications in
production, packaging, warehouse, inventory, shipping and receiving areas. Features a simple,
yet rugged, tubular-frame base design and indicators with tactile keys, 1 inch high LCD weight display
with high-contrast backlight, built-in rechargeable battery operation and flexible mounting capabilities.
Parts counting mode with selectable sample sizes, last sample size and average piece weight data.
T31P indicator features a high-impact durable ABS housing with reversible face for either wall,
column or table-top mounting. One-year warranty.
M
easures in grams, kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce
M
aximum resolution 1:6000-7500d
3
04 stainless steel pan with painted carbon steel frame and aluminum IP67 load cell
A
djustable non-slip rubber leveling feet with externally visible level indicator
B
uilt-in RS232 for printing and data connection
E
asy to operate with 4-key membrane keypad with raised tactile keys
A
C adapter and internal rechargeable lead acid battery

CAPACITY
READABILITY
PLATFORM
SIZE
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
D66
66/30 0.01/5
14X12
33.0 $607.99
D132
132/60 0.02/10
14X12
33.0
EACH
628.99
WASHDOWN DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS Defender 5000 Series is ideal for production, packaging and general commercial and
industrial weighing applications where full washdown protection is required. All-stainless steel
washdown base and stainless steel column with IP66/NEMA 4X protection for indicator, with load cells
protected to IP67. Multifunctional indicator with multiple weighing units and software modes to meet the
requirements of industrial and lab applications. Includes comprehensive, yet intuitive software and
multiple connectivity options. Multiple weighing modes including counting, percent weighing, dynamic/
animal weighing, check weighing and display hold. Has internal universal switching power supply with
hardwired line cord and includes RS232 interface with GMP/GLP data output including date and time.
One-year warranty.
M
easures in grams, kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce, metric tons,
and user-defined custom units
1
0,00012,500d default resolution
1
:5,000 NTEP-certified/Measurement Canada-approved resolution
Q
uick display of results using large LCD with high-contrast white backlight
T
emporary display of 10x readability in weighing mode with quick key press
E
asy to operate with 4-key membrane keypad with raised tactile keys

CAPACITY
READABILITY
PLATFORM SIZE
(IN/MM)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
WDS25
25/10
0.002/1
12X12/305X305
42.8
$1,322.00
WDS50
50/25
0.005/2
12X12/305X305
42.8
1,364.00
WDS100
100/50
0.01/5
18X18/457X457
77.5
1,889.00
Defender is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.
SCALE WEIGHING BOATS

These rubberized weighing boats resist temperatures to 200F (93C) and
flex readily for easy pouring. Flat bottom and shallow shape resist tipping.
Biologically inert and resistant to weak acids, aqueous solutions, alcohol
and chemicals.
MODEL
DIMENSIONS (CM)
PACK QTY
EACH PACK
WP2
9 X 9 X 2.5
100
$6.79
WP3
14 X 14 X 2.2
100
9.69
WP2
322 SECTION
FEED & LIVE ORGANISMS
PRODUCTS
323 Vaki Feeding System

324 Feeding Control/Pipe Feeding Systems
325 Robot Feeding System/Drum Feeder
326 Auger/Demand Feeder
327 Directional Feeder
328 Belt & Koi Feeders
329 Feed Dispensers & Clips
330 Vibratory Feeders
331 Controllers/Timers
332 Planktonic/Flake Feed
333 Aquarium Feed
335 Larval Feed
336 Koi Feed
339 Culture Feed
340 Algae Feed Equipment & Accessories
344 Brine Shrimp
345 Rotifer Production System
346 Bioassay
347 Live Koi
FEEDERS 323
VAKI Feeding System
VAKI FEEDING SYSTEM

VAKI Feeding System is an automatic system. The system is installed in
containers and is simple to use. It is specially designed for smaller farms.
The system utilizes one or more feed storage silos, which is useful when
different sizes of feed are being used.
Feeding operation is based on feed from the storage silo the silo empties
into a feed dosing auger. The auger moves this feed into a funnel which make
sure that the feed goes to airlock and then into the main transport pipe.
An air blower blows air into the distribution valve where it is directed into
the individual feed pipes and transferred to specific cages.
The operation of the system is controlled by Programmable Logic Controller
(PLC). Programmed computer software is used to interface and program the
feeding system. The software controls feeding operations such as feed rates,
meal times, feed types, etc. The operator, can monitor, interface, reprogram or
override the automatic operation of the system.
Advanced Software
The operation of the system is controlled by a PLC. Computer software is
used to interface and program the feeding system. The system software
controls feeding operation such as feed rates, meal times, feed types, etc.
The operator can monitor, interface, reprogram or override the automatic
operation of the system.
Maximum Fish Growth

The VAKI Feeding System controls the quality of the feeding and thereby
helps attain maximum fish growth and health. In other words, the feeding
control system ensures that feed usage is optimized toward growth targets,
while a minimum amount of nutrients are lost to waste. A more efficient
uptake of nutrients in the fish doesn't only benefit the environment, but it
also improves farm economy.
The interface, here the operator can monitor, interface, reprogram or override
the automatic operation of the system.
Graph showing the quality of the feeding and thereby helps

attain maximum fish growth and health.
324 FEEDERS
SECTION
324
ProductsControl
/ Products
/ ProductsFeeding Systems
Feeding
Systems/Pipe
ARVO-TEC FEEDING TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL

FEEDING CONTROL SYSTEM
A fully integrated feeding, measurement and alarm system. Feed amounts are
calculated separately for each tank according to automatically updated biomass
data, incoming water temperature and oxygen content. The system is easy to
use with a menu-driven display in the control unit or an optional PC connection.
Feeding data can be exported to management software. Stainless steel cabinet
withstands extreme conditions.
Specifications
115 or 230VAC.
8, 16, 24 or 32 independent feeder channels per control unit (use up to 30
control units in one system for 960 channels total).
Cable, radio, TCP/IP and mobile phone communication options.
8 measurement inputs per control unit.
5 digital sensor inputs (e.g., level switch circuits) and 2 alarm/control outputs
per control unit.
ARVO-TEC PIPE FEEDING SYSTEM

The pipe feeding system is a centralized solution for distributing large
quantities of feed. This system can be used in sea, land and recirculating
aquaculture systems.
The systems reserve silos can be placed in a central feed storage area, where
they can be refilled easily with large bags. The distribution system is based on
a 75 mm PE pipe and can blow feed into the blower from up to 300 m away.
Arvo-Tec control system controls each tank entirely separately. Feed dosage
requires precision, and the distribution valves uses electrical motor and
revolver technology that is reliable and gentle on feed.
Specifications
Feed up to 28 tanks, ponds or cages/one system.
Double, triple, etc., systems for large farms.
Maximum feeding capacity for each system is 650 kg/hour.
FEED SILO
CONTROL AND MONITORING

BLOWER
DOSING UNIT
PE-PIPES
TANK/CAGE VALVE
FEEDERS 325
325
Robot Feeding System/Drum Feeder

ARVO-TEC ROBOT FEEDING SYSTEM
Improves feed efficiency and saves labor time. One feeding
robot serves multiple tanks, eliminating the need for a feeder
at each tank. A high feed turnover rate through the hopper
prevents storage problems such as feed expiration.
Controlled via local programmer or from a PC.
Specifications
Travel speed 18 m/min.
24VDC rechargeable battery.
Optical eye to avoid collision.
Provides 2 feed types from 50-L silos.
Each robot feeds up to 240 tanks, with a max rail length of 450 m.
Rail: 80 mm steel I-Beam, INP80, DIN1025
Options include advanced PC control, automatic refilling and feed spreader.
ARVO-TEC T DRUM 2000 FEEDER

The Arvo-Tec T Drum feeder has a very high accuracy, whilst remaining at a
competitive price. The feeder is multifunctional and is suitable for start feeding
in hatcheries to on-growing on tanks, ponds and cages.
Specifications
1, 6 or 10 litres transparent and 50, 150 or 600 white hoppers
Standard motor 24 VAC, 11,3 W, 2 rpm
Granule/pellet size 0,38 mm
Minimum dose of 0,3, 1,5, 20, 45 or 100 g
Strong, 316 stainless steel bracket
6 Litre Hopper
Accuracy normally greater than 98%
Height control.
Strong motor is
sealed for many
years maintenance
free operation.
Threaded joint between the
dosing unit and big hoppers.
Dosing drum can be removed
without tools.
Metal spring automatically
cleans the dosing cups.
326
326 SECTION
FEEDERS

Auger/Demand/Controller
AUGER FEEDERS
FIAP Auger Feeders are designed to achieve reduced feeding expenditures and improved feed
ratios, and can be used both indoors and outdoors . They are used throughout the world in
commercial aquaculture facilities, providing perfectly controlled feeding in fish ponds and
production plants. They are designed for feed pellets ranging from 1 10 mm. Its blockagefree auger screw is driven by a 12VDC motor and controlled by the FIAP Proficontrol controller
(sold separately). One-year warranty.

CAPACITY
MODEL
(LBS/KG) A B C D
EACH
B
4+
FS4222R2
FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER
22/10
26 10 12 21 $649.99 $617.49
FS4244R2
44/20
27 12 15 21 670.99 637.44
FS4288R2
88/40
35 15 19 30 702.49 667.37
FS4232R2
132/60
42 19 23 36 733.99 697.29
FS4022R2
FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY
22/10
26 10 12 21 586.99 557.64
FS4044R2
FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY
44/20
27 12 15 21 607.99 577.59
FS4088R2
FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY
88/40
35 15 19 30 628.99 597.54
FS4132R2
FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY
132/60
42 19 23 36 681.49 647.42
FS4059UPR2
REPLACEMENT AUGER
460.99
D
A
AUGER
SPREADER
Note: Bottom of feeder should be at least 20 (50cm) above the surface of the water
B
FS4222R2
DEMAND FEEDERS
The unique twist-lock lid is wind and varmint-proof on these high-quality, UV-resistant,
polyethylene hoppers. All four sizes have the same pendulum demand feeding
mechanism for #4 crumble to 1/4 pellets. One-year warranty.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS/KG)
A B C
EACH
4+
FH221
DEMAND FEEDER
22/10
23 12 14 $261.49 248.42
FH441
DEMAND FEEDER
44/20
23 15 18 282.49 268.37
FH881
DEMAND FEEDER
88/40
23 19 26 345.49 328.22
FH133
DEMAND FEEDER
132/60
23 23 33 418.99 398.04
Note: Bottom of feeder should be at least 20 (50cm) above the surface of the water
FEEDER CONTROLLER
The innovative FIAP Proficontrol Control sets new standards in automatic fish feeding.
Thanks to its unique and smart programmability, it meets all expectations towards best
possible feed dosing. The FIAP Proficontrol allows for operating up to 4 different FIAP
feeders with one control. All settings as well as feeding periods (099 seconds), breaks
(099 minutes) and motor speeds can be defined individually for the single outputs. Any
settings made will be saved. Testing and manual feeding per output is feasible at any
time. One-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
1590
115/230V, 50/60HZ CONTROL $1,248.00
1594
5M CABLE 73.19
1594-1
10M CABLE 135.49
1594-2
20M CABLE 208.99
1591
SOCKET 27.29
1592
COUPLER CONNECTOR 17.89
1593
CONNECTOR PLUG 27.29
CABLES SOLD
SEPARATELY
1594
FEEDERS 327
Directional Fish Feeders
DIRECTIONAL FISH FEEDERS

Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeder utilizes a high-velocity, centrifugal air blower
system. Feed pellets are projected in a wedge-shaped feed pattern approximately
45-feet in length by 20-feet in width, without dropping feed within 5-feet of the
feeder. Includes digital timer and 12V, 7amp rechargeable battery. Galvanized
or powder-coated green finish.
Digital Timer is easy to set and reliable. It controls a dual motor system
that delivers the flow of feed that is introduced into the air blower system.
Includes built-in battery tester, large easy-to-read display and special coating
for extreme temperature and weather protection. Pre-wired for optional solar
charger. Timer has 5-Year Limited Warranty.
2-Watt Optional Solar Charger utilizes the suns energy and extends the
battery life and maintains charge. Built-in protection prevents battery power
drainage. Installs on any side of the feeder and connects directly to the timer.
Key Features
Includes Digital Timer and 12V Rechargeable Battery
Feeds: 1-9 times/day, Run Time: 1-60 seconds/feeding
Galvanized Finish, Straight Legs,

Optional Solar Charger
Two feed-level sight gauges

Low profile design for easy filling
Galvanized Finish, Adjustable Legs,

Removable side panel for quick access to blower system

Straight legs for piers & docks; Adjustable legs for sloping pond banks
Galvanized Steel Hopper with Powder-Coated finish for rust resistance.
Easy Lockable Access Door protects timer and battery from elements.
Dual motor blower design
Feed pattern.
CAPACITY
FLOATING FISH
FEED (LBS)
SINKING FISH
PELLETS (LBS)
LEG TYPE
DIMENSIONS (FEEDER ONLY)

L x W x H
Green Finish, Adjustable Legs,

AX70DLG mounted on dock.
SHIP WT
GALVANIZED FINISH
GREEN FINISH
(LBS) MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
70
90
ADJUSTABLE
20 X 22 X 40
100
AX70AL $733.99 AX70ALG $733.99
70
90
STRAIGHT
20 X 22 X 40
91
AX70DL
733.99 AX70DLG
733.99
215
320
ADJUSTABLE
28 X 28 X 51
154
AX215AL
891.49 AX215ALG
891.49
215
320
STRAIGHT
28 X 28 X 51
145
AX215DL
891.49 AX215DLG
891.49
OPTIONAL SOLAR CHARGER
AX2W*
82.99 AX2WG**
82.99
*Black mounting bracket. **Green mounting bracket.
Replacement Parts

MODEL
AX12
DIGITAL TIMER
BT12HARB
12V RECHARGEABLE BATTERY
Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeders is a registered trademark of SSI Investments I, LTD.
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
1 $156.49
5.5 23.09
Digital Timer
12V Rechargeable Battery
328 FEEDERS
Belt Feeders/Koi Feeders
BELT FEEDERS
These belt feeders slowly dispense almost any dry medication, chemical or
feed over a 12- or 24-hour period. If shorter length or intermittent feeding is
desired, the conveyor belt can be pulled back halfway or feed can be spaced
on the belt. These feeders will reduce labor costs and improve growth rates.
Housed in a weatherproof case and powered by a spring-wound stainless
steel clock mechanism.
Feature corrosion-resistant clocks. All clocks are extremely durable.
Setting the feeders is as easy as lifting the lid, pulling back the belt and
loading the feed. Repair parts are available and repairs can be made
easily on site. One-year warranty.
No electric power required
Weather-resistant cover
Thick belts
Clear clock cover w/ gasket
BFS24
Belt Feeders

MODEL
BFS12A
12-HR BABY BELT FEEDER
DISPENSE
AMOUNT (LBS)
DIMENSIONS*
L X W X H (IN.)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
217/8 X 111/2 X 6
EACH
$229.99
BFS24A
24-HR BABY BELT FEEDER
217/8 X 111/2 X 6
229.99
BFS12
12-HR BELT FEEDER
10
277/8 X 15 X 6
271.99
BFS24
24-HR BELT FEEDER
10
277/8 X 15 X 6
271.99
Replacement Parts

MODEL
SHIP WT.
(LBS) EACH
BFS12RC
12-HR CLOCK FOR MODELS BFS12A AND BFS12
$82.99
BFS24RC
24-HR CLOCK FOR MODELS BFS24A AND BFS24
82.99
4420
CLOCK COVER, CLEAR
14.39
4350SS
STAINLESS STEEL MAINSPRING
18.29
4430
MAINSPRING COVER, BLACK
14.39
4398
BABY BELT KIT (INCLUDES BELT,SHAFT,BRACKET,WIPERS)
50.39
4399
LARGE BELT KIT (INCLUDES BELT,SHAFT,BRACKET,WIPERS)
62.99
* Clock and S-ring are included in width.
KOI FEEDERS
The Sweeney Koi Caf is the ideal automatic fish feeder for your Koi pond,
backyard water garden, grow-out tanks and outdoor ponds for smaller,
ornamental fish. Special design helps prevent moisture from getting into
the primary food supply and the hopper allows for long refill intervals.
Select from red, green or champagne finishes. Add an optional solar
charger and enjoy years of continuous performance without interruption.
16.5"
Adjustable feed flow lever to determine number of seconds per feeding

Digital timer can feed up to 8 times per day and up to 59 seconds duration
Champagne Feeder With

Solar Charger
Built-in sight-gage to check on feed level

Holds 10 lbs. of standard Koi food
Equipped with 6 Volt rechargeable battery
MODELS

RED GREEN CHAMPAGNE EACH
12"
Green Feeder With

Solar Charger
Red Feeder With

Solar Charger
2-YEAR WARRANTY
KOI CAF FEEDER
SF36R
SF36G
SF36C
OPTIONAL SOLAR CHARGER
SX61-R SX61-G
SX61-C
$229.99
REPLACEMENT 6V BATTERY (MODEL BT626)
99.99
30.49
FEEDERS 329
Feeders/Clips
HANDHELD GRANULAR FEED DISPENSER

This hand-held, manually operated, granular feed dispenser is ideal for
feeding fish housed in multi-tank, multi-tier, rack housing systems. Simply
squeeze the spring loaded handle and the food will dispense quickly,
accurately, and efficiently in consistent doses every time with minimal fatigue
to the operator. This feeder is constructed of food grade acetal with stainless
steel hardware to prevent corrosion. Only for use with dry, granular feed.
Clear acrylic food canister holds 165 cubic cm of dry feed and is easy to refill.
Includes two food dispensing discs (small disc dispenses 0.2 cubic cm per pull
and large disc dispenses 0.4 cubic cm per pull). One-year warranty.
Simple, single-hand operation for ease of use
Dispenses consistent doses of food rapidly
Easy to clean or change food dispensing discs
Dish washer safe

MODEL
AH20
SHIP WT
(LBS)
HANDHELD GRANULAR FEED DISPENSER
1.0
EACH
The AH20 in use at PAES W.A.T.E.R.
$188.99
POND FEEDER
Once-a-day feeder for small ponds
Flake food or pellets are dispensed slowly over several hours each day
(adjustable quantity and feeding time). This feeder can hold close to
2 cups (approximately 200 grams) of food. Fully weatherproof, it can be
mounted on a pole by the edge of the water or suspended over the water.
One AA battery (included) required for quartz-timed motor. Measures
63/4" x 33/4" x 71/4". Three-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH 4+
$47.99 $45.59
PF21
3-YEAR WARRANTY
SEAVEGGIES CLIPS
This unique plastic clip is used to securely hold marine algae, spinach or
other leafy foods for herbivorous fish. The large suction cup attaches the
clip easily and holds firmly to aquarium glass. Unlike other clips, it has
no metal parts and floats if it becomes detached from the tank wall.
MODEL EACH
SVC
$2.19
CLIP SHOWN
HOLDING A PIECE
OF SEAWEED.
4-WAY CONE WORM FEEDER

Use with live worms or flake foods
The 4-Way Cone Worm Feeder dispenses live or frozen worms or brine shrimp
and reduces build-up on bottom of aquarium. It is made up of three separate
pieces: A floating ring, a cone worm feeder, and a suction cup. Made of a soft,
flexible, break-resistant plastic. The floating ring may be used to provide dry
flake food while floating on the surface or, when used in conjunction with the
suction cup, it may be attached to the side wall of the aquarium to restrict feeding
to a certain area. In addition, when inserting the cone, it may be used as a
free-floating or confined worm feeder.
MODEL
EACH
10526
2.09
4-WAY FEEDER
10526
330 FEEDERS
Vibratory Feeders
VIBRATORY FEEDERS
Benefit from highly accurate feeding rates and times with these vibratory
feeders from Pentair AES. They easily handle almost all different feed
types (even extremely fine and moist feeds) and they are resistant to
clogging from even the oiliest feeds. Perfect for applications where
multiple accurate feedings per day would otherwise require a lot of
manpower, such as in a hatchery.
For each feeder, use a 12VDC adapter such as the SF50 for 115VAC
operation. You will also need a timer. We suggest either SF44 for 115V,
SF41 for 12V. One timer can be used for up to 13 feeders (all connected
feeders will feed at once). One-year warranty.
MODEL
CAPACITY (LITERS)
DIA
EACH
4+
AVF6 0.5
51/2" 9 $114.49 $103.04
AVF7 1.75
71/2" 12 177.49 159.74
AVF8
3.0
9"
123/4
208.99 188.09
REPL. VIBRATORY MOTOR AND PLATE

AVF6RP
FOR AVF6
72.49 65.24
AVF7RP
FOR AVF7
82.99 74.69
AVF8RP
FOR AVF8
103.99 93.59
AVF6
AVF7
TYPICAL INSTALLATION FOR VIBRATORY FEEDERS

6/12V Operation
AVF8
AVF8RP
The SF41 timer can operate

up to thirteen feeders without
adding an external relay.
TECH TALK 21
One SF62 must be

used with each feeder.
Hand vs Automatic Feeding

Hand or automatic feeding which is better?
Automatic feeders save time. All business people know time is money. Most fish farmers are in
short supply of both. The manual labor involved in feeding your fish every day by hand may seem
small, but over the period of a year, can easily equate to thousands of dollars in man-hours.
SF41 Timer
SF62 Speed Controller
For example, an operation with 10 tanks, feeding 3 times a day for 3 minutes per tank, at $12 an
hour will cost you $18 per day in manual labor.
x
(# of Tanks)
115V Operation
(# Feedings/Day)
(Min/Tank)
(Cost/Hr)
Cost/Day
Automatic feeders require only a minimal amount of manual labor, including weekly filling of the
hopper and resetting feeding rates (and recharging batteries if not tied into a central power
source). An estimate for this maintenance is 15 minutes per week/per feeder. That equals $2.80 a
day in labor.
The SF44 controller/

timer can operate up
to thirteen feeders
without adding an
external relay.
Manual Labor
Automatic Feeders
Savings
$18/day
$2.80/day
$7.70/day
540/month
84/month
456/month
6,480/year
1,008/year
5,472/year
You can buy a lot of automatic feeders for $5,472!
SF44 Timer
with Controller
An SF50 adapter must be used
with each feeder.
Automatic feeders allow feedings to be tailored to the biological clock of each species. They are
ideal for the multiple feedings required when raising fry. Implementing a schedule of several
feedings spread throughout the day may help to cut down on size variance of the fish, improve feed
conversion ratios and level the load on the biofilter, and even out the oxygen demand Remember,
feed is usually the highest cost item in your operating budget, use it wisely!
SECTION 331
FEEDERS
331
Products / Products
/ Products
Controllers//Timers
FEEDER CONTROLLERS
DESIGNED HERE
For single or multiple feeders. Easy to use, preassembled, extremely

economical. These lightweight feeder controllers feature a reliable timer.
The controller is set to handle up to four feeders; however, the optional "Y"
cable expands the capability to eight feeders (four "Y" cables would be required
for eight feeders). The timer features safe 12V operation and is housed in a
moisture-resistant, ABS plastic case. Feeders connect to the feeder time
controller with 12' cables. No soldering or crimping, all components are
interchangeable. Only one power supply is required for powering up to eight
feeders. One-year warranty.
Basic
Features 8 feedings per 24 hours, adjustable from 2 to 59 seconds per feeding.
SF50
Deluxe
H1201
PA15
Up to 24 feedings per 24 hours, adjustable from 1 to 99 seconds per feeding.

MODEL
H1201
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
4+
DELUXE FEEDER CONTROLLER
$418.99 $398.04
SF50
12VDC ADAPTER FOR 115V
21
35.69 33.91
PA15
POWER SUPPLY, 12V
39.99 37.99
H1112-AQ
CABLE, 12'
12.19 11.58
H1113-AQ
"Y" ADAPTER
8.59 8.16
DIGITAL TIMER, CONTROLLER, ADAPTER

Features up to 24 feedings per 24 hours with a feeder "on" time of 159
seconds. The maximum output current is 10 amps, so each timer can
control up to thirteen vibratory feeders without the need for aexternal
relay.
For 115V Operation - SF44 Controller with Timer
SF41
Combines the 115V controller (SF40) with the 12V timer (SF41) for 115V
operation. Can operate up to 13 vibratory feeders without adding an external
relay. One 12V adapter (SF50) must be used with each feeder.
SF44
For 6/12V Operation - SF41 12V Timer

Can operate up to 13 vibratory feeders without adding an external relay.
One Speed Controller (SF62) must be used with each feeder.
3-YEAR WARRANTY
MODEL
SF50
SF62
SHIP WT
EACH
SF44
115V CONTROLLER W/12V TIMER
6 $387.69
SF40
115V CONTROLLER
4 131.29
SF41
12V TIMER
2 183.79
SF62
12V CONTROLLER
4 104.99
SF50
12VDC ADAPTER FOR 115VAC
2 35.69
332 FEED
Planktonic/Flake
CONCENTRATED PLANKTONIC FEED
Arcti Pods Fish Food
These products ship Next Day Air, FOB CA.
Arcti Pods are large, nutrition-packed planktonic copepods (3,000

microns) harvested fresh from arctic waters. Great for fish and
invertebrates such as LPS corals, anenomes, zoanthids and brittle stars.
Rich in carotenoids, which bring out the color of your animals. Also contain
protein, omega-3 and -6 fatty acids and waxy esters for growth. 32-oz
bottle, 12 teaspoons treat 100 gal.
Phyto Feast Fish Food

Provides a diversity of phyto-pigments, lipids, omega-3s, amino acids,
carbohydrates and cell sizes. Proprietary harvesting and stabilizing processes
keep cells intact and ensure nutrients get to your animals. This blend of the
most important marine microalgae (Pavlova, Isochrysis, Thalassiosira,
Tetraselmis and Nannochloropsis) will help your tank diversity improve,
encourage your invertebrates to come out to feed and even help difficult-tokeep animals thrive. 32-oz bottle.
Roti Feast Fish Food

Get superior color, vitality and growth rates! Roti Feast is a highly nutritious
plankton feed perfect for hard corals, larval fish and other reef carnivores
that feed on small zooplankton. Rotifers are a critical feed used in marine fish
and invertebrate hatcheries around the world. Contains tens of millions of
fully intact marine rotifers Brachionus plicatilis with millions of eggs. 32-oz
bottle, 4 oz treat 100 gal.
MODEL
EACH
PFC32
PHYTO FEAST
RF32
ROTI FEAST
AP32
$32.99
73.49
77.19
ARCTI PODS
Phyto Feast , Roti Feast and Arcti Pods

are registered trademarks of Reed Mariculture, Inc.
AP32
PFC32
RF32
FLAKE FOOD
Whether youre a hatchery manager, breeder or fish hobbyist, what is more
important than high-quality food? Flake food is a highly nutritional food
packaged and priced for the professional. We offer ten varieties in two
package sizes.
ALL PENTAIR AES FOODS ARE

PACKAGED IN POLYESTER FILM
BAGS WITH O2 ABSORBERS TO
ENSURE FRESHNESS.
COLOR TROPICAL MARINE
EGG YOLK
EARTHWORM
KOI AND GOLDFISH FOOD
Similar to tropical flake but with

higher levels of color enhancers. Krill
and shrimp meal are also added. 45%
protein content.
Formulated from egg yolk, this food

is a high protein/high fat flake. It is
great for fattening juvenile/larval
fish and thin fish. 45% protein.
A 42% protein flake with a primary

ingredient of earthworms. Breeders
have reported an increase in spawning
of 610 times.
Nutritionally balanced food for

goldfish and koi. Increases
digestibility and minimizes waste.
Promotes healthy gill, fin and tissue
development. Also enhances color.
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
ZCT5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$55.99
F05Y
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$61.49
F05E
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$64.89
ZGF5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$42.99
ZCT25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
195.29
F25Y
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
208.29
F30E
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
229.19
ZGF25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
143.49
EACH
PLANKTON/KRILL/SPIRULINA TROPICAL
BRINE SHRIMP
SPIRULINA
A special formula of plankton, Antarctic

krill (Euphausia superba), Pacific krill
(Euphausia pacifica) and Spirulina.
A choice food with 44% protein.
Highly palatable and digestible, flakes

are formulated as a balanced diet.
Provides high levels of Spirulina and
trace elements. 45% protein content.
Consisting primarily of baby brine

shrimp, this flake formula has a
protein content of 50%. Flakes are
fortified with vitamins and minerals.
Fat content at least 13% and low fiber
content of 3%.
Excellent source of vitamins and

amino acids. This flake delivers a high
protein content of 38% and is the
choice food for fish requiring
vegetation in their diet.
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH MODEL
F05K
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$58.29
ZTF5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$37.49
ZBF5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
F30K
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
246.79
ZTF25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
154.39
ZBF25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
$86.89 ZSF5
358.79 ZSF25
EACH
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$50.29
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
173.09
SECTION
FEED 333
333
Products / Products / Aquarium

Products
FANCY GUPPY FOOD
HIKARI PLANKTON
Formulated exclusively for raising and breeding species of fancy guppies.

Vitamins are encapsulated into a small pellet that becomes soft quickly in
water, yet does not dissolve.
Ideal for feeding fish fry, this plankton-based

food hangs suspended in the water column
where fry can readily feed. It is processed
with a unique low-heat reduction method
that eliminates nutrient loss. Vacuumpacked for freshness, it will help fry grow
strong and healthy. Sold in 4.4-lb bags,
minimum 48% protein.
The feed is high in linolenic acid, which promotes growth and improves the
guppies natural breeding habits.
MODEL
HK41
22 G
EACH
12+
$3.59
$3.41
MODEL
LARVAL SIZE (MM)
HK170
EARLY .2
HK270
HK370
MIDDLE .2.37
LATE .37.61
MESH
HK170
EACH
80180 $55.99
6080
55.99
3060
55.99
CICHLID GOLD FOOD

Rich in color enhancers, Cichlid Gold is a specially formulated food for
bringing out the brilliant, natural colors of fish. It is ideal for most species of
carnivorous cichlids and works especially well for bringing out the colors in
oscar, firemouth and red devil species. Highly nutritious, its formulated in a
floating pellet form that does not make water cloudy.
MICRO PELLETS FOOD
MODEL
Specially formulated for tetras, barbs and other small tropical fish. Contains a
high level of protein (min 42%), vitamins and nutrients that are encapsulated
in the pellets. Extremely small pellet size (<1 mm) makes it excellent for small
tetras and larval fish.
HK25
MINI, 8.8 OZ, 1/8"
HK27
MEDIUM, 8.8 OZ, 3/16"
HK28
MEDIUM 22 LBS, 3/16"
HK29
LARGE, 8.8 OZ, 5/16"
MODEL
HK40
EACH
1 KG
$73.09
EACH
$7.19 $6.83/12+
7.19
6.83/12+
197.99 188.09/2+
7.19
6.83/12+
HK25
CICHLID STAPLE
Grams x .0353 = oz
Grams x .0022 = lbs
This cichlid food is specially designed as an economical daily food for most
species of cichlids. Fortified with vitamins and minerals, it is formulated to
provide complete balanced nutrition. Available in two pellet sizes. Pellets float
and will not make water cloudy.
MODEL
HK20
EACH
MINI, 22 LBS, 1/8"
HK22 MEDIUM, 22 LBS, 3/16"
$116.89
116.89
ALGAE WAFERS FOOD

Specially formulated for tetras, barbs and other small tropical fish. Contains a
high level of protein (min 42%), vitamins and nutrients that are encapsulated
in the pellets. Extremely small pellet size (<1 mm) makes it excellent for small
tetras and larval fish.
MODEL
HK20
EACH
HK35
250 G
$13.89
HK36
1 KG
43.39
TECH TALK 17
Fish Food
HK35
Fancy Guppy , Micro Pellets Hikari and Cichlid Gold are
registered trademarks and/or trademarks of Kyorin Co., Ltd.
The cost of fish food can represent 30 to 90% of the total cost of raising fish! In some situations
(like indoor culture), feed must provide 100% of the complex nutritional requirements fish need.
A less-than-complete diet will show up as poor feeding response, slow growth and/or disease
problems. Poor water quality can also be caused by bad feed.
All feed should be used within the normal 6-month shelf life. Do not overfeed. In general, give
fish a little less than they will eat (stop feeding them before they stop feeding).
334 FEED
SECTION

Aquarium
O.S.I. AQUARIUM FOODS
MODEL
Ocean Stars International (O.S.I. ) has been supplying food products for the
aquarium and aquaculture markets for over a decade. Backed by extensive
research and development, O.S.I.s wide range of flake and pellet foods has
been formulated with exceptional nutritional advantages. All of the foods
contain predigested ingredients for high nutrient absorption as well as natural
color enhancers, feeding attractants and vitamins.
20031-AQ
FRESHWATER FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
$37.59
20033-AQ
MARINE FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
36.69
Premium tested formulations.
6029
Promotes rapid growth, high survival rates.
EACH
20075
20035-AQ
20032-AQ
High levels of natural color enhancers.
SPIRULINA FLAKES, 7 OZ
13.09
SPIRULINA FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
53.99
CICHLID FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
34.69
GOLDFISH FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
31.29
O.S.I. is a registered trademark of Ocean Star International.
20031-AQ
20035-AQ
6029
20032-AQ
TETRAMIN FLAKES
TETRA JUMBOKRILL
TetraMin can be used to feed almost any

freshwater fish. It is formulated with over 40
special ingredients and is very nutritious.
Large pacific krill that is vitamin

enriched and excellent for feeding
large fish or mixing with foods.
Rich in astaxanthin, it improves
color and growth.
EACH
16106
7.0 OZ
14.59
MODEL
16623
4.5 LBS
65.89
16200
EACH
14 OZ
$47.99
16623
ZEIGLER ZEBRAFISH DIET
VITA FISH VITAMIN COMPLEX
Zeigler Adult Zebrafish Diet is a nutritionally complete diet for Zebrafish

reared in the laboratory. It is specially formulated to promote healthy fin
and tissue development and has demonstrated increased fecundity in
laboratory conditions. The diet utilizes highly digestible ingredients which
minimizes excrered waste thereby helping to maintain good water quality.
Created for marine fish, corals and invertebrates,

Vita Fish is a highly concentrated vitamin complex
containing 10 essential vitamins. It is highly soluble,
easily absorbed and can be used as a food additive
to enhance the nutritional quality of dry or live food.
Dosage rate is 2 drops per gallon.
Has demonstrated increased embryo production

under laboratory conditions
Includes Carotenoid Piements to enhance sexual
dichromatism
Contains Stabilized Vit C and Brewers Yeast to
promote healthy fin and tissue development
Formulated for low phosphorous effluent in water
MODEL
EACH
VF641
1 GALLON
$88.49
Vita Fish is a trademark of Marine Enterprises International, LLC.
Irradiated, resealable bag to ensure shelf stability
ZEIGLER XENOPUS DIET
Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 guidelines to

ensure consistent, high quality
Provide necessary nutrients and help maintain optimal

water quality. Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
guidelines to ensure quality and consistency and then
irradiated inside a 1-lb resealable bag.
MODEL
AH271
EACH
1 LB BAG
$30.79
International customers: Check with your customs

agent to determine whether this product can be
shipped to your country.
MODEL
AH241
Zeigler is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc.

TetraMin, Tetra are registered trademarks of Tetra GmbH Corp. Fed Rep Germany
EACH
1 LB BAG
$14.69
SECTION
FEED 335
335
Products
Larval
Feeds/Freez-Dried/Additive
BIO-PURE FREEZE-DRIED FOOD
OTOHIME LARVAL FEEDS

Compare to BioKyowa
Otohime larval feeds are specially formulated to meet the needs of marine fish.
They have been used in both ornamental and food fish hatcheries around the
world. Available in slow-sinking pellet sizes of 200 microns to 2.3 mm. Krill,
fish and squid meal are the main protein sources, making it a nutritious diet.
These items cannot be sold to customers in Canada.
MODEL
EACH
T2360
B1 DIET, 200360 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS
$56.99
T2620
B2 DIET, 360620 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS
62.89
T2920
C1 DIET, 620920 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS
51.49
T2940
C2 DIET, 9201,410 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS
47.89
T3115
EP1 DIET, 1.5 MM, 22 LBS
106.49
T3315
EP2 DIET, 2.3 MM, 44 LBS
184.19
EACH
$6.29
BIO-Pure is a registered trademark of Kyorin Group (China) Ltd.

Hikari is a registered trademark of Kyorin Co., Ltd.
VITA-CHEM ADDITIVE
ZEIGLER LARVAL AP100 DIET

Larval diet consists of very fine, granulated microcapsules scientifically
formulated to feed fish and shrimp during larval and postlarval stages. It has
been used to successfully raise larvae of penaeid shrimp, trout, koi, catfish,
lobster, shiners, many game fish and tropical fish. The formula consists of a
highly digestible mixture of marine and animal proteins, vegetable protein,
yeast, vegetable starches, fish and vegetable oils, vitamin and mineral
premixes, pigments, antioxidants and biodegradable binders. Minimum
protein content 50%. Sold in 500-gram (1.1 lb) cans with a 12-month
shelf life. Includes Vpak supplements to enhance disease resistance.
MODEL
LARVAL STAGE
EACH
LD50-AQ
<50 MICRON
ZOEA1 TO ZOEA3
$46.19
LD100
<100 MICRON
ZOEA3 TO MYSIS3
41.99
LD150
100150 MICRON
MYSIS1 TO PL23
34.89
LD250
150250 MICRON
PL1 TO PL6
29.69
LD400
250400 MICRON
PL34 TO PL8
24.69
LD50-AQ
MODEL
33201 BLOOD WORMS, 0.42 OZ
T3315
T2940
T2360
Excellent for many species of fish, Hikari foods benefit from a pharmaceutical
grade freeze-drying technique that preserves the nutrition and palatability
commonly lost in freeze-dried foods. Enriched with vitamins and free of
parasites and bacteria.
LD150
Vita-Chem is a registered trademark of Aquatic Futures LLC.
LD400
Zeigler is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc. Vpak is a registered trademark of Dr.s Wellcare Corp.
A prestabilized, multivitamin additive that is water and tissue soluble,

ideal for closed systems. It contains many natural extracts that are lost
in prepackaged foods. It is a great additive for fin regeneration and
preventing lateral line disease in marine fish.
MODEL
EACH
16709
SALTWATER, 16 OZ
$29.69
16716
SALTWATER, 1 GALLON
186.89
16710
FRESHWATER, 16 OZ
16715
FRESHWATER, 1 GALLON
29.69
186.89
16710
16709
16716
16715
336 FEED
SECTION

Koi
KOI FOODS
We believe Hikari food is one of the best names in the business. Koi have
been eating Hikari food for over 100 years. We buy direct to give you the
freshest food at the best price. Wheat germ is 30% protein.
Staple Food: Good for all-around general feeding. Includes all the
premium nutrition your goldfish or koi need to grow strong. 35% protein.
Economy Food: A basic, well-balanced, nutritional diet high in Vitamin C.
32% protein.
Excel Food: A specially prepared, floating color enhancer. A mixture of
highly nutritious wheat germ and pure cultured Spirulina. 35% protein.
Hi-Growth Food: Promotes fast and healthy koi growth. Floating.
34% protein.
Wheat Germ Food: Great choice for the cooler months. Helps prevent
indigestion and improves resistance to stress and disease. Sinking medium
pellets are high in vitamins C and E and will not cloud water. 32% protein,
4% fat, 4% fiber.
HK4
HK5
HK14
HK17
Gold Food: A daily diet developed to meet the nutritional needs of koi while
providing outstanding color enhancement. 40% protein.

PELLET
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
HK11
STAPLE, 4.4 LBS
1/8"
HK282
STAPLE, 11 LBS
1/8"
$28.89
62.99
HK289
STAPLE, 22 LBS
1/8"
125.99
HK12
STAPLE, 4.4 LBS
3/16"
28.89
HK1
STAPLE, 22 LBS
3/16"
110.19
HK13
STAPLE, 4.4 LBS
5/16"
30.39
HK14
STAPLE, 11 LBS
5/16"
62.99
HK489
STAPLE, 22 LBS
5/16"
102.89
HK8
WHEAT GERM, 5 LBS
1/8"
35.99
HK16
WHEAT GERM, 4.4 LBS
3/16"
35.99
HK10
WHEAT GERM, 11 LBS
3/16"
79.19
HK17
WHEAT GERM, 11 LBS
5/16"
76.09
HK9
WHEAT GERM, 33 LBS
5/16"
186.89
HK3
EXCEL, 11 LBS
3/16"
152.19
HK4
HI-GROWTH, 4.4 LBS
5/16"
56.69
HK5
ECONOMY, 8.8 LBS
5/16"
35.19
HK224
GOLD, 17.6 OZ
1/8"
13.59
HK228
GOLD, 11 LBS
1/8"
100.79
HK10
HK3
HK228
SAKI-HIKARI KOI FOOD

Choose from three kinds of professional koi food specifically designed for
show-grade competition koi. Each contains a unique, beneficial set of bacteria
that protects against infection, improves digestion and reduces waste up to
40%. Color-Enhancing diet has pure-cultured Spirulina and high levels of
zeaxanthin to promote bright red areas on koi without affecting the color of
white areas. Growth diet has a mix of fats and nutrional components to help
koi grow to competition size. Multi-Season diet is made up of easily digested
ingredients, including wheat-germ kernel, for steady growth even when water
temperatures are cooler (below 58F/15C). All Saki-Hikari koi food will float.
MODEL
42284
Hikari , Staple , Economy , Excel , Wheat Germ , Gold and Saki-Hikari are registered trademarks and/or
trademarks of Kyorin Co., Ltd.
COLOR-ENHANCING, 4.4 LBS
$56.89
42208-AQ
COLOR-ENHANCING, 33 LBS
298.99
GROWTH, 4.4 LBSW
54.99
42284
42364
42204
EACH
42204-AQ
42288
GROWTH, 33 LBS
285.69
42364
MULTI-SEASON, 4.4 LBS
64.09
42368
MULTI-SEASON, 33 LBS
329.99
FEED 337
Koi
KOI FOOD, SINKING
BLACKWATER MAX COLOR KOI FOOD
Now you can feed your koi the way they naturally feed using this sinking koi
food, available only from Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems. This koi food contains
high-quality ingredients and is great for everyday use. Convenient 5-lb
odorless, polyester film, reusable, resealable bags can be kept fresh by
freezing until needed, so buy in quantity for a discount.
Now your fish can have the best chance at fast growth and superb color. We've
worked with one of America's top koi farms to offer this custom blend to you.
It's loaded with krill, Spirulina, extra vitamins, minerals and other ocean products.
Natural Choice koi food contains a minimum of 36%

protein, minimum of 5% fat and maximum of 4%
crude fiber. Bag contains oxygen-absorbing packet
to maximize freshness.
Content: 38% protein, 6% fat. 5- and 12.8-lb bags

are packaged in stay-fresh, resealable bags. Use
spring through fall. 3-mm floating pellets suitable
for fish over 5". Use for other ornamental fish as well.
MODEL EACH
BW251
MODEL
BW252A
EACH
ZBS5-1
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
ZBS20-1
20 LBS (9 KG)
$32.09
80.89
5 LBS
$19.19
12.8 LBS
38.29
BW253
20 LBS
60.59
BW254
40 LBS
92.89
ZBS5-1
BLACKWATER COOL SEASON
BW251
BLACKWATER MAX GROWTH KOI FOOD
In cooler temperatures a fish's metabolism slows, making digestion more

difficult. Cool Season is a wheat germ-based formula blended to be easily
digested when water temperature below 60F (16C). Use all year long if you
want. Feed in the spring to help prevent "egg-bound" females. 32% protein,
4% fat, 4% fiber. 3-mm floating pellets.
Now you can feed your koi the same diet the professionals do. Food is 38%
protein, 6% fat and fishmeal-based. Available in medium (3 mm) and large (7.8
mm) floating pellets. 5- and 12.8-lb sizes are packaged in a resealable,
stay-fresh foil bag. Use for other ornamental fish as well.
MODEL EACH
MODEL
EACH
$18.99
BWCS5
5 LBS
$22.19
BW255
BWCS40
40 LBS
108.29
BW256A
12.8 LBS, 3 MM
37.39
BW257
20 LBS, 3 MM
50.99
BW258
40 LBS, 3 MM
92.89
BW42A
12.8 LBS, 7.8 MM
37.39
BW43
20 LBS, 7.8 MM
50.99
BW44
40 LBS, 7.8 MM
92.89
BWCS5
5 LBS, 3 MM
BWCS40
BW257
BW42A
338 FEED
Koi
MEDICATED KOI/GOLDFISH FOOD
CHEMICAL
This food contains all the nutrients needed to help ornamental fish heal
quickly. Contains four antibiotics and may help heal ulcers. Must be fed
continuously for 10 days. For use on ornamental and nonfood fish not intended
for human consumption. Chemical waiver form required. 3-mm sinking pellet.
MODEL
EACH
6441
1 LB
$16.59
6445
5 LBS
46.69
BLACKWATER GOLD-N PROFESSIONAL

KOI AND GOLDFISH FOOD
Serious koi collections deserve serious koi food. Blackwater GOLD-N was
developed to improve nutrient uptake, therefore increasing growth and luster.
This diet combines the best ingredientsfishmeal, seaweed and wheat flour
with many other specialized ingredients, including beneficial bacteria to aid
digestion. 40% protein, 10% fat.
MODEL EACH
BWG88
8.8 LBS
$54.99
BWG40
40 LBS
177.29
BWG88
6441
DENSE CULTURE FOOD

Tanks Raceways Cages
We offer four styles of dense culture food. Each one contains fishmeal, poultry meal, blood meal and
fish oil. Each can be fed to a wide variety of fish including catfish, tilapia, trout, salmon, hybrid striped bass
and other cold and warmwater species.
F2A is a 50% protein sinking feed, an excellent starter feed for juveniles. F2C is a 41% protein, 3/16"
floating pellet that works well for sub-adult fish in tanks or ponds. F2E is the same formulation as F2C
but is a 9/32" floating pellet. F2G is a 3/16" floating pellet with 36% protein and a better choice for pond fish and
larger tilapia.
All of the dense culture foods are made by the extrusion method. The extrusion method improves
digestibility with less protein degradation. Ascorbic acid (a stabilized form of vitamin C) is added to all.
Keep in mind that pellet sizes can vary by as much as 1/16". If you are unsure of the right size, order
smaller rather than larger. Contains oxygen-absorbing packet to maximize freshness.

MODEL
MIN
PROTEIN %
PELLET SIZE
(IN)
PELLET SIZE
(MM)
FEED
TYPE
EACH
F2A
5 LBS
50
1/16
1.6
SINKING $16.39
F2B
50 LBS
50
1/16
1.6
SINKING 89.69
F2C
5 LBS
41
3/16
4.8
FLOATING 15.59
F2D
50 LBS
41
3/16
4.8
FLOATING 60.39
F2E
5 LBS
41
9/32
7.1
FLOATING 15.09
F2F
50 LBS
41
9/32
7.1
FLOATING 58.09
F2G
5 LBS
36
3/16
4.8
FLOATING 14.69
F2H
50 LBS
36
3/16
4.8
FLOATING 50.79
F2G
FEED 339
Koi/Culture
ZEIGLER KOI FOODS

Nutritionally complete diets for koi and goldfish that float. Marine proteins increase palatability, digestibility
and reduce waste. Nutrient-dense pellets contain stable vitamin C and brewer's yeast for healthy gill, fin
and tissue development. Koi Fancier is formulated for color enhancing. Pond Fancier with wheat germ is
nutrient- dense for all pond fish and is the choice for koi during colder weather. Nitrogen flushed to
preserve freshness. All contain Vpak additives to increase your koi's resistance to disease.
MODEL
KOI FANCIER, 5 MM, 33 LBS
76.59
K108
POND FANCIER, 5 MM, 33 LBS
52.89
Zeigler is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc. Vpak is a registered trademark of Dr.s Wellcare Corp.
K108
K106
EACH
K106
ZEIGLER AQUA STAB-L FOOD FW SW

A special diet for both freshwater and saltwater fish
It contains high levels of protein (40% minimum), vitamins and minerals together with various preservatives
and stabilizers that protect the feed against microbial degradation after being placed in the water.
Aqua Stab-L is a 3/8" sinking pellet with excellent water stability. After wetting, it has a soft, doughy
consistency which is ideal for incorporating hormones and medications. Typically used for bottom
feeders, as bait in tropical fish and baitfish traps and for attracting fish for harvest and sampling.
Sold in 5- and 44-lb (2.2 and 20 kg) bags. Held in cold storage. Oxygen absorbing
packet keeps food fresh.
MODEL
EACH
AM5
5 LBS
$16.79
AM50
44 LBS
83.99
ZEIGLER FINFISH STARTER FOOD AND TREATMENT

Finfish Starter Food is a slow-sinking diet with the higher vitamin levels
required for early development. It has a great emphasis on marine
ingredient sources for increased digestibility and energy utilization.
Carotenoid pigments enhance growth in early stages. Low nitrogen and
phosphorous levels reduce nutrient discharge in effluent. Meets FDA
requirements regarding restrictions on mammalian protein sources (ZM1ZC4
= 55% min; ZP1ZP3 = 50% min). Contains Vpak to improve survivability.
Oxygen-absorbing packet included. Guaranteed analysis:
15% min fat, 2% max fiber, 12% max moisture, 8% max ash.
ZM2
ZC2
EZ Bio is a biological aquaculture treatment for hatcheries that combats

pathogenic bacteria. This environmentally friendly formula is an easy way to
improve your fishs health and make them more stress-resistant. 5-gram
scoop of quick-dissolving powder treats up to 3 metric tons.
MODEL
SIZE (LBS)
FEED TYPE
DIAMETER (MM)
ZM1
MEAL
.4.6
$15.69
MEAL
.4.6
124.19
ZM2 44
EACH
ZC1
#1 CRUMBLE
.6.85
15.69
ZC2
44
#1 CRUMBLE
.6.85
124.19
ZC3
#2 CRUMBLE
.851.2
15.69
ZC4
44
#2 CRUMBLE
.851.2
124.19
ZP1
PELLET, SLOW SINKING
1.5
14.19
ZP2
44
1.5
77.49
44
77.49
400 GRAMS
EZ BIO AQUACULTURE TREATMENT
41.69
ZP3
EZB400
340 LIVE
SECTION
FEED
Products
Algae
Bioreactors
IP-PBR-1000L
IP-PBR-100L
ALGAE BIOREACTORS
Industrial Plankton Algae Bioreactors are a turn-key solution for aquaculture
hatcheries, research, and biotech. Through automation, these bioreactors
eliminate the majority of repetitive tasks involved in culturing algae.
The equipment can be automatically cleaned and sterilized before inoculation
by simply pressing a button on the touchscreen. The sealed chamber,
when seeded with 20 litres of algae, is capable of growing up to 1,000 litres of
pure culture in 710 days, while continuously monitoring algae growth using
a built in sensor. The machine also self-harvests and replaces the harvested
water with new water and nutrients, which are filtered and sterilized at the
point of entry. The equipment greatly simplifies the complex and time
consuming task of algae culture, while also increasing production reliability
and biosecurity. Requires fresh or saltwater inlet line. One-year warranty.
AQUACULTURE APPLICATIONSModel IP-PBR-1000L uses real time

monitoring, user friendly control system, and data logging, letting hatcheries
focus on their livestock, and not their algae. Problems with algae production
are often the causes of low or unreliable hatchery yields. This unreliability
and high production costs of microalgae are limiting factors to the success
of many hatcheries. Despite efforts over the past decade to develop costeffective artificial diets to supplement live microalgae, on-site live microalgal
production remains a critical element in the operation of most successful
marine hatcheries.
RESEARCH APPLICATIONSModel IP-PBR-100L combines cutting edge
technology with meaningful production volume, simplifying production of
live algae in universities, public aquariums, and industrial research.
Researchers can see their culture parameters graphed continuously in real
time, and sterilize the reactor between experiments with the push of a button
all in a fully automated closed system, featuring closed loop pH control,
integrated heating/chilling, and remote access capabilities. The algae
produced is ideal for feeding zooplankton and larval marine animals.
PBR 1000L Production

BATCH (7-10 DAYS)
PRODUCTION MODESPractically all species of
freshwater and saltwater algae commonly used in
aquaculture can be grown in the reactors. They can
be operated in batch mode, or continuously using
an automated top and drop, which harvests then
replaces a portion of the culture each time the
cell density exceeds a user setpoint.
OPERATING EXPENSES
(PER BATCH)*
Nutrients + CO2
Electricity (at 10/KWh)
Labor (1 hour at $20/hour)
Total
SPECIES
T-Iso
Nannochloropsis
Tetraselmis
$13
$28
$20
$61
HARVEST
1000L/batch
DENSITY
25 M/ml
210 M/ml
4.5 M/ml
*A ctual OPEX and production numbers may vary between facilities.
CONTINUOUS
OPERATING
EXPENSES
(PER MONTH)*
Nutrients + CO2
Electricity (at 10/KWh)
Labor (3 hours at $20/hour)
Total
SPECIES
T-Iso
Nannochloropsis
Tetraselmis
Thalassiosira weissflogii
Skeletonema costatum
Haematococcus pluvialis
$51
$123
$60
$234
HARVEST
300-500 L/day
DENSITY
15 M/ml
82 M/ml
3 M/ml
14 M/ml
16 M/ml
1 M/ml
LIVE
SECTION
FEED 341
Products / Products
Algae Bioreactors
/ Products
Features:
TANKThe star shaped, corrugated tank doubles the surface area exposed
to light, so cultures grow denser before cell shading limits growth. The tank
bottom is sloped to facilitate circulation and drainage.
SCALE-UPTo increase biosecurity the culture is scaled up gradually over

the course of days, automatically adding water and nutrients whenever a set
culture density is reached.
LIGHTSLED and T5 grow lights provide bright, evenly spaced light across
the tank surface, providing maximum light without photo inhibition. To prevent
photo inhibition during scale up, the bioreactor checks the culture density and
only turns on lights as they are needed, based on user controlled setpoints.
The brightness can also be controlled, allowing algae with a variety of light
requirements to be cultured.
HARVESTA portion of the culture is harvested multiple times each day,

then automatically replaced with new water and nutrients. Small frequent
harvests increase the overall yield, and make the algaes nutrient profile
more predictable. The whole tank can also be harvested with the push of
a button.
CLEANING & STERILIZINGIf you want to restart the culture its a simple
process. The tank is drained through the bottom, then pressure washed and
sterilized by pushing a button.
INOCULATIONThe bioreactor starts by adding water and nutrients,
then adjusts temperature and light levels. Inoculation is simple, just hook
up a carboy or flask to the machines inoculation port, then use the onboard
air supply to push the culture from the carboy into the bioreactor.
BIOSECURITYIncoming water is slowly passed through a UV filter after

being pre-filtered using a nominal micron filter. Nutrients are then added
to the water and passed through 2 additional stages of absolute micron
filtration, down to 0.1um. Air and CO2 entering and leaving the tank are
also passed through 0.1um filters. Harvesting is done automatically using
a biosecure pinch valve.
User friendly touchscreen interface
CULTURE DENSITY
IP-PBR-1000L
CULTURE DENSITY
IP-PBR-100L
Nannochloropsis
187 million/ml
300 MILLION/ML
Isochrysis
20 million/ml
38 MILLION/ML
Tetraselmis
2 million/ml
4.1 MILLION/ML
A user friendly touchscreen interface lets you control the culture parameters and
fine tune the operation for different species and situations. User controlled setpoints
control parameters such as temperature, CO2 injection, harvesting cell density, light
levels, etc. In addition to automated controls the machine can be controlled
manually, making it easy to harvest, or add water or nutrients at any point.
Culture parameters are logged and graphed in realtime on the touchscreen, making
it easier to maintain a culture in exponential growth for continuous culture, or decide
when a batch is ready for harvest. The controls, including these graphs, can be
accessed remotely from a personal computer.
MODEL
IP-PBR-1000L
IP-PBR-100L
VOLTS
(1 PH)
HZ
AMPS
115
60
30
230
50
15
115
60
15
230
50
7.5
CONTACT OUR TECH SUPPORT STAFF FOR ASSISTANCE
APPROX.
WATTS
TANK CAPACITY
(LITERS/GALLONS)
SCALE UP
TIME
ASSEMBLED DIMENSIONS
L
W
H
1900
1000/265
7-10 Days
(20L inoculum)
54
59.5
87.5
66
70
96
400
$33,600.00
1150
100/27
6-8 Days
(2L inoculum)
54
28
72
60
36
84
150
$30,975.00
IDEAL WORKING SPACE

W
H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
Note: IP-PBR-1000L requires min. 48.5 x 78.5 doorway; IP-PBR-100L requires min. 24 x 68 doorway. Prices are FOB Victoria, Canada, motor freight. Includes chiller.
342
342 SECTION
LIVE FEED
Products
Mesh
Bags/Filters/Algae
Food
POLYESTER MESH BAGS

Ideal for collecting rotifers, Artemia, fish eggs and other small organisms,
these polyester mesh bags are available in 18" and 31" (46 and 79 cm) lengths
and a variety of mesh sizes. They can also be used for filtering particulate
matter from tank inlets and overflows. Bag is equipped with a stainless
steel ring 7" in diameter and a cotton handle.
Pre-filters water.
Zooplankton collector.
TECH TALK 20
Algae Culture
On-site algae culture is a necessity in most marine
hatcheries. Algae is the primary diet for bivalves, larval
shrimp and live larval feeds, such as rotifers and Artemia.
Many different species of algae are cultured throughout
the world and each batch is typically just a single species
selected for its size and nutrient profile.
During culture, it is crucial that steps are taken to
avoid contamination, either from pathogens or from
other species of algae or ciliates. Sterilization of all
equipment and culture media is, therefore, necessary.
They can be autoclaved, dipped in alcohol, chlorinated,
etc. Contaminants are often waterborne; however, air
can also be a pathway for contamination. Placing the
air compressor intake in the culture room or an
air-conditioned room reduces temperature fluctuations
and contaminant load. Care should also be taken to
avoid condensation in the air lines, which can lead to
ciliate infestations. Installing an in-line desiccant
filter can eliminate condensation. To eliminate a
recurring contamination problem, sterilize the air
delivery system and use the appropriate inlet air filter.
PMB1L

MODEL
MESH SIZE
(MICRON) LENGTH
PMB1
75
18
EACH
PMB1L 75 31"
21.19 18.01
PMB2
10.89 9.26
100 18"
PMB2L 100 31"
17.39 14.78
PMB3
125 18"
10.89 9.26
PMB3L 125 31"
16.99 14.44
PMB4
6.59 5.60
150 18"
PMB4L 150 31"
7.69 6.54
PMB5
6.59 5.60
200 18"
PMB5L 200 31"
7.69 6.54
PMB6
250 18"
6.59 5.60
PMB6L 250 31"
7.69 6.54
PMB7
6.59 5.60
300 18"
PMB7L 300 31"
7.69 6.54
PMB8
400 18"
6.59 5.60
PMB8L 400 31"
7.69 6.54
PMB9
6.59 5.60
800 18"
PMB9L 800 31"
7.69 6.54
PMB10 1,500 18"
6.59 5.60
PMB10L 1,500 31"
8.89 7.56
BACTERIA FILTER
Will filter air down to .3 microns. Autoclavable. Use for single
species algal culture, bioassay work, experiments, etc.
Fits 6.35 mm through 9.5 mm tubing.
MODEL
FL2-AQ
EACH 10+
FILTER, 1/43/8" HOSE BARB
FL2-AQ
PROLINE F/2 ALGAE FOOD

For intensive algae culture in fresh or marine water.
V itamin and mineral content ratios equal to Guillard's 1975 F/2 formulation.
Professional research concentration.
Complete algae growth media.
Larval fish, penaid shrimp, Artemia species, freshwater prawns, bivalve mollusks and other inverts
require algae. Mass cultivation of algae requires a mixture of various vitamins and minerals for
maximum algae growth. ProLine F/2 Algae Food provides these essentials in a complete, easy-to-use
liquid form. When used as directed, allows fast growth rates and high densities to be achieved. One
gallon each of solutions A and B will produce 7,680 gallons of growth media. For culturing diatomaceous
organisms, sodium metasilicate must be added to the F/2 Formula.
MODEL
10+
$13.99 $11.89
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
239800
F/2, PART A, 1 GALLON
10
239801
F/2, PART B, 1 GALLON
10
$26.19
26.19
239802
F/2, PART A, 5 GALLONS
52
94.49
239803
F/2, PART B, 5 GALLONS
52
94.49
239804
SODIUM METASILICATE, 1 KG
2.5
13.89
239800
239802
$9.99 $8.99
LIVE
SECTION
FEED 343
343
Products / ProductsEnrichments
/ Products
INSTANT ALGAE MARINE PASTE

Providing a cost-effective alternative to live algae can be the difference between profit and loss in a
hatchery. Produced by Reed Mariculture, Instant Algae is a high quality, super-concentrated, liquid,
marine microalgae feed for larval shrimp, fish and bivalves. It can be used to supplement or replace
live algae in the hatchery. Instant Algae is 95100% as effective as live algae. Algae concentration is
based on the density of the average live algae culture (i.e., one liter Premium 3600 is equal to 3,600 liters
of an average algae culture). Weighs 3 lbs. Ships Next Day Air.
MODEL
VOLUME
EACH
PM36N
NANNOCHLOROPSIS PREMIUM 3600
1 QUART
$73.49
PM18I
ISOCHRYSIS PREMIUM 1800
1 QUART
46.19
PM18P
PAVLOVA PREMIUM 1800
1 QUART
46.19
PM18T
THALASSIOSIRA PREMIUM 1800
1 QUART
30.49
PM183
SHELLFISH DIET 1800*
1 QUART
46.19
*Shellfish diet is a mix of Isochrysis, Pavlova, Tetraselmis and Thalassiosira weissflogii.
PM36N
PM18I
KENT F/2 ALGAL FORMULA

This complete algal culture formula is an enhanced Guillards F/2 nutrient media and is formulated
for the commercial culture of microalgae and diatoms. Pro-Culture F/2 Algal Formula is properly
preserved and stabilized to ensure potency. This product provides nitrogen and micronutrients for
high growth rates of microalgae when both parts A&B are used. Also contains vitamins essential for
the growth of freshwater and marine flagellated phytoplankton. Concentrated liquid form eliminates
the need for purchasing bulk chemicals. Formula is composed of a two-part solution, preventing
decomposition of vitamins and precipitation of trace elements. The shelf life exceeds two years.
One gallon each of solutions A and B will make 7,680 gallons of culture water. For culturing diatom
organisms, sodium metasilicate must be added at 20 grams per 1,000 gallons of culture water

SHIP WEIGHT
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
F2A5
F/2, PART A, 5 GALLONS 54
F2B5
F/2, PART B, 5 GALLONS
54
SELCON CONCENTRATE
Highly unsaturated fatty acids
LIQUID HUFA
Ideal for brine shrimp
Only Selcon Concentrate contains omega-3

HUFA, Vitamin B12 and pure stabilized
vitamin C. Highly concentrated, it is ideal for
enriching rotifers and Artemia. Can also be
soaked into freeze-dried foods.
Use Easy Selco to enrich zooplankton prior

to feeding to increase omega-3 fatty acids and
essential amino acids. Increasing the nutritional
value of rotifers and Artemia can make a huge
difference in larval survival. Easy Selco contains
200 mg/g dry weight. Recommended feed rate is
0.6 grams Selco per liter of salt water. Simply
emulsify the enrichment for 3 minutes and add to
the zooplankton tank at least 24 hours prior to feed
out. Do not freeze. Ship weight 3 lbs.
MODEL
EACH
SE60
2 OZ (60 ML)
$15.29
SE16
16 OZ (473 G)
103.09
Instant Algae and RotiGrow are registered trademarks of

Reed Mariculture, Inc., Selco is a registered trademark of Inve
Technologies, N.V. Joint Stock Co.
MODEL
SE60
SE16
SE536A
1 KG
EACH
ROTIGROW PLUS FEED
Provides a host of nutrients typical of Isochrysis,

Pavlova, Tetraselmis, and Thalassiosira
including carotenoids, enzymes, and sterol s.
High protein and car bohydr ate content
maintains rotifer health throughout the
enrichment process. Easy to measure and
disperse, and produces minimal waste.
An all-in-one diet that can be used for growout,

enrichment and gut-loading. This microalgal blend
meets HUFA requirements up to 40 mg/g d.w. and
DHA:EPA ratio of 1.6:1. Produces rotifers rich in
phospholipids DHA, EPA and ARA. Clean, effective
and allows use of enrichment feeds that are
nutritionally balanced for healthier rotifers.
MODEL
MODEL
EACH
1 QUART $46.19
RGP
100.19
$68.99
N-RICH PL PLUS
NRICH
$100.19
EACH
1 QUART $69.79
344 LIVE FEED

Brine Shrimp/Nets
BRINE SHRIMP EGGS
SMALL BRINE SHRIMP EGGS
Brine shrimp eggs from the Great Salt Lake (GSL). 90% guaranteed hatch
rate. Sold in 15-oz, vacuum-packed cans.
6 grams of brine shrimp eggs (about a million!).
MODEL
BS90
EACH
$73.99
425 GRAMS (15OZ.)
MODEL
EACH 4+
SB503 6 GRAMS (0.2 OZ.) $4.09
$3.68
Air shipments require dry ingredientsto be moistened with 100 mL of distilled water.
Actual Brine Shrimp
BRINE SHRIMP NET
DRY BRINE SHRIMP FEED
Made of a fine, nylon mesh (including stitching) and a vinyl-coated wire handle.
This dry brine shrimp feed is excellent for raising Artemia salina from
nauplii to adults. The dry, powdered form is much easier to use than
having to produce hundreds of gallons of live algae. Will equal or surpass
any density and growth rate known for live algae diets. Recommended
feed rate is 1/2 to 1 gram per gallon per day.
MODEL
FRAME SIZE
HANDLE LENGTH
MESH SIZE
BSN1
4 X 3
93/4
350 MICRON
EACH
$2.49
MODEL
DS16
EACH
454 GRAMS (16 OZ) $31.49
TECH TALK 109

Rotifer Culture, High-Density vs Batch Methods
Rotifers are typically fed live algae and grown either in ponds or tanks when used as a commercial
scale larval diet. A farm with the space and water available to use traditional pond rearing methods
should keep doing so. A farm using live algae to grow rotifers in tanks should consider an alternative.
Traditional batch culture requires the grower to have both live algae tanks and rotifer rearing tanks.
The table compares the batch method to a new, high-density method that substitutes algae paste for
live algae.
The batch method requires a much higher investment in equipment and space. The high density
method only requires rotifer tanks and their filtration systems. Water is another cost of growing
rotifers. Generally speaking, the batch culture method uses 75 percent exchange per day. The high
density method, using algae paste, requires about 20 percent exchange of water per day. Another cost
factor is labor. Batch culture requires two full-time live feed technicians, while the high density
method only requires one part-time technician.
High density rotifer culture systems can clearly reduce costs. However, these systems require a
transition time and there is a learning curve. You will need a technician who is willing to learn the
system and how to predict its production. Since more rotifers are being grown in one tank, it is best
to have a backup system running at a lower production rate as insurance should a system fail.
EQUIPMENT COST TO RAISE 100 MILLION ROTIFERS PER DAY

BATCH METHOD
HIGH-DENSITY METHOD
Density of rotifers
500 per ml
2,000 per ml
Tank size
100 Liters
100 Liters
75 liters fresh algae
2.5 liters algae paste
50 million
200 million
10-14 tanks
1-2 tanks
$12,000
$3,000
Algae requirement per tank

Total rotifers per tank
Tanks needed for 1 week feed
Estimated equipment cost
SECTION
LIVE
FEED 345
345
Products
Products / Products
Rotifer/ Production
Systems
ROTIFER PRODUCTION SYSTEMS

High-density systems
DESIGNED HERE
Our intensive rotifer production systems are designed for high-volume

production. These systems will save you a lot of money, space and work.
Production densities exceed 5,000 rotifers per milliliter of Brachionus plicatilis.
B. rotundiformis are also suitable for this system. Systems are complete,
including culture tank, filtration system, pure oxygen diffuser and ammonia
neutralizer dosing system. Since these systems use Instant Algae marine
paste, they eliminate the need for labor-intensive algae production. Only 30
minutes of tank maintenance per day is required to produce 100 million to 2.5
billion rotifers per day. Systems also include an operations manual and
ClorAm-X water conditioner.

CAPACITY AREA
MODEL (LTRS) (METERS) VOLTAGE HZ
AR150K
150
EACH
1 X 1.6
115
60 $3,148.00
50 3,148.00
AR150K-H
150
1 X 1.6
230
AR256K
450
1 X 2.2
115
60 3,967.00
AR256K-H
450
1 X 2.2
230
50 3,967.00
AR1000K
1000
2 X 2.2
115
60 6,036.00
AR1000K-H
1000
2 X 2.2
230
50 6,036.00
930018
REPL. FILTER MATERIAL, PER LINEAR YARD 14.69
AR150K
Rugged, freestanding
fiberglass tanks for
years of production.
Protein
Skimmer
Biofilter
Culture Tank
Easy-to-turn
ball valves for
flow control.
AR1000K
Harvesting Port
Unions and valves

for fast set-up.
Drain
Instant Algae is a registered trademark of Reed Mariculture Inc. ClorAm-X is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
346 LIVE ORGANISMS & FISH

Bioassay
LIVE ORGANISMS
Saltwater Algae
Pentair AES offers live organism cultures for laboratory biotoxicology

research, educational studies or live food cultures. Due to availability and
shipping requirements, please allow 5 days for shipment.
LAC1Q
NANNOCHLOROPSIS
1 QUART $19.29
LAC3Q
ISOCHRYSIS
1 QUART
All organisms ship Next Day Air. Organisms are guaranteed to arrive alive or
we will refund the full purchase price of the lost organisms, excluding shipping.
All organisms are shipped with an acclimation guide.
MODEL
QTY
Freshwater Invertebrates
MODEL
285103
DAPHNIA PULEX
QTY
MOINA SPP.
285106
DAPHNIA MAGNA
100 EGGS
21.59
285107
DAPHNIA MAGNA
100+ MIXED AGE
62.99
285108
DAPHNIA MAGNA
100+ GRAVID ADULTS
62.99
1,000+
MODEL
QTY
INSTANT ROTIFERS
MODEL EACH
RC6N $50.39
200 ML
31.49
BRACHIONUS PLICATILIS
1 QUART
20.29
LRC3
BRACHIONUS PLICATILIS
1 GALLON
41.99
285123
OCEAN COPEPODS
285125
PALAEMONETES VULGARIS
1 LITER
68.39
200
136.59
MODEL
QTY
285135
ORYZIAS LATIPES (EGGS)
20
285136
ORYZIAS LATIPES (<90 DAYS)
10
29.39
285137
ORYZIAS LATIPES (>91 DAYS, SEXED)
26.29
*Not for shipment to Canada.
Produced by Reed Mariculture, these live marine rotifer cultures of

Brachionus plicatilis are the solution for short-term feeding in marine
aquariums and as a starter culture. One-quart package contains
approximately 600,000 rotifers, shipped in breathable bags and enriched with
algae. Includes 15-oz rotifer diet algae mix of Nannochloropsis and
Tetraselmis. These cultures can be refrigerated for up to 2 weeks or used
immediately. Ship Next Day Air, FOB CA.
EACH
LRC2
Japanese Medaka
Oryzia latipes (Medaka)
93.49
1,000 ML $ 60.89
ARTEMIA, ADULT, 1 LB
285122* ARTEMIA, ADULT
Brachionus Plicatilis
EACH
285105
285121*
Daphnia magna
18.69
100+ GRAVID ADULTS $62.99
Saltwater Invertebrates
Daphnia pulex
EACH
EACH
$26.29
LIVE ORGANISMSSECTION
& FISH 347
347
Koi
KOI STOCKING PACKS

Guaranteed to arrive alive
We have partnered with Blackwater Creek
Koi Farms to offer several varieties of koi
at reasonable rates. Blackwater Creek is
an isolated group of three farms with highquality fish that has maintained disease-free
status for SVC through government testing
and monitoring. All koi originally bred from,
champion Japanese koi stocks. We are sure you
will enjoy the koi you receive. All prices include
overnight shipping from Blackwater Creek.
Shipping info
Butterfly
Standard Fin
Goldfish
Koi Stocking Packs
BUTTERFLY KOI
KOI STOCKING PACK**MIX OF DECORATIVE, SELECT AND BUTTERFLY
MODEL
BUFU1
36"
Standard Overnight shipping is included in the

price for the continental USA*. All orders placed
by Saturday at 5 PM ship Wednesday of the
upcoming week. No shipping to PO boxes
customers must be home to accept package. You
must supply an email address with your order to
receive a tracking number. *Koi cannot be shipped
to Maine. Shipping is available to Hawaii and
Alaska for an additional charge. Hawaii requires an
Import Permit.
SMALL/MEDIUM
20 FISH PER BOX
EACH
$237.29
MODEL
STCKFF50
24"
SMALL
200 FISH PER BOX
EACH
$373.79
**Receive an additional discount when ordering in conjunction with a Mini Fish Farm, models FF50-3, FF50-3W1 or FF50-W2.
GOLDFISHMIX OF SARASSA, SHUBUNKINS, COMETS AND WAKINS
STANDARD FIN KOI

MODEL
STND1
36"
SMALL/MEDIUM
20 FISH PER BOX
EACH
$181.69
MODEL
GOLDFISH1 34"
SMALL
50 FISH PER BOX
EACH
$142.79
NEWS & OFFERS

348 SECTION
PLUMBING
PRODUCTS
349 Valves
356 Mesh Tubes/Strainers
357 Bulkhead Fittings
359 Tank Fitting Kits/Drains
360 Plugs/Couplings/Caps
361 Hose/Clamps/Rubber Seal
362 Flexible PVC/Pipe Hangers/Supports/Saddles
363 Tubing
364 Clear PVC/Tubing
366 Brass Adaptors/Modular Piping
367 Tubing Adapters/Fittings
368 Reducers
369 Tees/Crosses/Insert Adapters
370 Ells/Nipples/Caps
371 Unions/Plug/Sweep
372 Bushings/Couplings/Adapters
373 Quick Disconnect Fittings
374 ANSI Flanges/Bolt Sets
375 Plumbing Supplies
376 Garden Hoses & Accessories
PLUMBING 349
Butterfly Valves
KEYSTONE COMPOSEAL RESILIENT SEATED

BUTTERFLY VALVES WAFER STYLE
Resilient seated butterfly valves with valve body and disc in high
engineered composite material providing excellent internal and external
chemical resistance.
Integrated ISO 5211 top plate.
Since the entire valve exists of high engineered composite materials, it is

perfectly suited for a wide range of applications such as; building services,
hot water applications, industrial waste water and industrial water treatment
like purification, ozone or demineralization.
Smooth Composite body surface

eliminating the need to apply paint.
The light weight valve can be perfectly used in transportation and cargo
containers and in applications using metal, plastic or glass reinforced
pipe lines.
Integrated flange sealing.
Features
Secondary body split sealing.

Primary body split sealing.
Wafer style body and disc in high engineered composite results in excellent
internal and external chemical resistance
Light weight construction results in lower cost and simplified installation
No extra pipe support needed when installed in plastic or GRP piping
Disc in high engineered composite material provides excellent
corrosion resistance
All fasteners in stainless steel 316 as standard
Bubble tight shut-off in both directions, in accordance with EN 12266-1
leakrate A
Pressure range up to PN 16 at elevated temperature
Valve can be used in high line velocity applications up to 40 ft/sec
Spherical disc edge.
Spindle and primary valve seals are not influenced by the flange bolting force
or pipe flange type
High Cv value
No need for flange gaskets
Thin disc profile resulting in high C v values.
Primary stem sealing exceeds the pressure rating of the valve and prevents
leakage through the shaft area to atmosphere
Four body locating holes on all sizes.
A secondary (shaft) sealing provides back-up safety

Four integrated locating holes ease installation and centering between the
pipe flanges
Actuator flange acc. ISO 5211
Sustainable production philosophy as the valve materials are 100% recyclable
Use of composite material eliminates the need for machining and painting
Composite hand lever available
Available water approvals: KIWA, ACS, WRAS, NSF, BELGAQUA
Certified and approved according Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
Gear Operated
Lever Operated
Lever Handle
MODEL
MM INCH
CSW050442WM1LHE
50
CSW065442WM1LHE
65
2.5
WAFER TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 065 / FIG 419 LEVER
220.49
CSW080442WM1LHE
80
WAFER TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 080 / FIG 419 LEVER
236.29
272.99
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 050 / FIG 419 LEVER
EACH
$178.49
CSW100442WM1LHE
100
CSW125442WM1LHE
125
335.99
CSW150442WM1LHE
150
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN150 / FIG 419 LEVER
388.49
Gear Operated - Hand Wheel

MODEL
MM INCH
CSW100442WM1GO
100
CSW125442WM1GO
125
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 125 / GEAR OP.
566.99
CSW150442WM1GO
150
698.29
CSW200442WM1GO
200
871.49
CSW250442WM1GO
250
10
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN250 / GEAR OP.
1,344.00
CSW300442WM1GO
300
12
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN300 / GEAR OP.
1,691.00
EACH
$566.99
350 PLUMBING
Butterfly Valves/Ball Valves
TYPE 57 BUTTERFLY VALVE

PVC Body and EPDM Seat PVC Disc
Our 316 stainless steel shaft has full engagement over the entire length of the disc and is a non-wetted
part, totally isolated from the media
Only solid and abrasion-resistant plastic disc and elastomeric liner are wetted parts
ISO bolt circle on top flangeno body or stem modifications required for accessories
MODEL
EACH
3722030
3 PVC BODY & DISC
EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP TYPE 57 BTRFLY
3722040
4 PVC BODY & DISC
EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP BTRFLY
313.99
3722060
6 PVC BODY & DISC
EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP BTRFLY
471.49
$267.79
BUTTERFLY VALVES
Asahi /America butterfly valves are known for their high
quality, high strength and positive closure. They are made of
PVC, polypropylene and stainless steel and feature a notched
gauge plate which allows more accurate judging of the
percentage of opening. Fit US standard flanges (see Index
for flanges).
MODEL
SIZE
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
BV115
11/2
BV200
3 172.49
BV300
4 204.79
BV400
5 269.89
3 $164.99
BV600
13 348.89
BV800
23 603.89
TYPE-21 BALL VALVE

Pressure rated up to 230 psi (PVC, CPVC, PVDF)
Double O-ring seals on stem for added protection
Full bore, sizes 1/2"2"
Full vacuum rated, all sizes
B
locks in two directions, upstream and
downstream, leaving full pressure on the
opposite end of the valve
Integrally molded ISO mounting pad for both
manual and actuated operations
Integrally molded base pad to mount valves
securely or panel mounting
P
TFE seats with elastomeric backing cushions
ensure bubble-tight shut-off and a low fixed
torque, while at the same time compensating
for wear
T
rue Union design for easier installation or
repairs without expanding the pipe system
uilt-in spanner wrench on the handle for valve
B
disassembly and assembly
T
wo sets of end connectors (socket and threaded)
included with all PVC and CPVC valves in sizes
1/2"2"
C
PVC threaded end connectors on sizes 1/2"1"
come with stainless steel reinforcing rings
N
ew PTFE Seat designFacilitates easier field
maintenance if required
T
apered O-ring grooveHelps to Keep the
end connector O-rings on the valve body
during installation
MODEL
EACH
1605005
1/2 TYPE-21 BALL VALVE
PVC/FKM SOCKET/THREADED COMBO
$27.29
33.59
1605007
1605010
1 TYPE-21 BALL VALVE
PVC/FKMSOCKET/THREADED COMBO
41.99
1605012
52.49
1605015
72.39
1605020
88.19
1613015
CPVC/FKM SOCK X THRD
94.49
1609020
CPVC/EPDM SOCK X THRD
135.49
1607030
PVC/FKM THREADED
198.49
1607040
PVC/FKM THREADED
355.99
1606030
PVC/FKM SOCKET
198.49
1606040
PVC/FKM SOCKET
355.99
MODEL EACH
1070005
1/2 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
$17.29
1070007
3/4 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
22.59
1070010
1 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
26.79
1070012
11/4 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
37.29
1070015
11/2 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
46.69
1070020
2 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
94.49
OMNI BALL VALVE

Blocks in two directions
Rugged structure
Unibody construction
Compact, low profile, short
face-to-face dimensions
PTFE seat backed by EPDM for
low stem torque
Rated for full vacuum service
Asahi/America is a registered trademark of Asahi/America, Inc.
PLUMBING 351
Ball Valves
SINGLE UNION BALL VALVES
TRUE UNION BALL VALVES
TECH FAV
These high-quality ball valves allow disconnection of lines without fear of

retainer-ring or ball moving. The retainer-ring is locked with two pins to
the body. PVC with EPDM O-rings and polyethylene seats. Rated at 150 psi.
Available in 11/2 and 2 only.
These high-quality valves are available at low-end prices. They feature PTFE
seats that provide easier turning, better sealing and longer valve life. Schedule
80 PVC with EPDM O-rings rated at 150 psi at 72F. Slip unions are included for
all valves. All except TB3 and TB4 have molded actuator attachments.
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
$16.59
TB12
1/2"
$10.19
11/2 FNPT X FNPT
20.69
TB34
3/4"
12.59
BV2S
2" SLIP X SLIP
22.39
TB1
1"
16.99
BV2T
2" FNPT X FNPT
27.69
TB114
11/4"
22.89
TB112
11/2"
29.89
TB2
2"
40.49
TB3
3"
11
113.69
TB4
4"
30
232.89
BV112S
11/2 SLIP X SLIP
BV112T
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
TB2
ECONOMY BALL VALVES
SINGLE UNION BALL VALVES

These ball valves are made entirely of glass-filled polypropylene for strength
and chemical resistance. They feature low-operating torque (as in easy to open
and close), PTFE seats and double EPDM O-rings in the stem area and a 150 psi
rating. Choose two- or three-way style.
Low-cost yet heavy-duty Schedule 40 ball valves. They have EPDM seats and
seals, rated at 150 psi, with full port flow openings.
Note: Union may not be removed while under pressure, even if in the off position.
1/2 1
SBW12
$3.39 SBW12T
$3.19
3/4 1
SBW13
3.79 SBW13T
3.59
1 1
SBW14
4.89 SBW14T
4.69
1 1
SBW15
6.89 SBW15T
6.69
1 1
SBW16
10.89 SBW16T
10.49
2 2
SBW17
13.59 SBW17T
16.29
3 6
SBW18
52.49 SBW18T
50.99
4 10
SBW19
85.59 SBW19T
85.59
Two-Way, Single Union

MODEL
FNPT
EACH
PBV132
1/2"
PBV133
Three-Way, Single Union

MODEL
FNPT
EACH
$17.39
PBV232
1/2"
$31.99
3/4"
17.29
PBV233
3/4"
31.29
PBV134
1"
21.19
PBV234
1"
39.19
PBV135
11/4"
28.49
PBV235
11/4"
45.09
PBV136
11/2"
38.19
PBV236
11/2"
52.49
PBV237
2"
62.79

SHIP WT
SLIP
THREADED
SIZE (LBS)
MODEL EACH MODEL
EACH
SBW12
Two-Way
BALL VALVES
Three-Way
TECH FAV
These high-quality ball valves are offered at an unbelievable price! They feature
PTFE ball seats and EPDM O-rings. The valves are very easy to turn. Maximum
150 psi rating. Certified by NSF for potable water use.

SHIP WT
SLIP
THREADED
SIZE (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL
EACH
1/2 1 2622005
$6.59 2622005T
$6.59
3/4 1 2622007
7.59 2622007T
7.59
1 1 2622010
10.29 2622010T
10.29
1 1 2622012
15.09 2622012T
15.09
1 1 2622015
20.69 2622015T
20.69
2 2 2622020
25.19 2622020T
25.19
352 PLUMBING
Motorized Ball Valves/Solenoid Valves
115V BALL VALVES
SOLENOID VALVES
Schedule 80 heavy-duty ball valves feature PTFE

seats and seals and 115V 50/60 Hz actuator motors.
Their 5-second opening and 5-second closing
speeds prevent water hammer. The motor has a
NEMA 4X protective cover. Locked rotor amp draw
is 2.2 (running amps will be about 1.5).
One-year warranty.
For automating the flow of air, water, oil, etc.,

these valves are UL-listed with 1/2 NPT conduit
connection (12V) or cord nut (115V). The valve body
is brass with stainless steel internals. Temperature
range is 14194F (-1090C). 1/8 NPT ports and
internal opening, .3 gpm @ 1 psi, 2.2 gpm @ 85 psi.
85 psi max @ 12V, 145 psi max @ 115V, 8 watts.
Rated for continuous duty.

SLIP
FNPT
SIZE MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
MODEL
EACH
3/4
MV34
$329.09
MV34T
$329.09
81NC
115V, N.C.
$87.39
MV1
336.19
MV1T
336.19
811NO
115V, N.O.
153.99
11/4
MV114
345.99 MV114T 345.99
82NC
12V, N.C.
91.49
11/2
MV112
354.49
MV112T 354.49
812NO
12V, N.O.
142.59
MV20
367.09
MV20T
MV34
367.09
12V 2-WAY BALL VALVES

Perfect for aquaculture
SOLENOID TIMER
The KZValve QX Series 2-way, 12V 1.5A Ball Valves are powered by high-torque,
valve-actuating motors. Permanently lubricated, machined steel gears open
and/or close thepolypropylene ball valve in 1.5 seconds. These valves are
heavy-duty, fully weatherproof and compatible with recirculating aquaculture
water containing fish feces (not mud, sand or debris). Supplied with a 24
four-wire lead (you supply the switch). The 12V adapter (992) will operate one
valve. The ball valves can be disassembled. One-year warranty.
NEMA 6P rated waterproof actuator housing
316 stainless steel ball and stem
MODEL
900
VALVE, 3/4"
$297.89
902
VALVE, 1"
302.49
904
VALVE, 11/2", 12V
393 .79
906
VALVE, 2"
484.09
908
VALVE, 3"
734.99
992
ADAPTER, 115VAC TO 12VDC
29.39
$133.19
LARGE OPENING SOLENOIDS
906
STAINLESS STEEL COMPACT SOLENOID
EACH
NORMALLY CLOSED
EACH
825
This UL-listed solenoid valve has 1/4 NPT in/out

ports, 0140 psi range, fluoroelastomer rubber seal
material and 1/2 NPT conduit connection. 115V/60 Hz
only. 17 VA (hold), 24 VA (inrush). NEMA 4.
813NC
This NEMA 4 outdoor-rated timer can be fitted to

any solenoid on this page (plug standard to DIN 43
650). Timer is programmable via DIP switches and
potentiometers. Can be programmed for various
on/off cycle times from 1 second to 100 hours,
including switch-on impulse. LED display,
maximum power consumption is 1.5 watts. It
features NEMA 4 protection and working
temperature from 14140F. 115V/60 Hz.
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
81NC
$148.99
For a high volume of air or water, a large opening is

needed. These solenoid valves are servo assisted to
open and close openings up to 11/2. Rated to 140 psi,
they require no differential pressure. Brass body.
Opening sizes same as in/out sizes. 115V/60 Hz,
normally closed only. NEMA 4. Each weighs 2 lbs.
Allow one week for shipment.
MODEL
EACH
817NC
1/2
$209.59
818NC
347.29
817NC
PLUMBING 353
Gate Valves/Air Purge Valves
PVC GATE VALVES
ECONOMICAL PVC GATE VALVES
PVC gate valves operate like their bronze

counterparts but at a fraction of the cost. Gate
valves are best suited to full open or full closed
operation. Do not freeze. NSF-approved, 150 PSI
maximum working pressure.
PVC, pressure-rated to 40 psi. Do not freeze. Valves

include gate keeper accessory to hold gate open.
MODEL
GV112-2
1/2
WGV12
$13.59
WGV12T $13.59
3/4
WGV34 16.79
WGV34T 16.79
WGV1
20.99
WGV1T 20.99
11/4
WGV114 27.29
WGV114T
27.29
11/2
WGV112 34.59
WGV112T
34.59
WGV2
WGV12
40.89 WGV2T 40.89
GATE VALVE REPLACEMENT PARTS
EACH
11/2" SEAL KIT
$5.19
RSK2
2" SEAL KIT
5.89
RSK3
3" SEAL KIT
7.59
RS4
4" SEAL (1)
3.19
RS68
6" AND 8" SEAL (1)
37.89
PH112
PLASTIC HANDLE, 11/23"
3.79
MH112
METAL HANDLE, 11/24"
5.19
$7.99
2" SLIP
12.39
GV112-2
These replacement seals fit our GV part numbers up to 8. Made of TPE and
sold either in kits, which include two seals and the required nuts and bolts, or
as seals only for 4, 6 and 8 valves.
RSK112
11/2" SLIP
GV2-2

SLIP
FNPT
SIZE MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
MODEL
EACH
RSK112
PVC KNIFE GATE VALVES

Perfect for waste drains and low-pressure aquaculture
Knife gate valves are economical, quick-acting valves for clean and dirty water
low-pressure applications. They have become very popular in the aquaculture
industry for several reasons: they can be easily taken apart, the seals can be
changed and even the valve body can be changed without upsetting the ends
that may be glued to your pipes. Therefore, they can be used in place of unions.
If you have a valve glued in place, but want to take it out, you can simply unbolt it
and purchase new side pieces.
They offer unrestricted flow and are quick opening, 100% water tested at the
factory and quite low in cost. These 11/2 to 8 valves are all PVC with stainless
steel shafts, polypropylene knife gates (except for 4, 6 and 8, which are
stainless steel), and have TPE seals. The valves are all slip x slip, they are not
for use in freezing weather. One-year warranty.
MODEL
MAX PSI
SHIP WT
(LBS)
1
EACH
6+
$13.69
$12.32
GV11
11/2"
45
GV2
2"
40
19.49
17.54
GV3
3"
30
27.69
24.92
GV4
4"
20
81.09
72.98
GV6
6"
10
18
354.69
319.22
GV8
8"
10
20
528.69
475.82
AIR PURGE VALVE, HIGH FLOW

Prevents gas bubble disease
GV4
GV3
Install at high points in an aquaculture pressurized water system where air

accumulates. Water pressure automatically forces air out, and when water
reaches the valve, the internal float creates a watertight seal. Must be mounted
vertically. Seals from 2 to 100 psi. Under suction, the valve functions as a
vacuum breaker. 1 FNPT threads, measures 51/4 H x 2 in diameter. Air
discharge rates (cfm): 60 @ 12.5 psi,
100 @ 25 psi and 180 @ 50 psi.
GV2
MODEL EACH
ST5
$22.29
3-PORT VALVE
Allows proportional flow
AIR PURGE VALVE
One 3-way valve can take the place of three

regular valves in some situations. This unit can be
disassembled for cleaning and fits 11/2 and 2 PVC
pipe (11/2 slips into valve sockets, 2 pipe requires
couplings or bell ends). The inlet is always open.
The handle position closes sides 1 or 3. When in
position 2, none is closed.
This brass valve has an internal float that closes the

valve when filled with water. Use it to automatically
purge air from a water tank, pipe system, oxygen
saturator, etc. Mount it vertically wherever air collects.
Also works as a vacuum breaker. 1/4 MPT. 1/4poly plug
included.
MODEL
OVERALL LENGTH
ST4
EACH
4+
$16.89 $16.05
MODEL EACH 4+
SV300
$45.29 $43.03
Inlet
354 PLUMBING
Check Valves/Well Screens
PVC TRUE UNION SWING CHECK VALVES
CHECK VALVES
For use in fresh or salt water with a minimum of

head loss. Theyre completely nonmetallic and use
no springs. Theyre pressure rated up to 100 PSI and
mount both horizontally and vertically. They have a
full-flow design with a Buna-N seal and hinge (slip x
slip unions). They feature quick change bodies. Not
recommended for use with air.
Quick and positive action in any position.

Polypropylene valve is highly resistant to
chemicals and temperatures up to 100C (212F).
Use for any pressure or vacuum system. 228225
will fit tubing 810 mm (1/43/8 I.D.). Overall
length 21/2. 228215 fits tubing 1115 mm
(7/165/8 I.D.). Overall length 23/4.
MODEL
MODEL
VALVE SIZE
EACH
EACH
1720C07
3/4
$21.39
228225
$4.09
1720C10
1"
24.39
228215
5.29
1720C15
11/2
28.89
1720C20
2"
41.39
1720C30
3"
76.59
228225
WELL SCREENS & POINTS
1720C20
Well screens are for dewatering wet areas and use as pump pre-filters in lakes,
ponds and culture systems to prevent debris or animals from being pumped
with the water. Made from Schedule 40 PVC pipe, screens have precision-cut
slots that are .01 or .04 and made horizontally to prevent collapsing and for
more open area per foot than vertical slotting. Use the .01 screens with the
WP well points to create a shallow well; use the .04 size for less clogging
or higher flowrates. Flowrates are per linear foot and are based on 0.1 ft/sec
entrance velocity. Order well points separately; see our PVC Fittings section
for threaded adapters, tees and caps to complete your installation. All screens
are 5 OAL and ship Oversize.
PLASTIC CHECK VALVES

For use in fresh water, salt water or air. Excellent
for foot valves on pumps. These plastic check
valves are offered without springs or with 1/2-lb
stainless steel springs for more positive closure.
WITHOUT SPRINGS
WITH SPRINGS
FNPT MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
3/4
CV1 $10.59
CV2 10.89 CV285 11.49
CV185 $11.49
11/4
CV3 16.09 CV385 16.99
11/2
CV4 19.19 CV485 20.19
CV5 23.49 CV585 22.29
Well Points Only (Fit Schedule 40 Pipe Also)

MODEL
CV1
PIPE SIZE
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
6+
WP125
11/4"
$1.89
$1.80
WP150
11/2"
2.39
2.27
WP200
2"
3.39
3.22
EACH
6+
PVC SWING CHECK VALVES
.01 Screens
For use in fresh or salt water with a minimum of head loss. Theyre
completely nonmetallic and use no springs. Theyre pressure rated up
to 100 PSI and mount both horizontally and vertically. They have a
full-flow design with a Buna-N seal and hinge (slip x slip). Not
recommended for use with air.
MODEL
PIPE SIZE
GPM/FT
SHIP WT (LBS)
WS1251
11/4"
.7
$15.89
$15.10
WS1501
11/2"
.8
17.39
16.52
WS2001
2"
1.3
20.29
19.28
PIPE SIZE
GPM/FT
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
6+
WS1504
11/2"
$21.39
$20.32
WS2004
2"
22.19
21.08
WS3004
3"
4.6
38.99
37.04
WS4004
4"
6.9
11
48.99
46.54
.04 Screens
MODEL
CV9
CCV12
WP150
VALVE PVC-WHITE
PVC-CLEAR
SIZE
MODEL EACH 4+ MODEL EACH 4+
3/4
CV9
CV10
$15.29 $13.76
16.59 14.93
11/4
CV11
16.99 15.29
11/2
CV12
17.49 15.74
CCV12
22.09 19.88
CV13
27.19 24.47
CCV13
34.69 31.22
CV14
51.29 46.16
CCV14
53.99 48.59
CV15
67.29 60.56
CCV15
77.29 69.56
WS1504
WP125
WS1251
.01 IS ABOUT 250 MICRONS (THE THICKNESS OF A BUSINESS CARD).

.04 IS ABOUT 1,000 MICRONS (HOUSEHOLD WINDOW SCREEN).
PLUMBING 355
Float Valves
INDUSTRIAL-SIZE FLOAT VALVES
FLOAT VALVE, MECHANICAL
These large-orifice PVC and polypropylene valves with EPDM O-rings are salt
water compatible. Maximum operating pressure is 80 psi.
MODEL
MODEL
EACH
541205-AQ 1/2" FNPT
3"
4.2"
12"
$209.99
541207
3/4" FNPT
3.5"
5"
12"
293.99
541210-AQ
1" FNPT
3.5"
5"
13.5"
362.29
541205-AQ
OAL
INLET
PIPE SIZE OUTLET
FLOW @
35 PSI
B&P
10"
1/4" HOSE
BARB
FREE FLOW
1.3 GPM
$6.79
RM262P
10"
1/4" MNPT
FREE FLOW
1.3 GPM
63.79
R825
8"
MGHT
FREE FLOW
2.0 GPM
33.89
RM214
10"
1/2" MNPT
3/8" COMP.
3.0 GPM
18.49
R7002F
20"
1/2" MNPT
1/2" MNPT
12 GPM
66.69
R610
28"
11/2" FNPT
FREE FLOW
112 GPM
141.19
BODY
RM65
EACH
B=Brass, P=Plastic, S=Stainless.

Note: 100 psi maximum pressure. OAL is overall length with float.
31/2"
RM214
R825
31/2"
8"
RM262P
R610
ABS FLOAT VALVE

Great for R/O tanks
FLOAT VALVE
MODEL EACH
Made of plastic for use with clean water only (do not
use recirculated water). Mount it to a water supply/
refill line at the desired water level. When that level
is reached, the valve shuts off. It will maintain the
level precisely at 1/4! Flow is 4 gpm @ 30 psi.
Operating range is 10 to 120 psi. 1 FNPT inlet.
RM51
MODEL
This mechanical float valve is made entirely of ABS plastic, compatible with
saltwater applications. It measures 81/4 long, has a 1/4 MPT inlet and a free
flow outlet. Flow @ 30 psi is 1 gpm; maximum 90 psi.
$20.79
PL9
5"
EACH
$36.99
3.75"
08356 SECTION
PLUMBING
SECTION
Products
Mesh
Products
/Tubes/Strainers/Foot
Products
/ Products
/ Products
/ Products
Valves
MESH TUBES, PLASTIC
STRAINERS
Made from high-density polyethylene, these perforated screen tubes are great
for fitting over standpipes, 3/16 (4 mm) openings. Sold in 44 lengths; fit nicely
over Schedule 40 PVC.
Made from high-density polyethylene.

MODEL
FNPT
OPENINGS
EACH
11/2"
1/4" x 1"
$7.99
MODEL
FITS OVER
EACH
TSS20
RT144
1" PVC
$10.29
TSS25
2"
1/4" x 1"
7.99
TSS35
1/2" x 11/2"
18.39
RT244X
2" PVC
20.09
RT344X
3" PVC
23.29
RT444X
4" PVC
26.99
TSS20
STRAINERS
Strainers fit check valves CV1 to CV4 and can be used
for many applications. Made of acetal resin. Overall
length includes threads. Strainer slots are
approximately 1/8 wide on all sizes.
RT144
MODEL
MNPT
OVERALL
LENGTH
CV1S
3/4"
23/4"
$1.39
CV2S
1"
3"
1.69
CV3S
11/4"
31/4"
1.79
CV4S
11/2"
4"
2.19
EACH
CV1S
FOOT VALVES
STRAINERS
These foot valves are perfect for koi ponds and small aquaculture applications.
Consisting of a check valve and a strainer, they keep water in the line of
non-self-priming pumps. The polymer check valves have no springs, can be
used in fresh or salt water and have a very low pressure loss. Strainers are
constructed of acetal resin plastic and have 1/8 slots.
Plastic strainers with slots that are approximately

1/8 wide in all sizes.
OVERALL
LENGTH
EACH
MODEL
MNPT
270554
1/2"
21/4"
$2.09
270556
3/4"
27/16"
2.39
175251
1"
213/16"
3.19
270557
11/2"
35/8"
5.19
270561
2"
37/8"
9.79
270554
MODEL
NPT
EACH
FTV34
3/4
$12.59
FTV1
1"
12.59
FTV114
11/4"
17.59
FTV112
11/2"
20.19
FTV1
TECH TALK 15
How to Glue PVC Pipe
1. Square pipe ends and remove all burrs, dirt and debris.
2. C heck the dry fit of the pipe and fitting. The pipe should easily fit in one-third of the way. Pipe
should not bottom when dry; it should be a snug fit.
3. Clean pipe and fitting with PVC cleaner, then prime with Purple Primer. Choose proper PVC
cement based on desired cure time (regular cement requires 24-hour cure vs "Rain Tight"
1-hour cure for low-pressure applications).
4. A pply a thin coat of PVC cement to fitting, avoiding puddling inside of pipe. Make certain
the entire socket surface is covered.
5. A pply a liberal coat of PVC cement to pipe. Make certain the entire pipe surface to the socket
depth is covered.
6. Q uickly assemble parts. Cement must be fluid when attaching segments.
If not, reapply cement to both parts.
7. P ush pipe FULLY into fitting using a 1/4 turn motion until pipe bottoms.
8. H old pipe and fitting together for 30 seconds, then wipe off excess glue with a cloth.
Watch that it doesn't creep back.
9. Keep cement container tightly closed when not in use.
10. Do not pressure test until cement is fully cured, usually 24 hours.
PLUMBING 357
Valves
GATE AND GLOBE VALVES
VALVE MANIFOLDS, MEDIUM
HOSE VALVE
Preferred where fine adjustments to flow are

needed. Acetal resin (plastic) valves may be used
for air or water at -20 to 180F and up to 100 psi.
The no-kink style has a MNPT on its base and
garden hose threads on the outlet. The VP31 is
white PVC (not rated for compressed air) with slip
sockets and glues onto 3/4 PVC pipe. All others are
threaded. Washerless.
Our valve manifolds will save you time and

aggravation. They are made with quarter-turn
valves (BV25). The manifold ports are 1/2 FNPT and
a 1/2 FNPT plug is included. Each valve is 1/4FNPT.
Easily turned handle. Rated up to 45 psi at

100F (38C).
MODEL
FOR TUBING
VC2
PLASTIC 1/2" FNPT GATE VALVE,

STRAIGHT
$6.29
VC3
PLASTIC 3/4" FNPT GATE VALVE,

STRAIGHT
6.29
VP31
PVC 3/4" SLIP VALVE, STRAIGHT
6.09
VK2
PLASTIC 1/2" MNPT VALVE, NO-KINK
5.29
VK3
PLASTIC 3/4" MNPT VALVE, NO-KINK
5.49
VC2
EACH
VK2
Each valve will pass 1/2 gpm with less than 1 psi
pressure loss. They also make excellent manifolds
for air distribution. The 1/2 threaded plug may be
removed for another connection.
MODEL
OAL
EACH
MV2
2-VALVE
8"
$25.99
MV3
3-VALVE
11"
30.19
MV4
4-VALVE
14"
37.49
MV5
5-VALVE
16"
47.59
MV6
6-VALVE
18"
54.99
VALVE MANIFOLDS, LARGE
MODEL
OAL
EACH
FOR TUBING
EACH
PV2
2-VALVE
8"
$27.49
VBB2 1/2" FNPT
$12.59
PV3
3-VALVE
11"
42.49
VBB3 3/4" FNPT
18.79
PV4
4-VALVE
14"
48.29
VBB4
30.19
PV5
5-VALVE
17"
58.89
PV6
6-VALVE
20"
66.09
MODEL
1" FNPT
VBB2
MINIATURE STOPCOCKS
For low-pressure air and water.
FOR TUBING
EACH
10+
USE FOR WATER TO 100 PSI.
5/16"
$2.09
$1.88
MSK610
3/8"
2.19
1.97
DRUM FAUCET
MSK714
1/2"
2.59
2.33
MSK816
5/8"
2.59
2.33
Here is a very low-cost polyethylene valve that can

be used in low-pressure applications. Two-piece
construction, 3/4 MNPT threads.
MODEL
EACH
25+
DV34
$3.59
$3.23
MSK558
MODEL
42115-AQ
EACH 25+
$1.69 $1.52
MODEL
RC9 and RC10 are made of polyester (PBT) that

offers permanent rigidity and stiffness even
in high-humidity areas. Infinite variable flow.
Easy one-hand operation. No metal parts.
Chemical and temperature resistant. No corrosion.
Ideal for continuous, long-term use for air or water.
Autoclavable to 320F (160C).
MODEL FOR TUBING
EACH
RC9
1/8" TO
7/16" I.D.
$7.99
RC10
1/4" TO
9/16" I.D.
8.89
RC9
TUBING VALVES
Clamp Type
EACH
TV1
1/2" MPT
$13.19
TV2
3/4" MPT
15.39
FOR TUBING
EACH
DC9
UP TO 1/4 I.D. $.25
DC10
1/8 TO 3/8 I.D. 0.95
DC11
UP TO 3/4 I.D. 2.79
DC9
PLASTIC NEEDLE VALVE
MODEL
Barb accepts 5/8 I.D. flexible tubing. Polyethylene.
MSK816
DRIP EMITTER
These needle valves are small gate valves designed

for applications where accurate flow is required.
Valves have a barb inlet/ outlet.
SPIGOT VALVE
MSK610
$7.09
Can be used in almost any flow application.

They have an infinite adjustment up to 2 gph and
will screw into a 10-32 thread, 3/16" tubing or into
the open end of a riser tube.
MODEL
PV5
MSK558
MSK714
1/2 I.D.
Manufactured of tough plastic without sharp edges.

DC9 is an on/off valve only. The DC10 and DC11
have a 12-position ratchet control. Accurate
and economical.
Note: OAL = overall length
MODEL
70012
EACH
TUBING VALVES
MV6
The PVC globe valves are glued together as

manifolds to save you time. Each valve will pass
2 gpm with less than 1 psi pressure loss. These
PVC valves have 1/2 FNPT outlets. The manifold
ports are 1/2 FNPT and a threaded plug is included,
which may be removed for another connection.
BRASS BALL VALVES
FOR TUBING
Note: OAL = overall length
VP31
These top-quality ball valves feature corrosionresistant, chrome-plate balls and PTFE seals for
years of high-temperature easy, operation. The
body is LA 377 brass forging. Plated steel handle
with vinyl grip.
MODEL
TV1
FOR TUBING
EACH
NV14
1/4" I.D.
$12.79
NV38
3/8" I.D.
13.09
NV12
1/2" I.D.
13.09
NV14
358 PLUMBING
SECTION
Bulkhead
Products /Fittings
Products / Products
PREMIUM PVC BULKHEAD FITTINGS
ECONOMICAL PLASTIC BULKHEAD FITTINGS
TECH FAV
Made of ABS plastic. One EPDM gasket included.
Our highest quality, BFA Series, PVC tank adapters

have left-hand threads and a hex-shaped body that
allows one-person installation. Heavy-duty,
full-buttress threads help prevent leaks under
pressure. Select either slip or female inside pipe
thread. One EPDM gasket included.
MODEL
GASKET#
SIZE
BKF10
MODEL
GASKET #
SIZE
BKF121
Q10G
1/2"
SLIP
SLIP
11/8 "
3/4"
$4.49
EACH
BKF122
Q10G
1/2"
SLIP
FIPT
11/8 "
3/4"
4.49
Q10G
1/2"
FIPT
SLIP
11/8 "
3/4"
4.49
Q10G
1/2"
FIPT
FIPT
11/8 "
3/4"
4.49
35012L
D
35012L
GK1
1/2"
FIPT
FIPT
13/8"
22/25"
$17.29
BKF123
35034L
GK2
3/4"
FIPT
FIPT
15/8"
22/25"
21.79
BKF124
35100L
GK3
1"
FIPT
17/8"
FIPT
22/25"
EACH
23.09
BKF341
GK1
3/4"
SLIP
SLIP
13/8 "
1"
5.19
GK1
3/4"
SLIP
FIPT
13/8 "
1"
5.19
GK1
3/4"
FIPT
SLIP
13/8 "
1"
5.19
FIPT
FIPT
13/8 "
35114L
GK4
11/4"
FIPT
FIPT
23/4"
2"
31.59
BKF342
35112L
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
FIPT
23/4"
2"
34.39
BKF343
35200L
GK5
2"
FIPT
FIPT
31/4"
2"
44.49
BKF344
GK1
3/4"
1"
5.19
35300L
GK6
3"
FIPT
FIPT
41/2"
23/25"
78.89
BKF10
GK2
1"
SLIP
SLIP
13/4"
11/2"
5.59
35400L
GK7
4"
FIPT
FIPT
53/4"
29/20"
146.29
BKF11
GK2
1"
SLIP
FIPT
13/4"
11/2"
5.59
36012L
GK1
3/4"
SLIP
FIPT
13/8"
22/25"
15.09
BKF12
GK2
1"
FIPT
SLIP
13/4"
11/2"
5.59
36034L
GK2
3/4"
SLIP
FIPT
15/8"
22/25"
16.69
BKF13
GK2
1"
FIPT
FIPT
13/4"
11/2"
5.59
36100L
GK3
1"
SLIP
FIPT
17/8"
22/25"
18.39
BKF1120
GK4
11/2"
SLIP
SLIP
23/8 "
13/4"
6.59
13/4"
6.59
13/4"
6.59
36114L
GK4
11/4"
SLIP
FIPT
23/4"
2"
24.49
BKF1121
GK4
11/2"
SLIP
FIPT
23/8 "
36112L
GK4
11/2"
SLIP
FIPT
23/4"
2"
24.49
BKF1122
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
SLIP
23/8 "
36200L
GK5
2"
SLIP
FIPT
31/4"
2"
36.19
BKF1123
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
FIPT
23/8 "
13/4"
6.59
36300L
GK6
3"
SLIP
FIPT
41/2"
23/25"
71.29
BKF20
GK5
2"
SLIP
SLIP
27/8 "
115/16"
7.79
36400L
GK7
4"
SLIP
FIPT
53/4"
29/20"
131.09
BKF21
GK5
2"
SLIP
FIPT
27/8 "
115/16"
7.79
BKF22
GK5
2"
FIPT
SLIP
27/8 "
115/16"
7.79
BKF23
GK5
2"
FIPT
FIPT
27/8 "
115/16"
7.79
POLYPROPYLENE BULKHEAD FITTINGS

They are similar to, but softer than, the PVC bulkhead
fittings. These female threaded bulkhead fittings are
great for most bulkhead applications. One EPDM
gasket included.
BULKHEAD FITTINGS
These are a lower strength alternative to our
top-quality PVC bulkheads and quite adequate for
most applications. One EPDM gasket included.
TF1
MODEL
GASKET #
SIZE
EACH
TF1
GK2
1/2"
FIPT
FIPT
13/4"
3/8"
$6.09
TF2
GK2
3/4"
FIPT
FIPT
13/4"
1/2"
TF3
GK3
1"
FIPT
FIPT
2"
TF4
GK4
11/4"
FIPT
FIPT
TF5
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
TF6
GK5
2"
TF7
GK6
TF8
GK7
BKF4
MODEL
GASKET #
SIZE
6.09
BKF1
Q10G
1/2"
FIPT
FIPT
11/8"
3/4"
$5.99
1/2"
7.29
BKF2
Q10G
1/2"
FIPT
SLIP
11/8"
3/4"
6.99
29/16"
1/2"
8.59
BKF3
GK1
3/4"
FIPT
FIPT
17/16"
1"
6.69
FIPT
29/16"
1/2"
8.59
BKF4
GK2
1"
FIPT
SLIP
13/4"
11/2"
8.59
FIPT
FIPT
31/4"
3/4"
10.39
BKF5
GK2
1"
FIPT
FIPT
13/4"
11/2"
8.29
3"
FIPT
FIPT
41/2"
1"
19.69
BKF6
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
SLIP
23/8"
13/4"
9.99
4"
FIPT
FIPT
55/16"
23/4"
47.09
BKF7*
GK5
*BKF7 is white
2"
FIPT
SLIP
27/8"
13/4"
12.89
Bulkhead Buying Key

Follow this key carefully to get the right bulkhead. Note that F is on the flange side
and L is length between the gasket and the nut when the nut is at the maximum
distance. The size of a bulkhead refers to the plumbing connections, the F or B
dimension. The size of the hole needed is the D dimension. Do not use these
threads for plumbing connections. All of our bulkheads come with one gasket. For
most applications only one gasket is needed, located on the flange side, whether or
not the flange side is on the water side
Flange Side (E)
Gasket
Nut
EACH
PLUMBING
SECTION 359
ProductsTank
/ Products
Fitting Kits/Drains
/ Products
TANK FITTING KITS
BOTTOM DRAINS
An inlet strainer and elbow are included with these color-coordinated bulkhead
kits. The in/out fits standard PVC pipe, so you can make many variations of your
own. Bulkheads are also available separately. The kit includes bulkhead, 90
elbow and inlet screen, which fits both sides of the bulkhead. Black is standard.
Aquadyne Rhino Bottom Drains are machine manufactured from schedule

80 PVC materials, with NO injection molding. All Rhino drains can be installed
with extreme confidence in any application by first time installers or
experienced professionals. Rhino drains are installed in aquatic environments
from ponds, water features, public aquariums, zoos, hatcheries, research
facilities, aquaponics and quarantine systems. A bottom drain is one of the
most important parts of a water installation, in that its integrity is paramount
to the success of the entire project. One-year warranty.
MODEL
GASKET#
TFK1
Q10G
TFO1
Q10G
TFK2
GK1
TFO2
GK1
TFK3
GK2
TFO3
GK2
DIA.
EACH
10+
BULKHEAD KIT, 1/2"
11/8"
BULKHEAD ONLY, 1/2"
11/8"
3/4"
$7.29
$6.56
3/4"
5.29
4.76
BULKHEAD KIT, 3/4"
13/8"
11/4"
7.79
7.01
BULKHEAD ONLY, 3/4"
13/8"
11/4"
5.79
5.21
BULKHEAD KIT, 1"
13/4"
2"
8.19
7.37
BULKHEAD ONLY, 1"
13/4"
2"
5.99
5.39
Thicker flanges and liner attachment ring that will not flex, distort or crack
All attachments are precision machine fitted for extra strength with no need
for gap filling
Thermally welded joints provide extreme durability in the most
demanding environments
No injection molded components which would weaken the structure
Rhino I - Inline vertical drains with 12 anti-vortexing cover
Rhino Retro - Over the liner, no cut, retrofit drains for environments without
bottom drains, or for those who do not want to install a through the liner drain
Rhino I OFS Threaded for an over flow standpipe or a side wall return
Rhino II - Heavy duty commercial drain with air diffuser and 4 return
TFK3
BOTTOM DRAIN
This 4 bottom drain is for use in liner ponds and concrete ponds. Its antivortex
drain cover forces water to enter from the bottom of the pond, and its large
intake helps reduce pump pressure. SAE standard pipe connection, use with
4 PVC. Offset suction port creates a swirl action that helps remove debris.
Includes everything you need for easy liner installation.
RHINO I
RHINO RETRO
RHINO I OFS
RHINO II
MODEL EACH
SBD4
$84.59
REPLACEMENT BULKHEAD FITTING GASKETS

Made of EPDM material. One gasket is included in all of the bulkhead fittings
on page 358. For most applications, only one gasket is needed which is
located on the flange side whether or not the flange side is on the water side.
MODEL EACH
GK1 $1.89
GK2
1.19
GK3
1.39
GK4
1.39
GK5
1.79
GK6
3.09
GK7
29.69
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
RHINO I
BDRH12
2 BOTTOM DRAIN
$82.99
BDRH13
3 BOTTOM DRAIN
82.99
BDRH14
4 BOTTOM DRAIN
88.19
RHINO RETRO
GK5
Q10G .75
Drain Tip
If you reuse your drain water, it's best if you gravity flow it to your filter, as a pump
will puree it and make it much harder to filter out. But don't make your drain piping
too large in diameter. If the water travels too slowly, waste will settle in the pipe.
You should always have a dump valve at the end of the drain pipe. When you open it,
a surge of high velocity water will scour out all settled material and prevent it from
contaminating your recirculated water.
BDRTO2
2 ABOVE THE LINER DRAIN
93.49
BDRTO3
3 ABOVE THE LINER DRAIN
103.99
BDOFS2
2 OVERFLOW DRAIN OR SIDEWALL RETURN
93.49
BDOFS3
103.99
BDOFS4
135.49
RHINO I OFS
RHINO II
BDRH2A
4 BOTTOM DRAIN W/ AIR DIFFUSER
24
376.99
BDRH2O
4 BOTTOM DRAIN W/O AIR DIFFUSER
23
324.49
360 PLUMBING
SECTION
Plugs/Couplings/Caps
EXPANSION PLUGS
HAND TITE EXPANSION PLUGS
Expansion plugs are suitable for all low- and medium-pressure water
applications. A simple twist of the wingnut will produce a watertight seal.
The 11/2, 2 and 3 plugs fit the end of pipes only. The 4, 6 and 8 plugs
can also be inserted into the pipe.
This reusable Hand Tite expansion plug is excellent for many applications
and can be used in any pipe, including plastic, clay and iron. It seals the bell
and spigot ends of pipes as well as jagged holes. Plugs are made of nylon
and rubber and can be used in salt water. No tools required for installation.
MODEL
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
PRESSURE
EP1
11/2" END PLUG
40' HEAD
EACH
MODEL
PIPE SIZE
$5.39
HT4D
4"
EACH
$15.09
EP2
2" END PLUG
40' HEAD
6.49
HT6D
6"
17.39
EP3
3" END PLUG
40' HEAD
8.39
HT8D
8"
41.89
EP4
4" PIPE PLUG
40' HEAD
10.69
HT10D
10"
121.79
EP6
6" PIPE PLUG
30' HEAD
23.69
HT12D
12"
140.69
EP8
8" PIPE PLUG
30' HEAD
50.09
HT4D
Hand Tite is a registered trademark of R. Tim Graham.
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
These couplings are extremely useful for adapting different materials and
sizes, making temporary connections or for permanent connections that must
allow some movement. Not FDA-approved for potable water. Clamps are
included. Use in low-pressure applications only.
EP1
End Plug
EP4
Pipe Plug
TEE ELIMINATORS
Here is a hard-to-find, cost-saving fitting. A PVC 3 x 3/4 reducing tee costs
about $10. These tee eliminators can do the same thing for under a buck. Just
drill a hole, press in a tee eliminator, then thread in your pipe. Made of flexible
PVC with female pipe threads. They work in all rigid pipe materials with pipe
walls between 1/8 and 1/4 thick (use holesaws).
MODEL
FPT SIZE
MIN. PIPE I.D.
HOLE SIZE
EACH
FC32
1/2"
1"
1"
$.75
FC34
3/4"
11/4"
1-3/16
.90
FC36
1"
11/2"
1 7/16
1.09
MODEL
PVC PIPE SIZE
EACH
MODEL
PVC PIPE SIZE
FC1
11/4" x 11/4"
$5.99
FC8
3" x 3"
$11.29
FC2
11/2" x 11/4"
6.89
FC9
4" x 11/2"
12.29
FC3
11/2" x 11/2"
7.49
FC10
4" x 2"
12.99
13.29
FC4
2" x 11/2"
8.29
FC11
4" x 3"
FC5
2" x 2"
8.99
FC12
4" x 4"
13.99
FC6
3" x 11/2"
9.99
FC13
6" x 4"
26.99
FC7
3" x 2"
10.59
FC14
6" x 6"
28.99
QUICK CAPS
For testing or easy cleanout of low-pressure piping. Clamp included.
FC36
EACH
MODEL
PVC PIPE
SIZE
QC1
11/2"
QC2
2"
7.19
QC3
3"
8.79
QC4
4"
11.49
QC5
6"
16.19
QC6
8"
32.49
EACH
$6.39
PLUMBING
SECTION 361
Products / Products
Hose/Clamps
/ Products
DISCHARGE HOSE
SUCTION/DISCHARGE HOSE
This is a good quality, polyvinyl-coated discharge hose. It is UV-resistant for

extra long life outdoors. It lies flat when not in use, which allows easy storage
and handling. The maximum roll length is 300, but we will cut it to any size
for you.
This PVC hose is externally ribbed with smooth inside surfaces. It weighs about
half that of rubber suction hose. Rated at 28 Hg vacuum at 68F. Its small bend
radius (see below) and high strength will give reliable service for pumping,
siphoning, fish hauling, etc. Full rolls are 100 feet.
A502

MODEL
ACTUAL
SHIP WT/100
I.D. (LBS)
A50112
11/2" 16
EACH
$.95/FT

MODEL
ACTUAL
I.D.
SH4
11/2" 90
MAX
PSI
MINIMUM
BEND RADIUS
6"
SH5-AQ 2" 70 9"
MAX*
LENGTH
SHIP WT/FOOT
(LBS)
100'
0.5
50' 0.7
SH6
3" 60 13" 20' 1.3

4" 50 18"
A502
2" 23
1.19/FT
SH8
A503
3" 39
1.79/FT
*Maximum per ground carton; 100 Maximum by truck.
A504
4" 52
1.99/FT
8'
2.1
EACH
$2.99/FT
4.29/FT
7.09/FT
11.19/FT
UNISEAL RUBBER SEAL
STAINLESS STEEL HOSE CLAMPS
Why use an expensive bulkhead when you can use a Uniseal? Just drill a
hole in the pipe, tank or bucket, insert a Uniseal, then put some window
cleaner on the end of the pipe and push it in. Feels like rubber, but they are
made of MPR, rated to 40 psi and warranted for 25 years.
They are immune to cold, will not harden and hold pressure and vacuum.
The sizes below correspond to standard Schedule 40 PVC pipe. Fit tank wall
thicknesses up to 1/2.
You can find clamps for less, but then they must be replaced when the
screw rusts away. These quality clamps are all stainless steel (#301SS band)
including the screw (#410SS)! The one-piece housing is locked to the band
without spot welds. The band is 9/16 wide (5/16 on SSAA) and the screw has
both a slotted head and a 5/16 hex. Choose clamps with a larger maximum
diameter than the outside diameter (O.D.) of the tubing that it will be holding.
MODEL
PIPE SIZE
PIPE O.D.
HOLESAW SIZE
EACH
U050
1/2"
.84"
11/4"
$1.59
U075
3/4"
1.05"
11/4"
1.69
U100
1"
1.31"
13/4"
1.99
U125
11/4"
1.66"
2"
2.39
U150
11/2"
1.90"
21/2"
2.69
U200
2"
2.37"
3"
4.69
U300
3"
3.50"
4"
5.09
U400
4"
4.50"
5"
6.29
6"
6.62"
7"
7.79
U600
Uniseal is a registered trademark of Uniseal, Inc.
Tank Wall
Pipe
Push Pipe
From This Side
DIAMETER
MODEL
SIZE
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
EACH
SSAA
1/4"
0.22"
0.62"
$1.09
SSA
1/2"
0.38"
0.88"
1.29
SSB
3/4"
0.50"
1.06"
1.39
SSC
1"
0.75"
1.75"
1.49
SSD
11/4"
1.00"
2.00"
1.49
SSE
11/2"
1.25"
2.25"
1.49
SSF
2"
1.50"
2.50"
1.69
SSG
21/2"
2.25"
3.25"
1.79
SSH
31/2"
2.50"
4.50"
1.79
SSI
4"
3.00"
5.00"
2.19
SSJ
5"
4.50"
6.50"
3.39
362 PLUMBING
SECTION
Pipe
Products
Hangers/Supports/Clamps/PVC
/ Products / Products Pipe
PIPE HANGERS
PLASTIC CLAMPS
FOR VINYL TUBING
Hangers can be mounted on the floor, wall or

overhead. After all the hangers are attached,
push pipe into the open jaws, and a sharp click
signals that it is locked in place. They also release
easily. Meets UPC (Uniform Plumbing Code)
specifications. Sizes below fit PVC, CPVC, ABS,
PE, PP, PB and fiberglass pipe nominal sizes.
Temperature range: -40 to 180F. Reusable.
MODEL
CP7A
EACH
CP4 1/2
$.99
CP6 3/4
1.49
CP7A 1
1.99
CP8 11/4
2.79
These quick ratcheting, noncorroding

clamps work very well on vinyl tubing.
They tighten by hand or with pliers and are
releasable/reusable. Not for highpressure applications. Maximum
diameters shown are with two teeth
engaged. UV-resistant.
SNP2
MODEL
CLAMP MIN
MAXIMUM
DIAMETER
FITS VINYL TUBING

PART NO.
SNP2
0.35"
0.39"
TV40
$.50
EACH
SNP6
0.45"
0.51"
TV60
.75
CP9 11/2
3.59
SNP10
0.57"
0.65"
TV70/TVR60
.75
CP10A 2
4.49
SNP14
0.70"
0.80"
TV80/TVR70
.75
CP11A 21/2
6.69
SNP19
0.86"
1"
TVR80
.75
CP12A 3
9.89
SNP24
1"
1.13"
TV90/TVR90
.99
CP13A 4
17.69
FLEXIBLE PVC PIPE - SCHEDULE 40

This flexible Schedule 40 PVC pipe permits
compound curves, greatly reducing the number of
fittings otherwise required. It also reduces friction
loss caused by elbows. Standard Schedule 40 or 80
PVC fittings can be used. A special solvent cement
(235) is required (do not use purple primeruse
acetone as a pipe primer).
COLOR
ID
(IN)
PSI @
70 F
MAX BEND
RADIUS
SOLD PER FOOT

MODEL
SOLD PER ROLL

MODEL
LENGTH
SHIP WT
LBS
WHITE
100
2"
FPP12F
$1.49
FPP12
100'
14
$71.19
WHITE
100
2"
FPP34F
1.69
FPP34
100'
17
105.89
WHITE
65
5"
FPP112F
2.49
FPP112
50'
23
77.69
BLACK
100
2"
BFPP12F
1.09
BFPP12
100'
14
102.69
BLACK
BLACK
100
2"
BFPP34F
1.29
BFPP34
100'
17
133.19
100
3"
BFPP1F
1.79
BFPP1
50'
13
62.69
EACH
BLACK
80
4"
BFPP114F
1.89
BFPP114
50'
22
81.19
BLACK
65
5"
BFPP112F
2.19
BFPP112
50'
23
87.09
BLACK
60
6"
BFPP2F
3.19
BFPP2
50'
32
130.69
MODEL
235
FLEXIBLE PVC PIPE SOLVENT CEMENT ( PINT CAN)
HAZMAT A
PVC PIPE SUPPORTS
PVC SADDLE
These inexpensive pipe clamps are ideal for floor and wall mounting but not for
overhead mounting of water pipes. They fit standard PVC pipe. A single screw
(not included) mounts each pipe support.
Our straight PVC saddle is easy to install. Just drill a

3/8 hole into 1/2 PVC pipe and secure the saddle in
place with PVC glue. 1/8 FNPT threads.
MODEL
MODEL
CP14
BLACK, 11/2
CP15
WHITE, 2
EACH
EACH
$1.39
VS1
STRAIGHT SADDLE
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
0.6
$10.49
EACH
$1.39
1.69
VS1 W/VBR12
CP14
Brass Valve
Not Included
PLUMBING
SECTION 363
Silicone
Products
Tubing/Valve/Vinyl
Tubing
SILICONE TUBING, AQUARIUM

Extremely flexible, kink-resistant, UV- and tear-resistant, nontoxic, tinted light
blue and affordable, this high quality silicone tubing could become your favorite
aquarium tubing. Autoclavable. Temperature range -80 to 500F.
Its 1/8 I.D. fits aquarium devices and 3/16 barbed fittings.
MODEL LENGTH
TP30S 100
EACH
$56.69
VALVE FOR SILICONE TUBING

Precision ABS, special low-cost roll clamp, for use with silicone tubing,
has flow regulating accuracy compatible to needle valve. Design allows for
precise and uniform flow control of air or liquids and stays where its set.
It will only work with our silicone tubing.
MODEL EACH
290
$.25
CLEAR RIGID TUBING

Rigid tubing is ideal for microalgae and zooplankton culture tanks where
aeration is required at the bottom of the tank. This is a thin-walled (only
.020" to .030" thick), rigid, "straw-like" tube. Sold in 36" length. To extend
length, use a piece of vinyl tubing as a coupler.
MODEL
LENGTH
O.D.
FITS TUBING
EACH
6+
16005 36" 3/16"
TP30
$2.89 $2.31
16010 36" 5/16"
TV40
2.99 2.39
16015 36" 3/8"
TV60
3.09 2.47
16025 36" 1/2"
TP70
3.99 3.19
16035 36" 5/8"
TV80
5.59 4.47
16040 36" 3/4"
TV90
6.99 5.59
16045 36"
TV100
7.49 5.99
1"
16045
16025
16015
16005
BLACK AND WHITE VINYL TUBING

Opaque (non-transparent) tubing blocks sunlight to eliminate algae growth
when used for water delivery. Black hides well in garden ponds, etc. Working
pressures same as clear tubing above.
SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER ROLL
COLOR
ID
OD
MODEL
BLACK 3/16 5/16 BTP30HDF
EACH
MODEL
LENGTH
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
$.50 BTP30HD 100 4 $25.99
BLACK 1/4 3/8
BTV40F
.55 BTV40
100 4 31.49
BLACK 1/2 5/8
BTV70F
.85 BTV70
100 8 56.29
WHITE 3/16 5/16 WTP30HDF
.50 WTP30HD 100 4 29.39
WHITE 1/4 3/8
WTV40F
.55 WTV40
100 4 33.89
WHITE 3/8 1/2
WTV60F
.65 WTV60
100 5 48.19
WHITE 1/2 5/8
WTV70F
.70 WTV70
100 8 52.69
BTP30HD
BTV40
BTV70
WTP30HD
WTV40
WTV60
WTV70
364 PLUMBING
SECTION
Clear
Products
PVC/Pipe/Fittings/Tubing
Products / Products
CLEAR PVC PIPE
TYGON S3 E-3603 FLEXIBLE TUBING
If you need to see what is going on inside your pipes, this

clearly is what you need (does have slight blue tint). Use
economical short lengths to see the degree of microbial
growth inside the piping or build entire clear systems for
research, prototypes, oxygen saturators, etc.
Specifically formulated for lab use, this flexible tubing works with almost any
inorganic chemical. Flexible and clear, it is noncontaminating, autoclavable
and ideal for liquid and ozone gas transmission.

ID
(IN)
This clear PVC pipe is FDA-approved for food contact

applications. May be cold sterilized in ethylene oxide.
It is fully compatible with regular Schedule 40 PVC pipe
fittings. Install with regular PVC cement. Use compression couplings,
flexible couplings or unions to facilitate cleaning.
Sold by the foot, 6 length maximum. Lengths 5 and over ship Oversize.
MODEL
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
MAX PSI
ACTUAL O.D.
300
0.8"
WEIGHT PER FOOT
FOOT
C100-AQ
1/2"
C101
3/4"
240
1.1"
.1 lb
3.99
C102
1"
220
1.3"
.2 lb
4.99
.1 lb
1/8
1/4
TT18F $1.29 TT18 $53.59
3/16
5/16
TT316F
1.89 TT316
75.59
1/4 3/8
TT14F
2.29 TT14
92.39
3/8 1/2
TT38F
3.79 TT38 155.39
5/8 13/16
TT58F
6.29 TT58 262.49
3/4 1
TT34F
7.89 TT34 362.29
$3.19
C103
11/4"
180
1.7"
.2 lb
7.79
C104
11/2"
170
1.9"
.2 lb
8.89
C105
2"
140
2.4"
.3 lb
11.19
C106
3"
130
3.5"
.4 lb
24.79
C107
4"
110
4.5"
.6 lb
34.79
C108
6"
45
6.6"
1.0 lb
61.29
373
OD
SOLD PER FOOT
SOLD PER 50 ROLL
(IN)
MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
TT18
Tygon S3 is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Corp.
9.59
PVC CEMENT, 1 PINT
Note: there is a cut fee. First cut is free; each cut thereafter is $1.00
CLEAR PVC FITTINGS

Schedule 40 PVC
ACRYLIC TUBING
This extruded acrylic tubing has only a 1/8 (3.2 mm) thick wall and is much
clearer and lighter than our clear PVC pipe. Standard PVC cement can be used to
bond acrylic tubing to PVC for most low-pressure applications.
TAGL is light-bodied; allow 24 hours to cure fully. Sold and priced by the foot.
Only TA4 and TA5 are compatible with PVC sockets.
Like the clear PVC above, these slip PVC fittings

use regular PVC cement (373).
TEES
C401005
1/2"
$9.19
MODEL
APPROXIMATE SIZE
FITS PVC SOCKET
C401007
3/4"
10.39
TA3
2" O.D.
$5.39
FOOT
C401010
1"
17.59
TA4
31/2" O.D.
3"
10.19
C401015
11/2"
35.69
TA5
41/2" O.D.
4"
15.19
C401020
2"
50.89
ACRYLIC CEMENT
8.79
Tee
TAGL
Note: there is a cut fee. First cut is free; each cut thereafter is $1.00
90 ELBOWS
C406005
1/2"
8.09
C406007
3/4"
6.79
C406010
1"
14.89
C406015
11/2"
23.89
C406020
2"
41.79
90 Elbow
TAGL
COUPLING
C429005
1/2"
4.59
C429007
3/4"
6.69
C429010
1"
10.69
C429015
11/2"
17.59
C429020
2"
21.99
TA3
Coupling
PLUMBING
SECTION 365
Clear Vinyl
Products
Tubing/Cutters/Lead
Weight
CLEAR VINYL TUBING

FDA-approved clear vinyl tubing. Our aquarium tubing (TP30) is a very high
quality product with a slightly larger I.D. and heavier wall than the typical 1/8
I.D. aquarium tubing. This tubing is rated at 36 psi @ 72F (22C).
Note: Vinyl tubing is not recommended for use with pure oxygen or ozone.
TV100
TV40
TP30HD

OUTSIDE DIAMETER
INSIDE DIAMETER
WALL
INCHES
MM
INCHES
MM
THICKNESS
TP30
MAX WORKING
SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER COIL
PRESSURE
COIL
SHIP WT
@ 90F
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
LENGTH
(LBS)
EACH
5/32
4.0
1/4
6.4
1/16"
30 PSI
TP30F $0.30
TP30
500
6 $66.39
3/16
4.8
5/16
7.9
1/8"
40 PSI
TP30HDF
TP30HD
100
4 22.59
1/4
6.4
3/8
9.5
1/8"
40 PSI
TV40F 0.65 TV40
100
4 26.09
3/8
9.5
1/2
12.7
1/8"
30 PSI
TV60F 0.55 TV60
100
5 30.99
1/2
12.7
5/8
15.9
1/8"
30 PSI
TV70F 0.65 TV70
100
8 39.29
5/8
15.9
3/4
19.1
1/8"
20 PSI
TV80F 0.99 TV80
100
8 74.09
0.40
3/4
19.1
25.4
1/4"
20 PSI
TV90F 1.69 TV90
100
21 117.09
25.4
11/4
31.8
1/4"
15 PSI
TV100F 2.09
TV100
100
26 155.19
11/4
31.8
11/2
38.1
1/4"
15 PSI
TV125F 3.69
TV125
100
30 320.89
LEAD WEIGHT
SOFT TUBING CUTTERS
Use these 1-oz lead weights with Vinyl Clear Tubing,

model TP30, to counteract the buoyancy of air tubing if
diffusers are more than 30" deep.
These handy cutters are great for cutting vinyl tubing, rubber hose,
polyethylene, rope and other soft materials. The KT100 cuts up to 1
outside diameter tubing, while the KT200 cuts up to 2 in diameter.
Plastic body with stainless steel blade.
MODEL EACH
LEAD
1 OZ. LEAD WEIGHT
MODEL
$0.40
LEAD WEIGHT
EACH
KT100
1 CUTTER
$17.49
KT200
2 CUTTER
19.69
KT100
REINFORCED CLEAR VINYL TUBING

Synthetic, fiber-reinforced, food-grade tubing
preferred for its kink resistance, high-pressure
rating and flexibility. Tough, flexible, polyvinyl tubing
has excellent clarity, is odorless and nontoxic.
Temperature range -48 to 160F.
TVR200
TVR150
TVR125

INSIDE DIAMETER
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
WALL
INCHES
MM
INCHES
MM
THICKNESS
TVR100
TVR90
Note: Vinyl tubing is not recommended for use with

pure oxygen or ozone.
MAX WORKING
SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER COIL
PRESSURE
COIL
SHIP WT
@ 90F
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
LENGTH
(LBS)
EACH
.250
6.4
.380
9.7
.06
120 PSI
TVR40F $0.99
TVR40
50 3 $34.69
.375
9.5
.600
15.1
.112
120 PSI
TVR60F 1.19
TVR60
50 4
.500
12.7
.750
9.1
.125
100 PSI
TVR70F
TVR70
50 6
64.19
.625
15.9
.875
22.2
.125
100 PSI
TVR80F 1.99
TVR80
50 7
78.79
.750
19.1
1.025
26.0
.137
80 PSI
TVR90F
1.00
25.4
1.312
33.3
.156
80 PSI
TVR100F 3.19
TVR100
50 8 138.69
1.49
2.39
TVR90
49.39
50 9 95.29
1.25
31.8
1.687
42.9
.218
60 PSI
TVR125F
4.79
TVR125
50 30 194.89
1.50
38.1
1.88
47.8
.19
60 PSI
TVR150F
6.69
TVR150
50 30 264.29
2.00
50.8
2.50
63.5
.25
40 PSI
TVR200F
11.09
TVR200
50 51 372.69
All our nonreinforced tubing is marked every 12" for easy measuring. Reinforced tubing has a higher pressure rating.
366 PLUMBING
SECTION
Brass
Products
Adapters/Modular
Piping/Taps/Drill Bits
FLEXIBLE BLACK MODULAR PIPING
BRASS ADAPTERS
This modular piping snaps together for use in tanks and aquariums (expect
some joint leakage). Its unique ball-socket joint design makes it extremely
flexible and enables the creation of custom flow patterns in tanks.
These high-quality, brass, male adapters will work

at high temperatures to 150 psi. Model 62025B has
3/4 nominal female pipe thread. They are made
of CA360, CA345 or CA370 brass for years of
continuous use. Note: Barb sizes are nominal
(1/2 = .62 actual).
MODEL
EACH
JT1
1/2" FLEX. JOINT TUBING, 6"
$4.19
JT2
1/2" ROUND NOZZLE
1.59
JT10
MODEL
MALE ADAPTERS
EACH
62001B*
1/8" NPT X 3/16" BARB
$0.99
62007B
1/8" NPT X 1/4" BARB
1.39
1.39
JT3
1/2" 90 NOZZLE
2.19
JT4
1/2" MPT CONNECTOR
1.59
62009B
JT5
1/2" Y FITTING
3.49
62005B*
1/4" NPT X 3/16" BARB
1.69
JT6
1/2" ELBOW FITTING
3.09
62006B
1.49
JT7
1/2" MPT VALVE
9.69
62008B
1.49
JT8
1/2" FPT VALVE
8.19
JT9
1/2" IN-LINE VALVE
9.39
JT10
1/2" MULTINOZZLE, 15 FLOWS
30.69
JT11
1/2" X 1.2" FLARED NOZZLE
3.29
JT12
3/4" FLEX. JOINT TUBING, 6"
5.19
JT13
3/4" ROUND NOZZLE
1.69
JT14
3/4" MPT CONNECTOR
1.79
JT15
3/4" Y FITTING
7.09
JT16
3/4" F X 1/2" M ADAPTER
3.49
JT17
3/4" X 3" FLARED NOZZLE
6.39
78002
ASSEMBLY PLIERS FOR 1/2"

TUBING
15.79
78004
ASSEMBLY PLIERS FOR 3/4"

TUBING
26.29
JT1/JT12
JT15
JT7
JT4/ JT3
JT14
JT9
JT6
JT8
62010B
1.59
62014B
3.29
62016B
3.49
62018B
3.19
3.49
ZBN54**
1/2 NPT X 5/8 BARB
62021B
4.19
62022B
4.39
62024B
3/4 NPT X 3/4 BARB
6.69
FEMALE ADAPTERS
EACH
3/4 FNPT X 3/4 BARB
9.99
MODEL
62025B
JT11
*Use with TP30HD tubing only. **Reducing style.
JT2/
JT13
THREAD CUTTING TAPS
62014B
62005B
ZBN54
62022B
62025B
DRILL BITS
These taps will cut pipe threads (FNPT) in PVC, mild steel, etc. Use with bits
shown below to save the cost of tees, saddles and adapters.
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
BNT1
TAP, 1/8" NPT
$7.59
BT1
$3.89
BNT2
TAP, 1/4" NPT
7.99
BT2
BIT, 7/16" FOR 1/4" NPT
5.19
BIT, 9/16" FOR 3/8" NPT
14.79
BIT, 11/32" FOR 1/8" NPT
BNT3
TAP, 3/8" NPT
10.49
BT3
BNT4
TAP, 1/2" NPT
15.99
BT4
BIT, 23/32" FOR 1/2" NPT
23.09
23.39
BT5
BIT, 15/16" FOR 3/4" NPT
34.29
BNT5
TAP, 3/4" NPT
BNT1
BT1
PLUMBING 367
Tubing Adapters and Fittings

TUBING ADAPTERS, 1/83/4
POLY TUBING INSERT FITTINGS, 5/82
These polyethylene, precision-injected, molded fittings are high strength,

chemically inert and noncorroding. Approved by the National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF) for use with liquids for human consumption. Temperature
range: -65 to 190F. Working pressure up to 120 psi. Shipping weight is 1 lb
per 100. Check with us for special fittings not listed (in 50-piece lots only).
Barb sizes shown fit the following tubing sizes.
Use these insert fittings for repairing, adapting or connecting black poly tubing.
Connections under stress or pressure will require hose clamps. These insert
fittings fit the nominal sizes of polyethylene tubing; for instance, a 5/8 fitting fits
tubing with 0.62 I.D. Use letter following part no. to indicate size (A=5/8, B=3/4,
C=1, D=11/4, E=11/2, F=2).
BARB SIZE
FITS
TUBING MODELS
BARB SIZE
FITS
TUBING MODELS
3/16"
TP30, TP30HD
3/8"
TV60, TVR60
1/4"
TV40, TVR40
1/2"
TV70, TVR70
Standard Style
MALE ADAPTERS
MODEL
EACH TEES
MODEL
EACH
1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB
62001
$.40 3/16" BARB
62063
$.75
1/4" NPT x 3/16" BARB
62005
.45 1/4" BARB
62064
.80
1/2" NPT x 3/16" BARB
62013
.70 3/8" BARB
62065
.80
1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB
62007
.40 1/2" BARB

.40 1/8" NPT x 3/16" x 3/16"
62067
.95
62056
1.29
62122
1.29
62123
1.09
62006
62014
62020
62009

.60 1/4" NPT x 1/2" x 1/2"

1.19 1/2" NPT x 1/2" x 1/2"
CONNECTOR
(BARB X BARB)
EACH
MALE ADAPTER
(MNPT X INSERT)
EACH
101A
$.95
103A
$.75
101B
1.09
103B
1.09
101C
1.09
103C
1.19
101D
2.39
103D
1.79
101E
1.99
103E
1.99
101F
3.89
103F
3.89
EACH
90 ELBOW
(BARB X MNPT)
EACH
90 ELBOW
(BARB X BARB)
105A
$1.79
113A
$2.29
105B
2.19
113B
3.19
.60
105C
2.49
113C
4.19
62008
.40
105D
2.79
113D
5.49
62016
.60
105E
3.29
113E
7.29
62021
.85
105F
4.49
113F
11.59
62010
.65
62018
.65
62022
.95
Male Adapter
NPT x Barb
TEE
(BARB X BARB
X BARB)
107A
Tee
Barb x Barb x Barb
Tee Adapter
NPT x Barb x Barb
2.19
117B
4.39
107C
2.79
117C
4.89
107D
4.39
117D
5.99
5.49
117E
7.59
9.79
117F
9.69
$.65 1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB
62001L
$.80
107F
62053
.60 1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB
62007L
.80
62085
.99
3/16" BARB x 3/16" BARB
62068
1/4" BARB x 3/16" BARB

62069
.55 1/2" NPT x 1/4" BARB
62055
.85 1/8" NPT x 3/8" BARB
62009L
.90
62054
.55 1/2" NPT x 3/8" BARB
62086
.99
62071
.55 1/2" NPT x 1/2" BARB
62087
.99
62052
.55 1/4" BARB x 1/4" BARB
62080
.80
62051
.85 3/8" BARB x 3/8" BARB
62081
.80
62072
.60 1/2" BARB x 1/2" BARB
62082
.85
62050
Connector
Barb x Barb
107B
EACH
EACH 90 ELBOWS
1.19
Elbow
Barb x Barb
105
EACH
117A
MODEL
MODEL
103
113
$1.99
107E
CONNECTORS
EACH
FEMALE
ADAPTER
(FNPT X BARB)
101
$3.99
107
117
Male Adapters, Low Cost

MODEL
EACH
62001-2
1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB
$.30
62007-2
.30
62009-2
.30
62001-2
62007-2
62009-2
Elbow
NPT x Barb
368 PLUMBING
Reducers
REDUCER STYLE
Reducing Male Adapter (Barb x MNPT)
MODEL
Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x Barb)

Note: Last dimension is center.
EACH
111A
3/4" X 1/2"
$2.89
111B
1" X 3/4"
2.99
MODEL
111
Reducing Male Adapter (MNPT x Barb)

MODEL
EACH
110A
3/4" X 1/2"
$2.59
110B
1" X 3/4"
2.69
1436075
1/2 X 1
2.99
110
EACH
5/8" X 5/8" X 1/2"
$2.19
122B
3/4" X 3/4" X 1/2"
2.69
122C
1" X 1" X 1/2"
3.49
122D
1" X 1" X 3/4"
3.49
122E
1" x 1" x 1"
2.69
122
109A
$1.49
109B
1" X 3/4"
1.59
109C
11/4" X 1"
2.49
109D
11/2" X 11/4"
2.89
109E
2" X 11/2"
4.69
1 X 1 X 5/8
2.89
112C
1 X 1 X 3/4
2.89
EACH
119A
5/8 X 1/2
$2.09
119B
3/4 X 1/2
2.09
119C
1 X 1/2
2.19
119E
3/4 X 3/4
2.19
119F
1 X 3/4
2.59
119H
1 x 1
3.49
MODEL
EACH
3/4" X 5/8"
112B
112
$2.39
119
Plugs
Reducer Connector (Barb x Barb)

MODEL
3/4 X 3/4 X 5/8
MODEL
Note: Last dimension is center.
122A
112A
90 Elbow (Barb x FNPT)
Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x FNPT)

MODEL
EACH
109
EACH
62024
1/8 MALE NPT
$0.30
62025
1/4 MALE NPT
0.30
62026
3/8 MALE NPT
0.35
62027
1/2 MALE NPT
0.45
62028
3/4 MALE NPT
0.75
Nipples
62028
62075
MODEL
EACH
62075
1/4 NPT X 1/4 NPT
$ 0.55
62083
1/2 NPT X 1/4 NPT
0.70
62083
LIVE CHAT

SECTION 369
PLUMBING
Products
Tees/Crosses/Insert
Adapters
TEE (SLIP X SLIP X FNPT)
INSERT ADAPTER (INSERT X SLIP)
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
MODEL
402005
1/2"
$.45
402007
3/4"
.70
402010
1"
1.29
402012
11/4"
1.99
474012-AQ 11/4"
INSERT ADAPTER (INSERT X SPIG)
402015
11/2"
2.69
402020
2"
3.39
402030
3"
12.99
402040
4"
19.89
CROSSES (SLIP)
SIZE
EACH
420005
1/2"
$0.99
420007
3/4"
1.69
420010
1"
2.09
420012
11/4"
2.79
420015
11/2"
3.19
420020
2"
4.69
420030
3"
12.29
420040
4"
18.19
SIZE
474015-AQ
11/2" $2.89
474007-AQ 3/4"
1.39
474020-AQ
2"
5.29
474010-AQ
1.49
474030-AQ
3"
14.89
2.19
474040-AQ
4"
16.99
EACH
402071
1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8"
$.99
402101
3/4" x 3/4" x 1/2"
.60
402130
1" x 1" x 1/2"
.90
402131
1" x 1" x 3/4"
1.29
402166
11/4" x 11/4" x 1/2"
2.09
402167
11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4"
2.09
402168
11/4" x 11/4" x 1"
2.09
402209
11/2" x 11/2" x 1/2"
2.69
402210
11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4"
2.69
402247
2" x 2" x 1/2"
3.29
402248
2" x 2" x 3/4"
3.29
402249
2" x 2" x 1"
402251
2" x 2" x 11/2"
1"
EACH
MODEL
SIZE
SIZE
460005-AQ
1/2 $.95 460015-AQ
460007-AQ
3/4
1.29 460020-AQ
2.39
1.29 460030-AQ
8.09
11/4 1.29 460040-AQ
9.29
EACH
11/2 $1.49
TEE (SLIP X SLIP X SLIP)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
401005-AQ
1/2"
$.35
401007
3/4"
.40
401010
1"
.75
401012
11/4"
1.09
401015
11/2"
1.39
401020
2"
1.99
401030
3"
8.69
401040
4"
15.69
REDUCING TEE (SLIP X SLIP X SLIP)

SIZE
A B C
MODEL
401101-AQ
C
B
A
EACH
3/4" x 3/4" x 1/2"
$1.09
401126
1" x 3/4" x 1"
1.29
401130
1" x 1" x 1/2"
.80
401131
1" x 1" x 3/4"
.85
401167
11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4"
1.19
401168
11/4" x 11/4" x 1"
1.19
401209
11/2" x" 11/2" x 1/2"
2.19
401210
11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4"
2.19
3.29
401211
11/2" x 11/2" x 1"
2.19
401247
2" x 2" x 1/2"
2.09
3.29
401248
2" x 2" x 3/4"
2.09
402335
3" x 3" x 1"
10.29
401249
2" x 2" x 1"
2.09
402338
3" x 3" x 2"
10.29
401251
2" x 2" x 11/2"
2.09
401335
3" x 3" x 1"
9.39
401336
3" x 3" x 11/4"
9.39
9.39
TEE (FNPT X FNPT X FNPT)
EACH
MODEL
460012-AQ
REDUCING TEES (SLIP X SLIP X FNPT)

SIZE
A B C
EACH
MODEL
460010-AQ
MODEL
MODEL
SIZE
474005-AQ 1/2" $1.19
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
401337
3" x 3" x 11/2"
405005
1/2
$1.19
401338
3" x 3" x 2"
9.39
405007
3/4
1.89
401419
4" x 4" x 11/2"
15.69
405010
1"
2.69
401420
4" x 4" x 2"
15.69
401422
4" x 4" x 3"
15.69
C
A
370 SECTION
PLUMBING

Ells/Nipples/Caps
90 ELL (SLIP X SLIP)
6 NIPPLE, GRAY SCHEDULE 80 PVC
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
406005
1/2"
406007
3/4"
406010
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
$.70
880060
1/4"
$2.19
.80
881060
3/8"
2.39
1"
.55
882060
1/2"
1.49
406012
11/4"
.99
883060
3/4"
1.89
406015
11/2"
.99
884060
1"
2.59
406020
2"
1.59
885060
11/4"
3.09
406030
3"
5.89
886060
11/2"
4.19
406040
4"
10.49
887060
2"
5.99
406060
6"
33.49
888060
21/2"
17.09
889060
3"
22.89
890060
4"
29.19
45 ELL (SLIP X SLIP)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
417005
1/2"
$.45
417007
3/4"
.70
417010
1"
.85
417012
11/4"
1.19
417015
11/2"
1.49
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
417020
2"
1.89
879005
1/8"
$.99
417030
3"
7.69
880005
1/4"
.99
3/8"
1.09
CLOSE NIPPLE, GRAY (MNPT)

SCHEDULE 80 PVC
417040
4"
13.69
881005
417060
6"
33.89
882005
1/2"
.95
882007
3/4"
.99
882010
1"
1.29
882012
11/4"
1.89
CAP (SLIP)
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
447005
1/2"
$.25
882015
11/2"
2.09
447007
3/4"
.30
882020
2"
2.69
447010
1"
.45
888005
21/2"
9.39
447012
11/4"
.65
887030
3"
11.19
447015
11/2"
.70
890005
4"
18.29
447020
2"
.85
447030
3"
2.89
447040
4"
6.59
447060
6"
15.79
CAP (FNPT)
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
448005
1/2"
$.50
448007
3/4"
.60
448010
1"
.90
448012
11/4"
1.09
448015
11/2"
1.09
448020
2"
1.99
448030
3"
3.79
448040
4"
6.69
90 ELL (FNPT X SLIP)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
407005
1/2"
$.35
407007
3/4"
.40
407010
1"
.75
407012
11/4"
1.19
407015
11/2"
1.29
407020
2"
3.49
407030
3"
12.79
407040
4"
19.49
"Close" nipples are those with

threads that almost touch
from both sides. They are the
shortest possible length.
PLUMBING
SECTION 371
Unions/Plug/Long
Products
Sweep/Reducer
Bushing
90 STREET ELL (MNPT X SLIP)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
410005-AQ
1/2"
$.60
410007-AQ
3/4"
.70
410010-AQ
1"
1.19
410012-AQ
11/4"
1.59
410015-AQ
11/2"
1.69
410020-AQ
2"
4.19
3/4" x 1/2"
.85
410101
LONG SWEEP
To keep friction losses low, its best to use sweeps
as opposed to elbows in plumbing systems. These
long sweeps are low-pressure rated to 30 psi. PVC
compatible with Schedule 40, 160 and DWV size
pipes. Female socket on both ends.
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
SP15
11/2"
$4.59
SP20
2"
5.89
SP30
3"
11.29
SP40
4"
19.99
SP15
UNION (FNPT X FNPT) SCHEDULE 80,

WITH O-RING
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
458005
1/2"
$2.59
$2.33/10+
458007
3/4"
2.59
2.33/10+
458010
1"
3.99
3.59/10+
458012
11/4"
5.39
4.85/5+
458015
11/2"
6.69
6.02/5+
458020
2"
10.69
9.62/5+
UNION (SLIP X SLIP) SCHEDULE 80,

WITH O-RING
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
457005
1/2"
$2.09
$1.88/10+
457007
3/4"
2.59
2.33/10+
457010
1"
3.99
3.59/10+
457012
11/4"
5.39
4.85/5+
457015
11/2"
6.69
6.02/5+
457020
2"
10.69
9.62/5+
PLUG (MNPT)
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
450005
1/2"
$.75
450007
3/4"
.80
450010
1"
1.29
450012
11/4"
1.29
450015
11/2"
1.49
450020
2"
1.89
450030
3"
3.89
450040
4"
8.89
REDUCER BUSHING (SPIG X SPIG)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
437101
3/4" x 1/2"
$ .30
437130
1" x 1/2"
.50
437131
1" x 3/4"
.50
437166
11/4" x 1/2"
.70
437167
11/4" x 3/4"
.70
437168
11/4" x 1"
.70
437209
11/2" x 1/2"
.75
437210
11/2" x 3/4"
.75
437211
11/2" x 1"
.75
437212
11/2" x 11/4"
.75
437247
2" x 1/2"
1.19
437248
2" x 3/4"
1.19
437249
2" x 1"
1.19
437250
2" x 11/4"
1.19
437251
2" x 11/2"
1.19
437334
3" x 3/4"
2.89
437335
3" x 1"
2.89
437336
3" x 11/4"
2.89
437337
3" x 11/2"
2.89
437338
3" x 2"
2.89
437420
4" x 2"
6.39
437422
4" x 3"
6.39
PLUMBING
372 SECTION

Bushings/Couplings/Adapters
T.T. BUSHING (MNPT X FNPT)
REDUCER COUPLING (SLIP X SLIP)
MODEL
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
SIZE
EACH
439072
1/2" x 1/4"
$1.29
429101
3/4" x 1/2"
$.45
439073
1/2" x 3/8"
1.29
429131
1" x 3/4"
.80
439098
3/4" x 1/4"
.80
429168
11/4" x 1"
1.29
439099
3/4" x 3/8"
.80
429212
11/2" x 11/4"
1.39
439101
3/4" x 1/2"
.80
429251
2 x 11/2"
2.19
439130
1" x 1/2"
1.09
439131
1" x 3/4"
1.09
439168
11/4" x 1"
1.69
439210
11/2" x 3/4"
1.99
439211
11/2" x 1"
1.99
439212
11/2" x 11/4"
1.99
439251
2" x 11/2"
2.09
REDUCER BRUSHING (SPIG X FNPT)

MODEL
COUPLING (SLIP X SLIP)
MALE ADAPTER (MNPT X SLIP)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
436005
1/2 "
$.25
436007
3/4"
.30
436010
1"
.50
436012
11/4"
.60
436015
11/2"
.80
436020
2"
.99
436030
3"
4.49
436040
4"
5.69
MALE ADAPTER REDUCING

(MNPT X SLIP)
SIZE
EACH
438071
1/2" x 1/8"
$.60
438072
1/2" x 1/4"
.60
436074
438101
3/4" x 1/2"
.45
436102
3/4" x 1"
.70
438130
1" x 1/2"
.75
436132
1" x 11/4"
1.59
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
1/2" x 3/4"
$.50
438131
1" x 3/4"
.75
436169
11/4" x 11/2"
1.79
438166
11/4" x 1/2"
1.09
436213
11/2" x 2"
2.19
11/4" x 3/4"
1.09
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
438167
429005
1/2"
$.20
438168
11/4" x 1"
1.09
429007
3/4"
.25
438209
11/2" x 1/2"
1.29
429010
1"
.45
438210
11/2" x 3/4"
1.29
429012
11/4"
.60
438211
11/2" x 1"
1.29
FEMALE ADAPTER (SLIP X FNPT)
429015
11/2"
.65
438212
11/2" x 11/4"
1.29
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
429020
2"
.95
438247
2" x 1/2"
1.69
435005
1/2"
$.30
429030
3"
3.29
438248
2" x 3/4"
1.69
435007
3/4"
.40
429040
4"
4.79
438249
2" x 1"
1.69
435010
1"
.45
429060
6"
15.29
COUPLING (FNPT X FNPT)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
430005
1/2" x 1/2"
$.35
430007
3/4" x 3/4"
.65
430010
1" x 1"
.85
438250
2" x 11/4"
1.69
435012
11/4"
.70
438251
2" x 11/2"
1.69
435015
11/2"
.80
438334
3" x 3/4"
2.89
435020
2"
1.09
438335
3" x 1"
2.89
435030
3"
3.59
438336
3" x 11/4"
2.89
435040
4"
5.99
438337
3" x 11/2"
2.89
438338
3" x 2"
2.89
438420
4" x 2"
6.39
438422
4" x 3"
6.39
FEMALE ADAPTER REDUCING

(SLIP X FNPT)
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
435074
1/2" x 3/4"
$.55
435101
3/4" x 1/2"
.55
435102
3/4" x 1"
.75
435131
1" x 3/4"
.75
SECTION 373
PLUMBING
Products
/ Products
Quick/ Products
Disconnect
Fittings
QUICK DISCONNECT FITTINGS
Male With Female Threads

SIZE
MODEL
ALUMINUM
MODEL
POLYPROPYLENE
3/4"
Q75AA
$7.59
Q75AP
$5.19
1"
Q10AA
8.69
Q10AP
5.69
11/4"
Q12AA
10.79
Q12AP
5.49
11/2"
Q15AA
11.29
Q15AP
5.79
2"
Q20AA
12.99
Q20AP
6.69
3"
Q30AA
19.79
Q30AP
12.29
4"
Q40AA
44.59 Q40AP
6"
Q60AA
88.59
17.49
Male With Male Threads

SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE
3/4"
Q75FA
$8.99 Q75FP
$5.29
1"
Q10FA
10.59
Q10FP
5.69
11/4"
Q12FA
12.39
Q12FP
5.99
11/2"
Q15FA
13.69
Q15FP
6.39
2"
Q20FA
14.89
Q20FP
8.29
3"
Q30FA
26.69
Q30FP
15.59
4"
Q40FA
45.79
6"
Q60FA
99.49
Male With Hose Nipple

ALUMINUM
MODEL
POLYPROPYLENE
Quick disconnect couplings provide fast, positive, leak-proof connections for

air, liquids and dry products. They connect and disconnect in seconds without
tools; simply lift the cam levers. The female fittings use a Buna-N gasket where
they meet the male fitting for a cushioned, leakproof seal. Choose either the
aluminum or black fiber-reinforced polypropylene for most aquaculture
applications. The polypropylene is rated to 100 psi on 3/4" to 2" size and 50 psi on
the 3" size at 68F (20C).
Female Cap
SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE
1
Q10VA
$16.29 Q10VP
$10.29
10.39
11/4
Q12VA
18.89 Q12VP
11/2
Q15VA
19.59 Q15VP
12.49
Q20VA
20.09 Q20VP
14.29
Q30VA
25.89 Q30VP
22.19
29.59
Q40VA
34.69 Q40VP
Q60VA
92.39

Female With Female Threads

SIZE
MODEL
ALUMINUM
MODEL
POLYPROPYLENE
3/4
Q75DA
$15.89
Q75DP
1"
Q10DA
16.19
Q10DP
11.49
11/4"
Q12DA
19.69
Q12DP
12.29
11/2"
Q15DA
20.99
Q15DP
12.59
2"
Q20DA
22.59
Q20DP
14.89
3"
Q30DA
38.59
Q30DP
25.19
4"
Q40DA
49.49
SIZE
MODEL
3/4
Q75EA
$9.69
Q75EP
$5.09
1"
Q10EA
9.69
Q10EP
5.49
11/4"
Q12EA
11.89
Q12EP
5.99
11/2"
Q15EA
12.69
Q15EP
6.49
SIZE
MODEL
3/4
Q75BA
$9.39
Female With Male Threads

ALUMINUM
MODEL
$16.49
Q75BP
POLYPROPYLENE
$9.69
2"
Q20EA
14.49
Q20EP
7.49
3"
Q30EA
23.59
Q30EP
13.39
1"
Q10BA
17.79
Q10BP
10.89
19.59
11/4"
Q12BA
20.79
Q12BP
12.29
11/2"
Q15BA
19.79
Q15BP
12.89
4"
Q40EA
45.19
Q40EP
Male Plug
2"
Q20BA
23.39 Q20BP
14.89
POLYPROPYLENE
3"
Q30BA
37.19
24.99
Q10WP
$4.99
4"
Q40BA
57.39

11.29
Q12WP
5.29
Q15WA
11.89
Q15WP
5.69
2"
Q20WA
12.39
Q20WP
6.89
3"
Q30WA
16.99
Q30WP
10.89
Q75WP
3.39
SIZE
MODEL
ALUMINUM
1"
Q10WA
$9.99
11/4"
Q12WA
11/2"
3/4

MODEL
Replacement Gaskets
MODEL
SIZE
Q75G
3/4"
EACH MODEL SIZE EACH

$ .85
Q20G
$.80
Q10G
1"
.75
Q30G
.95
Q12G
11/4"
.80
Q40G
2.29
Q15G
11/2"
.85 Q60G 6
2.79
Q30BP
Female With Hose Nipple

SIZE
MODEL
3/4
Q75CA
ALUMINUM
MODEL
POLYPROPYLENE
1"
Q10C A
15.89
Q10CP
10.59
11/4"
Q12C A
21.09
Q12CP
13.29
11/2"
Q15C A
21.09
Q15CP
2"
Q20CA
23.29 Q20CP
3"
Q30CA
34.19
Q30CP
25.19
4"
Q40CA
51.29
Q40CP
28.69
6"
Q60CA 119.99

$15.49 Q75CP
$9.39
12.79
14.89
374 PLUMBING
ANSI Flanges/Bolt Sets/Rubber Sheet
ANSI FLANGES, VAN STONE STYLE

These ANSI flanges, Van Stone style, utilize two pieces with center socket loose
from the flange portion until tightened. Maximum 150 PSI. Gaskets and bolts
are not included; see selection below for Gasket & Bolt Sets (sold separately).
854010

MODEL
GASKET & BOLT SETS

Manufactured to ANSI specifications, these gasket & bolt sets are sized to fit
the ANSI Flanges, Van Stone style, listed above. Each set includes one flange
gasket, set of 4, 8 or 12 bolts, and set of 4, 8 or 12 nuts. Bolts are not stainless
steel. These sets are for flange-to-flange connections.
854060
FLANGE SIZE
(ANSI DIA.)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
854010
1 1 $8.99 854010G
854020
2 2 12.69 854020G
854030
3 3 21.59 854030G
854040
4 4 27.29 854040G
854060
6 5 42.99 854060G
854080
8 6 69.99 854080G
854100
10 8 90.59 854100G
854120
12 10 154.99
854200G
Note: Bolts are not

stainless steel.
854010G
RECOMMENDED
GASKET/BOLT SET

MODEL
BOLT
LENGTH
BOLT
DIA.
NO. OF
BOLTS/NUTS
FITS ANSI
FLANGE DIA.
SHIP WT
(LBS)
854010G
2 4/4
1 $12.29
854020G
3 4/4
1 13.89
854030G
3 4/4
1 22.79
854040G
3 8/8
2 24.19
854060G
3 8/8
3 25.69
854080G
3 8/8
3 30.49
854100G
12/12
10
3 36.79
854200G
12/12
12
3 39.89
PLASTIC RUBBER SHEET

Good for most general purpose applications. This plastic rubber holds up well
to oil, water, abrasion and weather. When used for making gaskets, it conforms
to irregular flange joints and seals well under minimum bolt loads. Temp: -20 to
220F. Tensile strength: 800 psi. Sheet is 36" wide and sold by the foot (buy one
foot and get 3 square feet).
MODEL
RRB18
THICKNESS
COLOR
EACH FOOT
1/8"
RED
$15.09
CONNECT WITH US
/PentairAES
/PentairAES
/AquaticEcoTV
EACH
PLUMBING 375
Pipe Cement & Tape/Cutters/Sealants
O-RING LUBRICANT
THREAD SEALING TAPE
TECH FAV
This nontoxic, PTFE-based, waterproof lubricant is for wet or dry environments.

White, light-bodied, with a temperature range from 0 to 425F. It prevents rust
and is compatible with most metals, rubbers and plastics. USDA H1-rated to be
environmentally safe and corrosion free. Coat O-rings, gaskets and bearings
before reassembly. 5-oz tube.
MODEL
EACH 4+
AML
Used for copper, brass, steel, aluminum, galvanized, PVC and other plastic
pipe threads (not recommended for acrylic and plexiglass). Self lubricate joints
for easy assembly. Withstands harsh temperatures from -250 to 500F. PTFE
never dries out. Meets Mil Spec T-27730A.
MODEL
371
$8.29 $7.46
EACH
1/2X520
1.79
Magic Lube is a registered trademark of Aladdin Equipment Co., Inc.
PIPE CEMENT
SILICONE AQUARIUM SEALANT

Contains no mildew/mold inhibitors
HAZMAT A
Pipe cement takes 24 hours to cure.

MODEL
235
Most silicone sealants on the market should not be used in fish tanks. This one
is fish safe for aquarium manufacture and tank repair (after 48-hour cure).
Adheres to clean glass, fiberglass, metal, painted surfaces, many plastics and
rubbers and nonoily woods. Service range is -60 to 400F (-51 to 204C). Meets
US Fed. Specs TT-S-001543A, 00230C, Type II. Large size fits standard caulking
guns. One-year shelf life.
EACH
FLEX PVC PIPE CEMENT, 1/2 PT $10.49
MODEL
PVC JOINT WELDS (APPROX. CEMENT USAGE)
EACH
SIL1B
BLACK, 2.8 OZ
$9.79
SIL2B
BLACK, 10.3 OZ
17.99
SIL1C
CLEAR, 2.8 OZ
SIL2C
CLEAR, 10.3 OZ
9.99
18.59
ALLOW TWO JOINTS FOR EACH COUPLING, THREE JOINTS FOR EACH TEE, ETC.
Per Pint
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
21/2
130
80
70
50
35
20
17
15
10
PVC PIPE CUTTERS
SIL1B
Professional PVC pipe cutters are designed for quick, clean cuts of PVC,
polyethylene pipe and hose. The hooked jaw holds pipe in cutting position.
Blades are made of a special alloy steel. Blades, ratchet and spring have
a rust-resistant finish.
SIL2B

MODEL
KT8A
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
KT5A
PVC PIPE CUTTER TO 11/4
$25.49
KT8A
PVC PIPE CUTTER TO 2
12
54.39
KTR5A
REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR KT5A
10.99
KT5ASP
REPLACEMENT SPRING KIT FOR KT5A
1.99
KT8ARK
REPAIR KIT FOR KT8A
16.59
Joint Compounds
Warning: Many general-use pipe joint compounds contain substances that can cause
stress cracking in PVC parts. We suggest using PTFE tape (371) on threaded PVC
parts. Do not overtighten threaded PVC parts! One or two turns beyond fingertight is
generally all that is required to make a sound PVC threaded connection.
Unnecessary overtightening may cause damage to both pipe and fitting at some
future time.
376 PLUMBING
Water Hose/Nozzles
PREMIUM DUTY WATER HOSE
COMFORT GRIP NOZZLE
Gilmour Flexogen water hose has a robust double

polyester cord reinforcement and highburst-strength
construction up to 500 PSI. The Flexogen Advantage
construction provides superior flexibility and
all-weather performance with a protective collar to
resist kinks at the faucet and crush-resistant
heavy-duty metal couplings with O-rings for a
durable and tight seal. Lifetime Warranty.

SHIP WT
MODEL LENGTH DIA. (LBS)
Male hose threaded front for attaching accessories.

Solid brass valve stem with adjusting nut.
Hold-open clip for continuous spraying.
Stainless steel spring.
Heavy-duty, full-size, diecast zinc body.
MODEL
EACH
H10050 50
5/8
H10075 75
5/8
12
59.59
H10100 100
5/8
16
77.29
TECH FAV
Molded-on vinyl grip is cushioned.
NZ93
$40.89
EACH 4+
$7.89 $7.10
LIFETIME WARRANTY
Gilmour and Flexogen are a registered trademark of Fiskars OYJ ABP Public
Limited Co.
SALTWATER NOZZLE
STAINLESS STEEL WATER NOZZLES
This nozzle is specially designed to resist the

corrosion caused by salt water. The durable
polymer body includes an internal spring
mechanism of stainless steel. Leakproof and
threaded at both ends.
Heavy-Duty stainless steel nozzle with rear trigger. Stainless steel coupling
and tip for the ultimate in corrosion resistance, impact resistance, durability
and quality. Slip-resistant and ergonomic design. Adjustable water flow for
improved control. Hold open clip for continuous spray. Pattern nozzle has spray
patterns that include clean, soft wash, jet, flower, sweep, garden, rinse, and
shrub. Adjustable tip nozzle alters the water stream from jet to wide stream.
Lifetime Warranty.

SHIP WT
NOZZLE TYPE
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
MODEL
NZ474
EACH 4+
$4.39 $3.95
N400GWR
SPRAY PATTERN
0.8
$16.79
N400GCR
ADJUSTABLE TIP
0.9
15.69
HOT WATER/HIGH PRESSURE

WATER NOZZLE
This industrial spray nozzle is designed to handle
the toughest cleaning jobs. With heavy-duty
construction and insulating soft-grip over-molds, it
is designed for hot water use and/or high
pressure levels. Heavy duty die-cast zinc with
brass spray tip. Handles up to 200 PSI. Ergonomic
curved shape for comfort during use. Adjustable tip
alters the water stream.

MODEL
NOZZLE TYPE
N50500GP ADJUSTABLE TIP
SHIP WT
(LBS)
0.6
N400GWR
LIFETIME WARRANTY
EACH
$8.89
JET SPRAY BRASS NOZZLE
POLYPROPYLENE DELIVERY NOZZLE
This solid-stream, brass jet nozzle is ideal for

walkways, sidewalks and driveways.
Want an easy way to fill up water tanks? This handy

delivery nozzle is excellent for delivering fresh
or salt water to jugs, tanks and other containers
in labs, hatcheries and even aquarium stores.
Nozzle body is polypropylene, lever is stainless
steel. 1 FNPT inlet.
MODEL
NZ23
EACH 4+
$3.69 $3.32
MODEL EACH
NZ35
ADJUSTABLE BRASS NOZZLE

Made of heavy solid brass, this rugged nozzle
is fully adjustable from fine mist to full stream.
It features a self-rising stem and is designed to
last a lifetime.
MODEL EACH
NZ22
$8.89
$59.29
N400GCR
PLUMBING 377
Garden Hose Accessories
GARDEN HOSE MENDER AND COUPLINGS
GARDEN HOSE ACCESSORIES
Premium nylon construction for maximum strength and durability.

Impact resistant clamp design. Noncorroding, high-grade, stainless steel
screws will not strip when tightened. Reusable and leakproof. For garden
hose and vinyl tubing with I.D.
MODEL
3110-AQ
EACH
12+
$2.09
$1.88
3194
PLASTIC HOSE END CAP, 2/PK
.70
.63
3150
PLASTIC "Y" CONNECTOR W/SHUT-OFF
3.59
3.23
TVW
76# WASHERS, 100/PK
6.99
PLASTIC HOSE SHUT-OFF
HM22
HM46
3194
HM34
3110-AQ
MODEL
HOSE I.D.
EACH
HM22
HOSE MENDER
5/8", 3/4"
$2.89
HM34
FEMALE COUPLING
5/8", 3/4"
1.79
HM35
FEMALE COUPLING
7/16", 1/2", 9/16"
1.79
HM46
MALE COUPLING
5/8", 3/4"
1.59
HM47
MALE COUPLING
7/16, 1/2, 9/16
1.59
3150
GARDEN HOSE ADAPTERS

These natural nylon adapters convert garden hose thread (GHT) to standard
national pipe thread (NPT) or to barb fittings. NPT is used with most PVC fittings.

1/2" NPT
3/4" NPT
NPT MODEL EACH
10+ MODEL EACH
GHT
NPT
10+
MALE MALE GH2A $1.29 $1.16
GH2B $1.29 $1.16
FEMALE MALE
GH3B 1.49 1.34
1.34
GH4B 1.49 1.34
MALE FEMALE GH4A 1.49

MODEL
GHT
BARB
GH5
MALE 1/4
GH6
MALE 3/8
EACH
GHT
GH2A
GH3B
GH4A
GH6
10+
$1.19 $1.07
1.19
1.07

378 SECTION
NETS
PRODUCTS
379 Fish Traps/Bags/Basket
380 Plastic Mesh
381 Wire Mesh
382 Cage Equipment
383 Brine Shrimp/Aquarium
384 Dip/Bucket/Stand
385 Koi
386 Fingerling/Harvesting/Landing
387 Monorail
389 Seines/Net Mending Tools
390 Floats/Cast Nets/Netting
SECTION
NETS 379
379
ProductsFish
/ Products
Traps/Bags/Basket
/ Products
FISH TRAP, PLASTIC

This trap has a longer life than comparable metal traps in alkaline, brackish
and salt water because it is all plastic with no sharp edges. The two halves
hinge together. 7/8" (22 mm) diameter entrance hole.

MODEL
MT1
DIAMETER
(WIDEST) LENGTH MESH
FISH TRAP (FOR MINNOW-SIZED FISH)
17
EACH
3/16 $9.69
12+
$8.72
FISH TRAP, GALVANIZED WITH VINYL COATING

Similar to our galvanized MT2-AQ fish traps, the Minnow-Napper features a vinyl
coating. Optional extender extends the total length of the trap to 31".

MODEL
MT13E
MT13
DIAMETER
(WIDEST) LENGTH MESH
MT13
MINNOW-NAPPER 9 16 1/4
MT13E
OPTIONAL EXTENDER
15
1/4
EACH
$13.59 $12.23/6+
13.59 12.23/4+
FISH TRAPS, GALVANIZED

These fish traps have a 7/8" (22 mm) diameter entrance hole. The MT2-AQ
traps minnow size fish and the MT28 is for smaller fish.
The MT21 has a removable 15" center piece, making it ideal for large
minnows and eels. The crawfish trap (MT22) is similar to our MT2-AQ
minnow traps; however, the entrance hole is enlarged to 21/4" diameter.
MT28
The minnow keeper (MT23) is a small cage that is similar in design to the
MT2-AQ; however, it has flat ends to keep aquatic animals in their
environment. Ship weight is 2 lbs each.

DIAMETER
MODEL
WIDEST
LENGTH
MESH
MT28
MT21
EACH
16
1/8 $34.49 $31.04/6+
MT2-AQ FISH TRAP (FOR MINNOW-SIZED FISH)
16
1/4
16.39 14.75/6+
MT21
EEL TRAP (FOR LARGE MINNOWS & EELS)
31
1/4
26.99 24.29/4+
MT22
CRAWFISH TRAP
31
1/4
27.09 24.38/4+
MT23
MINNOW KEEPER
31
1/4
26.99 24.29/4+
FISH TRAP (FOR SMALLER-SIZED FISH)
MT23
SPAT BAGS
These bags are very commonly used for collecting scallop larvae and as
oyster nursery bags. They have knitted polyethylene mesh with a drawstring.
SCB4 is used in heavy fouling conditions.
MODEL
SCB3
WIDTH
EACH
12+
SCB1
0.75 31 15
$6.79
$6.45
SCB2
1.5
31 15
4.79 4.55
3.0
31 15
4.39 4.17
31
3.69 3.51
SCB3
SCB4
SCB4
MESH (MM)
2 X 7
LENGTH
15
FISH BASKET
This durable basket has multiple aquaculture applications. Its thicker bottom
(with drain holes), tapered form and molded-in handles give it superior strength
and durability. Rated at 40 lbs (18 kg) carrying strength but will physically hold
7580 lbs when stationary. Nestable. Ships Oversize with up to 10 baskets in
one carton.

MODEL
DIAMETER
(TOP)
HEIGHT HOLE DIAMETER
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
FBK3 19 17 3/4 3.5

$26.19
380
380 NETS
SECTION
ProductsMesh/C-Ring
Plastic
/ Products /Pliers
Products
PLASTIC MESH
High-quality, extruded plastic netting is offered in both square and diamond
configurations for a wide variety of aquaculture applications. Made from
a pliable, yet durable semirigid polyethylene that is great for outdoor use.
All screening is nontoxic.
This netting is characterized by a smooth surface and heavy-duty construction.
The surface minimizes algae growth, making cleaning easier and less
frequent. The products are made with more weight than many competitive
netting products, providing for greater durability and longer life. And the
material is produced to high quality standards for consistency, uniformity
and flatnessmaking fabrication into cages, traps and trays all the easier.
Sold by the roll.

MODEL
MESH
SIZE
WIDTH X
LENGTH
MESH
SHAPE
MESH
OPENING*
WEIGHT
PER ROLL
EACH
N1130
1/8
36 X 50
DIAMOND
5/32 (4.0 MM)
6 LBS
$84.79
N1670 1/8"
48" X 50'
SQUARE
5/32" (4.0MM)
10.5 LBS
88.69
N1170
1/4"
48" X 50'
SQUARE
5/32" (4.0 MM)
20 LBS
145.69
N1020 1/2"
48" X 50'
SQUARE
7/32" (14 MM)
22 LBS
186.69
N0350 3/4"
48" X 50'
SQUARE
15/16" (24 MM)
19 LBS
157.09
DIAMOND
15/16" (24 MM)
27 LBS
163.59
N1133 11/4" 48" X 50'
N1130
N1670
N1170
N1020
N0350
*The mesh opening refers to the widest space across the opening.
"C" RING PLIERS AND FASTENERS

Stainless steel "C" rings are used with the coated wire mesh to make traps
and cages. You may also find many other uses around the farm for this item.
These pliers can be used with both the 3/8" and 1/2" rings.
MODEL
WWP
WWF1
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
WWP
"C" RING PLIERS
WWF1
3/8" RING (850 COUNT)
12.59
WWF2
1/2" RING (750 COUNT)
12.59
0.6
$23.99

Facility Tours
SECTION
NETS 381
381
Products
Wire Mesh/Hog
/ Products Ring
/ Products
Pliers
GALVANIZED WIRE MESH, PLASTIC-COATED

Use this PVC-coated wire so you won't have to build another cage for a long time. For a strong and
long-lasting cage, trap or net material, you won't find a finer product. The smooth, fuse-bonded PVC
coating adheres tightly to the galvanized steel wire, providing durable strength and corrosion
resistance. We offer the most popular size of high-tensile strength wire material. Gauges measured
before plastic coating (other widths and sizes are available, please call). Must be shipped via motor
freight. FOB manufacturer. Sold by the roll.
WW13
Note: Be aware that most plastics absorb moisture

over time, weakening them in submerged applications.
MODEL
MESH SIZE
WIDTH X LENGTH
GAUGE
SHIP WT (LBS)
WW8
1/2" X 1/2"
4X100
16
260
$765.69
EACH
WW13
1/2" X 1"
4X100
16
185
643.59
WW14
1" X 1"
4X100
16
124
448.79
WW16
1" HEX
4X150
20
78
273.59
HOG RING PLIERS

Ideal for fastening netting and making fish cages fast. The pliers use a
feeder spring to load each staple one at a time. Rings are 16 gauge stainless
steel, have a closure range of 5/16" to 3/8".
MODEL
BF128
HOG RING PLIERS
BF129
5/8STAINLESS STEEL RING PACK (2500 COUNT)
EACH
$75.59
67.19
Closed BF129
BF128
TECH TALK 107

Getting Started in Aquaculture
How Do I Get into the Aquaculture Business?
By coming up with a business plan that can't fail and having a lot of money, skill, patience and
energy. As you know, most new businesses don't make it. Aquaculture businesses are especially
difficult because of the slim margins, burdensome government regulations, lengthy start-up
time, live animal constraints, diseases, power outages, unreliable vendors and fluctuating
market prices.
A beginner in aquaculture must first learn as much as possible about the needs of the species
to be cultured. Use books, videos, publications, extension agents, schools and especially other
people in the same business. Only if you think of a way to make a lot of money should you go to
the next step, which is doing a detailed business plan. After you have included everything you
can think of, have the plan carefully scrutinized by a minimum of three businessmen who are
knowledgeable in that type of business. Do not dismiss their objections!
Here are some things to address in your business plan specific to aquaculture:
L ack of funding is the number one cause of business failure. This applies
to aquaculture.
T ime and expense to meet government regulations before even beginning.
S ite selection. Don't try to make a bad location work.
Include cost for crop insurance, if available.
C onsider starting small, even at the hobby level, to learn all husbandry aspects, growth rates,
costs, etc., and to get a feel for marketing.
C onsider niche businesses that do not sell product at commodity prices but rather specialty
or value-added products at higher prices.
If you do come up with a plan that shows the business can be highly profitable, you can only
proceed if you will have enough money to operate the business with zero income until after the
first successful crop has been sold and paid for and that could be a long time.
This is not a pessimistic view of the aquaculture business but rather a realistic one. Don't become
a statistic; only start a for-profit business if your business plan is rock solid and you really love
the business.
Various species can be grown for profit.
An example of a small commercial hatchery.

Please see the Index for our complete selection of fish farming products.
382
382 SECTION
NETS
Products
Cage
Equipment
FISH CAGES
If you need cages for fish inspection, introducing small fish into a pond with larger fish or to keep
different sizes of fish separated, try these. Made of 1/4" polyester netting with a 3/4" PVC top frame,
floating lid and aluminum bottom frame.
MODEL
L X W X H
SHIP WT (LBS)
C23
2' X 3' X 2'
10
115.29
C33
3' X 3' X 2'
15
130.59
C43
4' X 3' X 2'
20
146.39
EACH
CAGE FITTINGS, PVC

Special, hard-to-find PVC fittings for the
construction of floating cages, framework, etc.
Use inner caps to seal off air-filled sections from
water-filled sections. Available in 1/2", 1", 11/4" and
11/2" sizes. Three-way, 4-way and 5-way cross
compatible with standard Schedule 40 PVC
and Schedule 160 PVC. Inner caps compatible
with Schedule 40 PVC pipe and all fittings. Head
of cap fits inside fittings. Skirt of cap fits inside
Schedule 40 pipe. UV-resistant.
Inner Cap
MODEL
SIZE
EACH 25+
PPF15 1/2" $.90 $.86

PPF4
1"
INNER CAP
Make your own
cage frame!
4-Way "L"
MODEL
SIZE
PPF17 1/2" $1.39 $1.32
.85 .81
PPF10
1"
2.39 2.27
11/4"
2.59 2.46
PPF5 11/4" .90 .86
PPF11
PPF6 11/2" 1.09 1.04
PPF12 11/2" 3.49 3.32
3-Way
5-Way Cross
MODEL
SIZE
EACH 25+
MODEL
4-WAY
SIZE
EACH 25+
PPF16 1/2" $1.19 $1.13
PPF13A 1" $2.99 $2.84
PPF7 1" 2.29 2.18
PPF14
PPF8
*11/4" cross with 11/2" in center socket.
11/4"
2.59 2.46
PPF9 11/2" 3.09 2.94
3-WAY
EACH 25+
11/2"*
5.49 5.22
5-WAY
FISH NET BOXES

These net boxes are perfect for holding fish prior to shipping, during
spawning or any time fish need to be separated. They are made of ace
mesh netting with an open top. Custom sizes are available in 12+ quantity.
PVC pipe and fittings not included.
MESH
MODEL
SIZE
NB4228
NB4228
PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS NOT INCLUDED.
L X W X H
1/8"
4' X 2' X 2'
EACH
$49.29
NB4428
1/8"
4' X 4' X 2'
67.29
NB4448
1/8"
4' X 4' X 4'
92.59
NB4224
1/4"
4' X 2' X 2'
46.49
NB4444
1/4"
4' X 4' X 4'
83.59
NB4844
1/4"
4' X 8' X 4'
123.69
SECTION
NETS 383
BrineProducts
Shrimp/Aquarium/Heavy-Duty
BRINE SHRIMP NET

Made of a fine, nylon mesh (including stitching) and a vinyl-coated wire handle.
MODEL
FRAME SIZE
HANDLE LENGTH
MESH SIZE
BSN1
4 X 3
93/4
350 MICRON
EACH
$2.49
AQUARIUM NETS, ECONOMICAL

Here are some low-cost nets that are excellent for handling small fish.
Their handles are plastic-coated wire. Colors vary for net and handle.

FRAME OVERALL MESH BAG
MODEL SIZE LENGTH SIZE DEPTH EACH
AN4
3" X 4"
131/2
1/16
45/8"
$1.39
AN5
4" X 5"
141/4
1/16
51/2"
1.59
AN6
5" X 6"
163/4
1/16
6"
1.79
AN8
6" X 8"
17 3/4
1/16
71/4"
3.79
AN10
7" X 10"
201/2
1/16
91/4"
4.89
AQUARIUM NETS, HEAVY-DUTY

These nets are so strong you can use them to scoop and lift wet gravel,
plants, rocks and coral. The soft, seamless mesh is gentle to fish
and molded into a rugged, 1/4"-thick ABS plastic frame that won't bend or
scratch the tank. 1/8" stainless steel shaft. Nets can be boiled or bleached
for sterilization.

MODEL
NET10
FRAME
SIZE
HANDLE MESH BAG

LENGTH SIZE DEPTH
EACH
$2.79
2 X 41/4
1/16
NET275
33/4 X 41/2
1/16
2.79
NET90
71/2 X 61/4
1/16
3.29
NETS, COMMERCIAL-DUTY
F8103
F46
F8102
These durable nets can withstand constant use in commercial applications.

These aquaculture-duty nets are tough and long-lasting. Stainless steel
frames and handles.
MODEL
FRAME SIZE
HANDLE LENGTH
MESH SIZE
F8102
8 X 10
12
1/16
$45.89
EACH
F8103
8 X 10
12
1/8
45.89
F10121
10 X 12
12
1/16
48.79
F10122
10 X 12
12
1/8
48.79
F12162
12 X 16
12
1/8
59.79
F12163
12 X 16
12
3/16
64.89
F15212
15 X 21
12
1/4
90.09
F46
4 X 6
12
BRINE SHRIMP
36.29
F8101
8 X 10
12
BRINE SHRIMP
53.29
384
384 SECTION
NETS

Dip/Bucket/Stand
SOLID BOTTOM DIP NET

This deep bag fish net features a vinyl bottom that holds water. It is an
excellent net for moving endangered fish or specialty fish you don't want
the net to touch. A stainless steel frame and handle ensures the net will last
for years. Heavy-duty knotless mesh sides.

MODEL
FRAME
HANDLE
BAG
SHIP WT
SIZE LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS)
NT101
10X10 12 1/8 12
EACH
$114.39
BUCKET NET
This high-quality net is designed to be set onto a 5-gallon bucket for
transferring fish. The net is made with a stainless steel frame. Heavy knotless
netting is gentle on fish. Net will last for years.

MODEL
FRAME
BAG
SHIP WT
SIZE MESH DEPTH (LBS)
NT102
11 DIA.
1/4
11
EACH
3 $78.79
BIG FISH NET

This net has exaggerated width and depth to allow secure handling of large
fish. 1-1/4 dia. aluminum handle. Netting is square mesh, heavy nylon,
treated with green Net Guard preservative. A connecting block allows the
handle to slide into the net frame for storage. Ships Ground in 2 boxes, one
Oversize at the 70-lb rate, one with over 60" charge. So four ship for the same
price as one.

MODEL
FN36
FRAME
HANDLE
BAG
SHIP WT
36 X 37
72
52
NET STAND
NET SOAK
This all-plastic storage stand is better than wood,

unaffected by water and easy to clean. It is sturdy,
lightweight and requires minimal floor space. Stand
holds up to 24 nets with handles up to 13/8" in
diameter.
This net soaking compound will keep net fabric soft,

resulting in less stress on the fish. Concentrated:
use 2 oz for 10 gallons of water (1.5 mL per liter).

SHIP WT
MODEL L W H (LBS)
N0071
EACH
18 18 18 7.5 $39.29
2.5
EACH
$70.49

MODEL EACH
NS128
1 GAL
Net Soak is a registered trademark of United Pet Group, Inc.
$78.39
SECTION
NETS 385
385

Koi
ECONOMICAL KOI NETS WITH TELESCOPIC HANDLES
KO50A
These koi nets are good-quality, lightweight nets at an economical price.

The two-piece, aluminum telescoping handle comes with a soft, black mesh
net. The long-reach handles are perfect for herding and catching fish up to 3
feet. These are lighter-duty versions of our KO8 Deluxe Koi Net with
Telescopic Handle.

MODEL
KO30A
SMALL KOI NET
PT811
FRAME
HANDLE
BAG
SHIP WT
12X12111/2 13
KOI SOCK NETS
NET HANDLE
DEPTH
MESH
LENGTH DIAMETER
SHIP WT
(LBS)
1/8
EACH
0.3 $12.79
EACH
KO30A
11 DIA.
3/25
31-62 1
1.0 $22.49
KO50A
20 DIA.
16
3/25
31-62 1
1.2 $25.59
DELUXE KOI NET WITH TELESCOPIC HANDLE
KOI
This small net is designed for catching small- to medium-size koi and goldfish.
Measures 11.5" across end, 12" from end to handle; has 13" long aluminum
handle with rubberized grip. 6" bag depth, 1/8" soft black mesh. 2" rope loop for
hanging on end of handle. Skimmer net has micron netting with extra deep bag.

MODEL
FRAME
SIZE
KOI
This net has polyester mesh coated to resist barb penetration and scaling.
Shallow bag depth allows easy access. A net guard surrounds the aluminum
frame to prevent fish abrasion. Telescopic aluminum handle (included).

MODEL
K08
FRAME
HANDLE
BAG
SHIP WT
25 DIA.
4-8
3/8
EACH
4 $123.89
KOI
Sock nets are a "must have" net for koi keepers. We have both the net
and water-holding socks. Each has an aluminum frame and wooden
handle. The KS45 has a very fine mesh that will allow water to pass through.
The KS44 is a much tighter weave, very soft and will not pass water quickly
(not watertight). After netting the fish, pinch the mesh end closed and the
fish are held within a sock of water, which is much easier on them.

MODEL
FRAME
HANDLE
SOCK
SHIP WT
SIZE LENGTH LENGTH (LBS)
EACH
KS44
12 DIA.
12
40
1 $44.99
KS45
12 DIA.
12
40
2.5 44.99
KS44
KS45
TECH TALK 16
Fish Metabolism
We refer to fish as being cold blooded, that doesnt mean they dont give off heat. There is
heat of metabolism, or heat that is generated as fish metabolize feed in a system. It works
as follows:
1 00 pounds of fish fed @ 5 percent of weight per day.
5 pounds of feed x 700 kcal/lb feed = 3,500 kcal/day.
3 ,500 kcal/day = heat that would raise a 400-gallon culture tanks temperature (perfectly
insulated) 23C.
This explains how fish metabolism, together with pumps, lights, etc., is responsible for raising
the temperature.
NETS
386386 SECTION
SECTION
Products
Fingerling/Harvesting/Landing

FRY, FINGERLING AND BAIT NETS
These nets are excellent for handling small fish. Each net has an all-wood handle (great for cold
weather) with a heavy-duty, galvanized steel frame. Steel net guards are standard on the front of each
(except the skimming net DN29). All mesh is knotless nylon. Replacement bags are not available.
DN22
HEAVY-DUTY HARVESTING NETS

These nets are heavy nets for heavy loads. They'll carry up to 100 lbs! A hand grip at the frame throat
makes lifting heavy loads easier. DN11 and DN12 are generally preferred for catfish and DN13 for fish
with scales. Painted steel frame with galvanized steel handles. The nets ship Oversize at the 30-lb rate, so
four can ship for the same price as one.
DN28
LANDING NET
Excellent for landing fish at fee fishing operations. 1-1/8 diameter aluminum handle. Shipped in two boxes.
DN29
DN12
DN11
DN13
DN36

SHIP WEIGHT
MODEL
FRAME SIZE
HANDLE
MESH
BAG DEPTH
(LBS)
EACH
FRY, FINGERLING, AND BAIT NET

DN21
16" X 12"
20 WOOD
1/4"
$32.59 $29.33/4+
DN22
16" X 12"
20 WOOD
1/8"
34.29 30.86/4+
DN23
16" X 12"
20 WOOD
1/4"
12
35.89 32.30/4+
DN24
16" X 12"
20 WOOD
1/8"
12
37.89 34.10/4+
DN25
16" X 12"
35 WOOD
1/8"
35.79 32.21/4+
DN26
16" X 12"
35 WOOD
1/4"
33.89 30.50/4+
DN27
16" X 12"
35 WOOD
1/8"
12
41.69 37.52/4+
DN28
16" X 12"
35 WOOD
1/4"
12
39.59 35.63/4+
DN29
16" X 12"
35 WOOD
1/8"
FLAT
32.09 28.88/4+
42 STEEL
1" #42 POLY W/KNOTS
24
103.59 93.23/3+
HEAVY-DUTY HARVESTING NETS

DN11*
22" X 18"
DN12*
19" X 15"
31 STEEL
1/4" DIPPED KNOTLESS
12
86.99 78.29/3+
DN13*
19" X 15"
31 STEEL
1/4" KNOTLESS
12
86.99 78.29/3+
DN11R
REPLACEMENT BAGS FITS MODEL DN11
25.39
DN12R
23.29
DN13R
23.29
72 ALUMINUM
1/2
24
60.69 54.62/4+
LANDING NET
DN36*
22 X 17
*Oversize, Exposed: ships @ 30-lb rate when applicable.
Plankton Nets can be found on Pg. 397
SECTION
NETS 387
387

Monorail
MONORAIL NETS WITH ALUMINUM HANDLES

These nets do not need any edge protection because their unique monorail
frame is a natural guard. The frame is made of lightweight, yet strong,
extruded aluminum. Bag replacement is simple. These nets have 1"
aluminum handles (also see nets w/fiberglass handles). Nets with 36"
handles and larger ship Oversize/Exposed and up to six nets can be
packaged together to save shipping costs.
Note: MH516P and MH54P have the same dimensions as MH516 and MH54
but have pool quick connects to fit pool style handles.
DN35
Replacement bags
available, see page 388.
MH516
DN34
DN33AL

MODEL
FRAME
SIZE
HANDLE BAG
SHIP WT
LENGTH DEPTH MESH
(LBS)
EACH
4+
DN35M 9" X 6"
18"
4"
1/32
$19.59 $17.63
DN35A
9" X 6"
18"
4"
1/8
18.89 17.00
DN35
9" X 6"
18"
4"
1/4
15.99 14.39
DN36M 9" X 6"
36"
4"
1/32
18.99 17.09
DN36A
9" X 6"
36"
4"
1/8
20.69 18.62
DN36C
9" X 6"
36"
4"
1/4
21.79 19.61
MH516
9" X 6"
18"
6"
1/8
23.09 20.78
MH516P 9" X 6"
36"
6"
1/8
25.69 23.12
MH54
9" X 6"
18"
6"
1/4
23.09 20.78
MH54P 9" X 6"
36"
6"
1/4
25.59 23.03
DN34
12" X 13"
18
3"
1/4
23.49 21.14
DN34B
12" X 13"
18"
3"
1/2
DN34ML 12" X 13"
60"
3"
1/32
DN34AL 12" X 13"
60"
3"
1/8
DN34L
60"
3"
1/4
12" X 13"
3+1*
3+1*
3+1*
28.19 25.37
24.39 21.95
26.49 23.84
25.49 22.94
DN34BL 12" X 13"
60"
3"
1/2
3+1*
32.19 28.97
DN34A
12" X 13"
18"
3"
1/8
22.99 20.69
DN34M 12" X 13"
18"
3"
1/32
21.19 19.07
DN31M
16" X 16"
18"
6"
1/32
2+1
23.49 21.14
DN31A
16" X 16"
18"
6"
1/8
2+1
27.49 24.74
DN31
16" X 16"
18"
6"
1/4
2+1
24.19 21.77
DN31D
16" X 16"
18"
12"
1/4
2+1
26.99 24.29
DN31B
16" X 16"
18"
6"
1/2
2+1
32.29 29.06
DN32M 16" X 16"
36"
6"
1/32
2+2
27.09 24.38
DN32A
16" X 16"
36"
6"
1/8
2+2
28.79 25.91
DN32
16" X 16"
36"
6"
1/4
2+2
23.49 21.14
DN32B
16" X 16"
36"
6"
1/2
2+2
34.49 31.04
2+3*
28.79 25.91
DN33M 16" X 16"
60"
6"
1/32
DN33A
16" X 16"
60"
6"
1/8
DN33D
16" X 16"
60"
12"
1/4
2+3 *
28.69 25.82
DN33B
16" X 16"
60"
6"
1/2
2+3*
37.29 33.56
DN32ML 16" X 16"
36"
12"
1/32
2+2
28.79 25.91
DN32AL 16" X 16"
36"
12"
1/8
2+2
30.69 27.62
DN32D
16" X 16"
36"
12"
1/4
2+2
26.49 23.84
DN32BL 16" X 16"
36"
12"
1/2
2+2
36.19 32.57
4*
32.59 29.33
4*
36.19 32.57
DN33ML 16" X 16"
60"
12"
1/32
DN33AL 16" X 16"
60"
12"
1/8
DN33
16" X 16"
60"
6"
1/4
DN33BL 16" X 16"
60"
12"
1/2
2+3*
4*
4*
30.69 27.62
30.69 27.62
26.89 24.20
REPLACEMENT PARTS
One Piece Handle
Telescoping Handle
BD1HOOP
AK-2
ONE PIECE HANDLE, 24
8.39
AK-3
9.39
AK-5
12.29
FH48
TELESCOPING HANDLE, 4884
21.79
BD1HOOP
HOOP, 16 X 16
7.79
*Additional shipping charge when applicable.
388 NETS
SECTION

Monorail/Replacement
Bags
MONORAIL NETS WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLES

These nets feature 1" diameter fiberglass handles. They are popular with
Fish and Game Commissions, hatcheries and universities. Handles are
capped on the net end and have a 5" foam grip on the other. Handles are
easily removed with a pushbutton. Replacement bags available below.

MODEL
FRAME
SIZE
DN32F
HANDLE
BAG SHIP WT
LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS)
EACH
4+
$35.49
$31.94
16 X 16
36
1/4
2+2
DN32DF 16 X 16
36
1/4
12
2+2
36.39 32.75
DN33F
16 X 16
60
1/4
2+3*
41.39 37.25
DN33DF 16 X 16
60
1/4
12
2+3*
42.49 38.24
FK-5
60 HANDLE
26.36 23.75
CB-1
FRAME ADAPTER
8.39 7.55
CB-1
DN32F
*Additional $5.00 shipping charge when applicable.
MONORAIL NETS, TANGLE-FREE

These monorail nets are coated to eliminate hang-ups of fish
barbs. The nets are not replaceable, but the coating will increase
net life dramatically.
NT12

MODEL
FRAME
SIZE
HANDLE
LENGTH MESH
BAG SHIP WT
DEPTH (LBS)
NT12
12 X 13
18
3/16
$34.09 $30.68
NT16
16 X 16
60
3/16
38.19 34.37
EACH
4+
MONORAIL NET
The Handler has Ace nylon mesh with aluminum handle and sponge end.
Well suited for handling most medium-size fish.

MODEL
KN164
FRAME HANDLE
BAG
SHIP WT
16X16 4 1/4 4
EACH
4+
$28.09 $25.28
THE MONORAIL SYSTEM
REPLACEMENT BAGS FOR MONORAIL NETS
Features an extruded aluminum net frame which encases the net, guarding
it from abrasion. It makes a smooth, strong, attractive net, and replacing
the net bag is simple. All nets are 100% nylon knotless weave, which reduces
MODEL
abrasion to the fish.
Knotless
Knotted
FRAME SIZE
MESH
BAG DEPTH
DN35MR
9" X 6"
1/32"
4"
$8.29 $7.46
EACH
6+
DN35AR
9" X 6"
1/8"
4"
8.29 7.46
DN35R
9" X 6"
1/4"
4"
8.59 7.73
MH54R
9" X 6"
1/4"
6"
12.89 11.60
MH516R
9" X 6"
1/8"
6"
12.89 11.60
DN34MR
12" X 13"
1/32"
3"
7.79 7.01
DN34AR
12" X 13"
1/8"
3"
7.79 7.01
DN34R
12" X 13"
1/4"
3"
8.19 7.37
DN34BR
12" X 13"
1/2"
3"
10.99 9.89
DN31MR
16" X 16"
1/32"
6"
11.29 10.16
DN31AR
16" X 16"
1/8"
6"
11.29 10.16
DN31R
16" X 16"
1/4"
6"
11.29 10.16
DN31BR
16" X 16"
1/2"
6"
13.99 12.59
DN32MLR
16" X 16"
1/32"
12"
12.49 11.24
DN32ALR
16" X 16"
1/8"
12"
12.49 11.24
DN31RD
16" X 16"
1/4"
12"
12.99 11.69
DN32BLR
16" X 16"
1/2"
12"
15.99 14.39
SECTION
NETS 389
389
Products
/ Products
/ Products
Seines/Net
Mending
Tools
SEINES, SMALL
These small-mesh, commercial-grade seines are ideal for gathering fish in
tanks and small ponds. They are made of white knotless nylon. Complete with
sponge floats for top and weighted bottom line. Seine handles not included.

MODEL
H X L
MESH SIZE
MATERIAL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
ML210
4 X 10
3/16
NYLON
3 $69.99
ML520
6 X 20
3/16
NYLON
6 175.99
SEINES, LIGHT-DUTY
These seines are made of square mesh nylon netting that travels through
the water easily. They are offered in mesh sizes small enough to net even
two-week-old koi fry (1/8"). Seines include floats and lead weighted bottoms.

SHIP WT
H X L
MESH SIZE
MATERIAL
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
LDS1
8 X 20
NYLON
5 $166.49
LDS2
8 X 20
NYLON
4 126.69
LDS3
8 X 40
NYLON
12 347.69
LDS4
8 X 40
NYLON
8 240.99
SEINES, HEAVY-DUTY
These seines will stand up to the rigors of daily commercial use. Foam
floats are sewn on 12" centers along the 3/8" braided float line. A braided lead
line with internal leads (.16 lbs/ft), plus 4-oz external leads over the lead
line on 8" centers, holds nicely to the bottom. Knotless nylon mesh.

SHIP WT
H X L
MESH SIZE
MATERIAL
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
HDS1
$203.69
4 X 10
NYLON
16
HDS5
4 X 10
NYLON
11.6 211.09
HDS2
7 X 20
NYLON
25 475.89
HDS6
8 X 20
NYLON
24 478.39
NET MENDING TOOLS

No. 12 nylon twine has 90-lb strength and No. 21 twine has 192-lb strength.
TW12
MODEL
NT8
EACH
TW21
NO. 21 WHITE BRAIDED, 740'/LB
$18.59/lb
TW12
NO. 12 WHITE BRAIDED, 1,900/LB
NT6
6 STEEL BENT NEEDLE
3.69
NT8
3/8 X 8 NYLON NEEDLE
4.19
20.69/lb
NT6
390 SECTION
NETS
Products
Floats/Nets
NET FLOATS
Rigid polyethylene floats are UV-resistant and extremely durable.
They are ideal for use with seines, nets and traps.
HOLE
MODEL
L DIA. SIZE
COLOR
EACH
FT3X5B/W 5
BLUE/WHITE $2.59
FT5X9B/W 9
BLUE/WHITE 4.69
FT3X5B/W
NET FLOATS
Made of ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), which offers high tensile
strength; durability; resistance to pressure, sunlight and abrasion;
buoyancy; and a much longer life expectancy than PVC net floats.
Each Evafloat has internal nylon grommets and will give years of worry-free
service as your seine float, rope barrier or marker buoy.
HOLE FLOATATION
MODEL L
DIA. SIZE COLOR
(OZ)
EACH
NF4
5 3 WHITE 17 $2.39
NF5
6 311/16 WHITE 23 2.59
NF6
5 4 1 WHITE 32 4.99
NF4
NF6
CAST NETS
Monofilament cast nets are useful for sampling ponds and tanks and
are convenient for partial harvesting of fish as small as 4" long. These
economical nets come with a 20' long polyester rope. Mesh size is 3/8"
(9.6 mm) and stretches to 7/8" (23 mm).

MODEL DIA
CN4
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
CN4 8'
$45.49
CN5 10'
55.49
CN7 14'
74.79
CN8 16'
10
93.89
NYLON NETTING, KNOTLESS

Ace mesh netting is strong, nonabrasive and will not scale the fish. It is ideal for
minnows, fry and other fish that are easily damaged.
This material is excellent for bait bags, dip nets, bait nets, holding pens or any
other application where a strong, soft, small mesh is required. Will not
rot or mildew, can be stored wet. The netting is 4' wide and sold by the running
yard (1 running yard = 12 sq.ft.).
MODEL
MESH WIDTH LENGTH
EACH
5+
NA2
1/8"
1 YD
$9.09 $8.18
NA3
3/16"
1 YD
7.99 7.19
NA4
1/4"
1 YD
12.79 11.51
NA2
NA3
NA4
SECTION 391
FIELD SUPPLIES
PRODUCTS
392 Plant/Debris Removal

393 Measuring/Catheter Tubing/Fish Tags
394 Water Sampling
396 Water Flow & Depth Measurements
397 Plankton Sampling/Sieve Sets
398 Tracer Dye/Thermometers/Scanner/
Alarms
400 Outdoor Cases
401 Notebooks/Copier Paper/Pen
402 Rain Suits/Waders/Gloves
392 CLEANING
SECTION
FIELD SUPPLIES
Products
Siphon
Plant/Debris
Pump/Scrub
/ Products
Removal
Pads
/ Products
WEED RAZORS
The Weed Razer removes lake/pond weeds in minutes. With minimal
resistance, it will cut or shear almost any type of rooted aquatic vegetation like
milfoil, lily pads, pond weed and cattails. Give it a toss, let it sink, pull it in and
repeat. Made of galvanized steel with stainless steel blades. Two-part handle
for easy storage. Assembles in minutes (Weed Raze Pro comes preassembled).
Weed Razer Pro is adjustable, providing 7 different length cutting paths.
Includes blade sharpener and weed deflector. Weed Razer Original includes
blade sharpener and weed deflector. Weed Razer Express is light weight, cuts
in narrow places and includes a weed deflector.
Able to cut in deep or shallow water, cutting at the base of the weeds
AWC48
AWC62
Weed deflector prevents vegetation from getting stuck where the blades
meet the handle

MODEL
CUTTING FLOATING HANDLE SHIP WT

PATH ROPE LENGTH (LBS) EACH
AWC30 WEED RAZER EXPRESS
30
25
6 5
AWC48 WEED RAZER ORIGINAL
48
25
6 5
9 179.99
30 - 62
25
6 5
11 124.99
AWC62
WEED RAZER PRO
8 $139.99
Weed Razer is a registered trademark of Jenlis, Inc.
WEED RAKERS
The Weed Raker removes cut lake/pond weeds and floating debris such as water
hyacinth, bladderwort, salvinia, water lettuce, etc. It will dig and pull the stems
and roots of your lake and pond weeds thereby slowing or eliminating their
re-growth. The head can be filled with weighted material (ie. gravel) to sink it
quicker or to increase the weight when its used to groom the bottom. Four
section, aluminium handle with floating rope. Features 12 pairs of flexible
composite tine (teeth) that wont get locked in heavy roots.
AWR23
Light weight toss & pull weeds in from 55 away

Tines are designed to slide into the head channel; no nuts & bolts required
The Beach Rake can be used in water and on land. 4-section, aluminium handle,
floating rope and float attach to the rake head. On land, clears beach debris,
grooms sand, spreads landscape rock and wood chips. In water, removes
floating vegetation and algae, decaying organic matter from lake and pond
bottom, and roots up weeds.

MODEL
HEAD HANDLE TINE FLOATING SHIP WT

WIDTH LENGTH LENGTH ROPE (LBS)
AWR22
EACH
AWR22
WEED RAKER 37 11 8 43 12 $124.99
AWR23
BEACH RAKE
AWR22T
REPLACEMENT TINE (1/PK) FOR AWR22
36 11 3 25 7 115.49
AWR22TC REPLACEMENT TINE (12/PK) FOR AWR22
5.29
56.69
WEED RAKE
This aquatic weed rake is equipped with a foam float thats easily removable if
you need to pull in floating weeds or rake the bottom. Comes with a two-piece
handle and floating poly rope.

MODEL
HEAD
WIDTH
HANDLE
LENGTH
TINE
LENGTH
FLOATING
ROPE
SHIP WT
(LBS)
AWR1
36"
5 - 10'
3"
20'
10
PARACHUTE SKIMMER
The Parachute Skimmer cleans a 5 swath of pond/lake surface and
subsurface using a PVC coated mesh screen to capture everything in its path.
As the skimmer is pulled from the water, the net closes catching the debris.
Use large-screen model (1/4 mesh) for trash, algae and larger debris and
micro-screen model for duckweed, watermeal and smaller vegetation.
Includes closed cell foam float and 24 nylon throw rope. 5 wide x 2.5 deep.
Approved for use by the Florida DEP.
MODEL
EACH
PS51
LARGE SCREEN
$156.49
PS52
MICRO SCREEN
156.49
PS51
EACH
$138.99
FIELD SUPPLIES
SECTION 393
393
Measuring/Catheter
Products / Products
Tubing/Fish
/ Products
Tags
FISH MEASURING BOARD

This economical board is easy on the fish and easy to use. Made entirely
of ABS plastic with permanent markings in inches with 1/10" divisions and in
centimeters. Overall length is 24" (60 cm). Weighs 4 lbs.

LENGTH
MODEL (IN/CM)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
FMB2 24/60
EACH
$70.79
CATHETER TUBING
This PTFE tubing is commonly used for sampling egg stage development in
brood stock. It has a wall thickness of .15 mm (150 microns) and is safer
than glass capillary tubes. Sold by the foot.
MODEL
INSIDE DIA. X OUTSIDE DIA.
EACH
TT86
0.86 MM X 1.14 MM
$3.09
TT97
0.97 MM X 1.27 MM
3.09
TT119
1.19 MM X 1.49 MM
3.09
TT173
1.73 MM X 2.03 MM
3.29
FISH TAGGING GUN AND FISH TAGS

Fish tags are one of the best ways to identify individual fish. They can be
used to distinguish male fish from females and broods from the rest of the
stock. They can mark genetic strains and individual fish for research and
growth studies. We offer the popular T-bar anchor tags in both flag and
number styles. They're easy to insert, cause minimal stress and can remain
in the fish for years. The flag tag is 21/2" long with a 3/16" x 3/8" flag (no labeling
possible). The number style is international orange with black numbers.
The tagging gun, which is compatible with both tag styles, uses a needle to
insert the tags to a depth of 5/8".
FISH TAGS
TG
FFT1
FISH TAGGING GUN
PK
COLOR
QTY EACH
MODEL STYLE
MODEL
FFT1
FLAG
LIGHT BLUE
100 $4.99
TG
TAGGING GUN
DARK BLUE
EACH
$97.99
FFT2
FLAG
100 4.99
TGN
REPLACEMENT NEEDLE
20.99
FFT3
FLAG YELLOW
100 4.99
TGS
NEEDLE SHARPENER
14.59
FFT4
FLAG RED
100 4.99
FFT6
FLAG ORANGE
100 4.99
FFT7
FLAG
100 4.99
FFT9
FLAG CLEAR
FTN100
NUMBER
DARK GREEN
NO. 1 - 100
100 4.99
100 135.49
TECH TALK 79
Tagging Fish
Fish tags can be useful in fisheries research, as well as broodstock management. When used with
proper record keeping, tags can keep track of sex, age, genetic line, year class, dispersal patterns
or that the fishs name is Bob.
3. O nce the needle is inserted, hold the gun

firmly against the fishs body while
compressing the handle firmly.
Making a good tag consistently can take some practice, but the following general procedure can
be followed for most species of fish. The goal is to set the hook of the tag into the dorsal fin
rays that extend into the musculature of the fish. This means you should actually feel the bone
when setting the tag.
4. T wist the gun slightly and remove the needle.

DO NOT RELEASE THE COMPRESSED HANDLE
UNTIL THE NEEDLE HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN.
Once withdrawn, release the handle slowly to
make certain the next tag is fed into position
for tagging. Failure to do so may cause feed
mechanism to skip.
1. Hold the fish firmly in the swimming position when it is tagged to reduce movement.
Anesthetized fish should be held firmly as well. Squirming fish can bend the needle and
cause injury.
2. U sing the needlepoint, lift up a scale on the left side of the fish and insert the needle at the
anterior (forward) base of the dorsal fin, forcing it forward through the dorsal rays.
5. Tug the tag lightly to set. One final note: disease transmission can be a concern when tagging
fish. To minimize risk, swab the needle with rubbing alcohol, iodine, etc., after each tag.
394
394 SECTION
FIELD SUPPLIES
Products
Fish
Scale/ Sampling/Water
Products / Products
Sampling
ALL-WEATHER FISH SCALE SAMPLING ENVELOPES

Made with Rite in the Rain All-Weather paper. Record data, and store scale
samples regardless of the weather or moisture condition. A great complement
to your research equipment. Pre-printed envelope with side opening.
MODEL
SIZE
NO. ENVELOPES
EACH
RR101
21/4 X 31/2
$21.29
100
Rite in the Rain is a registered trademark of J.L. Darling LLC.
WATER SAMPLER
Recommended for water 5 meters or more in depth
WATER SAMPLER
Recommended for water 1 - 20 meters in depth
Simplified, one-liter, horizontal-style sampler features a clear acrylic body with

a built-in outlet for removal of the water sample. A brass messenger is sent
down a 20-meter, calibrated, nylon line to trigger a release mechanism sealing
the sample chamber. The seal is made with two heavy plungers. A lead collar
surrounds sampler to eliminate drift. Messenger and calibrated line are
included. Contains lead.
Collect samples from depths between one and

twenty meters. Its inner collection chamber allows
dissolved oxygen samples to be "fixed" prior to
removal. Outer chamber (1,200 mL) is clear acrylic.
A thermometer clip, zinc weight and two extra
inner collection chambers are included. Measures
81/4" x 3" dia. Weighs 4 lbs.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH

MODEL LENGTH DIAMETER
LM1077 10
$224.99
LM1060
BOTTOM GRAB
This benthic sampler is designed for taking samples on soft muck, mud or fine,
peaty material. Made of 316 stainless steel, it requires a messenger to release
the two-pin jaw. Uses messenger (SBK2 or SBK3not included) and 3/16"
braided line.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
BS195
BOTTOM GRAB
10
$464.09
SBK2
SPLIT MESSENGER
0.7
65.09
SBK3
SOLID MESSENGER
0.7
53.29
BS195
SBK2
SBK3
8 1/4
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
$115.99
DREDGE, BOTTOM SAMPLING

Our all stainless steel dredge features a bottom sensing closure that
eliminates the need for a messenger weight. This dredge is a convenient
sediment-collecting device for mud, sand, and light gravel. A newly
designed trigger ensures that the jaws stay open
during descent. Sampling volume is 110 in3.
Sampling area covered by open dredge: 45 in2
(114.3 cm2).

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
LM1097 3
$194.99
FIELD SUPPLIES
SECTION 395
395
Products
Secchi
/ Products
Disk/Sampling
/ Products
Kit
SECCHI DISK AND DECAL

MODEL
SEC
8 DISK
SE1 DECAL
The plastic Secchi disk is a standard for measuring

the relative visibility of water. Lower it into the
water and when it disappears, record its depth.
SEC is a LaMotte silk-screened plastic disk with
stainless steel eye bolt and lead weight.
Lowering line not included. 21 oz, SE1 is a black
and white vinyl decal for freshening up any 8"
Secchi disk or for making your own.
EACH
$27.99
6.89

SEC
How to Use a Secchi Disk

1. Make sure that the Secchi disk is securely attached to the measured line.
2. L ean over the side of the boat and lower the Secchi disk into the water, keeping your back toward the sun to block glare.
3. L
ower the disk until it disappears from view. Lower it one-third of a meter and then slowly raise the disk until it just reappears. Move the disk up and down
until the exact vanishing point is found.
4. A
ttach a clothespin to the line at the point where the line enters the water. Record the measurement on your data sheet. Repeating the measurement will
provide you with a quality control check.
SAMPLING AND MEASUREMENT KIT, MARINE SCIENCE

This rugged combination outfit is easy to transport, simple to use and a
necessity for any salt water field sampling. Durable, reliable sampling gear
and measurement devices all housed within a rugged field carrying case for
easy transport and storage.
Kit includes: Forel-Ule color comparator kit and Secchi disk (20 cm in
diameter) to determine turbidity and degree of visibility in water columns;
bottom sampling dredge to obtain bottom sediment for surface analysis;
D.O. water sample bottle to collect water samples for analysis at controlled
depths (holds 60 ml of sample); plankton net to collect plankton and
invertebrates for surface studies (153 micron mesh net is 15" in length and
has a 5" diameter mouth and two 50-ml collection tubes at end); armored
thermometer in protective, plastic jacket for accurate temperature readings
(range is 5 to 45 C); sounding lead and calibrated line (includes a 2-lb weight
and a nylon sampler line marked from 020 m in one meter increments).
All items are contained in heavy-duty 14" L x 14" W x 7" H foam-lined case.
Ships Ground.

SHIP WT
MODEL
(LBS) EACH
LM1069 14
$538.99
LaMotte is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products, Co.
CALIBRATED SAMPLER LINE

This heavy-duty nylon line is marked from 0 to 20 m in one-meter
increments. Great for use with Secchi discs, bottom grab samplers
and water samplers. A 2-lb spring clip is attached to one end for easy
attachment. Line is wound on a foam spool to prevent loss if dropped
overboard. LM1064 includes a 2-lb (908 grams) lead weight.

MODEL
LM1065
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
LM1065
CALIBRATED LINE
1.7
$40.99
LM1064
CALIBRATED LINE W/LEAD WEIGHTS
3.7
54.99
LM1064
396 FIELD SUPPLIES
Water Flow and Water Depth Measurement
WATER FLOW PROBE

Perfect for monitoring spring runoff
This water flow probe is a lightweight, easy-touse water velocity meter. It is highly accurate and
comes complete with LCD digital display, internal
ball bearings and a telescoping handle. Shipped
in a padded case for safe carrying. Probe
measures both instantaneous velocity (accuracy
0.5 feet per second (fps) and average velocity
(accuracy 0.1 fps). Reads in fps and meters per
second (m/sec). Range is 0.319.9 fps (0.16.1 m/
sec). Datalogger stores 30 sets, including MIN,
MAX and AVG. Unit also displays true digital
running average, updated once per second.
Sensor is a protected Turbo-Prop propeller with
magnetic pickup. Internal lithium battery is
nonreplaceable and has 5-year life. Ship weight
12 lbs. One-year warranty.
FP6
MODEL
FP6 LCD Display
EACH
FP6
FLOW PROBE, 3.76 HANDLE $886.19
FP7
FLOW PROBE, 5.515 HANDLE 951.29
FP7 LCD Display
WATER FLOW METERS

Automatically stays horizontal
These compact, mechanical velocity meters are designed for measuring water
flow in lakes, rivers and more. Determine water speed, volume or distance.
The meters incorporate a precision-molded rotor coupled directly to a six-digit
counter that registers each revolution of the rotor and displays it similar to
an odometer (up to 999,999equal to approximately 14.5 nautical miles).
Properly balanced to maintain a horizontal position when suspended by a
towing line.
After completing each sampling, simply remove the meter and record the
reading and time. Subtract the first reading from the second to calculate
average speed over a given time. Each flow meter measures 83/8" long, 19/16"
in diameter and includes 18" of tow line and a stainless steel connecting
axle pin. The high-speed meter measures from 10 cm/sec to 7.9 m/sec.
The low-speed meter measures from 2 to 100 cm/sec. Ship weight 2 lbs.
One-year warranty.
MODEL
203001
EACH
203001
HIGH-SPEED METER
$502.99
203002
LOW-SPEED METER
523.99
HANDHELD DEPTH FINDER

This versatile, handheld depth finder will give instant readings from 2.5' to
120' (1/10" precision). The digital backlit display will show depth or switch to
display air and water temperature (F). Waterproof up to 50', It shoots
through fiberglass hulls and ice. Powered by a 9V battery (included).

SHIP WEIGHT
MODEL
L W D (LBS)
DPX200
2-YEAR WARRANTY
7 2 2
EACH
$115.19
FIELD SUPPLIES 397
Plankton Sampling Nets/Sieve Sets

PLANKTON SAMPLING NETS
Designed for biological, limnological and oceanographic studies, these
nets are also used for a variety of aquaculture applications, including
plankton and larval collecting. Each net includes a stainless steel mouth
ring/towing bridle, cod end ring, rubber-coated hose clamp and a 1-liter
capacity cod end jar.
PKN2

MOUTH DIAMETER
NET LENGTH
MESH OPENING
MODEL (IN/CM) (IN/CM) (MICRONS)
PKN1
113/4 /30
EACH
351/2 /90
35
$435.79
PKN2
113/4 /30
351/2 /90
63
400.09
PKN3
113/4 /30
351/2 /90
80
390.59
371.69
PKN4
113/4 /30
351/2 /90
100
PKN5
113/4 /30
351/2 /90
150
361.19
PKN6
193/4 /50
59/150
80
594.29
PKN7
193/4 /50
59/150
150
523.99
PKN8
193/4 /50
59/150
200
515.59
PKN9
193/4 /50
59/150
335
501.89
PLANKTON SAMPLING NET

Large, cone-shaped net mouth is braced by a sturdy brass ring and wire
harness. There is a 50-mL collecting bottle at the end of the net.

MOUTH DIAMETER
NET LENGTH
MESH OPENING
MODEL (IN/CM) (IN/CM) (MICRON)
LM30023 12/30.5 38/96.5
153
EACH
$148.99
PLANKTON MINIATURE SAMPLING NETS

The net mouth has a stainless steel ring with nylon tow lines attached through
grommets. Nets include a 125-mL sampling bottle. The small mouth to net
ratio (3:1) makes them good for shallow water sampling.

MOUTH DIAMETER
NET LENGTH
MESH OPENING
MODEL (IN/CM) (IN/CM) (MICRON)
EACH
MPN80 5/12.7 15/38
80
$59.19
MPN153 5/12.7 15/38
153
51.99
D-SHAPED PLANKTON SAMPLING NET

This sampling net has a heavy cotton/polyester bag and is secured to a
12" wide D-frame. The bag depth is 8"; bottom mesh is approximately
500 microns and is protected from snags and wear by a 4" skirt. Has a 48'
telescopic aluminum handle.
MODEL EACH
LM100
$67.99
SIEVE SETS
Used to separate and grade samples, these sets are great for students.
S548 includes six interlocking sieves with plastic frames and graduated,
stainless steel wire screens; a solid container at the bottom and a snap-on
lid (US Bureau of Standards mesh sizes 5, 10, 35, 60, 120 and 230).
Weighs 3.25 lbs. S3076 consists of four high-impact plastic sieves,
with graduated mesh sizes (5, 10, 60 and 230), solid container at the
bottom and lid. Weighs 2.5 lbs. Sieves measure 63/4" x 3".
MODEL
S3076
S548
EACH
S3076
FOUR-SIEVE SET
$77.99
S548
SIX-SIEVE SET
108.19
.
s.
398 FIELD SUPPLIES

Tracer Dye/Thermometers
BRIGHT DYES TRACER DYE

Ecologically safe dyes for use in stream tracing, lake studies, flow mapping, storm and sewer analysis, pollution
studies and leak detection. Two formulations: FWT Red, a specially formulated version of the dye
Rhodamine WT; and FLT Yellow/Green, a formulated version of the dye Fluorescein. The fluorescent colors can
be detected visually in most water conditions or with the use of ultraviolet light or a fluorometer. The dyes
are temporary and will degrade naturally in sunlight (23 days for Red and 57 days for Yellow/Green) or with the
addition of chlorine. Yellow/Green is resistant to absorption in organic matter and should be used in water
with heavy sediment loads. 1 pint per 10,000 gallons.
Fluorescent water tracing dyes.
NSF certified for use in potable water.
MODEL
106023
106001
106023
EACH
FWT RED, PINT

FLT YELLOW/GREEN, PINT
$22.39
22.39
Bright Dyes is a registered trademark of Kingscote Chemicals, Inc.,
106001
POCKET THERMOMETERS
AQUARIUM/ SMALL TANK THERMOMETER
Filled with nontoxic red liquid. Measures both C

and F, range -40 to 70C and -40 to 158F.
Overall length is 5". Floats in an upright position.

Reads both F and C. Range 30 to 120F and 0 to 50C.
Contains nontoxic red liquid. A suction cup support is
included.
TH26
MODEL EACH
TH27
MODEL
TH26
WITH ALUMINUM PROTECTIVE CASE
TH27
WITH PLASTIC PROTECTIVE CASE
TH10A $2.19
EACH
$7.79
5.49
GARDEN POND/FISH TANK THERMOMETER
SINKING THERMOMETER
This ABS plastic thermometer reads in both F and

C (30110F, 040C), has a shatterproof
magnifying lens and features a snap on/off cap
that allows it to float or sink. Contains a nontoxic
red liquid. Three-foot cord is included. Measures
8"(20 cm) long x 11/4" (3.2 cm) dia.
This sinking thermometer has a tough, clear

buterate casing with a 21" tether cord and ring.
Reads -20 to 120F and -30 to 50C. Overall length
is 8". Perfect for fish ponds, minnow tanks,
hot tubs, etc. Contains a nontoxic red liquid.
MODEL EACH
TH31 $11.79
MODEL EACH
TH21 $10.19
LABORATORY THERMOMETER
MIN/MAX THERMOMETER
This accurate yet economical thermometer has a

nontoxic red liquid (no mercury) on white background.
The range is 0 to 230F and -20 to 110C. Requires
minimum immersion depth of 3". Overall length is 12".
A simple way of knowing the high and low

temperatures in water, a building, cooler, outside,
etc. over time. Easily reset with the push of a
button. Accuracy of 1%. Length is 8". Dual scales of
-50/50C and -40/120F. Contains mercury.
MODEL EACH
TH6 $3.99
MODEL EACH
TH25
$18.89
FIELD SUPPLIES
SECTION 399
399
DigitalProducts
Thermometers/Scanner/Alarm
WIRELESS THERMOMETER
WATERPROOF POCKET-SIZED THERMOMETER
Utilizing a radio wave signal, this Pinpoint wireless thermometer measures the
temperature at remote sensors, displaying the reading in either F or C. The
monitor can accept up to four different remote sensors and receive signals as
far as 100 feet (30 meters) in optimum conditions. The remote sensors have a
waterproof probe tip attached to a 36" cable. The monitor and remote sensors
require two AAA batteries each (not included). Monitor includes one remote
sensor. The LCD display is 13/4" x 13/4". Two-year warranty.
This thermometer uses a 2.75" (70 mm) stainless steel stem to measure
temperature. The digital display shows Fahrenheit (-40 to 392) or Celsius
(-40 to 200) with .2F/ 1C accuracy and .1 resolution. Capable of
max/min recall of high and low temperatures, each has data hold and auto
shut-off. Includes one LR44 button battery and a protective cover. 6 length.
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
WTP100
MONITOR W/SENSOR
$39.69
WTP101
ADDITIONAL SENSOR
20.99
39240
39240C
$21.99
94.49
5/PK
2-YEAR WARRANTY
WTP100
MINIATURE DIGITAL THERMOMETER

Measures temperature at the base unit and at a cable-connected submersible
probe. Reads temperature in C or F and has a clock function. Cable is 30"
long. Uses 1 AAA battery (not included).
MODEL EACH 4+
DTDS1
$13.49 $12.14
DIGITAL THERMOMETER W/LIGHT

Measures both F and C. Safe for fresh or salt water; includes miniature
submersible probe with 36" cable. It is also a digital clock. One AA battery
(included). 41/2" long. Display is 11/2"x 1/2" with 5/16" digits. Weighs .3 lb.
Range: -58 to 158F (50 to 70C). One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH 4+
TH22A
$24.09 $21.68
THE MINI TEMPTESTR IR THERMOMETER
INFRARED TEMPERATURE SCANNER

Read temperature instantly from a distance! It is easy to measure pipes,
walls, motors, vents, ceiling insulation, etc., up to 930F. Simply point them at
any surface and read the temperature. You will find these extremely useful for
finding insulation leaks and motor temperatures.
Features a built-in laser that guides you right to the point of
measurement. Results are displayed on a large backlit LCD in either F
or C. Readings are held for 7 seconds after trigger is released. Auto power off.
Uses 9V battery (included). Range: -4 to 930F (-20 to 500C), accuracy 2%.
Distance to size (D:S) ratio is 8:1; i.e., measures 1" dia. when held 8" away.
Scanner is 61/8" x 33/8" x 11/4", weighs only 6 oz. Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
800102 $68.49
Noncontact, infrared thermometer that is only 11/2"

wide by 21/2" high and measures surface temperatures
of any liquid, solid or semisolid in less than one
second. Minimum and maximum readings are
stored in the internal memory, hold function
freezes reading for 7 seconds. Selectable display
reads F or C. Range: -30 to 430F (-33 to
220C), accuracy 2%.
MODEL EACH
MT100 $41.59
5-YEAR WARRANTY
WATER/AIR TEMPERATURE ALARM

The large display Temp Alert sensor features an
adjustable audible alarm for high and low
temperatures and larger digits on a 4" x 4" x 1"
meter. Accuracy of .5. The alarm will activate
for both water and room temperature settings.
Submersible probe with 3' cable, suction cup and
AAA battery included. Weighs 4 oz. One-year
warranty.
5-YEAR WARRANTY
MODEL
TH24
MEASURES IN FAHRENHEIRT F
TH24C
MEASURES IN CELSIUS C
EACH
$38.99
38.99
Temp Alert is a registered trademark of Winland Electronics, Inc.

TempTestr is a registered trademark of Cole-Parmer Instrument Co.
400 FIELD SUPPLIES

Outdoor Cases
OUTDOOR CASES WITH FOAM INSERTS

These polypropylene black and yellow cases are
perfect for tough outdoor use and are tested
under extreme conditions. They are also crackproof and virtually indestructible. Cases are
equipped with dual padlock slots and foam
inserts consisting of pre-punched cubic elements
so you can customize your own interior. Optional
black shoulder carrying straps include comfortable
shoulder pad, and are made from denier nylon.
30-year Limited Warranty.
TYPE 6700
Features
TYPE 4000
IP67 Waterproof Case

Corrosion and Chemical Resistant
30-YEAR WARRANTY
Automatic pressure relief valve

Fully customizable foam inserts
Withstands temperatures from -40 to +80 deg. C
Padlock eyelets
TYPE 1000 WITH OPTIONAL

CARRYING STRAP
Space for individual name plate

Ergonomic two-component comfort grip handle
Stackable, watertight, dustproof, crack proof and
shock resistant

CASE MODEL
SIZE
TYPE 500
SMALL
TYPE 1000
TYPE 2000
CAPACITY CAPACITY
(FT3) (LBS)
INTERIOR DIMENSIONS
L W H
0.08
11
SMALL
0.15
22
SMALL
0.23
22
TYPE 3000
MEDIUM
0.41
44
TYPE 4000
MEDIUM
0.59
44
TYPE 5000
MEDIUM
0.78
55
TYPE 6000
MEDIUM
1.15
55
18 13 7
TYPE 6700
LARGE
1.32
110
21 14 8
EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS
L W H
SHIP WT BLACK CASE

YELLOW CASE
(LBS) MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
1.75
BW500B $29.39 BW500Y $29.39
BW1000B 36.19 BW1000Y 36.19
61/2
2.5
BW2000B 51.69 BW2000Y 51.69
83/4
103/4
103/4
13
141/4
113/4
63/4
4.75
BW3000B 95.49 BW3000Y 95.49
161/2
13
BW4000B 102.49 BW4000Y 102.49
181/2
14
71/2
BW5000B 134.49 BW5000Y 134.49
20
16
81/2
10.5
233/4
167/8
101/2
17
15 10 6
17
11 6
31/2
OPTIONAL CARRYING STRAP
MODEL
BW6000B 183.79 BW6000Y 183.79

BW6700B 228.99
SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
BW500CS
OPTIONAL SHOULDER STRAP FOR TYPE 500 & 1000 CASES
BW2000CS
OPTIONAL SHOULDER STRAP FOR TYPE 2000 CASES
7.29
BW3000CS
OPTIONAL SHOULDER STRAP FOR TYPE 3000, 4000, 5000 AND 6000 CASES
13.59
WATCH OUR CHANNEL

Event Highlights
Industry Spotlights
Company Overview
$5.19
FIELD SUPPLIES 401

Notebooks/Copier Paper/Pen
ALL-WEATHER NOTEBOOKS
Rite in the Rain is a patented, environmentally
responsible, all-weather writing paper that sheds
water and enables you to write anywhere, in any
weather. From the torrential downpours in the
Pacific Northwest, to the blistering heat and
humidity of a Florida summer day, Rite in the Rain
is able to provide users with an effective means
with which to write, protect, and keep valuable
information. Using a pencil or all-weather pen,
Rite in the Rain ensures that your notes survive the
rigors of the field, regardless of the conditions.
Repels water, sweat, and grime
Recyclable, wood-based paper
Archival quality
TOP SPIRAL
SIDE SPIRAL
STAPLED
PAGE PATTERNS
Field Pattern
Journal Pattern

STYLE
SIZE (IN.)
PAGE PATTERN
MODEL
Universal Pattern
NO. OF
LEAVES
SHIP WT
(OZ.)
EACH
RR135
TOP SPIRAL
3 X 5
UNIVERSAL
50
$5.19
RR146
TOP SPIRAL
4 X 6
UNIVERSAL
50
3.2
6.29
RR393
SIDE SPIRAL
45/8 X 7
JOURNAL
32
3.2
7.89
RR353
SIDE SPIRAL
45/8 X 7
FIELD
32
3.2
7.89
RR393-MX
SIDE SPIRAL
81/2 X 11
JOURNAL
42
14.4
16.79
RR115
SIDE SPIRAL
81/2 X 11
FIELD
42
14.4
16.79
RR391FX
STAPLED
45/8 X 7
JOURNAL
24
2.4
5.19
RR351FX
STAPLED
45/8 X 7
FIELD
24
2.4
5.19
All-Weather Paper
Rite in the Rain writing paper for wet
placesno more ruined field notes
Rite in the Rain is a unique paper that allows
field notes to be written in wet or humid
conditions. The coating on the paper sheds
water, making it possible to write clear, readable
notes, even in a rainstorm. This paper works
best using just a pencil or all-weather pen. This
may be the best insurance against lost time and
ruined field notes.
ALL-WEATHER COPIER PAPER

Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets
on Rite in the Rain All Weather Copier Paper. Now you can have the convenience
of using your existing data sheets on a paper that can survive in any weather
condition. Paper is 20# bond weight; white sheets. Completely recyclable
wood-based paper. Not for ink-jet printers. Copy or laser print both sides.
MODEL
PAGE PATTERN
RR851
BLANK
SIZE
NO. SHEETS
SHIP WEIGHT (LBS.)
81/2 X 11
200
1.5
EACH
$35.79
ALL WEATHER PEN & REFILL

Pencils will work great on Rite in the Rain but sometimes you just need a pen.
This 51/4 long pen writes on wet paper and upside down in temperatures from
-30F to 250F. The ink wont leak, evaporate or blow up in your pocket. Chrome/
Plastic barrel.
RR37
MODEL
RR37R
RR37
BLACK INK PEN
RR37R
BLACK INK REFILL
EACH
$11.89
8.09
402
402 FIELD
SECTION
SUPPLIES
Products
Rain
Suits/Waders
THREE PIECE RAIN SUIT

ONGUARD Webtex heavy duty ribbed PVC on non-woven polyester for
comfort and protection (.65mm material thickness). Protects from
particles, water-based liquids and rain. Reinforced crotch area to prevent
splitting. Heavy duty adjustable suspender and waist snaps for the perfect
fit. Ankle and cuff take-up snaps for a snug/tapered fit. Jacket has a storm
flap front and two front snap pockets. Underarm vents to keep you cool.
For use in warm or cool climates. Includes bib overall, detachable hood,
and jacket. Weighs 4 lbs.
CHEST
MODEL SIZE SIZE
INSEAM
EACH
RS4S
SMALL
46 28
$32.39
RS4M
MEDIUM
50
29
32.39
RS4L
LARGE
54
30
32.39
RS4XL
X-LARGE
58
31 32.39
CHEST WADERS
ULTRA LIGHTWEIGHT WADERS
Extra tough .55-mm thick chest waders offer

excellent cold weather flexibility. Durable,
heavy-duty, PVC upper with polyester backing can
be folded or rolled without cracking. Resists oil,
grease, gasoline, salt water and ozone. Drop-in
replaceable insoles provide comfort and steel
shanks provide extra arch support. Waders have
reinforced belt loops and suspender buttons (belt
and suspenders included). Top drawstring closure
provides snug fit. All chest waders measure 56.5"
in height from heel to top of wader.
Made of tough triple coated 430 denier nylon fabric with built-in latex socks to
keep feet warm and dry. 3-layer polyurethane backing ensures watertight
integrity. Must wear shoes, divers booties or boots on the outside to protect the
latex socks from abrasion. Built-in gaiter type ankle guards keep sand out of
your shoes. In warm water, wear light clothing under the waders. In cold water,
wear thermal undergarments under the waders. Waders fold flat and come
with its own storage/travel bag. They weigh 2 lbs.
Chest Waders have an inside velcro pocket, pull cord top, stretch shoulder
strap suspenders and belt loops. Waist High Waders feature a belt tube closure
system at the waist and stretch shoulder strap suspenders.
MENS
SHOE
SIZE
MODEL
86066-6 $141.69
86066-7 141.69 WC7
$144.59
86066-8 141.69 WC8
144.59
86066-9 141.69 WC9
144.59
10
86066-10 141.69 WC10
144.59

CHEST WADERS
WAIST HIGH WADERS
SIZE
MODEL
EACH MODEL
11
86066-11 141.69 WC11
144.59
SMALL
FCWS
$214.39 FWHS
177.99
12
86066-12 141.69 WC12
144.59
MEDIUM
FCWM
214.39 FWHM
177.99
13
86066-13 141.69 WC13
144.59
LARGE
FCWL
214.39 FWHL
177.99
REGULAR-TOE
STEEL-TOE
EACH
MODEL
EACH
UNDERGARMENT
NOT INCLUDED
CHEST WADER
WAIST HIGH WADER

EACH
FIELD SUPPLIES
SECTION 403
403
Products / Products
Waders/Gloves
/ Products
HIP WADERS
Superior waterproof protection to the hips
Excellent for use in aquaculture, fishing, municipalities, utilities, etc. Completely waterproof, these hip
waders are comfortable and flexible, even in cold weather. They can be folded or rolled without
cracking and resist oil, gasoline, salt water and ozone. The lightweight, durable PVC upper with
anonabsorbent, polyester backing is very comfortable. Full cushion insoles are replaceable. Steel toe
complies with ASTM F2413-11 for impact and compression. Steel midsole meets or exceeds ASTM
F2413-11 and CSA standard Z195-09 Grade 1 for puncture resistance. Model 86049 features steel toe,
cleated outsole to prevent clogging on wet slippery surfaces, and 27 inseam. Model 86856 features
steel toe, steel midsole, ultra-grip outsole for durability and slip resistance, and 32 inseam.
86049

MENS
STEEL TOE
STEEL TOE & MIDSOLE
SIZE
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH

86049-6 $88.79
86856-6 $115.99
86049-7 88.79
86856-7 115.99
86049-8 88.79
86856-8 115.99
86049-9 88.79
86856-9 115.99
10
86049-10 88.79
86856-10 115.99
11
86049-11 88.79
86856-11 115.99
12
86049-12 88.79
86856-12 115.99
13
86049-13 88.79
86856-13 115.99
GLOVES, WATERPROOF
86856
GLOVES, FILLET
Black PVC-coated glove has a sand paper type

finish to maintain an excellent grip when wet.
Jersey lined. Large only. Not recommended for
handling fish.
Single ambidextrous glove made of "New Twist"

yarn that provides the safety of steel mesh and
the comfort of man-made fiber. Outstanding cut
resistance. Machine washable, large only.
MODEL LENGTH
MODEL EACH
GW14A
EACH
14 $6.89
An economical alternative to our aqua gloves,

these clear, shoulder length gloves are made
of polyethylene and will keep your hands and
arms dry. Gloves are 1.25 mil thick. Price is per
box of 100.
B61000 34
$16.99
GLOVES, AQUA
GLOVES, SHOULDER
LENGTH DISPOSABLE
MODEL LENGTH
G9C
Designed to keep arms and hands completely dry when working inside
tanks and aquariums. Elastic bands to hold them snugly on the upper arm.
Flexible PVC with fiber-reinforced sleeves.
MODEL LENGTH
EACH
AG2 28 $20.99
EACH
$13.89
PREDATOR CONTROL
PRODUCTS
405 Netting/Animal Tongs

406 Shade Cloth/Polyclips/Netting
PREDATOR CONTROL
SECTION 405
405
Products /Netting/Animal
Products / Products
Tongs
NETTING FOR GARDEN PONDS

This lightweight netting is designed to protect ponds from leaves,
debris and small animals. 3/8" mesh. Average strand diameter is 0.01".

MODEL MESH W x L
AVG STRAND
DIAMETER
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
02307
3/8
7' X 10'
0.01
$15.59
02314
3/8
14' X 14'
0.01
24.59
02328
3/8
28' X 28'
0.01
79.49
02307
PREMIUM PREDATOR NETTING

This 2" x 2" square bird netting is truly top shelf. Its woven nylon material
is easier to work with than solid strand materials. Orders larger than 2,000
ft 2 are custom cut to your exact specifications, so you won't buy what you
don't need. It's rated at approximately 100 lbs of tensile strength and can
last five years or more.

MODEL MESH
W x L
No. 12 knotted nylon, dyed black. For custom sizes allow two weeks for delivery.
AVG STRAND
DIAMETER
SHIP WT
(LBS)
NP1
2X 2
14' X 50'
0.05
NP2
2X 2
2,000 FT2 OR MORE
0.05
EACH
$177.49
0.25
PLASTIC MESH NETTING

Predator barrier
Predator control can be a significant problem for outdoor fish farmers. After
years of experimenting for long term solutions, the industry has determined
only a physical barrier can guarantee that predators are kept out. That is
why we offer this animal barrier netting.
Lightweight, black plastic netting is easily supported by plastic wire, forming
a low-cost bird and small animal barrier (the larger the mesh, the lower the
wind load). UV-resistant to last at least four years in the tropics.

MODEL MESH W x L
AVG STRAND
DIAMETER
SHIP WT
(LBS)
1/2 X 1/2 MESH
EACH
N22
1/2" X 1/2"
14' X 50'
.018
$116.99
228.99
N22L
1/2" X 1/2"
14' X 100'
.018
N1677
5/8" X 3/4"
14' X 50'
.015
57.19
N1678
5/8" X 3/4"
17' X 100'
.015
101.99
5/8 X 3/4 MESH
ANIMAL TONGS
Easy to squeeze cast aluminum handle and jaws. Use for feeding,
retrieval and handling.
HT40
JAW OPENING
MODEL
LENGTH
MIN. MAX.
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
HT25
25
0 2 2.5 $62.99
HT40
40
0 2 2.5 79.99
HT52
52
0 2 3 104.99
406
406 SECTION
PREDATOR CONTROL
Products / Products
Polyclips/Shade
Cloth/Netting
/ Products
POLYCLIPS
These unique fasteners are ideal for attaching predator netting and shade
cloth to support rope and wires. Constructed of tough polypropylene, they can
be used over and over again. Simply snap over the edge of the material and
attach to 3/8" support wire. Recommended spacing is one polyclip per 2'
(depending on load).
MODEL
EACH
PC1 EACH
$0.65
PC125 25-PK
14.59
SHADE CLOTH
Our premium shade cloth is the knitted type, which will last over 15 years in
the tropical sun. This cloth is useful for shading tanks to reduce algae,
prevent sun damage to fish and reduce water temperature. It is also useful
for predator control, visibility screening and, of course, shading plants.
Offered in 3 densities to block 30, 50 or 70% of the sun. Made of UV-resistant
plastic. Sold in 10' L increments or full 300' rolls only.

SHIP WT
MODEL SHADE WIDTH LENGTH (LBS)
EACH
SC30 30% 12' 10 2.8 $37.79

SC30R 30% 12
755.99
300 83
SC50 50% 12 10 2.8 44.09

SC50R 50% 12
995.39
300 83
30% SHADE
50% SHADE
70% SHADE
SC70 70% 12 10 4.6 56.69

SC70R 70% 12
300 138 1,328.00
POLYPROPYLENE NETTING
This black, woven polypropylene netting can be used for many applications, including fish cages and
predator control. The knotless design prevents injury to fish.
The square mesh predator netting is one of the highest quality made. Whether covering a large
pond or small raceway, this netting will provide a good physical barrier. It is highly UV-resistant.
Smaller mesh sizes may be used for predator control but also make ideal material for fish cages. All sizes
can ship Ground.
1/2 MESH
3/8 MESH
1/6 MESH
1 MESH

MODEL
TENSILE STRENGTH
(LBS)
MESH SIZE
WIDTH
LENGTH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
BN1*
30
BN3
30
BN4
30
1 25 100 26 251.99
BN5
30
1 50 150 78 607.99
BX6
60
6 100 25 307.19
BX7
60
6 100 25 267.79
BX8
60
12 100 50 502.99
BX9
60
1 25 100 55 523.99
BX11
60
1 25 150 81 670.99
BX12
60
2 25 150 41 324.49
BX13
60
2 50 150 83 733.99
*Ships Oversize.
1/6 78 150 30 $299.29

12
100
13 135.49
PAINT AND REPAIR
PRODUCTS
408 Epoxy Products

409 Pond Coating/Spray Foam/Adhesives
408 PAINT AND REPAIR
Epoxy/Paint Kits/Primer/Thinner/Cleaner
EPOXY PAINT KITS

Epoxy paint is recognized by the EPA as nontoxic (after curing), is extremely durable and has excellent
adhesion to a wide variety of materials. Whether coating fiberglass, wood, steel, concrete or even
galvanized surfaces, you wont find a better paint for aquaculture.
Simply clean and dry the surface (acid-etch concrete and steel, then use nonsudsing ammonia to
neutralize acid residue and use PT20 concrete primer; prime steel and galvanized surfaces). Then mix
epoxy paint parts A and B, wait 3060 minutes and spray, brush or roll on. Recoat after about four hours,
if desired. The curing temperature range is 55125F. Before adding live organisms, let cure for 7 days.
Excellent for drinking water, ozone contact, fresh and saltwater aquaculture, etc.
Kit will cover 260288 ft2 of smooth surface with a thickness of 4 mil (0.004 inch). This epoxy is 65 to 72%
solids (depending on color) and has a two-year shelf life (after long exposure to UV, it typically develops a
chalky surface). Sold in 120-oz kits only (a kit is 4 parts paint and 1 part activator) in the following colors:
PT2: White
PT3: L. Green
PT4: D. Green
PT5: L. Blue
PT6: D. Blue
PT72: D. Red
PT8: L. Gray
PT9: D. Gray
PT10: Black
Note:
Paint color shown is an approximation of the actual color. Do not use the color shown as a guide for purchases
where exact color is a critical factor.
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
PT1 CLEAR
$85.99
PT6
DARK BLUE
PT2 WHITE
85.99
PT72
DARK RED
85.99
PT3
LIGHT GREEN
85.99
PT8
LIGHT GRAY
85.99
PT4
DARK GREEN
85.99
PT9
DARK GRAY
85.99
PT5
LIGHT BLUE
85.99
PT10 BLACK
85.99
EPOXY GEL KIT
STEEL PRIMER, THINNER, CLEANER, ACTIVATOR
HAZMAT AG
A great adhesive for crack repair that works on wet

or dry surfaces. An epoxy gel that is not sensitive to
moisture (may not be applied underwater, however).
This is great stuff for patching, gap filling, joining
dissimilar materials and overhead work. It doesnt
sag, run or drain into cracks. Excellent for use on
concrete, wood, fiberglass and steel.
When mixed, this two part epoxy (1 to 1) is a
gray-colored heavy paste. The pot life is only
about 20 minutes, it hardens in six hours,
can be painted over after six hours but before
48 hours, and reaches its final cure after 72 hours
at room temperature.
If not painting over, wash surface thoroughly with
soap and water (after 72 hours) before adding fish.
Acceptable for aquatic containment under USDA
guidelines. Sold in two gallon kits, Part A and Part
B. Two-year shelf life. Weighs 22 lbs.
MODEL
PT98
$85.99
EACH
2 GAL KIT $158.09
To thin epoxy for spraying, use PT18. Use PT16 cleaner for washing out
spray equipment after painting. Primer (PT17) should always be used before
painting galvanized and bare steel surfaces (after HCl etching and
nonsudsing ammonia rinsing). PT15 activator is included with the epoxy
paint and primer.
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
PT17
PRIMER, STEEL, 120 OZ
11 LBS
$71.19
HAZMAT AG
PT18
THINNER, QUART
3 LBS
18.89
HAZMAT A
PT16
CLEANER, QUART
3 LBS
16.39
HAZMAT A
PT15
ACTIVATOR, 24 OZ
3 LBS
30.89
HAZMAT A
PT18
EPOXY CONCRETE PRIMER
HAZMAT AG
A high-performance epoxy primer and coating for concrete (more than 20

days old). Deep penetrating properties provide pore filling and strengthening
of the concrete top layer, forming a strong adhesive base for surface coating.
This is an excellent sealer for epoxy paint (will not fill large pores of cinder
blocks), but cannot be used over an existing water-based paint coating. It may
also be used on damp (not wet) concrete. For best results, acid etch, rinse
with nonsudsing ammonia and pressure wash before application. The primer
is clear (consistency of water) with a pot life of 810 hours after mixing. One
gallon will cover about 200-300 ft2 with a 3- to 3.5-mil layer. One-year shelf life.
Sold in 2-gallon kit only. Weighs 20 lbs.
MODEL EACH
PT20 $140.29
PAINT AND REPAIR 409
Coatings/Repair Tape/Epoxy/Spray Foam

FISH POND COATING, HERCO H-55
REPAIR TAPE
HAZMAT AG
New concrete leaches alkali, creating pH and water chemistry problems for
fish. With Herco H-55 you can seal and leakproof new and old concrete, block
and brick.
H-55 can be brushed, rolled or sprayed with an airless gun in two or more coats
(one hour apart). One gallon covers approximately 100 sq.ft. After a 72-hour
cure period, fill with water and stock with fish. Herco thinner is required for
clean up and/or product thinning. Primer is not necessary but highly
recommendedwe cannot guarantee this product if used without primer.
Ships Hazmat.
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
H55B
NEOPRENE COATING, BLACK, GALLON
12 LBS
$124.99
H55C
NEOPRENE COATING, CLEAR, GALLON
12 LBS
139.99
H55P
PRIMER, GALLON
12 LBS
69.09
Seal leaky hoses, pipes, tubing, lines and fittings with the most versatile and
easy-to-use emergency repair product available. Rescue Tape is a self-fusing
silicone repair product that creates a permanent, airtight, watertight seal in
seconds. Leaves no sticky residue and resists fuels, oils, acids, solvents, salt
water and UV rays. Insulates up to 8,000 volts, withstands up to 500F and
remains flexible to -85F. 950-psi tensile strength.
MODEL
EACH
RT1BLK
BLACK, 1 X 12 X .02
$10.49
RT2BLK
BLACK, 2 X 36 X .03
47.19
RT1CLR
CLEAR, 1 X 12 X .02
10.49
RT2CLR
CLEAR, 2 X 36 X .03
47.19
RT2CLR
RT2BLK
H55C
WATERWELD
FW
SW
UNDERWATER EPOXY
TECH FAV
Makes repairs underwater in minutes. Permanently

repairs pipes, fish boxes, boats, tanks, buckets,
concrete, wood, fiberglass,PVCpractically
anything (except most plastics like nylon and
polyethylene). Sets in 20 minutes and cures hard
as steel in only a few hours. Safe for carrying
potable water.
MODEL
8277
EACH
2 OZ. $15.99
Waterweld is a registered trademark of J-B Weld Co., LLC
ROCKIN FOAM SPRAY FOAM
TECH FAV
Easy-to-use, adheres to most surfaces (except

soft plastics like polyethylene and nylon) and
may be used underwater. Ideal for cementing
aquarium rock formations, pond waterfalls and
patching pipes. Sets in 20 minutes and cures fully
in 24 hours. Manufacturer claims fish safe,
but we make no warranty.
Quick-drying black foam specifically for waterfalls

and water gardens. Its density is ideal for secure
rock placement, leaving little waste and giving you
better control during application. Nontoxic and
safe for aquatic plants and animals. Tack-free in 30
minutes; can be trimmed, sanded, caulked or
plastered in 1 hour. 20-oz can.
MODEL
MODEL
UP4
EACH
GRAY, 4 OZ $12.59
RCKFM20
EACH
20 OZ. $19.79
Rockin Foam is a registered trademark of Tierra Innovations, Inc.
410 SECTION
LIGHTING & ELECTRICAL
PRODUCTS
411 Timer/Submersilbe Cable/Accessories

412 Induction Grow Lights/Light Meters
SECTION 411
Products
Timer/Cable
Grips/Submersible
Cable
REPEAT CYCLE TIMER

Here is a timer that can do it all, yet is easy to set. It is a repeat cycle timer
that will turn on and off at preset intervals (not time of day). Extremely useful
for automatic operation of valves, feeding devices, pumps, etc. It allows the
setting of timing ranges from 0.05 second to 100 hours! Set on and off periods
independently with two dials, 1% accuracy. 13/4 square with 8-wire quick plug.
Its double pole, double throw switch is rated at 5 amps, 230VAC. Input voltage
100240VAC, 50/60 Hz.
MODEL EACH
T5
$167.99
GROUNDING PROBES, TITANIUM

Made of pure titanium, these specially designed probes remove stray voltage
generated by pumps, heaters, lights and other electrical devices. A worthwhile
safety device for live seafood tanks, aquariums, hatcheries, garden ponds, etc.
Noncorroding titanium probes have 10 wire lead. Simply immerse probe in
water and either plug into wall receptacle or attach to grounding lug.
Instructions included.
MODEL
TG10
PROBE W/PLUG
GP10
PROVE W/O PLUG
EACH
$15.19
15.69
POWER CABLE, SUBMERSIBLE
MAX CABLE LENGTH
This PVC cable is safe for wet-service and submersible applications.

UL- and CSA-listed; STW 600V grounding. Use 3-wire cable for single-phase
and 4-wire cable for three-phase power requirements.
MODEL
AMPS
O.D. (INCHES)
PER FT
100+
UC1-S
14-GAUGE/3-WIRE 18
.528
$1.69 $1.52
UC3-S
12-GAUGE/3-WIRE 25
.609
1.89 1.70
UC4-S
12-GAUGE/4-WIRE 20 .664
2.09 1.88
UC102
10-GAUGE/3-WIRE 30
.652
2.69 2.42
UC103
10-GAUGE/4-WIRE 25
.713
2.69 2.42
115V
UC3-S
UC4-S
115V
230V
239V
GAUGE
6A
10A
6A
10A
14
65
39
260
156
12
104
62
416
248
10
166
99
664
396
UC102
UC1-S
UC103
WEATHERPROOF HOUSING FOR EXTENSION CORDS

This inexpensive, weatherproof housing safely keeps extension cords
protected from mud, surface water and rain. Easy to install, eliminates
shock hazard and power interruptions by keeping power cords connected.
Measures 81/2 L x 21/2 diameter. Fits round 3-wire cables listed.
WPH14A
MODEL
EACH
WPH14A
FOR 3/8 O.D. CORD, 14 GAUGE
$8.09
WPH12
FOR 1/2 O.D. CORD, 12 GAUGE
29.59
CABLE, CORD & TUBING GRIPS
CABLE GRIPS
These nonmetallic grips provide a liquid-tight,

strain-relief connection for cables, cords and
tubing. Manufactured from nylon 6/6, they
are suitable for industrial and agriculture
applications. Corrosion-resistant, lightweight
and nonconductive.
These low-profile, power cable, strain-relief grips have an extremely wide

cable diameter range. The unique internal design assures a liquid-tight
seal as well as superior pull-out resistance. Tightening the nut by hand
makes the grommet constrict on the cord or cable, locking it firmly in
place. Fits cords 3/8 to 3/4 (1 to 2 cm), MNPT connections.

ACCOMMODATES
MODEL
DIA. OF CABLE
MODEL
EACH
EACH
LC12
1/2
$5.39
L6410
1/4" .114.250" .492 $3.99
LC34
3/4
5.69
L6420
3/8" .181.312" .670
L6430
1/2"
L6440
3/4" .450.709" 1.068
L6450
1" .5901.000" 1.375 10.49
.170.470"
HOLE SIZE
.875
4.49
4.49
6.79
L6410
LC12
412 SECTION
412
Products /Grow
Products
Induction
Lights/ Products
& Light Meters
INDUCTION GROW LIGHTS

Energy saving, full spectrum lighting ideal for aquaponics
Induction lighting is an emerging technology that is replacing metal halide
and high pressure sodium lighting in aquaponics. Induction lighting offers
many benefits to crop production including a broad spectrum, greater canopy
penetration and lower operating temperatures.
Consumes up to 70% less power than traditional HID lamps
One lamp from vegetative thru flowering reduces plant stress
PAR rated spectrums: 90% UV 95% Carotenoid 80% R/FR/IR
98% specular reflectance for greater canopy penetration
Low operating temperatures reduce cooling costs
Longer lamp life (100,000 hour rated)
10 year lamp and driver warranty
420W GROW LIGHT
Designed to work as an enhancement accessory to the induction lamps broad

spectrum phosphor blend. They are a low wattage addition to our induction
lamps spectrums and should be considered when the gardener is seeking
optimized quality, yield and reduced time to harvest.
Flowering enhancement accessory
Comes fully assembled No Tools Required for Easy Installation
5 Year Warranty
LIGHTING CONVERSION REFERENCE

40W PONTOON

PNR-400-PAR (420W) REPLACES 1,000W METAL HALIDE OR 750W HP SODIUM LIGHTS
Grow Lights

COVERAGE AREA
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
VOLTS
HZ WATTS
L W
L W H (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
PNR-100-PAR
100W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
100
24
24
19
141/2
63/4
12
$503.99
PNR-200-PAR
200W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
200
36
36
261/2
141/2
63/4
17
640.49
PNR-400-PAR
420W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
420
48
48
41
141/2
63/4
24
834.79
PNR-400-PON
120-277
50/60
40
40
20
51/2
14
782.29
PORTABLE LIGHT METER WITH WATERPROOF PROBE
LIGHT METER LUX/FC
Quickly and accurately measure light levels at the bottom of your tank using the
waterproof sensor. Ranges: 01,999 lux, 2,00019,999 lux and 20,00050,000
lux. Easy-to-use meter has three buttons for manual range selection; accuracy
is 6% of reading 1 digit. Sensor is salt water compatible and measures a peak
wavelength of 560 nm. Meter has auto shut-off after about 5 minutes of
non-use and a 3 cord that connects the sensor to the meter. One 9V battery
(included) gives 150 hours of use.
Monitor visible light levels anywhere with fast, stable and accurate response.
Results are easily read on the extra large LCD (1 high) with bar graph, low
battery and over range indications. The color and cosine corrected sensor
meets C.I.E. photopic spectrum. Will read LED light. Also features RS232
computer output, min/max, auto power off, external zero adjustment, hold
function and a tripod back. The lux / footcandle light meter comes ready to use
with a 9V battery, instructions, soft padded case with shoulder strap, and a
detachable sensor (with 44 cord) with cover for easier replacement or repair.
Measures 7 2 1 and weighs 10 oz. CE, RoHS.
MODEL EACH
SM700 $88.19
2-YEAR WARRANTY
MODEL EACH
840020-AQ $149.09
5-YEAR WARRANTY
RANGE
0400,000 lux, 040,000 fc
RESOLUTION
.01 / 1 lux, .001 / 1 fc
SECTION 413
CLEANING
PRODUCTS
414 Disinfectants/Cleaners
415 Siphon Pump/Vacuum/Tongs/Towel
416 Pads/Scrubbers/Scrappers
417 Vacuum Heads/Pond Hose
418 Poles & Brushs
414 CLEANING
Disinfectants/Cleaners
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE
SW HAZMAT AG
FW
CHEMICAL
Technical grade KMnO 4 (97% minimum potassium permanganate) is a

strong oxidizer that works by oxidizing organic and inorganic materials
that are major consumers of oxygen (does not add oxygen to the water). Sold
in 5-lb (2.2 kg) bucket. Ships Hazmat. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
PTP5
5 LBS
EACH
$48.99
AQUATIC DISINFECTANT
FW
SW
TECH FAV
This is a concentrated disinfectant powder that when mixed with water

forms a powerful cleaning and disinfecting solution with efficacy against
fish viruses, bacteria, fungi, and molds. This product is EPA registered
(except in California where registration is pending) for the disinfection of
environmental surfaces associated with aquaculture including vehicles
(boats, trailers, autos, etc.), nets, boots, footbaths, waders, dive suits,
hoses, brushes, hard surfaces and other similar equipment. Fast acting (10
mins. max. contact time), colorless, fragrance free and non-irritating to
skin and eyes, which makes it the ultimate disinfectant for use in aquatic
applications.
Mix at a rate of 1.3 ounces per gallon of water. One gallon of solution treats
135 sq.ft.; 10-lb container makes 123 gallons of solution. Solution remains
stable for seven days. The actual solution life can vary and will be reduced
by exposure to organics and UV light.
*MAT NOT INCLUDED, DISINFECTANT ONLY
MODEL
VKS10
EACH
4+
$98.59 $80.54
10-LB CONTAINER
SANITIZING DOOR MAT

This rubber mat holds 1 gallon of liquid sanitizing solution. Ship weight 11.3 lbs.
MODEL
EACH
RM2
18 X 18 (1 DEEP)
$81.89
RM3
32 X 39 (2 DEEP)
203.19
OVADINE IODINE
FW
SW
This product is a buffered, FDA-registered fish egg disinfectant that

works well when applied to the egg surface of salmonids. It is effective
against a wide variety of fungi, viruses and bacteria. Sodium thiosulfate (ST1/
ST1A) can be used to neutralize iodine disinfectants.

SHIP WT
MODEL
(LBS) EACH
ID10
1 GALLON
11
$40.99
Ovadine is a registered trademark of Syndel Laboratories Ltd.
AQUALIFE MULTIPURPOSE CLEANER

A high-quality cleaner designed for use in fish hatcheries, aquaculture facilities and fish and food
processing plants. Quickly loosens organic soiling, allowing easy removal of biofilm, grease, oils,
waste and more. Biodegradable, nonhazardous, phosphate-free and contains no volatile organic
compounds (VOCs). NSF-certified for use in food processing facilities. Super concentrateddilute
up to 20 times!
MODEL
AQU128
EACH
1 GALLON $26.29
CLEANING 415
Aquarium Siphon Pump/Vacuum/Tongs/Towel
MANUAL SIPHON PUMP
FW
SW
A great way to safely transfer gasoline, diesel fuel, water, etc. Made of high-impact plastic, this pump
functions as a high-volume siphon or regular lift pump.
Comes equipped with a 6' piece of 7/16" I.D. inlet hose and 3' of outlet. Pump is only 9" long and 11/4" in
diameter. Use it to start a siphon, leave it unattended to empty the vessel, then use it again as a pump to
remove the remainder.
MODEL EACH
SP9 $63.79
GRAVEL VACUUM
The Python Products No Spill Clean 'N Fill system simplifies water changes and tank maintenance. It
connects to most water faucets for use with aquariums, ponds, bioassay tanks and small recirculating
systems. The unique faucet pump enables the siphoning of water efficiently without spills. Unlike
garden hoses, the Python system uses UV-stabilized tubing, which eliminates the possibility of adding
hose-borne toxins to fish tanks. Each Python system is completely assembled, ready to use and
includes hose, 10" gravel tube, hose connectors, switch, faucet pump and faucet adapters.
MODEL
PY25
EACH
PYTHON SYSTEM, 25' HOSE
$41.99
ACCESSORIES & REPLACEMENT PARTS
MODEL
EACH
PY50
62.99
PY10X
EXTENSION HOSE, 10'
PY75
85.89
PY20X
EXTENSION HOSE, 20'
19.29
PY100
PYTHON SYSTEM, 100' HOSE 105.69
PY24
GRAVEL TUBE, 24
12.29
Python Products is a registered trademark of World Wide Pet Products, Inc.
11.49
PY13B PUMP
5.79
PY07F
MALE CONNECTOR
3.09
PY06F
FEMALE CONNECTOR
3.99
PY13C
FLOW SWITCH
4.39
PY13A
FAUCET ADAPTER, PLASTIC
3.09
PY69HD
FAUCET ADAPTER, BRASS
4.19
PY25
AQUA TONGS
These powerful tongs feature a 4.5" squeezable grip for grabbing rocks, corals and other decorations out of
tanks. Built with stainless steel and plastic components, so they will not rust. Keeps hands out of water to
reduce contamination.
AF9502
MODEL OAL
AF9500
EACH
AF9502 22"
$19.89
AF9500 34"
23.59
AF9501 28
23.09
MICROFIBER CLEANING TOWEL

The Fishn Towel is a 16 x 16 microfiber cleaning towel that is 4x more absorbent than cotton and
dries much faster. Not only are these cloths more hygienic, they avoid the need for expensive (and
often harmful) detergents. Microfibers are able to attach themselves to even the smallest, most
microscopic dirt particlesones that normal cloth fibers crudely brush past.
Easier to grab and hold onto fish
Microfibers are effective wet or dry to clean boat, gear, and hands.
Carabineer clips right to your pants
MODEL EACH
AFTB
$5.19
416 CLEANING
Cleaners/Algae Pads/Srubber/Scrapers
FLOATING AQUARIUM CLEANERS

Clean the inside of your aquarium without getting your hands wet
These super-strong magnets are lined with a soft felt for the outside and a
cleaning material that won't scratch the inside. Mag-Float scrapes away
tough algae stains, stay together around corners and float if knocked apart.
MODEL
SIZE
USE ON
MF41
4" X 1"
GLASS
MF32
3" X 2"
GLASS
35.19
130A
4" X 1"
ACRYLIC
18.59
3" X 2"
ACRYLIC
36.59
360A
MF41
EACH
$18.19
Mag-Float is a registered trademark of Bakker Holding Son B.V. CORP.
ALGAE PADS
These handheld algae pads are ideal for removing unsightly algae from
tanks, aquariums, etc. Material is easily washed and long lasting. White
algae pads will not scratch acrylic and plexiglass tanks. Blue algae pads
are very coarse and will scratch acrylic surfaces; however, they are ideal
for glass, polyethylene and hard surfaces.

SIZE
AG4
AG4A
NO. OF PADS
3 X 3
3 X 3
24-PK
4 X 6
4 X 6
24-PK
USE ON GLASS (BLUE)

MODEL
EACH
USE ON ACRYLIC (WHITE)

MODEL
EACH
AG3
AG3A
$2.59
$2.59
AG3C 56.69 AG3AC 56.69

AG4
5.29 AG4A 5.29
AG4C 113.39 AG4AC 113.39
ALGAE SCRUBBER
Perfect for cleaning algae from aquarium and tank walls. Handle is
approximately 15" long. For use with acrylic and glass aquariums.
MODEL EACH
AG5B $7.29
ALGAE SCRAPERS
Designed for removing tough algae from aquarium tanks, these algae scrapers
will not scratch glass or acrylic. Include three types of easily changed
replacement blades for all your cleaning needs: fabric-covered, plastic and
stainless steel.
MODEL
PR21
PSRS3
PR241
PR35E
EACH
PR21
PROSCRAPER, SHORT
$10.49
PR241
PROSCRAPER, 24"
15.79
26.29
PR35E
PROSCRAPER, 24"36"
PR24R3
REPL. PLASTIC BLADES, 3/PK
5.19
PSRS3
REPL. STEEL BLADES, 3/PK
6.09
PR24R3
CLEANING 417
Vacuum Heads/Pond Hose
COMMERCIAL VACUUM HEAD

This commercial-duty, chrome-plated, brass vacuum head is sure to
shorten your cleaning time for raceways, fish tanks and ponds. Overall unit
width is 12" with a suction width of 101/2". It features a "Balanced Design"
and a unique four-wheel suspension system using high-performance acetal
resin wheels on height-adjusting eccentrics. The nonmarking wheels and
the internal brush adjust to control the height and the amount of suction.
Use any suction tubing (pond hose works best) with a 11/2" I.D. and bolt it to
a handle measuring 11/4" O.D.
AV17
MODEL
AV17R
EACH
$237.29
AV17
VACUUM HEAD
AV17R
REPLACEMENT WHEELS (SET OF 4)
19.29
VACUUM HEADS
Constructed of polyethylene with lead weights molded in, these flexible
vacuum heads are ideal for bottom cleaning of koi ponds, tanks and
raceways. The suction chamber converges the suction velocity equally from
both ends. The heads have adjustable wheels to control vacuum velocity.
Each includes a Snap-Adapt handle (metal on VAC14 and VAC22) to fit our
poles and 11/2" vacuum hose swivel connection.
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
VAC12
VACUUM HEAD, 12
5 LBS
$47.29
VAC14
VACUUM HEAD, 14"
7 LBS
80.79
VAC22
VACUUM HEAD, 22"
9 LBS
104.99
VACRPWL
REPLACEMENT WHEELS
1 LB
10.79
VAC12
POND HOSE
This pond hose can be used for cleaning fish ponds and siphoning water, etc.,
because it will not collapse. Hose cuffs fit snugly on a 11/2" barbed fitting and
swivel to prevent kinking. 11/2" diameter.
MODEL
HP526
HP525
PentairAES.com
EACH
HP525
POND HOSE, RESIDENTIAL, 25'
$38.19
HP535
POND HOSE, COMMERCIAL, 35'
68.59
HP524
REPLACEMENT CUFF
4.09
HP526
REPLACEMENT SWIVEL CUFF
6.29
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE
418 CLEANING
Poles/Brushes/Scrub Pad
EXTENDING POLES
BH75
Designed for use with pond and tank vacuums, scrub brushes and other
attachments with plastic locking bi-pins. Snap-Adapt PVC poles are
three-piece, so you can make a 2', 4', 6', 8' or 10' pole.

MODEL
OUTSIDE
DIAMETER
EACH
BH75
8 TELESCOPING ALUMINUM POLE
11/4
$15.09
BH10
2 - 10 SNAP-ADAPT PVC POLE
11/4
20.49
BH10
BRUSH WITH NYLON BRISTLES
HEAVY-DUTY SCRUB PAD
These curved, heavy-duty brushes are ideal for cleaning tanks, ponds and
raceways. Made of ABS plastic, they feature UV-resistant bristles and have
Snap-Adapt handles to fit our poles.
This heavy-duty scrub pad is acrylic safe and mounted on a molded ABS back
for tough cleaning. Swivel-joint handle keeps the pad flat on the surface
regardless of the anglegreat for hard-to-reach spots. Perfect for
large tanks and public displays. Pad is 10" L x 41/2" W x 1" thick. Work with
Snap-Adapt poles.

SHIP WT
MODEL
(LBS) EACH
SHIP WT
MODEL
(LBS) EACH
BRSH18ABS
18" BRUSH
$31.49
SCR-57
MULTIPURPOSE SCRUBBER
SCR-58
REPLACEMENT SCRUB PAD
$19.79
UTILITY BRUSHES
CORNER BRUSH
Utility scrub brushes with polypropylene bristles. Crimped filament for better
solution holding capabilities.
The corner brush is designed to clean corners, crevices, and other hardto-reach areas. It has synthetic bristles and the handle has a 45-degree
angle design. For a long reach, the brush has a connection that allows
attachment to a male threaded broom handle or telescopic pole.
MODEL
EACH 4+
BU1
81/2X 3 $6.99 $6.64
BU2
20 X 3 9.99 9.49
BU2
MODEL
CB003
2.79
EACH 4+
$10.79 $10.25
BU1
DECK BRUSH
HARDWOOD HANDLE, THREADED
Heavy-duty scrub brush with 17/8" plastic fill for wet cleaning of floors and
tanks. Waxed wood block has one threaded hole.
Use it with our 10" deck brush (BD1) and other threaded brushes, squeegees,
etc. Has wooden threads.
MODEL
MODEL
BD1
EACH 4+
10 BRUSH $9.59 $9.11
BH1
EACH 4+
$7.89 $7.50
REFERENCE
PRODUCTS
420 Aquaculture/Fish Rearing/Disease
420 REFERENCE
SECTION
Products / Products
Aquaculture/Fish
Rearing/Disease
/ Products
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE
TECH FAV
Developed to be a practical guide to intensive aquaculture for the

practicing aquaculturist, this book is the reference text for the popular
Cornell University & Freshwater Institute's Short Course on
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS). Contents include basic
principles behind biofilter systems, gas
conditioning equipment, solids capture,
waste treatment and management, culture
vessel design, pumps and fluid mechanics,
control and monitoring systems, building
standards, ventilation and heating
requirements, biosecurity and engineering
economics. Book lists a website with
programs to perform most necessary
engineering calculations. Michael B.
Timmons (Cornell University), James
Ebeling (Freshwater Institute, the
Conservation Fund) and Fredrick W.
Wheaton (University of Maryland).
MODEL
FUNDAMENTALS OF AQUACULTURE
An excellent step-by-step guide to commercial
aquaculture, general enough for the beginner
but comprehensive enough for the experienced
aquaculturist. Covers a wide range of topics,
from site and species selection to water
management, harvesting, even marketing.
Over 280 photos. Contains study questions and
a reference section at the end of each chapter.
James W. Avault, Jr., Ph.D., 1996. Softcover,
889 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB29
$107.09
EACH
WQB109
ENGLISH EDITION
$142.49
WQB109S
SPANISH EDITION
142.49
FISH DISEASE: DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT
AQUACULTURE SCIENCE
Regarded as one of the most comprehensive

reference books available regarding fish
diagnostics. Chapters include "Methods for
Diagnosing Fish Disease," "Equipping a Fish Disease
Diagnostic Lab," "Postmortem Techniques,"
"Clinical Decision Making," "Treatment Guidelines,"
"Pharmacopoeia." Edward J. Noga, 2010 (second
edition). Hardcover, 536 full-color pages.
Provides information on all aspects of

aquaculture in an easy-to-read format.
Subjects include fish, aquatic plants, water
quality, marketing, economics, nutrition,
career opportunities and much, much more.
Each chapter ends with a comprehensive
review. Suitable for grades 8 and up. Rick
Parker, 2002. 621 pages.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
WQB90
BE1 $147.39
$143.79
FISH HATCHERY MANAGEMENT
TECH FAV
This is a must-have book, covering a wide variety

of subjects, from setting up a hatchery through
feeding, hatchery operation, fish health, water
quality and transportation. Many useful charts.
US Fish & Wildlife Service, 1992. Softcover,
515 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB28
$73.49
SMALL SCALE AQUACULTURE

Updated and expanded from the
earlier, best-selling Home
Aquaculture, this is an excellent
source for the hobbyist, now
including detailed information on
recirculating tank, cage culture,
aquaponic and small-scale
flow-through applications. Steven D.
Van Gorder, revised 2000. Softcover,
210 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB25
$26.29
SECTION 421
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
422 Conversion Factors
426 Abbreviations/Units
427 Ordering & Shipping Information
429 Terms & Conditions of Sale
432 Index
441 Tech Talk Index
442 Tech Profiles
422 INFORMATION RESOURCES

Conversion Factors
VOLUME CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
acre-feet
43,560
cu. feet
cubic meters
1,057
quarts (US liq.)
acre-feet
325,900
gallons
cubic yards
46,656
cubic inches
bushels
35.24
liters
cubic yards
0.7646
cubic meters
gallons (US liq.)
bushels
pecks
cubic yards
202
bushels
32
quarts (dry)
cubic yards
764.6
liters
cubic centimeters
3.53E-05
cu. feet
cups
236.588
cubic cm
cubic centimeters
0.06102374
cu. inches
gallons
3,785.412
cubic cm
cubic centimeters
2.64E-04
gallon (US liq.)
gallons
0.1337
cubic feet
cubic centimeters
0.002113
pint (US liq.)
gallons
231
cu. inches
cubic centimeters
0.001057
quart (US liq.)
gallons
0.004951
cu. yards
cubic feet
28,320
cu. cm
gallons
cubic feet
1,728
cu. inches
gallons (liq. British imp.)
1.20095
gallons (US liq.)
cubic feet
0.02832
cu. meters
gallons (US)
0.83267
gallons (imp.)
cubic feet
0.03703704
cu. yards
liters
0.03531
cu. feet
cubic feet
7.48052
gallons (US liq.)
liters
61.02
cu. inches
cubic feet
28.32
liters
liters
0.2642
gallons (US liq.)
cubic feet
59.84
pints (US liq.)
liters
2.113
pints (US liq.)
cubic feet
29.92
quarts (US liq)
liters
1.057
quarts (US liq.)
cubic inches
16.39
cu. cm
ounces (fluid)
1.805
cu. inches
cubic inches
0.0005787
cu. feet
ounces (fluid)
0.02957
liters
cubic inches
1.64E-05
cu. meters
pecks (US)
0.25
bushels
3.785
liters
cubic inches
2.14E-05
cubic yards
pints (US dry)
0.5506105
liters
cubic inches
0.004329
gallons
pints (US liquid)
0.4731765
liters
cubic inches
0.03463
pints (US liq.)
quarts (dry)
67.2
cu. inches
cubic inches
0.01732
quarts (US liq.)
quarts (liquid)
0.03342
cu. feet
cubic meters
35.31
cubic feet
quarts (liquid)
57.75
cu. inches
cubic meters
61,023
cubic inches
quarts (liquid)
0.9463
liters
cubic meters
1.307951
cubic yards
tablespoons (US)
14.79
milliliters
cubic meters
264.2
gallons (US liq.)
teaspoons (US)
4.93
milliliters
cubic meters
2,113
pints (US liq.)
PROPERTIES OF WATER

DENSITY OF FRESH WATER
COMPOSITION OF DRY AIR AT SEA LEVEL

DENSITY OF SEA WATER
DENSITY OF ICE
COMPONENT
% BY VOLUME
% BY WEIGHT
Nitrogen
78.084
75.5
23.2
TEMPERATURE LBS PER

(F)
CUBIC FOOT
TEMPERATURE LBS PER

(F)
CUBIC FOOT
TEMPERATURE LBS PER

(F)
CUBIC FOOT
Oxygen
20.946
32
62.410
30
64.250
-50
57.670
Argon
.934
1.33
40
62.418
40
64.200
-40
57.625
.035
.049
50
62.401
50
64.170
-30
57.600
60
62.358
60
64.100
-20
57.582
70
62.293
70
64.020
-10
57.541
Specific gravity (gas): 1.000
80
62.208
80
63.950
57.105
Density at 70F and 1 atm: .07492 lb/ft3
90
62.105
90
63.800
10
57.490
100
61.986
100
63.700
20
57.455
Carbon Dioxide
Molecular weight: 28.975 lbs/mol

Specific volume at 70F and 1 atm: 13.346 ft3/lb (.8333m3/kg)
INFORMATION RESOURCES 423

Conversion Factors
LENGTH CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
angstroms
3.94E-06
inches
inches
0.00001578
centimeters
0.03281
feet
inches
25.4
centimeters
0.3937
inches
inches
1,000
centimeters
393.7
mils
inches
0.02777778
centimeters
fathoms
fathoms
feet
feet
feet
0.01094
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
miles
miles (statute)
1.609
kilometers
millimeters
miles (statute)
1,609
meters
mils
miles (statute)
0.8684
miles (nautical)
yards
miles (statute)
1,760
yards
yards
kilometers
3280.84
feet
millimeters
3.28E-03
feet
1.828804
meter
kilometers
3.94E+04
inches
millimeters
0.03937
inches
feet
39.37
mils
kilometers
0.6214
miles
millimeters
30.48 centimeters
kilometers
1.00E+06
millimeters
mils
0.0003048 kilometers
kilometers
1,094
0.3048
meters
leagues
2.54E-03 centimeters
yards
mils
0.001
inches
miles (approx.)
rods
5.029
meters
feet
0.0001645
miles (naut.)
meters
3.281
feet
rods
16.5
feet
feet
0.0001894
miles (stat.)
meters
39.37
inches
spans
inches
feet
304.8 millimeters
meters
5.40E-04
miles (nautical)
yards
91.44 centimeters
feet
12,000
meters
6.21E-04
miles (statute)
yards
9.14E-04 kilometers
mils
miles (US)
meters
660
feet
miles (nautical)
6080.27
feet
yards
4.93E-04
miles (nautical)
inches
2.54
centimeters
miles (nautical)
1.853
kilometers
yards
5.68E-04
miles (statute)
inches
0.08333333
feet
miles (statute)
5280
feet
inches
0.0254
meters
miles (statute)
6.34E+04
inches
furlongs
furlongs
0.125
1.094
yards
yards
yards
0.9144
meters
914.4
millimeters
VELOCITY CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
centimeters/sec
1.969
feet/min
kilometers/hr
54.68
feet/min
meters/sec
3.281
feet/sec
centimeters/sec
0.03281
feet/sec
kilometers/hr
0.9113
feet/sec
meters/sec
3.6
kilometers/hr
centimeters/sec
0.036
kilometers/hr
kilometers/hr
0.5396
knots
meters/sec
0.06
kilometers/min
centimeters/sec
0.01943
knots
kilometers/hr
16.67
meters/min
meters/sec
2.237
miles/hr
centimeters/sec
0.6
meters/min
kilometers/hr
0.6214
miles/hr
meters/sec
0.03728
miles/min
centimeters/sec
0.02237
miles/hr
knots
6,080
feet/hr
miles/hr
44.7
cm/sec
centimeters/sec
0.0003728
miles/min
knots
1.8532 kilometers/hr
miles/hr
88
feet/min
feet/min
0.508
cm/sec
knots
nautical miles/hr
miles/hr
1.467
feet/sec
feet/min
0.01667
feet/sec
knots
1.151
statute miles/hr
miles/hr
1.609
km/hr
feet/min
0.3048 meters/min
knots
2,027
yards/hr
miles/hr
0.02682
km/min
feet/min
0.01136
miles/hr
knots
1.689
feet/sec
miles/hr
0.8684
knots
feet/sec
30.48
cm/sec
meters/min
1.667
cm/sec
miles/hr
26.82
meters/min
feet/sec
1.097
km/hr
meters/min
3.281
feet/min
miles/hr
feet/sec
0.5921
knots
meters/min
0.05468
feet/sec
miles/min
0.01667 miles/min
2682
cm/sec
feet/sec
feet/sec
18.29 meters/min
meters/min
0.06
km/hr
miles/min
88
feet/sec
0.6818
meters/min
0.03238
knots
miles/min
1.609
km/min
feet/sec
0.01136 miles/min
meters/min
0.03728
miles/hr
miles/min
60
miles/hr
meters/sec
196.8
feet/min
kilometers/hr
27.78
miles/hr
cm/sec

Conversion Factors
PRESSURE CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
atmospheres 0.007348 tons/sq.inch
feet of water
0.0295
amospheres
inches of water
0.03613
lbs/sq.in.
atmospheres
cm of mercury
feet of water
0.8826
in. of mercury
kilograms/sq. cm
0.9678
atmospheres
atmospheres
33.9
ft of water
feet of water
0.03048
kg/sq. cm
kilograms/sq. cm
32.81
feet of water
atmospheres
29.92
in. of mercury
feet of water
304.8
kg/sq.meter
kilograms/sq. cm
28.96
inches of mercury
76
atmospheres
1.0333
kg/sq.cm
feet of water
62.43
lbs/sq.ft.
kilograms/sq. cm
2,048
lbs/sq.ft.
atmospheres
10,332
kg/sq.meter
feet of water
0.4335
lbs/sq.in
kilograms/sq. cm
14.22
lbs/sq.in.
14.7
lbs/sq. inch
grams/sq. cm
2.0481
lbs/sq. ft.
kilograms/sq. meter
9.68E-05
atmospheres
1.058
tons/sq.ft.
inches of mercury
0.03342
atmospheres
kilograms/sq. meter
9.81E-05
bars
atmospheres
atmospheres
atmospheres
bars

bars
bars
0.9869 atmospheres
inches of mercury
1.133
feet of water
lbs/sq. ft.
4.73E-04
1,000,000 dynes/sq.cm
inches of mercury
0.03453
kg/sq.cm
lbs/sq. ft.
0.01602
feet of water
inches of mercury
345.3
kg/sq.meter
lbs/sq. ft.
0.01414
inches of mercury
70.73
lbs/sq.ft.
lbs/sq. ft.
4.882
kg/sq meter
10,200
kg/sq. meter
bars
2,089 lbs/sq.ft.
inches of mercury
bars
14.5 lbs/sq.inch
inches of mercury
0.4912
lbs/sq.in.
lbs/sq. ft.
6.94E-03
lbs/sq.in.
atmospheres
inches of water
0.002458
atmospheres
lbs/sq. in.
0.06804
atmospheres
centimeters of mercury 0.4461
feet of water
inches of water
0.07355
inches of mercury
lbs/sq. in.
2.307
feet of water
centimeters of mercury
136
kg/sq. meter
inches of water
0.00254
kg/sq.cm
lbs/sq. in.
2.036
inches of mercury
centimeters of mercury
27.85
lbs/sq.ft.
inches of water
0.5781
ounces/sq.in.
lbs/sq. in.
703.1
kg/sq.meter
lbs/sq.inch
inches of water
5.204
lbs/sq.ft.
tons (short)/sq.ft.
9765
kg/sq.meter
AREA CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
acres
0.4047
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
hectares
square kilometers
247.1
acres
acres
43,560
sq. ft.
square kilometers
1.08E+07
sq. ft.
acres
4,047
sq. meters
square kilometers
1.00E+06
sq. meters
acres
0.001562
sq. miles
square kilometers
0.3861
sq. miles
acres
square meters
10.76
sq. ft.
hectares
2.471
hectares
107,639
sq. ft.
square meters
1,550
sq. in.
square centimeters
1.08E-03
sq. ft.
square meters
3.86E-07
sq. miles
square centimeters
0.155
sq. in.
square meters
1.196
sq. yards
square centimeters
0.0001
sq. in.
square miles
640
acres
square feet
929
sq. cm
square miles
2.79E+07
sq. ft.
square feet
0.0929
sq. meters
square miles
2.59
sq. km
square feet
0.1111
sq. yards
square millimeters
1.55E-03
sq. in.
square inches
6.452
sq. cm
square yards
8,361
sq. cm
square inches
645.2
sq. millimeters
square yards
0.8361
sq. meters
PROPERTIES OF PURE OXYGEN

Molecular weight: 31.999 lbs/mol
One gallon liquid oxygen = 115 ft3 gas
One liter liquid oxygen = .86 m3 gas
1 lb liquid oxygen = 12.1 ft3 (gas)
1 lb liquid oxygen = 342 liters (gas)
1 cu. ft = 28.3 liters
Gas Phase
Specific volume at 70F and 1 atm: 12.08 ft3/lb (.7513 m3/kg)
Density at 70F and 1 atm: .0828 lb/ft3
Specific gravity: 1.1
Liquid Phase
Specific volume: .105 gal/lb (.877 l/kg)
Density: 9.52 lbs/gal (1.141 kg/l)
INFORMATION RESOURCES 425

Conversion Factors
FLOWRATE CONVERSION FACTORS
MASS CONVERSION FACTORS
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
cubic feet/min
cubic feet/min
472
ml/sec
grams
carat
0.125
gallons/sec
grams
15.43
grains
cubic feet/min
28.31
liters/min
grams
0.03527396
ounces (avoirdupois)
cubic feet/min
1.699
m 3/hr
grams
0.03215075
ounces (troy)
cubic feet/min
0.1247
gallons/sec
grams
cubic feet/min
0.472
liters/sec
kilograms
cubic feet/min
62.43
lbs of water/min
kilograms
9.84E-04
tons (long)
cubic feet/min
4.72E-04
m 3/s
kilograms
1.10E-03
tons (short)
0.00220462
2.205
pounds
cubic feet/sec
0.646317
million gallons/day
milligrams
cubic feet/sec
448.831
gallons/min
ounces
437.5
grains
cubic feet/sec
0.0283168
m 3/s
ounces
28.349523
grams
cubic meter/min
0.0166667
m 3/s
ounces
0.0625
pounds
cubic meters/day
264.172
gallons/day
ounces
0.9115
cubic meters/day
0.0002642
million gallons/day
ounces
2.79E-05
tons (long)
cubic meters/sec
35.3147
cu.ft./sec
ounces
2.84E-05
tons (metric)
cubic meters/sec
22.8245
million gallons/day
pounds
7,000
cubic meters/sec
15,850.3
gallons/min
pounds
453.5924
grams
m 3/s
pounds
0.4536
kilograms
gallons/day
4.38E-08
gallons/hr
63.1
ml/min
pounds
gallons/hr
0.134
cu.ft./hr
gallons/min
0.002228
cu.ft./sec
pounds
gallons/min
0.06308
liters/sec
gallons/min
8.0208
cu.ft./hr
gallons/min
0.227
m 3/hr
gallons/min
3.785
liters/min
gallons/min
6.31E-05
m 3/s
liters/hour
2.78E-07
m 3/s
liters/min
1.67E-05
m 3/s
pounds
0.01543236
pounds
16
14.5833
32.17
grains
ounces (troy)
grains
ounces
ounces (troy)
poundals
1.21528
pounds (troy)
pounds
0.0005
tons (short)
pounds (troy)
373.24177
grams
tons (long)
1,016
kilograms
tons (long)
2,240
pounds
tons (long)
1.12
tons (short)
tons (metric)
2,205
pounds
kilograms
pounds
liters/min
5.89E-04
cu.ft./sec
tons (short)
907.1848
liters/min
4.40E-03
gallons/sec
tons (short)
32,000
ounces
liters/sec
22,824.5
gallons/day
tons (short)
2,000
pounds
million gallons/day
tons (short)
0.89287
tons (long)
tons (short)
0.90718
tons (metric)
liters/sec
0.0228
million gallons/day
1.54723
cu.ft./sec
million gallons/day
694.4
gallons/min
oz/min
29.57
ml/min
SATURATED VAPOR PRESSURE OF FRESH WATER
DENSITY OF AIR (1 ATM)
TEMPERATURE
(F)
LBS PER
SQUARE INCH
32
40
TEMPERATURE
(F)
LBS PER
SQUARE INCH
TEMPERATURE
(F)
LBS PER
CUBIC FOOT
.089
70
.122
80
.363
-10
.507
50
.178
90
.698
60
.256
100
.950
TEMPERATURE
(F)
LBS PER
CUBIC FOOT
.088
50
.078
.086
60
.076
10
.085
70
.075
20
.083
80
.074
30
.081
90
.072
40
.079
100
.071

Abbreviations/Units
A..................................................................................ampere(s)
ABS....................acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer
Abs...........................................................................absorbance
AES................................. [Pentair] Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
....................................................Aeration Efficiency Standard
AES/B................... absolute efficiency standard for biofilters
amp(s)........................................................................ampere(s)
ANSI...........................American National Standards Institute
ARA..................................................................arachidonic acid
ASD....................................................average strand diameter
ATC..............................automatic temperature compensation
atm...................................................................... atmosphere(s)
AWG........................................................ American wire gauge
BNC.................................................. bayonet Neill-Concelman
BOD........................................... biochemical oxygen demand
BOD5.............................five-day biochemical oxygen demand
BP............................................................. barometric pressure
BTU............................................................ British thermal unit
CaCO3........................................................... calcium carbonate
cc..................................................................... cubic centimeter
CCD.......................................................charge-coupled device
CD................................................................... corona discharge
CE....................................... meets European safety standards
cfh......................................................cubic foot (feet) per hour
cfm.................................................cubic foot (feet) per minute
cm......................................................................... centimeter(s)
CNS...............................................Chinese national standards
CO2......................................................................carbon dioxide
COD...................................................chemical oxygen demand
conc..................................................................... concentration
CPVC......................................... chlorinated polyvinyl chloride
Cs.....................................................................................case(s)
CSA...................................... Canadian Standards Association
ct.....................................................................................carat(s)
cu.ft...................................................................cubic foot (feet)
cu.in......................................................................cubic inch(es)
cu.yd...................................................................... cubic yard(s)
D....................................................................................diameter
dB.................................................................................decibel(s)
DHA...........................................................docosahexanoic acid
Dia.................................................................................diameter
DI....................................................... deionized or deionization
DIN...............................................Deutsche Industrie Normen
DIY....................................................................... do-it-yourself
dKH...................................... degree(s) of carbonate hardness
DLS..............................................................double layer spiral
D.O..................................................................dissolved oxygen
DOT.......................................... Department of Transportation
dP............................ differential total dissolved gas pressure
D:S ratio...................................................distance to size ratio
dwt......................................................................... pennyweight
DWV............................................................... drain-waste-vent
EC...........................................................electrical conductivity
EDTA.....................................ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
EGB............................................... expanded granular biofilter
EMC...........................................electromagnetic compatibility
EPA..................................................... eicosapentanoic acid or
........................................... Environmental Protection Agency
EPDM.............................. ethylene propylene diene monomer
EVA.................................... ethylene-vinyl-acetate copolymer
fc............................................................................ foot-candles
FDA.......................................... Food and Drug Administration
FGHT..............................................female garden hose thread
FIPT..................................................female inside pipe thread
FLA..............................................................full load amperage
fl.oz.......................................................................fluid ounce(s)
FNPT.............................................female national pipe thread
FOB.......................................... free on board (shipping origin)
FOV..........................................................................field of view
fps............................................................foot (feet) per second
FPT................................................................female pipe taper
FRP............................................. fiberglass reinforced plastic
ft...................................................................................foot (feet)
ft2....................................................................square foot (feet)
ft3.......................................................................cubic foot (feet)
g......................................................................................gram(s)
gal................................................................................. gallon(s)
GFCI.............................. ground fault circuit interrupter = GFI
GH..................................................................general hardness
g/hr................................................................. gram(s) per hour
G.L.A.......................................................gamma-linolenic acid
GLP....................................................good laboratory practice
gn....................................................................................grain(s)
gpd...................................................................gallon(s) per day
gpm............................................................gallon(s) per minute
H........................................................................... height or high
HCFC.................................................hydrochlorofluorocarbon
HCl................................................................. hydrochloric acid
HDPE...............................................high-density polyethylene
HID...................................................... high intensity discharge
hp............................................................................ horsepower
HO.............................................................................high output
H2O..................................................................................... water
HPS........................................................high-pressure sodium
HQI....................................................... mercury-quartz-iodide
hr(s).................................................................................hour(s)
H2S.................................................................. hydrogen sulfide
HUFA......................................... highly unsaturated fatty acids
Hz..................................................... hertz = cycles per second
I/C......................................................... industrial/commercial
I.D..................................................................... inside diameter
in.....................................................................................inch(es)
in2.......................................................................square inch(es)
in3..........................................................................cubic inch(es)
I/O...........................................................................input/output
ISE......................................................... ion selective electrode
K..........................................................................degrees Kelvin
kcal........................................................................kilocalorie(s)
KCI..............................................................potassium chloride
kg............................................................................. kilogram(s)
KH............................................................. carbonate hardness
kPa......................................................................... kilopascal(s)
kW.............................................................................. kilowatt(s)
kWh.................................................................. kilowatt-hour(s)
L....................................................................... liter(s) or length
L.A........................................................................ linolenic acid
lb(s).............................................................................. pound(s)
LCD.......................................................... liquid crystal display
LDPE................................................. low-density polyethylene
LED............................................................ light-emitting diode
Lpm............................................................... liter(s) per minute
LSB......................................................... low-space bioreactor
lux.................................................. lumen(s) per square meter
m....................................................................................meter(s)
m2......................................................................square meter(s)
m3h......................................................cubic meter(s) per hour
mA.......................................................................milliampere(s)
Max.............................................................................maximum
MDM............................................ membrane diffusion method
meq................................................................ milliequivalent(s)
mg...........................................................................milligram(s)
MGHT................................................male garden hose thread
MH...........................................................................metal halide
milliamp(s)........................................................milliampere(s)
min.........................................................minute(s) or minimum
mL............................................................................. milliliter(s)
mm.........................................................................millimeter(s)
mmHg................................................millimeter(s) of mercury
MNPT............................................... male national pipe thread
mol.................................................................................. mole(s)
mps............................................................meter(s) per second
MPT................................................................... male pipe taper
N.................................................................................. newton(s)
NA.............................................................. numerical aperture
N.C................................................................... normally closed
NEMA...........National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFT.......................................................nutrient film technique
NiCad................................................................nickel cadmium
nm......................................................................... nanometer(s)
No....................................................................................number
N.O...................................................................... normally open
NPSH................................................ net positive suction head
NPT............................................................national pipe thread
NSF.............................................National Science Foundation
NST................................................... national standard thread
NTU..........................................nephelometric turbidity unit(s)
OAL...................................................................... overall length
O.D.................................................................. outside diameter
ODP.....................................................................open dripproof
ORP............................................ oxidation/reduction potential
oz....................................................................................ounce(s)
oz t.........................................................................troy ounce(s)
PAES..................................Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
PB........................................................................... polybutylene
pc(s)................................................................................piece(s)
PC.......................................................................power compact
PE........................................................................... polyethylene
pH.................................................potenz (power) H (hydrogen)
pk(s).................................................................................pack(s)
pkg(s)........................................................................package(s)
PL stage.........................................................post-larval stage
P/No....................................................................... part number
PP.........................................................................polypropylene
ppb................................................................. part(s) per billion
ppm............................................................... part(s) per million
ppt.............................................................part(s) per thousand
psi..................................................... pound(s) per square inch
pt....................................................................................... pint(s)
PVC................................................................polyvinyl chloride
PVDF..................................................... polyvinylidene fluoride
qt.....................................................................................quart(s)
R&D................................................ research and development
RBC............................................. rotating biological contactor
Repl....................................................................... replacement
RH................................................................... relative humidity
R/O...................................................................reverse osmosis
rpm.....................................................revolution(s) per minute
SAE......................................... standard aeration efficiency or
............................................. Society of Automotive Engineers
SAN.......................................styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer
scfh................................... standard cubic foot (feet) per hour
scfm.............................. standard cubic foot (feet) per minute
sec...............................................................................second(s)
sq.ft................................................................square foot (feet)
sq.in...................................................................square inch(es)
SG.......................................................specific gravity = density
SOD.................................................. sediment oxygen demand
SPDT.................................................single pole, double throw
Spig....................................................................................spigot
SS........................................................................ stainless steel
STP............................................. standard temp and pressure
TAB......................................................... total aerobic bacteria
TAN.....................................................total ammonia-nitrogen
TCBS....................................... thiosulfate citrate bile sucrose
TDH..............................................................total dynamic head
TDS..........................................................total dissolved solids
TEFC............................................ totally enclosed, fan-cooled
Temp...................................................................... temperature
TGP..............................................total dissolved gas pressure
TSA................................................................ tryptone soy agar
tsp................................................................................ teaspoon
TSV..........................................................Taura syndrome virus
TXV............................................thermostatic expansion valve
UL.......................................... Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
USB............................................................ universal serial bus
UV............................................................................... ultraviolet
V.........................................................................................volt(s)
VA..............................................................................volt-amp(s)
VAC..................................................volt(s), alternating current
VCO..............................................voltage controlled oscillator
VDC..........................................................volt(s), direct current
VHO.................................................................. very high output
VOC.................................................volatile organic compound
W....................................................................... width or watt(s)
WP............................................................wound polypropylene
WSSV..............................................white spot syndrome virus
Wt......................................................................................weight
yd(s)................................................................................. yard(s)
YHV................................................................ yellow head virus
C.................................................degrees Celsius/Centigrade
F............................................................... degrees Fahrenheit
.......................................................................................inch(es)
...................................................................................micron(s)
S.................................................................... microsiemens(s)
Ws.......................................................... microwatt-second(s)
...................................................................................... ohm(s)
.....................................................................................phase(s)
................................................................................................ pi
USEFUL INFORMATION 427

SOLUTIONS
SHIPPING INFORMATION
We know that our success is dependent upon yours. Anytime you have a product
question, please call us at 877-347-4788. We expend a lot of resources
maintaining a staff of 20+ aquatic specialists to assist you. Our goal is to provide
you with the right product the first time. Where else can you get help from a
team of specialists for free? If you need an in-depth system design or extensive
consulting, our technicians will be happy to provide you with a rate quote.
Free Shipping Policy: Subject to the terms, conditions, and exclusions set forth
below, Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. and Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
(Canada), Inc. (collectively, PAES) offers free Standard Ground Delivery* on
orders of goods placed through PAES website or sold through the official
catalog. This Free Shipping Policy only includes final delivery to the Continental
United States, Canada, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands.
EXCLUSIONS: The Free Shipping Policy does not apply to the following types of
orders and/or goods:
FIVE WAYS TO ORDER

1) Place Your Order by Calling Toll Free: 877-347-4788
Se Habla Espaol
To help us expedite your order, please have customer number and part
number(s) ready. We suggest that you organize your order on our order
form before calling.
Office Hours
MondayThursday: 8 AM7 PM ET / Friday: 8 AM5 PM
If you are unable to order during our office hours, our answering machine will
take your order. Just call either our regular office number, 407-886-3939 or
877-347-4788 (toll free). In-stock orders placed on Saturday will be shipped
the next business day.
2) Order online: PentairAES.com

3) Fax the Order Form: 407-886-6787
Fill out an order form or use your own purchase order form and fax it to us.
Our shopping cart and checkout system make online ordering easy.
4) Mail us: Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.

2395 Apopka Blvd.
Apopka, Florida 32703-7730
5) Email us: PAES.General@Pentair.com
Ask for a free Pentair AES catalog to be included with your order.
PAYMENT OPTIONS
Visa, MasterCard and American Express accepted, including credit gift cards.
Sales tax will be charged for shipments into the following states: AL, CA, CT,
FL, GA, IL, IN, MD, MA, MI, MO, NJ, NY, NC, OH, OK, PA, RI, SC, TN, TX, UT, VA,
WA, WI.
Orders may be paid for in advance by any method. Shipments from our
warehouse will immediately follow clearance of your payment.
If you would like to open an account, send in a credit application and allow at
least three weeks for processing (this applies to domestic orders only).
Purchase orders from schools, government agencies and institutions will
be accepted on Net 30-day terms.
Factory Direct shipments over $200 and paid for by credit card will be
charged at the time the order is placed. Freight will be billed later.
PRIVACY POLICY
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc., takes your privacy very seriously. Any
information you may provide us with in connection with your order or other
related correspondence will be utilized in accordance with, and subject to, our
Privacy Policy located at http://pentair.com/site-navigation/global-footer/
privacy-policy.
Upon ordering, your contact information will be stored in our database so that
we may send you future catalogs. To be removed from our mailing list, please
call 877-347-4788 or email PAES.General@Pentair.com.
Chemical Purchases
Please fill out the Chemical Purchase Form (PentairAES.com/chemicalwaiver-form) prior to placing an order for FDA-controlled chemicals and fax it
to us at 407-886-6787.
We will keep the form on file to expedite your shipment. These products are
designated by this symbol: CHEMICAL
Orders the total dollar value of which is under $50.00 (US). A flat rate of $7.99
(US) will apply to all such orders shipped Standard Ground Delivery.
Orders or delivery of goods in connection with repair services, warranty
items and/or returns.
Goods manufactured by (i) Faivre, (ii) Arvo-Tec, (iii) PCI, and (iv) AirSep
Corporation.
International drop shipments of goods into the above referenced territories,
including for goods from international suppliers which are not in the normal
course of business held in inventory by PAES.
The following branded product lines and/or product categories: (i) fiberglass
tanks; (ii) drum screen filters; (iii) radial flow settler; (iv) cyclonic bioreactor;
(v) gas control column; (vi) low head oxygenators; (vii) vacuum degassers;
(viii) Oxy Tower goods; (ix) fish pumps; (x) pressure packed columns; (xi)
commercial carbon filters; and (xii) propeller driven bead filters.
Shipments to remote locations where customary Standard Ground Delivery
Rates are not available through the carrier.
Rush Delivery (as described below).
Goods procured through a formal quote from PAES in connection with a
project bid proposal, tender or other related solicitation.
**The PAES Free Shipping Policy DOES NOT cover and PAES shall not be
responsible for obtaining customs clearance for the goods, broker fees,
customs duties, taxes (including but not limited to sales, use, VAT and HST
taxes) and fees.
Orders not qualifying for Free Shipping: For price quotes on shipping charges
for all other orders for goods which do not qualify for free shipping, including
international shiipments, please contact a Contact Center team representative
at Call 877-347-4788. Shipping charges may include process and handling fees.
Customs Clearance, Taxes, Duties and Fees: When ordering goods from
PAES, whether such order falls under PAES Free shipping Policy or otherwise,
the customer is responsible for assuring the goods can be lawfully imported to
the destination country. The recipient of the goods will be the importer of record
and must comply with all laws, rules and regulations of the destination country.
Orders shipped outside of the United States may be subject to import taxes,
sales, use and value added taxes, and customs duties and fees levied by the
destination country. The recipient of an international shipment may be subject
to such import taxes, customs duties and fees, which are levied once a
shipment reaches the recipients country. Additional charges for customs
clearance, including obtaining a customs broker, must be fulfilled by the
customer. Customs policies vary widely from country to country; you should
contact your local customs office for more information. When customs
clearance procedures are required, it can cause delays beyond our original
delivery estimates.
Delivery Information: For phone orders, in-stock conditions will be indicated
for each product. Estimated standard delivery times are shown on the next page.
Rush Delivery: For an additional charges and fees, 3-Day Service, 2-Day
Service, Next Day Service, and USPS Express are available. See terms of
Shipping Method on the next page. Please contact a Contact Center team
representative at Call 877-347-4788 for additional information and rates.
Physical Address: Only the US Postal Service (USPS) can deliver to Post Office
Box addresses.
Factory Direct Shipping: PAES currently does not provide online tracking for
drop-shipped packages, but we can provide an estimated delivery date upon
request.
DISCLAIMER
PRICES, FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE TO CUSTOMER.
ALL PRICES ARE IN U.S. CURRENCY. PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS, INC. (PAES) USES ITS BEST EFFORTS
TO ENSURE THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION SHOWN IN ITS CATALOG; HOWEVER, ERRORS DO OCCUR.
CUSTOMER SHOULD CHECK WITH A PAES REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PLACING AN ORDER TO ENSURE
CUSTOMER IS OBTAINING THE MOST ACCURATE AND UP TO DATE INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCT.
*See next page for description of Standard Ground Delivery Method.
428 SHIPPING INFORMATION

DELIVERY OPTIONS AND ESTIMATED TIMES
General representation of shipping zones:
With regards to shipments within the continental US, we offer many shipping
choices to fit your needs, including United Parcel Service (UPS), Federal
Express (FedEx) and the United States Postal Service (USPS). For shipments
that exceed the maximum weight and size dimensions of these carriers, we
utilize several motor freight companies.
The estimated delivery times for orders received by 4:00 PM EST (*Estimated
delivery times are based upon in-stock items for customers who have
obtained prior credit approval from PAES Credit Department) are shown in
the table below. Our customer service staff will assist you in choosing the
right delivery option.
Zone 2
Zone 3
SHIPPING METHOD
WHEN IN-STOCK ITEMS WILL ARRIVE
Standard Ground Delivery
1 to 7 business days (Monday through Fridaydo not count

weekends). Not a guaranteed delivery service. Tracking available.
Maximum weight 150 lbs/carton.
3-Day Service
Guaranteed delivery within 3 business days. Tracking available.

2-Day Service
Guaranteed delivery within 2 business days. Tracking available.

Next Day Service
Available to most destinations. Guaranteed delivery by the end

of the following business day. Tracking available. Maximum
weight 150 lbs/carton.
USPS Express
Guaranteed delivery by the end of the following business day by

the US Postal Service (can be delivered to Post Office Boxes).
Tracking available.
USPS and Parcel Post (No COD)
Priority postal service. No guaranteed delivery date, no tracking

information. Used for Hawaii, Alaska, Puerto Rico and Guam
orders. Maximum weight 70 lbs/carton.
Motor Freight
For most items, continental US delivery is within 7 to 10

business days (Monday through Friday, daytime hoursdo not
count weekends). The carrier will call and schedule the delivery.
Free Shipping
PAES offers free shipping in accordance with the terms,

conditions and exclusions of our Free Shipping Policy contained
on page 427 of the catalog.
Zone 4
Zone 5
Zone 6
Zone 7
Zone 8
Standard (Ground) shipping days can be estimated using the map shown below:
1 Day
2 Days
3 Days
4 Days
5 Days
6 Days
7+ Days
FREE SHIPPING
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems offers ALL items free ground shipping for orders over $50.00
(FEDEX, LTLs, and TLs). This includes oversized and HAZMAT, Continental United States,
Canada, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands. A flat rate of $7.99 will be applied
to any purchase under $50.00. This offer does not include Mexico, international or priority
(2 day, overnight) shipping. ALL international drop shipments and orders for customer
service/repair do not receive free shipping. Domestic drop shipments are free. For phone
orders & Tech Advice please call our specialists at +1 407-886-3939 or toll free (877) 347-4788.
*Restrictions apply. Exceptions: orders for Faivre or Arvotech that have to be drop shipped are excluded.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE 429

CUSTOMER ORDER ACCEPTANCE
All orders are subject to acceptance by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Inc. or Pentair
Aquatic Eco-Systems (Canada) Inc., as the case may be (each, PAES or Seller) and
are not accepted by or binding upon PAES unless a signed notice of such acceptance is
forwarded to the Buyer in writing or upon fulfillment of the order by PAES. The terms
and conditions of sale are only those stated herein, which with the information
contained in the face of the quote or acknowledgment shall constitute the complete
agreement between the parties and may not be altered or modified except in writing
duly executed by each party. The parties agree there are no agreements,
representations or warranties between the parties, oral or written, with respect to the
products sold hereunder (including any made or implied from past dealings) except as
expressed herein. No terms and conditions stated in or attached to Buyers
communications to PAES, including but not limited to Buyers purchase orders the
terms of which are hereby rejected, are applicable to these terms and conditions in
any way and in no event shall such Buyers or any other terms and conditions be
considered valid exceptions to the provisions of these terms and conditions. Trade
custom, trade usage and past performance are superseded by these terms and
conditions and shall not be used to interpret these terms and conditions.
GOVERNING LAW; SOLE JURISDICTION AND VENUE
These terms and conditions and any quote, order or agreement subject to these terms
and conditions shall be interpreted in accordance with the commonly understood
meaning of the words and phrases hereof in the United States of America. These
terms and conditions and any quote, order or other agreement subject to these terms
and conditions and the performance of the parties hereto, shall be construed and
governed according to the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to conflicts of
laws principles. The parties hereby irrevocably consent to jurisdiction in, and to the
service of process, pleadings and notices in accordance with, the laws of the State of
Florida and the federal laws of the United States of America in connection with any and
all actions and processes initiated in courts situated in Orange County, State of
Florida, U.S.A. It is the express intent and agreement of the parties that the United
Nations Convention for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this agreement
or to purchase orders submitted hereunder. Each party hereby irrevocably waives any
objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action
or proceeding relating to these terms and conditions and any quote, order or other
agreement subject to these terms and conditions in the state or federal courts situated
in Orange County, State of Florida in the United States of America, and further
irrevocably waives any claim that Orange County, State of Florida in the United States
of America is not a convenient forum for any such suit, action or proceeding.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
PAES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, GOODWILL, USE, DATA OR OTHER INTANGIBLE
LOSSES (EVEN IF PAES HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES), WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATTER
RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES.
IN NO EVENT SHALL PAES MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LIABILITY EXCEED THE TOTAL
FEES PAID BY BUYER TO PAES WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC QUOTE, ORDER OR
AGREEMENT TO WHICH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY. THE EXISTENCE
OF MORE THAN ONE CLAIM SHALL NOT ENLARGE OR EXTEND THE LIMIT.
SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN WARRANTIES
OR THE LIMITATION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. ACCORDINGLY, SOME
OF THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO BUYER.
LIMITED WARRANTY
PAES warrants that upon completion of the services or at the time of delivery, as the
case may be, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter: (i) professional services,
if any, will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with
generally acceptable industry standards, and (ii) products specifically manufactured
by PAES, except for filters, chemicals and consumables (which shall not be warranted)
shall be free from all material defects in materials and workmanship. With respect to
the professional services warranty, Buyers sole and exclusive remedy for PAES
breach of the warranty shall be for PAES to re-perform the services at PAES sole cost
and expense. With respect to the PAES manufactured product warranty, if the PAES
manufactured product shall prove to be defective in material or workmanship under
normal intended usage and maintenance during the warranty period, upon
examination by PAES or its authorized representative, then PAES shall repair or
replace, at its sole option, such defective products at its own expense; provided,
however, that the Purchaser shall be required to ship each such defective product,
freight prepaid, to PAES designated facility. The warranty on products and/or
components not manufactured by PAES is limited to the warranty, if any, provided by
the original manufacturer of said product or component which can be passed onto
Buyer. PAES DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULIAR PURPOSE.
This Warranty does not extend to any products that have been subjected to:
1. Damage caused by careless handling, improper repackaging, or shipping.
2. Damage due to misapplication, misuse, abuse or failure to properly operate the
product.
3. Damage caused by improper installation or storage.
4. Damage due to unauthorized product modifications or repairs.
5. Damage caused by negligence, or failure to properly maintain products.
6. Accidental damage, fire, acts of God, or other circumstances outside the control of
PAES.
NON-WARRANTY REPAIRS
In the event Buyer desires to have Seller perform a non-warranty repair of equipment
sold by Seller, Buyer shall contact Sellers customer service representative at 877
347 4783. If Seller is capable of performing such non-warranty repair of the
equipment and Buyer decides to move forward with having Seller perform such
repair, Seller will generate a return number which Buyer shall reference in its
shipment to Seller of the equipment for evaluation by Seller. Buyer is solely
responsible for any and all costs and expenses, customs fees, duties and taxes
associated with shipping the equipment for evaluation. Buyer will be charged an upfront evaluation fee in order for Seller to assess the extent and ability of Seller to
perform the necessary repairs. The evaluation fee must be paid in advance and will
be credited toward the repair fee if Buyer elects to have Seller perform the repair. If
Seller is capable of performing the repairs, then Seller shall provide Buyer with a
quote for the cost of the repairs. Upon Buyers consent to move forward based upon
the quote, Seller shall make the repairs outlined in the quote and return the
equipment to Buyer in accordance with Sellers Shipping Policy. If Seller does not
wish to move forward with the repairs or Seller cannot otherwise perform the
repairs, Buyer shall arrange for the pick-up of the equipment at Sellers facility at
Buyers sole cost and expense. Any equipment sent in for a repair evaluation and
which is left for more than ninety (90) days after notice is given that either (i) Buyer
does not wish to move forward with the repairs or (ii) Seller is unable to perform the
repairs, shall be considered abandoned. Certain equipment may be subject to
additional documentation or evaluation criteria at Sellers sole discretion.
SEVERABILITY
In the event a provision of these Terms and Conditions is held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
shall not be affected.
SHIPPING
Shipping dates are estimates only and are not guaranteed. Seller will use every effort
to make shipments as scheduled and may make partial shipments. Seller shall not be
liable for any loss or damage ensuing from late delivery. - Prices quoted, unless
otherwise agreed to by PAES, are Incoterms 2010 EXW-Sellers Factory for United
States domestic transactions and FCA-Sellers Factory for international transactions.
In the event of shipping damage, PAES must be notified, in writing, within three (3)
business days of shipment receipt. Buyer must hold all products and packing
materials intact, until further disposition is provided by PAES in writing.
TITLE AND RISK
On domestic sales, transfer of both title and risk of loss shall occur upon pickup from
Sellers site. On international sales, transfer of both title and risk of loss shall occur
upon entry into international waters, international airspace, or the crossing of an
international border with the sole exception of banked transactions (L/C, DM, DAP), in
which case the transfer of title occurs upon exchange of documents at the bank
window, and the transfer of risk of loss occurs upon entry into international water,
international airspace, or the crossing of an international border.
INSPECTION
Within three (3) business days after receipt of shipment of the product, Buyer shall
inspect the shipment for obvious damage to or violation of the shipping container.
Buyer shall also confirm that the type and quantity of the products received are
consistent with the type and quantity specified on the related shipping documents
and order. Buyer shall promptly notify Seller of any discrepancies in accordance with
the terms hereof. If a notice of discrepancies is not received by PAES within three (3)
days after receipt of the shipment by Buyer, the shipment shall be deemed to have
been completely and correctly fulfilled, and all claims by Buyer shall be deemed
waived and released, except for any Product defect that a visual inspection would not
disclose.
430 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

CANCELLATION; PENALTY
No products may be returned without prior written approval of Seller. Orders placed
with and accepted by Seller may not be cancelled except upon Sellers written consent
prior to shipment and Buyers acceptance of Sellers cancellation charges which shall
protect Seller against all costs and losses, but not higher than the price quoted. Seller
reserves the right to cancel any sale hereunder without liability to Buyer (except for
refund of monies already paid) if the manufacture or sale of the products is or becomes
technically or economically impractical. A cancellation fee equal to thirty percent
(30%) of the stipulated price for non-stocked or custom products which have already
been manufactured will be charged for any cancellations of non-stocked or custom
products that have not been shipped to the Buyer. Non-stocked or custom products
are defined as goods that are made to order.
PAYMENT; OVERDUE INVOICES
All payment terms are subject to PAES Credit Departments approval. Unless otherwise
agreed to by the parties, payment terms are net thirty (30) days from date of invoice.
PAES RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD, AND PURCHASER AGREES TO PAY, INTEREST
AT THE RATE OF 18% PER ANNUM OR THE HIGHEST RATE PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, WHICHEVER IS LESS, FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT, ON AMOUNTS
INVOICED AND UNPAID IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PAYMENT TERMS.
COLLECTION AND ATTORNEYS FEES
In the event of any alleged dispute, breach or default of this Agreement necessitating
PAES to retain an attorney to represent it, the Purchaser agrees to pay the PAES costs
and expenses including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred in connection with,
related to or arising out of enforcement of any term or provision of this Agreement,
whether or not in connection with any legal or administrative proceedings, plus preand post-judgment interest and costs incurred, through appeal, and such shall be in
addition to any other remedies or damages to which the PAES may be entitled. Failure
to pay these fees automatically voids any Warranty Provisions to which the Purchaser
would otherwise be entitled.
TAXES
Prices quoted, unless otherwise expressly stated in writing do not include sales, use,
excise, value added or similar taxes or duties. Buyer shall pay these taxes directly if
the law permits or will reimburse Seller if it is required to pay them. Buyer will provide
tax exemption certificates or evidence of tax payment on request. The price quoted is
based on the cost of raw materials, wage rates, shipping charges, freight, insurance
premiums, landing charges and duties, railage and cartage applicable on the date on
which a contract, acceptance, confirmation, tender or quotation is issued. Accordingly,
any increase in such costs after such date and prior to the fulfillment of the contract
may result in a price adaptation in good faith and in proportion to the changed
circumstances, and shall thus be for the account of Buyer.
EXPORTATION
If the products ordered are to be exported from the country of Seller, the quoted
shipping dates are subject to receipt of all export documents and authorizations.
Regardless of ultimate destination, the prices quoted are based on packing for
domestic shipment unless otherwise stated in writing. Buyer agrees to provide Seller
in writing with the ultimate destination and identity of the end-user prior to shipment
if the products are to be exported. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement to the contrary, Buyer agrees that it will not sell, reexport or transfer any
products or technical information or Services supplied under this Agreement to IRAN,
NORTH KOREA, SYRIA, CUBA and SUDAN, including any entities or persons in those
countries, either directly or indirectly (Sellers Position). Buyer agrees that it will not
sell, reexport or transfer any products or technical information or Services supplied
under this agreement to any other countries except in full compliance with all
applicable governmental requirements, including but not limited to applicable
economic sanctions and constraints administered by the U.S. Treasury Department
and applicable export control measures administered by the U.S. Department of
Commerce and U.S. Department of State, any other U.S. government agencies, and
measures administered by the Foreign Affairs, Trade and Development Canada,
European Union or the government agencies of any other countries. Any violation by
Buyer of the applicable laws or regulations of the U.S., Canada or any other
government, or where Buyer breaches Sellers Position notwithstanding whether or
not this is contrary to any aforementioned applicable laws or regulations, shall be
deemed a material breach of this agreement and sufficient basis for the Seller to
reject any or all orders or to terminate this agreement. Compliance with applicable
legal requirements and Sellers Position is a prerequisite for Buyer to perform its
obligations under this Agreement, and if the Buyer fails to comply with such legal
requirements, it is incapable of meeting its obligations under this Agreement. The
Seller reserves the right to refuse to enter into or perform any order, and to cancel any
order, placed under this Agreement if the Seller in its sole discretion determines that
the entry into such order or the performance of the transaction to which such order
relates could violate any applicable law or regulation of the United States, Canada or
any other governments and/or Sellers Position. Buyer agrees that any such refusal or
cancellation of any order, or termination of the Agreement by the Seller, as described
above, will not constitute a breach of any of the Sellers obligations under this
Agreement, and Buyer hereby waives any and all claims against the Seller for any loss,
cost or expense, including, but not limited to, claims of third parties, any loss of profit,
loss of business, loss of or damage to goodwill and/or similar losses, loss of anticipated
savings, or increased costs or for any indirect, special or consequential losses, or pure
economic loss, costs, damages, charges or expenses howsoever arising, that Buyer
may incur by virtue of such refusal or cancellation of any order or termination of this
Agreement.
FORCE MAJEURE
Except for the obligation to make payments, a party is not liable to fulfill its obligations
under the agreement if performance is materially prevented as a consequence of
natural catastrophes, terrorism, civil unrest, war, explosions, fire, breakdowns or
damages to installations, constructions or machines, disruption to public transport,
labour market conflicts (such as strikes and lock-outs) or other similar circumstances
or acts of God. In the event of force majeure a party is not obligated to fulfill its
obligations as long as, and to the extent, the force majeure continues. The party
invoking force majeure shall inform the other party immediately in writing. If a force
majeure continues for more than six months the other party may terminate the
agreement with immediate effect by sending a written notice to the other party.
CONFIDENTIAL
Buyer acknowledges that it may gain access to or otherwise learn Confidential
Information (as hereinafter defined). Buyer agrees that it will use the Confidential
Information only for purposes of performing its obligations under these Terms and
Conditions (the Permitted Purpose) and shall not transfer or otherwise disclose the
Confidential Information to any third party except as expressly permitted by these
Terms and Conditions. Buyer shall: (a) give access to Confidential Information solely to
those of its employees and approved subcontractors with a need to know such
information for the Permitted Purpose; and (b) take the same security precautions to
protect against disclosure or unauthorized use of Confidential Information that Buyer
takes with its own confidential information, but in no event shall Buyer apply less than
a reasonable standard of care to prevent such disclosure or unauthorized use.
Confidential Information means any and all information relating to PAES or its
affiliates that may be accessed by or disclosed to Buyer including but not limited to
quotations, price sheets, engineering and product designs, manuals, equipment and
business specifications, trade secrets, reports, or other proprietary data.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
All patents, copyrights, designs, drawings and other technical or commercial
information relating to the products, including any software provided by Seller
pursuant to any proposal, tender or the contract, and the intellectual property rights
therein made or acquired by Seller prior to or during the preparation of the proposal
or tender or in the course of work on the contract shall be and remain the exclusive
property of Seller.
If a product furnished to Buyer becomes or, in Sellers opinion, may become the subject
of any claim, suit or proceeding for infringement of any intellectual property rights,
Seller may at its option and expense (i) obtain for Buyer the right to use, lease or sell
the product, (ii) replace the product, (iii) modify the product, or (iv) remove the product
and refund the purchase price paid by Buyer less a reasonable amount for use,
damage or obsolescence. Seller will not be liable for any infringement arising from
the combination of products or from the use of a product in practicing a process.
Sellers total liability to Buyer will not, under any circumstances exceed the purchase
price paid for the allegedly infringing product. Buyer agrees, at its expense, to protect
and defend Seller against any claim of intellectual property right infringement arising
from compliance with Buyers designs, specifications or instructions and to hold
Seller harmless from damages, costs and expenses attributable to any such claim.
INDEMNITY
Buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the Seller (and its agents, representatives,
employees, officers, related companies, successors and assigns, and customers)
harmless from all claims, demands, actions, damages and liabilities (including legal
fees and consequential and incidental damages) arising out of any injury (including
death) to any person or damage to any property in any way connected with any act or
omission of Buyer, its agents, employees, or subcontractors.
WAIVER
No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising on the part of Seller any right, power
or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial
exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude further exercise of the
same right, power or privilege.
VALIDITY OF PROVISIONS
In the event any provision or any part or portion of any provision of these Terms and
Conditions shall be held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, such holding
shall not affect the remaining part or portions of that provision, or any other provision
hereof.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE 431

SUSPENSION
If Buyer fails to make any payment when due or to perform on time any of its other
obligations under this contract Seller shall be entitled to suspend performance of the
contract until the failure is remedied.
ASSIGNMENT
Buyer shall not be entitled to cede, transfer and/or assign any of its rights or delegate
any of its obligations under this contract, without the prior written consent of Seller.
Seller may cede, transfer and/or assign its rights or delegate any of its obligations
under this contract without the prior approval of the Buyer.
TERMINATION
Seller shall be entitled to terminate the quote, purchase order or other agreement to
which these Terms and Conditions form a part in the event Buyer is in breach of any of
its obligations hereunder and fails to remedy the breach within fifteen (15) days after
receiving written notification thereof from Seller or if Buyer goes into liquidation,
receivership, administration or makes any voluntary arrangement with any of its
creditors. Any party may terminate the agreement with immediate effect if the other
party is in material breach of the agreement. Any termination of the contract in
accordance with the terms hereof shall become effective upon service of a written
notice of termination on the other party. Upon termination, howsoever arising, Seller
shall be entitled forthwith to suspend any further deliveries under the contract without
any liability to Buyer. Within 14 days of such a notice of termination, howsoever arising,
Buyer shall pay to Seller:
-the outstanding balance of the contract price for products which have been
delivered and for those products which are then capable of being delivered, and
-the costs incurred or committed by Seller up to the date of notice of termination
in performing work on products which are not then in a deliverable state plus a
reasonable margin to be agreed between the parties which shall not be less than
15%, and
commission, compensation, reimbursement, or other payment until such time as the

Seller has received confirmation to its reasonable satisfaction that no breach has
occurred or will occur. The Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer for any claim, losses,
or damages whatsoever related to the Sellers decision to withhold any commission,
compensation, reimbursement, or other payment under this provision. (9) Audit
Rights. If the Seller at any time believes, in good faith, that the Buyer has breached the
warranties, representations or agreements in this Section, then the Seller will have
the right to audit the Buyers books and records related to this Agreement in order to
verify the Buyers compliance with the provisions of this Section. The audit will be
performed by individuals selected by the Seller. However, upon request by the Buyer,
the Seller will select in its sole discretion an independent third party to conduct an
audit in order to certify to the Seller that no breach has occurred or will occur. The
Buyer will fully cooperate in any audit conducted by or on behalf of the Seller. (10)
Termination Rights. Any breach of the warranties, representations or agreements in
this Section will constitute grounds for immediate termination of this Agreement for
cause by the Seller and no commission, compensation, reimbursement or other
payment will be due to the Buyer. The Buyer will indemnify and hold the Seller
harmless against any actions, legal claims, demands, proceedings, losses, damages,
costs, expenses and other liabilities of whatever nature resulting from the Buyers
breach of the representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Section.
(11) Data Privacy Consent. The Buyer consents to the collection, processing and
international transfer of data and information related to the business relationship
between it and the Seller, including the transfer of personally identifiable data (for
example names, email addresses, telephone numbers) to and between the Seller and
its affiliates wherever they may be located, for the purposes of allowing the Seller and
its affiliates to evaluate the Buyers experience and qualifications and implement any
business. The Buyer has the right to: (a) request access to this data; (b) rectify or
cancel any inaccurate or expired data; and (c) object to any processing that does not
conform to these purposes. The Buyer may exercise its rights by writing to the Seller
at ethics@pentair.com or to such other location as the Seller may designate.
-the costs reasonably incurred by Seller as a result of the termination.

COMPLIANCE
(1) No Improper Means of Obtaining Business. The Seller and the Buyer intend that
no payments or transfers of value shall be made which have the purpose or effect of
public or commercial bribery, acceptance of or acquiescence in extortion or kickbacks,
or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining business. (2) No Bribes. The Buyer
will not, directly or indirectly, pay, offer, authorize or promise any monies or anything
of value (such as gifts, contributions, travel, or entertainment) to any person or
organization (including any employee or official of any governmental authority,
government owned or controlled entity, public international organization or political
party; any candidate for political office; or any employees of any of the Buyers or the
Sellers customers) for the purpose of improperly influencing their acts or decisions in
violation of any antibribery or anti-corruption laws, including the United States
International Corrupt Practices Act, laws under the OECD Anti-Bribery Convention
and local anti-corruption laws (collectively, Anti-Corruption Laws). The Buyer will
take appropriate actions to ensure that any person representing or acting under its
instruction or control (Buyers Agents) will also comply with this Section. (3) No
Kickbacks. No part of the payment of any amounts payable under this Agreement will
be distributed to the Seller, its affiliates or customers, or any of its employees or their
family members. (4) No Conflicts. Except as disclosed in writing to the Seller (in a
questionnaire response or otherwise), the Buyer represents that it does not have any
reason to believe that there are any potential conflicts of interest regarding its
relationship with the Seller, such as family members who could potentially benefit
from the commercial relationship established by this Agreement; and neither the
Buyer, nor any of the Buyers Agents, have any family members who are government
officials or political party candidates in a position to influence the Buyers commercial
relationship with the Seller. (5) Accurate Books and Records. The Buyer will maintain
complete and accurate books and records regarding its transactions with Seller. (6)
Notification. The Buyer will notify the Seller promptly if (a) the Buyer or any of the
Buyers Agents have reason to believe that a breach of this Section has occurred or is
likely to occur; or (b) if any conflicts of interest arise after the signing of this Agreement,
including if any of the Buyers Agents or their family members become a government
official or political party candidate in a position to influence the Buyers commercial
relationship with the Seller. The Buyer will send all such notices to ethics@pentair.
com or to such other location as the Seller may designate in writing. (7) Compliance
Certification. The Buyer will, when and as may be requested by the Seller from time
to time, provide to the Seller a written certification in form and substance satisfactory
to the Seller that the Buyer is in compliance with this Section. (8) No Payments for
Improper Activities. The Seller will not be required under any circumstances to take
any action or make any payments that the Seller believes, in good faith, would cause it
or its affiliated companies to be in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws. If the Seller
at any time believes, in good faith, that a breach of any of the representations and
warranties in this Section has occurred or may occur, the Seller may withhold any
432 INDEX
SECTION
Products /Carbon,
Activated
Products
ProlineArias
/ Products Sand Filters
Activated Carbon, Proline........................... 101, 275
Adapters
Brass................................................................. 366
Digital Timer..................................................... 331
Female, Reducing............................................ 372
Garden Hose..................................................... 377
Insert................................................................. 369
Male, Reducing................................................. 372
Tubing.................................................................367
Aeration
AeroBoost CT Airlift Pump.........................4445

Agitators...............................................................41
Air Pumps.....................................................3639
AIRSEP Oxygen Generators.......................6465
Aluminum Oxide Air Diffusers......................... 54
Aqua Control Fountains.................................... 87
Aspirators............................................................41
Ceramic Diffusers............................................. 54
Check Valves........................................................69
Coarse Bubble Diffuser.................................... 56
Compressor Accessories................................. 80
Compressors............................................... 7879
De-Icing.........................................................8384
Diffuser Bumpers...............................................49
Diffuser Hose..................................................... 55
Diffuser Mount................................................... 50
Diffuser Tubing....................................................57
Diffusers....................................................... 5156
Disc Diffuser....................................................... 56
EDI FlexAir Diffuser.......................................... 56
Flow Meters........................................................ 66
Fountains......................................................8587
Great Lakes Diffusers....................................... 82
Kasco Surface Aerators................................... 46
Manifolds...................................................... 66, 69
Mixing Eductors................................................. 58
Oxygen Concentration Systems...................... 63
Oxygen Saturators..............................................62
Pressure Switch................................................ 33
Regenerative Blowers......................27-29, 3133
Rubber Air Diffusers......................................... 54
Snap-Cap Diffuser............................................. 56
Sweetwater .......................................27-29, 31, 33
Sweetwater Diffusers.................................4850
Tee Eliminators.................................................. 54
Trac-Lock............................................................ 53
Tubing...................................................................81
Tubing Fittings.....................................................57
Venturi Fittings................................................... 58
Venturi Injectors................................................. 58
Wedge-Lock....................................................... 53
Zinc Anodes........................................................ 86
Aeration Systems
Accessories........................................................ 72
Great Lakes...................................................7176
Pond..................................................................... 77
Sea Pen System................................................. 90
Small Tank.......................................................... 40
Solar.................................................................... 77
Aerators
Apron.......................................................................316
Aqua Control, Fountains........................................ 87
Bait Bucket......................................................... 40
Paddle Wheels................................................... 42
Vertical Pump..................................................... 40
AeroBoost, Airlift Pump..................................4445
Agitators...................................................................41
Air Compressors, Sweetwater............................. 78
Aqua Logic
Aire-02................................................................. 43
Air Diffusers
Aluminum Oxide......................................................54
Ceramic....................................................................54
Rubber......................................................................54
Sweetwater.......................................................4850
Air Filling Kits............................................................ 299
Air Filters.......................................................................30
Air Nozzle................................................................... 299
Air Pumps
12V........................................................................ 36
Linear............................................................3839
Outdoor.................................................................37
Repair Kits.......................................................... 38
Replacement Parts........................................... 38
Silent.....................................................................37
Air Tubing..................................................................81
Air-Cooled
Water Chillers.................................................. 256

Coil Water Chillers........................................... 257
Trimline Water Chillers................................... 258
Aire-02, Aerators.................................................... 43
AIRSEP, Oxygen Generators...........................6465
Alarm Systems, Auto Dialers............................. 243
Alarms
High and Low Water.........................................178

Auto Dialers...................................................... 243
Algae
Pads ...................................................................416
Scrappers..........................................................416
Scrubbers..........................................................416
Wafers............................................................... 333
Algae Bioreactors,
Industrial Plankton......................................340341
Algae Food, Proline.............................................. 342
Algaecide
Cutrine-Plus Algaecide and Herbicide......... 263

Granular............................................................ 263
Greenclean....................................................... 263
Liquid Copper................................................... 262
Ponds................................................................. 264
Water Quality Enhancer.................................. 262
All Weather Accessories..................................... 401
American Marine
Conductivity Meter........................................... 206

PH Meter........................................................... 204
Pinpoint Dissolved Oxygen Meter.................. 200
Ammonia Remover, Proline ............................... 275
Ammonium Chloride, Proline............................. 270
Anchor Worm Treatment..................................... 279
Anesthetic.............................................................. 278
Antibiotic, Tricide-Neo......................................... 279
Air Cooled Heat Pump......................................251

Air-Cooled Coil Water Chillers...................... 257
Air-Cooled Trimline Water Chillers.............. 258
Air-Cooled Water Chillers......................255258
Chiller Barrel Packages................................. 260
Heat / Cool Pumps........................................... 254
Heat Exchangers............................................. 252
In-Line Air Cooled Water Chillers................. 256
In-Line Heaters.................................................249
Temperature Controllers............................... 248
Water-Cooled Water Chillers......................... 259
Aqua-Coat, Proline...............................................274
Aquaculture, Books............................................. 420
Aquaculture Laboratories,
Aquaculture Analysis........................................... 226
Aquaculture Management System
Oxyguard Commander.................................... 239

Oxyguard Pacific.............................................. 240
Aquadyne, Bottom Drains................................... 359
AquaFX, Reverse Osmosis...........................120121
Aqualife, Multi-Purpose Cleaner........................414
Aqualife Duty Cleaner...........................................316
Aquaponics
Books................................................................. 420
Calcium Carbonate............................................ 23
Cocogro............................................................... 20
Cocotek............................................................... 20
Gold Label Hydrocorn....................................... 20
Grow Lights.........................................................24
Grow Trays.......................................................... 22
Horticubes...........................................................21
Netting................................................................. 22
Perlite.................................................................. 20
PH Control.......................................................... 23
Propagation Cubes.............................................21
Rockwool.............................................................21
Rootcubes............................................................21
Salt Concentrate................................................ 23
Shade Cloth........................................................ 22
Tanks....................................................................18
Transplant Trays................................................ 22
Propagation Blocks............................................21
Aquaponics Kits
Stand-Alone Kits...........................................11, 17
Floating Kits..................................................11, 17
Aquaponics System 800.................................. 12, 16
Aquaponics Test Kit...................................... 23, 224
Aquarium
Chillers..............................................................258
Cleaners............................................................ 416
Cooling Fans.....................................................258
Food..........................................................333334
Aquatic Disinfectant.............................................278
Aragamax, Sand...................................................272
Arias Sand Filters..........................................113115
SECTION
INDEX 433
Products
Arvo-TecCyclonic
/ Products /Bioreactor
Products
Arvo-Tec
Pipe Feeding System.......................................324

Professional Feeding Control System..........324
Robot Feeding System....................................325
T Drum 2000 Feeder.......................................325
Auger Feeders......................................................326
Auto Dialer Alarm Systems................................243
Bacteria
Bacteria in a Bag..............................................271
Nitrafix for Aquaculture..................................268
Pondzilla Black................................................269
Proline...............................................................270
Saltwater Bacteria in a Bag...........................271
Bacteria Filter.......................................................342
Bag Filters
System............................................................... 118
Vessels.............................................................. 119
Bag Filters.....................................................100101
Balance, Mechanical Triple Beam..................... 318
Ball Valves.................................................... 350352
Barley Straw Pellets............................................268
Basket, Fish...........................................................379
Bead Filter......................................................110111
Beads for Sand Filter.............................................95
Beakers, Graduated, Cylinders..........................307
Berkeley
Self-Priming Pumps.......................................166
Vertical Multi-Stage........................................ 167
Bio Barrels.............................................................. 94
Bio-Balls.................................................................. 94
Bio-Fill..................................................................... 94
Biofilter StartupProline.......................................270
Biological MediaSweetwater................................93
Biomass Daily, Vaki..................................... 282283
Biomass Control...................................................291
Bioreactor......................................................122123
Bioscanner, Vaki...................................................288
Blackwater Koi Food................................... 337338
Blocksom Filter Material......................................97
Blood Worms........................................................335
Blowers
High-Pressure...................................................32
Regenerative....................................2729, 3133
Blue Vail, Water Colorant....................................266
Bolts, Sets.............................................................374
Books
Aquaculture......................................................420
Fish Disease.....................................................420
Fish Hatchery Management...........................420
Bottles
Dispensing Bottle............................................306
Dispensing Bottles..........................................306
Sample Bottles................................................306
Wash..................................................................306
Bottom Drains......................................................359
Brine Shrimp Eggs...............................................344
Brine Shrimp Food...............................................344
Brine Shrimp Net.................................................344
Brushes
Assorted............................................................ 315
Carboy............................................................... 314
Corner............................................................... 418
Deck................................................................... 418
Foam.................................................................. 314
Koi Spawning....................................................298
Nylon................................................................. 418
Pond Filter........................................................298
Scrub Pad......................................................... 418
Utility................................................................. 418
Bulkhead Fittings........................................358359
Burets, VEE GEE...................................................313
Butterfly Valves............................................ 349350
C-Ring, Pliers and Fasteners.............................380

Cable Ties................................................................81
Cage, Fittings........................................................382
Cage Equipment, Fish Cages..............................382
Calcium Chloride, Proline...................................276
Calcium Reactor...................................................101
Calibration Solutions.................................. 222223
Caps........................................................................370
Carbon
Activated ...................................................101, 275

Dioxide Stripper...............................................129
Filter Material.....................................................96
Filtration System............................................. 116
Cartridge Filter, Accessories............................. 117
Cartridge Filters................................................... 117
Cases, Outdoor Cases.........................................400
Catheter Tubing....................................................298
Cement, Tubing.....................................................364
Centrifugal Pumps
Energy Efficient................................................158
Sparus............................................... 152-154, 157
Sweetwater...............................................164165
Taurus........................................................156159
Verus..........................................................159163
Channel Counters, Vaki.......................................284
Chatillon, Hanging Scales................................... 317
Check Valve, Ozone-Safe............................... 67, 150
Check Valves
Nonmetallic........................................................ 69
Polyethylene....................................................... 69
Check Valves.........................................................354
Chillers
Air-Cooled............................................... 255258
Aquarium..........................................................258
Chiller Barrel Packages.................................260
Coolworks Ice Probe Cooling Element.........257
Water-Cooled Water Chillers.........................259
Clamps
Hoses................................................................. 361
Plastic................................................................362
Screw................................................................... 67
Tubing Valve........................................................68
Clarifiers................................................................267
Cleaner.................................................................. 316
Clips
Poly ...................................................................406
Seaveggies .......................................................329
Cloud Monitoring , Point Four.................... 236237
Colorants,
Concentrated Water Colorants..........................266
Colorimeter, Smart3............................................ 219
Complete Aquaculture Laboratory,
CEL Complete Aquaculture Laboratory............226
Complete Systems
Aquaponics Kits............................................11, 17
Automated Fish Farm.........................................9
Filtration............................................................ 112
Fish Farm II......................................................... 10
Great Lakes Aeration Systems.................. 7176
Holding System.................................................. 10
Mini Fish Farm..............................................11, 17
Oxygen Concentration Systems.......................63
Point Four Pressurized Column......................59
Pond Aeration Systems.....................................77
Quarantine and Holding Systems.................... 13
Solar Aeration Systems....................................77
System 800................................................... 12, 16
Compressor............................................................36
Compressors
Accessories........................................................80
Cabinets..............................................................78
Rotary Vane.........................................................79
Sweetwater.........................................................78
Conductivity Meter
American Marine.............................................206
Extech................................................................207
YSI............................................. 206207, 210, 212
Conical Bottom Tanks..........................................192
Constant Flow Technology..........152154, 160161
Container, Insulated.............................................189
Control Systems
Oxyguard Commander....................................239
Oxyguard Pacific..............................................240
Controllers
Feeders.............................................................331
Milwaukee PH/CO2..........................................242
PH/ORP ............................................................242
Point Four Customized Controllers..............234
Point Four LC3.................................................235
Cooling Element...................................................257
Cooling FansAquarium .......................................258
Counters, Vaki.............................................. 285286
Counting Software...............................................287
Couplings...................................................... 360, 372
Covers, Tanks........................................................188
Crosses..................................................................369
CSK Filtration Systems....................................... 112
Culture Tanks................................................180181
Custom Tanks.......................................................182
Cyclonic Bioreactor..............................................123
434 INDEX
SECTION

DannerFittings,Tubing
Danner
Magnetic Drive Pumps.................................... 171

Replacement parts.......................................... 171
De-Icing
Floating.....................................................................83
Great Lakes Systems..............................................83
Kasco.........................................................................84
Dechlorinator..............................................................274
Defoamer.....................................................................278
Degassing Column.....................................................130
Del Ozone.....................................................................149
Desiccant.....................................................................150
Diaphragm-Metering Pump.....................................176
Diffusers
Air Diffusers.............................................................55
Aluminum Oxide......................................................54
Bumper.....................................................................49
Ceramic....................................................................54
Coarse Bubble.........................................................56
Disc............................................................................56
EDI FlexAir...............................................................56
Great Lakes..............................................................82
Hose..........................................................................55
Manifold..................................................................185
Mount........................................................................50
Oxygen Diffusers...............................................5153
Rubber......................................................................54
Snap-Cap..................................................................56
Sweetwater, Air.................................................4850
Trac-Lock.................................................................53
Tubing........................................................................57
Tubing Fittings.........................................................57
Wedge-Lock.............................................................53
Digital Timer...............................................................311
Disinfectants
Aquatic....................................................................414
Methylene Blue......................................................278
Ovadine Iodine.......................................................414
Disinfection, UV Systems................................. 134143
Dispensing Bottles.................................................... 306
Dissecting Equipment.............................................. 305
Dissolved Gas Pressure Meter,
Point Four................................................................... 202
Dissolved Gas Pressure Transmitter,
Point Four................................................................... 203
Dissolved Oxygen Meter
American Marine.................................................. 200

Kit............................................................................ 200
Dissolved Oxygen Meters
OxyGuard....................................................... 198200
YSI................................................................... 194200
Door Mat, Sanitizing...................................................414
Dosing Pump...............................................................176
Drains, Bottom...........................................................359
Drill Bits...................................................................... 366
Drip Emitter..........................................................67, 357
Drum Filter..........................................................102103
Dyes, Tracer Dye....................................................... 398
EASYPLUG,
Resistance Immersion Heaters.............................. 246
Ebara, Submersible Pumps.....................................170
Eclipse Ozone System...............................................149
Eco-Trap......................................................................104
Electric , In-Line Heaters......................................... 250
Electrode Cleaning................................................... 223
Ells.......................................................................370371
Enkamat Filter Material..............................................96
Enrichments

Instant Algae Marine Paste................................ 343

Liquid Hufa............................................................ 343
N-Rich PL Plus..................................................... 343
Rotigrow Plus Feed.............................................. 343
Selcon Concentrate............................................. 343
Epoxy
Gel........................................................................... 408
Paint....................................................................... 408
Primer.................................................................... 408
Underwater........................................................... 409
Expansion Plugs........................................................ 360
Extech, Exstik II......................................................... 207
Extension Cords, Waterproof Housing................... 411
Faucet, Drum..............................................................357
Feed
Algae Wafers......................................................... 333

Aquarium.......................................................333334
Blood Worms ....................................................... 335
Cichlid Gold Food................................................. 333
Cichlid Staple........................................................ 333
Concentrated Planktonic Feed.......................... 333
Dense Culture Food............................................. 338
Fancy Guppy Food................................................ 333
Flake Food............................................................. 332
Hikari Koi Foods................................................... 336
Hikari Plankton..................................................... 333
Koi...................................................................336338
Larval Feeds......................................................... 335
Micro Pellets Food............................................... 333
O.S.I. Aquarium foods.......................................... 334
Saki-Hikari Koi Food............................................ 336
Vita Fish Vitamin Complex.................................. 334
Feeders
Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeder ...............................327

Arvo-Tec.........................................................324325
Auger.......................................................................326
Belt Feeders.......................................................... 328
Controllers.............................................................326
Demand..................................................................326
Directional Fish Feeders......................................327
Granular................................................................ 329
Handheld............................................................... 329
Koi Feeders........................................................... 328
Vibratory................................................................ 330
4-Way Cone Worm................................................ 329
Pond....................................................................... 329
Seaveggies Clips.................................................. 329
Feeding System, Vaki................................................ 323
FIAP
Screen Filter..........................................................105
Profibreed Grading Grids.................................... 295
Fiberglass Tanks......................................... 18, 186187
Fiberglass Troughs..............................................18, 186
Filter Bags...................................................................169
Filter Pads.....................................................................97
Filter Sumps................................................................191
Filtering Granules......................................................276
Filters
Air..............................................................................30
Bacteria................................................................. 342
Bags........................................................100101, 169
Bead................................................................ 110111
Brush.........................................................................97
Carbon.................................................................... 116
Cartridge................................................................ 117
Cartridge Accessories.......................................... 117
Chemical Basket................................................... 116
Drum...............................................................102103
Foam/Sponge..........................................................98
Housing 20............................................................ 116
Material.....................................................................96
Media.........................................................................96
Screen.....................................................................105
Screening/Support.................................................99
Systems.................................................................. 112
Vessels.................................................................... 119
Filtration
Filter Bags..............................................................100
Radial Flow Settler....................................... 106107
Synthetic.................................................................276
Fish, Koi Stocking Packs...........................................347
Fish Bag Banding Tool.............................................. 299
Fish Basket.................................................................379
Fish Counters....................................................285286
Fish Farm
Automated..................................................................9
Ultimate Fish Farm.................................................10
Mini Fish Farm................................................... 11, 17
Fish Graders
Floating Adjustable Fish Graders...................... 295

Profibreed Grader and Grids.............................. 295
Fish Graders...............................................................294
Fish Hauling, Treatments........................................ 277
Fish Measuring Board.............................................. 393
Fish Pond Coating..................................................... 409
Fish Tagging Gun....................................................... 393
Fish Tags..................................................................... 393
Fish Tranquilizers..................................................... 277
Fish Traps
Galvanized..............................................................379
Plastic.....................................................................379
Vinyl Coating..........................................................379
FishHaul-C, Brightwell............................................ 277
Fittings
Bulkhead............................................................... 358
Cage....................................................................... 382
Clear PVC.............................................................. 364
Hose....................................................................... 356
Quick Disconnect.................................................. 373
Tank Kits.................................................................359
Tee Eliminators........................................................54
Tubing......................................................................367
SECTION
INDEX 435
Products
Fittings, /VenturiLight
Products / Products
Meters
Venturi.......................................................................58
WD.............................................................................57
Fixed Bed Up-Flow Filter..........................................109
Flake Food ................................................................. 332
Flanges, Van Stone....................................................374
Flasks
Erlenmeyer Flasks............................................... 308

Fernback Flask..................................................... 308
Float Switches............................................................178
Floats, Net Floats...................................................... 390
Flow Meters
Manifolds..................................................................66
Oxygen......................................................................66
Flow Meters................................................................177
Fountains
Aqua Control............................................................87
Kasco..................................................................8586
Zinc Anodes..............................................................86
Freeze-Dried Food.................................................... 335
Freshwater Invertebrates........................................ 346
Galvanized Steel Tanks..............................................182

Gas Control Column/Tower..............................124127
Gas Injection Systems, Point Four.............................59
Gas Treatment............................................................128
Gaskets, Sets..............................................................374
Gate Valves
Knife....................................................................... 353
Plastic.....................................................................357
PVC......................................................................... 353
Replacement Parts.............................................. 353
Gauges, Pressure........................................................30
Genesis Ozone Generator.........................................146
Gilmour
Garden Accessories..............................................376
Menders and Couplings.......................................377
Gloves
Aqua........................................................................ 403
Disposable............................................................. 403
Fillet....................................................................... 403
Nitrile......................................................................316
Shoulder Length .................................................. 403
Waterproof............................................................ 403
Goldfish Treatment....................................................279
Grader , Fish Grader................................................. 295
Graduated Tanks........................................................190
Granular, Algaecide.................................................. 263
Grating...........................................................................99
Gravel Vacuum............................................................415
Great Lakes
Aeration Systems..............................................7176
Airlift Diffusers........................................................82
De-Icing Systems....................................................83
Grips, Cable, Cord, Tubing........................................ 411
Grounding Probes......................................................178
Grow Lights, Induction........................................24, 412
Grow Lights...................................................................24
Grow Pots
Bucket lid..................................................................21
Net Pots....................................................................21
Hach
Test Kits................................................................. 225

Test Strips.............................................................. 227
Handles........................................................................418
Handling Tray, Handling Tray and Box................... 299
Hanging Scales...........................................................317
Harvesting Nets........................................................ 386
Hatchers, Conical Hatching Jar.............................. 297
Hatching Jar............................................................... 297
Hauling Tanks.............................................................189
Heat Exchangers, Water to Water............................252
Heat Pumps, Air Cooled............................................251
Heaters
Electric In-Line Heaters...................................... 250

Heat / Cool Pumps.......................................253254
Heat Exchangers...................................................252
Heat Pumps............................................................251
In-Line Heaters............................................ 249250
PTC Immersion..................................................... 245
Replacement Element..........................................247
Resistance Immersion........................................ 246
Submersible.......................................................... 248
Temperature Controllers............................ 247248
Thermal Protectors .............................................247
Heathro Series Fish
and Shimp Pumps.............................................292293
Herbicide
Aquathol K Herbicide........................................... 264

Cutrine-Plus Algaecide
and Herbicide........................................................ 263
Diquat......................................................................262
Weed Control........................................................ 264
High Output UV Sterilizers........................................141
Hikari, Plankton......................................................... 333
Holding Formula
Better-Bait............................................................ 277
Finer-Shiner.......................................................... 277
Holding Systems....................................................10, 13
Hoses
Clamps....................................................................361
Diffuser.....................................................................55
Discharge...............................................................361
Garden Hose Accessories....................................377
Garden Hose Adapters.........................................377
Gilmour...................................................................376
Nozzles...................................................................376
Oxygen......................................................................67
Pond Hose.............................................................. 417
Suction....................................................................361
Valves............................................................... 68, 357
Fittings................................................................... 356
HOSS Series UV..........................................................140
Ice Probe , Cooling Element.....................................257

Immersion Heaters, PTC Heaters.......................... 245
In-Line Heaters, Aqua Logic.....................................249
Induction Grow Lights.........................................24, 412
Industrial Plankton,
Algae Bioreactors.............................................340341
Injectors.......................................................................150
Inlet Muffler Assemblies.............................................30

Instant Algae Marine Paste..................................... 343
Insulated Container...................................................189
Insulated Tanks..........................................................184
Intellizone Ozone Generator.....................................146
Intercomp, Hanging Scales......................................317
Iodine............................................................................278
Jars
Hatching Jar.......................................................... 297

Wide Mouth, Polyethylene................................... 306
Kasco
De-Icing....................................................................84
Fountains...........................................................8586
Surface Aerators.....................................................46
Keystone, Butterfly Valves........................................349
Koi
Butterfly Koi...........................................................347
Cool Season Koi ................................................... 337
Feeders.................................................................. 328
Food................................................................336338
GoldfishMix of Sarassa,
Shubunkins, Comets and Wakins.......................347
Koi Stocking Packs................................................347
Nets........................................................................ 385
Show Bowls............................................................188
Spawning Brushes............................................... 298
Spawntex Spawning Mat..................................... 298
Standard Fin...........................................................347
Treatment...............................................................279
Lab Equipment
Autoclave............................................................... 309
Calipers...................................................................313
Carboys.................................................................. 306
Flat Wrapper..........................................................310
Imhoff Cone........................................................... 309
Inoculating Loop................................................... 309
Microbiological Media......................................... 309
Petri Dishes........................................................... 309
Three-Hole Stoppers............................................310
LaMotte
Colorimeter............................................................219
Measuring Kit.........................................................395
Reagent Refills..................................................... 224
Secchi Disk and Decal..........................................395
Test Kits................................................ 224, 228229
Test Strips.............................................................. 227
Turbidity Meters, Portable...................................221
Larval Feed................................................................ 335
Larval Tanks...............................................................187
Leica, Microscopes....................................................301
Lice Treatment............................................................279
Lifegard Cartridge Filter........................................... 117
Lights
Grow Lights......................................................24, 412

Meters.....................................................................412
436 INDEX
SECTION
Products / Products
Liners-Oxygen
System
/ Products
Liners
Polyethylene...........................................................183
Pond........................................................................183
Repair Tape.............................................................183
Tanks.......................................................................182
Live Feed
Algae Bioreactors........................................340341
Polyester Mesh Bags........................................... 342
Live Fish

Pumps............................................................292293
Shipping Bags....................................................... 299
Live Organisms
Fathead Minnows................................................. 346

Freshwater Invertebrates................................... 346
Freshwater Vertebrates, Zebrafish................... 346
Japanese Medaka................................................ 346
Saltwater Algae.................................................... 346
Saltwater Invertebrates...................................... 346
Saltwater Vertebrates......................................... 346
Long Sweep.................................................................371
Low Head Oxygenators.............................................129
Low Space Bioreactor...............................................122
Lubricant, O-Ring.......................................................375
Lumpfish Counter, Vaki............................................ 286
Macro Exel Counter, Vaki......................................... 285

Macro Counter, Vaki.................................................. 285
Magnetic Drive Pumps
Danner....................................................................171
Replacement parts...............................................171
Magnetic Drive Pumps...................... 171172, 174175
Manifolds
Diffuser...................................................................185
Flow Meters.............................................................66
Oxygen......................................................................67
Round................................................................. 6869
Valves............................................................... 68, 357
Mechanical Filtration
Fixed Bed Up-Flow Filter.....................................109

Radial Flow Settler....................................... 106107
Media
Bags..........................................................................94
Beads........................................................................95
Bio Barrels...............................................................94
Bio-Balls...................................................................94
Bio-Fill......................................................................94
Biofilter Media Bags................................................94
Biological..................................................................93
Calcium Reactor....................................................101
Cocogro.....................................................................20
Cocotek.....................................................................20
Desiccant................................................................150
Filter..........................................................................96
Filter Media..............................................................97
Filtration ..................................................................95
Gold Label Hydrocorn.............................................20
Horticubes................................................................21
Microbiological Media......................................... 309
MM1...........................................................................98
Perlite........................................................................20
Propagation Blocks.................................................21
Propagation Cubes.................................................21
Rockwool..................................................................21
Rootcubes.................................................................21
Sand Filter................................................................98
Sweetwater Bio-Media...........................................93
Muffler Assemblies.....................................................30
Multicyclone Pre-Filter.............................................108
Multiparameter, YSI...................................214, 216217
Medication
Nets
Pond Rid-Ich..........................................................279
Proform-C..............................................................279
Mesh, Galvanized Wire Mesh,
Plastic Coated.............................................................381
Mesh Bags.................................................................. 342
Mesh Screening, Plastic.......................................... 380
Meters
Cable Kit, YSI..........................................................214

CO2 Meter............................................................... 203
Flow Meters...........................................................177
Oxygen Flow Meter Manifolds...............................66
Oxyguard Oxygen Meter.......................................241
PH Meter................................................................ 204
Portable Light........................................................412
Salinity................................................................... 209
UVT Field Meter............................................ 144, 220
Water Flow Meter..................................................396
Meters................................................................. 194208
Methylene Blue...........................................................278
Micro Bubbler, Point Four...........................................53
Micro Counter, Vaki................................................... 285
Microbe-Lift......................................................... 23, 262
Microbe-Lift Lice and
Anchor Worm Treatment..........................................279
Microfiber Cleaning Towel........................................415
Microscope Accessories
Counting Cells...................................................... 304

Counting Wheel.................................................... 303
Cover Slips............................................................. 303
Depression Slides................................................ 303
Glass Slides........................................................... 303
Hemacytometer.................................................... 304
Microscope Cleaning Kit..................................... 302
Plastic Multiwell Slide Plates............................. 303
Video Eyepiece...................................................... 302
Microscopes
Binocular Microscope..........................................301
Dissecting Microscope........................................ 302
Laboratory Microscope........................................301
Monocular Scope................................................. 302
Stereomicroscopes...............................................301
Milwaukee
Calibration Solutions........................................... 222

ORP Controller......................................................242
PH/CO2 Controller.................................................242
Portable Light Meter.............................................412
Mini Fish Farm........................................................ 11, 17
Mixing Eductors............................................................58
Monitors
Cloud..............................................................236237
Remote Water....................................................... 232
Water Monitor....................................................... 235
Oxyguard Commander........................................ 239
Oxyguard Pacific................................................... 240
Transport System................................................. 238
N
Nano Counter, Vaki.................................................... 285
Aquarium............................................................... 383
Big Fish Net........................................................... 384
Brine Shrimp Net.........................................344, 383
Bucket Net............................................................. 384
Cast Nets............................................................... 390
Commercial-Duty................................................. 383
Dip Net................................................................... 384
Fish Net Boxes...................................................... 382
Fish Trap, Plastic...................................................379
Fish Trap, Vinyl Coating........................................379
Fish Traps, Galvanized..........................................379
Fry, Fingerling and Bait Nets............................. 386
Heavy-Duty Harvesting Nets.............................. 386
Koi........................................................................... 385
Monorail Nets...............................................387388
Net Floats.............................................................. 390
Net Mending Tools............................................... 389
Net Stand............................................................... 384
Nets with Telescopic Handles............................ 385
Nylon Netting, Knotless...................................... 390
Plankton Nets........................................................397
Replacement Bags for Monorail Nets............... 388
Seines..................................................................... 389
Solid Bottom Dip Net........................................... 384
The Monorail System........................................... 388
Netting
Garden Ponds....................................................... 405

Polyclips....................................................................22
Polypropylene....................................................... 406
Predator................................................................. 405
Square Mesh......................................................... 405
Nipples.........................................................................370
Notebooks, All Weather............................................401
Nozzles
Air Nozzle.............................................................. 299

for Garden Hoses..................................................376
Mixing Eductors.......................................................58
Spray.......................................................................130
Nylon Netting............................................................. 390
Nylon Screening...........................................................99
Ohaus, Balance/Scales.................................... 318321

On-Board Handling Tanks........................................189
Optical Dissolved Oxygen Meter, YSI.......................195
ORP Meter...................................................................201
Ovadine Iodine............................................................278
Oxidizing, Potassium Permanganate......................414
Oxygen
Accessories..............................................................67
Concentration Systems..........................................63
Flow Meters.............................................................66
Hose..........................................................................67
Manifolds..................................................................67
Regulator..................................................................67
SECTION
INDEX 437
Oxygen
Products
SaturatorsPumps,
Taurus
Saturators................................................................62
Oxyguard Oxygen Meter.......................................241
Contact Cones.........................................................60
Oxygen Diffusers, Point Four.....................................53
Oxygen Generators, AIRSEP............................... 6465
Oxygenation, Sea Pen System....................................91
Oxygenators................................................................129
Oxyguard
Atlantic Oxygen Meter..........................................241

Commander.......................................................... 239
Polaris 1..................................................................198
Polaris 2..................................................................199
Portable CO2 Meter.............................................. 203
Water Monitors ............................................239240
OxyTower.....................................................................128
Ozone, Contact Cones.................................................60
Ozone Generator........................................................146
Ozone Safe Check Valve............................................150
Ozone System............................................ 145, 147148
Ozone Tubing...............................................................149
Pacer Self-Priming Pumps......................................166

Pacific Ozone, Ozone Generators....................147148
Packages, Chiller Barrel..........................................260
Paddle Wheels
Aerators....................................................................42
Replacement Parts.................................................42
Paint
Epoxy...................................................................... 408
Primer.................................................................... 408
Thinner................................................................... 408
Parabolic Screen Filter.............................................105
Parachute Skimmer................................................. 392
Parasite Treatment....................................................279
Pellet Food................................................................. 333
Pendulum Demand Feeder......................................326
Peristaltic Pumps......................................................176
pH, Microbe-Lift...........................................................23
pH Calibration Solution............................................ 223
pH Controller, Dosing Pump.....................................176
pH Meter
American Marine.................................................. 204

YSI........................................................................... 204
pH Tester.................................................................... 205
Phosphate Remover..................................................276
Phosphate Sponge.....................................................276
Photometer, YSI..........................................................218
Pinpoint ORP Meter....................................................201
Pipe
Clear PVC.............................................................. 364

Flexible PVC...........................................................362
Heat Dissipating......................................................31
Modular Piping..................................................... 366
Pipe Cutters................................................................375
Pipe Hangers..............................................................362
Pipe Supports.............................................................362
Pipeline (PLC), Vaki................................................... 288
Pipette Accessories
Pump.......................................................................312
Rack.........................................................................311
Rubber Bulbs.........................................................311
Pipettes
Graduated disposable...........................................312
Pasteur Disposable...............................................312
Serological.............................................................312
Storage Rack..........................................................311
Transfer .................................................................312
Volumetric Glass...................................................311
Wide Tip..................................................................311
Measuring..............................................................312
Plankton Sampling Nets ..........................................397
Planktonic Feed......................................................... 333
Plastic Rubber Sheet.................................................374
PLC Integration, Point Four......................................154
Pliers, Hog Ring Pliers..............................................381
Plugs
Expansion.............................................................. 360
Hand Tite................................................................ 360
MNPT......................................................................371
Point Four
Cloud..............................................................236237
C-Series................................................................. 234
Dissolved Gas Pressure Meter.......................... 202
Dissolved Gas Pressure Transmitter................ 203
LC3......................................................................... 235
Micro Bubbler..........................................................53
PLC......................................................................... 234
PLC Integration......................................................154
Pressurized Column...............................................59
RIU3........................................................................ 232
Trac-Lock Diffuser..................................................53
Trac-Lock.................................................................53
Water Monitor Controllers..........................232239
Water Monitor Transport System...................... 238
Wedge-Lock.............................................................53
Poles
Extendable..............................................................418
Hardwood...............................................................418
Polyclips............................................................... 22, 406
Pond
Medication..............................................................279
Water Treatment....................................................267
Water Conditioner................................................ 275
Pond Dyes....................................................................266
Pond Filter Brushes.............................................97, 298
Pond Hose .................................................................. 417
Pond Liner...................................................................183
Pond Salt.....................................................................272
Pondmaster, Submersible Pumps..........................170
Pondzilla, Bacteria.....................................................269
Potassium Permanganate................................278, 414
Pots
Bucket Lid.................................................................21
Net.............................................................................21
Power Cable................................................................ 411
PR Aqua
Carbon Dioxide Stripper.......................................129

Low Head Oxygenators.........................................129
OxyTower................................................................128
Rotofilter Drum Filter...................................102103
Vacuum Degasser.................................................128
PR Aqua Heathro Series,
Live Fish and Shrimp Pumps..........................292293
Pre-Filter ....................................................................108
Pressure Gauges.........................................................30
Pressure Switch...........................................................33
Pressurized Column, Point Four...............................59
Primer
Concrete................................................................ 408
Paint....................................................................... 408
Probes
Grounding...............................................................178
Water Flow.............................................................396
Profibreed Grader and Grids................................... 295
Proline
Activated Carbon...................................................101
Activated Carbon.................................................. 275
Algae Food............................................................. 342
Ammonia Remover.............................................. 275
Ammonium Chloride............................................270
Aquatic Disinfectant..............................................414
Bacteria..................................................................270
Bacteria..................................................................270
Bacteria in a Bag...................................................271
Biofilter Startup.....................................................270
Calcium Chloride...................................................276
Defoamer................................................................278
Dry Ammonia Remover....................................... 275
Sodium Bicarbonate.............................................276
Super Salt Concentrate..........................................23
Super Salt Concentrate........................................272
Zeolite Ammonia Remover................................. 275
Protein Skimmer........................................................131
PTFE Tubing................................................................149
Pump Trap...................................................................165
Pumps
12V.............................................................................36
Aerator......................................................................40
AeroBoost..........................................................4445
Air Cooled Heat......................................................251
Air Pumps.................................................................37
Berkeley..........................................................166167
Centrifugal Pumps........................156159, 162165
Compressor.............................................................36
Constant Flow
Technology.....................................152154, 160161
Diaphragm-Metering............................................176
Dosing.....................................................................176
Filter Bags..............................................................169
Flow Meters...........................................................177
H3-Plus...................................................................158
Heat / Cool.....................................................253254
L3-Plus...................................................................158
Linear................................................................. 3839
Live Fish and Shrimp...................................292293
Magnetic Drive............................... 171172, 174175
Manual Siphon.......................................................415
Peristaltic...............................................................176
PR Aqua Heathro Series.............................292293
Repair Kits................................................................38
Replacement Parts.........................................38, 171
Self-Priming...........................................................166
Sparus.............................................................154157
Submersible.......................................... 168170, 173
Sweetwater....................................................164165
Taurus.....................................................................156
438 INDEX
SECTION
Products
Pump
TrapsTanks,
/ ProductsCulture
/ Products
Traps........................................................................165
Vertical Multi-Stage..............................................167
Verus...............................................................159163
Purigen Synthetic Filtration.....................................276
PVC Saddle..................................................................362
YSI............................................................................212
Salinity Pen, Extech.................................................. 207
Salinity Refractometer............................................. 208
Salinity Tester............................................................ 209
Crystal Sea............................................................ 273

Instant Ocean........................................................ 273
Pond........................................................................272
Reef Crystals ....................................................... 273
Saltwater Algae......................................................... 346
Saltwater Conditioner, Shrimp-Keeper................. 277
Saltwater Invertebrates........................................... 346
Sampler Accessories,
Calibrated Sampler Line...........................................395
Samplers.....................................................................394
Sand.............................................................................272
Sand Filter Media.................................................. 95, 98
Sand Filters, Arias............................................. 113115
Sanitizing Door Mat....................................................414
Scale Weighing Boat..................................................321
Quarantine System......................................................13
Racks
Benchtop Draining Rack......................................314

Wire Rack...............................................................310
Test Tube Racks.....................................................310
Radial Flow Settler............................................ 106107
Rain Suits................................................................... 402
Reagents
Smart3 Reagent Systems....................................219

YSI Photometer......................................................218
RealTech, Field Meter....................................... 144, 220
Reducer Coupling.......................................................372
Reducers.................................................................... 368
Reducing Bushing............................................. 371372
Reef Carbon............................................................... 275
Reef Crystals, Salt.................................................... 273
Refractometer, Salinity............................................ 208
Regulator.......................................................................67
Remote Water Monitor

Point Four......................................................236237
Point Four RIU3.................................................... 232
Repair Kits, Tank Liner..............................................183
Repair Tape................................................................ 409
Reverse Osmosis System.........................................120
Rite in the Rain
All Weather Copier Paper....................................401

All Weather Fish Scale Envelopes......................394
All Weather Grid Pads..........................................401
All Weather Notebooks.........................................401
All weather Pen and Refill....................................401
Riverwatcher, Vaki.................................................... 289
Rockin Foam.............................................................. 409
Rotary Drum Filter.............................................102103
Rotary Vane
Compressor.............................................................79
Compressor Accessories......................................80
Rotifer Production Systems..................................... 345
Rotifer Sieve............................................................... 297
Rotifers....................................................................... 346
Rotofilter..............................................................102103
Round Tanks................................................................184
Rubber Seal, Uniseal.................................................361
Sabbactisun................................................................278
Safeguard UV Systems..................................... 134143
Safety Cap......................................................................67
Salinity Meter
American Marine.................................................. 209
Salt
Scales
Compact Digital Hanging Scales........................317

Digital Bench..................................................319, 321
Food Scales........................................................... 320
Heavy Duty Digital Hanging Scales....................317
Mechanical Hanging Scales................................317
Portable......................................................... 318321
Portable Hand Held..............................................319
Screen, Filter ............................................................105
Screens
Nylon.........................................................................99
Stainless Steel.........................................................99
Screw Clamps...............................................................67
Sea Pen................................................................... 8991
Sealants
Cement....................................................................375
Crack Filler............................................................ 409
Fish Pond Coating................................................ 409
PTFE Sealant and Tape........................................375
Silicone...................................................................375
Waterweld............................................................. 409
Sealed Tanks...............................................................191
Sedna Filter................................................................. 117
Self-Priming Pumps..................................................166
Semi-Square Tanks...................................................184
Shade Cloth.......................................................... 22, 406
ShinMaywa, Submersible Pumps............................170
Shipping Bags
Fish Bag Banding Tool......................................... 299

Live Fish................................................................. 299
Shrimp Counter, Vaki................................................ 286
Shurflo, Submersible Pumps...................................172
SIBATA, Pipettes.........................................................311
Sieve
Rotifer .................................................................... 297

Rotifer .................................................................... 297
Sets..........................................................................397
Siphon, Pump, Manual..............................................415
Skimmer............................................................. 108, 392
SLP Series UV.............................................................134
SLS Series UV.............................................................135
Smart Flow System................................................... 290
Smart UV Replacement Parts..................................143
SMART UV Systems.......................................... 134143
Smart3, Colorimeter.................................................219
SmartOne, PTC Heaters.......................................... 245
Smolt Counter............................................................ 284
Sodium Bicarbonate, Proline...................................276
Sodium Thiosulfate....................................................274
Software, Fish Counting.......................................... 287
Solenoid Timer...........................................................352
Sparus, Pumps...................................................154157
Spat Bags....................................................................379
Spawning
Koi Spawning Brushes........................................ 298

Ovaprim ................................................................ 298
Spawntex Spawning Mat..................................... 298
Spawning Agent......................................................... 298
Spawning Mat...............................................................97
Spray Foam................................................................ 409
Spray Nozzles.............................................................130
Starter Cultures, Instant Rotifers........................... 346
Stopcocks............................................................. 68, 357
Storage Tanks.............................................................190
Strainers..................................................................... 356
Submersible Heaters............................................... 248
Submersible Pumps
Ebara.......................................................................170
Filter bags...............................................................169
Pondmaster............................................................170
ShinMaywa.............................................................170
Shurflo....................................................................172
Tsurumi...................................................................169
Submersible Pumps................................. 168170, 173
SUP Series UV............................................................136
Super Salt Concentrate.............................................272
Supplements
Calcium Carbonate.................................................23
PH Control................................................................23
Salt Concentrate......................................................23
Surface Aerators, Kasco.............................................46
Surface Skimmer.......................................................108
Surfactant.................................................................. 264
SUS Series UV............................................................137
SVP Series UV.............................................................138
Sweetwater
Bead Filter...................................................... 110111
Bio-Media.................................................................93
Low Space Bioreactor..........................................122
Pumps.............................................................164165
SWX Bio-Media........................................................93
Blowers...................................................2729, 31, 33
Diffusers............................................................4850
Piston Air Compressors.........................................78
Switches
Float........................................................................178
Flow.........................................................................178
Water Level.............................................................178
Synthetic Filtration.....................................................276
Systems, Aeration Systems........................................40
Tanks
Conical....................................................................192
Covers ....................................................................188
Culture Tanks.................................................180181
SECTION
INDEX 439
Tanks,
Products
CustomWater
Monitors
Custom....................................................................182
Fiberglass............................................... 18, 186187
Galvanized..............................................................182
Graduated...............................................................190
Hauling....................................................................189
Insulated.................................................................184
Koi............................................................................188
Larval......................................................................187
Liner Repair Kit......................................................183
Liners......................................................................182
On-Board Handling...............................................189
Polyethylene.............................................................18
Polyethylene.....................................................18, 185
Quarantine and Holding Systems.........................13
Rectangular .................................... 18, 185186, 188
Round......................................................................184
Semi-Square..........................................................184
Storage....................................................................190
Translucent............................................................192
Troughs.....................................................................18
Window Kits....................................................... 11, 17
with Windows.........................................................187
Tape, Repair............................................................... 409
Taurus, Centrifugal Pumps......................................156
Teco
E-Chill.................................................................... 258
SEACHILL.............................................................. 258
Tee Eliminators.................................................... 54, 360
Tees..............................................................................369
Temperature Alarm.................................................. 399
Temperature Controllers, Heaters................. 247248
Temperature Meter, YSI............................ 206, 210211
Temperature Pen, YSI...............................201, 205, 207
Temperature Scanner.............................................. 399
Test Kits
Aquaponics...................................................... 23, 224

Water Quality................................................. 224225
Test Strips................................................................... 227
Tetra Jumbokrill........................................................ 334
Tetramin Flakes........................................................ 334
Thermometers
Digital..................................................................... 399
Laboratory............................................................. 398
Min/Max................................................................. 398
Mini Temptestr...................................................... 399
Pocket.................................................................... 398
Pocket Sized.......................................................... 399
Pond/Tank............................................................. 398
Sinking................................................................... 398
Waterproof............................................................ 399
Wireless................................................................. 399
Thread Cutting Taps.................................................. 366
Timers
Hand Counter.........................................................313
Repeat Cycle.......................................................... 411
Water Resistant Stopwatch..................................313
Titanium Pumps, Tsurumi........................................169
Tongs....................................................................405, 415
Trac-Lock, Point Four..................................................53
Tranquil, Fish Tranquilizers..................................... 277
Translucent Tanks......................................................192
Transport System, Point Four TS............................ 238
Trays
Grow Trays................................................................22
Handling Tray and Box......................................... 299

Transplant Trays......................................................22
Troughs.....................................................................18
Troughs, Fiberglass.............................................18, 186
Tsurumi
Submersible Pumps.............................................169
Titanium Pumps....................................................169
TT Bushing..................................................................372
Tubing
Acrylic.................................................................... 363
Acrylic.................................................................... 364
Adapters.................................................................367
Air, Heavyset............................................................81
Catheter Tubing............................................298, 393
Cement................................................................... 364
Clear ..................................................................... 365
Clear PVC.............................................................. 363
Cutters................................................................... 365
Diffuser.....................................................................57
Diffuser, Weighted...................................................57
Fittings....................................................................367
Flexible................................................................... 364
Grips........................................................................ 411
Lead Weight........................................................... 365
Mesh, Plastic........................................................ 356
Ozone.......................................................................149
Polyethylene.............................................................81
PTFE ......................................................................149
Rigid Clear............................................................. 363
Silicone.................................................................. 363
Tee Eliminators........................................................54
Tygon...................................................................... 363
Valves............................................................. 357, 363
Vinyl................................................................363, 365
Turbidity Meters.........................................................221
Unions..........................................................................371
Uniseal, Rubber Seal.................................................361
UV Replacement Parts..............................................143
UV Systems
Controllers.............................................................139
Sterilizers.......................................................141142
UV Systems........................................................ 134143
UVT Field Meter..........................................................144
Vacuum
Commercial Head................................................. 417

Gravel......................................................................415
Vacuum Degasser......................................................128
Vaki......................................................282291, 294, 323
Vaki Service Contracts............................................. 287
Valve Assemblies
Bleed.........................................................................30
Check........................................................................30
Pressure...................................................................30
Valves
3-Port..................................................................... 353
Air Purge................................................................ 353
Ball.................................................................350 352
Brass.................................................................67, 357
Butterfly.........................................................349350
Check........................................................................67
Check........................................................................69
Check.......................................................68, 150, 354
Float....................................................................... 355
Foot......................................................................... 356
for Silicone Tubing................................................ 363
Gate and Globe...................................................... 353
Hose................................................................. 68, 357
Keystone.................................................................349
Manifolds......................................................... 68, 357
Ozone-Safe.......................................................67, 150
Plastic...............................................................67, 357
Replacement Parts, Gate.................................... 353
Solenoid..................................................................352
Spigot......................................................................357
Tubing......................................................................357
Tubing Clamp...........................................................68
VanGuard
Microscopes...........................................................301
Video Eyepiece...................................................... 302
VEE GEE
Burets.....................................................................313
Fernback Flask..................................................... 308
Graduated Beakers.............................................. 307
Graduated Cylinders............................................ 308
Venturi
Fittings......................................................................58
Injectors........................................................... 58, 150
Vertical Multi-Stage Pumps, Berkeley...................167
Verus Pumps.......................................................159163
Vibratory Feeders..................................................... 330
Vitamin Additive, Vita-Chem.................................... 335
Vitamin Complex, Vita Fish...................................... 334
Vortex Chambers........................................................108
Waders
Chest...................................................................... 402
Hip........................................................................... 403
Ultra Lightweight ................................................ 402
Waste Solid Removal System...................................104
Water Chillers
Air-Cooled.....................................................255258
Water-Cooled.........................................................259
Water Colorants, Concentrated...............................266
Water Column Clarifier.............................................269
Water Conditioners
Ammonia Neutralizers.........................................274
Chlorine Neutralizers...........................................274
Koizyme..................................................................279
Shrimp-Keeper..................................................... 277
Vidalife................................................................... 277
Water Conditioners................................................... 275
Water Flow
Handheld Depth Finder........................................396

Meters.....................................................................396
Probes.....................................................................396
Water Level Switches................................................178
Water Monitor
Oxyguard Commander........................................ 239

440 INDEX
SECTION
Products
Point
FourZinc
/ Products
Anodes
/ Products
Point Four......................................................236237
Point Four LC3...................................................... 235
Point Four RIU3.................................................... 232
Transport System................................................. 238
Water Quality
Calibration Solutions...................................222223
Photometer, YSI.....................................................218
Smart3 Colorimeter, LaMotte.............................219
Test Kits........................................ 224226, 228229
Test Strips.............................................................. 227
UVT Field Meter.................................................... 220
Water Samplers..........................................................394
ProDSS...........................................................216217
PROODO.................................................................195
Zeigler
Finfish Starter Food and Treatment.................. 339

Koi Foods............................................................... 339
Larval Diet............................................................. 335
Zeolite Ammonia Remover, Proline....................... 275
Zinc Anodes...................................................................86
Water Treatment
Dechlorinator, Sodium Thiosulfate.....................274

MD Pellets for Aquaculture.................................269
Microbe Lift............................................................267
Pond........................................................................267
Sea Klear................................................................265
Shore-Klear.......................................................... 264
Vitastim Fishery Blend.........................................269
Water Column Clarifier
for Aquaculture......................................................269
Water-Cooled, Water Chillers..................................259
Waterweld.................................................................. 409
Wave Vortex Chambers.............................................108
Wedge-Lock, Point Four.............................................53
Weed Control
Herbicide............................................................... 264
Water Colorant.......................................................266
Weeds
Rakes...................................................................... 392
Razors.................................................................... 392
Skimmers.............................................................. 392
Weighted Diffuser Tubing............................................57
Well Screens and Points.......................................... 354
Wellboat Smolt Counter, Vaki.................................. 284
Wipes, Kimwipes........................................................314
Wire Mesh, Galvanized, Plastic Coated..................381
XLHP, High Performance Heat Pumps.................. 253
Y
YSI
Cable Kit.................................................................214
Conductivity Calibration Solutions.................... 223
Dissolved Oxygen Meters............................ 194200
EC300A.................................................................. 206
EC30A..................................................................... 207
EcoSense DO200...................................................196
EcoSense DO200A.................................................196
ORP15A...................................................................201
PH100A.................................................................. 204
PH10A..................................................................... 205
Photometer............................................................218
Photometer Reagents...........................................218
Pro Plus..................................................................214
PRO1020.................................................................211
PRO20.....................................................................194
PRO2030.................................................................212
PRO30.....................................................................210
SECTION
INDEX 441
Products / Products /Tech

Products
Talks
TECH TALK INDEX

TECH TALK SUBJECT
TECH TALK #
PAGE
TECH TALK SUBJECT
TECH TALK #
PAGE
208V vs 230V Motors .............................................................39....................... 34
How Barley Straw Works .....................................................37..................... 316
Aeration Devices....................................................................35....................... 34
How Does UV Sterilize the Organisms in my water?.......135.................... 169
Aeration Requirements for Bait Tanks ..............................50....................... 41
How to Extend Heater Service Life......................................55..................... 294
AES Numbers ........................................................................84....................... 34
Hydroponics vs Aquaponics ................................................130...................... 29
Air Pump/Compressor Comparison ..................................64....................... 37
Inlet Strainers ....................................................................... 110.................... 199
Algae Culture .........................................................................20.....................342
Iron Removal ..........................................................................46..................... 122
Ammonia Testing .................................................................132....................226
Lake Aeration..........................................................................36....................... 86
Aspirators vs Agitators .......................................................... 8........................ 41
Lake Aeration Diffusers ....................................................... 94....................... 88
Backup Blower Setup ............................................................ 3.......................... 3
Lake Destratification System Evaluation ......................... 101...................... 70
Bacteria Notes .......................................................................25..................... 271
Measuring Salinity.................................................................28.....................209
Bait Counts Per Pound .........................................................85....................... 40
Mechanical Filtration and Biofiltration ..............................99......................118
Biofilter Sizing ........................................................................95..................... 109
Mixed Media...........................................................................136...................... 98
Biological Filtration Basics ................................................ 125...................... 93
Motor Too Hot? ....................................................................... 11....................... 27
Blowers, Air Pumps or Compressors ................................82....................... 35
Ozone Sizing: Know Your Goal..............................................72..................... 145
Carbon Vane Replacement ................................................... 6........................ 80
Pest Management ................................................................134...................... 25
Chiller Installation and Sizing .............................................59..................... 259
pH Probe Care and Storage .................................................30.....................205
Choosing an Aerator............................................................... 4........................ 52
Pipe Sizing, Air......................................................................... 2........................ 69
Cleaning Diffusers.................................................................53....................... 49
Protein Skimmers/Foam Fractionators.............................78..................... 131
Compost Tea ......................................................................... 124...................... 19
Removing Carbon Dioxide ....................................................34..................... 124
De-Icing Lakes........................................................................56..................... 102
Rotifer Culture ......................................................................109....................344
Diffuser Comparison Chart .................................................62....................... 47
Sand Filter Media ..................................................................43......................114
Diffuser Maintenance .......................................................... 121...................... 74
Supersaturation ..................................................................... 9......................202
Dissolved Oxygen in Aquaculture ........................................ 1........................ 35
Tagging Fish ...........................................................................79.....................393
Dissolved Oxygen Meters and Probes ...............................26..................... 197
Venturis ...................................................................................63....................... 58
Fish Food ................................................................................ 17.....................333
Water Flow & Turnover Rates in Aeration Systems.........122...................... 88
Fish Metabolism .................................................................... 16.....................385
Water Pollution ...................................................................... 67..................... 201
Flow Meters ........................................................................... 13....................... 66
Water Pump Efficiency and Redundancy............................75..................... 164
Fluidized Sand Biofilters ..................................................... 112.................... 122
Water Quality Guide .............................................................. 47..................... 213
Getting Started in Aquaculture...........................................107....................381
Why Watts? .............................................................................. 5...................... 142
Grading Fish ........................................................................... 69.....................295

Hand vs Automatic Feeding.................................................. 21.....................330
Heater Sizing........................................................................... 74..................... 251
Heating Garden Ponds ........................................................123....................255
442 INDEX
Tech Profiles
PENTAIR AES CAN HELP YOU...ASK US!

With one of the largest teams of aquaculture biologists and technicians means we are equipped to answer your questions from pond to
RAS systems. Pentairs team boasts a diverse background in aquaculture and biological and technological engineering that is grounded
in decades of research and commercial industry application experience. We provide superior in-house expertise for complete turn-key
projects, simple equipment upgrades to major integrated recirculating system design.
MEET SOME OF THE TEAM

KRISTINE ALBRECHTSEN
Kristine has an Export Engineering background,
bridging technical and commercial/legal
aspects. She has 15 years of global operational
and management exp. with project oriented
service, consultancy and technology to the
pharmaceutical, food and aquaculture industry.
In the past, as Global Account Manager,
Commercial Director and General Manager,
been involved in aquaculture project
development and execution globally.
CONSTANCE BEAULATON
Constance received a bachelors degree in
biological sciences & aquaculture from
Florida Institute of Technology. She has
worked in commercial aquaculture
on recirculating systems, water chemistry and
farm management. Constance has extensive
knowledge in sturgeon, larval rearing,
husbandry duties, gender differentiation with
ultrasound, fish purging and harvesting.
RICARDO ARIAS
Ricardo graduated from the University of Tampa
with a Bachelor of S. in biology and minor in
chemistry. He completed aquaculture training in
Pusan, South Korea, and then worked in shrimp
culture, tilapia culture and tropical fish breeding.
Ricardo was also in charge of developing the
Aquaculture Experimental Station at the
Universidad Central del Este, Dominican Republic.
CAROLINE CAPOBIANCO
Caroline received her B.S. in Marine Biology
from Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne,
FL and her M.Sc. in Marine Biology from
Northeastern University in Boston, MA. She
has a diverse background in coral, fish, aquatic
plants, and algae. She is currently focusing on
water quality testing and live feeds production.
INDEX 443
Tech Profiles
HERNAN CASASBUENAS
Hernan received his Bachelor of Science in
biology from the University of Nevada and his
Fisheries Scientist Certification from the
American Fisheries Society. Hernans design
and management experience includes
hatcheries, floating cage cultures and fish
culture farms, with concentration on rainbow
trout and tilapia.
AARON CRAGUN
Aaron received his B.S. in Ecology, with a minor
in Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences from Purdue
University. He has experience in culturing coho
salmon, rainbow trout, tilapia, and yellow
perch, both in smaller research settings, as
well as large-scale commercial settings.
Aaron also has experience in recirculating
aquaculture systems design and maintenance.
CULLEN DANNER
Cullen received his B.A. in environmental and
aquatic sciences from the University of
Central Florida. He worked as a consultant to
the energy industry for environmental
compliance and mitigation issues concerning
marine mammals in the Gulf of Mexico. Cullen
also has experience with pest and weed
control and environmental restoration.
BRIAN CATANZARO
Brian holds a Bachelors Degree in Technical
Studies from Ohio University and an Associates
Degree in Fish and Wildlife Management from
Hocking College. He has been involved with the
aquaculture and lake management industries
for over 20 years. His experience includes fish
hatchery management, recirculating aquaculture
system design, water quality monitoring & control,
and developing lake management plans.
JASON DANAHER
Jason received his Ph.D. in fisheries and
aquaculture from Auburn University. He has
worked with warm water aquaponic systems
for the past 8 years and other methods to
integrate aquaculture with horticulture. He
also has experience with tilapia and
freshwater prawn production systems.
MATTHEW DAWSON
Matt graduated from the University of Miami
with a B.S. in Marine Science and Biology and
later received his M.S. in Marine Science from
the University of North Carolina Wilmington.
His experience includes managing small and
large-scale recirculating systems in both the
aquaculture and aquarium industries. Matt has
also completed work in finfish nutrition and
production of live feeds.
DENNIS DELONG
Dennis received his Bachelors degree in biology
from West Virginia University, and his Master of
Science degree in management from NC State
University.Beginning in aquaculture in 1978, he
has extensive experience in pond aquaculture of
freshwater prawns and in the design, construction
and operation of recirculating aquaculture systems.
He previously managed the North Carolina Fish
Barn project and provided aquaculture extension
assistance at NC State University.
TOM DRURY
Tom graduated with a Bachelor of Science
degree in biology from Hampden-Sydney
College in Virginia. He also received a masters
degree in aquaculture from the University of
Miami (FL). His graduate work focused on
marine finfish culture in RAS and offshore
cages, and shrimp production in biofloc systems.
He has extensive knowledge regarding shrimp
and tilapia production in biofloc RAS systems.
CLARKE DEWITT
Clarke graduated from Brunswick
Community College in Supply, NC, with an
A.S. degree in aquaculture technology. His
technical experience includes hatchery
management, aquatic weed control and
aquarium supplies.
MIKEL FERRI
Mikel received both his Bachelors in electrical
engineering and Masters in Business
Administration from Olivet Nazarene University.
His past experience includes water reclamation
for power plants and mining applications. He has
experience in instrumentation, controls and
product development.
444 INDEX
Tech Profiles
MARCELA HINCAPIE
Marcela has a B.S. degree in marine biology
from UJTL in Colombia and an M.S. degree from
the University of Maine. She has worked in the
marine and freshwater aquaculture field raising
different species of shrimp and fish in flowthrough and recirculation systems in warm and
coldwater environments. Her specialties include
hatchery and growout phase.
RICHARD D. JONES
Rick received his M.S. in biological and
agricultural engineering from North Carolina
State University. His graduate work included
extensive research on filtration and water
recirculation. He has also participated in the
design, construction and maintenance of
commercial-scale aquaculture facilities and
public aquariums. Rick is a certified Engineerin-Training (EIT).
RYAN KILMARTIN
Ryan graduated from the University of Rhode
Island with a B.S. in aquaculture and fishery
technology. He worked for the university,
maintaining a number of small fresh and
saltwater recirculation and flow-through
systems of larval and adult finfish. He also
works with zoo and aquarium facilities.
KURT LANG
Kurt Lang has been in the commercial
aquaculture industry for over 15 years. He has a
mechanical engineering degree from Hhere
Technische Lehranstalt in Vienna, Austria. Over
the past 10 years, Kurt has been providing
installation support, commissioning & start-up
services, preventive maintenance and troubleshooting support, ranging from small pumps to
large scale Recirculating Aquaculture Systems.
LUCA MICCICHE
Dr. Luca Micciche comes to us from the WorldFish,
as an Aquaculture Consultant and Field Operations
Manager. Luca has worked with an array of
species including bivalve shellfish, shrimp, finfish
and microalgae. Lucas project experience includes
economic feasibility studies and development of
sustainable business models for aquaculture
enterprises in Asia, in addition to developing
production methods for new aquaculture species.
REYMOND JANSSEN
Reymond graduated from North Island College
in Campbell River B.C., receiving a diploma in
industrial automation and an Electronics
Technician Certificate. Prior to attending school
his work experience was installing, maintaining
and repairing pools and spas. He is currently
working to become a Journeyman Industrial
Instrumentation Technician.
RYAN KARCHER
Ryan received his A.S. degree in aquaculture
from Hillsborough Community College. His
technical experience includes ornamental
hatchery management, hormone-induced
spawning and aeration and recirculating
system design. He also has experience in
home aquarium design and maintenance.
GMERICE LAFAYETTE
Gmerice received her B.S. in biology and
environmental health science from the
University of Georgia and earned a masters
degree in environmental health. She has
experience in aquatic toxicity, coral growth and
nutrient uptake, aquatic plant mineral uptake,
water quality testing and water quality adjustment
with various types of chemical filtration media.
DR. THOMAS M. LOSORDO
Principal Scientist and Engineer

Dr. Losordo received his M.S. in agricultural
engineering from the University of Hawaii and
his Ph.D. in agricultural engineering from the
University of California, Davis. As a professor
and extension aquaculture specialist at North
Carolina State University, he provided state-wide
technical assistance to the agribusiness
community in the area of aquaculture and
aquacultural engineering. This included traveling
to over 490 farms and providing solutions to
problems in aquaculture associated with these
and other aquaculture sites. He has provided
consulting services on aquaculture projects
around the world for over 20 years, and is a past
president of both the World Aquaculture Society
and the Aquacultural Engineering Society.
INDEX 445
Tech Profiles
KEVIN QUINN
Kevin received both his Bachelor of Science
and masters degrees in zoology from
Eastern Illinois University. He has
experience in mushroom cultivation and as
an aquaculture technician. His specialties
include aeration, diffusers and the control of
zebra mussels.
MELYNA SILVA
Melyna Silva received her M.Sc. in Environmental
Sciences from the University of the South
Pacific, Fiji Islands, and a B.S. in Biology from
the National University of the Peruvian
Amazon. She also has experience with
reproductive biology, induced fish spawning
and pond-management of native Amazon
basin fish species.
ABBY WALKER
Abby received her Master of Science from the

University of NH in Zoology with research
focused on nutrition, larviculture, and grow-out
of coldwater finfish in recirculating systems. She
has experience in aquatics facilities in aquarium
trade, research and grow-out aquaculture operations,
and biomedical research facilities. Abby has served
our zebrafish and Xenopus research clients with
on-site service, technical support, and training.
KRISTIN RIDDLE
Kristin has a B.S. degrees in Marine Biology
and Environmental Science, and a minor in
Forensic Science from the University of North
Carolina at Wilmington. Her undergraduate
honors research focused on oyster recruitment
rates in the Eastern Oyster. Her interests are in
environmental marine research and wildlife
rehabilitation.
GREG TRUSSO
Greg received a B.S. in marine biology from
the University of North Carolina at Wilmington.
He has worked with recirculating aquaculture
systems and in retail aquarium sales, and he
has performed research on fish nutrition.
VANESSA WELDON
Vanessa received her Ph.D. from Louisiana
State University, Masters from Auburn
University, and Bachelors from Florida
Institute of Technology, Her research was in
marine aquaculture with a focus on shellfish
and larviculture. She has extensive
experience in algae culture, larval rearing,
probiotics, open water aquaculture, and
permitting and regulations.
GENNY WEST
Genny has 20 years of experience in the
aquaculture industry in both system design and
technical sales. She received her Mechanical
Engineering Technology diploma in Victoria BC
Canada. Some of the work that Genny does is with
large flow and small flow finfish and shellfish
facilities including RAS, influent and effluent
treatment, water disinfection, WQ monitoring,
oxygenation, degassing and ocean cage sites.
PAESWATER.COM LIVE EVENTS
446 SECTION
CHECK OUT PAES W.A.T.E.R. LIVE EVENTS AT PAESWATER.COM

An additional highlight of PAESWATER.com includes the
ability to access live streaming cameras with views of fish in
the multiple systems. The video connectivity component will
also be host to future live events and educational
demonstrations. With research and education as the focus of
this facility, the website will also provide visitors real-time
information from the monitoring systems, including Dissolved
Oxygen, ORP, Conductivity, pH and Temperature statistics.
In the past year we experienced the first fish harvest at PAES
W.A.T.E.R. and streamed it live on our website! A team of
Pentair employees worked diligently to ensure complete
success on this project. In total, 10,564 lbs. of tilapia were
transferred from Pentairs indoor Recirculating Aquaculture
System (RAS) to tanks on the live fish hauling truck. When the
truck arrived, the first hour was spent loading clean water
into the hauling tanks to ensure the fish had a healthy
environment while being transported.
Fish were harvested from the tanks with seafood baskets and
transferred to the truck in tanks of water, important in
maintaining product quality, keeping them calm to reduce
damage and loss of scales on themselves or other fish being
transferred. This cohort of fish, the first grow-out from the
PAES W.A.T.E.R. facility, was grown for 242 days from
fingerlings of 0.73 grams to approximately 682 grams (1.5
pounds) each. They were then held on a maintenance diet a
technique where fish are fed an amount which keeps them
healthy but does not encourage growth. The survival rate of
this cohort was much higher than anticipated. Initial planning,
purchasing, and stocking numbers anticipated a ten percent
mortality rate during the overall growout period; our mortality
rate, however, was just over one percent.
This sort of activity is exactly what we want people to
experience on PAESWATER.com or in person at one of our
many training courses held throughout the year. Training and
education are important focal points for Pentair AES at PAES
W.A.T.E.R. In the past year we have held multiple workshops,
both English and Spanish-language, at the facility. It is perfect
for live demonstration of equipment and techniques, as well
as providing hands-on experience in RAS operations and
systems management in extended sessions.
For more information, visit PAESWATER.com
SECTION 447
Online Orders: PentairAES.com IYouTube

Phone Orders
and Tech Advice:
877.347.4788
is a registered
trademark
of Google, Inc.
IMMERSE YOURSELF
AT PENTAIRAES.COM
FEATURES
Shop Complete Product Offering
Advanced Prodcut Search
Learn More About Aquaculture Blog
Aquaculture Calculators
Live Chat With A Representative
Online Account Management
NEWS & OFFERS
10% OFF
YOUR FIRST WEB ORDER
To recieve our e-mails please visit
New Product Announcements

Moblie Friendly Design
Customer Spotlights
Tech Talks
Search By Part Number
CONNECT WITH US
PENTAIR AES 5 PILLARS
TRUST IN A TEAM THATS HERE

TO HELP YOU ASK US!
Design & Engineering Services
Field Service & Support
Commercial Aquaculture
Aquaponics
Equipment
ORDERS AND ADVICE:

877 347 4788
+1 407 886 3939
SAME DAY SHIPMENT ON MOST ORDERS ENTERED BY: 4PM EST MONDAY-FRIDAY
Phone lines are open 8AM-7PM EST Monday-Thursday 8AM-5PM EST Friday
Volume 39 2017 Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
SHOP ONLINE:
PentairAES.com
39
EDITION
th
DESIGN SERVICE EQUIPMENT

THIRTY-NINTH EDITION MASTER CATALOG
Shop Online:
PentairAES.com
Orders
and Advice:
877.347.4788
Shop Online:
PentairAES.com
Orders
and Advice:
877.347.4788

PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

TRUST IN A TEAM THATS HERE

TO HELP YOU ASK US!

ORDERS AND ADVICE:

Volume 39 2017 Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

DESIGN SERVICE EQUIPMENT

Table of Contents/How to Order/Symbol Legend

For International Orders

Call from 8:00 AM7:00 PM

ENJOY FREE SHIPPING!

Free shipping for orders over $50

*See page 427 for more details and restrictions.

Stock Control and Management

Feeds/Feeders/Live Feed/Live Organisms

Paint and Repair

Lighting and Electrical

Terms and Conditions of Sale

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

Fresh Water or Salt Water

Mail your order to the

Waiver Form Required

As mentioned previously, our aim in 2016 was to improve our customers

WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

Products / Products / Products

New for the 39th Edition

PUMPS FOR A VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS

VERUS MAX HIGH-EFFICIENCY

P2-PLUS 2 SELF-PRIMING POLY TRANSFER PUMPS

FLEXIBLE & ROBUST SEA PEN OXYGENATION SYSTEM

SEA PEN OXYGENATION

Products / Products / Products

A FULL COMPLEMENT OF STOCK CONTROL &

VAKI BIOMASS DAILY

VAKI Macro EXEL Counter

VAKI SMART FLOW

VAKI FISH GRADER

UPDATES TO SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS & SMART UV STERILIZERS

ADVANCED PLC UV CONTROLLER

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

URBAN ORGANICS PENTAIR GROUP

FISH FARM, AUTOMATED

Manual Controls (Standard)

FF50ACP Automation Option

FF50ACP PULSE AUTO CONTROL PANEL

The Fish Farm comes with a sturdy dome frame for

Mike and Charlotte Henderson

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

HOLDING SYSTEM, 1,500-GALLON

Assembly of the system is easy. Most components come preassembled,

REPLACEMENT FILTER MEDIA

REPLACEMENT AIR PUMP

1500 GAL. HOLDING SYSTEM $14,408.00

Note: This system is built to order.

Filter Return Line

Mechanical Filtration with

THE MINI FISH FARM

OPTIONAL STAND-ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT

OPTIONAL FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT

THE MINI FISH FARM

MINI FISH FARM (NO WINDOW)

MINI FISH FARM W/1 X 2 WINDOW

MINI FISH FARM W/2 X 2 WINDOW

OPTIONAL AQUAPONICS KITS

STAND ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT